Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Volume 6 of 7 - Draft Environmental Impact Report - EIR - Bo
� City of Huntington Beach CITY CLERK'S COPY ' Comment Regarding: DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT REPORT prepared by the Orange County Environmental Management Agency with respect to The Bolsa Chica Project Local Coastal Program (County Project No. 551;State Clearinghouse No. 93-071064) Submitted by: ERVIN, COHEN & JESSUP, as special counsel jto the City of Huntington Beach On Behalf of: THE CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH Volume VI February 17, 1994 EU ' Ervin, Cohen&Jessup, 9401 Wilshire Boulevard,Suite 900, Beverly Hills, California 90212 34 RESOURCES ELEMENT Fm r Z11 uj ADVANCE PLANNING z PROGRAM 1 '' vial ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AGENCY COUNTY OF ORANGE \ BOARD OF SUPERVISORS I n , X� i <ik I Harriett M. Wieder Chairman Second District f Roger R. Stanton Gaddi H. Vasquez First District 993 Third District i _ G William G. Steiner Thomas F. Riley ' Fourth District Fifth District COMPONENT II ADVANCE PLANNING PROGRAM RESOURCES ELEMENT �I County of Orange Environmental Management Agency Advance Planning Division April 18, 1984 (GENERAL PLAN MODERNIZATION) Board of Supervisors Resolution No. 84-551 Revised: 5/22/85 Resolution No. 85-791/RES 85-1 11/13/85 Resolution No. 85-1620/RES 85-3 2/19/86 Resolution No. 86-193/RES 85-2 5/6/87 Resolution No. 87-621/RES 87-1 9/28/88 Resolution No. 88/1355/RES 88-1 5/24/89 Resolution No. 89-793 RES 89-1 5/7/91 Resolution No. 91-533 RES 91-1 TABLE OF CONTENTS . Chapter One: Introduction A. overview RES-1-1 B. Scope and Purpose of Element RES-1-1 C. Relationship to the Advance Planning Program RES-1-3 1 . Component I: Long-Range Planning Framework RES-1-3 2. Component II: The General Plan Elements RES-1-3 3. Component III : Community Profiles RES-1-3 D. Related Planning Programs and Agencies RES-1-3 1 . Orange County Preferred-III Demographic Projections RES-1-4 2. National and State Planning Agencies RES-1-4 Chapter Two: Inventory of Current and Future Prospects A. Introduction RES-2-1 B. County Growth Trends RES-2-1 1 . Data Sources RES-2-1 2. Development Patterns and Trends RES-2-4 C. Characteristics of Existing County Resources RES-2-9 1 . Natural Resources RES-2-9 a. Agricultural Resources RES-2-9 b. Mineral Resources RES-2-15 c. Wildlife and Vegetation Habitat RES-2-22 d. Landforms RES.-2-26 2. Energy Resources RES-2-33 a. Introduction RES-2-33 b. Identification of County Energy Resources RES-2-33 c. Existing and Projected Consumption Patterns RES-2-38 d. Energy Resource Utilization by Sector RES-2-44 3. Water Resources RES 2 48 a. Introduction RES-2-48 b. Identification of County Resources RES-2-48 c. Water Resources Management RES-2-57 d. Water Use in Orange County RES-2-62 4. Air Resources RES-2-65 a. Introduction RES-2-65 b. Historical Background RES-2-65 c. Air Quality Overview RES-2-68 d. Air Quality Analysis RES-2-71 e. County and Regional Air Resources Management RES-2-77 5. Open Space RES-2-80 a. Introduction RES-2-80 b. Open Space/Conservation Program RES-2-80 Implementation to Date c. Summary of Inventory Data RES-2-81 d. Conclusion RES-2-86 6. Cultural-Historic Resources RES-2-88 a. Overview RES-2-88 b. Background RES-2-88 c. Location/Sensitivity RES-2-89 -i- Chapter Nine: Cultural and Historic Resources Component A. Overview RES-9-1 1 . Background RES-9-1 2. Purpose RES-9-3 B. Goals, Objectives and Policies RES-9-4 C. Implementation Programs RES-9-8 Appendices A. Resources Element Implementation Programs RES-A-1 B. Related Planning Agencies RES-B-1 C. Mineral Resources Background Material: RES-C-1 SMARA and Related Programs D. Chronology of Air Quality Legislation and Planning RES-D-1 E. Comparative Control Measures of the 1988, 1982 RES-E-1 and 1979 Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP) F. List of Acronyms/Abbreviations RES-F-1 G. Bibliography RES-G-1 H. Board of Supervisors Resolution RES-H-1 -iii- Charts (continues:) 2-9 Orange County Groundwater Basin and History RES-2-58 2-10 Water Use in Orange County RES-2-63 Maps 1-1 Regional Statistical Areas RES-1-2 2-2 Population RES-2-6 2-3 Housing Units RES-2-8 2-4 Employment RES-2-11 2-5 Important Farmlands of Orange County (Generalized) RES-2-14 2-6 Orange County Agricultural Preserves (Generalized) RES-2-16 2-7 Orange County Mineral Resources (Generalized) RES-2-18 2-8 Wildlife Habitat Areas Generalized - -(Generalized) RES 2 23 2-9 Orange County Landforms (Generalized) RES-2-27 2-10 Orange County Energy Resources (Generalized) RES-2-34 2-11 Orange County Groundwater Basin RES-2-51 2-12 California Water Delivery Systems RES-2-55 2-13 Paleontology - General Areas of Sensitivity RES-2-90 2-14 Prehistoric Archaeology - General Areas of Sensitivity RES-2-92 2-15 Orange County's Historical Areas RES-2-93 Oversize Figures 1 Open Space/Conservation Program Map Fold-out 2 Open Space/Conservation Program Implementation Fold-out MW:vmPA02-343( 1109) -v- 1041916410569 CHAPTER ONE: INTRODUCTION A. Overview The Resources Element, one of eight elements of the General Plan, contains official County policies on the conservation and management of resources. The eight elements provide the mid-range (15- to 20-year) portion of the planning program and focus on objectives and policies at the Regional Statistical Area (RSA) level. (See Map 1-1.) All elements have the same horizon year (2000) and growth assumptions to ensure internal consistency. The Resources Element identifies policies and programs in other County General Plan Elements that affect resources and provides guidance for future resource planning studies for the unincorporated portion of the county. The Resources Element text is divided into eight chapters. The first chapter provides an overview of the scope and purpose of the Resources Element. Chapter Two is an inventory of existing and projected future growth and development patterns, and the resource characteristics of the county. Future demands, planning constraints and the resultant resource deficiencies are presented in Chapter Three. Chapters Four through Eight ("The Components") each focus on a separate resource category: natural resources, energy, water, open space, and cultural-historic. In addition �. to goals and objectives, these chapters provide implementation policies and programs that address the constraints and deficiencies identified in Chapter Three. Reference materials and supporting data for the Resources Element text are contained in the appendices. B. Scope and Purpose of the Element The Resources Element sets forth a comprehensive strategy for the development, management, preservation and conservation of resources that are necessary to meet Orange County's existing and future demands. This strategy is expressed as an integrated framework of resource goals, policies, and programs. The goals of the element are consistent with state requirements, and are primarily based on quantified objectives, an assessment of resource needs, and identification of problems impeding the development, management, preservation or conservation of county resources. The policies and programs of the Resources Element form an effective implementation plan to meet the established goals. Consequently, the Resources Element serves to guide and direct local government decision- making in resource-related matters, and also facilitates coordination with regional, state, and federal resource policies and programs. The primary objectives of the Resources Element development effort include: 1. Restructuring the 1978 versions of the Open Space and Conservation Elements into a single Resources Element text, a chapter of Component II of the Advance Planning Program. RES-1-1 2. Development of the Resources Element text in accordance with Section 65302 of the California Government Code. 3. Integratior. of the Resources Element with other General Plan Elements, particularly with respect to policies contained in the Land Use, Recreation and Housing Elements. C. Relationship to the Advance Planning Program 1. Component I: Long-Range Planning Framework Component I provides the long-range planning framework and general goals for the Advance Planning Program. Included within this document are broad resource goals that provide a basis for the more specific goals and policies contained in the Resources Element. 2. Component II: The General Plan Elements ti The General Plan addresses a 15- to 20-year time frame. Component II is a compendium of eight General Plan Elements, including the Resources Element. A major goal of the Resources Element is to promote the development, management, preservation and conservation of resources to meet the current and projected needs of Orange County. While this goal is a high priority, it must be achieved while maintaining internal consistency among the other elements of the General Plan as required by state law. Therefore, the Resources Element does not replace or supercede any of the other General Plan elements; instead, the Resources Element addresses, amplifies and supports open space and resource concerns identified in the other General Plan elements. The Resources Element is implemented by various coordinated programs that are developed to support and carry out its goals, quantified objectives and policies. The Resources Element is the most current expression of County resource policies. It achieves internal consistency with the other General Plan elements through the use of common socio-economic projections and assumptions and the pursuit of common major goals such as balanced land use and conservation of natural resources. 3. Component III: Community Profiles The Community Profiles are the most detailed portions of the Advance Planning Program. They are short-range in scope and focus on community-level policies and programs. The Community Profiles depict existing and proposed open space, conservation, and natural resource areas and inventory the geographic distribution of these resources. D. Related Planning Programs and Agencies This section summarizes the various federal, State, regional, local, and non-governmental agencies and programs that influence County resource RES-1-3 the California Energy Commission and the Departments of Conservation and Fish and Game. These agencies, and the many others located in the Resources Agency, have considerable influence on County resource planning activities and often mandate specific County programs to promote statewide resource goals (e.g., Local Coastal Plans, Air Quality Management Plans) . i RE:rmdPA43-1 RES-1-5 4/3/84 CHAPTER TWO: INVENTORY OF CURRENT CONDITIONS AND FUTURE PROSPECTS A. Introduction This chapter provides an insight into current county growth conditions and the manner in which future growth may be influenced by the preservation, development, and utilization of natural, energy, water, open space, and cultural-historic resources. The chapter is divided into two sections. The first section presents a detailed inventory of current conditions and projected levels of population, housing and employment. The second section presents an inventory and analysis of county resources for both current and projected future conditions. B. County Growth Trends 1. Data Sources For the of the General Plan 1980 was selected as the purposes baseline for data collection and analysis. The prime advantage of using 1980 as the base year is the availability of Census data, which serve as benchmarks for population, housing, and income trends. In addition, the primary source of land use data -- the Orange County Land Cover Survey -- was compiled in 1980. This survey was conducted by the Environmental Systems Research Institute in cooperation with the County and Southern California Edison. The horizon year of the County's General Plan is 2010. All projections and analyses of physical and socioeconomic conditions in the county are keyed to this 30-year time frame. Table 2-1 on the following page contains a summary of population, housing and employment trends that are expected to occur during the study period. These projections are broken down by Regional Statistical Area (RSA) . Chart 2-1 graphically illustrates the relationships between RSAs for these three variables. The source of the demographic projections is the Orange County Preferred (OCP) forecast. The most recent iteration known as Orange County Preferred-1985 (OCP-85) was adopted by the Board of Supervisors on February 19, 1985. In addition to its use by County agencies, OCP- 85 is the County's official input to the SCAG Regional Growth Forecast Policy. The OCP projections can be amended in the following ways: 1) concurrent with the processing of a project that is inconsistent with the projections; 2) through annual review as a part of the Development Monitoring Program; or 3) as part of the two to three-year SCAG Regional Development Guide update process. RES-2-1 TABLE 2-1 ORANGE COUNTY DEMOGRAPHIC PROJECTIONS POPULATION HOUSING EMPLOYMENT RSA 19801 2010Y 1980a/ 2010Y 1980a/ 2010Y 35-J 156,248 165,400 52,454 59,800 55,200 86,400 36-A 168,782 202,300 64,578 80,900 100,600 125,600 37-H 338,682 389,200 124,875 145,700 146,000 212,000 38-I 321,137 378,900 119,038 150,900 90,300 133,500 39-F 170,644 257,400 74,920 112,500 146,800 237,200 40-D 134,696 279,800 66,072 134,600 32,600 109,900 41-B 116,686 245,900 39,276 86,200 54,900 94,200 m 42-G 377,316 488,800 130,103 167,400 211,600 336,100 CD N 43-C 95,954 242,300 32,885 93,500 17,400 62,800 ' I N 44-E 52,564 181,100 17,313 69,200 60,000 172,800 COUNTY TOTAL 1,932,709 2,831,100 721,514 1,100,700 915,400 1,570,500 Sources: a/ 1980 Census County of Orange: OCP-85 Projections RME:ltPA40-8(1) November 13, 1985 Me, amr- 60P 1 2010 480 low 46 440 420, 400 380 360 340 320 280 28 2 200 180 160 140 1 100 s 6 40 2° RSAs 36-J 38-A 37-H 38-1 30-F 40-D 41-0 42-G 43-C 44-E POP:Populakn Uk Dwdb UNts EMP.Envbpmt (NUMBERS N 1000 s) Orange County Socio- OCP-85 CHART Economic Projections 2- ' RES-2-3 r_ 2. Development Patterns and Trends During the past 20 years the focal point of Orange County's growth has shifted gradually southward. In the 1950s and 60s the majority of new development cccurred in the northern areas of the county such as Anaheim, Fullerton, Orange, Westminster and Fountain Valley. During the 1970s, as vacant land became more scarce in these northern areas, the center of growth shifted to the south with the rise of new communities like Irvine, Mission Viejo, and Laguna Niguel. For analytical purposes, North County is generally considered to be the area north and west of the Costa Mesa Freeway (State Highway 55) and contains RSAs 35-J, 36-A, 37-H, 38-I, 41-B, and 42-G. South County is represented by RSAs 39-F, 40-D, 43-C and 44-E. Table 2-2 and Map 2-2 compare the projected population growth trends in the north and south portions of the county. During the 30-year study period, about 56 percent of the county's net population growth is projected to occur in the southern RSAs. Although the rate of growth in North County is declining, this area will still contain the majority of the county's population throughout the study period. In 1980, 77 percent of the county's 1,932,709 people lived in the north. By 2010, it is expected that this figure will fall to 66 percent. The difference in growth between north and south becomes more apparent when the internal growth rates of the two areas are compared. Between 1980 and 2010, the population of northern portion of the county is expected to grow by 391,649, or 26 percent. South County will add 506,742 persons during the same period; this represents an increase of 112 percent, however. The projected increase in the county's housing stock reflects the population trend identified above. (See Table 2-3 and Map 2-3.) Due to a projected decline in the average household size from 2.68 to 2.57 persons per dwelling unit countywide, the number of new units expected to be built between 1980 and 2010 represents a slightly higher per- centage increase than that for the population itself. Consequently, while the county's population is projected to rise by 46 percent 898,391 persons) between 1980 and 2010, the housing stock is expected to increase by 52 percent (379,186 units) over the same interval. During the next two decades, the spatial distribution of new residential construction is expected to be skewed slightly toward South County. Fifty-eight percent of the projected 379,186 new units built in the county between 1980 and 2010 are expected to be located RES-2-4 TABLE 2-2 PROJECTED POPULATION GROWTH TRENDS NORTH COUNTY vs. SOUTH COUNTY 1980 - 2010 North County8/ South County County Total 1980 2010 Change 1980 2010 Change 1980 2010 Change Total Population 1,478,851 1,870,500 +26% 453,858 960,600 +112% 1,932,709 2,831,100 +46% Pct. of Total 77% 66% -11% 23% 34% +11% 100% 100% - Population m Growth - - 391,649 - - 506,742 - - 898,391 �i t�n Pct. of Growth - - 44% - - 56% - - 100% Average Household Size 2.79 2.71 - 0.08 2.37 2. 34 -0.03 2.68 2.57 -0.11 Notes: a/ Includes RSAs 35-J, 36-A, 37-H, 38-I, 41-B and 42-G Includes RSAs 39-F, 40-D, 43-C and 44-E Sources: 1980 Census County of Orange: OCP-85 Projections Orange County EMA/Advance Planning Division PA40-8(2) November 13, 1985 6087 2010 41—B c...• ' 1 Lw 101000 :.8—�♦d �9a000 0 m Lu r 44—E 43—C 37—H 2— »r 35—J • 39—F 40—D . . ..11 c of. 38-1 POPULATION SOURCE: Orange County MAP r�itl�a�� icy A, �� Q - 2-2 TABLE 2-3 PROJECTED HOUSING GROWTH TRENDS NORTH COUNTY vs. SOUTH COUNTY 1980 - 2010 North County South Countyb/ County Total 1980 2010 Change 1980 2010 Change 1980 2010 Change Total Units 530,324 690,900 +30% 191,190 409,800 +114% 721,514 1,100,700 +531 Pct. of Total 74% 63% -11% 26% 37% +11% 100% 100% - Growth - - 160,576 - - 218,610 - - 379,186 m C? Pct. of Growth - - 42% - - 58% - - 100% V Notes: a/ Includes RSAs 35-Jr 36-A, 37-H, 38-I, 41-B and 42-G Includes RSA: 39-F, 40-D, 43-C and 44-E Sources: 1980 Census County of Orange: OCP-85 Projections Orange County EMA/Advance Planning Division PA40-8(3) November 13, 1985 6108 2010 r7l EM 41-B 07-0 INLOCII:29.000 DIVILL11114 UNITS 3 -A Ml DWI 44-E OD 43-C 7-H 42-G 35-J 39-F 40-D 38- HOUSING UNITS SOURCE: Orange County MAP ;gg,Wa".t fila.1 jUa P;J5 2-3 V—Y in the southern area. Although the northern portion of the county is growing much less rapidly than the south on a percentage basis, by 2010 nearly two-thirds (63 percent) of all housing units will still be found in the northern RSAs. County employment patterns are very similar to the population and housing distributions described above. (See Table 2-4 and Map 2-4.) As of 1980, 72 percent of the county's 915,400 jobs were located in North County. This is very similar to the population distribution identified in Table 2-2. By 2010, a moderate southward shift in the employment distribution is projected to occur. The magnitude of this shift is nearly equal to the anticipated shift in population and housing. South County is projected to receive about 50 percent of the new jobs created between 1980 and 2010. Again, this figure is similar to the projected differential growth in population and housing. Over- all, the county's employment base is projected to grow faster than population, with a 72 percent gain between 1980 and 2010. This compares to a projected population growth of 46 percent during the same period. As the county continues to grow, the pressure on local resources will increase. Urbanization affects agriculture, parkland, wildlife habitat and natural vegetation most directly, since these resources often compete with development for the same land. All resources will experience increasing demand as the urbanized area expands, but the methods employed to meet these demands will vary. For example, an adequate supply of land resources for parks already exists in the unincorporated areas, but it is necessary that affirmative steps be taken to set aside parks and recreation areas during the planning and development review process. The demand for some other resources, such as energy and water, cannot be met entirely within the borders of Orange County. The County must ultimately depend on other agencies for the provision of an adequate supply of these resources. One of the major purposes of the Resources Element is to provide a clear statement of County policy so that timely steps can be taken to ensure that an adequate supply of all necessary resources will be available to meet the county's growth needs. C. Characteristics of Existing County Resources 1. Natural Resources This section will present discussions related to agricultural resources, mineral resources, wildlife and vegetation habitat, air resources and landforms. a. Agricultural Resources_ 1) Introduction Orange County, once a rural county supported primarily by an agricultural economy, has long been a notable agricultural RES-2-9 TABLE 2-4 PROJECTED EMPLOYMENT GROWTH TRENDS NORTH COUNTY vs. SOUTH COUNTY 1980 - 2010 North Countya/ South County County Total 1980 2010 Change 1980 2010 Change 1980 2010 Change Total Employment 658,600 987,800 +50% 256,800 582,700 +127% 915,400 1,570,500 +728 Pct. of Total Employment 728 63% -98 28% 37% +98 100% 100% - M Growth - - 329,200 - - 325,900 - - 655,100 I N I o Pct. of Growth - - 50% - - 50% - - 100% Notes: a/ Includes RSAs 35-J, 36-A, 37-H, 38-I, 41-B and 42-G 1 Includes RSA: 39-F, 40-D, 43-C and 44-E Sources: Orange County EMA/Advance Planning Division County of Orange OCP-85 PA40-8(4) November 13, 1985 6087 +�I .go Aft, 'I"' taw '.Im „a =6' 14` AM low M INK, ov 2010 1 41 .8 loeo 38— m 6a000 CA ;r 44 E o 1/106s:416.600 IOq J YID 43—C 37—H 39—F 38— 40—D SOURCE: Orange County a rBMyPRLegional OYMENT MAP Statistical Area OCP-85 2-4 co:mnunity of statewide and national significance. Fruits and vegetables grown in the county were shipped throughout the United States and abroad. The county's agricultural communities have experienced tremendous growth and decline over the years. These communities are presently experiencing urban growth. Major crops grown during the early 1900s included oranges, apricots and walnuts. Also important were peaches, apples, sugar beets, beans, alfalfa, olives, potatoes and peppers. Agriculture was the county's number one industry and, by 1925, Orange County was number six in the state on the basis of crop value. The 1930s and 1940s were marked by radical agricultural change. Apricot and walnut production decreased drastically as did the acreage devoted to sugar beets. However, citrus production reached a peak of over 75,000 acres. Steadily increasing in importance were truck crops and nursery products. This same period marked the temporary rise of cattle and poultry production. Agriculture's decline, which began in the mid-1940s, was stemmed briefly during the 1950s. Though citrus production fell drastically, truck crops, nursery stock and strawberries grew dramatically both in acreage and dollar value. In the 1960s and 1970s Orange County experienced rapid suburbaniza- tion further reducing the county's agricultural land. Significant amounts of agricultural land have been converted to urban development. Still, agriculture, from a dollar value standpoint, has done remarkably well on less than one-third the acreage cultivated twenty years ago. In 1981, 17 crop categories were million dollar enterprises. Further, Orange County agricultural products ranked 18th in dollar value among California's 58 counties. 2) Current Conditions There are several unique features that have contributed to the county's continued agricultural successes. The predominately mediterranean climate is a major asset. This climate is characterized by: modest amounts of precipitation in the winter, summers nearly or completely dry; warm to hot summers with mild winter temperatures; and, nearly year-round sunshine. Further, this climate permits a longer growing season and enables county farmers to plant two or more crops a year on the same field as well as to harvest and ship their produce when other regions are dormant. The other major county agriculture attribute is soil fertility. In 1982, over 34,000 acres were crop-producing. This figure is up 5,000 acres from 1980. Yearly fluctuations occur due to land lying fallow rather than an actual increase in agricultural acreage. In 1982, specialty crops such as strawberries, winter celery, tomatoes and avocados were , RES-2-12 prominent. Other important crops included sweet corn, asparagus, cauliflower, green beans, cucumbers, lettuce, parsley and bell peppers. Of the 34,000 crop acres farmed in 1982, approximately 26,000 PP Y acres were included in the land inventory and monitoring program maintained by the State Department of Conservation. This agency classifies important farmland by four categories: prime farmland, unique farmland, farmland of statewide impor- tance and farmland of local importance. (See Map 2-5.) Through this process, the State can assist in the maintenance of these valuable resources. Following are the definitions of these four farmland categories. a) Prime farmland is land best suited for producing food, feed, forage, fiber and oilseed crops. It has the soil quality, growing season and moisture supply needed to produce sustained high yields of crops. Production should occur economically when the land is treated and managed (including water management) , according to modern farming methods. Estimates show nearly 26,000 acres of prime farmland existed in 1982. b) Unique farmland is land other than prime farmland and farmland of statewide importance that is currently used for the production of specific high value food and fiber crops. It has the special combination of soil quality, location, growing season and moisture supply needed to produce sustained high yields and/or high quality yields of a specific crop when treated and managed according to modern farming methods. Examples of such crops are citrus, olives, strawberries, avocados, fruit and vegetables. In 1982, approximately 2,000 acres of unique farmland existed. c) Farmland of statewide importance is land other than prime farmland that has a good combination of suitable physical terrain and soil for producing food, feed, forage, fiber and oilseed crops. The land must be available for use as cropland, pastureland, rangeland, and forest land. In 1982, nearly 2,000 acres of this type of farmland existed. d) In some local areas there is concern for certain additional farmlands for the production of food, feed, fiber, forage and oilseed crops, even though these lands are not identified as having national or statewide importance. These lands are to be identified by a local committee made up of concerned agencies called together by the State Department of Conservation. The local committee will review the lands under this category on a five-year basis. In 1982, approximately 17 acres of additional farmland of local importance existed in the county, all of it within the city of Irvine. RES-2-13 �4 IMPEPIAL Hwy O ��ti O NTIAGO CVN 4'F O 5A qQ ti Q5 4 0 SANjA /- • �• ANA F�{,� 0 a 0 0 I�T1 �p0 y 4 SA IV N �`• 9 � O� �E�'P F OA ' v C � • �� c� 0 SAN y9 OfEGQ e o Y # ! , r,OAs> f:\Ny ,-.�_.....,.. ,_..- LEGEND Important Farmlands (parcels) —-— Important Farmlands (linear) 80 uroa: State Department of MAP Important Farmlands of Orange County (generalized) Conservation 2_5 (Not A Plan) 3) Future Prospects Urban areas encroach on agricultural lands throughout the county creating pressure to convert farmland to urban uses. The rising costs of irrigation water, agricultural land tax rates, labor costs, and damage from vandalism have increased production costs making it more difficult to have a successful agricultural operation. The State enacted the Williamson Act in 1965 in response to increasing land taxes which were forcing agricultural land into more intensive uses. The act assesses agricultural land at a lower rate than non-agricultural land. In exchange, landowners enter an agreement with the local jurisdiction to limit the uses on the contracted land for at least 10 years. Presently, 63,000 acres within the county are held in agricul- tural preserves under Williamson Act provisions. The Irvine Company holds approximately 39,000 acres and the Rancho Mission Viejo Company another 24,000 acres in agricultural preserves. Map 2-6 shows the land areas held in agricultural preserves. Since 1980, nearly 13,000 acres have been removed from agricultural preserves and subsequently planned for urban development. Growth projections through 2000 indicate the continued urbanization of the county. This urban development will continue to convert agricultural acreage to more intensive land uses. However, objectives and policies presented in Chapter Four: Natural Resources Component identify opportu- nities for the preservation and maintenance of agricultural 1 acreage. These policies will assist in the preservation of agricultural land in areas where infrastructure has not yet been provided for more intensive activities. b. Mineral Resources 1) Introduction Orange County is blessed with significant amounts of mineral resources. Of particular importance are those mineral resources necessary to meet the county's existing and future development needs, such as construction aggregate. Construction aggregate resources are the focus of this section of the Resources Element. Although other mineral resources are important to the county's future growth, they are categorized by their ultimate application (e.g., petroleum resources in Chapter Five: Energy Resources Component) in other sections of this element. Much of the information utilized for the assessment of county mineral resources is based on the State of California's Mineral Land Classifica- tion/Designation Program, described in greater detail below. RES-2-15 IMVf141 A L NWY 0 AIV4 10 SA IV cf) SAN DIEGO cam Ix fWY LEGEND Agricultural Preserves (Williamson Act) Orange County Agricultural Preserves C9 eneralized) Source: Orange County MAP 2-6 (Not A Plan) in -00 140 M "aff Im M M, as M 40 M, M M M, M I 2) State Mineral Land Classification/Designation Program In 1975, the State adopted the Surface Mining and Reclamation Act (SMARA) . The primary objectives of SMARA are the assurance of adequate supplies of mineral resources important to California's economy and the reclamation of mined lands. These objectives are implemented through land use planning and regulatory programs administered by local government with the assistance of the State. The Department of Conservation, Division of Mines and Geology, and the State Mining and Geology Board are the agencies responsible for administering this program at the State level. The act's mineral resource conservation objective is achieved through a mineral inventory and land use planning process termed classification/designation, which jointly involves the Division of Mines and Geology, the State Mining and Geology Board, and local government. Information on the location of important mineral deposits is developed by the Division through a process of mineral land classification. In turn, the classification report is used by the Board in designating deposits that are of economic significance to a region, the state, or the nation. A more detailed discussion of the process is provided in Appendix C. In 1982, the State Mining and Geology Board adopted the Classification Report for Orange County. The designation of mineral lands of regional significance occurred in April of 1983. These two actions provide the basis for the inventory and analysis that follows. 3) Location and Availability of Mineral Resources The location of the areas classified and designated as deposits containing significant sand and gravel resources are identified in California Division of Mines and Geology Special Report 143, Parts III and IV, for the Orange County Region. (See Appendix C.) In the Orange County Region, resource areas are located in portions of the Santa Ana River, Santiago Creek, San Juan Creek, Arroyo Trabuco, and other areas. (See Map 2-7.) The depiction of mineral resource areas in this text is not intended to represent a commitment to mineral extraction for these areas. Rather, the following exhibits respond to SMARA's mandate to recognize these mineral resource areas in the General Plan. Any mineral extraction proposals would be reviewed on a project-by-project basis, and require approval of a zone change to the (SG) "Sand and Gravel Extraction' Zoning District and compliance with CEQA. The specific mineral areas classified and designated are indicated as "resource sectors." Based upon guidelines RES-2-17 Upper Irvine Ranch I M_Nl HIAI t' O 99 � yCF U Santiago Creek f- SANTA AkA Fk'Y O O d of o T i O m 9�ti 99 sAN Q (� !A eon N p� �4Q% CD F`� ccy CJ�n SAN DIEGO !`o a Ix ao Ix FWY COAS► LEGEND: Mineral Resource Areas Source: State Mining d MAP Orange County Mineral Resources (generalized) Reclamation Act 2_7 (Not A Plan) r� � � -r �. r .Ns r -� � GIs �� al� err rr -ri■ �= � �r developed by the State Mining and Geology Board and the State Geologist, a resource sector is an area judged to contain a significant deposit of construction-quality aggregate that is available, from a general land use perspective, to meet the future needs of the Production-Consumption (P-C) region. The boundaries of each resource sector generally encompass fairly uniform deposits. For example, sector boundaries would be established between that part of a natural deposit formed on an alluvial fan and that part within the confines of an adjacent modern stream channel and its floodplain. The use of these resource sectors provides a reliable method of estimating the tonnage of material available in each mineral deposit. Table 2-5 describes the existing amount of aggregate resources in the Orange County region. It should be noted that because of geologic and economic factors, the Orange County P-C region includes portions of Riverside County (Temescal Wash and Mayhew-Coldwater Fan) . The inclusion of these areas, however, does not significantly affect the demand for mineral resources within the Orange County region. 4) Existing and Projected Mineral Resource Consumption Using a variety of data, such as regional population projections and historic aggregate production estimates, the State Mining and Geology Board calculated the 50-year demand for aggregate resources for the Orange County region. (See Table 2-6.) In summary, the State Mining and Geology Board forecasts that the Orange County region has a 50-year demand of 850 million tons of aggregate against current reserves (presently mined) of 257 million tons. The utilization of the county's aggregate resources to meet this demand will depend on the availability and quality of these mineral resource areas. RES-2-19 TABLE 2-5 AGGREGATE RESOURCES* OF THE ORANGE COUNTY P-C REGION Million Resource Area Sector Short Tons Santa Ana River: A 25.3 B 66.7 C 22.4 D 19.3 E 9.3 F 48.0 G ** H ** I ** Total: 331.1 Lower Santiago Creek: J 233.6 R 30.0 Total: 263.6 Upper Santiago Creek: L 5.1 M 34.1 N 17.0 Total: 56.2 Temescal Wash: 0 5.1 P 25.8 Q 49.0 R 47.4 Total: 127.3 Mayhew-Coldwater Fan: S 330.3 Total: 330.3 San Juan Creek: T 149.7 Total: 149.7 Arroyo Trabuco U 101.2 V 29.3 Total: 130.5 GRAND TOTAL: 1,388.7 *Includes the categories of measures (indicated and inferred) . **Cannot be shown due to confidentiality of producer data. However, they are reflected in the sector totals. Source: California Division of Mines and Geology Special Report 143, 1981. RES-2-20 _�• :_ v...3 _.a-._tea.___ _.. �.. .��� _ — _. _ _ .� _� �"r')'-a-'r�`�=Z`rt y:�Y. TABLE 2-6 PROJECTED AGGREGATE CONSUMPTION ORANGE COUNTY REGION Aggregate Consumption Year (Million Tons) ' 1980-1985 71 1985-1990 76 1990-1995 80 1995-2000 83 2000-2005 85 2005-2010 87 2010-2015 89 2015-2020 90 2020-2025 92 2025-2030 93 Source: California Division of Mines and Geology Special Report 143, 1981. RES-2-21 c. Vegetation and Wildlife Habitats 1) Introduction Wildlife habitat often refers to both vegetation and wildlife. The term relates to the natural environment and to those plant and animal species that inhabit it. Orange County's climate and topography have created an environment that sustains a wide range of plant and animal life. The county rises over 5,000 feet in elevation from the coast to the crest of the Santa Ana Mountains, offering habitat for eight major vegeta- tion communities and wildlife species. Map 2-8 presents a generalized depiction of the county's wildlife habitat areas. 2) Current Conditions A description of the various vegetation communities found in Orange County follows. The Master Environmental Assessment (MEA) , a computerized sensitivity mapping system that supports the County's environmental review process, provided source information for this discussion. Air photography interpreta- tion and existing field research were the primary sources for defining and selecting the eight major vegetation and wildlife habitats presented in the MEA. a) Grassland - Characterized by varied topography and climate. Less than 10 percent of this habitat contains trees. Primary vegetation are bunch grasses and annual grass species such as brome, wild oats and barley. i Wildlife are generally low in numbers except where grass- land contains the added cover of shrubs and/or trees, then smaller mammals such as skunks, raccoons, and coyotes are prevalent. b) Coastal Sage Scrub - This habitat may include up to 30 percent oak tree coverage with scrub understory in a mixed environment or be limited solely to low growing brush dominated by sagebrush, black and white sage, prickly pear cactus and various grasses. This habitat is normally found on dry slopes and may provide forage for quail, rabbit and deer as well as a variety of smaller birds and mammals. c) Chaparral - This habitat may be chamise dominated or a mixture of less than 30 percent oak tree coverage with scrub understory. This habitat ranges from 1,000 to 5,000 feet elevations and is characterized by chamise, scrub oak, ceanothus and manzanita. Greater vegetation variety is present on north facing slopes. This habitat is very susceptible to fire, which is an essential part of the habitat's life cycle. Old growth provides little wildlife value while new growth makes excellent deer habitat. Many furbearing mammals including bobcat and mountain lion may be found in this habitat. RES-2-22 ,� � r � � ,r +� � � •err �r �r ar � ems. � rr � IMPERIAL Hwy p9 9,y 4'F tiF SAN�A AMA m m�v y SA IV m �y 94m CO) p9 wy N r N � G W SAN DIEGO a o 4p .J A m �4Q a t COAST ..� PACIFIC r, '1. LEGEND: Wildlife Habitat Areas (generalized) �k Marine Life Refuges & Ecological Reserves Source orange County MAP Wildlife Habitat Areas (generalized) 2-8 (Not A Plan) d; Oak Savannah - A unique vegetation type, this habitat is similar to the grassland habitat except that a higher percentage ranging from 10 percent to 30 percent is forested. Walnut trees may occur in conjunction with a grass understory. e) Southern Oak Woodland/Forest - The differentiation between woodland and forest is based on the presence of oak trees. A woodland contains between 30 percent to 70 percent oak trees with scrub and/or grass understory while a forest contains greater than 70 percent oak trees. The tree canopy is low to medium height, generally open and containing Live Oaks, and California Bay trees. This habitat is most often found along valleys and lower north facing slopes where more abundant moisture is available. This habitat provides a good foraging area for most animal wildlife. f) Riparian Woodland/Forest - Riparian habitat is perhaps the most valuable wildlife habitat because of the presence of water. This habitat type is characterized generally by a dense narrow vegetation band along a stream course. Live Oak, Sycamore, Willow and Alder trees dominate low brush. g) Conifer woodland/Forest - This habitat is generally found at higher elevations between 4,000 and 5,000 feet but may be found at elevations as low as 900 feet. Big Cone Spruce, Coulter Pine and Oak dominate a brush understory. An area near the northwestern tip of the Cleveland National Forest contains a stand of Tecate Cypress unique to this habitat type. This vegetation habitat makes good wildlife habitat for nearly all mammals and birds. The majority of this habitat lies within the boundaries of the Cleveland National Forest. h) Marsh - Marsh habitat may be either freshwater or saltwater. Freshwater marsh areas are characterized by shallow standing or slow moving water with tule, cattail, rushes, sedges and pond weeds. The habitat generally abounds with wildlife including various waterfowl, ducks, geese and coots. Saltwater marshes occur along tidal areas away from direct surf and wave action. Vegetation types include salt grass, pickle weed and other salt- tolerant plants. These areas have critical waterfowl and waterbird including gulls, terns and plovers with nesting and wintering areas. Further salt marshes are critical to many fish and marine organisms. The Master Environmental Assessment assists this section and the County's ability to protect wildlife habitat through the sensitivity mapping of rare and endangered species and rare and unique plant life. Seven rare and endangered bird species identified by the State Department of Fish and Game may be found in Orange County. They RES-2-24 include the Light-footed Clapper Rail, California Clapper Rail, California Least Tern, California Brown Pelican, 1 Southern Bald Eagle, American Peregrine Falcon and California Black Rail. Among the rare and unique plant life are the limited kelp beds along the southern coast and rare species of succulents, grasses, brush, cypress and pines. 3) Future Prospects As Orange County continues to develop additional pressure will be placed on the natural environment. Wildlife habitat will most likely shrink in size or be forever lost to urbanization. However, through multi-purpose programs, the environmental review process, and coordination among many jurisdictions, much has been and can be achieved to preserve and protect wildlife habitat in Orange County. The county shoreline is a special resource for which the County has prepared Local Coastal Programs in response to the requirements of the Coastal Act of 1976. Further, the coastline is marked by several special coastal marine life refuges and ecological reserves. (See Figure 1, the Open Space/Conservation Program Map.) Important among these features are the Bolsa Chica Ecological Reserve, the San Joaquin Marsh and the Upper Newport Bay Ecological Reserve. South from Newport Harbor are seven other marine life refuges. Inland, wildlife habitat is protected through the continued existence and operation of wildlife sanctuaries such as the Audubon Society's Starr Ranch Wildlife Sanctuary and the Tucker wildlife Sanctuary, owned and operated by California State University, Fullerton. The Cleveland National Forest also provides an extensive wildlife and vegetation habitat under federal control. The County's regional parks and open space corridor network of open space corridors shown on the Open Space/Conservation Program Map provide further wildlife protection. The regional parks provide permanent habitat, while the various open space and conservation corridors represent opportunities for permanent wildlife protection and conservation. RES-2-25 d. Landforms 1) Introduction The natural setting of Orange County provides a diverse combination of mountains, hills, flatlands, and shoreline. These landforms and associated major canyons, ridgelines, and coastal areas, all contribute to the diversity of Orange County's environment. Landforms are distinctive natural topo- graphic features of the Orange County area. Major landforms, few in number, must be considered natural as well as aesthetic resources. Land uses which do not use the available land to its best advantage or which alter the topography can detract from the county's appearance, deplete its stock of resources, and contribute to erosion and sedimentation. The following sections identify the county's topographic resources and describe existing efforts to preserve and protect these resources. 2) Inventory of Landform Resources Orange County, a somewhat rectangular land mass trending approximately 40 miles along the coast of the Pacific Ocean and extending inland approximately 20 miles, covers 798 square miles. (See Map 2-9.) It is predominantly an alluvial plain, generally under 300 feet in elevation in the west and central section. Several low-lying mesas interrupt the plain along the northern coast. The plain is semi-enclosed by the Santiago Foothills and the Santa Ana Mountains which rise to 5,600 feet on the east, the Puente and Chino Hills in the north, and the San Joaquin Hills to the south. Geologic hazards in the form of faults, landslides, and unstable formations occur frequently throughout the hillside area. These hazards are discussed in greater detail in the Safety Element. Specific sub-areas of the county and their associated landform resources are described below. a) Coastal Features (1) North Coast North of the Santa Ana River, the shoreline is characterized by broad sandy beaches extending into shallow offshore waters. Behind the coastal strand extensive saltwater marshes once existed. Those at the Santa Ana River mouth and Huntington Beach have been drained. The Bolsa marshlands, at one time with an outlet to the ocean at Warner Avenue now connected to Sunset-Anaheim Bay, have-been considerably altered by tidal gates and berms for access to oil wells that are scattered throughout the sloughs. Seven-hundred acres of relatively unaltered marshland (some oil RES-2-26 . .� BALD PEAK -01`4 +r ��' '� �' TRABUCO PEAK A , .`. , r �. 1 r� " r• '1! l,�yr�l I Ij. �r., t'rryA At� '�� • A�..t '� ~s°•�'1•�.O'ti' , ♦r,•�♦i r✓ ��•7•�.r. ,.�•, . .y y; rl�1•1..9. 16 Nv ex t.,��, rO i��t i '.i S�. r l �n" ♦r '' � �d.S�' �1 � .(','.'l,,+'• I � �l �,j��-'�• V'�i�, Q _ •�.0�!•'Pt//''41r''.`. ,'r .1`rtY.rl .t.; ,h '�/ ,�y • 'j'� 1 tra` [111 i r!I +.•.S Cv T U S T I N r.; " ;�. _ +`�C.. E f :`�►�.'�` ' '�^ "•!' .ALLUVIAL �% .,.,.;•;%t�. ;, 'jai ��r'�i`. , PLAIN -4 ALLUVIAL N s � �;•:.j�ti, •, j► -�;;; ;;,� ';,: eGj �?: �k f` ,`� •�; T c ♦ i, f PLAIN . 't/'ii '' 'ca,,,�, u, ,,: •�'.,�. v��s� •y�"� �g,, i , ..l./ .1�••r�4 i Aft � :ei � J,� •F��tt Orange Count Landforms (generalized) 8ourci� Orange �°""'r � MAP 9 Y y (Not A Plan) 2-9 extraction also occurs here) exist as a federal wild- life sanctuary on the Seal Beach Naval Weapons Station. Anaheim Bay, the outlet for the inland saltwater ways, has been developed as a port to service the naval base. (2) South Coast South of the Santa Ana River the coastal bluffs of the Newport mesa and uplifted marine terraces extend , to the San Diego County line. Beaches vary in width from broad sandy beaches at Newport Beach and from Doheny Beach southward to rocky cobble or headlands and sandy coves along the coast from Laguna Beach to Dana Point. Some are wave cut, forming scenic wave terraces, caves, arches and seastacks; others are set back from the immediate waterline and are of weak, easily erodible materials. Streams draining the interior hills and valleys of the South County area create irregularities in the coastal bluffs as they descend to sea level. San Juan Creek, the largest of these, enters the ocean at Doheny State Beach Park near the Dana Point Marina. (3) Shoreline i The National Shoreline Study of the U.S. Corps of Engineers indicates that along the 42-mile shoreline there are 33.4 miles of sandy beaches, 0.8 miles of gravel and cobble beach, 6 miles of rocky headlands, and 1.8 miles additional stretches without effective beach. The shoreline has experienced critical erosion for 12.5 miles from Anaheim Bay to Newport Beach Pier requiring periodic sand replenishment to maintain the beaches for recreation. A 2-mile stretch along Capistrano Beach is also classified as critically eroding. Only 1.6 miles of the county coast is classified as non-eroding; the remaining 26.1 miles is classified as non-critically eroding. An additional shoreline feature, the Newport Submarine Canyon, is thought to capture beach sands that would normally redeposit on the coast. This situation heightens the need for beach sand replenishment activities. (4) Newport Bay One of the most remarkable features of the coast is Newport Bay. Really two distinct forms, Lower and Upper Newport Bay are also dissimilar in development. Lower Newport Bay, a product of vast quantities of sand deposited by the Santa Ana River in the last century, parallels the coast for about 3 miles. It RES-2-28 contains several large and small islands, is extensively bulkheaded to protect property from tidal fluctuations, and is one of the largest small craft harbors in the world, with anchorage for over 8,000 boats. Upper Newport Bay, a 3-mile expanse, is an incised valley of the San Diego Creek drainage system, predating the pleistocene epoch. The surrounding 40 feet to 100 feet bluffs are well developed with residential neighborhoods. The lower part of the estuary is also developed with marina facilities, an aquatic park and other land uses. Most of it, however, remains in a relatively natural state with three large marshy islands and extensive mudflats. This portion of the bay is part of an ecological reserve at the point where San Diego Creek enters the bay. b) Coastal Plain, Hills, and Mountains i The low coastal plain, devoid of interesting landforms except for the coastal area and the Santa Ana River, is contrasted by the adjoining hills, mountains, and canyons. "Saddleback", the twin-peaked heights of the Santa Ana Mountains, is the signature landmark of Orange County. Besides the dominant ridgeline of the Santa Ana Mountains, major ridgelines occur in the Lomas de Santiago and the San Joaquin Hills. Numerous canyons and valleys of great beauty occur, including the Santa Ana Canyon, Capistrano Valley, Laguna, Aliso, Wood, Moro, San Juan, Trabuco, Santiago, Modjeska, Silverado, Limestone, and Black Star Canyons, to name just a few. Rock outcroppings as in the Laguna Canyon and geologic formations such as the Sinks and Fremont Canyon add interest to the relatively undeveloped landscape. c) Watershed, Watercourses, and Floodplains (1) Watershed Watershed is defined as the area drained by a given stream. Beginning at the sea outlet and working back upstream, the divides between major watersheds can be derived. Some natural watershed areas in Orange County have been altered to drain elsewhere through the use of flood control projects. The Santa Ana River watershed is the most extensive in Orange County, running through a three-county area, from its headwaters in the San Bernardino Mountains to its outlet in the Pacific Ocean. Santiago Creek and its tributaries form a major tributary to this watershed. Surprisingly, most of western Orange County is not drained by the Santa Ana RES-2-29 i River but by a series of flood control channels which empty into Coyote Creek, the San Gabriel River, or the estuaries and coastal waters. Two other large watershed areas are San Juan Creek with its tributary, Trabuco Creek and San Diego Creek which drains a major portion of central Orange County into Upper Newport Bay. The Aliso Creek watershed, though extending for nine miles, is relatively confined in area. The Laguna Canyon watershed and others along the coast are still smaller. , (2) watercourses Dendritic in appearance, county watercourses range from the merest trickling stream to the Santa Ana River. Nearly all are intermittent, flowing mostly in the rainy winter months. Deep in the Cleveland National Forest there are a few springs that run year round; and, there is generally a trickle in the Santa Ana River in summer in its upper reaches. Many county watercourses have been altered, most notably the Santa Ana River which was given a definite and direct outlet to the sea in 1920 instead of its meandering outlets which have ranged from Anaheim Bay to Lower Newport Bay. Many watercourses have been straightened and fortified with sand levees or concrete channels for flood control purposes. Most of the larger watercourses have been left with unlined stream bottoms to maintain the capacity for water absorption (groundwater recharge) or aesthetic values. Along the upper reaches of many streams, reservoirs and dams have been constructed among the largest Irvine Lake, Villa Park, Carbon Canyon, Fullerton and Brea Dams. Other alterations include the extraction of sand and gravel, which have resulted in large open pits in need of rehabilitation. (3) Floodplains It is normal for watercourses to periodically overflow their stream beds and, in Orange County, historical records show flooding over substantially all of low-lying western Orange County by the Santa Ana River. Following the construction of Prado Dam, destructive floods with loss of life and severe damage, such as occurred in 1938, have been prevented. In spite of numerous improvements to the Santa Ana River Channel and a network of flood control facilities, the floodplain of the Santa Ana River remains the same and can expect to be subject to a standard project flood (statistically occurring RES-2-30 approximately every 200 years) that will inundate the cities sited on the floodplain. Other floodplains, less extensive in size and confined by topography, present a potential for causing property damage under flood conditions. These floodplains include Santiago Creek; Modjeska and Silverado Canyons; San Diego Creek; Peters Canyon wash; Laguna, Aliso, Brea, Tonner and Carbon Canyons; and San Juan, Oso, and Trabuco Creeks. 4) Future Prospects Landforms, simply by their nature, continually undergo alteration by natural or man-made forces. Though no formal landform management program exists, many programs do provide management, conservation, protection and preservation of the natural environment in the public interest. a) Hillsides The County's Grading Ordinance strictly regulates hillside grading with regard to soil stability. Cut and fill slopes are generally limited to a ratio of two horizontal to one vertical. It provides for erosion control measures at the time of development. Through the Flood Control District, drainage requirements are assessed in a number of Master Plans of Local Drainage. Grading and drainage requirements for streets and highways are the responsibility of the County and CalTrans (a State agency) . At the County level, hillsides and other landform (e.g., watercourses) resources are addressed through community and corridor planning activities. These efforts are conducted at a scale appropriate for each resource concern, such as the Aliso Creek Corridor Specific Plan which encompasses the creek's entire watershed. b) Shoreline Approximately two-thirds of the county shoreline is in public ownership with the prospect of additional miles of beach frontage being placed in public ownership in the near future. The Coastal Act, implemented in Orange County through Local Coastal Programs (LCPs) , establishes resource management plans and programs for the county's shoreline. LCPs also regulate private development near and along the shoreline in accordance with Coastal Act objectives. The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers also participates in shoreline facility construction and management efforts and studies beach erosion and other shoreline issues. RES-2-31 c Watercourses Flood plains, and Watershed The Orange County Flood Control District is empowered to control the flood and storm waters of the district and to conserve water for beneficial use. Since its formation in 1927, the powers of the Flood Control District have been enlarged by the State legislature. These additions now empower the district to utilize its works for recreation purposes, to acquire additional lands for environmental enhancement, to test and monitor the quality of water in its work, and to purchase and reclaim water for beneficial use. Watershed management, the integration of all aspects of surface water and related natural resources such as soils and vegetation with land use, has not been undertaken in the county except by the U.S. Forest Service for the Cleveland National Forest. Watershed management is the prime objective in the multi-purpose planning and manage- ment of the forest. For the rest of the county, the complexity of agencies and areas of authority make the approach difficult. d) Scenic Areas Orange County, with is varied topography and proximity to the ocean, abounds in scenic areas. From its signature landmark, Saddleback, in the Santa Ana Mountains, to its ocean view of Santa Catalina Island, the county offers a variety of unique visual opportunities. The development of state, regional and local parks to take advantage of these opportunities is continuing. The County also applies sign restriction zoning in most of its planned communities and on its major arterials to assure that scenic views are maintained. The Scenic Highways Component of the Transportation Element also provides preservation measures to assure scenic views. The ocean views from state highways also require special consideration in Local Coastal Programs. However, the preservation of scenic vantage points (visual access) has been limited to a few turnouts, along the Ortega Highway, Chapman Avenue, and Santiago Canyon Road, and parks on the coastal bluffs at San Clemente and Corona Del Mar State Beach Parks, Dana Point and Laguna Beach. RES-2-32 , 2. Energy Resources a. Introduction The importance of energy resources has been made clear in recent years as a result of increases in the price of energy, the state and national interests in reducing dependence on foreign energy sources, and increasing concern with the environmental impacts associated with traditional energy sources such as coal. In response to these factors, energy conservation through both reduc- tions in energy use and the development of energy efficient technology has emerged as an important substitute for energy resource supplies. In this section, an overview of the county's energy resource supply and consumption trends is provided through: 1) an identification of county energy resources; 2) a description of existing and future countywide energy consumption characteristics; and 3) a description of energy consumption by sector (e.g. , residential) . This background information provides the basis for the goals, objectives, policies and programs 1 contained in Chapter Five: Energy Resources Component. b. Identification of County Energy Resources 1 Although Orange County does not have sufficient energy resources to meet its own needs, the county does have significant existing and potential energy resources within its boundaries. The county's energy resources, illustrated in Map 2-10, are divided into two major categories: petroleum resources and renewable resources. Economic deposits of other energy-producing minerals such as uranium and coal have not been identified in Orange County. 1) Petroleum Resources Orange County's petroleum resources are in the form of oil and natural gas deposits. These two non-renewable resources are formed through a slow geologic process and are found at various sites throughout Orange County. The primary petroleum resource areas of the county are Huntington Beach and the Brea/La Habra foothill regions. (See Map 2-10.) Oil and gas in Orange County are associated with a number of sub-surface geologic structures in the Los Angeles sedimentary basin. The on-shore fields are aligned with the Newport- Inglewood and Whittier fault zones which have facilitated the entrapment of petroleum resources. Oil extraction, which began in 1897 in Orange County, has been declining on the whole over the past decade due to depletion of the fields. A secondary recovery phase is underway in most fields where production is stimulated by a water flooding program. This secondary phase is expected to last 10 years, during which annual production will be similar to that of the RES-2-33 IM MWY B SAN�IAGO CYN q0 ti A 9 0 ' Q�J ! C Q 3 r SANTA AIVA FW y a° m o P9�y 199 ~ SAIy m 09 �v P f O�� 001�a SAN DIEGO D y� 0 E O T COAsr FWY W 2 c> 4 NWY LEGEND Biomass Resources() Petroleum Resource Areas (Methane from existing & closed landfills) A. Olinda Landfill Geothermal Resource B. Santiago Cyn. Landfill Areas (potential) C. Bee Cyn. (potential) (1) D. Coyote Cyn. Biomass resource potential exists E. Prima Deshecha in agricultural areas (see Map 2-5) Orange County Energy Resources (generalized) Source Orange County (Not A Plan) r aw w w iw iw w► �ww wr w iw w. it Iw i i initial phase. At the end of that phase, when production is no longer economically feasible, it has been estimated that as much as 50 percent of the resource may still be unrecovered. Within the next 10 years, technological advances may make additional recovery phases economically feasible. There are presently four major categories of petroleum operations in Orange County. They are: ' o On-shore - Conventional: vertical wells, distributed evenly about the field, each well equipped with certain treatment facilities, storage or shipment lines, pumping units.o On-shore - Directional: wells grouped into drill sites for economy, physical and land use restrictions, engineering considerations; equipment concentrated in relatively small areas leaving surface available for other use; more expensive to drill than vertical hole; limitations to degree of deflection but may extend a mile horizontally from surface site. o Off-shore - Man-made Island: fill islands in shallow water (up to 45 feet) with directionally drilled wells, connected to shore with submarine production and supply lines, mobile drilling rigs. o Off-shore - Fixed Platform: in relatively shallow water (up to 300 feet) for economic reasons, directionally drilled wells, production and maintenance facilities on platform, submarine production and supply lines. Petroleum resource development is regulated by numerous federal, state, and local regulations. In general, federal agencies are concerned with petroleum operations on federal lands, the State of California is concerned with coastal areas and environmental protection (e.g., water quality) , and the County enforces the local Oil and Zoning Codes which regulate oil and gas production operations. However, since federal and state laws are constantly evolving in the area of petroleum resources, a detailed discussion of appropriate statutes and regulations regarding petroleum resources would quickly become outdated. Therefore, such laws and regulations are monitored and implemented by County staff on an ongoing basis (rather than defined within this text) . 2) Renewable Resources This category of energy resources includes solar, wind, biomass and geothermal resources. At the present time, these resources do not comprise a significant portion of the county's energy supply. These energy resources, however, have considerable potential and can be developed as both IRES-2-35 i substitutes for oil, natural energy supplies as, and other 9 9Y PP used for electricity generation, and to reduce consumption of these supplies. Soar Energy: Solar radiation in the form of sunlight can be utilized for energy production in two ways. The first method, ' active solar systems, involves the use of mechanical devices to convert solar energy to heat or electricity. The second, passive solar systems, utilizes natural heating and cooling from the sun through proper orientation and building design. , For the purposes of the following discussion, it is assumed that the amount and quality of solar radiation received by the county will be adequate for the use of solar technologies. Active Solar Energy Systems: (a) Solar Water Heating Solar water heating systems involve the use of solar collectors and storage tanks to heat domestic water. Solar water heating systems can provide 60 to 80 percent of the hot water demands for a household and are generally supplemented with a natural gas or electric system. Water heating is one of the more common uses of ' solar energy. (b) Solar Space Heating Solar space heating is most commonly used in new residential dwelling units, although some retrofitting of existing structures has occurred. Generally, space heating systems utilize solar collectors to collect heat which is then stored in a rockbed. Heated air is then drawn into the existing gas furnace, as necessary. (c) Solar Swimming Pool Heaters Solar heating systems are utilized for pool heating either singly or in conjunction with natural gas pool heaters. The technology is very similar to solar water heating except that, because of the lower heat requirements, simpler and, consequently, less expensive solar collectors are utilized. (d) Photovoltaic Systems Photovoltaic (PV) solar systefis convert sunlight to electric energy through the use of a solar cell array. PV systems can be utilized for either small scale appli- cations (residential structure) or for centralized power generation. The primary emphasis at this time, however, is to continue research and development programs which RES-2-36 are intended to make PV costs competitive with other energy supplies. Passive Solar Energy Systems: (a) Swimming Pool Covers A plastic or fiberglass cover placed over a swimming pool surface can reduce heat loss. Studies have shown that pool covers can result in a 97 percent reduction in natural gas use when utilized in conjunction with solar pool heaters. ' (b) Passive Heating and Cooling Passive space heating systems are generally comprised of two features. First, southern exposure and glazing of the structure is provided. Second, storage devices, such as rock beds, are utilized to store heat. Passive cooling is generally the result of proper shading strategies. Roof overhangs and insulated shutters and drapes protect a structure from excess heat absorption while vents provide natural cooling through day and night breezes. Wind Energy: The State Energy Commission predicts that wind systems will produce 10 percent of the energy required for electric generation by the year 2000. Like solar energy, wind energy has been used for centuries to provide for many human needs. For electricity generation, the wind's energy drives a rotor which then powers an electric generator. Rotors are generally constructed of two or three blades mounted on a tower. Geothermal Resources: Geothermal fuels can replace conventional fuels in many space heating and cooling and agricultural applications as a direct use energy resource. Geothermal resources can also produce electricity through the use of geothermal steam to run turbines. Because of this versatility, geothermal resources can play an important role in meeting future energy demands. California has numerous sites which have been identified as geothermal resource areas. In Orange County, the only potential geothermal sites are in Huntington Beach and at the hot springs in Trabuco Canyon. Presently, none of these areas are being utilized for geothermal extraction activities. Biomass Resources: Biomass resources refers to organic materials, either wastes, residues, or specific crops, which 1 can be converted to an energy resource. Biomass can be converted to an energy fuel to replace conventional sources or RES-2-37 directly used In combustion processes. Several local sources of biomass exist in Orange County. These include: o Solid waste o Existing landfills ' o Certain high yield agricultural crops o Agricultural and wood residues These sources can produce gaseous fuel, Neat/steam process electricity, and liquid fuels through either a microbiological ' or thermochemical conversion process. As stated above a variety of energy fuels can be provided from biomass. The specific products are described below: o Methane gas o Ethanol and methanol (alcohol fuels) o Steam and high temperature heat through direct combustion o Oil and natural gas through pyrolysis , o Synthetic fuels c. Existing and Projected Consumption Patterns The following section describes the general consumption patterns for the three major categories of energy supplies in Orange , County: 1) electricity, 2) natural gas, and 3) transportation fuels. Both existing patterns and projected consumption estimates are provided for each energy supply category. A general breakdown of countywide energy consumption in these three areas is provided in Chart 2-2. 1) Electricity The Southern California Edison Company (SCE) provides electricity to most of Orange County, with San Diego Gas and Electric (SDG&E) providing electric service to about 6 percent of the households in the southern portion of the county (Capistrano Valley/San Clemente Foothill region) . Utilities generally provide supply data at the service area level since electrical supply is delivered without regard to jurisdictional boundaries (e.g. , County of Orange) . Therefore, some interpolation is necessary to disaggregate supply data to the county level. An analysis of utility data indicated that Orange County's existing (1980) electric capacity was almost 18,000 gigawatt-hours per year. This capacity is almost 50 percent higher than the county's present RES-2-38 Transportation Fuels 33% Electricity 38% Natural Gas ' 29% *The electricitycategory includes the consumption 9 Y P and loss of energy resources by the conversion and transmission process. i ' Countywide Energy sours.: oranp. County CHART Consumption 1 1 2-2 1 RES-2-39 electric demand (see Chart 2-3) but allows for peak demand per:.ods and maintenance and repair of generation facilities. Future demand is projected to be 21,000 gigawatt-hours per year, which will require an expansion in the present electric capacity , to meet the projected demand. In contrast to other county energy supplies such as natural gas, electricity is produced through the consumption of other primary resources. (See Chart 2-4.) Since almost two-thirds of the energy input is lost in the transmission or production process, electricity is also a major consumer of energy in addition to providing energy. This is an important consideration in examining future supply sources for electricity generation. 2) Natural Gas , The only supplier of natural gas in Orange County is the Southern California Gas Company (SCG) . SCG currently receives over 90 percent of its supply from out-of-state sources. (See Chart 2-5.) Currently supply is estimated to be approximately 99 million cubic feet (mmcf) per year, which is approximately equal to existing natural gas demand. The balanced supply and demand is due to the fact that, at present, natural gas demand dictates the amount of imported natural gas supply. Existing supply considerations are complicated by the fact that natural gas is distributed according to priorities established by the State Public Utilities Commission. The highest priority is residential use with utility steam generating plants being the lowest priority. Thus, in many ways the county's natural gas supply is a function of pricing and distribution regulations and not production rates. However, the diminishing supply of , natural gas in the state is an important: consideration in examining future demand. These existing and future demands are described in Chart 2-3. ' 3) Transportation Fuels Petroleum (crude oil) is the primary source for Orange County'I transportation fuel supply. Transportation fuels are generally refined in the Southern California area. Of each barrel of crude oil refined, 43 percent is converted to gasoline while 5 percent is used for diesel fuel. The remainder is used for commercial and industrial petroleum products. Southern California refineries process about one million barrels of crude oil each day (SCAG, 1982) . The major sources of the local supply are Alaska and California (including Orange County) oil fields. Although oil reserves in both of these states provide an adequate supply for Orange G:)unty's needs, the existing transportation fuel supply must be considered in the RES-2-40 , 10,000 Existing 1980 Projected 2000 1 4 34 411 _o J m 1000 71 A 821 J 500 ; 51. 01 NATURAL ELECTRICITY Cq004 O/c0SOQ '�c� N GAS (3S AL ELECTRICITY /� 9 NOTE: �qSO p (Residential e STATIONARY Natural gas presented in million cubic feet per year. /eo W Commercial "'. � USERS 6mElectricity presented in gigawaft hours per year J Industrial �q�yy�y (gigowaft equals one billion kilowatts). y� TRANSPORTATION USERS W(lYl>µ Transportation fuels are In millions of gallons per year. Source: Orange County(1g82) CHART Energy Demand in Orange County Orange County Transportation 2_3 Commission (1980) 1 Combine Cycle ' (oil/Gas) 6% Oil/Gas (Boilers) Coal 59% 11% Exchange , of Purchase 13% 1 Combustion Turbine (Oil/Gas) 3% Hydroelectric Nuclear 29, 6% 1980 t (Existing) combine Cycle (Oil/Gas) Gwtherrnal 4% Cogeneration 1% Wind 1% Alt. Fuel Cells 2% ' Effigy Solar 3% Oil/Gas Sources (Boilers) 11% 29% Exchange of Purchase 14% Coal Combustion Turbine 17% Nuclear (Oil/Gas) 15% 7% ' Hydroelectric 3% 2000 (Future) Electric Power Generation source: Callifornia Energy Commission CHART 2—4 By Energy Source/Technology c,eflo>t "-RESr-2-42 ' Southwest (Texas 8 New Mexico) 2239mmcfd ' 86.1% California 171 mmcfd 6.6% Other 73mrncl Offshore 7% 8mmcfd .3% 1980 (Existing) Mexico 115 mmcfd 5% Southwest (Texas & New Mexico) North Ski 731mmcfd (Alaska) 359E 270mmcfd 13% Liquid Other Natural Gas 525mmcld 452 mmcfd 25% 22% 2000 (Projected) NOTE: mmcfd= milliorrtnilllon,cubic feet per day. Natural Gas Supplies sours*: southern California gas CHART Available to Southern California Company (1980) 2-5 RES-2-43 context of international, federal, and state supply conditions. Any disruption of international or domestic oil supplies would eventually affect the availability of oil to California and, subsequently, Orange County. ' d. Energy Resource Utilization by Sector A discussion of energy utilization by each sector of Orange County's economy is provided below. A description of each sector as a component of countywide utilization trends is contained in Chart 2-6 This figure and the following discussion provide the context for ' analyzing specific energy consumption patterns and evaluating conservation opportunities within each sector. 1) Residential Sector ' The residential sector comprises almost 90 percent of all electrical customers in the county but consumes only 33 percent of the total county energy demand. Residential electrical consumption has increased 4 percent annually since 1974 despite increased energy conservation efforts. Like electrical consumption patterns, over 90 percent of all natural gas customers are in the residential sector. In contrast to electricity consumption, however, the residential sector accounted for over half of the total natural gas consumption for Orange County in 1980. Most of the residential natural gas demand is for space heating, although water heating , and cooking are also important. Chart 2-7 provides a breakdown of residential sector end-use consumption for both Orange County and California. 2) Commercial Sector , The commercial sector includes retail activities, ' office/professional uses, government activities, and agricultural production. Although the commercial sector comprises only 8 percent of all electrical customers in the county, it consumes over 30 percent of the total electrical ' demand. Commercial sector electrical demand has increased at an average rate of 4.6 percent annually since 1973. Most of the electrical use in the commercial sector is devoted to office lighting and cooling. The commercial sector comprises less than 5 percent of the natural gas customers in Orange County. This sector, however, ' accounts for over 25 percent of existing natural gas consumption with total consumption increasing at an annual average rate of 7 percent since 1971 As with the residential sector, space heating is the largest natural gas end-use for the commercial sector. RES-2-44 ELECTRICITY USE NUMBER CONSUMPTION OF CUSTOMERS CONSUMPTION CUSTOPER MER 703.616 11.788X 10KWH 1000KWH INDUSTRIAL MIDUSTRIAL 1.0% 27.6% ,,.GOVERNMENT 0.9% GOVERNMENT INDUSTRIAL COMMERCIAL 7.9% 499.6 8.4% COMMERCIAL 31.4% o, GOVERNMENT ' 147.5 RESIDENTIAL RESM04TIAL e COMMERCIAL 89.8% 33.2% 62.3 ee RESKENTIAL 6.2 NOTE: KWI-k Kilowatts per hour or 1000 watts. ' NATURAL GAS USE ' NUMBER CONSUMPTION OF CUSTOMERS CONSPTION CUSTE UMM OMER S33 184 91.101 MMCF MCF INDUSTRIAL PWTRU1L INDUSTRIAL 1.0% 2�0 d% 3.434 COMMERCIAL 4.2% COMMERCIAL ' 26.7% S111DENTIAL RESIDENTIAL 94.8% 52.7% CO CIAL .095 1MMERMER RESIDENTIAL 95 NOTE:MCF.million cubic feet. MMCF* million-million cubic feet. Source:Southern California Gas CHART Energy Use by Sector Company Southern California Edison 2_6 RES-2-45 Space Heating Water Heating 34% 19% Clothes Dryer 3% Lighting Space Cooling & Other Refrigeration 4% ' 20% 12% Cooking ' Pools 3% 4% i . 1 source: California Energy Commission CHART Residential Energy Consumption (1981) 2_7 RES-2-46 r 3) Industrial Sector The industrial sector comprises only about 1 percent of electrical customers in the county. In contrast, the industrial sector consumes almost 28 percent of all the electricity used within the county. Consequently, the industrial sector has the highest electrical demand per customer of the three stationary sectors (which excludes transportation) . ' This sector comprises only 0.2 percent of all natural gas customers yet consumes 20 percent of the total amount used. Industrial sector natural gas consumption has been declining at a rate of 9.3 percent annually since 1971, however. 4) Transportation Sector ' The two major users of transportation fuels in Orange County are private automobiles and commercial vehicles. Gasoline consumption has increased at a 3.8 percent annual rate since 1975 as a result of the increase of vehicle miles travelled (VMT) within the county. While it is still a relatively small segment of the transportation sector demand, diesel fuel con- sumption has increased at an annual rate of 11.4 percent since ' 1972. 1 1 1 i 1 1 ' RES-2-47 1 3. Water Resources ' a. Introduction Orange County's economy and general life-style are dependent upon an ' adequate and dependable supply of water. Water is increasingly used for a variety of residential, commercial, agricultural, and ' industrial purposes, in addition to its •ialue for recreational uses and aesthetic enjoyment. The increasing demand, coupled with limited availability and declining water quality, has made the ' planning and management of water resources indispensable. The interrelationship of water resource supply and use is complicated by natural forces as well as the multitude of agencies that have been formed to develop and protect this essential resource. In this component the interrelationship of water supply and use is presented through: Section b) an identification of county water resources, both local and imported; Section c) water management activities; and d) a description of countywide water use characteristics. These topics provide an overall view of the complex water resource needs of Orange County. b. Identification of County Water Resources ' Prior to the turn of the century, precipitation, the Santa Ana River ' and shallow supplementary wells were the principal sources of water for the County. The extensive tapping of groundwater resources in order to support irrigated agriculture and population growth permitted saltwater intrusion on coastal areas which prompted the need for imported water supplies. The County is now dependent on a water resource network comprised of both local and imported supplies. The general relationship between precipitation, local and imported water sources is illustrated in Chart 2-8 and described more fully below. Throughout this section the term acre-feet of water will be used as ' a unit of measurement for water resources. An acre-foot of water, abbreviated AF, is that quantity of water that would cover an acre of land to the depth of one foot. Table 2-7 provides additional comparative water volume data. TABLE 2-7 1 acre-foot = 43,560 cubic feet or 325,900 gallons , 1 million gallons = 3.07 acre-feet 1 million gallons per day (NGD)= 1,120 acre-feet per year RES-2-48 ' 1 ' r r / ♦ �- SNOW AND/R�IN , / f/ / EVAPORATION & TRANSPIRATION jr. r` ' �'tcs•... OCEAN RESERVOIRAll _ :;:: ..�: "•' j�::•�: ':• .•/ � /%ems. �_ Alt :.; x X RIVE _ ';�'.'• Na :�' SPRINGS*• / WATER TABLE ' Orange County Water Resource Sources c"""T (Hydrologic Cycle) Source: Orange County Water District 2-8 1) Local Resources A large portion of northern Orange County is underlain with , a groundwater basin (or aquifer) which is primarily supplied by the Santa Ana River watershed as depicted in Map 2-11. The ' groundwater basin acts as a huge water storage facility. When crater is available, it is percolated or directly injected into the aquifer. When water is needed, :it is pumped out and piped to various destinations. This basin is divided into the Santa ' Ana Forebay area and the Coastal Plain Pressure Area. The forebay area of this groundwater bas-in is overlain with relatively porous soils which allow water to percolate into the ' groundwater table. The Coastal Plain Pressure Area is noted for a clay layer over its seaward half which is impervious to percolation. The Santa Ana River channel between Katella Avenue and Imperial Highway is typically a wide, sandy bed. This reach is the principal groundwater recharge area for the Basin. Other Orange County streams provide some additional water ' supply. The Santiago Creek, San Diego Creek, San Juan Creek and Aliso Creek drainage systems have permeability and percolation rates that vary widely, although they are significantly smaller in scale than the basin underlying the Santa Ana River. ' Management of a groundwater basin is a complex and expensive task. The Orange County Water District (OCWD) is responsible , for the management of the Orange County Groundwater Basin. By capturing natural Santa Ana River flows, intermittent storm run-off, reclaiming treated wastewater and purchasing imported water, OCWD protects the quantity and quality of the natural ' underground reserves. A brief chronology of OCWD activities follows: ° In 1933, the California State Legislature established the OCWD ' and provided the authority to protect the groundwater in the Basin. ° Until 1940, the Basin and the local streams that supply it ' constituted the sole source of OCWD water. With Orange County water use increasing and upstream jurisdictions diverting larger volumes, OCWD began importing Colorado River water in 1940. These purchases were made through the facilities of the Metropolitan Water District of Southern California (MWD). ° In 1949, OCWD began percolating the imported water underground ' to recharge the groundwater basin. ° In 1954 Orange County Water District: began to levy pump taxes ' and assessments in an attempt to slow the depletion of groundwater resources. The assessments also provided the necessary funds for purchasing water to recharge the Basin. ' RES-2-50 ' III ORANGECOUNTY GROUNDWATER BASIN PLANNING " A 1969 judicial decision awarded OCVD a guaranteed annual flow of 42,000 acre-feet in the Santa Ana River below Prado Dam. , In 1974 the first deliveries of State Project water reached Prado Dam for the purposes of replenishing groundwater reserves. ' To maintain local water resources, OCTdD utilizes spreading basins and percolation ponds to recharge the Basin. This includes an extensive groundwater replenishment system covering a six mile reach along the Santa Ana River. In addition, the Santiago Creek Replenishment Project is another OCWD effort capable of recharging an additional 25,000 AF into the Basin. , The project consists of a pump station and pipeline to transfer water from Burris Pit on the Santa Aria River to the Bond and Blue Diamond pits along Santiago Creek (a tributary to the Santa Ana River). With respect to other groundwater basin development opportunities, the San Juan Creek depicted in Hap 2-11 is also a ' valuable asset to local water resources. The natural safe yield of its groundwater basin is about 15,000 AF per year with the potential for additional groundwater storage. Programs for additional utilization of the San Juan Creek Basin are being ' implemented and developed by the San Juan Basin Authority, a joint powers agency created in 1971 to manage the groundwater basin. It is important to note that local water resources are made up , of a combination of groundwater and imported supplies. Local groundwater producers and pumpers are! allowed to pump up to 70% ' of their domestic demands from the ground without potential overdraft to the Orange County Basiri. Their remaining demands must be met by imported supplies, a combination of Colorado ' River water and water from northern California. Dependence on imported supplies can be reduced however, by augmenting local water resources with cost-effective local development projects such as water reclamation. The use of reclaimed water on large ' greenbelt areas (parks, golf courses, cemeteries, street medians, etc.) reduces the need for limited and costly imported potable supplies. Water conservation programs will play an increasing role in the ' future of Orange County. Through improvements in landscaping technology combined with new in-home low-flow products and a ' greater public awareness of water as a scarce resource, the quality of life in the County can be maintained while the per capita water demand can be reduced. ' The continuing development of these local resources will contribute to the adequacy and dependability of Orange County's water supply. ' RES-2-52 ' 2) Imported Resources ' Viewed as a unit, Orange County is heavily dependent upon imported water. Just 44 percent of the county's Municipal and Industrial (M&I) demand is currently met by local resources. This fits into a pattern of steadily increasing reliance upon imported water. For this reason, the county's supplies will, in the foreseeable future, continue to be tied to those of the Metropolitan Water District of ' Southern California (MWD), the master wholesaling water agency for imported water supplies. MWD supplies the imported water demands of most of its member agencies from two sources: the Colorado River and State Water Project. The City of Los Angeles, an MWD member agency, partially supplies itself with imported water from its own system, the Los Angeles Aqueduct (Owens-Mono System). The need for a dependable water supply as well as the two primary MWD sources are described below and depicted in Chart 2-9. a) Dependable Water Supply Status "Dependable water supply" is defined as a firm source of water that is available year after year which does not vary due to climatological variations. Orange County's goal is to have a ' reliable, dependable system of water supply that would provide enough water to meet its constituents needs under all hydrological conditions. ' Historically, a combination of local resources and MWD imported water has been available to meet these demands. However, MWD cannot meet the existing and predicted demand without using ' excess water supplies which others have a priority right to utilize. As those other areas exercise their priority water rights, MWD's back-up supply will shrink resulting in possible annual shortfalls. ' MWD does not intend to rely on "luck" of weather conditions or the "possibility" that excess waters presently available will ' continue to be there, especially since other areas of water origin are developing rapidly. Historically, MWD has been successful in anticipating and providing for the future water needs of its member agencies and their constituents. Today, ' however, due to entitlement cutbacks on the Colorado River, an uncompleted State Water Project, Federal and State water policies in disarray, groundwater contamination and loss of Los Angeles' entitlements from Owens-Mono Basin, MWD is presently 700,000 acre feet behind its ability to provide reliable water service to its customers. With above-normal demand, Orange County will be experiencing a shortfall exceeding 100,000 acre ' feet. Fifty six percent of Orange County's water supply comes from outside the County. One-third of Orange County's water agencies are 100%, dependent on imported water. Orange County no longer has the dependability we once had to provide the needed imported water supply. ' RES-2-53 Eased on recent attempts to augment existing supplies and given 2. ten to twenty-year lead time for m<<jor projects, Orange County , a:ay face serious difficulties meeting; the demand for water in the future. On the other hand, many projects and proposals for water supply augmentation and distribution are on the table. ' Based on the law of averages and a few wet years, coupled with Southern California's water management programs, MWD could have sufficient supplies to the year 2000. It is impossible to predict the exact scenario that will follow, however emphasis on ' water management is mandatory. b) The Colorado River System ' The Colorado River has been described as both the most controlled and litigated river system: in the United States. It yields an average of 15.1 million acre feet (maf) annually. ' This amount is divided by law and agreements among the states of the Colorado River Basin and Mexico as per the Colorado River Compact of 1922. California's share is set at 4.4 maf/year; the ' MVD service area has had 1.2 maf available to it until 1990. There is now some variability to this annual share as Arizona increases its allocation. MWD's Colorado River Aqueduct, which brings the water most of the way to Orange County, went into ' service in 1941. The allocation of Colorado River water is changing drastically. ' MVD has lost rights to more than 50 percent of its allotment as a result of a 1962 U.S. Supreme Court decision which settled a major water rights dispute between California and Arizona in favor of Arizona. This loss, combined with existing and anticipated federal court decisions affirming the claims of Native Americans, and increased diversions by a few upstream users, could reduce MWD's allotment to just 450 thousand acre , feet (TAF) by the year 2000. The Metropolitan Water District has entered into a 35-year agreement with the Imperial Irrigation District, in which water conservation facilities and programs will be installed in Imperials agricultural lands and ' 100,000 acre-feet per year of conserved water will be diverted into the Colorado River Aqueduct by KWD. The post-1985 allotments cited above can reasonably be ' considered firm even in the event of a drought in the Colorado River source regions. Because storage capacity on the Colorado River exceeds six years' required deliveries, MWD's allotment can be considered secure over a dry period of up to fifteen years. c) The Sacramento River System and State Water Project 1 The Sacramento River system is the most important freshwater resource in the state, with an unimpa''Lred annual run-off of ' about 18.9 maf on its four main tributaries. However, the system is subject to drought. As compared to the Colorado RES-2-54 ' i t ar "Q i� iLAW ra IOLDW w� i • � nowwr an�r OSM ' a'a0O W OWl jA �PO0SM t �W OIWfI w�r aav ` •ar rrr !, orra a no fto ' ADI� CALWOM r:U o� Im ft COLOPUM wimm Ya.-Mr.� ,aa � r . s � C O Y E 7C � ' Califomia Water Delivery Systems MAP Source: MWD 2-12 Fiver, there is very little carry-over storage on the Sacramento River system. Years with less than 10.2 maf are termed "critical" by the State Water Resources Control Board. Consecutive critical years were experienced in 1933-34, 1976-77, and 1987-88. The longest drought on record for the Sacramento ' River system occurred from 1928 to 1934. It included four critical years and two "below normal" years, and is now used as a "critical period" standard for planning purposes. - The period, ' 1987 to 1990, also has been severely dry, with three critical years and one below-normal year. It should be noted that the 1976-77 drought was of relatively short duration and, thus, more manageable than a less severe drought: of longer duration. , The federal government moved first to develop the Sacramento River System. It began construction of the Central Valley , Project (CVP) in the 19301s. During a recent four year period the CVF delivered an annual average of 6.67 maf for agricultural, municipal, and industrial uses in the Sacramento Valley. The Burns-Porter Act of 1960 authorized construction of ' the State Water Project (SWP). That legislation called for about 4.2 maf of the state's water resources (primarily the Sacramento River and its tributaries) to be incrementally , developed so as to make water available for use in more arid parts of the state while maintaining water quality in the Sacramento River Delta. Operated by the State Department of Water Resources in coordination with federal operation in- the ' Central Valley Project, the SWP made its first deliveries to MWD in 1971 via the California Aqueduct. The State Department of Water Resources is continuing its ' efforts to complete the State Water Project as set forth in the Burns-Porter act of 1960. However, San Francisco Bay Area communities, environmental groups and the State Water Quality ' Control Board (WQCB) have expressed concerns about maintaining adequate fresh water flows in the San Francisco Bay for wildlife and protection from sea water intrusion into the upper delta. ' In addition, legislative proposals to amend water laws began to gain momentum in the late 1980's at the state and federal levels. The intent of many of these proposals has focused on revising procedures guiding the distribution of water allocated to agricultural uses from state and federal water projects. With 84% percent of water project resources committed to agricultural interests across the state (Source: MWD), some ' legislative proposals have identified water intensive crops such as rice, cotton and alfalfa as not appropriate to receive the inexpensive, subsidized project water. The doctrine of "use it or loose it" is a concept that has evolved into water policy over the years to the detriment of conservation efforts. Presently, farmers can be penalized for , reducing water use through the loss of future allocation rights. Policy studies have suggested that a more rational approach is RES-2-56 ' 1 ' required. One proposal would permit urban users (water districts) to enter into agreements to purchase and transfer ' water lots from agricultural areas in exchange for updated and more efficient irrigation technologies allowing farms to continue to operate with less water. ' The population growth trends around the San Francisco Bay area and the Los Angeles metropolitan area have also created occasional partnerships over water issues in the legislature ' between both urban areas. This is a change from past alliances which have emphasized the northern versus southern regions of the state. ' New water policy concepts have become increasingly relevant as the cost estimates for constructing new water storage and transfer facilities have jumped at a time when state and federal ' budgets are facing drastic shortfalls. The present yield of the SWP is estimated to be 2.3 MAY, of which about one-half is allocable to MWD. The fiscal benefits to urban water users may be dramatic if the implementation of agricultural conservation technologies were in broad use. Presently, planned additions to the SWP are: 1) north Delta facilities; 2) south Delta facilities; 3) additional units at the Delta pumping plant; 4) Kern Water (storage) Bank; 5) Los Banos Grandes Reservoir; and 6) interim CVP supply purchases. These additions are estimated to increase the SWP yield to 3.6 maf and MWD's share to 1.8 maf. It should be noted that additional facilities (e.g. , off-stream storage reservoirs) will still be required in order to complete the State Water Project. ' c) Water Resources Management 1) Water Supply MWD distributes imported water resources from the State Water Project and the Colorado River to its member agencies in Orange County. These local agencies then utilize the imported ' resources either to augment their local resource supplies or to provide for the majority of their water resource needs. In general, the southern and northeastern portions of the county are dependent on imported water supplies while the central ' portion of the county is served primarily by the groundwater basin. Chart 2-9 depicts the Groundwater Basin and its operational history. In addition to MVD, key agencies involved in the supply and distribution of water are the Municipal Water District of Orange County and Coastal Municipal Water District, which wholesales ' imported water to many local retail agencies and the aforementioned Orange County Water District (OCWD), the groundwater management agency for the County's primary ' groundwater basin. The Municipal Water District of Orange County (MWDOC) represents most Orange County water providers in matters with the Metropolitan Water District (MWD) for imported ' RES-2-57 - - 1 9J4rTHWWT NORTHWEST ' c Uj J m Z > QC V O O �� ' 0 O W O W y D O cc C1 = Uj � N ' W Q� W a- _'000-- .2 -2000- .4000— EFFECTIVE BASE OF FRESH WATER -4000— I II Water Utilized In Thousands of Acre-feet •100 -200 -400 -500 - � 'I�. Basin considered full in 1969 .600 ,.-. -700 'I -8001956 1966 1966 1971 1976 1981 1986 1990 Year II Ground Water Basin and Operational SIT 'I History in Orange County 2-9 Source:Orartge County Water District • 'I ' water allocations. The MWDOC staff also maintains watch over issues of water quality, conservation and legislation. The OCWD, like most water districts, is a Special District and functions as an independent agency in the county. The facilities of the Orange County Flood Control District and the U.S. Corps of Engineers, although intended primarily for flood ' control, also serve to conserve stormwater run-off for replenishment of the county's groundwater basin. In addition to the District's mission to ensure the quantity of water in the Basin, the OCWD also works to ensure that the quality of water meets all regulatory and health standards. For that reason, OCWD operates Water Factory 21 at their facility in ' Fountain Valley. Water Factory 21 is an advanced wastewater treatment facility designed to prevent sea water intrusion into the basin. Highly treated wastewater is processed through a reverse-osmosis membrane process and injected along the coast to create a hydraulic barrier so that saltwater does not enter and contaminate the Basin. ' Seasonal water storage at Prado Dam is a proposed program to conserve high quality storm flows for recharging the groundwater basin. The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers is working with OCWD to ' implement this program. Assuming a favorable decision, OCWD can look forward to salvaging an additional 5,000 AF on an annual average. Even during dry periods such as the present drought, significant volumes of storm water can be conserved in the Prado Basin. Spring run-off from snow melt and late season rains can be captured without impeding flood control. This program offers the opportunity for improved water quality, energy savings from reduced importation of water and greater insurance against shortages. Water reclamation has become a principle method of increasing ' Orange County's local resources. Reclamation projects include: 1) the Green Acres Project (GAP) expansion; 2) Water Factory 21 expansion; and 3) the Alamitos Barrier Project modification. ' Green Acres Project Expansion: Phase II of the Green Acres Project will be launched during the 1990 fiscal year with a project report for a 10 Million Gallons per Day (MGD) treatment ' plant to serve reclaimed water to Huntington Beach and Newport Beach. Pipeline construction for this second phase of the project is planned for 1991-92. In addition, OCWD and the Irvine Ranch Water District are discussing a possible intertie of the Green Acres system with IRWD's wastewater re-use system. This project would strengthen the delivery capabilities of both OCWD's and IRWD's reclamation system. ' Water Factory 21 Expansion: Water Factory 21 began operations in the fall of 1976. OCWD existing figures show that although the plant was designed to reclaim 15 MGD for sea water intrusion protection, it has not operated consistently at that level except during a brief start-up testing phase. ' RES-2-59 Recently, with California facing another year of drought, OCWD , accelerated plans to modify Water Factory 21 to achieve higher production levels. Major improvements began in early 1988 to increase the plants performance, reliability and economy. New low-pressure membranes were installed in 1989, the cooling ' system was rebuilt to permit faster feed times and the injection well system was rebuilt to. enable the full flow of the product water to be placed in the coastal barrier. ' Alamitos Barrier Project Modification: OCWD and the Los Angeles County Flood Control District operate a sea water intrusion facility (the Alamitos Barrier) using imported water in ' quantities of up to 8,000 acre-feet/year. A feasibility study is presently investigating the substitution of reclaimed water from the Los Angeles County Sanitation District's Long Beach ' plant to this project. An advanced waste water treatment plant similar to Water Factory 21, including reverse osmosis technology, would be necessary to bring the water into compliance with health and regulatory standards. ' 2) Water Quality An important consideration in the management of both the local ' and imported water resources described above is water quality. Water quality is defined in terms of the physical, chemical and biological properties of water pertinent to the use under ' consideration. The groundwater quality in the Orange County Basin has been deteriorating over the years due to the infiltration of chemicals and salts from agricultural ' operations, saltwater intrusion, land outfalls, the poor quality water flowing into the county via the Santa Ana River, and the poor quality of Colorado River water used to recharge the groundwater basin. Colorado River water, with more than 700 ' parts per million of total dissolved solids (TDS) is also delivered directly to both urban and agricultural users, presenting problems to both. This problem is most prevalent in ' the South County area which is very dependent on imported water. With respect to imported water supplies, an important fact is that the U.S. Public Health Standard of 500 ppm TDS for drinking ' water is exceeded by the imported Colorado River water. While blending of groundwater and imported water has helped somewhat, substantial portions of the county groundwater basin have in ' excess of 600 ppm TDS. The importation of SWP water which has 230 ppm TDS for groundwater recharge and direct delivery has improved the water quality situation somewhat but increasing demands on the SWP as well as drought may limit future ' availability. To reduce the TDS, a number of de-nitrification plants have been put into operation, and two groundwater desalters are in advanced design. In any case, the use of ' bottled water and home water filters and softeners continues to expand throughout the county. RES-2-60 ' During the 1960's the State legislature recognized the interrelatedness of water supply and water quality and assigned responsibility for both water rights and water quality control to a single agency, the State Water Resources Control Board, and its nine regional boards. Additionally, federal laws relating to water quality and federal water projects affect Orange ' County's water resources. The water pollution control program in California has been ' conducted through regional water quality control boards for 30 years. In 1967, the State Water Rights Board and Water Pollution Control Board were merged into the State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB). Two years later, the enactment ' of the Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act greatly strengthened the powers of the SWRCB and provided a strong legal framework for a State program of water pollution control. ' The Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act, administered in the county through the Santa Ana and San Diego Regional Water Quality Control Boards, establishes and enforces wastewater ' discharge requirements. The County Health Care Agency enforces the State health standards for swimming and related water contact sports and other water-oriented activities. The Orange County Water District (OCWD) and the Municipal Water District of Orange County are both concerned with the quality of imported water. Water quality monitoring is performed by several agencies including the State Water Resources Control Board, the ' Regional Water Control Board - Santa Ana Region, the Department of Health Services and the Orange County Environmental Management Agency. ' In addition to the above programs, Section 208 of the 1972 Amendments to Federal Water Pollution Control Act required that areawide wastewater treatment management process be implemented ' to assure adequate control of pollution. Orange County is within the South Coast Region for 208 planning purposes. The Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG) as the ' Council of Governments for the region is designated the lead agency for the 208 plans. The two local water quality programs that involve the County include the San Diego Creek Sediment Monitoring Program and the Agricultural Best Management Practices Program (AGBMP). The objectives of these programs are to reduce sedimentation of the the Upper Newport Bay. As a result of the sediment monitoring program, in-channel and in-bay basins have been constructed to retard the movement of sediments. The AGBMP program reduces sedimentation by monitoring the implementation of erosion ' controls on the agricultural land in the San Diego Creek watershed. I' RES-2-61 I' 1 As a result of the 1987 Amendments (Water Quality Act) to the ' Clean Water Act of 1972, the Environmental Protection Agency developed a plan to monitor and control non-point source pollution. This plan, which is administered at the local level by the Regional Water Quality Control Boards, requires operators ' of municipal stormdrain systems to obtain stormwater and urban runoff permits. The requirements of the permit include water quality monitoring and the development/implementation/monitoring , of the effectiveness of Best Management Practices (BMP's) to reduce the contamination of receiving waters from stormwater runoff. Orange County and its incorporated cities have been issued these , National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permits by the San Diego and Santa Ana Regional Water Quality Control ' Boards. The two water quality monitoring programs discussed above have been approved and implemented while future programs may include Drainage Facility Inspection, Water Pollution Investigation/Enforcement, BMP's and Public Education. ' As the 208 process and other water quality programs continue to play an increasing role in the County, it is essential that ' efforts towards coordination among the various state, regional, and local agencies involved in water quality management continue. Such activities are included as implementation programs in Chapter six: Water Resources Component. OCWD, the Santa Ana Watershed Project Authority (SAWPA), Western ' Municipal Water District (WMWD), and the Metropolitan Water District has financed construction of the Arlington Desalter located in Riverside County near Corona. The desalter lowers the high water table in the Arlington Sub-basin and also provides demineralized water to the Santa Ana River for recharging Orange County's groundwater basin. Additional desalters such as the Irvine desalter and Chino Basin desalters are expected to reduce nitrate concentrations and to augment present replenishment supplies. d. Water Use in Orange County In order to describe future water consumption, it is important to determine the current major areas of water usage. As stated earlier, water demands within the county can be categorized into two types of uses: municipal and industrial (M&I) and agriculture. M&I demand includes water for residential; commercial, industrial, institutional and park/greenbelt irrigation purposes and unaccounted for water uses. The following sections describe the water use characteristics of each M&I category. RES-2-62 II 'I Agriculture Kitchen Cooking 10% 5% 2% Commercial - Laundry Industrial 8% 20-25% Residential Bath Outdoor Municipal/Industrial 65% 19% 4296 90% Toilet Public & 24% Institutional 10-15% Total County Municipal / Industrial Residential Water Use In Orange County CHART Source: Orange County 2-10 1) Residential Water Demand Residential demands account for approximately 61 percent of the water use in Orange County. Within the residential category, approximately 58 percent is for interior use with the remaining 42 percent used for landscape irrigation purposes and other outdoor uses. Chart 2-10 illustrates the average distribution of indoor residential water use. 2) Water Demands By Residential Land Use Category Previous estimates of water demand by land use type have identified the relationship between land use and water demand throughout the county. ° Low density residential development requires the most water per dwelling unit, mainly because of the large amount of water needed for outdoor uses. ° Medium high (townhomes and condominiums) and high density residential (apartment complexes and mid-rise) require less indoor use than other densities and very little outdoor water per dwelling unit. ° High density development has a greater potential for conservation than low density development. High density development generally has a centrally controlled and separately metered irrigation system and a single entity controls the application of water for a large area. Low density development has individual, small, and usually manual systems with a different operator at every home and are metered with domestic uses. 3. Non-Residential Water Demands The per acre water demands of most of the non-residential land use categories are relatively equal, but some interesting differences do appear: o The majority of industrial and commercial water demand is for indoor uses. Reclaimed water is increasingly being utilized for outdoor landscaping uses for new non-residential developments. ° Irrigated agriculture approximates medium density residential use demands. ° The water demand of institutional uses (schools, libraries, etc. ) is typically balanced between indoor and outdoor. 4. Existing and Projected Water Resource Demands In fiscal year 1988-89, about 609,000 acre-feet of water were consumed for municipal and industrial purposes county-wide. RES-2-64 rApproximately 30,000 AF were used in agriculture. Because of this preponderance of municipal and industrial water use in the county, this element focuses on demand and supply for those uses. Of the 609,000 AF used for M&I purposes in 1988-89, about 61 percent was used in private homes and residences, 18 percent was used in commercial areas, 11 percent in industrial areas and activities, and 10 percent was used to support public and institutional uses including parks, schools, and roadway landscaping and unaccounted for water. OCP-88 projects a 17.5 percent increase in population for the period 1991-2010 with a concomitant increase in housing and a relative increase in employment. The focal point of growth in Orange County's water demand is projected to continue to shift gradually southward during the next 20 years. This trend is similar to the overall demographic trends and resultant demands discussed in Section B (County Growth Trends) of this chapter. Specifically, that significant increases in water resource demands are anticipated in South County as least through the year 2010. For analytical purposes, South County is generally considered to be the area south and east of the Costa Mesa Freeway (State Highway 55). During the 20 year study period about 71 percent of the county's net population growth is projected to occur in the southern region. Although the rate of growth in North County is declining, this area will still contain the majority of the county's population and water demand throughout the study period. Not only is the population base in the North County substantially larger, but as older communities, fewer plumbing facilities and landscaping programs utilize new "low flow" and "water wise" concepts. In 1980, 77 percent of the county's 1,931,570 people lived in the north. By 2010, it is expected that this figure will fall to 59 percent. County employment patterns are very similar to the population trends. Overall, the county's employment base is projected to grow slightly faster than population, with a 26.7 percent gain between 1991 and 2005. This compares to a projected population growth of 14 percent during the same period. Population and employment trends will influence the water demand for Orange County. South County is projected to generate about 42.9 percent of the water demand between 1991 and 2010. This projected increase from 177,300 acre feet in 1991 to 310,550 acre feet in 2010 is consistent with the overall growth trends in South County. Historically, future water demands were determined as the product of projected service area population and a projected value of per capita water use. Such an approach is still useful but becomes limited when attempting to ascertain the impacts to r water demand other than population. For several years, MWD has been using a forecasting model, MWDMAIN, that considers growth trends in population, number and type of housing units, employment, water and wastewater rates, conservation activities (e.g. , education, retrofit, plumbing codes, etc.) and other RES-2-65 I� variables such as the number of persons per household and other specific water use parameters. Forecasts can be revised and updated as additional data and trends are identified. The model provides water demand forecasts by residential, commercial, industrial and public/ unaccounted for water. MWDMAIN results from interim report number 3, November 1987, are as follows: YEAR POPULATION AVERAGE DEMAND PER CAPITA ACRE-FEET GPCD 1989-90 2,314,088 568,939 219 1994-95 2,492,967 617,416 221 1999-00 2,676,085 666,933 222 2004-05 2,841,455 711,523 224 2009-10 2,986,073 750,307 224 (Source: MWDOC) On the average over the period of projections, residential water use accounts for 61 percent of the total, with commercial accounting for 18 percent, industrial uses 11 percent and public/institutional/unaccounted for water at about 10 percent. On a per-capita basis in Orange County, the overall consumption for all uses (except agriculture) is expected to increase from about 226 gpcd in 1990 to 243 gpcd in 2010. The increase in the per-capita consumption results from the changing employment trends, commercial/industrial development versus residential development, development of steeper hillside areas requiring more slope area per usable developed acre and development of the inland areas which are hotter and drier. The increasing need for potable supplies will be somewhat offset by the development of water reclamation systems for irrigation of golf courses and common greenbelt areas. Per capita water demands may decrease as result of three general trends: 1) higher density development, 2) water availability and price increases, and 3) public awareness. However', for planning purposes it is conservatively assumed that per capita water demand for all M&I purposes will remain close to 1990 levels for the period 1991-2010. Therefore, it seems likely that the county's future demands will have to be met by either additional water supplies developed or managed by MWD and local water agencies, increased efficiency in water use (conservation), or a combination of both. Chapter Six: Water Resources Component outlines several potential programs to support these efforts. MW:ds/noPA-180/0236/ 0072016123790 RES-2-66 4. Air Resources a. Introduction The dynamic growth of Southern California has earned it the status of being the eleventh largest economic center in the world. If the growth trends of the last ten years continue, the region will experience almost a 50% increase in population by the year 2007. This growth has manifested itself in three regional problems which are closely related: rapid growth, transportation, and air quality. Population growth means more traffic and more businesses, and each of these has adverse effects on air quality. No single national resource has such a direct bearing on the public health, safety and welfare as air. It is one of the basic ingredients of the environment, essential to all forms of life. Unlike other resources it has no substitutes, cannot be imported when local supplies are deteriorated, and allows no reduced-use conservation measures. However, like other resources, urbanization has deteriorated its quality. Orange County lies within one of the most severely air polluted regions of the country. An adverse combination of heavy pollutant emissions, meteorology, topography, and air chemistry result in a situation in which state and national standards for air quality are exceeded regularly. b. Historical Background 1 ) Historical Legislation In 1970, Congress passed the Clean Air Act. It requires the administrator of the United States Environmental Protection Agency EPA to establish National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for six major pollutants: carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons, oxides of nitrogen and sulfur, particulates and photochemical oxidants. The Act requires each state to attain and maintain federal standards through the development of State Implementation Plans (SIPS) . Each state is to develop a plan and submit it to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) for approval. State Implementation Plans require emission restrictions and timetables for compliance, inspections, air monitoring systems and adequate staff and funding. In cases where a state does not draft a satisfactory SIP, the EPA is required to supply one. Because the EPA failed to meet its August 1974 deadline for publication of guidelines for the SIPs, the EPA Administrator defined individual deadlines for each state. California's deadline for submission of its first SIP was July 1, 1979. The California Legislature, recognizing that air quality was a regional problem in Southern California, enacted the Lewis Air Quality Management Act of 1976. The Act reorganized the Southern California Air Pollution Control District into the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) with authority to regulate Res-2-65 stationary sources of air pollutants in the region. The SCAQMD in conjunction with the Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG) is charged with developing a comprehensive plan for attaining and mair..taining state ambient air quality standards. The Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP) is to be adopted by SCAG and SCAQMD and submitted to the California Air Resources Board. The AQMP is then to be included in the SIP for EPA's approval. The Act further requires; continuous implementation monitoring and updates of the original plan every two years. For detailed information regarding the Air Quality Management Plan, refer to Section V, Subsection B. of this chapter. In 1977, Congress amended the Clean Air Act. The new law placed additional requirements on SIPS from non-attainment areas. A non-attainment area was defined as one unable to demonstrate attainment of the NAAQS for oxidants and carbon monoxide by December 31, 1982 after implementation of all reasonably available control measures. The South Coast Air Basin (SOCAB) is designated as such a non-attainment area. The 1977 Amendment required non- attainment areas to prepare a SIP in 1982 outlining additional standards designed to meet NAAQS by 1987. It also required the adoption and implementation of a motor vehicle inspection and maintenance (I/M) program as part of the 1979 SIP. 1� 2 ) Air Quality Management Plan Process SCAG and SCAQMD, in a joint effort, elected to meet state and federal requirements through the Air Quality Management Plan. SCAG and SCAQMD were also required by the Lewis Act to designate subregional planning agencies responsible for preparing preliminary plans for each of the six subregions within SCAG's jurisdiction as a Metropolitan Planning Organization. This was intended to ensure the participation of local governments in the development of the AQMP. The County of Orange was designated as the subregional agency for AQMP planning in Orange County. SCAG and the SCAQMD forwarded the 1979 AQMP to the California Air Resources Board (CARB) in January 1979. After revisions, the CARB approved the AQMP and submitted it to the EPA. Because the AQMP did not contain a legislatively adopted inspection and maintenance program, the EPA placed the Clean Air Act mandated sanctions on California. These sanctions prohibited construction of new major development which are considered pollution sources. Additional sanctions were placed on California in 1980 in response to the continuing delay in adopting an I/M program. The latter sanctions involved the loss of federal funds for transportation and sewer projects. The 1982 AQMP revision built upon the process established earlier. Utilizing a refined emissions inventory and improved modeling techniques, both the SCAQMD and SCAG determined that it would be impossible to attain the 1987 ozone and carbon monoxide deadlines even with the strictest feasible controls on both motor vehicles and industrial sources. Attainment of the ozone standard would require Res-2-66 _ major shifts away from petroleum products and was unlikely to come before the year 2000. The AQMP contained many control measures which relied on new technologies expected to become available, as well as a long-range strategy. The two agencies committed to revise the plan in three to five years to better define future control efforts. The 1988 AQMP revision establishes the regional attainment of federal air quality standards by the year 2007. The 1988 AQMP process is an attempt to promote ways in which growth can occur, yet provide mitigation for externalities such as traffic congestion and the resultant impact on air quality. In order to make significant progress toward the regional attainment goal, the 1988 AQMP contains a series of control measures. Each measure proposes a set of actions designed to cause a reduction in emissions. For a detailed chronology of air quality legislation and planning, see Appendix D. During the 1982 AQMP revision process and throughout the 1988 revision process, various sub-regional processes were incorporated to solicit local jurisdiction participation and aid in the AQMP revision process. Among these sub-regional processes are the Reasonable Further Progress report, the Reasonable Extra Effort Program, and the Early-Action Plan. The Reasonable Further Progress (RFP) report is an annual survey of local governments and other implementing agencies. The analysis focuses on control measures scheduled for implementation during the report year and previous years. Whenever possible, the potential effectiveness of individual measures in reducing air pollution is discussed. The Reasonable Extra Effort Program (REEP) is a response by EPA Region IX (California) to the problem of non-compliance to the Clean Air Act by 1987. Under BEEP, EPA has identified existing and new control measures, and has requested that affected districts (South Coast, Fresno, Sacramento, and Ventura) develop schedules for adoption. These schedules are to be submitted as amendments to the State Implementation Plan. Additionally, these post-1987 areas are to revise the New Source Review regulations, develop transportation control measures where feasible, and participate cooperatively in audits of their enforcement and permitting programs. As an important component of this program, the Air Resources Board is also developing short-range measures to further reduce emissions from motor vehicles. SCAG and AQMD first actively participated in EPA's REEP in 1985. �. In late 1986 and early 1987, the AQMD took some significant actions to directly address the less-than-expected progress in reducing Reactive Organic Gas (ROG) emissions in the Basin. An Early-Action Plan (EAP) for Short-Range Control Measures for the projected 1987 revision to the AQMP was completed. The EAP commits the AQMD to expedite development and begin adoption proceedings for 13 control measures, some of which are new, on an earlier schedule than contained in the 1982 Plan update. Included in the EAP is a Res-2-67 revision of Regulation XIII and New Source Review with the objective of significantly reducing emissions from those new sources which fall below the current thresholds of Regulation XIII or are exempt from its provisions. c. Air Quality Overview 1 ) Regional Overview Although overall air quality in the South Coast Air Basin has shown improvement in recent years, levels of two pollutants, ozone and nitrogen dioxide, are still the highest in the United States. The Basin consists of the non-desert portions of Los Angeles, Riverside and San Bernardino counties and all of Orange County. Its area is approximately 6,600 square miles. The Basin is bounded on the west by the Pacific Ocean, on the north and east by the San Gabriel, San Bernardino, and San Jacinto Mountains, and on the south by the San Diego County line. The 1980 census showed a population of 10.9 million, with 7.4 million people concentrated in the Los Angeles County portion. Meteorological conditions in the Basin are more conducive to photochemical pollution formation than those in any other large urban area in the nation. As a result, increasingly stringent pollution controls have been placed on industrial sources in Los Angeles County since the late 140s and in the other three Basin counties since the '50s. California was the first state in the country to require controls on motor vehicles. Because of these controls, there has been a gradual decline in atmospheric pollutant concentrations, despite a 125 percent population increase between 1950 and 1980. By the 180s, peak ozone levels had dropped more than 30 percent from the highs recorded in the 150s and by 1985 all stations in the Basin were in compliance with state and federal standards for lead and sulphur dioxide. 2 ) Orange County Climate Climate is probably the most important factor in the growth of Orange County. Implications for the health and we'll-being of County residents as well as the environmental quality are such that it is essential that we know more about the weather and climate, and the relationship between land use, transportation, and air quality. Such characteristics as temperature, rainfall, winds, humidity and cloud coverage affect our energy needs, recreation activities, air quality, water resources, fire protection programs, flood control, airport management, agricultural crops, native vegetation, and much more. Weather in the County, and in the South Coast Air Basin as a whole, is a function of a semi-permanent high-pressure zone over the eastern Pacific Ocean. The resulting climate is mild, typified by Res-2-68 warm temperature and light winds, the dominant wind pattern being a daytime sea breeze (on-shore) and a nighttime land breeze (off- shore) . This prevailing condition of alternate light winds tends to carry pollutants inland during the day, and drift them back toward their point of origin during the evening. The topography of the area creates local distortions in the prevailing meteorological pattern. Air currents are directed by advection through mountain passes or deflected aloft by a "chimney effect" produced by the solar heating of mountain slopes. The most significant effect of this general topographic distortion in the Orange County area is a predominant daytime air mass transport across the Long Beach/San Pedro area, through northern Orange County, and into the San Bernardino/Riverside vicinity. The average monthly temperatures range from about 52 degrees F. in the coastal areas in January to 72 degrees F. in the inland areas of the coastal plain in August. The difference in temperatures between the coast and inland areas is greatest in the summer months. The winter maximums are about the same while inland minimums are lower throughout the year because the ameliorating influence of the ocean is weaker. Temperatures are significant in terms of their effects on agriculture and outdoor recreation. The County's rainfall regime is characteristic of mediterranean climates. A modest average of 14 inches falls principally during the winter months (December to March) . The County's rainfall also exhibits characteristically wide variations annually (from a low of 3.6 inches in 1961 to a high of 32.1 inches in 1940) . It is not unusual for winter storms moving in from the Pacific to produce 3 to 10 inches of rainfall within a 24-hour period. The implications for water supply, irrigation, flood, fire and erosion control are considerable. Fog is a distinctive feature of the County's weather. During April, May and June, fog or low clouds form at night and often persist until noon. Visibility in the fog remains adequate for travel, however. During the summer, with the semi-permanent low in the desert areas and a relatively high pressure area off the coast, varying degrees of fog or cloudiness occur in the coastal area. Many people seeking relief from heat waves and brilliant sunshine of the interior coastal plain are surprised by coastal fog and low temperatures which may also persist until noon. Heavy fog in December and January is also a predictable occurrence. Annual average relative humidity is 70% at the coast and 56% in the eastern inland areas. With very light average wind speeds, the South Coast Air Basin atmosphere has a limited capacity to disperse air contaminants horizontally. The prevailing northwest winds of the summer months associated with high pressure off the coast give way to those generated by the passage of storm fronts in winter months. Summer winds speeds average slightly higher than winter wind speeds. The dominant daily wind pattern (daytime sea breeze and a night-time Res-2-69 land breeze) is broken only by occasional winter storms and infrequent strong northeasterly Santa Ana flows from the mountains and deserts north of the Basin. Santa Ana winds, with velocities of up to 70 miles per hour, send dry air from the desert to the coastal plain. On the way, temperatures are increased, often to 100 degrees F. This combination of high temperatures and velocities, and low humidity coming at the end of the dry summer months, creates an exceedingly hazardous potential for wildland fires. Boat harbors are also seriously affected. More common are gentler daily sea breezes and nightly offshore breezes and moderate coastal temperatures. On practically all spring and early-summer days, most of the pollution produced during an individual day is moved out of the Basin through mountain passes or is lifted by the warm, vertical currents produced by heating of mountain slopes. In those seasons, the Basin can be "flushed" of pollutants by a transport of ocean air of sixty miles or more during the afternoon. From late summer through the winter months, the flushing is less pronounced because of lighter wind speeds and the earlier appearance of off-shore (drainage) winds. With extremely stagnant wind flows, the drainage winds may begin near the mountains by late afternoon. Pollutants remaining in the Basin are trapped and begin to accumulate during the night and the following morning. A low average morning (6:00 a.m. to noon) wind speed in pollution source areas is an important indicator of air stagnation potential. Under ideal meteorological conditions and irrespective of topography, pollutants emitted into the air would be mixed and dispersed into the upper atmosphere. However, the Southern California region frequently experiences temperature inversions in which pollutants are trapped and accumulate close to the ground. The inversion, a layer of warm, dry air overlaying cool, moist marine air is a normal condition in the southland. The cool, damp and hazy sea air capped by coastal clouds is heavier than the warm, clear air aloft which acts as a lid through which the marine layer cannot rise. The heights of the inversion is important in determining pollutant concentration. When the inversion is 2,500 feet or so above sea level, the sea breezes carry the pollutants inland to escape over the mountain slopes or through the passes. At a height of 1,200 feet, the terrain prevents the pollutants from escaping and it backs up along foothill communities. Below 1,200 feet the inversion puts a tight lid on pollutants, concentrating them in a shallow layer over the entire coastal basin. Usually, inversions are lower before sunrise than during the daylight hours. The mixing height normally increases as the day progresses, because the sun warms the ground, which in turn warms the surface air layer. As this heating continues, the temperature of the surface layer approaches the potential temperature of the base of the inversion layer. When these temperatures become equal, the inversion layer i begins to erode at its lower edge. If enough warming takes place, the inversion layer becomes weaker and weaker and finally "breaks". The surface air layers can then mix upward without limit. This phenomenon is frequently observed in the middle to late afternoon on Res-2-70 hot summer days when the smog appears to clear up suddenly. winter inversions frequently break by mid-morning, thereby preventing contaminant build-up. During winter months, the inversion layer is broken up by passing storms. In the spring, April through June, the inversion layer is normally high and air quality is good. The inversion layer descends progressively during summer with the most adverse air quality conditions in August and September. Compounding this problem of pollutant concentration is the phenomenon of photochemistry in which certain original, or "primary," pollutants (mainly reactive hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen) react under the influence of the ultraviolet radiation of sunlight to form "secondary" pollutants (principally oxidants, the most serious problem in this region) . This photochemical process is time-dependent which means that secondary pollutants can be formed many miles downwind from the emission source of their primary precursors. Photochemical smog levels are much lower during winter due to the lack of strong inversions during the daylight hours and �• the lack of intense sunlight which is needed for the photochemical reactions. The potential for high concentrations varies seasonally for many contaminants. During late spring, summer and early fall, light winds, low mixing heights and brilliant sunshine combine to produce conditions favorable for the maximum production of photochemical oxidants, mainly ozone. In the summer, the longer daylight hours and the brighter sunshine combine to cause a reaction between hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen to form more of the typical photochemical smog. Carbon monoxide is not as great a problem in summer because inversions are not as low and intense in the surface boundary layer (within one hundred feet of the ground) as in winter and because horizontal ventilation is better in summer. d. Air Quality Analysis Almost without exception, human activities all create some type of pollution. When these activities are concentrated in space, and when climate and geographic and atmospheric conditions restrict air currents, waste products collect in the air. The result is air pollution. Pollutants can be smoke, dust, fumes, vapors, pollens or any toxic substance that interferes with the use of air by humans and other living things. Many economic as well as health effects of pollutants have been identified: they can erode and discolor building materials; break down rubber, paint and fabrics; slow the growth of and/or kill plants; and increase the risk of cancer and respiratory ailments. It is reasonable to assume that there are other effects that have not yet been identified. Air pollutant emissions are generally grouped into three source categories: natural, stationary and mobile. A major form of naturally produced air pollution is photochemical smog which is caused by complex atmospheric reactions involving oxides of nitrogen and reactive organic gases with ultraviolet energy from sunlight. "Photochemical Oxidants" can include several different pollutants, but consists primarily of ozone (more than 90 percent) and a group of chemicals called organic peroxynitrates. Photochemical oxidants are created in the atmosphere rather than emitted directly into the air. Res-2-71 Stationary sources are man-made facilities or structures which generate emissions. Examples are as follows: fossil-fueled electric generation plants; domestic and commercial boilers and furnaces; asphalt batching plants; dry cleaning operations; and auto painting establishments. The major air pollutants emitted by stationary sources are carbon monoxide (Co) , hydrocarbons (HC) , oxides or nitrogen (NOx) , oxides of sulfur (Sox) , and total suspended particles (TSP) . Mobile source emissions are divided into on-road and off-road sub-categories. on-road sources are licensed motor vehicles operating on the public road system, including motorcycles; automobiles; and light, medium, and heavy-duty trucks. There are five major air pollutants emitted by motor vehicles: carbon monoxide (CO) , hydrocarbons (HC) , oxides of nitrogen (NOx) , oxides of sulfur (SOx) and total suspended particles (TSP) . Emission inventories, both current and projected, are maintained for each of these pollutants by the South Coast Air Quality Management District. Gasoline engines account for the majority of on-road CO, NOX, and HC, while diesel buses and trucks account for most of the Sox and TSP. Mobile sources are presently a major contributor to air pollutant emissions in urban areas. As a result, projects that increase vehicle use are acknowledged by the label "indirect sources". An indirect source is any facility, plant, installation, or activity that has a significant amount of mobile source activity associated with its operation or use. Parking facilities, roadways, and airports are examples of indirect sources. Included in the parking facility category are shopping centers, sports complexes and other large facilities. Most indirect sources include emissions from stationary sources. Airports, for example, have stationary source emissions associated with refueling operations, as well as space heating and cooling of the terminal. Aircraft operations also contribute to the total emissions. This is an example of how a project's contribution to mobile source emissions and stationary source emissions must be considered. To assist in the evaluation of the air pollution situation, the various contaminants and their health effects are discussed briefly below. Carbon monoxide (CO) , by weight and volume the most common air pollutant in the South Coast Air Basin, is a product of the combustion of organic compounds, including wood, coal, and hydrocarbon-based fuels. It is a colorless, odorless, tasteless gas that is slightly lighter than air. CO acts as a poison by interfering with the blood's ability to carry oxygen and transfer it to other tissues. In order to present a clear threat to human life, CO needs to be highly concentrated under very stagnant air conditions. In the case of transportation facilities, such stagnant air is extremely rare. Oxides of nitrogen emissions result from high-temperature combustion of fossil fuels. Accordingly, the high-speed internal combustion engine contributes heavily to NOx emissions, as do various industrial facilities (stationary sources) . Nitric oxide (NO) is the most prevalent form of such emissions, while other oxides, (NO2 and NO3) are Res-2-72 formed by chemical oxidation of the lower-order nitric oxide. Like reactive hydrocarbons, oxides of nitrogen are important ingredients in the formation of photochemical smog and, hence, are important to air quality analysis. Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) is the most toxic pollutant in this group. It has been shown to contribute to respiratory problems and, in high concentrations, can be fatal as a result of pulmonary edema (swelling and degeneration of lung tissues) . Sulfur oxides are also a product of combustion. Among on-road sources, diesel trucks and buses are the main contributors because of the combustion characteristics and sulfur content of diesel fuel. The species of concern is sulfur dioxide (S02) . It is a non-flammable, colorless gas that has a pungent odor. By chemical reaction, sulfur dioxide plays a role in the formation of various sulfate compounds including, under the correct atmospheric conditions, a sulfuric acid mist. Low-sulphur fuels have tended to reduce the impact of motor vehicles as a source of sulfur oxides pollution. Photochemical oxidants are created in the atmosphere. Reactive organic gases, including hydrocarbons, and oxides of nitrogen are the emitted contaminates which participate in the reaction. Ozone is a toxic gas which is produced by the photochemical process. Photochemical oxidant is a characteristic of Southern California type smog, and reaches its highest concentrations during the summer and early fall. The common manifestations of oxidants are damage to vegetation and cracking of untreated rubber. Photochemical oxidants in high concentrations can also directly affect the lungs, causing respiratory irritation and possible changes in lung functions. Hydrocarbons emissions, in and of themselves, are not generally regarded as a health hazard. Methane accounts for a significant portion of total hydrocarbon emissions (THC) . Because it is rather inactive chemically, it is of little importance to air pollution analysis. The remaining hydrocarbons are chemically reactive and are important precursors to photochemical smog. Hydrocarbon emissions result from the incomplete combustion and evaporation of hydrocarbon-based fuels such as gasoline. Atmospheric particulates consist of soot, dust, aerosols, fumes, and mists. Particulate matter consists of particles in the atmosphere resulting from many kinds of dust and fume-producing industrial and agricultural operations, from combustion, and from atmospheric photochemical reactions. In areas close to major sources, particulate concentrations are generally higher in the winter, when more fuel is burned, and meteorological conditions favor the build-up of directly- emitted contaminants. However, in areas remote from major sources and subject to photochemical smog, particulate concentrations are higher during summer months. In the respiratory tract, very small particles of certain substances may produce injury, or may contain absorbed gases that are injurious. Suspended in the air, particulates of aerosol size can both scatter and absorb sunlight, producing haze and reducing visibility. They can also cause a wide range of damage to materials. �, Res-2-73 For modeling purposes, sources are classified according to the following geometric configurations: point, line and area. Examples of point sources are fossil-fuel electric power generating plants and large municipal incinerators. Roadways and airport flight patterns are classified and modeled as line sources. Oil refineries and residential housing tracts are typical area sources. COMON SOURCE TYPES HC NOx CO Sox Part i Point Sources: Fossil-fueled Electric Power �. Generating Plants x 0 x o 0 Industrial Boilers 0 0 0 0 0 Processing Plants 0 x x x 0 Line Sources: Highways, Roadways o 0 o x x Aircraft x 0 o x x Railroads x 0 0 0 0 Area Sources: Indirect Sources 0 0 0 x x Refineries 0 x x o x Residential Tracts x o x 0 x Surface Streets (Aggregated) 0 0 o x x o - Primary Emphasis x - Secondary Emphasis As stated earlier, the three most relevant emission species in a transportation analysis are carbon monoxide, reactive hydrocarbons (RHC) , and oxides of nitrogen. It is important to examine the behavior of these types of emissions with respect to the operation of road systems. Carbon monoxide and reactive hydrocarbon emissions are related to the engine's air-to-fuel ratio; that is, they decrease as fuel is burned more efficiently and, beyond the point of maximum efficiency, continue to decrease as engine speed increases. Therefore, as delay is reduced and operating speeds increase in a given transportation network, these kinds of emissions are lessened. Oxides of nitrogen, however, behave somewhat differently. NOx is formed during high temperature combustion; as the combustion rate (i.e. , engine speed) increases, the rate of formation of NOx increases slightly. Therefore, improved transportation network speeds result in somewhat higher emission levels of NOx. However, since the marginal decreases in hydrocarbon emission rates are much greater than the corresponding changes in NOx emission rates, the general conclusion is that higher transportation system speeds are beneficial to air quality. Res-2-74 t Higher levels of emissions (tons/day) can be anticipated as vehicle miles traveled (VMT) , vehicle hours traveled (VHT) and delay time increase. The horizon year 2000 represents the amount of urbanization for that time period. Tables 2-8A and 2-8B illustrate the emissions levels for 1985 and 2010 as assumed in the 1982 AQMP revision. The emissions reduction between 1980 and 2000 occurs as older more polluting vehicles are replaced by newer cleaner vehicles. Thus, the technological improvements more than offset the growth in VMT. Emissions from mobile and stationary sources are given in tons of pollutant emitted per day for each of the five species. There is no direct conversion between emissions in tons per day and pollutant concentration in parts per million (ppm) . Therefore, emissions cannot be readily compared to the species concentrations required by the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) . Nonetheless, the Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG) , charged with assisting The South Coast Air Quality Management District in preparing the Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP) , was required to estimate levels that must be obtained to meet the NAAQS. In an attempt to relate tons of emissions to pollutant concentrations, computerized air quality models were used. These models predicted that at the emissions levels projected the South Coast Air Basin would not meet the NAAQS by 1987. TABLE 2-8A SUFFIARY OF EMISSIONS BY MAJOR SUP.CE CATEGORIES: 1985 BASE YEAR (tons/day) SOURCE CATEGORY ROG NOX SOg CO PM PM10 STATIONARY SOURCES Fuel Combustion 17 254 18 67 11 10 Waste Burning 1 1 1 4 1 1 Solvent Use 382 - - - 1 1 Petroleum Process Storage & Transfer 81 10 27 3 4 3 Industrial Processes 24 9 8 6 17 12 Miscellaneous Processes 85 11 2 110 1,514* 652 TOTAL STATIONARY SOURCES 590 285 56 190 1,548 679 MOBILE SOURCES On-Road Vehicles 578 620 35 4,752 84 50 Other Mobile Sources 78 135 30 488 13 12 TOTAL MOBILE S 6 6 O SOURCES 5 755 65 5,240 97 62 TOTAL 1,246 1,040 121 5,430 1,645 741 *Includes Paved Road Dust Source: Path to Clean Air: Policy Proposals for the 1988 Air Quality Management Plan Revision, June 1988. South Coast Air Quality Management District and Southern California Association of Governments. Res-2-75 TABLE 2-8B SUMMARY OF EMISSIONS BY MAJOR SURCE CATEGORIES: 2010 BASE YEAR (tons/day) SOURCE CATEGORY ROG NOx O}{S CO PM PM10 STATIONARY SOURCES Fuel Combustion 24 241 31 114 18 15 ,. Waste Burning 1 1 1 5 1 1 Solvent Use 469 - - - 1 1 Petroleum Process Storage & Transfer 79 7 27 4 5 3 Industrial Processes 29 7 9 3 19 13 Miscellaneous Processes 97 15 3 79 2,254* 973 TOTAL STATIONARY SOURCES 699 271 71 205 2,298 1,006 MOBILE SOURCES On-Road Vehicles 326 570 30 3,938 ill 56 Other Mobile Sources 129 192 38 781 17 15 TOTAL MOBILE SOURCES 455 762 69 4,719 128 71 TOTAL 1,154 1,033 141 4,924 2,426 1,077 *Includes Paved Road Dust Source: Path to Clean Air: Policy Proposals for the 1988 Air Quality Management Plan Revision, June 1988. South Coast Air Quality Management District and Southern California Association of Governments. A comprehensive emergency program has been adopted by the SCAQMD (Regulations VII and XV) . This program sets forth actions to be taken by industry, business, commerce, government, and the public to prevent air pollution concentrations from reaching levels which could endanger or cause significant harm to the public, and/or to abate such concentrations should they occur. In the event of elevated levels of air pollution, the episode program can require substantial reductions in the amount of pollution that may be emitted. In addition to the reductions in emissions, there are also provisions for advising the public to take precautionary measures. Such an advisory includes recommendations to the public to curtail unnecessary physical activities during "episode" conditions and to remain indoors as much as possible. Episodes occur when the concentration of an air pollutant has reached a level at which a potential health hazard exists. Depending upon the episode level (first, second, or third stage) , various segments of the Res-2-76 public can be affected. A first stage episode may affect persons with chronic lung or heart disease, the elderly, the chronically ill and the exercising young. Advanced episodes may cause significant aggravation of symptoms and decreased excercise tolerance in healthy persons. e. County and Regional Air Resources Management The management of air resources is dependent on both local and regional activities and controls. The resource itself is clearly regional, since air cannot be confined to the boundaries of any political jurisdiction. For this reason, air quality surveillance and pollution abatement authority must be vested in an areawide agency. However, the generation of air pollution is local in nature and can be substantially affected by local land use and transportation decisions. Following are descriptions of the agencies and plans which comprise the air resources management framework for Orange County and the surrounding region. 1 ) Regional Agencies In its efforts to improve air quality, the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) has developed the nation's most comprehensive air pollution control program. The District covers California's most populous region - Los Angeles, Orange and Riverside counties, and the non-desert portion of San Bernardino County - 13,350 square miles where approximately 12 million people live and work. The District traditionally has controlled emissions from stationary sources of air pollution. Senate Bill 151 (Presley) amended the Public Health and Safety Code to provide the District with authority to adopt transportation control measures and indirect source controls consistent with Section 40414 of the Public Health and Safety Code. As part of a multi-faceted control program, SCAQMD develops .and enforces rules regulating emissions; prepares and regularly updates the Air Quality Management Plan; maintains a network of air monitoring stations to track pollutant levels throughout the region 24 hours a day; coordinates public outreach; and notifies the public of potential air pollution alerts and the associated health hazards by providing information directly to the public and to the local media on the quality of the ambient air. SCAG is the Southern California Association of Governments, and it has been working to improve the region since 1965 - planning its growth and development, improving relationships between levels of government, and providing an open forum for cities, counties, and the public. As the name implies, its members are governments: six counties - Los Angeles, Orange, San Bernardino, Ventura, Riverside, and Imperial - and 160 cities. SCAG is designated by state and federal governments as the official planning agency for our area: its staff writes plans for, among other things,_ transportation systems, air and water quality, housing supply, and growth management. Res-2-77 I 2 ) Air Quality Management Plan The Federal Clean Air Act, as amended in 1977, requires states to have State Implementation Plans (SIPs) to achieve established air quality goals - the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) . The Act requires that urban areas such as the South Coast Air Basin (SCAB) which do not meet these standards for carbon monoxide (CO) and/or photochemical oxidants (ozone, 03) , implement transportation plans to achieve the standards for these pollutants. The California Legislature has designated the SCAQMD and SCAG as the agencies responsible for development of the Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP) which would represent the basin's section of the SIP. A Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) between the District and SCAG, allocates to SCAG the responsibility for non-technical strategies in three areas: transportation, energy conservation, and land use. The original AQMP was jointly published in January 1979 by the District and SCAG; the next AQMP revision was prepared by the same agencies in October 1982. The AQMP, in accordance with the federal guidelines for implementing the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977, calls for a graduated decrease in air pollution emissions to a level that will permit attainment of the National Ambient Air Quality Standards. Because it is technically difficult to forecast ambient air quality, this analysis was performed on the basis of emission (tons) rather than concentrations (parts per million) . The 1988 AQMP establishes the regional goal of the attainment of the federal clean air standards by the year 2007. In order to make significant progress towards this goal, especially in light of the dramatic growth forecast for the region, tough choices must be made. The regional choices for air quality improvement involve not only the issues of demand management, but even more fundamentally the question of how the region will power its growth machine. The 1988 ' AQMP process is an attempt to promote ways in which growth can occur, yet provide mitigation for externalities such as traffic congestion and the resultant impact on air quality. a ) Control Measures In order to make significant progress towards the regional goal of attainment by the year 2007, tough control measure choices have been presented. The trade-offs between stationary source controls, area source controls and mobile source controls can only occur if a major commitment is made by local, county and regional governments. The regional choices for air quality improvement involve not only the issues of demand management, but even more fundamentally the issues of fuel and power. The measures have been divided into three categories. Transportation, Land Use, and Energy Conservation. There are 25 Transportation measures, one major Land Use Measure and three Energy Conservation Measures. Of these measures, Orange County Res-2-78 is currently implementing 15 measures, to some degree, on the County level. Each measure proposes a set of actions designed to cause a reduction in emissions. The measures are as explicit as possible; although, in many cases, multiple options exist for implementation. 3 ) Regulation XV: Trip Reduction/Indirect Source Regulation XV was adopted by the Southern California Air Quality Management District on December 11, 1987. This regulation sets forth the actions employers which employ 100 or more persons at any 1 worksite must take to promote employee participation in trip reduction and ridesharing programs. These programs are intended to reduce emissions from vehicles used for commuting between home and the worksite. It is the intent of the District to work with affected employers and local jurisdictions in improving trip reduction activities to encourage small employers to join transportation management organizations, and to evaluate the effectiveness of this regulation two years after it has been fully implemented to insure that it is as effective as possible. The implementation of this regulation began July 1, 1988. 4 ) Orange County Traffic Reduction Incentive Program (TRIP) Regulation XV permits exemptions where employers are subject to a city or county ordinance requiring employer trip reduction strategies as stringent as those found in Regulation XV. The County of Orange has pursued exemption status for local agencies adopting the Traffic Reduction Incentives Program (TRIP) . The TRIP program was developed to address Orange County traffic problems by reducing congestion and to improve regional air quality. The program encourages a partnership of local governments, landowners, developers, businesses and commuters to develop realistic and achievable strategies for improving traffic congestion and air quality. The TRIP program is intended to be as flexible as possible by offering a list of strategies for employers to choose from to implement the combination best meeting their specific needs. The objective of the TRIP program is to provide congestion relief measures that will result in equivalent emission reductions as in Regulation XV. The TRIP program would be applied to all employers and employment complexes with 100 employees or more and would utilize a point system. Various point values would be given for carpools, vanpools, public transit, bicycling, walking, alternative work hour programs, living within 5 miles of work and non-peak travel. The employer must achieve an average of 34 points per 100 employees. Employers would be required to submit annual reports demonstrating reasonable efforts to achieve the trip reduction objective. 1 CL:jnPA44-36 Res-2-79 8286 5. Open Space a. Introduction The rich diversity of open space within Orange County is exemplified by sparkling beaches, picturesque harbors, an urban national forest, natural areas sheltering unique wildlife habitats and vegetation, and the aquatic and marine system of marine life refuges and ecological reserves. The role of open space within Orange County is generally: 1. To preserve natural resources, i.e., conserve natural areas, their inhabitants, and their indigenous processes. 2. To productively manage natural resources, e.g., groundwater replenishment along the Santa Ana River corridor. 3. To protect the public from hazardous areas or conditions, i.e., floodplains, areas with unstable soil, and high fire hazard areas. 4. To provide areas for outdoor recreation, e.g., parks, beaches, trails, and areas with notable aesthetic, historic or cultural values. b. Open Space/Conservation Program Implementation to Date The Open Space/Conservation Program was formally adopted in 1972. Efforts towards the preservation of regional open space started in 1897 with the donation of Irvine Park. The continued process of preservation of open space has been enhanced by the efforts of the federal government, the State, the County and special interest groups. Concern and support for a formal program increased as the county experienced rapid urbanization in the 1950s and 1960s. The establish- ment of the Open Space/Conservation Program identified a systematic analysis of potentially desirable land to be preserved for its regional open space/conservation qualities. The implementation of the Open Space/Conservation Program to date is depicted by Figure 2. Progress toward the implementation of the program has been very successful. The following discussion identifies program accomplishments to date. The largest single open space feature in the county is the Cleveland National Forest, established by the federal government in 1908. The 55,000+ forest acres have benefitted significantly from the activities of the County and the National Audubon Society. The Starr Ranch Audubon Sanctuary and (existing and proposed) regional parks have provided buffer lands for the forest. The combined activity of the State, local agencies and interest groups have established two State parks since 1979. Crystal Cove State Park located along the Irvine Coast is the single largest permanent open space expanse along the County's coast. Chino Hills State Park adjoining San Bernardino and Riverside Counties is an important RES-2-80 ,. addition to the County's open space efforts. It represents a significant large open space area adjacent to the urbanized portion of the county. Orange County's regional park system has also contributed greatly to the preservation and conservation of open space. The program is countywide in focus serving all the county's citizens. The first major regional parks were Irvine and O'Neill Parks located in the foothills of the Santa Ana Mountains. During the 1960s and 1970s implementation focused upon regional parks in close proximity to the population centers. Examples of this effort may be witnessed by the existence of Mile Square, Craig, Laguna Niguel, Mason, Fairview and Featherly Regional Parks. These parks have done well to preserve open space and to provide regional recreation opportunities. During the late 1970s and early 1980s the open space program has had increased opportunities in the rural areas. This is a result of few open space opportunities in the urban area and because acquisitions associated with the development process have been concentrated in rural areas. The significant open space additions include: the Arroyo-Trabuco addition to O'Neill Regional Park; the 2,000+ acres added to Caspers Wilderness Park; and Wagon Wheel Regional Park. The program's future activity will focus primarily in the foothills where proposed regional parks are identified in Whiting Ranch, Limestone Canyon, Peter's Canyon and elsewhere. Coastal open space implementation is expected for Bolsa Chica and the Irvine Coast. Inland, the opportunities are fewer; however, proposed regional parks are identified for Carbon Canyon, Olinda landfill site, Los Alamitos and Seal Beach. A more complete discussion of open space/conservation implementation is found in Chapter Seven: Open Space Component, "Open Space High Priority Areas". c. Summary of Inventory Data The following is an inventory of open space areas in Orange County. Data are presented by Regional Statistical Area (RSA) cross-tabulated by categories such as type of facility or use, property owner, or jurisdiction. (See Chapter One, Map 1-1.) The inventory data describe current (as of December 1983) and proposed open space areas. Regional recreation facilities distributed by RSA and categorized by county, state and federal lands are shown in Table 2-9. Predominant gross acres of county facilities are concentrated in RSA C and primarily attributable to the existence of Caspers Wilderness Park, O'Neill Regional Park and Wagon Wheel Regional Park. Proposed regional open space acreage found in this RSA is attributable to open space dedications which resulted from development approvals for Whiting Ranch, Plano Trabuco, Glenn Ranch and Robinson Ranch. RES-2-81 TABLE 2-9 REGIONAL OPEN SPACE REGIONAL RECREATIONAL FACILITIES (GROSS ACRES) REGIONAL NODES FEDERAL LANDS Y STATE LANDS TOTAL RSA Existing Proposed Total Existing Proposed Total Existing Proposed Total Existing Proposed A 208.8 0.0 208.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 208.8 0.0 B 1,106.3 3,532.5 4,638.8 3,585.0 0.0 3,585.0 2,133.0 1,800.0 3,933.0 6,824.3 5,332.5 C 9,696.0 6,791.5 16,487.5 55,284.0 0.0 55,284.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 64,980.0 6,791.5 D 784.9 8,841.0 9,625.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 2,962.9 0.0 2,962.9 3,747.8 8,841.0 E 0.0 6,310.0 6,310.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 6,310.0 F 1,057.6 99.0 1,156.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 232.7 0.0 232.7 1,290.3 99.0 G 268.2 921.8 1,190.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 268.2 921.8 H 3.3 0.0 3.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.3 0.0 I 786.7 767.5 1,554.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 2,770.3 830.0 3,600.3 3,557.0 1,597.5 J 0.0 1,100.0 1,100.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1,100.0 Total 13,911.8 28,363.3 42,275.1 58,869.0 0.0 58,869.0 8,098.9 2,680.0 10,728.9 80,879.7 30,993.3 i Notes: 1. Regional nodes include regional harbors, beaches and parks, and regionally designated open space areas within Planned Communities. 2. Federal lands include the Cleveland National Forest. This category does not include military land. 3. State lands include state beaches, parks, marshlands, and an ecological preserve. Sources: Orange County, EMA (1984) State Department of Fish and Game University of California (September 1980) Coastal resources (beaches, aquatic parks, harbors) within County regional nodes are found in RSAs D, F, and I. The total approximate gross acreage is 783 acres with 544 acres (69%) located in the South County coastal area. Dana Point Harbor is the largest South County coastal facility encompassing approximately 453 acres. The Cleveland National Forest, a resource within the purview of the National Forest Service, is the largest open space area in the county (58,869 acres in RSAs B and C) . Similarly, Chino Hills State Park represents the largest State-owned, inland open space area. All other 1 State-owned open space areas are along the coast (RSAs D, F, I) and provide over 5,965 acres of beaches, parks, and ecological reserves. State-proposed open space expansion areas include Bolsa Chica and Chino Hills State Park (2,680 acres) . Open space provided by County local parks is located within the suburban and urban setting in contrast to open space provided by County regional nodes, State lands, and the Cleveland National Forest. See Table 2-10. Local (non-regional) open space areas are largely found in South County (RSAs C and D) primarily in the communities of Mission Viejo, Lake Forest/El Toro and Laguna Niguel. Overall, 63% of the total gross local park acres is actually used for local parks in accordance with the Local Park Code. I "Other Open Space" category (Table 2-11) shows the greatest concentration of existing open space in RSA C (8,238 gross acres) . The majority of the proposed open space is also found in RSA C, located in the Planned Communities of Coto de Caza, Robinson Ranch, Glenn Ranch and Plano-Trabuco. Private in-holdings within the Cleveland National Forest contribute substantially to other open space category acreage in RSA B (25% of the RSA total) as does open space acreage in the Anaheim Hills area (28%) . The total number of existing and proposed gross open space acres were determined for each RSA. See Table 2-12. RSAs B and C have the greatest number of existing gross open space acreage (weighted by the Cleveland National Forest) followed by the coastal areas of RSAs D, I and F. RSAs C, D, E and B have the greatest amount of proposed acreage. Conditions of development approval for Planned Communities such as Glenn Ranch and Coto de Caza largely comprise the open space acreage for RSA C. Chino Hills State Park constitutes the proposed acreage in RSA B. The Bolsa Chica State Ecological Preserve and related Bolsa Chica open space uses are the primary contributors of proposed acreage in RSA I. RES-2-83 TABLE 2-10 NON-REGIONAL OPEN SPACE UNINCORPORATED AREA 1983 NON-REGIONAL OPEN SPACE1/ Gross Acres (Net Acres) i RSA EXISTING!/ PROPOSED3/ TOTAL Gross Ac. Net Ac. Gross Ac. Net Ac. Gross Ac. Net Ac. A 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 B 2.2 2.2 0.0 0.0 2.2 2.2 , C 497.5 347.5 81.2 14.8 578.7 362.3 D 208.6 91.3 53.9 5.1 262.5 96.4 E 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 G 7.6 6.9 4.9 4.9 12.5 11.8 H 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 I 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 9.8 9.3 0.0 0.0 9.8 9.3 Total 725.7 457.2 140.0 24.8 865.7 482.0 Notes: l/ This is local park acreage for the unincorporated County only. Net acreage denotes useable parkland creditable for Local Park Code compliance. 2/ Existing local park acres includes parks which are: (a) developed, or (b) not developed but accepted by the County in response to an irrevocable offer . 3/ Proposed local park acres includes parks which have been irrevocably offered but not accepted by the County. Source: Orange County, EMA r RES-2-84 t TABLE 2-11 OTHER OPEN SPACE UNINCORPORATED AREA 1983 OTHER OPEN SPACE Gross Acres RSA Existingl/ ProposedY Total A 267.3 0.0 267.3 B 3,390.1 0.0 3,390.1 C 8,238.1 3,184.8 11,423.0 D 434.3 79.8 514.1 E 271.5 0.0 271.5 F 843.3 0.0 843.3 G 661.0 4.9 665.9 H 378.9 0.0 378.9 I 646.1 0.0 646.1 J 247.4 0.0 247.4 Total 15,378.0 3,269.5 18,647.6 Notes: 1� "Other" existing open space includes: areas such as greenbelts and open space median strips owned by the County; creeks, streams and rivers; residual areas; areas within the Cleveland National Forest which are private in-holdings; or areas identified in Planned Community conditions of approval requiring acreage dedications, or designated on the Planned Community map or in the Planned Community text. Y "Other" proposed open space includes: irrevocable offers; or areas identified in Planned Community conditions of approval requiring acreage dedications, or designated on the Planned Community map or in the Planned Community text. Sources: Orange County, EMA Orange County, GSA RES-2-85 d. Conclusion ' A consistent open space pattern finds County regional and State open space areas located along beaches or shoreline (RSAs D, F, and I) ; whereas, local parks are located in South County (RSAs. C and D) to serve communities and neighborhoods. Sometimes regional open space is proposed as part of new development (e.g., Whiting Ranch) . However , regional open space need not be formally proposed and can be independent of development proposals (e.g., Weir Canyon, Limestone Canyon, Peters Canyon) . Table 2-12 shows a total of 131,386.3 gross acres of open space from all sources (i.e., regional, local, State and federal lands) . The tabular data presented does not distinguish between open space acquired through fee dedication and open space acquired through easement dedication. (See Chapter Seven: Open Space Component, Appendix 1, Open Space Dedication Definitions.) 1 1 RES-2-86 TABLE 2-12 TOTAL OPEN SPACE - ALL SOURCES TOTAL OPEN SPACE Gross Acres RSA Existing Proposed Total A 476.1 0.0 476.1 B 10,216.7 5,332.5 15,549.1 C 73,715.6 10,057.5 83,773.2 D 4,390.7 8,974.7 13,365.4 E 271.5 6,310.0 6,581.5 F 2,133.6 99.0 2,232.6 G 936.8 931.6 1,868.4 H 382.2 0.0 382.2 I 4,203.1 1,597.5 5,800.6 J 257.2 1,100.0 1,357.2 TOTAL 96,983.4 34,402.8 131,386.3 Note: This table does not include the countywide 250 linear mile riding and hiking trail network. Sources: Tables 2-9, 2-10 and 2-11. RES-2-87 6. Cultural-Historic Resources a. Overview Cultural-historic resources are defined as buildings, structures, objects, sites, and districts of significance in history, archaeology, architectural history, and culture. In Orange County, resources of paleontological significance are included in the cultural resource management program. The preservation, management, study, and use of these resources is important for a number of reasons. We seek to preserve because these resources are all that physically link us to our past. They provide a frame of reference, both psychologically and historically, for a society rapidly moving into a technological future. Cultural-historic resources are an educational tool for learning about the events, persons, conditions, and lessons of the past. Many such resources have high scientific and aesthetic values, as well as being economic assets to a community for their potential reuse, stimulating jobs, and attracting tenants or tourists. b. Background Orange County has a history and prehistory that, despite the rapid change of the recent past, has left us a rich heritage of valuable cultural resources. The ancient geological formations have yielded and still contain paleontological resources of major significance. The Los Coyotes area of North County and the Pectin Reef area of South County are among the most prolific and scientifically valuable fossil deposits in the nation. Evidence of human occupation in Orange County dates from 17,000 B.C. Over 1,000 archaeological sites are registered in Orange County. They contain artifacts and features of value in reconstructing cultural patterns of prehistoric life. In 1542, Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo sailed along the coast of future Orange County, but apparently contact with native inhabitants by Europeans was not initiated until over two centuries later when such prominent figures as Father Serra and Gaspar de Portola participated in the initial exploration and settlement. The Mission San Juan Capistrano, established in 1776, is a National Historic Landmark and numerous adobe buildings from the late 18th and early 19th centuries still remain. The Rancho Era of this time yielded to the American Era of the second half of the 19th century as ranching continued, but the economy and population diversified and towns were settled. Many of the cultural resources remaining today date from the first land development boom of the late 1880s when the architectural fashion was Victorian. The 20th century has seen further rapid growth with citrus and other agricultural crops, business, oil, the proliferation of the automobile, expanding commerce and light industries. Remaining are the scattered rural ranch houses and associated features, and commercial centers and residential neighborhoods of varying styles dating usually from periods of prosperity such as the mid-1920s. RES-2-88 c. Location/Sensitivity Important physical remnants of our cultural heritage are present throughout Orange County. Resources significant in history or architectural history are logically concentrated in the areas where settlement and growth occurred during the historical era, roughly from the late 18th century through World War II. With the exception of San Juan Capistrano and smaller South County communities such as Laguna Beach and San Clemente, most pre-World War II development of Orange County occurred in North County towns and cities. Sub-surface resources such as archaeological and paleontological sites are abundant in South County, along the coast and in creek areas. Several factors contribute to this condition. Certain geologic forma- tions, due to their nature and age, are fossil-bearing or nonfossil- bearing. Fossil-bearing formations are prevalent in South County. Prehistoric human occupation was most prevalent in areas where food, water, and shelter were available. Perhaps the most important factor in the presence or absence of cultural resources is the subsequent activity in the area which may have impacted the resource. Activities such as floods, erosion, grading, demolitions, etc., if they occurred since the time when the cultural resource came into existence, may have destroyed or damaged the site. This is actually a perpetual, sequential process and explains in part why the areas of pre-World War II development in the county contain a greater number of significant structures and fewer archaeological sites. Although identifying large, broad areas of resource trends is historically interesting and academically valuable, greater specificity is needed for planning purposes and cultural resource management. Areas and levels of sensitivity have been developed for archaeology and paleontology by professionals in these fields. These resources sensitive areas are depicted in the County Master Environmental Assessment (MEA) Sensitivity Maps. This computerized mapping system is a valuable tool in the planning process, primarily as it relates to environmental issues and to the cultural resource management programs. They are based for paleontology on known outcrops or sites and on the underlying geological formations, which have a strong predictive validity. For archaeology, numerous factors are considered including known sites, topography, proximity to food and water, etc. MEA maps for archaeology show sensitivity levels only. No MEA Sensitivity Maps exist for historical sites. Further survey data are needed. For paleontology, registered sites often are simply small outcroppings visible on the surface or sites encountered during grading. While the sites are important indicators, it is the geological formations, of which these sites are a part, that are most important for large planning purposes since the formations may contain more fossils. Maps for paleontology show some of the best known sites as well as sensitivity levels which are predicated primarily on the underlying geological formations. (See Map 2-13.) Paleontological sites are not RES-2-89 8 0 7 cF � 6 0 5 SA NSA AIVA FK,� m � 9�ti ti99e M �p i SAN DIEGO e� 3 e 0 �,111 �� •...� 1 . Newport Bay District 6. Plano Trabuco - Southern Santa Ana Mountains 2. San Joaquin Hills District 7. Northern Santa Ana Mountains 3. Laguna Hills - Dana Point 8. Yorba Linda - Eastern Puente Hills 4. San Juan Capistrano - San Clemente District 9. Coyote Hills 5. El Toro District Source: Orange County MAP Paleontology--General Areas Of Sensitivity (Not A Plan) 2-13 M W W = M, r " M' m s M M M, on, or man M M ' considered as great a planning constraint as archaeology or history, and are also not considered as sensitive to vandalism. For archaeology, information regarding location of sites is considered very sensitive. "Pot hunting" and other deliberately destructive acts are a problem. Over 1,000 archaeologic sites have been registered in Orange County at this time. The location of many are commonly known, others are protected on private property, and still others have been destroyed. Therefore, specific site locations are not depicted in order to protect them. (See Map 2-14.) For history, far less field survey information is available. Although several Orange County cities have been systematically surveyed, addi- tional information is needed for unincorporated areas. In addition, all of the historical registration programs are passive and hence not at all comprehensive. Map 2-15 shows some of the most important historic sites but should not be construed as thorough because a very large portion of Orange County has not yet been field surveyed. r 1 PA43-2 RES-2-91 8286 � 7 IMPERIAL Hwy 099 yC F 4, 3 / SANTA qNq Fw B Y I P 1 y B� I m 9 C 4 p N •� y 5 O�tc Op`�G SAN DIEGO 2 N �o 0 a 3 FWY 1 . Lower Santa Ana River Mouth 5. Aliso Creek Area 2. Newport Bay Area 6. Foothill Area 3. Coastal Area 7. Upper Santa Ana River/Weir Canyon Area 4. Trabuco Area 8. Coastal Hills Area 8ourca: Orange County MAP Prehistoric Archaeology--General Areas of Sensitivity 2-14 (Not A Plan) = mi = i m .s M., m am am *110 � No so OB r m Al �y 4 IMPERIAL "WY4 01 ® 3 ® 9,y 2 5pNt11.GO CVN ,10 • SAN1A AN F(yY 6 10,° e� 12 7 sAN 9�09 5 0pt��� f CO 9 �r CG ® SR � y� DIEGO B c n 8 n F 11 W <<o a s Y W COAST 9 PACIFIC County Owned Historic Sites ® Communities which have conducted 1. Key Ranch Historic Preservation Surveys 3. Irvine Park -San Juan Capistrano 4. Yorba Cemetery -Laguna leach(Including unincorporated S• Old County Courthovw 6. Heritage HIII between Lailuno leach and Dana Point) -Dana Point National Historic Landmarks ® Pre-1940 Population Centers -Yorba undo r. !limp Hangars (generalized locations) -Brea 1. Minion Son Juan Capistrano -Orange National Register Historic Districts Note: These areas contain concentrations of pre 1940 buildings and structures even -Santo Arm though National Register eligible buildings exist scattered throughout the -Fullerton 9. Crystal Cove County. As of 12,/83 there were 53 Orange County properties on the National -Olive(including unincorporated areas north 10. Orange Plaza(Orange) Register of Historic Places. of the 91 Freeway) 11. Los Rios(Son Juan Capistrano) 12. North Park(Santo Ano) Orange County's Historical Areas Souroo: Orange County MAP (Not A Plan) 2-15 ' CHAPTER THREE: CONSTRAINTS AND OPPORTUNITIES A. Overview This section identifies existing and potential constraints to and opportunities for satisfying the projected resource demands for Orange County presented in the previous chapter. While these constraints do not always represent absolute barriers, they may inhibit the timely achievement of key resource supply or conservation objectives. These constraints and opportunities have been categorized below into four categories: environ- mental, governmental, economic and market, and legal. The implementation policies and programs contained in Chapters Four through Eight (the "Components") are intended to eliminate these constraints and utilize the identified resource opportunities. B. Constraints 1. Environmental Constraints a. Air Quality: One of the most confining of all constraints to meeting future resource demands are the statutory requirements protecting air quality and minimizing the impact of air pollution on human health. In Southern California, the local air quality district adds more stringent limitations because of the regional topography and meteorology which intensify pollution problems. Air quality standards limit the choice of energy sources for -power plants and other energy production activities. The use of coal, for example, For power generation is virtually eliminated by air quality standards. b. Local 'Rater Availabilitv: Water supply has always been a critical issue for Southern California, with local sources of water providing less than half of the area's water needs. Existing water supply limitations and the anticipated loss of imported water from other regions (e.g. , Colorado River entitlement) may constrain the production and utilization (e.g., petroleum and mineral extraction) of other resources. c. Water Quality: In the Orange County region, the protection of rater quality is a major concern. The need to maintain safe water ;iality may constrain the development of energy resources ffrom methane (landfills) and geothermal sources. At a minimum, water quality concerns will need to be considered during the process of developing these resources and water intensive resources such as agriculture. d. Availabilitv of Local Resources: The limited availability of local resources is the basis for many resource planning activities contained in the components. This condition must be considered as a constraint for the County. Aside from its diminishing supply of petroleum resources, the County lacks enough other natural resources such as water to meet its own needs. The direct MS-3-1 implications of this deficiency of resources is that the County has become more dependent on imported resources ard, as a consequence, is increasingly vulnerable to actions and policies which it cannot directly influence (e.g., imported. oil supply allocations) . 2. Governmental Constraints a. Fiscal Constraints: The loss of revenue resulting from Proposition 13 and other factors, and rising public service costs due to growth and inflation, will continue to exist in Orange County. While the County is in a relatively better fiscal situation than most other counties in the State, the projected costs of serving future development are not balanced with revenues. Certain public services may have to be curtailed or eliminated in the future because of budget shortfalls. Fiscal resources for future resource management activities such as cultural-historic resources programs and resource inventory and mapping efforts could be significantly impaired. Thus, many innovative Resources Element implementation programs may be limited by the County's future fiscal status. b. Competing Objective and Priorities: Competing public needs can result in conflicting priorities and programs. An issue of increasing public concern which may constrain resource conservation programs is the high cost of housing. For example, since most of the costs associated with alternative energy systems and other conservation measures are upfront capital and installation costs, they may increase the costs of construction and, subsequently, the price of housing. Therefore, the need to achieve affordable housing objectives could constrain efforts to reduce future resource demands. 3. Economic and Market Constraints Resource conservation orograms, like most other investments, are extremely sensitive to interest rate levels. The finance markets, however, are experiencing difficult times. The availability of a steady supply of credit at a reasonable interest rate is necessary to supplement existing utility and government financing programs for energy, -water and other conservation measures and, consequently, achieve resource conservation objectives. 4. Legal Constraints While the Countv has considerable control of land use in the unincorporated areas, there are certain limits to stringent regulatory action by the County with respect to resource conservation. Many conservation :mandates infringe upon the rights of individuals or firms. Actions requiring mandatory compliance (e.g. , open space dedication) :rust be supported by identified public benefit (e.g. , Resources Element) or urgency situation. Although these actions have usually been upheld as valid exercises of police power, there are RES-3-2 limits to the enforcement of resource conservation measures. A case in point is the regulatory limits of a County action to reduce water demand through mandatory water conservation. Water conservation would produce significant savings for Orange County yet the County has little authority over the water districts which operate in the jurisdiction. Aside from an ordinance prohibiting the waste of water (e.g. , lawn irrigation which spills into the street) and building and land use regulations which reduce water consumption, the County cannot regulate water use because the local districts are established by State legislation. C. Ocoortunities 1. Environmental Ocoortunities a. Regional and State Resources: In most cases where the County is deficient in 'local resource supplies, abundant supplies exist in the region or elsewhere in the State. A good example of such an instance is Statewide water supplies. California has a significant amount of high quality water, primarily in the northern one-third of the State. The continued and potentially expanded access to these supplies represents a key opportunity to meeting Orange County's long-term water resource needs. ' b. Amount of ':ndevelooed Land: The amount of undeveloped land in Orange County, particularly in the !unincorporated area, provides a unique opportunity tc consider and address resource concerns through innovative land .:se planning. Aithcugh significant portions of t°-e undeveloped area are already planned for urban land uses, the existing land use plans provide for sound resource management as these areas develop. 2. Governmental Oonortunities 1 a. Balanced CommunityObjectives: The planned community concept embraced �Dv Orange County encourages the development of balanced land use plans in the unincorporated area. Such balanced land uses serve =o address concerns it the areas of air =iali:y and =nercv ccnser•✓aticn and ?smote = e efficient use of other resources e.g. , eater) . b. D.ance _o-,nt, 7::ve:nment: ;,range County government has historical encouraged the ccnservation of resources through both financial support and regulatory actions. ''_'he County, however, has also promoted and supported the involvement of private and community organizations in the management of resources. This is especially true in the area of historic resources where the efforts of private and non-profit organizations compliment and enhance County programs. It is such support of private efforts that fosters :meaningful and efficient resource management which, in most instances, exceeds the capabilities of local government. RES-3-3 _ r 3. Economic and Market Opportunities The existence of large-scale landholdings in the southern portion of the County has facilitate] innovative land use planning in Orange County. Further, the investment potential of the area and the prudent financial practices of the development industry have allowed for the provision of amenities in new developments in excess of what is found in comparable developments in other counties. These amenities and innovative planning practices have served to conserve and preserve the natural features and resources of Orange County such as creek corridors and ridgelines. 4. Legal Oovortunities The County has considerable flexibility to provide incentives for resource conservation efforts provided that no threat to the public or safety results from its actions. This flexibility, coupled with in- creasing tax incentives for historic reservation and other conservation activities, can create a positive environment for resource management efforts, both public and private. r i. 1 1 r '-!R/CS:ba rPA44-1 RE S-3-4 4/3/84 CHAPTER FOUR: NATURAL RESOURCES COMPONENT A. Overview Orange County has many natural resources, many scenic areas including ridgelines and hillsides, a pleasant climate, farm lands, native vegetation and wildlife, and mineral resources. The Natural Resources Component contains policies and programs which are designed to protect and conserve these areas not only because they have economic value, but also because they are necessary to sustain the quality of life in Orange County. As used in this component, conservation is the planned management, 1 preservation and wise utilization of natural resources. Its objective is to prevent the wasteful exploration or destruction of natural resources. For over 100 years, conservation activities have focused on major rural natural I resources, such as redwood forests, and areas of unique scenic quality. In the past decade, however, conservation has become a major concern in urban areas, including Orange County. This component provides a basis for programs which serve to implement natural resource conservation goals and policies, and establish a framework for additional inventory and resource planning efforts. The principal natural resource concerns addressed in this component of the Resources Element are: 1) agricultural resources, 2) mineral resources, 3) wildlife and vegetation, and 4) landforms. Coastal resource (e.g., wetlands) policies and plans are contained in the Local Coastal Programs for each specific coastal area in Orange County. B. Goals and Objectives Goal 1: Protect wildlife and vegetation resources and promote development that preserves these resources. Objective 1: To prevent the elimination of significant wildlife and vegetation through resource inventory and management strategies. Goal 2: Promote the wise management of agricultural and mineral resources in order to protect these resources for existing and future needs. Objective 2.1: Reduce dependence on imported resources through sound management of local mineral lands. Objective 2.2: Enhance the conservation of agricultural resources through sound management of local agricultural lands. Goal 3: Manage and utilize wisely the County's landform resources. Objective 3: Minimize to the extent feasible the disruption of significant natural landforms in Orange County. RES-4-1 C. Policies 1. Wildlife and vegetation: To identify and preserve the significant wildlife and vegetation habitats of the County. 2. Agriculture: To encourage to the extent feasible the preservation and utilization of agricultural resources as a natural resource and economic asset. 3. Mineral resources: To ensure the efficient use! of all mineral lands consistent with sound resource management practices. 4. Mineral extraction: To ensure opportunities for the extraction of minerals in the County and to protect the environment during and after these minerals are being extracted. 5. Landforms: To protect the unique variety of significant landforms in Orange County through environmental review procedures and community and corridor planning activities. S RES-4-2 D. Implementation Programs The Natural Resources Component is closely related to the Energy Resources, 1 Water Resources and Open Space Components contained in this element. An important relationship exists between the conservation of energy and water resources and the efforts to reduce air pollution. The conservation and protection of natural resources has a direct effect upon the open space pattern in Orange County. Because of the interrelationships, the implementation programs found in this component are intended to complement other County resource management policies and programs relating to unique and vital air and land resources. Taken as a whole, the implementation programs within this component and other Resources Element components provide a comprehensive resource management strategy for Orange County. 1. Master Environmental Assessment (MEA) a. Action: Maintain and update the inventory of wildlife and vegetation resources, as well as other significant natural resources (i.e., mineral, air, agricultural, landforms) . Apply mitigations on projects to reduce or eliminate impacts through the use of MEA. Evaluate the expansion of MEA functions through the establishment of support systems (i.e., Block and Nodule Grid) to further provide methods to preserve and protect the County's critical biological habitats. b. Discussion: The MEA provides a resource data base by which to evaluate the impact of development proposals on the natural ' environment. Through the MEA, the impact of development trends on significant habitat and resource areas can be identified and mitigated. In addition, the MEA will continually reinforce the intent and focus of the Resources Element's implementation programs. c. New or Existing Program: Existing d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency f. Source of Funds: County General Fund RES-4-3 1 3. Agricultural Preservation Program , a. Action: Evaluate the establishment of an Agricultural Preservation Program to mitigate the long-term impact of agricultural preserve contract cancellations and to provide economic and technical assistance to County agricultural activities. Specifically, the progra.-n would establish a trust which could be used for grants, loans, research, and other appropriate items related to agricultural resources. The trust would be funded by contributions from agricultural preserve contract cancellation proponents. Tentatively, the proposed preservation program would require between $25 to $30 per acre of agricultural preserve cancelled. This trust would be augmented by any available Federal and State assistance. b. Discussion: The proposed Agricultural Preservation Program provides , an excellent mitigation to the adverse impact of agricultural preserve contract cancellations upon County agricultural activities. In addition, one of the required findings for cancellation approval is that the cancellation is not inconsistent with the purposes of the Williamson Act. Proponent contributions to an agricultural preservation program has clearly assisted in supporting this finding on recent cancellations. c. New or Existing Program: New d. Implementation Schedule: Commence with adoption of Resources Element. e. Responsible Agencies: 1. Establishing Program: EtKA, County Agricultural Commissioner, State Dept. of Conservation, Federal Soil Conservation Service, Farm Bureau. 2. Program Implementation: EMA; or committee with landowner, County and farming interest representation. , f. Source of Funds: 1) Landowner Fees 2) State and Federal Funds RES-4-5 5. Oak Resources Management Program a. Action: Evaluate a resources management program for the preservation and maintenance of valuable oak woodland resources in Orange County. b. Discussion: Native oaks constitute a significant natural resource in Orange County. Significant commitment has been made towards preserving valuable oak woodland areas through regional park and open space acquisitions. This program involves the examination of additional mechanisms to preserve and maintain oak resources. c. New or Existing program: New. Integrate existing activities. 1 d. Implementation Schedule: Report to Board of Supervisors, December 1984. e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency f. Source of Funds: 1) Harbors, Beaches and Parks District 2) County General Fund r CL:vmPA59-9 RES-4-7 8280 ICI v - vpl • SOURCE: ORANGE COUNTY • ATER BASIN PLANNING SOUTHWEST c NORTHWEST J r3 W = Iy ' o 2 0 0 Uj 0.1 U W W O O N QLU 5 U a > a N �- r- W 0_ LL ;7 1 3 -500 -1000— E 5 t t>^ -2000— .. I,r� 3ra. EFFECTIVE BASE -3000— , OF FRESH WATER -4000-- Water.Utilized In Thousands of Acre-feet -100 -200 x '." -300 -400 F -500 Basin considered full in 1969 -600 -700 8001956 1966 1966 1971 1976 1981 19861990 Year Ground Water Basin and Operational CHART History in Orange County 2-9 Source:Orange County Water District CHAPTER FIVE: ENE2GY•RESOURCES COMPONENT A. Overview , As indicated in Chapter Two (Energy Resources Section) , there is a projected decrease in supply of and a projected increase in demand for traditional energy resources for Orange County. The fundamental factors underlying the projected decrease of traditional energy supply sources are of national and state-wide scope; however, there are also significant contributions which can be made by local government. Land use patterns, air quality programs, growth trends, transportation, and residential densities all directly affect local energy consumption. Conservation of existing energy through County actions, and by Counts residents and industrv, is within the scope of local government. .alternative energy sources, which can provide for at least part of the County's future needs, should be investigated and developed. Since unlimited supply and availability can no longer be assumed, energy considerations now need to be evaluated along with the other factors that enter into the formulation of County policies and decisions and the development of resource conservation implementation programs contained in this element. Portions of the mineral resource section of the Conservation Element (1978) are subsumed by the Energy Resources Component, which refines these sections and addresses the need for 'local energy planning activities through a comprehensive assessment of Orange County's energy situation. Tl a component focuses on existing and projected energy demands and proposes an energy resource management strategy to address these demands. In addition, the component provides the frame- work for future .energy planning activities. The intent of this component is twofold: first, to set forth a comprehensive and integrated strategy for future energy planning actions; and, second, to minimize the constraints and potential deficiencies identified in previous sections. B. Goals, Objectives and Policies This section presents :-ree general goals fcr :ranae :aunty ?sera:• ' ,esourc a ol3nninQ and management efforts. Th ase goals and thei: ob; ct'_•:ss orovi=e mui_'ance for :: a specific oclicies and _molamenta- tion oro,;rams which are also presented in = :e =:iergl Resources Component. Certain recommended policies and orograms are based Coon existing resource :management activities (i.e. , QNT) which are referenced when appropriate. 1. Goals and Objectives Goal 1: Maximize the conservation and wise use of energy resources in all residences, businesses, oubLic institutions and ' industries in Orange County. RES-S-1 , f. Alternative Energy Systems: To encourage the use of alternative energy systems and, to the extent feasible, remove the regulatory barriers to their implementation. g. Solar Access: To support and encourage voluntary efforts to provide solar access opportunities in new developments. ?.ES-3-3 2. Ener • Shorta a Contingency Planning , a. Action: Continue efforts to monitor energy supply trends and develop a plan which promotes an orderly response to energy shortages. b. Discussion: This program involves the preparation of a plan ' to deal with any sudden or unforeseen disruptions in energy supplies (e.g. , oil embargo) . C. New or Existing Program: Existing d. implementation Schedule: Ongoing e. Responsible Agency: County Administrative Office f. Source of Funds: 1) County General find 2) State Energy Commission r r i IES_5-5 , 1 ' 4. County Energy Management Plan a. Action: Improve existing County energy resources management efforts through the development of a comprehensive energy management plan that provides a long-term strategy for meeting ' the County's future energy needs. b. Discussion: Although existing County energy conservation programs are effective, they are generally limited or narrow in scope and do not provide an integrated, consistent energy strategy. In order to be effective, an energy :management plan :rust be developed in cooperation with utilities and other interested parties and would consist of the following components: (1) Energy Resource Development: A more detailed evaluation of energy resources and their potential will be undertaken along with a development program. (2) Commercial and Industrial Sector Programs: An evaluation ' of co-generation, and other energy conservation opportu- nities will be undertaken for potential application to the commercial and industrial sections, including County ' facilities. This evaluation will be conducted in cooperation with utilities and local businesses. (3) Residential Sector Programs: Since he existing_ State building energy standards ensure energy savings in new residences, this component would `ocus on existing resi- dential buildings and the opportunities for increased energy savings within these residences. (4) Transportation Sector: This program would involve a cooperative evaluation of transportation system ' management opportunities in the County. '31, Ener:v Conservation inancinc: ':n evaluation of _ne various financing alternatives available for energ:: conser•iaticn and resource -eveloo:ment. (6) T_mDlementation Plan: A comprehensive implementation plan for energy management would be developed. -_.i s 'implemen- tation plan -dould support and augment existing utility energy management activities and emphasize voluntary conservation measures and the development of Local energy ' resource supplies. c. New or Existing Program: New. Integrate existing programs. d. Implementation Schedule: Work program expected Fall, 1994. e. Responsible agency: Environmental Management Agency RES -7 5. Community Energy Education a. Action: Support the community energy education efforts of utilities and other agencies through public information activities. , b. Discussion: This program is intended to increase the community's awareness of the need for energy conservation and provide educational assistance to residences and businesses. c. New or Existing Program: New A. Implementation Schedule: Commence upon adoption of Resources ' Element. e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency f. Scurce of Funds: 1) County General Fund 2) Utilities 3) State Energy Commission MR:barPA44-3 RES-5-9 4/3/8 4 , CHAPTER SIX: WATER RESOURCES COMPONENT A. overview i The use, supply and conservation of water are critical issues in Orange County. Since almost every urban activity is dependent on water to some extent, it is in the best interests of the general public that the County's water resources are properly planned and managed. ' The Water Resources Component updates and refines the water section of the Conservation Element (1978) . The Water Resources Component also provides a framework for water resource planning in order to ensure that there will ' be a supply of adequate quality, that supports existing uses and future growth. B. Goal, Objectives and Policies 1. Goal and Objectives Goal: Ensure an adequate, dependable supply of water of acceptable quality for all reasonable uses. Objective 1: To maintain the adequacy and dependability of imported water supplies. Objective 2: To achieve a reduction in per capita water consumption by the year 2000. ' Objective 3: To reduce dependence on imported water supplies through both conservation and local water resource development. 2. Policies a. Water Supply: To ensure the adequacy of water supply necessary to ' serve existing and future development as defined by the General Plan. b. Conservation: To reduce per capita and total water consumption through conservation and reclamation programs, and the support of new technologies. ' c. Groundwater Resources: To support groundwater management efforts that are conducted by county water agencies. d. Shortage Planning: To ensure that Orange County will not be severely impaired by any potential future water shortages. e. Water Quality: To protect water quality through management and enforcement efforts. f. Intergovernmental Coordination: To encourage and support a cooperative effort among all agencies towards the resolution of problems and the utilization of opportunities in the planning and management of water resources. RES-6-1 1 C. Implementation Programs Because Orange County must rely so heavily on imported water supplies, the implementation programs within this section are directed toward ensuring future imported water supplies and eliminating water waste and conservation of existing supplies. The further development of local water resources is also included in these implementation programs. In addition, , since the management of water resources is complicated by the great many agencies involved with different aspects of management, increased efforts towards intergovernmental coordination and cooperation are identified as an implementation program. , 1. County Water Conservation/Development Program a. Action: Develop and implement a program for the conservation and ' development of the county's water resources. b. Discussion: On June 15, 1983 the Board of Supervisors authorized development of a work program for a County Water Conservation/Development Program. This program would focus on: 1) cost-effective water conservation measures (particularly for County facilities) , 2) water shortage contingency planning, and 3) ' local resource development. The program is to be carried out in cooperation with local water purveying agencies. c. New or Existing Program: New , d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency ' f. Source of Funds: 1) County General Fund 2) Water Districts ' RES-6-2 ' 2. Intergovernmental Coordination a. Action: Continue and expand existing intergovernmental activities towards achieving county water resource goals and objectives. ' b. Discussion: Increased coordination on the part of the county and local/regional water agencies serves to ensure effective ' communication and cooperation on the water supply and water quality issues. On July 15, 1983, the Board of Supervisors authorized EMA to establish regular liaison with the water agencies of Orange County towards achieving this end. ' In addition to the County/water agency liaison program, ongoing coordination with the federal and state government on water resource programs is essential. Such activities include legislative review and development and intergovernmental water planning and management efforts to increase the adequacy and dependability of imported water supplies. c. New or Existing Program: Existing d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency f. Source of Funds: County General Fund RES-6-3 r 3. County Water Plan ' a. Action: Continue County Water Plan work effort and related activities. ' b. Discussion: The County Water Plan is a multi-phase study the objective of which is to ensure to the maximum extent possible an adequate, dependable water supply for all reasonable uses. ' The Phase I County rater Plan outlined the county's water supply future under various supply scenarios. The Phase II report examined immediate and near-term water supply concerns and presented measures to address these concerns. The focus of the third phase is a study of issues of long-term concern regarding water supply. Phase III will also include the near-term water supply analysis and additional ' updates necessary to keep Phases I and II current and to advise the Board of Supervisors of matters of immediate concern. c. New or Existing Program: Existing d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing e. Responsible Agencies: 1) Environmental Management Agency 2) County Administrative Office 3) Water Agencies ' f. Source of Funds: 1) County General Fund 2) Water Agencies , RES-6-4 ' Water Quality Management a. Action: Continue existing water quality monitoring and management efforts. b. Discussion: Water quality is as significant a resource management issue as water quantity, particularly in Orange County where the opportunity for developing additional local supplies is limited. This 1 program focuses on the maintenance and enhancement of the water quality of both imported and local resources. Current activities include the implementation of the Regional Water Quality Control Plans (208 Plans) and enforcement of the County Industrial Waste Ordinance. c. New or Existing: Existing d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing e. Responsible Agencies: 1) Environmental Management Agency 2) Health Care Agency 3) Water Agencies 1 4) State Agencies 5) Federal Agencies 1 f. Source of Funds: Numerous Funding Sources i i 1 i 1 i RES-6-5 5. Public Education/Information ' a. Action: Support the water conservation efforts of county water districts and other agencies through public information and educational activities. b. Discussion: This program is intended to increase the community's awareness of the need for water conservation and provide educational , assistance to residences and businesses. c. New or Existing Program: New , d. Implementation Schedule: Commence upon adoption of Resources Element. e. Responsible Agencies: 1) Water Agencies ' 2) Environmental Management Agency f. Source of Funds: 1) County General Fund 2) Water Agencies 3) California Department of Water Resources , MR:rmdPA25-5 RES-6-6 4/3/84 , CHAPTER SEVEN: AIR RESOURCES COMPONENT ' A. Overview Air quality is a regional problem in Southern California. As Orange County and the surrounding regions continue to develop, additional pressure will be placed upon air resources. A region-wide effort by the public and private sectors is needed to improve the air quality of the South Coast Air Basin and to attempt compliance with the mandates of the 1977 Clean Air Act. ' The Air Resources Component establishes a framework for evaluating policy options and develops programs designed to implement policies and monitor results. The Component identifies control measures identified in the Draft ' 1988 AQMP as well as additional County efforts to address air resources. For detailed information regarding historical air quality background, regional overview, regional air quality analysis, and County and Regional Air resources management, refer to the Air Resources discussion in Chapter Two, Section 4 of this document. B. Goals and Objectives ' Goal 1: Promote optimum sustainable environmental quality standards for air resources. Objective 1: To the extent feasible, attainment of federal and state air ' quality standards by the year 2007. C. Policies ' 1. To develop and support programs which improve air quality or reduce air pollutant emissions. ' D. Implementation Programs Pursuant to Section 172(a)(1) of the Clean Air Act, as amended, the Southern ' California Association of Governments (SCAG) and the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) have prepared an Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP) for the South Coast Air Basin with the assistance of the counties of , Los Angeles, Orange, Riverside, and San Bernardino; the State of California Department of Transportation (CalTrans); and the State of California Air Resources Board (ARB). The following section identifies existing air resources programs for Orange ' County. These programs involve the continuation or refinement of existing County programs. Since adoption of these programs would also constitute, to a certain extent, compliance with the Draft 1988 AQMP, this section includes ' descriptions of the proposed 1988 control measures and the delineation of responsible agencies. This provides a sound framework for the future implementation of air resource programs. Numbers in parentheses following ' the program title refer to the corresponding control measures found in the Draft 1988 AQMP. RES-7-1 ' ' 1. Alternative Work Schedules (1.1) a. Action: Encourage employers to implement modified work schedules; encourage public and private education efforts. b. Discussion: In 1987, 6,500 of the County of Orange's 13,700 employees were working alternate work schedules. This is an increase ' from 200 employees working such schedules in 1980. In 1988 the Director of EMA approved a policy promoting flextime and approximately 50% of EMA now works such schedules. i Some Orange County cities are already implementing alternative work schedules, with more to follow, through adoption of OCTC's TRIP Program. Additional cities and businesses are expected to do so, if SCAQMD accepts the TRIP Program as a substitute for Regulation XV. The County is also involved in the TRIP pilot program for the unincorporated area. c. New or Existing Program: Existing d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing 1 e. Responsible Agency: SCAQMD, Commuter Computer, OCTD Commuter Network, OCTC, County of Orange (various agencies) ' f. Source of Funds: Various funding sources. RES-7-2 2. Employer Ride Share and Transit Incentives (2.1) , a. Action: Continue to encourage increased ridesharing and transit use. b. Discussion: To fully comply with this measure, a firm commitment ' frog. the County is required. This commitment would include direct policy statements; financial incentives/disincentives; development of ' Transportation Management Associations and/or Organizations (TMAs/TMOs); additional non-motorized tr<<nsportation access; and development of trip reduction plans to be implemented on a Countywide basis. The implementation of this measure would constitute an extension of the Regulation XV requirements, affecting employers of 25+ employees rather than 100+ employees. As a substitute to Regulation XV, the ' County's proposed TRIP program could satisfy the requirements of this measure. The County has made Commuter Computer's and OCTD's carpool matching services available to its employees and encouraged carpooling through its County newsletter. The County also provides preferential parking for carpoolers. Some Orange County cities are developing rideshare and transit incentives through OCTC's TRIP Program. More are expected to do so, if SCAQMD accepts the TRIP Program as a substitute for Regulation XV. , The County's unincorporated area is also involved in the TRIP pilot program. c. New or Existing Program: Existing. d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing. e. Responsible Agencies: EMA, SCAQMD, OCTC, OCTD. ' f. Source of Funds: County General Fund and various other funding sources. ' 1 RES-7-3 ' 3. Parking Management (2.2) a. Action: Continue to seek additional measures which reduce trips by using various parking control strategies. b. Discussion: There has been some cursory work done in the area of parking management. As with the Ridesharing measure, a total commitment by the County would be required for complete implementation. In areas where parking spaces are already at a premium, additional caps on parking and elimination of on-street parking may pose problems for employers (i.e. , the immediate area surrounding the Santa Ana/Orange Civic Center Area). Orange County provides parking space in its garage facilities for carpools of three or more people, managers, supervisors, and long term employees. Other employees are not provided free parking and must walk three blocks from the nearest available free parking ' facilities. A comprehensive study would need to be conducted in order to ensure that an adequate, available parking supply or other measures are in place at the time of full implementation of this measure. Also, viable transit commuter alternatives should be in place to keep full effectiveness of this measure. ' c. Nev or Existing Program: Existing. d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing. ' e. Responsible Agency: GSA, SCAQMD. f. Source of funds: County General Fund and various other funding ' sources. RES-7-4 4. Merchant Rideshare and Transit Incentives (2.4) ' a. Action: Continue to implement non-work trip reduction measures. b. Discussion: This measure seeks to reduce non-work single occupant ' auto trips by offering facilities for bicyclists and pedestrians and incentives for transit use, carpooling, bicycling, and walking. While not directly involved in merchant rideshare and transit , incentive programs, the County has been involved in ensuring that bicycle and pedestrian facilities exist for public use. c. New or Existing Program: Existing. ' d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing. e. Responsible Agency: EMA, SCAQMD, OCTD. ' f. Source of Funds: County General Fund and various other funding sources. , 1 US-7-5 1 ' 5. Auto-Use Restrictions (2.5) a. Action: Continue to implement measures which decrease trips by ' requiring special event centers or other areas of heavy pedestrian activity to provide park-and-ride facilities. b. Discussion: As part of its environmental document review process, ' the County reviews projects for consistency with the Master Plan of Countywide Bikeways and encourages project proponents to provide local bikeway facilities as a mitigation measure. To encourage ' public awareness of bicycling opportunities, the County also publishes a map of existing bikeways, which is sold at County offices and bicycle shops. The County also provides bike racks around its offices at the Civic Center and shower facilities at the Courthouse. ' Additionally, the County has a Bike Trail Program which is used to construct bikeways in the unincorporated area of the County to encourage the use of the bicycle as an alternative mode of transportation. This measure is also implemented at the John Wayne Airport facility where off-site parking with free shuttle to the main terminal area is ' provided. c. New or Existing Program: Existing. d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing. e. Responsible Agency: EMA, SCAQMD, OCTD. ' f. Source of funds: County-General fund and various other funding sources. 1 ' RES-7-6 6. HOV Lanes (2.6) and Freeway Capacity Enhancements (11) ' a. Action: Continue to support CalTrans in the implementation of HOV lanes on county freeways, and transportation corridors. , b. Discussion: This measure seeks to increase vehicle occupancy by providing HOV lanes. HOV lanes offer a time savings over mixed use ' lanes and thus provide an incentive towards carpooling. HOV lanes are being constructed for County freeways, such as I-5, I-405 and SR-55. They are also being considered for the San Joaquin Hills, the Foothill and Eastern Transportation Corridors in the county. ' c. New or Existing Program: Existing. d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing. ' e. Responsible Agency: CalTrans, Transportation Corridor Agencies. f. Source of Funds: Federal and State funding, developer fees, tolls. ' 1 RES-7-7 ' I 7. Growth Management (3) a. Action: Continue to implement growth monitoring and encourage balanced development. b. Discussion: The County has been involved in monitoring growth and encouraging balanced development. Actions taken include the following: o the County monitors growth through its Annual Monitoring ' Report/Development Monitoring Program (AMR/DMP) process. o The General Plan was amended to establish urban activity centers along major routes. Zoning to implement this concept was ' completed by 1985. o County land use policies support balanced land uses containing a mix of residential, commercial, and public land uses, planned development in accord with the adequacy of the transportation system, and mitigation measures to accommodate added transportation system demand. ' o In 1988, the Board of Supervisors approved a growth management plan which will apply to all new projects. ' c. New or Existing Program: Existing. d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing. ' e. Responsible Agency: SCAG and/or SCAQMD and/or EMA f. Source of Funds: County General Fund and various other funding sources. 1 ' RES-7-8 w 1 8. Traffic Flow Improvements (5) , a. Action: Encourage the implementation of measures which seek to ' reduce emissions by improving transportation system efficiency. b. Discussion: CalTrans operates the traffic signals in the vicinity of freeway interchanges while local jurisdictions coordinate their own. ' CalTrans signals are not compatible with local agencies, signals and cannot be synchronized with them, a situation that often causes problems on the local arterials. Coordination between the two systems should be pursued to relieve arterial congestion in the ' vicinity of freeways. CalTrans is planning to install ramp metering on all freeways in Orange County. CalTrans is working with the cities on signal coordination through the Signal Round Table Committee. An OCTC Study on signal coordination for 20 arterials is nearly completed. c. New or Existing Program: Existing. ' d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing. e. Responsible Agency: CalTrans, OCTC. ' f. Source of Funds: Various State and local funding sources. 1 RES-7-9 ' 1 9. Non-recurrent Congestion Relief (6) a. Action: Encourage the implementation of measures which seek to reduce congestion caused by non-recurrent sources. b. Discussion: At the request of OCTC, CalTrans has committed to ' monitor the freeway system more closely in order to remove incidents more rapidly. Additionally, the newly created OC Freeway Callbox system should aid in reporting freeway accidents/hazards, leading to improved incident response time. c. New or Existing Program: Existing. d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing. ' e. Responsible Agency: CalTrans, CHP, OCTC. ' f. Source of Funds: Various State and local funding sources. 1 ' RES-7-10 10. Indirect Source: Aircraft and Ground Service Vehicles (7) a. Action: Continue to encourage reduction of airport related emissions through more emission efficient operations and adoption of improved ' technology. b. DiscL.ssion: John Wayne Airport has been making significant progress in implementing clean air measures in the past few years. Actions taker_ include: o As part of the Master Plan, two high speed runways have been added as well as two additional taxiways which are not high speed. o The number of aircraft engines in use during taxi and idle is being reduced. In order to conserve fuel, most airline companies that operate two or more engine planes routinely shut down one or more of their engines when taxiing or idling. o The airport controls departure times by setting limits on the number of departures and arrivals during any given time period. o The terminal facilities have been redesigned. The new terminal is closer to the end of the primary runway, reducing the length of taxi time for departing aircraft. Combined with new high speed taxiway, this should reduce taxi time for all aircraft. o The new terminal has centralized electric power outlets, as well as hydrant fueling which supersedes fueling by fuel truck. c. New or Existing Program: Existing. d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing. e. Responsible Agency: SCAQMD and airport operators. f. Source of Funds: Varous funding sources. RES-7-11 11. Indirect Source: Airport Ground Access (9) a. Action: Continue to encourage implementation of measures which seek to reduce congestion around airports. b. Discussion: This measure seeks to reduce congestion around airports by encouraging travelers to rideshare or use transit, and by improving airport physical features to accommodate this. In the John Wayne Airport Expansion, trip reduction methods were examined, with the result that they committed to increasing passenger load factors. c. New or Existing Program: Existing. d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing. e. Responsible Agency: SCAQMD, OCTD, airport operators. f. Source of Funds: Various funding sources. �f RES-7-12 I 12. Unpaved Roads and Parking Lots (10.3) ' a. Action: Continue to implement measures which reduce fugitive dust emissions. b. Discussion: This measure seeks to reduce fugitive dust emissions due to vehicle use of unpaved roads and parking facilities. The County's Zoning Code requires that ". . .All parking spaces, driveways and maneuvering areas shall be paved and permanently maintained with asphaltic concrete, cement concrete or other all-weather surfacing." c. New or Existing Program: Existing. d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing. e. Responsible Agency: EMA. ' f. Source of Funds: County General Fund. RES-7-13 13. Replacement of High Emitting Aircraft (13) a. Action: Encourage the replacement of high emitting aircraft at local airports. b. Discussion: This measure seeks to replace older aircraft with more modern emission efficient ones. Compliance with noise regulations also insures a cleaner aircraft fleet mix, as the classification of planes complying with noise regulations is also less polluting. c. New or Existing Program: Existing. d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing. e. Responsible Agency: Airport operators, airlines, FAA. f. Source of Funds: Various funding sources. RES-7-14 II 14. Energy Conservation (18) a. Action: Continue to implement energy conservation measures. b. Disctssion: The County of Orange has had an active Board mandated energy conservation program since 1974. IN The proposed AQHP calls for a 15%, energy reduction by the year 2000 and a 30% reduction by 2010. This plan would penalize all agencies that have developed good energy conservation programs in the past. The County of Orange has reduced its energy usage by 52% compared to pre-conservation years. A more equitable approach to energy conservation would be to establish a BTU (British Thermal Unit) per square foot ratio for various types of buildings. For example, Orange County buildings have a 115,000 BTU per square foot ratio at the present time. Prior to energy conservation, it was 239,000 BTU per square foot. The County's energy conservation program is still ongoing. All major new buildings and new facility additions are carefully analyzed for energy efficiency. In addition, energy projects are still being implemented in existing facilities. The bottom line is that a 30% energy reduction would be very difficult for the County to achieve based on the reductions which have already been realized. c. New or Existing Program: Existing. d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing. e. Responsible Agency: EHA and Special districts. f. Source of Funds: County General Fund. RES-7-15 15. Waste Recycling (18.2) a. Action: Continue to implement waste recylcing measures. b. Discussion: This measure seeks to reduce energy use and thus emissions by requiring local government to recycle glass and paper 1 products. Orange County currently collects white paper and computer paper for recycling. Local government could mandate glass recycling. c. New or Existing Program: Existing. d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing. e. Responsible Agency: SCAQHD, GSA. f. Source of Funds: County General Fund and various funding sources. CL:fc/ltPA01-183/8285 RES-7-16 8081607205808 CHAPTER EIGHT; OPEN SPACE COMPONENT A. Introduction The Open Spa.ce Component is the open space plan for the unincorporated areas of Orange County. This component is the successor to the Open Space Element originally adopted by the Board of Supervisors on June 27, 1973. The preparation of this component is in compliance with State Government Code Sections 65560-65568, which require each city and county to prepare and adopt an open space plan for the comprehensive and long-range preser- vation of open space land within its jurisdiction. Purpose of Component The Open Space Component contains the necessary goals, objectives, policies and programs to promote the preservation and protection of resource areas and the protection of the public from potential hazards. The component also functions in a manner to shape the overall urban form of Orange County. To that end, open space facilities such as greenbelts to buffer conflicting land uses or to link recreation facilities along regional trails and water courses are desired, as well as areas set aside to preserve cultural-historic resources, significant wildlife habitats and biotic resources such as oak groves, sycamore/riparian woodlands, and marshlands. In general, open space areas are offered by landowners for dedication to the County or the County's designee as part of the overall development process. These areas are then turned over to the Harbors, Beaches and Parks District or to a County Service Area for operation and maintenance. The Environmental Management Agency evaluates public and private develop- ment proposals to insure that the goals, objectives, and policies of the Open Space Component are satisfied. In addition, a legitimate role exists for private conservation organizations and other non-profit corporate bodies to own and operate open space areas. An integral part of the Open Space Component is the Open Space/- Conservation Program Map which depicts an open space framework of Countywide significance. This framework includes areas of resource concentration such as existing and proposed regional recreation facilities and a system of linkages such as trails and major open space corridors. The implementation programs provide the mechanism by which an integrated open space network can be realized. Definition of Open Space Open space is a valuable resource in any community or county experiencing urbanization. The value of open space to Orange County includes shaping the overall urban form, providing outdoor recreation opportunities, enhancing and protecting scenic vistas, ensuring public health and safety, preserving valuable natural resources, and providing areas for the managed production of resources. RES-8-1 The State Government Code also contains an open space definition that further clarifies the role of open space. Open space is: "Any parcel or area of land or water which is essentially unimproved and devoted to an open space use as defined (below) "1. The Preservation of Natural Resources, including but not limited to-- a. areas required for the preservation of plant and animal life, including habitat for fish and wildlife species; b. areas required for ecologic and other scientific study purposes; c. rivers, streams, bays and estuaries; and d. coastal beaches, lakeshores, banks of rivers and streams, and watershed lands. "2. The Managed Production of Resources, including but not limited to-- a. forest lands, rangeland, agricultural lands, and areas of economic importance for the production of food or fiber; b. areas required for recharge of ground water basins; c. bays, estuaries, marshes, rivers and streams, which are important for the management of commercial fisheries; and d. areas containing major mineral deposits, including those in short supply. 03. Outdoor Recreation, including but not limited to-- a. areas of outstanding scenic, aesthetic, historic and cultural values; b. areas particularly suited for park and recreation purposes, including access to lakeshores, beaches, rivers and streams; and c. areas which serve as links between major recreation and open space reservations, including utility easements, banks of rivers and streams, trails and scenic highway corridors. "4. Public Health and Safety, including but not limited to-- a. areas which require special management or regulations because of hazardous or special conditions such as earthquake fault RES-8-2 zones, unstable soil areas, floodplains, watersheds, and areas presenting high fire risks; b. areas required for the protection of water quality and reservoirs; and c. areas required for the protection and enhancement of air quality." Not all undeveloped land is to be considered for open space protection. In accordance with the State Government Code definition of open space, it is obvious that the objective is for local agencies to take the necessary measures that preserve and protect resource areas from incompatible development or use and to protect the public from potential development or use hazards. Characteristics of Open Space Open space areas within Orange County may be large expanses, long corridors or small parcels. (Chapter Two inventories existing and proposed open space.) The regional distribution and shape of open space is influenced greatly by the open space criteria discussed in the preceding section, Definition of Open Space. Large open space areas preserve needed wildlife and vegetation habitat, conserve natural resources and acreage necessary for natural processes such as ground water recharge, and also provide recreation opportunities. Open space corridors generally follow natural features such as stream courses or ridgelines. These linear features are valuable because they emphasize natural resource conservation, natural habitat preservation, scenic vista enhancement and outdoor recreation opportunities. Often open space corridors link the larger open space areas into an integrated open space network. This network supports the migration of wildlife between habitat areas, preserves significant watershed areas, shapes the urban form and benefits the citizens of the County through recreation opportunities, scenic vista enhancement and cultural-historic resources preservation. Likewise, open space may be held in small parcels. These parcels are primarily held by individuals or homeowners' associations. These acreages, valuable in the aggregate for their scenic and recreation attributes, generally do not meet the other open space size criteria with which the County's open space program is concerned. It should be noted that the Open Space/Conservation Program Map does not map these parcels. open space areas designated on the program map, whether a large area or a corridor, can be publicly or privately owned and maintained. The County owns and maintains large open space areas like O'Neill Regional Park and Caspers wilderness Park as well as open space corridors such as along Aliso Creek and portions of other stream courses. The State and Federal governments are also holders of large open space areas within the County. The largest open space area in the County, the Cleveland National Forest, is maintained by the Federal government. The RES-8-3 State has jurisdiction over open space areas in the Chino Hills abutting Riverside and San Bernardino Counties and several large State beach parks. The State has plans for further expansion of its holdings within the County (e.g. , Chino Hills) . Significant open space areas are also owned and maintained by private organizations. The Audubon Society owns the Starr Ranch Audubon Sanctuary, a large open space area adjacent to Caspers wilderness Park and the Cleveland National Forest. The private community of Coto de Caza owns a major permanent open space area adjacent to the Starr Ranch Audubon Sanctuary and Caspers Wilderness Park. B. Goals, Objectives and Policies Goals, objectives and policies are those parts of the plan that set in motion private and governmental actions. The goals are broad statements of purpose. The objectives are more measurable targets against which actions may be evaluated. The policies are specific statements that guide the action and provide clear commitment. GOAL 1: Retain the character and natural beauty of the environment through the preservation, conservation and maintenance of open space. Objective 1: To designate open space areas that preserve, conserve, maintain and enhance the significant natural resources and physical features of unincorporated Orange County. Policy 1.1: To guide and regulate development of the unincorporated areas of the County to ensure that the character and �. natural beauty of Orange County is retained. Policy 1.2: To implement the Open Space Component through a program organization capable of conducting multiple projects at priority locations throughout the County and with sufficient resources, authority and responsibility to effectively manage the program. Policy 1.3: To seek out, evaluate and take advantage of special opportunities to obtain open space as these opportunities become available and when the available open space meets or helps to meet established open space goals and objectives. Policy 1.4: To assume a leadership role in establishing and supporting an open space program for Orange County. GOAL 2: Promote the health and safety of Orange County residents and visitors through the regulation and maintenance of open space lands. IRES-8-4 11 Objective 2: To protect life and property by regulating land use in 1� areas subject to flooding, landslides, noise, high fire hazard and high earthquake potential; and to set aside land for human refuge in times of natural disaster. Policy 2.1: To ensure the health and safety of County residents by identifying, planning for and :managing open space areas subject to flooding, landslides, noise, high fire hazards, and earthquake potential. GOAL 3: Conserve open space lands needed for the preservation of natural processes and the managed production of resources. Objective 3: To preserve open space lands that prevent erosion, siltation, flood and drought, and to promote the production of food and fiber products. Policy 3.1: To encourage the conservation of open space lands which prevent erosion, siltation, flood and drought, and to discourage the early conversion of open space to some other land use. Policy 3.2: To ensure the wise use of County resources by identifying, planning or assisting in the planning for and assuming management responsibility when appropriate for open space areas used for the managed production of resources including, but not limited to, forest lands, rangeland, agricultural lands and areas of economic importance for the production of food or fiber; areas required for recharge of groundwater basins; tidelands.- beaches, bays, estuaries, marshes, rivers and streams which are important for the management of commercial fisheries and for beach sand replenishment; and areas containing mineral deposits. GOAL 4: Conserve open space lands needed for recreation, education and scientific activities, as well as cultural-historic preservation. Objective 4: To encourage the conservation of open space lands which provide recreational scenic, scientific and educational opportunities. Policy 4: To plan for the acquisition, development, maintenance, operation and financing of open space lands which provide recreational, scenic, aesthetic, scientific and educational opportunities. C. Open Space/Conservation Program Map The Open Space/Conservation Program Map does not designate land use; rather, it identifies broad open space areas and corridors with physical, cultural or economic attributes which require consideration at subsequent RES-8-5 levels of planning. These open space areas and corridors are regional in nature and are intended to benefit and be enjoyed by the entire population of Orange County. They also enhance or augment regional recreation facilities. The program map does not identify non-regional open space areas and corridors. The scope of non-regional open space is intended primarily for the enjoyment, use and benefit of the neighboring community. Non-regional open space, often referred to as local open space, may link local or community recreation facilities. These areas enhance or augment local recreation facilities. These areas are identified in the Community Profiles, Specific Plans or other development plans. The Open Space/Conservation Program Map is consistent with other elements of the General Plan. The map supports the Recreation Element, the Transportation Element (the Master Plan of Scenic Highways and Master Plan of Countywide Bikeways) and the Natural Resources and Cultural-Historic Resources Components of this element. The map depicts open space areas for regional recreation, greenbelts, wildlife and vegetation habitats, major water courses, agriculture, mineral resources, major watershed and water recharge areas, tidelands, beaches, shoreline areas in need of sand replenishment, stream valleys, scenic and conservation corridors and areas of cultural-historic importance. With the exception of existing regional park facilities, open space areas illustrated on the Open Space/Conserva- tion Program Map (Figure 1) are schematically mapped. Definition of Open Space/Conservation Categories This section describes the open space categories depicted on the open Space/Conservation Program Map. The descriptions provide insight into the physical, recreational, cultural and economic attributes of regional open space areas within the County. Open Space, Conservation and Scenic Corridors - Linear open space features satisfying multiple open space objectives such as shaping urban form, preserving cultural-historic resources, providing recrea- tion linkage between open space nodes, preserving natural processes primarily those relating to the shoreline, watershed areas, establishing a visual sense of co7unity identity, and conserving natural resources and habitat area . Open space corridors may also act as buffers between incompatible land uses or as separation from noise or visual intrusion. Open space corridors may involve a chain of regional recreation facilities such as along Aliso Creek and the Santa Ana River, a stream valley, a series of ridgelines, a linear expanse of agricultural land, a scenic highway corridor or series of riding and hiking trails or off-road bikeways (Class I) . Thest corridors provide valuable conser- vation and protection for wildlife and vegetation habitats, agriculture, groundwater recharge, and promote recreation. Also, open space corridors may include private recreation facilities such as golf corridors or recreational lakes. RES-8- i Open Space and Conservation Nodes - Large tracts of land serving as open space cores, often linked by open space corridors. These core areas contain resource concentrations, existing and proposed regional parks (e.g., O'Neill Regional Park and Limestone Canyon Regional Park) , State and Federal open space areas (e.g., Crystal Cove State Park and the Cleveland National Forest) , and other undeveloped areas with significant scenic, recreation or ecologic values. These nodes are often a focus for riding and hiking trails, bikeways, and critical wildlife and vegetation habitat. These areas provide a focus for natural resource preservation, conservation and protection functions, recreation opportunities, and promote community identity through the shaping of the urban form. As stated, open space nodes include regional parks thus tying the Open Space Component to the Recreation Element. A. regional park is an area of land which offers recreation or scenic attraction of Countywide significance, generally not available in local parks. They are of sufficient size to offer recreation facilities and opportunities that are enjoyed by and benefit the citizens of Orange County. Existing regional parks are regional open space areas which are owned and maintained by the County of Orange for the purpose of meeting the County's open space as well as recreation objectives. A proposed regional park is an open space node or area that meets the County's open space and recreation objectives, but has not been obtained by the County. As acquisition opportunities present them- selves, these important nodes are integrated into the regional recrea- tion network. High-Priority Open Space Areas - Rey open space areas that are subject to multiple public works programs (e.g., parks, trails, scenic highways) , are subject to multi-agency implementation efforts, and/or buffer open space areas of national significance. They are important and valuable because of a high concentration of open space and conservation features such as the presence of a regional recreation facility, critical wildlife or vegetation habitat, major shoreline or watershed area or other important natural resources or processes. These areas are a priority because of the urbanization process that focuses attention upon their open space and conservation characteristics. Open Space High-Priority Areas A list of open space high-priority areas follows. In general, all existing and proposed open space areas depicted on the Open Space/Conservation Program Map possess important open space value to Orange County because they preserve important natural features, provide significant outdoor recreation opportunities, conserve valuable resources (i.e., agricultural, mineral, watershed, wildlife and vegetation habitats, tidelands, beaches and cultural-historic features) , shape and guide urban development and form, and protect public health and safety. RES-S-7 Among these there exist several equally important, open space areas that merit high-priority attention and implementation efforts as may be necessary due to one or more special conditions. These special conditions are: 1. The open space area is subject to or is affected by other public works programs such as existing and proposed regional riding and hiking trails, off-road bikeways, scenic highways, County, State, and/or Federal open space/recreation facilities; or the presence of unique or special physical features such as salt marshes, tide- lands, perennial streams, and freshwater bodies. 2. The open space area has broad based support from diverse organiza- tions such as citizen advocacy groups, corporate non-profit conservation bodies, municipal, County, State, and/or Federal agencies, and/or private landowners. 3. The open space area enhances or buffers an existing open space resource of national significance, i.e., the Cleveland National Forest and coastal zone resources. These high-priority areas identified through the aforementioned criteria are grouped below on the basis of the level of implementation to date. o Largely implemented, with some remaining opportunities for further refinement and expansion: CHINO HILLS - A special open space area providing abundant outdoor recreation opportunities as well as preserving important wildlife and vegetation habitat. The sole opportunity to implement a permanent large open space area in the North County, Chino Hills merits high priority status through the combined efforts of the City of Brea (Brea Wilderness) , City of Yorba Linda (Lomas de Yorba Sur open space) , County of Orange and U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (Carbon Canyon Regional Park) , State of California _ (Chino Hills State Park) and Hills for Everyone, Inc., to create and operate a major recreation/open space area for the benefit of County residents. Reinforcing this high-priority status is the presence of a scenic highway, arterial bikeways, a State park, and a County regional park. SANTA ANA RIVER Greenbelt Corridor - Oldest of the County's greenbelt efforts, the Santa Ana River corridor has largely been implemented through the joint efforts of cities along the river, I the County of Orange Flood Control District, the Harbors, Beaches and Parks District, various water districts, and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. To date, open space and recreation facilities have been implemented along the Santa Ana River including various city parks, Orange County Flood Control District facilities and rights- of-way, four County regional parks, a public beach, regional RES-8-8 i bicycle and riding and hiking trails proposed for linkage to Riverside and San Bernardino Counties, and various water district facilities. The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers is proposing to undertake a major flood control improvement project along the river in which various recreation amenities are envisioned. Opportunities for additional open space acquisitions may arise with this project, in connection with future private project approvals along the river. The Santa Ana River merits high- priority open space implementation efforts due to the success of the multi-agency efforts in creating the existing and proposed public facilities described above. o Implementation underway with significant opportunities for further refinement and expansion: ALISO CREEK CORRIDOR - A nineteen-mile greenbelt linking the Cleveland National Forest to the Pacific Ocean. This area is the subject of the Aliso Creek Corridor Specific Plan (Concept) . Aliso Creek Corridor merits high-priority status due to the presence of scenic highways, arterial bikeways, regional riding and hiking trails, various local and community parks, and three existing and proposed County regional parks (Whiting Ranch, Aliso/Wood Canyons and Aliso Beach Park) . Portions of trails and parks within the corridor have been funded with grants from a variety of State and Federal sources. The corridor links the Laguna Greenbelt with the Cleveland National Forest, thus connecting the County's largest coastal and inland open space areas. Areas approaching and surrounding CASPERS WILDERNESS PAPE including San Juan Creek Corridor - Caspers Wilderness Park and environs provides outdoor recreation opportunities in a "wilderness" setting. The park and the adjacent Audubon property r constitute the most substantial opportunity to buffer the Cleveland National Forest in the Southeast County. San Juan Creek open space corridor straddling Ortega Highway constitutes one of the major national forest gateways, and opportunities exist to expand Caspers Wilderness Park downstream to enhance and preserve the overall gateway effect to Caspers Wilderness Park and the Cleveland National Forest. This area is valuable because of its scenic qualities, recreation opportunities, and for the preservation of important ecological habitats. The Caspers Wilderness Park area merits high-priority status through the combined efforts of County of Orange (Caspers Wilderness Park) , U.S. Department of Agriculture (Cleveland National Forest) , the National Audubon Society (Starr Ranch Audubon Sanctuary) , and adjacent private landowners to create and operate a major conser- vation and recreation open space area for the benefit of County residents. Reinforcing this high-priority status is the presence of existing and proposed regional riding and hiking trails, off- road bikeways, a scenic highway, perennial streams, a private RES-8-9 ecological preserve, a County wilderness park, and a Federal open spare area. LAGUNA GREENBELT - Proposed as the County's largest coastal open space/recreation area, Laguna Greenbelt is the subject of the Irvine Coast Local Coastal Program (LCP) , the Aliso Remainder LCP, the Laguna Beach LCP, the South Laguna LCP, the Aliso Creek Corridor Specific Plan (Concept) , the Laguna Greenbelt Final Report, the Aliso Greenbelt Management Plan, the Aliso Greenbelt Development and Operations Plan, the Aliso Beach Park General Development Plan, and the Crystal Cove State Park General Development Plan. Laguna Greenbelt is recognized statewide for its outstanding scenic and conservation aspects and its valuable wildlife and vegetation habitats. One of the few opportunities to implement a permanent large open space and recreation area along the South Orange County coast, Laguna Greenbelt merits high-priority status through the combined efforts of the Cities of Laguna Beach, Newport Beach, and Irvine, the South Laguna Civic Association, the County of Orange (Aliso/Wood Canyons Regional Park, Laguna Niguel Regional Park, Aliso Beach Park, the Irvine coast open space, and the proposed Laguna/Laurel Canyons Regional Park) , the State Coastal Conservancy, the State Coastal Commission, the State Department of Parks and Recreation (Crystal Cove State Park) Laguna Greenbelt, Inc., Friends of the Irvine Coast, Inc., and in excess of fifteen private landowners, particularly the Mission Viejo and Irvine Companies. Reinforcing this high-priority status is the presence of three scenic highways, various arterial bikeways and regional riding and hiking trails, five existing and �. proposed County regional parks and open spaces, and a State park. Open space buffer lands adjacent to the ORANGE COUNTY SHORELINE The Orange County coast is recognized world-wide for its broad �. sandy beaches in the North County, its rocky cliffs and promontories punctuated with spectacular, isolated pocket coves in the South County, its delicate tidelands, marine life refuges, and the various wetlands, bays, viewpoints, and harbors along the coast. Preservation of bluffs and views accessible from public rights-of-way, maintenance and refurbishment of piers and boardwalks, maintenance dredging of harbors and bays, restoration of degraded wetlands, replenishment of beach sands, provision of vistapoints, beach parks and parking facilities, and provision of adequate pedestrian rights-of-way and accessways to all public tidelands present opportunities for additional open space buffers to enhance and protect this resource of national significance. The County shoreline open space buffer merits high-priority status due to its national significance and because of the combined efforts of numerous Federal, State, regional, and local agencies and various citizens groups to manage and preserve this major RES-8-10 conservation and recreation resource for the benefit of the nation's residents. Reinforcing this high-priority status is the presence of existing and proposed arterial bikeways, scenic highways, and many municipal, County, State, and Federal parks, harbors, accessways, viewpoints, preserves, wildlife refuges, wetlands, and/or other beach related public facilities wildlife and the County's Local Coastal Program planning efforts. o Early stages of implementation with greatest opportunities for success. BOLSA CHICA - One of the few opportunities to preserve a permanent large open space area along the North Orange coast, Bolsa Chica merits high-priority status due to the combined efforts of the City of Huntington Beach (Huntington Beach Central Park) , the County of Orange (proposed Bolsa Chica Linear Regional Park and Bolsa Chica Harbor) , the State of California (Bolsa Chica State Beach and Bolsa Chica Ecological Reserve) , Signal Landmark, Inc., and Amigos de Bolsa Chica, Inc., to create a major permanent water-oriented open space area for the benefit of County residents. Reinforcing this high-priority status is the presence of a scenic highway, arterial bikeways, a State ecological reserve, a landowner commitment to double the size of the reserve in return for development approvals on the balance of the property, and the proposed Bolsa Chica Linear Regional Park. Open space buffer lands adjacent to the CLEVELAND NATIONAL ' FOREST - Most of America's national forests are located in rural areas, and very few urban counties in the United States possess an urban national forest. The presence of the Cleveland National Forest in Orange County is a unique legacy which merits special efforts to buffer this nationally significant open space resource from potential land use conflicts that can arise from urbanizing right to the forest boundary. A substantial open space buffer is needed along the forest boundary to minimize inherent conflicts between urbanization and forest wildlife resources, and to reduce the potential impacts on urbanization that can arise from wildfires, flooding, landslides, erosion and siltation. In addition, the mountainous terrain within the Cleveland National Forest is very steep, and few opportunities exist to develop access points or staging areas inside the forest. The foothills abutting the forest boundary possess outstanding scenic qualities and significant watershed and wildlife habitat for mountain lion, deer, hawks, and eagles. Moreover, they contain more gentle terrain that presents opportunities to provide adequate access points and staging areas for forest-related recreation. The Cleveland National Forest buffer area merits high-priority status due to the combined efforts of the County of Orange (Caspers Wilderness Park, Robinson Ranch Open Space, O'Neill Regional Park, and the proposed Limestone and Whiting Ranch Regional Parks) , the U.S. Department of Agriculture (Cleveland RES-8-11 National Forest) , and the National Audubon Society (Audubon Sanctuary at Starr Ranch) , to create and operate a major conserva- tion and recreation open space area for the benefit of the nation's residents. Reinforcing this high-priority status is the presence of existing and proposed regional riding and hiking trails, arterial bikeways, scenic highways, the Starr Ranch Audubon Sanctuary, and existing and proposed County regional parks in close proximity. UPPER NEWPORT BAY - A significant resource area that is valuable as a wildlife refuge, a recreation area, and for its archaeo- logical and paleontological resources. One of the few opportunities to implement a permanent large open space area along the Central Orange coast, Upper Newport Bay merits high-priority status through the combined efforts of the City of Newport Beach and County of Orange (various jointly-owned parksites) , County of Orange (Dunes Aquatic Park) , State of California (Upper Newport Bay Ecological Reserve) and the Friends of Upper Newport Bay, j Inc., to create a major permanent water-oriented open space area for the benefit of County residents. Reinforcing this high- priority status is the presence of a scenic highway, arterial bikeways, existing and proposed regional riding and hiking trails, a State ecological preserve, a large body of water with marshlands, and the proposed Upper Newport Bay Regional Park. UPPER SANTIAGO CANYON and environs - The Upper Santiago Canyon area is proposed as the County's largest inland open space/recrea- tion corridor, linking the proposed Limestone Canyon/Whiting Ranch Regional Park complex with the Irvine Park/proposed villa Park Basin, Peters Canyon and Weir Canyon Regional Park complex. Upper Santiago Canyon open space corridor affords buffering and gateway opportunities at points along the Cleveland National Forest boundary in the Central County and is easily accessible to residents of the County's largest cities. The area includes Orange County's largest lake, Santiago Reservoir. When combined with the proposed Limestone Canyon Regional Park, Santiago Reservoir presents a centrally located opportunity to establish the County's largest active urban recreation area, modelled after Griffith Park in Los Angeles. Upper Santiago Canyon and environs merit high-priority status due to the presence of a scenic highway, arterial bikeways, existing and proposed regional riding and hiking trails, and six existing and proposed County regional parks. o Other open space opportunities through specialized treatments and cooperative efforts. URBANIZED AREAS - High-priority open space opportunities within the County's urbanized areas are very limited. Most remaining large open space parcels are already planned for urban development. This situation is most evident in the urbanized RES-8-12 LNorthwest County, where the West Orange County Regional Parks Study of 1978 concluded that due to dwindling vacant land at prohibitively high cost, no unidentified opportunities for new regional parks exist. Still, there are existing regional parks (Los Coyotes, Mile Square, Craig, etc.) and trails within Northwest County. More importantly, there are also proposed regional parks (Los Alamitos Armed Forces Reserve Center, Olinda landfill site, etc.) and trail opportunities located there. Due to the limited availability of large open space parcels as urban infilling proceeds in the County's urbanized areas, many design opportunities exist to create small-scale internal and perimeter open spaces in future development projects. Generous landscaping of these areas can enhance local ventilation, ameliorate local microclimates, reduce erosion, improve local wildlife habitat, and visually buffer high density land uses by instilling a sense of human privacy and garden ambiance. So too can small open spaces be optically magnified by deployment of reflective building exteriors. The use of mirrors or dark glass on buildings, for example, can optically magnify the space between buildings, reflect the sky and surrounding terrain, and optically multiply the number of adjacent trees. These effects can produce pleasing aesthetic and psychological benefits for man. Owing to the lack of open space opportunities in urbanized areas, the County's open space program places high-priority on encouraging urban design that generates internal and peripheral ' open spaces, generous landscaping, variable building heights, angles, and setbacks, and the deployment of natural materials and/or reflective surfaces on building exteriors. These benefits shall be sought through a combination of consultation and coordination with incorporated cities, pursuing EIR mitigations, and requiring such enhancements in the site plan review process. Though the opportunities for open space preservation are limited, the urbanized areas do deserve high-priority status because imple- mentation efforts will require the cooperative efforts and inter- action of many organizations, citizen groups, City and County governments, State and/or Federal agencies, and/or private land- owners. i RES-8-13 D. Implementation Programs 1. Acquisition Program a. Description: The Acquisition Program implements the open Space/Conservation Program Map, supports the other four components of this element and assists in the implementation of the goals, objectives and policies of the Recreation Element. Implementation of this program occurs either through the negotiation of fee or easement dedication of open space, followed by the expeditious handling/processing of open space dedications, through the purchase of open space lands, or through donation of open space lands. b. Action: 1) Negotiate the location, shape, size, configuration, treatment, improvements, buffering and quality of title for open space dedications 2) Direct the offer and acceptance of open space dedication as follows: a) Historic easements, resource/preservation easements, and scenic easements without County maintenance responsibilities are to be dedicated and accepted when required by the County but no later than final subdivision maps for residential projects or building permits for non- residential projects. b) When regional parks or regional open spaces are proposed to mitigate project impacts► the offer of dedication shall be made concurrent with the approval of the project or at such later time as approved by the Planning Commission or Board of Supervisors when the project is approved by that body. The boundaries of such offers may be refined , through the tentative tract map process. c) All other offers of dedication shall be made no later than recordation of a final map or application for building permits when no subdivision is required. A separate recorded instrument will be required to offer the dedication if no final map is required. d) Fee dedication, recreation easements, and landscape maintenance easements requiring County maintenance are to be accepted based upon financial capability of the grantee (County or its designee) . RES-8-14 e) offers of dedication are placed in a land bank inventory maintained by the EMA and reviewed annually by the Board of Supervisors for selection of offers of dedication to be accepted based on the financial capability of the grantee to assume ongoing operation and maintenance costs. f) A11 offers of dedication shall be irrevocable. 3) open space purchase opportunities are accomplished as follows: a) Purchase opportunities are identified in the Board approved 5 Year Capital Projects Program. b) EMA requests GSA to undertake the necessary steps to acquire the open space. c) GSA and EMA report to the Board of Supervisors requesting action. d) The Board of Supervisors takes an action. 4) open space donation opportunities are accomplished as follows: a) Donor offers to dedicate fee on easement lands not �. associated with any development entitlements. b) EMA requests GSA to undertake the necessary steps to acquire the open space. c) GSA and EMA report to the Board of Supervisors requesting action. d) The Board of Supervisors takes an action. �\ c. New or Existing Program: Existing d. Implementation Schedule: ongoing e. Responsible Agencies: 1) General Services Agency 2) Environmental Management Agency f. Source of Funds: 1) Harbors, Beaches & Parks District 2) County General Fund 3) County Service Area Funds 4) Developer Endowments 5) Gifts RES-8-15 2. Development Program a. Description: The Development Program provides for orderly improvement of landscape maintenance easements, recreation easements, and fee open space lands through design and construction of facilities to enhance their public use and enjoyment. No public access is anticipated in historic, resource preservation or scenic easements and, therefore, no development program is needed for these areas. The emphasis of this program is to preserve recreation easements and fee open space lands largely in their natural state by limiting construction of improvements to trails, overlooks, and staging areas, thus avoiding more costly, maintenance-intensive improvements that are typical of regional parks. Design and construction of open space improvements are undertaken in one of two ways: 1) Negotiation with developers to provide open space improvements as conditions of approval. In this context, developers design and construct improvements to County specifications and approval, and dedicate them to the County along with the open space. 2) County provides open space improvements with public funds or by coordinating donations of same. In this context, design and construction projects are prioritized and scheduled in the Board approved 5 Year Capital Projects Program and/or described in detail in annual updates of the EMA-Open Space/Recreation/Special Districts Program Office Program Report. b. Action: 1) In the case of developer provided improvements, negotiate necessary agreements with developers for the design and construction of open space improvements, and secure bonding to guarantee their installation. 2) In the case of County-installed improvements: (a) Annually update 5 Year Capital Projects Program, and/or (b) Annually update EMA-Open Space/Recreation/Special Districts Program Office Program Report. (c) Coordinate with EMA-Regulation, Public Works and Planning for the design and construction of projects. RES-8-16 c. New or Existing Program: Existing d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing. Annually update the 5 Year Capital Projects Program and the EMA- Open Space/Recreation/Special Districts Program Office Program Report. e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency f. Source of Funds: See Program No. 4, Financing Program. RES-8-17 3. Operation and Maintenance (0&M) Program a. Description: Consistent with the Development Program, which calls for very limited design and construction of facilities on open space lands, the 0&M Program recognizes that many open space parcels are endowed with natural biotic and topographic resources that are largely self-maintaining. Since these natural resources possess significant aesthetic appeal and constitute the principal open space attractions in and of themselves, the O&M Program emphasizes a large degree of passive maintenance, allowing these resources to experience natural processes and to evolve through time with minimum interference, domestication, and construction of man-made attractions. This helps to minimize perpetual 0&M costs per acre, allowing actual expenditures to be focused largely on maintenance of trails and related facilities. The Board of Supervisors has mandated that acceptance of fee and easement open space dedications be closely geared to the County's ability to finance perpetual 0&M costs. For this reason, revenue projections are completed with each annual update of the Board approved 5 Year Capital Projects Program, Operation and Maintenance Financing Plan, and the County Service Area budgets. These projections indicate the availability of future O&M funding for existing and new facilities. Revenues above and beyond current 0&M needs indicate when new open space lands can be accepted and maintained in perpetuity. Since the emphasis of the O&M Program is on minimal disturbance and maintenance of open space, per acre costs are minimized. This can permit acceptance of new dedications when possible during the annual review of the open space land bank referenced in the Acquisition Program. b. Action: 1) Operate and maintain open space facilities with minimal disturbance of natural resources and at minimum per acre cost. 2) Annually update 5 Year Operation and Maintenance Financing Plan and revenue projections. Excess revenues above current 0W needs, and 0&M gifts, will indicate ability of County to accept new open space dedications at time of annual land bank review. 3) Assume new O&M responsibilities, when possible, based on excess revenues, if any, detected in item 2 above. c. New or Existing Program: Existing RES-8-18 d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing. Annually update of the Board approved 5 Year Capital Projects Program and the Operation and Maintenance Financing Plan. e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency f. Source of Funds: 1) Harbors, Beaches & Parks District Operating Fund 2) County Service Area Funds 3) Special Districts Augmentation Fund 4) Gifts RES-8-19 4. Financing Program a. Description: The Financing Program provides the financial planning basis for the acquisition, development, operation and maintenance of regional open space lands, including regional open space corridors, parks, harbors, beaches, riding and hiking trails and Class I off-road bikeways. This program includes a 5 Year Capital Projects Program and an Operation and Maintenance Financing Plan both updated annually by the Harbors, Beaches and Parks District (HBPD) . This plan identifies the fiscal capacity of the HBPD to acquire, develop, operate and maintain new regional open space lands and facilities. b. Action: 1) Annually update the Board approved 5 Year Capital Projects Program and the Operation and Maintenance Financing Plan. 2) Annually update the EMA-Director approved EMA-Open Space/Recreation/Special Districts Program Office Program Report. 3) Coordinate with EMA-Regulation, Public Works and Planning for the acquisition, development, operation and maintenance of open space and/or open space improvements. c. New or Existing Program: Existing d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency f. Source of Funds: 1) Harbors, Beaches & Parks District 2) Dana Point Harbor Tidelands Fund 3) Newport Bay Tidelands Fund 4) Sunset Beach Tidelands Fund 5) Off-Road Vehicle Fund 6) Federal Revenue Sharing Fund 7) Fish and Game Propagation Fund 8) Santa Ana River Environmental Enhancement Fund 9) Special District Augmentation Funds 10) User Fees 11) Concession Income 12) Grant Revenues 13) County General Fund 14) County Services Area Funds 15) Developer Endowments 16) Gifts RES-8-2 0 APPENDIX 1 OPEN SPACE DEDICATION DEFINITIONS A. Overview There are two types of open space dedications commonly utilized for the acquisition of open space: fee dedication and easement dedication. Dedications may be irrevocably offered for dedication and accepted at a later date or accepted at the outset. Following are definitions of the types of dedications used by the County. Fee dedication transfers owner- ship to the grantee while easement dedication does not transfer ownership. B. Definitions a. Fee Dedication: Under fee dedication, the County or its designee receives clear title _ to the designated open space in perpetuity. Generally, the property- owner dedicates to the grantee or its designee fee title free of liens, encumbrances, assessments, fees, easements, leases (recorded or unrecorded) and taxes in a form suitable for recordation. b. Easement Dedication: 1) Resource Preservation Easement The resource preservation easement (formerly either the open space or conservation easement) serves to protect natural resources 1 (e.g., native and exotic vegetation, major ridgelines, bluffs, in their natural state) , provides an open space transition area at the private/public property interface, and limits uses to those areas which are recreational in nature and improvements intended to retain open space character. Development of any form is prohibited within resource preservation easements. 2) Scenic Easement The scenic easement serves to restrict alterations by the underlying fee owner of the natural scenic and/or manufactured landform through grading operations, structural development, storage and/or placement of fill material, equipment and/or building materials, removal of or damage to vegetation (native and/or exotic) , rock outcroppings, etc. Development within said easement areas shall be restricted to 15 percent of said easement area encumbering any individual lot and may include open fencing which does not constitute a visual barrier or wall impeding wild- life circulation, necessary flood control works and regional riding and hiking trails. Residential development of any form is prohibited within scenic easements. RES-8-21 I 3) Recreation Easement A recreation easement is intended to provide a perpetual easement over an area designated for public use including regional and/or local riding and hiking trails and staging areas on privately- owned land. 4) Historical Preservation Easement , An historic preservation easement serves to protect historically and architecturally significant buildings and their settings. It operates like a resource preservation easement by protecting open space, biological resources, historic and scenic views, and the surroundings of culturally significant buildings and/or structures through restricted development rights. This easement also incor- porates provisions of the exterior architectural facade easement by protecting the outside appearance of historically and architec- turally significant buildings or structures. 5) Landscape Maintenance Easement A landscape maintenance easement allows the County or its designated maintenance agency (County Service Area) to enter a property held in fee title by a landowner or his assigns and successors for the purpose of maintenance, repair, refurbishment and general care and upkeep of landscaping and irrigation systems. CL:jcPA44-13 RES-8-22 8280 APPENDIX 2 DESCRIPTION OF FINANCING PROGRAM FUNDS Overview The primary funding source for the acquisition, development, operation and maintenance of regional open space areas comes from the Harbors, Beaches and Parks District funds. These funds are derived from property tax revenue under a formula share allocation of the property tax base as adopted by State legislation. The following describes other funding sources that support the acquisition, development, operation and maintenance of regional and non-regional open space areas. a. Dana Point Harbor Tidelands Fund: This funding source is derived from revenues generated through fees and concessionaire rents at Dana Point Harbor. Most of the harbor is on State tidelands held in trust by the County; therefore, most rent and concession revenue is credited to the tidelands fund with remainder revenues credited to the Harbor , Beaches and Parks District. b. Newport Bay Tidelands Fund: This funding is derived from revenues generated by rents, concessions, off-shore moorings and guest slips. c. Sunset Beach Tidelands Fund: This funding is derived from oil lease revenues. d. Off-Road Vehicle Fund: The State of California levies a license fee for all off-road recreation vehicles a portion of which is received by the County and deposited in this fund. e. Federal Revenue Sharing Fund: Federal funds received by the County and earmarked for specific regional recreation projects. f. Fish and Game Propagation Fund: This fund is created by obtaining one-half of fines and forfeiture collected by the State for Fish & Game Code violations. g. Santa Ana River Environmental Enhancement Fund: Fund established by agreement between the Board of Supervisors (Flood Control District) and the Orange County Water District. RES-8-23 h. Special District Augmentation Funds: This fund was established by State legislation (AB 8) to ease the financial burden on special districts created by limitations on property tax revenues resulting from Proposition 13. i. User Fees: These fees are established to offset the cost of operating and maintaining regional recreation facilities. Examples of such fees are day use parking fee, overnight camping fees and fees collected from coastal recreational facilities. j . Concession Income: Concessionaire leases may be offered on open space lands to provide basic public recreation services such as a golf course. Leases may also be offered for agricultural/horticultural purposes. In addition, concessionaire leases which supplement the recreation intent of a particular regional recreational facility may be offered. Examples include concession stands at regional parks and stores and restaurants at the County harbors. k. Grant Revenues: State and Federal assistance programs provide grant funds to local governments for recreational projects meeting specific criteria. CL:k1PA45-21 RES-8-24 8281 CHAPTER NINE: CULTURAL AND HISTORIC RESOURCES COMPONENT A. Overview 1. Background Cultural and historic resources are buildings, structures, objects, sites, and districts of cultural, historic, archaeological, historic architectural, historic preservation, and/or paleontological significance. For the purposes of this document, paleontological sites fall under cultural resources. National: Early efforts to preserve cultural and historic resources at the national level are exemplified by the action of the Mount Vernon Ladies' Association in the mid 1850's when they succeeded in preserving a nationally significant building threatened with demolition for a new resort hotel complex. The threatened building was George Washington's Mount Vernon. Systematic federal involvement began with the passage of the Antiquities Act of 1906, designed to protect Indian ruins and relics in the Southwest. In 1935, the Historic Sites Act was passed by Congress to further federal preservation efforts, to consolidate them in the National Park Service of the Interior Department, to create some related jobs, and to establish the National Historic Landmarks program. Several projects were undertaken in Orange County. In 1966, the keystone of contemporary federal preservation efforts became law, the National Historic Preservation Act (NHPA) . This act established the current programs and funding. It delineated procedures and methods for both the environmental planning approach and the economic incentives approach to preservation. Both approaches are used in Orange County. For example, road, block grant, and redevelopment projects are reviewed via the environmental planning approach during project review. Similarly, many historic buildings are rehabilitated with the assistance of economic incentives; that is, special tax credits, low interest loans, and grants. Numerous other laws have been passed (e.g., National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)) and agencies have developed staff and procedures to deal with environmental regulations, primarily regarding archaeology. The biggest federal boost to historic preservation came with the Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981 which established a 25 percent investment tax credit for rehabilitating a historic building. State: As with federal preservation efforts, State level preservation in California is focused in the parks department. State historic parks, such as the gold rush town of Columbia in the foothills of the Sierras, were first established in the late 1920s. In California, the State Historic Preservation Office (SHPO) , which administers both federal and RES-9-1 w State preservation programs in California, is organizationally within the State Department of Parks and Recreation. Planning-related preservation activities are performed by a variety of State agencies, with principal local liaison from SHPO, and coordination with the State Office of Planning and Research and Department of Transportation. Since the mid-1960s, most financial incentives for preservation have been granted by the federal government through the SHPO to local governments and private entities in the! form of grants or tax credits. In Orange County, State involvement in cultural resources has several forms. The California Environmental Quality Act: (CEQA) adopted in 1970 provides a mechanism for the consideration of cultural-historic resources as a part of the local environmental review process. Grants through the State Department of Parks and Recreation and SHPO have been received for historic surveys and acquisition and development projects. SHPO reviews private historic rehabilitation projects and, with other state agencies, participates in the environmental review process on projects such as roads. Quasi-public: The principal quasi-public preservation entity is the National Trust for Historic Preservation, established by Congress in 1949. In recent years, numerous "preservation" projects have been undertaken by private entities and local jurisdictions through a combination of federal funding sources (e.g., Housing and Urban Development, Revenue Sharing, NHPA, or federal tax credits) and local or private sources. The number of local preservation organizations in the U.S. has expanded tenfold in the last fifteen years. Many are partially grant funded. Numerous local governments have established cultural resource preservation commissions during this time to deal with increased public interest, environmental regulations, funding opportunities, and projects such as house museums, historic surveys, and preservation ordinances. In Orange County, there are over sixty organizations which promote the preservation and study of cultural and scientific resources in the County. Local: i Orange County has a rich storehouse of cultural and scientific resources, beginning with prehistoric fossils and artifacts and carrying on through the historically and architecturally significant sites and buildings of the past two-hundred years. These resources are important for academic research and publications, for the education of school children and the general public, and for their cultural, social, and economic values. Efforts to preserve these resources in Orange County started in 1897 when the first preservation organization in California, the Landmark's Club of Southern California selected as its first project the Mission San Juan Capistrano. The twentieth century has seen museum development (such as the Bowers) , the flourishing of numerous historical societies, RES-9-2 the adoption of cultural environmental policies by the Board of Supervisors, the emergence of advocacy and fund-raising groups, and the undertaking of private historic rehabilitation projects as well as academic/research excavations. Preservation of Orange County's significant archaeological, paleontological and historical resources in a manner that both preserves the site and is compatible with development is desirable. The County encourages early identification of significant resources in order that cultural resources can be given major consideration in land use planning. The initial identification and evaluation of significant resources is enhanced through the use of the County's computerized environmental mapping system: the Master Environmental Assessment (MEA) . The MEA assists in the planning process by identifying areas that may or may not be sensitive to cultural-historic resources (or other important environmental concerns) . The Board of Supervisors has taken a number of actions in the past ten years in this regard establishing goals and policies, many of which are the bases for this component. The principal actions are: Resolution 77-866 (Archaeo/Paleo Preservation Plan) ; Resolution 80-27 (Historical Commission) ; Resolution 82-583 (Historic Resources Management Plan) ; and Resolution 83-607 (Archives) . Conclusion: Although both funding and policy direction emanate from the federal and State levels, most preservation activity has occurred at the local level. First, preservation activity focused on grants, then on compliance with environmental regulations. While these activities are still important parts of a cultural/historic resources program, the emphasis now is on financial incentives. While most of this work has been quasi-public/private, the focus in the past two years has shifted away from federal and State environmental regulation compliance and toward private sector utilization of the tax credits in rehabilitating historic buildings and private organization fund-raising. 2. Purpose The primary purpose of the Cultural and Historic Resources Component is to present the substantive content of pertinent Board resolutions and other laws and policies which address archaeological, paleontological, and historic resources. This presentation assumes a goals - objectives -policies structure and is followed by a description of each implementation program. The Cultural and Historic Resources Component presents goals, objectives, policies and corresponding implementation programs. It clarifies existing Board direction, priorities, and resource management steps regarding the identification, evaluation, preservation, and development of cultural resources. RES-9-3 B. Goals, Objectives and Policies 1. Goal: To raise the awareness and appreciation of Orange County's cultural and historic heritage. Objectives: a. Facilitate and participate in activities that inform people about the social, cultural, economic, and scientific values of Orange County's heritage. b. Work through the Orange County Historical Commission in the areas of history, paleontology, archaeology, and historical preservation. Policies: a. To stimulate and encourage financial support for projects in the public and private sector. b. To coordinate countywide programs and be the liaison for local organizations. c. To advise and aid the public and private sectors in meeting museum needs and finding funding sources for same. d. To stimulate and encourage research, writing and publication of articles on Orange County subjects. e. To develop and maintain a County archive for historically valuable records. f. To encourage and facilitate cooperative among local historical societies. 2. Goal: To encourage through a resource management effort the preservation of the county's cultural and historic heritage. Objectives: a. Promote the preservation and use of buildings, sites, structures, objects and districts of importance in Orange County through the administration of planning, environmental, and resource management programs. b. Take all reasonable and proper steps to achieve the preservation of archaeological and paleontological remains, or their recovery and analysis to preserve cultural, scientific and education values. RES-9-4 c. Take all reasonable and proper steps to achieve the preservation and use of significant historic resources including properties of historic, historic architectural, historic archaeological, and/or historic preservation value. d. Provide assistance to County agencies in evaluating the cultural environmental impact of proposed projects and reviewing EIRs. e. Provide incentives to encourage greater private sector participation in historic preservation. Policies: The following policies addressing archaeological, paleontological and historical resources shall be implemented at appropriate stage(s) of planning, coordinated with the processing of a project application, as follows: a. Identification of resources shall be completed at the earliest stage of project planning and review such as general plan amendment or zone change. b. Evaluation of resources shall be completed at intermediate stages of project planning and review such as site plan review, subdivision map approval, or at an earlier stage of project review. c. Final preservation actions shall be completed at final stages of project planning and review such as grading, demolition, or at an earlier stage of project review. I Archaeological Resources (1) To identify archaeological resources through literature and records research and surface surveys. (2) To evaluate archaeological resources through subsurface �. testing to determine significance and extent. (3) To observe and collect archaeological resources during the grading of a project. (4) To preserve archaeological resources by: (a) Maintaining them in an undisturbed condition, or (b) Excavating and salvaging materials and information in a scientific manner. II. Paleontological Resources ' (1) To identify paleontological resources through literature and records research and surface surveys. RES-9-5 (2) To monitor and salvage paleontological resources during the grading of a project. (3) To preserve paleontological resources by maintaining them in an undisturbed condition. III. Historic Resources (1) To identify historic resources through literature and records research and/or on-site surveys. (2) To evaluate historic resources through comparative analysis, or through subsurface or materials testing. (3) To preserve significant historic resources by one or a combination of the following alternatives, as agreed upon by EMA and the project sponsor: (a) Adaptive reuse of historic resource. (b) Maintaining the historic resource in an undisturbed condition. (c) Moving the historic resource and arranging for its treatment. (d) Salvage and conservation of significant elements of the historic resources. (e) Documentation (i.e., research narrative, graphics, photography) of the historic resource prior to destruction. Goal: To preserve and enhance buildings, structures, objects, sites and districts of cultural and historic significance. Objectives: a. Undertake actions to identify, preserve, and develop unique and significant cultural and historic resources. b. Develop and maintain a County archive for historically valuable records, thereby promoting knowledge and understanding of the origins, programs, and goals of the County of Orange. Policies: a. To pursue grants and innovative funding strategies for acquisition or development of significant properties. b. To develop, utilize, and promote effective technical conservation and restoration strategies. RES-9-6 c. To appraise, collect, organize, describe, preserve, and make available County of Orange records of permanent, historical value. d. To serve as a research center for the study of County history. RES-9-7 I C. Implementation Program* 1. Advisory Bodies Program a. Description: Provide for and assist cultural resource advisory bodies. b. Action: i. Provide policy direction and staff support for Orange County Historical Commission and Historical Records Commission. ii. Provide policy direction and staff support for advisory bodies of a temporary nature such as task forces or ad hoc committees. c. New or Existing Program: Existing d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency f. Source of Funds: 1) County General Fund 2) Grants 3) Harbors, Beaches and Parks District 4) Private Donations *Listed in alphabetical order. RES-9-8 i 2. Archaeo/Paleo Certification Program a. Description: Administer program for certification of professionals in fields of archaeology and paleontology. b. Action: i. Coordinate and perform review of resumes submitted by applicants. ii. Present to Planning Commission for action. iii. Maintain, update, and distribute list and resume file for client use. c. New or Existing Program: Existing d. Implementation Schedule: ongoing e Responsible Agencies: 1) Environmental Management Agency 1 2) Planning Commission f. Source of Funds: County General Fund RES-9-9 1 3. Archive Program a. Description: Develop and operate a County archive to preserve for research use those historically valuable materials which document the origins, activities, and achievements of they County. b. Action: i. Provide facility for the storage and preservation of County records of historic significance. ii. Develop and conduct inter-agency program to train records coordinators. iii. Provide access to records for researchers and interested public. c. New or Existing Program: New d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing ' e. Responsible Agencies: 1) General Services Agency-Records Retention Center 2) Environmental Management Agency f. Source of Funds: 1) Grants 2) County General Fund RES-9-10 r 4. County Historical Parks and Facilities Program a. Description: Provide for and administer a parks program which includes the preservation, restoration and use of cultural and historical properties; and promote the development and operation of County interpretive sites of cultural-historic significance. b. Action: i. Coordinate efforts among County agencies to identify and acquire, as County parks, significant cultural resources. ii. Plan, develop and operate County parks to enhance and preserve cultural resources. c. New or Existing Program: Existing Id. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency f. Source of Funds: 1) Harbors, Beaches and Parks District 2) Grants 3) Leases r r RES-9-11 5. Countywide Historic Survey Program a. Description: Administer program for identification of historically significant properties. Promote and facilitate use of the survey material in related planning programs. b. Action: i. Provide information and encouragement to local groups to expand the existing historic survey program. ii. Provide contract administration, technical expertise, and data storage and retrieval for survey materials. iii. Provide information to local planning departments to encourage surveying by cities. c. New or Existing Program: Existing d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing ' e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency f. Source of Funds: 1) Housing and Community Development Block Grants 1 2) Other Grants 3) Private Donations 4) Private Development Fees 5) Specific Public Projects RES-9-12 6. Cultural/Scientific and Historic Resource Management Program a. Description: Review public and private development proposals for their consideration of cultural resources and recommend measures to mitigate adverse effects, in accordance with California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) , Master Environmental Assessment and Board policy. b. Action: i. Review/coordinate review of EIRs to address cultural resources and ' provide comments and recommendations to the lead agency/responsible office. ii. Monitor the development process to ensure protection of cultural resources. iii. Research and prepare cultural resource reports for County projects. iv. Respond to inquiries from the public. v. Maintain historic, archaeological, and paleontological files and maps. c. New or Existing Program: Existing ' d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency f. Source of Funds: 1) County General Fund 2) Private Donations 3) Specific Public Projects (roads, parks) 4) Project Developer Fees. RES-9-13 1 ' 7. Information Clearinghouse Program a. Description: Provide information clearinghouse and technical advisory services regarding registration, design, finance, construction, management and use of cultural resources. These services are provided to a wide-spectrum clientele including County offices, private developers, planning and engineering firms, investment counselors; archaeologists, paleontologists, historians; and local jurisdictions (planning departments, redevelopment agencies) . b. Action: i. Gather information from a wide variety of cultural heritage resource persons/organizations and maintain files for their use. ii. Respond to requests for information, distribute information, refer public inquiries to other sources and organizations. iii. Provide speakers for a variety of conferences, seminars, workshops, and presentations. iv. Maintain and distribute lists of consultants, professionals, and information sources to cultural heritage resource persons and others. c. New or Existing Program: Existing d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency f. Source of Funds: 1) County General Fund 2) Private Donations 3) Project Developer Fees RES-9-14 8. Local Historical Organizations Liaison Program a. Description: Provide a communication network through the Orange County Federation of Historical Organizations, periodic newsletters, and meetings. b. Action: i. Facilitate communication between County historical groups by gathering and disseminating information. ii. Maintain detailed listing of all County historical organizations. Update and distribute listing regularly. iii. Produce and distribute a quarterly newsletter. iv. Organize and conduct semi-annual workshops/meetings on topics of historical interest. c. New or Existing Program: Existing d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency f. Source of Funds: 1) County General Fund 2) Private Donations 3) Grants RES-9-15 9. Museum Function Assistance Program a. Description: Work with organizations and businesses on historical interpretive projects and fund-raising. b. Action: i. Provide direction and encouragement to organizations in the area of natural history and history museum planning and fund-raising. ii. Provide liaison with the Natural History Foundation, Old Courthouse Museum Society, and other organizations in their efforts to raise funds and public support for natural history and history museum facilities. iii. Assist in coordination of storage space for the warehousing of archaeological and paleontological items. iv. Apply for grants to provide funding for site specific interpretive centers in regional parks. c. New or Existing Program: Existing d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency f. Source of Funds: 1) County General Fund 2) Grants 3) Private Donations RES-9-16 10. Plaque Program a. Description: Acknowledge significant historical places through their evaluation and designation, and through the placement of plaques and markers. b. Action: i. Receive and review requests for placement of plaques. ii. Research County history to determine sites eligible for plaques and significance of proposed plaques. iii. Coordinate with local historical groups and special interest groups (e.g. , to conduct research, order plaques, and plan dedication ceremonies) . iv. Maintain files on local historic sites and make information available to the public. c. New or Existing Program: Existing d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing ' e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency ' f. Source of Funds: 1) County General Fund 2) Private Donations RES-9-17 11. Preservation Incentives Program a. Description:: Encourage greater private sector participation in historic preservation, through the development and operation of preservation incentives. b. Action: Work with County offices and others to investigate the feasibility and implementation of contemporary preservation incentives such as: i. Utilization of the State Historic Building Code. , ii. Development of innovative financial incentives. iii. Provision of zoning and density incentives. iv. Establishment of facade easement mechanism. c. New or Existing Program: New d. Implementation Schedule: As feasible e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency f. Source of Funds: 1) Development Fees 2) County General Fund 3) Private Donations 4) Grants r RES-9-18 12. Publications Program a. Description: Encourage, assemble, and disseminate information in the ' forn. of articles, brochures, and publications. b. Action: i. Coordinate, research, publish and update a guide to local cultural heritage resources. ' ii. Research, publish, and distribute informational brochures on specific County-owned sites (e.g., parks) . iii. Provide information to newspapers, radio, and television for their use in promoting the County's cultural heritage. iv. Solicit and accept material for cultural resources research and maintain it for public use in a variety of publications. c. New or Existing Program: Existing d. Imp:.ementation Schedule: Ongoing i e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency f. Source of Elands: 1) Harbors, Beaches and Parks District 2) County General Eland 3) Grants 4) Private Donations i RES-9-19 1 13. Public Participation Program a. Description: Coordinate with and encourage participation of special interest groups and organizations in the resource management effort. ' b. Action: i. Provide information to special interest groups and other clients regarding cultural resource programs at city, County, State, and federal levels. ii. Encourage public participation in these programs through ' presentations, slide shows, and publications. c. New or Existing Program: Existing d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency f. Source of Funds: 1) County General Fund 2) Specific Public and Private Project Fees RES-9-20 14. Special Activities Program a. Description: Coordinate countywide cultural activities of a unique or ' one-time only nature. b. Action: i. Seek out and review proposals for special activities such as conferences, seminars, fairs and celebrations. ' ii. Initiate and coordinate the presentation of such activities with local interest groups and County agencies. c. New or Existing Program: Existing d. Implementation Schedule: ongoing e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency if. Source of Funds: 1) Private Donations 2) Harbors, Beaches and Parks District r3) Grants CL:mhPA51-15 RES-9-21 8281 d H a � � � � � � � APPENDIX A RESOURCES ELEMENT IMPLEMENTATION PROGRAMS 1. General Plan Consistency Program a. Action: Continue review of public and private projects for consistency with the Orange County General Plan as required by State law (Government Code Section 65400 et seq.) . The existing consistency review process will be updated in the Advance Planning Program Manual to reflect the Resources Element. EMA policy and procedures and memorandums of understanding (MOUs) between functions will also be revised and maintained. b. Discussion: This program satisfies the State law requirement that private and public projects must be consistent with the local govern- ment's General Plan in order to be approved. All public works projects, development projects, discretionary permits, capital improvement plans and other private and public agency proposals are reviewed for consistency. The consistency review process will be conducted in accordance with the Advance Planning Program Manual prepared by EMA. c. New or Existing Program: Existing 1 d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency f. Source of Funds: County General Fund 2. Intergovernmental Coordination and Public Participation a. Action: Intergovernmental coordination and public participation are existing components of the Advance Planning Program. Intergovernmental and intragovernmental coordination will be improved ' through increased cooperation and contact with federal, State, regional, countywide, and Orange County agencies which impact or influence Resources Element implementation. For a list of related planning agencies, see Appendix B. ' b. Discussion: This program facilitates both intra- and intergovernmental coordination and citizen participation in order to promote a greater understanding of the County General Plan. Appropriate governmental agencies, organizations and citizens are provided an opportunity to review documents and provide input during the General Plan revision and amendment process. Appropriate agencies are also consulted regarding and involved in many of the implementation programs defined in this document. c. New or Existing Program: Existing RES-A-1 r d. Implementation Schedule: Ongoing e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency f. Source of Funds: County General Fund , 3. Annual Report on County Resources a. Action: Prepare an annual report on the status of the County's r resource management program as defined by the Resources Element implementation programs. This report would provide updated , information on the county's resources and report on the status of implementation programs. b. Discussion: An annual report on the County's resource management program would provide an ongoing process to assess and monitor the effectiveness of the implementation programs contained in the Resources Element. The report would focus on natural resources, energy resources, and water resources since other annual reports are prepared for open space and cultural-historic resource management efforts in the EMA/Open Space/Recreation/Special Districts Program , Office Program Report. In order to provide coordination with other County planning activities, the report will be submitted within a similar time frame as the Development Monitoring Report, generally the beginning of each year. ' c. New or Existing Program: New d. Implementation Schedule: Upon adoption of element. e. Responsible Agency: Environmental Management Agency f. Source of Funds: County General Fund r r 1. r MR:rmdPA36-5 RES-A-2 4/3/8 4 1 as �e H W a °� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � i � � � � APPENDIX B RELATED PLANNING AGENCIES i A. Overview ' Intergovernmental coordination facilitates cooperative planning with federal, State, regional, private and Orange County agencies involved in Resources Element implementation or which influence the implementation of this element by their actions. This appendix identifies federal, State, regional, private and countywide agencies involved in General Plan implementation and their respective responsibilities. B. Inter-Agency Coordination 1. Federal Agencies a. Interior Department (National Park Service) : (1) Cooperative resource management (2) Recreation planning ' (3) National Historic Landmarks Program (4) National Historic Preservation Act (funding source) 1 b. Department of the Army (Corps of Engineers) : l) Flood control facilities (2) Major public works projects ' c. Department of Agriculture: (1) Cooperative resource management (Forest Service, Soil Conservation Service) (2) Recreation planning ' d. Fish and Wildlife Service: (1) Biological resource management e. Department of Housing and Urban Development: (1) Development and infrastructure financing ' (2) Coordination of socio-economic data related to urban development RES-B-1 r 1 i (3) Revenue sharing , (4) Block grants for Countywide Historic Survey Program f. Department of Defense (Tustin and E1 Toro Marine Corps Air ' Stations) : (1) Airport/land use compatibility ' (2) Interface with County noise control and abatement programs g. Environmental Protection Agency: ! (1) Environmental review process ' (2) Air quality, hazardous waste, and water quality programs h. Internal Revenue Service (Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981) : , (1) Economic incentives (federal tax credits) for undertaking historical preservation activities , 2. State Agencies a. State Office of Planning and Research: , (1) State clearinghouse for environmental impact reports (EIRs) (2) Prepares guidelines for the preparation of mandatory elements ' of the General Plan (except the Housing Element) (3) Coordinates and provides State assistance for land use planning b. State Resources Agency: Umbrella agency for State's major environmental agencies, including: (1) California Coastal Commission: (a) Coordinates implementation and administration of the Coastal Act in Orange County (2) Department of Conservation: (a) Mineral and geologic resource planning (b) Administration of Williamson Act and open space programs (c) Coordinates State agricultural land use and soil ' conservation programs RES-B-2 (3) Department of Fish and Game: (a) Cooperative fish and wildlife management ' (b) Protection of special wildlife and ecological preserves ' (c) Informs the public on the prudent use of wildlife species and their habitats (4) Department of water Resources: (a) Develop, protect, conserve and manage California's water resources (S) Department of Parks and Recreation: (a) Administers State park system (b) Cooperative recreation planning 1 (c) State Historic Preservation Office (6) California Coastal Conservancy: ' (a) Land acquisition and management in conformity with the Coastal Act or a local coastal program (LCP) ' (7) California Air Resources Board: (a) State air pollution control agency responsible for implementation of federal air pollution acts ' c. State Lands Commission: ' (1) Manages and regulates all State-owned lands d. California Energy Commission: ' (1) Responsible for development and conservation of California's energy resources e. State Water Resources Control Board: (1) Responsible for water rights and water pollution control ' (2) Enforces water quality standards and administers federal clean water laws RES-B-3 i f. California Waste Management Board: (1) Waste management regulation and funding programs g. Public Utilities Commission: ' (1) Regulates private utilities including energy utilities in the ' state (2) Lead agency on major energy facility (power plant) siting 3. Regional Agencies a. Southern California Association of Governments (SLAG) : , (1) Coordination of regional water quality (208) and energy planning efforts (2) Clearinghouse for federally-funded projects (3) Regional Air Quality, Transportation, and liousing Plans ' (4) Transportation Improvement Plans (5) Regional Growth Policy ' b. South Coast Air Quality Management District: (1) Air quality management activities ' c. Water Districts: (1) Metropolitan Water District of Southern California ' (2) Orange County Water District ' (3) Coastal Municipal Water District (4) California Water Quality Control Board: (a) Designates regional boards which are responsible for the maintenance of water quality 4. Private Organizations a. Community/Homeowners' Associations ' b. Public-interest organizations (e.g. , League of Women Voters, Orange County Historical Society) ' CS:rmdPA37-8 RES-B-4 ' 4/3/84 pU� H a APPENDIX C MINERAL RESOURCES BACKGROUND MATERIAL: ' SMARA AND RELATED PROGRAMS 1. Surface Mining and Reclamation Act of 1975 2. Classification and Designation Guidelines for Mineral Resources 3. Special Report 143 Including Classification of Orange County Region 4. SMARA Maps f r MR:rmdPA37-10 4/3/84 RES-C-1 1. SURFACE MINING AND RECLAMATION ACT OF 1975 ' 1 1 RES-C-2 ' CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF CDMG 5 O MINES AND GEOLOGY NOTE 1 SURFACE MINING AND RECLAMATION ACT OF 1975 (As nar.rrd.I by s.s+ola 93 1300, rleje* - 1990 Skrkows) ArtkN 1. General Provisions (a)On the police power of my city or county or an the ponce ofmy city or county to decism prohibit.and abate mosances.. 2710.This ebapter don be known and may be cited as the (b)On the power of the AttotnL7 Gene:at.at the request of Surface Mining and Reclamation Act of 1975. the board or upon.his ova motion. to bring an action in the 2711. (a) The Legislature herdyy finds and declare that the name of the people of the State of Ca4fornia to enjoin my atra - of o ine:ah is esaentisl to the continued economic posetion or nabsncn ven-being of the state and to the needs of the aaoety.and that (c) On the power of any state agency in the eaforrmmt or ' the raclamsum of maned beds is neomery to prevent or mini- a13mio>st:stiao of nay pavi000 of law tu►hich it is specifically mine adverse e8acts on the environment and to protect the public anthoriaed or P 1, P tj to enforce or administer. health and safety. (d)On the right of any person to maintain at any time any (b) The Legisladme further fords that the reclamation of appropriate action for relief against my private nuisance as de- mined lands as provided in this eAapter will permit the continued fined in Part 3 (commencing with Section 3479) of Division 4 mimog of minerals and will provide for the protection and subae- of the CUB Code or for any other private relief. quest beneficial use of the mined and reclaimed land. (e)On the power of any lead agency to adopt Policies,stand- (c) The Leg tlaturt farther hods that surface mining Wm +rds• or regulations adPainE additional requirements on any ' piece in diverse area where the geologic,topographic,climatic. Pew if the requirements do not prevent the person from com- bioiogical.and social conditions we significantly different and pip"with the provisions of this chapter. that reclamation operations and the specifications therefor may (f)On the power of my city or county to regulate the use of vary accordingly- buildingk strucdna, and land as between industry, business. ' 2712.It is the intent of the Legislature to create and maintain reaidms.open sPace(ceding agncilture,recreation,the en- an effective and comprehensive autfaoe mining and reclamation joynNo of scenic beauty,and the use of natural resources),and policy with regulation Of in mining operations en as to other purposes.sce erasure that: 2716.Any pemon may commence an action on his own bdwr U (a) Adverse environmental effaces are prevented err mini- against the board or the State Geologist for a writ of mandate , ' mined and that mined lands are reclaimed to a usable condition pit to Chapter 2(commencing with Section 1084)of Title which*s readily adaptable for alternative land uses 1 of Part 3 of the Code of CSv*1 Procedure to compel the board W or the State to out an du tin them (b) The production and conservation of minerals are en- m the �'���imposed uP°O ' cc couraged.while giving consideration to Vilna relating to recrea- pursuant tion, watershed, wildlife, range and forage6 and aesthetic 2717.The board shall submit to the Legislature on December enjoyment, 1st of each year a report on the actions taken pursuant to this (c)Residual hazards to the public health and safety are dim*- chapter during the Preceding fiscal year. Such report shall m- nsted. crude a statement of the actiom including legislative reoornme:n- ' 2713.It is not the intent of the Legislature by the enactment datms.which are necessary to carry out more completely the of this chapter to take private pn us apes for public e without Purposes and requirements of this chapter. payment of just oompensstiou in violation of the California and 2718. If any provision of this chapter or the application United States Canstitut*aas. thereof to any p P an r or circumstance is held invalid.such inva- 2714.The provisions of this chapter shall not apply to any of fidity shall oat affect other provisions or applications of the the following activities: chapter which can be given effect without the invalid provision (a) Fscavations or grading eoodueted far farming or acute or application p l and to this end the provisions of this chapter are ae construction or for the pwp of restoring land following a ' Good or natural d*ssatea. (b) Prospecting for.or the extraction of,minerals for eom- Article t Definitions mer ial proposes and the removal of overburden in total amounts of less than 1.000 cubic yards in my one location of one 2723.Unless the eowtext otherwise requires.the definitions set acne or ins forth in this article:ball govern the construction of this chapter. (c)Sltrfice mining operations that are required by federal law 2726.`Area of regional significance"means an area daignat- in order to protect a mining dam if such operations are coo- ad by the board pursuant to Section 2790 which is known to ducted solely for that purpose contain a deposit of minerals,the extraction of which is judged (d) Such other surface mining operations which the board to be of prime importance in meetiog future Deeds for minerals ' determines to be of an infrequent nature and which involve only in a particular region of the state within which the minerals are minor sur6oe disturbances located and which,.ifprematurely developed for alternate inaam- 2715.No provision of this chapter or any r uho&requirement, patrble land ores,could result in the permanent loss of minerals or policy of the board is a limitation on any of the fallowing: that are of taore than local sisnificanee STATE OF CAUFOW" THE RESOURCES AGENCY DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION ' For a Irst of-,A gi, maps and reports avertable from the C hfornr Division of Mines end Geology.wore to the California Division of Mines and Geology. 0.0-SW 2sW Sacramento.CA t£a12.or vwt am Dutnet offices on SACRAMENTO.2815-0-Street 49161 445-6716:SAN FRANCISCO.Room 2022.Ferry Budding. (415)567 LOS ANGELES.Roan XW 107 South Broedwey. (212)020.35M. Ir is tA lei. } S1g1 ���Pi:p �p�� '��Yq 9 ' �' relfFi] Ir ! R$P gpEi � kP �vI � ' rz �egk��F� IiEE�II °18aR ifie @eiai� rr it r rr r� �r rr r rr rr r rr r� rr rr rr r� r r� J B• ::�g. rwMg �' �' G" •R•U$ Q' Q � �gj � O � � � r� �,^. q. s Er S IMP] r � � 5 ��,� ,,,•- ems. 40 O s O p !! B $ s B 6 $ E s a B AA. B m rr Gil I. o Rv 2419 e .5 a J . . 1.0. -1 LA Cap :S. pit rr r Ear ! is r rod so 10 a M s C F Q w Ly $ I]. X.Q R' CJ' b' a B I i a --4 e. gg c 11: q; $ �. oa & f I �r o '< C. 6 w G 5 p [E e lowsp '�— [i�� Qf� Glot R # g { g( e q f P e C f t • eil g l_t_ g t cl6ex e�a��f�t(�� ���� [��tt�a�� q F g�� n v `s f w�eo fl w g [ ry zf� g P Ht ! x9H � q Pd CO T ¢ pep[ e '11 � a $I .. adlKiu1 � ww w w w ww ww ww w w ww w w wr ■w ww ww ww w ww �� � 6 Q •� � . ir 6 Hi t I Q �. � � •�" �� ter; � � . �' s � • ,R �' B� � m a . k N Rg S s Q g s g too �� �Q'" � �j � � �8 � �[ r .��• �Q Ic . 2. CLASSIFICATION AND DESIGNATION GUIDELINES ' FOR MINERAL RESOURCES 1 1 1 RES-C-B 1�y9 SURFACE MININO AND RECLAMATION POLICIES 21 I PART II GUIDELINES FOR CLASSIFICATION AND DESIGNATION ' OF MINERAL LANDS PREFACE The Surface Mining and Reclamation Act of 1975, enacted as Chapter 9, Division 2 of the Public Resources Code,requires the State Mining and Geology Board to adopt state policies relative to mineral resource production and conservation. Pursuant to this requirement the Board adopted the Guidelines for Classification and Designation of Mineral Lands following a June 30, 1979 public hearing held in Sacramento, California. 1 1 1 I �I ' RES-C-9 i 1979 SURFACE MINING AND RECLAMATION POLICIES 23 ' CHAPTER 8. MIMING AND GEOLOGY SUBC14APTER I. State Mining and Geology Board ' Article II. GUIDELINES FOR CLASSIFICATION ' AND DESIGNATION OF MINERAL LANDS INTRODUCTf01V--The purpose of these guidelines is to nition by the Board, after oonsultation with lead agencies and ' implement the Surface Mining and Reclamation Act of 1975 by other interested parties,of areas containing mineral deposits of providing direction to the State Geologist in carrying out min- regional or statewide significance that should be protected from ' eral resource classification of lands in California that are threat- land uses incompatible with mineral extraction.The objective of ened by uses which would be incompatible with or would the classification and designation processes is to insure,through preclude mining. In addition, these guidelines establish proce- appropriate lead agency policies and procedures, that mineral dures by which the State Mining and Geology Board may desig- deposits of statewide or of regional significance are available ' nate mineral-bearing area of statewide or of regional when needed. significance. Classification is the process of identification of lands contain- It is the Board's intention to review the guidelines from time ing significant mineral deposits.Designation is the formal recog- to time and to revise them as necessary. 1 SECTION I. GUIDELINES FOR CLASSIFICATION OF MINERAL LANDS 1. Classification Criteria ' (a) In accordance with these guidelines and a schedule commodities.Unique or tare occurrences of rocks,minerals adopted by the Board,the State Geologist shall classify area or fossils that are of outstanding scientific significance are of the State threatened by land uses incompatible with.or that not required to meet marketability criteria. ' would preclude, mining. Such areas will be classified into Mineral Resource Zones (MRZ) and Scientific Resource (i) Non-strategic mineral commodities are those which Zones (SZ),as defined in this section,and shall be based on are available domestically and of which the United States geologic and economic factors without regard to existing land imports less than 65 percent of its needs as reported ' use and land ownership. The area to be studied and their annually by the U.S. Bureau of Mines. Deposits of min- order of study shall be specified by the Board in consultation eral commodities in this category must be minable,proc- with the State Geologist. essable, and marketable under the technologic and economic conditions that exist at present or which can be ' (b) To be considered significant for the purpose of the clas- estimated to exist in the foreseeable future.The amount sification of mineral lands, a mineral deposit, or a group of of mineral resources needed for periods of the foreseeable deposits that can be mined as a unit must meet the following future(50 years) shall be projected using past oonsump- criteria of marketability and threshold value. In these guide- lion figures, with appropriate adjustments based upon , lines the term mineral deposits denotes natural occurrences of anticipated changes in market conditions and mining rock or mineral materials in or on the earth's crust that are technology. known to be economically minable and such rock or mineral materials that are not minable at present but which may come (ii) Strategic mineral commodities are those that are in ' into such demand as to become economically minable in the short domestic supply and important for national defense foreseeable future.The term mineral resources is used herein or the well-being of the domestic economy.For the Aur- as a collective term for all mineral deposits of a particular poses of these guidelines they are those mineral com- kind,or for mineral deposits in general. The size of mineral modities of which the United States imports more than deposits for the purpose of evaluating marketability and 65 percent of its needs.as reported annually by the U.S. ' threshold value shall include the amounts of naturally occur- Bureau of Mines,that are judged to be minable,processa- ring rock or mineral material,of known or potential economic bk,and marketable in the foreseeable future if non-do- interest,that can be measured,indicated,or inferred by using mestic sources of supply are cut off. available geologic and geophysical evidence in commonly ac- cepted fashion. The terms measured, indicared and inferred (its) Foreseeable futiar, as used in this paragraph and are to be used as defined by the U.S.Bureau of Mines and the elsewhere in the guidelines is a time span of appro:imate- U.S. Geological Survey in U.S. Geological Survey Bulletin ly 50 years. Because some of the conditions affecting 1450-A. extraction and marketability cannot be accurately pro- jected 50 years into the future, conservative estimates (1) Metterjhdit�—In determining marketability,mineral shall be made in assessing whether a particular mineral deposits shall be divided into two categories,those contain- resource an be mined, processed and marketed within ing non-strategic and those containing strategic mineral the next 50 years. ' RES-C- 10 24 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SP-51 (2) Threshold value is the projected value(gross selling Niobium,tantallium . price) of the first marketable product from an individual Optical grade calcite mineral deposit or from a group of deposits that an be operated as a unit,upon completion of extraction and any (iiii) Non-fluid miner!fuels(minimum value 51,000,- required mineral separation and processing. For those 000)—Non-bydrotbermal mineral fuels occurring in deposits which meet the marketability criteria,only those sedimentary rocks. Examples include: estimated to exceed the following threshold values in 1978 coal --equivalent dollars shall be considered significant.These Lignite threshold values are intended to indicate in a general way Peat the approximate minimum size of a mineral deposit that Organic shale will be considered significant for classification and design- Tar sand tion.They are not intended,nor in practice could they be, Uranium and thorium (syngenetic deposits in shale) for use as precise cut off values.For some deposits in some areas larger or smaller value than those specified would be (iiiu) Unique or n ur occrurnces of root, minenlx or required for a marketable deposit. If for technological or fossils that are of outstanding scientific significance (no other reasons one or more parts of a mineral deposit cannot threshold value). men the marketability criteria, those parts shall not be considered in estimating whether the deposit exceeds the 2. Miners!Resource Zones (MRZ) and threshold value. Scientific Resource Zones (SZ) (i) Consavcdoo materials (minimum value $S; The following MRZ and SZ categories shall be used by the 000.000)—Mineral materials capable of being used in State Geologist in classifying the State's lands-The geologic and construction, such as sand and gravel or crushed rock economic data and the arguments upon which each unit MRZ which normally receive minimal processing,commonly or SZ assignment is based shall be presented in the land classifi- washing and grading,and for which the ratio of transpor- cation information transmitted by the State Geologist to the tation costs to value of the processed material at the mine Board. is high. (a) AIRZ--1 Areas where adequate information indicates that (u) Industrial and chemical mineral materials (mini- no significant mineral deposits are present, or where it is ' mum value S 1.000.000)—Non-metallic mineral materi- judged that there is little likelihood exists for their preserroe als that normally receive extensive processing, such as This zone shall be applied where well developed lines of rea- heat or chemical treatment or fine sizing.and for which sorting,based upon economic geologic principles and adequate the ratio of transportation costs to value of the material data,demonstrate that the likelihood for occurrence of sign& at the mine is moderate or low.Examples of this category cant mineral deposits is nil or slight. include: (b) MRZ-1 Areas Limestone,dolomite,and marble except where used as ms where adequate information indicate that construction aggregate significant mineral deposits are present or where it is judged Specialty sands that there is a high likelihood for their presence exists This Sys zone shall be applied to known mineral deposits or where well Diatomite developed lines of reasoning,based upon economic geologic Phosphate principles and adequate data,demonstrate that the likelihood Coal,Lignite,or peat mined primarily as a raw materi- for occurrence of significant mineral deposits is high. al for chemicals such as montan wax Saline and evaporate such as borate and gypsum (c) AfRZ-3 Areas containing mineral deposits the signifi- Feldspar once of which cannot be evaluated from available data. Talc Building and dimension stone (d) MRZ-4 Areas where available information is inadequate Asbestos for assignment to any other MRZ zone Rock varieties producible into granules, rock flour, mineral wool, expanded shale. pozzolans and other (e) SZAt containing unique or tare occurrence of rocks, similar commodities mi easnerals or fossils that are of outstanding scientific sign& cans shall be ctastified in this zone. (iii ) Metallic and earn minerals(minimum value 3. Documentation and Transmittal of Mineral 000)—Metallic elements and minerals, gemstones.. and and minerals that possess special properties valuable to Lands Classification Data science or industry. The ratio of transportation costs to the value of the material at the mine for this category is (a) Areas assigned by the State Geologist to mineral m- low. Examples include ores,deposits or crystals of: source zones shall be delineated on suitable maps of a sale Precious metals (gold, silver,platinum) adequate for use on lad agency general plan maps Thee Iron and other Ferro alloy metals(iron.tungsten,chro- maps shall also show the boundaries of each permitting aw mium.manganese) thorny in the report area. Base metals (copper,lead,zinc) Mercury (b) A nap at a convenience sale and a summary report Uranium and thorium except syngenetic deposits in showing the mineral lands classification for an entire county shale or, at the direction of the Board, major subdivisions of a Rare earths county,or a major mineral district that includes portions of Minor metals including rubidium and cesium two or more counties,shall be prepared after classification is Gemstones and semi-precious materials complete. Each map and report shall be submitted to the RES-C-1 1 1979 SURFACE MINING AND RECLAMATION POLICIES 25 Board which.after ieview and approval.shall transmit it to (3) A description of the significant mineral deposits the appropriate lead agencies and make it available to other claimed to occur within;the area described,including suffi- interested parties. cient geologic and economic data to support the claim that the mineral deposits are significant as defined in these (c) Mineral land classification report:;of regions containing guidelines. Construction Materials classified MRZ-2 shall include the following additional information for ouch such mineral com- (4) The imminency of the threatened change,if any,in the modity: use of land containing the claimed significant mineral (1) The location and an estimate a the total quantity of deposits to a use which would prevent their mining. The each such construction material that: is geologically avail- petitioner should be pre-pared to supply full documentation able for mining in the report region.The limits of the region if requested. shall be considered to be the consumption areas for each potentially producible construction mineral commodity un- (5) The name and mailing address of each recorded land der consideration. owner and each recorded lessee in and adjoining the area described. (2) An estimate of the total quantity of each such con- struction material that will be needed to supply the require- ments of both the county and the marketing region in which submitted in the petition as to its accuracy and sufficiency and it occurs for the next 50 years. The marketing region is determine if the area can be classified on the basis of both defined as the area within which such material is usually submitted and other readily available information. A recom- mined and marketed. The amount of each construction meedation shall be char submitted to the Board concerning: material mineral rc 7irce needed for the next 50 years shall (1) The urgency of the requested classification. be projected using_:.st consumption rates adjusted for an- ticipated changes in market conditions and reining technol- ogy. These estimates shall be periodically reviewed as The sufficiency the submitted and other readily provided in Section 1, Subsection 7. available ilable data u as a basis s for classification,and the scope of any additional investigation required. 4. Classification Priorities (3) M estimation of the time required to classify the area. Potential mineral lands that are most likely to be converted to uses that are incompatible with mining or which would preclude et Following the State Geologist's report. l Board shall mining shall be classified first. Where the risk of conversion to in determine pnreati for classification of the land described ' incompatible land uses is equal,those areas with mineral depos- lathe claspfi us n peon to other areas in the States mineral its of greatest statewide or regional significance shall be classified lands classification ingg o it. Classification it the area will first.The potential for loss may be through the process of then proceed according to its assigned priority. urbani- zation or through other irreversible uses of the mineral lands or of adjoining lands,with which mineral extraction would be in- 6. Lead Agency Responsibilities compatible. 5. Petitions for Mineral Lands Classification (a) Within 12 months of receiving the mineral lands classifi- cation map and report,every lead agency shall,in accordance with state policy,develop and adopt mineral resource man- (a) Petitions may be brought before the Board by any indi- agement policies to be incorporated in its general plan which vidual or organization to classify mineral lands that are will: claimed to contain significant mineral deposits and which are claimed to be threatened by land uses incompatible with (1) Recognize the mineral classification information, in- mining. Classification is a prerequisite to designation of re- eluding the classification maps, transmitted to it by the , gional or statewide significance.Once an area is classified as Board and include the classification maps in its general MRZ-2,or SZ,a petition may be submitted for designation pM• consideration under Section II, Subsection 4. If a petitioner can supply sufficient geologic and economic data to support (2) Emphasize the conservation and development of iden- an MRZ-2 or SZ classification by the State Geologist.he may tified significant mineral deposits. also petition the Board to consider designation.It is expected that such a joint petition will include detailed information. (b) Every lead agency shall submit its proposed mineral re- and supportive data on the amounts and value of mineral source management polities to the Board for review and com- deposits claimed to be MRZ-2 or SZ and other information meat prior to adoppon• required under Section II,Subsection 4,Petitions for Desig- nation.The threat to a mineral deposit may be due to ineom- (c) Any subsequent amendment of the mineral resource patible uses of adjoining lands that would preclude mining, management policies p7eviously reviewed by the Board shall as well as to mineral lands themselves.Petitions submitted to also require review and comment by the Board. the Board shall include the following information. (d) Prior to permitting a use which would threaten the poten- (1) The petitioner's name, mailing address, and interest tial to extract minerals classified by the State Geologist as (beneficial,jurisdictional,or other)in the area to be consid- MRZ-3,the lead agency may cause to be prepared an evalua- ered for classification. tion of the area in order to ascertain the statewide or regional significance of the mineral deposits known or inferred to be (2) A map (USGS 71/; quadrangle or other appropriate located therein.The results of such an ev ration shall be trans- map) showing the boundaries of the area the petitioner milted to the State Geologist and to the Board for review and wishes to be classified. comment. RES-C-12 26 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES SP—S AND GEOLOGY 1 7. Periodic Review of Classified Lands shold be revised.The State Geologist shah report there- suits of such reviews to the board together with his recom- mendations. (a) After a period not to exceed 10 years following trammit- tal of mineral land classification information to lead agenda, (b) The Board may direct the State Geologist to reexamine the State Geologist shall review the information to determine mineral lands already classified on the basis of his reeommen- whether: dation, or for other reasons. Any resulting reclassification ' shall be treated in the same manner as the original classifica- (1) A reclassification of the area is necessary. tion,and employ the same marketability and threshold crite- ria. The approximate span of time indicated above as being (2) The projected requirements for Construction Mwer&& 'the foreseeable future' for purposes of estimating marketa- (Subsection 3c of Section I of these guidelines)for SO years bility shall begin anew at time of reclassification. SECTION II. PROCEDURES FOR DESIGNATION OF LANDS CONTAINING SIGNIFICANT MINERAL DEPOSITS 1. Designation Criteria statewide or of regional significance. Such review and com- ment should address: Areas to be considered for designation by the Board will con- (1) The adequacy of the mineral land classification data tain one or more mineral deposits of statewide or regional signifi- transmitted by the State Geologist and of any additional cane.Ordinarily,classification of an area as MRZ-2 by the State data transmitted by the Board,which together will consti- Geologist will constitute adequate evidence that an area contains significant mineral deposits,but other data shall be considered cute the principal basis for designation by the Board in determining the significance of specific mineral 2) Additional data deposits and the desirability of designation ( bearing on the o be s and statewide or o bihty of mineral deposits proposed to be of statewide or of 2. Designation Procedures regional significance in the area under consideration. (3) The need,amount and location of mineral deposits of (a) Upon receipt from the State Geologist of a mineral lardsregname de- classification map and report delineating one or more areas fined in Section significance,Subsection lb ofCon theseth guidMaterials as that classified as MRZ-2 or SZ,the Board shall: needs of th es, that should be designated to provide for the needs of the region (t) Review the map and report to determine the suffi- for SO years ciency of the submitted data as a basis for designation.and 4 The need for theproposed designation request such additional information as may be required for deposit) of statewide significance, namely, each mineral the State Geologist or other sources Chemical Mineral Materiels, Metallic and Rine Afwerzir, Non-fluid Mineral Fuelrt and RocU Minerals and Faxsib (2) Determine the need for,and the priority of,designating ofOnrtstanding Scientific Sipufiicanm as defined in Section the MRZ-2 and SZ areas, taking into consideration the 1.Subsection lb of these guidelines.Ordinarily,such depos- imporance of the mineral deposits to the State or region its are uncommon or rare, and economically significant i thereof and the imminency of any threatened land use occurrences warrant designation. However, some types, changes that would be incompatible with mineral extras- such as low grade limestone,low grade clays and other rack tion. varieties that may be processed into valuable mineral products are often present in such large quantities that (3) Notify the appropriate lead agencies of the decision to designation would be warranted only where special circum- cons:der designation of one or more mineral resource areas stances exist.Such circumstances might include proximity within their jurisdiction. of a mineral deposit to markets, transportation, energy sources,or to other raw materials with which they could be (4) Set a date and place fora public hearing to consider the combined to produce more valuable produce areas which the Board proposes to designate as containing mineral deposits of statewide or regional significance. If (S) The existing uses of the arms proposed for designation practicable,the public hearing shall be held in or new the and the future uses of these areas adopted by local agencies. county in which the area proposed for designation occurs (6) Values relating to recreation, watershed. wildlife, (S) Notify all affected agencies and parties having an inter- range and forage,and aesthetic enjoyment. est in the lands considered for designation. (c) Following the public hearing,the Board may designate to (b) At the public hearing to consider proposed designations, be of statewide or regional significance, and include in state the Board shall seek the recommendations of concerned fed- policy,all or par of the areas classified as MRZ-2 or SZ.The eras, state and local agencies, educational institutions, civic designation shall specify the following: and public interest organizations, and private organizations and individuals in the identification of mineral deposits of (1) The boundaries of the designated area. RES-C-13 1979 SURFACE MINING AND RECLAMATION POLICIES 27 (2) The mineral deposits of statewide or of regional sign& (b) Petitions for a designation hearing may also be brought cane contained in each designated arm and an estimate of before the Board by any other party provided that the Board the amount of each mineral commodity that is available for has received and approved land classification information mining under present or foreseeable technologic,economic that indicates that the area in question is classified MRZ-2 or and land use conditions.for MRZ-;1 areas,or a description SZ and that the Board has not yet considered designation. of the materials of scientific value in the SZ area. Petitions submitted to the Board shall include the following • information. (3) The reason that each designated area is of significance to the State or region.the advantages to the State or region (1) The petitioner's name, mailing address and interest that might be achieved from the erxaction of the minerals (beneficial,jurisdictional,or other)in the area to be consid- , of the area,and the adverse effects that might result from ered for designation. premature development to land uses which would preclude mitring. (2) A map (USGS 7'/; quadrangle or other appropriate map)showing the boundaries of the MRZ-2 or SZ area the (4) The time limit, if any,for the designation. petitioner wishes to be designated. (S) The specific goals and policies to protect the areas (3) The reasons for requesting designation. containing mineral deposits designated to be of statewide or regional significance from premature development to uses (4) The name and mailing address of each recorded land which would preclude mining,or to uses with which mining owner and each recorded lessee in and adjoining the area would be incompatible. described.The Board shall then evaluate the data submitted in the petition as to its accuracy and sufficiency. If the (6) Lead agencies having jurisdiction over the area Board fords that the petition contains sufficient information and arguments to require a public hearing,then the Board sx�it�hedule such a hearing and proceed as outlined in this I Lead Agency Designation Responsibilities s (a) Upon designating an area curtaining significant mineral 5. Termination of Designation Status deposits the Board will transmit a report of its action to the affected lead agencies. The report will include a map of the (a) The status of mineral lands previously designated to be designated areas at a scale suitable for general plan purposes. of statewide or regional significance may be terminated.ei- ther partially or wholly,by the Board on a finding that the (b) Every lead agency within 12 months of the designation protection afforded by designation is no longer necessary.In of an area of statewide or regional significance within its juris- making this finding the Board shall consult with affected lead diction,shall: agencies as to the desirability of terminating designation. (l) Recognize and include in its general plan the designat- Such a fording may result from, but not be limited to, the ed areas of statewide and regional significance transmitted following reasons to it by the Board. (1) Depletion of the mineral deposit or deposits within the (2) Develop and adopt policies for the management of land designated area. use of arms classified MRZ-2 or SZ and designated by the Board as areas of statewide and regional significance to (2) The mineral deposit or deposits within the designated protect those arms from premature development incompat- urea are shown to be in excess of quantities required for ible with mining. present or foreseeable future statewide or regional needs. (3) Emphasize the conservation and development of min- (3) Ending of the time limit,if any,for the designation to eral deposits designated by the Board to be of statewide or be in force, regional significance. (b) Prior to making such a finding, the Bond shall hold a (c) Prior to the adoption of mineral resource management public hearing• If practicable it shall be held in or near the policies, lead agencies shall submit them to the Board for cotmty in which the designated areas occur. review and comment. The Board shall make its comment within 60 days of receipt of the proposed policies.Any subse- he desiPetgnate may be brought before the Board to terminate quent amendment to these resource management policies shall the Board shall status de mineral lands. Petitions submitted to also require Board review and comment. the Board shall include the following information: (d) The Board shall continuously monitor local government ( e The petitions name. mailing address and interest implementation of its mineral resource management policies (beneficial,jurisdictional � or other) in the petitioned area. for designated areas. ,(2) A map (USGS 7/,, quadrangle or other appropriate nap) and legal description of the petitioned area. 4. Petitions for Designation (3) Reference shall be made to the specific Board action which designated the area. (a) Prior to permitting a use which would threaten the po- tential to extract minerals classified by the State Geologist as (4) The reasons and supporting data as to why direct MRZ-2 or SZ but not yet designated, the lead agency may Board involvement is no longer necessary.The Board shall petition the Board for a designation hearing. then evaluate the data submitted in the petition as to its RES-C- 14 ' 28 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF AONW AND oEoLooy SP-51 ' accuracy and sufficiency.If the Board finds that the petition activity which requires oomplianoe with the California Environ- contains sufficient information and arguments to requis a mental Quality Act (CEQA), and an environmental impact public hearing on termination,then the Board shall sehed- repot will be required if the designation may have a significant 1 ule such a hearing and proceed as outlined in this section. effect on the enviromeat.The Baud will have the responsibility for preparing any environmental documents which may be re- 6. CEQA Compliance quir d with the assistance of the State Geologist and the Divi- sion of Mines and Geology(Adopted 1/3/79). The designation by the Mining and Geology Board of mineral bearing areas as being of regional or statewide significance is an SECTION III. GUIDELINES FOR CLASSIFICATION-DESIGNATION PETITIONS (Adopted 7/12/79) 1. Introduction a copy of the petition.The Board shall also notify lead agencies of each petition's assigned priority for classification. The State Mining and Geology Board recognize&the mineral potential of non-urban areas in California such as the California 2. Criteria for Consideradon of Petitions Desert Conservation Area and other federal lands in the state. However,the Board is constrained in pursuing a comprehensive classification-designation program in these areas bemuse of the (a) The State Mining and Geology Board shall be guided in urban orientation of the Surface Mining and Reclamation Act its elm^of petitions for classificstiondesignation by and restrictions in the 1978 Budget Act. the following criteria: The Surface Mining and Reclamation Act,Section 2761,pro- (1) The petitioned mineral deposit must meet the thresh- vides that the State Geologist shall classify for mineral potential, old value and other criteria for classification as MRZ-2 as areas identified by the Office of Planning and Research as urban specified to Section 1, paragraphs i (Qaatfiation Crite' and urbanizing,and such other areas as may be specified by the na)and 2 (Mineral Resource Zones and Scientific Zones) Board.The 1978 Budget Act requires that"positions engaged in of the "Guidelines for Classification and Designation of Mineral �,,. the classification of mineral resource areas pursuant to Section 2761 of the Public Resources Code shall be used principally for the classification of such areas within urban and urbanizing (2) The petitioned deposit must be threatened by a land portions of the State that are subject to urban expansion or other use incompatible with mining which is of such imminency irreversible land uses". that Board action is required.The threat must be one that could be alleviated by a lead agency responsible for making A petition process is provided in the Board's"Guidelines for land-use decisions pursuant to SMARA and Board guide- Classification and Designation of Mineral Lands"as a exam of lino bringing to the Board's attention significant mineral deposits which have not yet been classified in both urban and non-urban (3) The petitioner must supply sufficient geologic and eco- areas that are subject to irreversible land uses incompatible with nomic data with each petition to enable the State Geologist mining. to classify the mineral deposit areas that are the subject of the petition. If the petitioner desires that deposits in areas However, petitions for mineral deposits in non-urban arras classified as MRZ-2 by the State Geologist be designated by submitted pursuant to the guidelines may not be acted upon in the Board as being of statewide or regional significance, a timely fashion due to funding and staffing constraints,Rather then the petitioner must supply the environmental inforaa- than place a moratorium on petitions from these areas,the Board tion required by the California Environmental Quality An.. developed criteria to guide it in accepting petitions and establish- Information submitted with the petitions will be of public ing their priority for classification. record These criteria also serve as a guide to potential petitioners in (4) Petitions will require a third party review of the sub- assess ng whether a petition for a particular deposit may be miffed mineral resource data to determine. acceptable to the Board and also as a guide in preparing peti- tions The State Mining and Geology Board urges petitioners to (i) If the submitted data is adequate,and review the petition process closely in the context of the classifica- tion-designation process. (ii) If the deposit mats the threshold value and other criteria required to qualify for classification as MRZ-2. It should be recognized that petitioning does net create an instantaneous action,but rather starts in motion the classifmca- Petitions will also require a third party analysis of the tiondesignation process which requires actions by the State Go- land-use threat,its incompatibility with minin&and its im- ologist.the Mining and Geology Board,and lead agencies prior minency.The reviewers,who shall be funded by the pen- to a final land-use decision. tiona,shall be selected by and report to the Board and State Geologist. The Board shall notify affected led agencies upon formal acceptance of a petition for classification and provide them with (b) A petition form is provided in Appendix C. RES-C-15 1979 SURFACE MINING AND REaAMAMON POLICXPM 29 3, pj onl), Considendons established by the Board for the Division of Mines and Geology's five-year nuneral lands classification program. See Appendices A and B for the priorities of this program. (a) After acceptance of a petition by the Board.its priority for classification shall be established in consultatwo with the (2) Petitions for specific mineral deposits in non-urban State Geologist.The Board shall be guided by the following arms which do not require market or aces surveys (i.e. considerations: industrial and chemical mineral materials,metallic and rare miner&h.and non-fluid mineral fuels) &hall be assigned a (1) Petitions far mineral deposits in urban and urbanizing priority by the Board for consideration for spot classifica- areas that require market or area-surveys (i e.construction tion and designation am the basis of their apparent economic materials) shall be considered in the context of priorities significance to the su.te and urgency for cWnfzcation. R ES-C-16 i 3. SPECIAL REPORT 143 INCLUDING CLASSIFICATION OF ORANGE COUNTY REGION RES-C-17 1 SPECIAL REPORT 143 PART III CLASSIFICATION OF SAND AND GRAVEL RESOURCE AREAS, �. ORANGE COUNTY-TEMESCAL VALLEY PRODUCTION-CONSUMPTION REGION By Russell V. Miller �. Richard Corbaley With the Assistance of Thomas P. Anderson Susan Kohler Ralph C. Loyd Mar�arie M. Bushnell Under the Direction of James F. Davis and Paul K. Morton 1 1981 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY 1416 Ninth, Room 1341 Sacramento, CA 95814 RES-C- 18 1 FORWARD By James F. Davis This report,"Classification of Send and Growl Resource Amos-Orange County-Teenescol Valley production Consumption Region," is submitted as the second analysis by the California Division of Mines and Geology (CDMG) to the State Mining and Geology.Board for tronw ittol to the local governments which regulate kind use in this region.The report has been developed under the Surface Mining and Reclamation Act of 1775,which was enacted by the State legislature to assure adequate mined land reclamation and mineral resource conservation under the auspices of the Mining and Geology board and CDMG. The Mining and Geology board enacted Guidelines in June 1978 to be employed by the CDMG in its mineral resource classification.This report embodies the intent of those directives.The undertak- ing is of signal importance in economic geology,because it deals with very specific mineral resource conservation issues in an area of intensive land use. ' RES-C-19 I PREFACE The Los Angeles metropolitan area,with a population of nearly 10 million people, is the largest urbanized area in Coliforn o.This region includes the southern part of Los Angeles County and pots of San Bernardino,Riverside,and Orange counties.Although substantial parts of the Los Angeles area have been developed, wk -sp►eod urbanization is still occurring at a rapid rote. In any metropolitan or rural region undergoing urban development,it is of considerable importance that adequate supplies of mineral commodities be readily available. Minerals used in construction, particularly sand, grovel, or stone used in concrete,must be available from the region in sufficient quantities and at reasonable costs. For many year&, the Las Angeles area has been fortunate in thi: respect: adequate quantities of low-cost aggregate materials, chiefly sand and gavel, have been available!ocally.However,as more and more land in a region becomes urbanized,nearby sand and gravel deposits suitcble as sources of low-cost aggregate tend to be either depleted by mining or lost to competing land uses. The principal objective of this project is to classify land in the Los Angeles area into Minerel Resource Zones based on guidelines adopted by the California State Mining and Geology Board.This classifica- tion is mandated by the Surface Mining and Reclamation Act of 1975.The purpose of the classification is to assist the State Miring and Geology Board in designating lands that are needed by the region for their mineral content. Classification information will be submitted to the State Mining and Geology Board in six parts, one for each of the six production-consumption regions that have been identified in the greater Los Angeles metropolitan area. An introductory section describing the background, purpose,and scope of the overall project and one section on the classification of each of the six production-consumption regions are being published as they are completed as parts of California Division of Mines and Geology Special Report 143. Each of the six parts classifying production-consumption regions will include maps showing the locations of significant sand and grovel deposits and an explanatory text with tables and charts that present data on population, production, aggregate consumption, future requirements,and estimates of aggregate resources. Part 1, the introductory section, and Part 11, which explains the classification of sand and gravel resource areas in the San Fernando Volley Production-Consumption Region,were published in a single vol ime. Part I is clso being published as a separate volume. The present volume, which focuses on the classification of sand and grovel resource areas in the Orange County-Temescal Valley Produc. tio►Consumption Region, is Port III of Special Report 143. The reader may wish to refer to"Aggregates in the Greater Los Angeles Area,"California Division. of Mines and Geology Special Report 139,which describes and evaluates the significance,uses,prices, marketing,transportation,supply,and other factors that relate to the aggregate industry of the greater Los Angeles metropolitan area. RES-C-20 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Based upon the projected population increase and the predicted per capita consumption rates, oppoximately 840 million tons of aggregate will be required to satisfy demand in the Orange County-Temescol Valley Production-Consumption Region to the year 2030. In the event of massive reconstruction following a disaster,this total could double to IAA million tons (see Figure 3.1A).Of tlnst projected amounts,about half of the material must meet the requirements of Portland cement concrete aggregate. C vent reserves (aggregate materials befieve to be acceptable for commercial use that exist within property owned or leased by an aggregate producing company and for which permission allowing exhoction and processing has been granted by the proper authorities) total approximately 257 million tots, of which an estimated 182 million tons are suitable for use in Portland cement concrete.Based upon present rotes of production,these rtsetves will be depleted in a little more than two decades.The highest predicted demand for construction material in the next 50 years will be in the southern Orange County area.This area is not only the farthest from the production districts of the adpcent P-C region, bet is also a significant distance from the Mayhew-Coldwater fan, which includes 66 percent of the ovoiioble reserves within the Orange County-Temescol Volley Production- Consumption Region. Non-permitted resources (potentially usable aggregate materials that may be mined in the future but for which no use permit allowing extraction has been granted,or for which development has not been definitely established to be feasible based upon current technology or economic conditions) total approximately 1,200 million tons. It will be necessary to bring into production almost half of these nonlnnnitted resources to meet the predicted need for the next 50 years,unless alternative sources are relied upon (see Figure 3.14). The alternative sarrces,in order of their estimated feasibility,are: 1) aggregate producers in the adjacent production-consumption regions;2) alluvia!deposits presently unavailable because of ordi- nances;3; sedimentary bedrock deposits;4) sources for crushed rock;and 5) offshore sediments. a. Although a significant percentage of aggregate is now shipped into the Orange County- Temescol Valley Production-Consumption Region fran adjacent regions, the danger of relying an imported aggregate to cover the gap between supply and demand is that the adjacent production-consumption regions (except for the Son Bernardino Production-Consumption Re- gion) ore also facing reserveaupply short falls over the next 50 years; the Son Bernardino Production-Consumption Region has about a 65-year supply of resents. The enormous non- pernutted resources of almost 20 billion tons in these adjacent production�censumption regions represent a Long term, but expensive, altemative solution. 2. The use of the aggregate in Orange County underlying Cospers Regional Park and the sand beneath Featherly Park and portions of the Greemriver Golfcamse would require major land-use changes,but do represent potential sources of aggregate of moderotthy well-known quantity and quality. 3. The sedi nenta bedrock deposits are not nearly as well assessed as are the modem alluvial rY P� deposits.Much testing and evaluation will need to be done to discover aggregate deposits of marketable quality and quantity in the bedrock. 4. There are large quantities of bedrock available for crushing and processing as aggregate in and now the Orange County-Temescal Valley Produdion-Consumption Region.Most of these racks are either within the Cleveland Notional Forest in Orange County or in the area bordering Tetnescal Wash in Riverside County. S The development of the sand and grovel deposits offshore present a totally different set of problems. Even if the feasibTty of mininil these deposits were proven, there would probably be a protracted period of development necessary for what appears to be a limited supply. RES-C-21 I , i . I Twenty-two aggregate resource sectors hove been delineated in the Orange County-Temescal Valley Production-Consumption Region based on lithologic continuity and geographic :eporatiom These 22 resource sectors are listed on Table 3.6 in order of their importance to the Orange County. Temescal Volley Production-Consumption Region as determined by the amount of aggregate resource contained within each sector and the ease with which that resource con be made available to the market. An mportant factor in determining which resource sectors in the Orange Coon*f-Tatnescal Volley P-C Region will be needed to meet the regions aggregate requirements to the year 2030 is the percentoga of the region's resources that will be needed to satisfy those requirements. To calculate this peeeentoga,it is necessary to know not only 1) the total amount of aggregate needed to satisfy the regions 50-year requh*nvents (opproxi- motely 840 million tons) and 21 the amount of resources (reserves:approximately 257 million tons. non-penmtted resources. 1# approximately I= million tons) within the P-C region, but also 31 the amount of the non-permitted resources that,practically speaking,con be expected to be brought eventually to the aggregate market (that is, converted to reserves) and 4) the amount of aggregate that will be imported from odacent P-C regions. Although these last two factors are unknowns,by assuming figures for them,we can model different hypothetical situations and thereby gain some sense of how much of the reg;on's aggregate resources may be needed to satisfy its 50-year aggregate requirements. hrWd elioal Sitaolion A. If 60 percent of the non-permitted resources are converted to reserves and no aggregote is imported from adjacent P-C regions,84 percent of the resources within the Orange County-Umescol Valley P-C Region would be required to meet the projected 50-year demand. Nrpothetical Situation & If aggregate imports from adjacent P-C regions remain constant at the 1978 level,70 percent of the resources within the Orange County-Temescal Valley.P-C Region would be required to meet the projected 50-year demand. Hypothetical Situation C If the present level of aggregate production within the P-C region is held constant and the rote of aggregate imports from adjacent P-C regions is increased to keep pace with demand,27 percent of the resources within the Orange County-Temescal Valley P-C Region would be required to nwet the projected 50-year demand. RES-C-22 I I _ ANGELES NATIONAL FOREST - - _ YORBA LINDA RESOURCE AREA ' SANTA ANA RIVER RESOURCE AREA _ TEMESCAL WASH _ RESOURCE AREA. •LOWER SANTIAGO MAYHEW- CREEK RESOURCE AREA COIDWATER `•-� FAN • • = UPPER SANTIAGO RESOURCE = ,CREEK RESOURCE AREA ' �, AREA Huntington Bey `'� CLEVELANO ARROYO TRABUCO FORESTL RESOURCE AREA SAN JUAN CREEK RESOURCE AREA 10 O 10MILES •�,�`\ _ IO 0 d KILOMETERS rRES-C-23 Table 3.2 AGGREGATE RESOURCES* OF THE ORANGE COUNTY-TEMESCAL VALLEY P-C REGION Text Million Resource Area Sector References Short Tons Santa Ana River: A (p. 19) 25.3 B (p. 19) 66.7 C (p. 20) 62.0 D (p• 20) 32.0 E (p. 20) 9.8 F (p. 20) 58.9 G (p. 20) :* H (p. 20) *: I (p. 21) ** Total: 94.7 Lower Santiago Creek: J (p. 21) 233.6 Total: (P• 21) 3 0.0 26776- Upper Santiago Creek: L (p. 22) 5.1 �. M (p. 22) 34.1 N (p. 22) 17.0 Total: Temescal Wash: O (p. 22) 10.3 P (p. 22) 36.5 0 (p. 23) 49.0 R (p. 23) 47.4 Total: 4-3.2 Mayhew - Coldwater Fan: S (p. 23) 330.3 Total: 30.3 San Juan Creek T (p. 24) 149.7 Total: 49.7 Arroyo Trabuco: U (p. 24) 101.2 V (p. 24) 29.3 Total: Grand Total: 1468.2 * includes the categories of measured, indicated, and inferred. (See Part I, Appendix C, for definitions of terms.) ** cannot be shown due to confidentiality of producer data. RES-C-24 Table 3.3 Projected aggregate consumption to the year 2030 for the Orange County-Temescal Valley, San Gabriel Valley, Claremont-Upland, and San Bernardino P-C regions. ORANGE COUNTY-TEMESCAL SAN GABRIEL VALLEY CLAREMONT-UPLAND SAN BERNARDINO VALLEY P-C REGION P-C REGION P-C REGION P-C REGION decline in per capita decline in Der capita 5 Yr• per capita 5 yr. per capita consumption as shown consumption from consumption - consumption on Figure 3.13 Special Report 143. 43.7 tons/person 34.2 tons/person Part IV Average Aggregate Pverage Aggregate Average Aggregate Average Aggregate YEARS Population Consumption Population Consumption Population Consumption Population Consumption (Millions) (Million Tons) (Millions) (Million Tons) (Millions) (Million Tons) (Millions) (Million Tons) 1980-1985 2.51 71 3.68 79 .54 24 .53 18 1985-1990 2.78 76 3.74 79 .57 25 .57 20 M CO) 1990-1995 3.02 80 3.82 79 .59 26 .60 21 n N 1995-2000 3.21 83 3.87 79 .61 27 .63 22 2000-2005 3.38 85 3.92 78 .63 28 .65 22 2005-2010 3.54 87 3.96 78 .64 28 .67 23 2010-2015 3.70 89 4.01 78 .66 29 .69 24 2015-2020 3.85 90 4.05 78 .67 29 .71 24 2020-2025 3.98 92 4.09 78 .68 30 •72 25 2025-2030 4.09 93 4.13 77 .69 30 •74 25 TOTAL: 840 ' 780 * 270 • 220 • *Figure rounded off to the nearest ten million tons. Table 3.5 SUIVARY OF DESIGNATION FACTORS FOR THE RESOURCE S):CTORS IN ORANGE COUNTY-TEMESCAL VALLEY P-C REGION Its Percent of Orange County-Temoscal Valley P-C region reserves• 21s Percent of Orange County-Temoscal Valley P-C region resources* 31s Percent of Orange County-Temescal Valley P-C region production in 1978 1)s Active aggregato mining within this sector C i Cumulative Percentages • Re- • Re- ±Pro- Active serves sources tion Mining !Sector Resource Area 111 C (2) C3) C (4) Remarks S Mayhew-Coldwater Pan 661 22.50 241 Yes Most of sector included within four active -M aggregate leases. J Lower Santiago Crook •• •• 16► •• •• Yes Most of sector lies within two active'sggregate T6:3 leases. Centrally located within market area. Heavy pressure from encroaching urbanization. T.U,V San Juan Creek and •• 191 •• Yes Only resources located in the fast growing Sout Arroyo Trabuco (T.UI Orange County area. Much of sector U not under lease Including what may bL an environmentally sensitive woodland area. O Santa Ana River •• •• •• •• as •• Yes All of sector within an active lease. Centrally located within market area. Heavy pressure from encroaching urbanization. I Santa Ana River •• as •• as as •• Yes Moat of sector within an active lease. M m e Santa Ana River as •• •• Yes Most of sector within an active lease. !n N Upper Santiago Creek a• •• 1.20 as •• Yes Much of sector within two active leases. (7 N 0 Temescal Nash •• �` 3.3• •• Yee About one-third of sector within two active aggregate leases. Moderately high urbanising pressure. R Temeseal Nash 3.2% No About one-third of sector within an inactive .... — lease. Quality of aggregate not as high as IMayhew-Coldwater Pan Resource Area (Sector S). O,P Tomeseal Nash 3.20 _ No Within the town of Corona, high urban pressure. R Lower Santiago Creek _ 2.01 — No In mountainous terrane close to market area. 9.9 A,s,C Santa Ana River _ 10.51 _ No Sector 0 and C are adjacent to a park. Sector .• " is next to a 7f:l1f course and irunediatel downstream of Prodo Dam. Urban pressure 1s high In Sector C. D.E.F Santa Ana River 6.90 No Sectors D,E and P are In the midst of a • — rapidly Industrializing area. Sector F has two inactive pits within It. L Upper Santiago Creek 0.31 _ No Between Irvine Park and Santiago Dan. N Upper Santiago Creek 2.3• _ No Area covered by Santiago Reservoir. WTV • Includes the categories of measured, indicated, and inferred (See Part 1. Appendix C. for definitions of terms.) •• Cannot be shown due to confidentiality of producer data. t t 4. SMAHA MAPS 1 i 1 1 1 1 A �� 1 STATE OF CALIFORNIA STATE MINING AND GEOLOGY BOARD THE RESOURCES AGENCY THE OF CONSERVATION 9MARA CIR NO.3 r PLATE 1.1 ►;,, .MRZ-I r ,1 ' -,' rl •LAM/A,., L 1, J• ,`'•, tT�J I I . :u,.r L�,.``. ),4•�•"� r �11� � .1 1 r. `, ' .h •► ,1 1 1 If' ;��i 1► , ;11 ,fr, ,,�• )y ,.\• :.. - li •r 1 .....I. ,' ,,r,. .F ,, '♦ > F, MRZ-1 31 f PRAtjd gIIM QI�ADRAW-K'! `r • �1 1 A• Z .I. aJ/, A M A,� + I .A It MR -� :F:r�,. '.0 1. .�•'' f • -•, '" ,' l :11.' U' it J A N 7 A A I N A YORBA MrIN9A (QUAD RAh¢LE 1/t, \' 1 --•x. :! W / . ..'1s `fie ♦• �.... � •Y_ ,` / ........_--•l�s•-•='��-� �','.�� , '�', ..F s. I ',' ... - - � �,. _ � MRZ .y yam. ���'��-'�41�..,�,1u-�'� `� '• ,�M � d,.. T,� l/•: �/\l��\ '•�" - ' '.<'�' I�- , ''� ��1 - all, �., `�-,�. .��'I }���',';S', 1, .,��' tt `•� bJ•.• •,r.mat■ �1 , ; " BECTORD iR:.A'.r -•,- - .,. S,�� , 1p Tm fL, ► .;,: . \ �B- I 7:< T MRZ-2.- 1 j, r. ,.• t' r, t 1..r1X•,i t�OT• r..• t _ 11 MINERAL LAND CLASSIFICATION OF THE GREATER LOS ANGELES AREA . •f r \ 7i: • ` t MRZr1 , f ' •� !!,' ,� " '' ORANGE COUNTY-TEMESCAL VALLEY PRODUCTION-CONSUMPTION REGION - ` '( SANTA ANA RIVER AND LOWER SANTIAGO CREEK o r " . �t Sut7WGy1'AU PIMP AI f > I L 1t, �+j + �r RESOURCE AREAS tv `� Y -' .:�y.. ; '�i I' i,' I :; • aI+ Y'Y AGGREGATE RESOURCE SECTORS A-K .• � } j ''�,, r.l � r� •�''•'�•'� � M ! ors•~ �' �1-�' rl•, i ,t 1 J' ' '� .Mw • (Mo/i11N from C.O.M.O Special Report 143,Part III,Plate S E) 1982 > -A. f: rt dY�• rl t i ,1 n• _- r ,A`.. . ,!. �.• �}. �.. ( --(' P �,, I.r MRZ- BOUNDARY Of !�� ..-,..-.�.... •. 1 4�I r 1 r ♦ 1 I' K,'f:, EXPLANATION AREA Bl10wN ,•1;_, .., M�Z ::c•�•f I: L� r I, ' Y'....a' ' �. ""v_ 1 ♦:-mod'Geologic Section Line .. •,: _4' .. i~'\ Il.. r `, I 1 ,•,r ' MR K . , .p 1 Mineral J ••OYN RKIp ,,, _• •1 -_ .. •::r ,-!' I 4,'/, I AGGREGATE ONLY • c Z t 9 ZI IS11 ,• „a A"N:t7 ' 1 A i O„ t��A: • ,mL N: 1* •, i` y,, 1'� , �� r �� •, - .. , -- ,�'li.d �Mrr t Opoalfny AOOrfGal•Pit , t '-_��'y':_-:_A_ i,_ �.� ��• L... `�•v,,,, ..-. •� ' .rii .�. Abandoned Aff f Pit IMMIXrr to rwwwrn 1 R r ,, °' , carpNbly nnw•WI Iltr I I I 1, ; ji: Wilmot baC*fd*d of 13WOW4 tI:�1 fv.•�•,. � _ 1 '��. 1 OUTER BOUNDARY Of AREAS SUBJECT TO URBANIZATN111 S v:.."- _ _ Barr,doIts established from dale••POOW by the Office of • ,} ,A ! / i, •,.,1.,, , �` `:,.' Z-1 couna �i Plot oWR••facA with TWlitallon•d••aloP•d from 1 .. ti '^' '/• 1. I •v,:: MRT '" !^.� IAfomall0 agA•d by local Oof —em-d othr•—cff. "m A` - , ,•• dN tw•r•-r•mw,+f... NecArf•W wises sea undar•oilp wbomitall-. RES-C-28 m mil w r Mt Im 'to wa° am r r ■r STATE OF CALIFORNIA THE RESOURCES AGENCY SMARA EIR NO.D STATE MINING AND GEOLOGY BOARD DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION PLATE 1.E ■r■f >d d ■ ■ ale d■r■Q MINERAL LAND CLASSIFICATION OF THE GREATER LOS ANGELES AREA ORANGE COUNTY-TEMESCAL VALLEY PRODUCTION-CONSUMPTION REGION UPPER SANTIAGO CREEK RESOURCE AREA ? AGGREGATE RESOURCE SECTORS L-N (Taken from C.D.M.G Special Report 143, Part III,Plate 3.4) 1982,�Y 1 T 1�•'r ��� ..�� r:�� 'i V .sell' i m s/sly; s..� SECTORM `.. N � ... '�� '� 'i' � h •� ", fit: ::.......... � . . 1� ... y, ,; � •• Ir, ,�` � •i• � � d +'C� � tea i I�r'1 g 44p "t' gU�QRQNOL� . ire rx,r. uupp• _ v 1 �A �'.�: BOUNDARY OF / ,Ivt �" ` \'.� y'.�. I L', .� ►«•na+ AREA ZWN Z o' r , t It `� --- MB 1 ; ,�JrI,C .90UTH , sea r r `• sees - `1' c;: �� M�`1y' fir, ` ' ` •y,•�'"`I". i err EXPLANATION • Drill Hole Resource Sector z Mineral Resource ZaneWRZI �- AGGREGATE RESOURCES ONLY Operating Aggregate Pit � �� `. .f,•"�' ��., �,�: r•��..,'Y •a'4••M 1, OUTER BOUNDARY OF AREAS SUBJECT TO URBANIZATION `" „;'• �'I�'i Boundaries established from data supplied by the Office of + + Planing and Research with modifications developed from MRz-3� Information suppled by local government and other sources. Hachures lie within area undergoing urbanization. ��EL 'YORQ QUA ►E ` ;�� ■r.z r.■.�■r■��■.err+sew ■f ere►K ■err ti�a,aoo STATE OF T►IE RESOURCESCES AGENCY SMAPA EIR NO. D STATE MINING AND GEOLOGY BOARD DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION PLATE 1-4 aaa art n�e►r r rr RZ lu elm MRZ-3 — EL TORO..0"DRJWGIE `�` ' \ - -j � ' , - •-I M Psi a - ' �� ,. - � �...=.. t_ . . ' - - _ •; )'- -ate- `�.� ..�1•. �GO __" _ .-�-•. l: �—� I hr a \/Ai'lIal�-3 - •� _ -_ 'AIRZ-1 AL . fv MINERAL LAND CLASSIFICATION OF THE GREATER LOS ANGELES AREA ORANGE COUNTY 14<►LLEY PRODUCTION-CONSUMPTION REGION �. 71AC. ARROYO TRABUCO AND SAN JUAN CREEK c ' 42 ftz'- r RESOURCE AREAS `° AGGREGATE RESOURCE SECTORS T-V U (Me.ifiM from Q0.1L6.Spacial Rawl 143,Mt Ill,MOta 3.6) 1 1982 Cl)CARTS W y BOUNDARY OF lanrlpa —�`- AREA IQMN �•- -.� E)QLANAT)ON C7 Raaaas aa>yapl aawz-x..0 zmomtn A�6AERE OILY ' ..•` ter. t-_ . -:.� - -•._� Q Area Op Undw Lowas by AMaMfa a1P r To fn a� OUTER BOUIDARY OF AREAS SUBACT TO UPMAWATIM Saaalarta aatHAHaa tree Oala emp6ao b la Offi o•1 - ++plaa" WIN •lal wAdrocaeala d@vG§w 6 haw • •f ` -. -ti,j raswwlal ample/b law 6aAraw.lt awe araT"wowr: _ �` taaealWGS be 900 area ar•alvtiaa. L: �'� ''� � h•�.fV T way rft aauwii0iiiiia..a 'r ar..r71 Maw III! f "1y>� -JyCAJMADA tGMRNA80RA OUAORAN( "PAW 3 -�5 Z M.AlR2;3 ` ~ _MRZ-1 MFtZ—I` 1� .-.. .rJay �1' -'y � >•. I 1}� f_ ,f.. -,a—yam__' ���..f . C ._�. .�..... tL - -_ ~_..��.-�•�_,�- - -._- .r •-- -•=-n--- --- ..:a,— `L._.etc i A DC AH A W a �� 'ow `m r APPENDIX D CHRONOLOGY OF AIR QUALITY LEGISLATION AND PLANNING o The seriousness of the local air pollution problem was recognized in the early 1940s, and in 1946, the Los Angeles County Board of Supervisors established the first air pollution control district in the nation to address the problem of industrial air pollution. o In Orange County, an early recognition of the causal relationship between air pollution and crop yield led to the formation of the Orange County Air Pollution Control District in 1950. Since that time, agricultural concerns have been overshadowed by -health and welfare considerations for a rapidly growing populace. o In the mid-1950s, California established the first state agency to control motor vehicle emissions. Countywide or regional air pollution ' districts were required throughout the state by 1970. Many of the air pollution controls originated in California became the basis for the federal control program which began in the 1960s. o FEDERAL CLEAN AIR ACT OF 1963 The original Clean Air Act, in response to growing public concerns on air pollution, provided grants-in-aid for research, planning, and development of air quality standards and air pollution control measures to protect the health and welfare of the public. The Act authorized the Secretary of Health, Education and Welfare (HEW) to publish non-mandatory air quality criteria for safe health standards. Where air pollution endangered public health and a state failed to act, the Secretary of HEW was authorized to intervene. o CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD 1968 The California legislature created the Air Resources Board in 1968. The ARB was formed by combining two existing state agencies: the Motor Vehicle Pollution Control Board and the Bureau of Air Sanitation, a division of the Health Department. The ARB has direct authority on vehicle emission controls and has developed the most stringent emission standards in the nation. 1 0 NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY ACT (NEPA) 1969 CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT (CEQA) 1970 Both NEPA and CEQA require that any significant project has to be assessed as to its potential harmful impacts on the environment. In those cases where projects were found to have significant impacts, the effects were required to be documented in an environmental impact statement (under NEPA) or an environmental impact report (under CEQA) so that they would be accounted for and considered in the project approval decision-making process. 1 RES-D-1 r G 1 o FEDERAL CLEAN AIR ACT, 1970 AMENDMENTS The Clean Air Act of 1970 established the statutory requirement for attaining and maintaining the National Ambient Air Quality Standards nationwide by 1975 (with a possible extension to 1977 in particularly polluted areas). Under the Act, each state in which the standards were exceeded was required to submit for the Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA) approval a State Implementation Plan (SIP) that would achieve compliance with the standards. However, the EPA failed to publish guidelines by August 1974 and SIP submittals were extended to July 1, 1979. o CALIFORNIA LEVIS AIR QUALITY ACT (1976) The Lewis Act established the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) and mandated a planning process. In addition to requiring preparation of an Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP) consistent with federal planning requirements, the act also set up a process in which the AQMP would be reviewed every two years and revised as necessary. 0 FEDERAL CLEAN AIR ACT, AS AMENDED IN 1977 The 1977 Clean Air Act Amendments extended the attainment of the national ambient air quality standards to December 31, 1982. The EPA was authorized to grant an extension of the attainment date for the carbon monoxide (CO) and ozone (03) standards to December 31, 1987 if all reasonable available control measures were being implemented. If an extension was granted, a revised SIP was required to be submitted by July 1, 1982 which demonstrated that the federal CO and 03 standards would be met by December 31, 1987. 0 1979 AQMP The Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG) and SCAQMD approved the draft plan in January 1979. The California Air Resources Board (CARB) adopted the AQMP in May 1979 and submitted the plan to EPA in July 1979 as the South Coast Air Basin portion of the SIP. EPA conditionally approved the AQMP in January 1981; however, sanctions were imposed because the California legislature failed to adopt an inspection and maintenance (I&M) program as required by the EPA for non-attainment areas. At the request of the ARB, sanctions were removed in April 1982. However, the EPA still did not approve the CO and 03 portion of the plan since an I&M program had not been implemented. Orange County participation in the development of the 1979 AQMP included the preparation of a subregional element. The Orange County Subregional Planning Council (SPC), an inter-governmental agency, 1 RES-D-2 coordinated the preparation and development of the subregional element with the twenty-six cities in Orange County. The Orange County Board of Supervisors passed a resolution on April 15, 1980 to implement six mandatory measures listed in the 1979 AQMP. Of the twenty-six cities in Orange County, twenty passed resolutions to implement the 1979 AQMP, two additional cities committed to implement the control measures (no Council resolution), and four cities declined to participate in the program. o AQMP 1982 REVISION As with the 1979 AQMP, the Subregional Planning Council coordinated the development of the Subregional Element with the cities of Orange County. The Orange County Board of Supervisors adopted the Subregional Element in March 1983, as recommended by the SPC, and submitted the element to SCAG for consideration of inclusion in the 1982 AQMP. The 1982 AQMP Revision, using better data and modeling tools that were made available for this effort, concluded that the region could not ' meet the 1987 attainment deadline mandated by the 1977 Clean Air Act. Implementation of the recommended one hundred and thirty five (135) control measures in the AQMP, is expected to accomplish the following: - Ozone. Reduction of the number of first stage episodes from 115 to an estimate of 15-55 and reduction of second stage episodes from 21 to 0 by the year 2000. - Nitrogen Dioxide. Attainment of federal standards by 1987 and state standards by the year 2000. - Carbon Monoxide. Attainment of federal standards by the year 2000, while reducing the number of violations of state standards and hot ' spot concentrations. - Sulfur Dioxide and Sulfates. Continued attainment of federal standards while reducing violation of state standards. - Total Suspended Particulates. Attainment of federal standards, if the standard is changed to inhalable particulates. - Total Oxidants. Reduction of number of violation days. o INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (I5M) The California State Legislature adopted an Inspection and Maintenance Program on September 10, 1982. The SCAQMD approved the program for the South Coast Air Basin on February 4, 1983. The program began in the Spring of 1984 and will continue until 1990. The program calls for biennial inspection of all gasoline powered autos and light duty trucks which are less than twenty years old. The maximum repair cost is limited to $50 with escalation to $100 based on cost of living RES-D-3 i increases. Vehicle inspection requires tamper-proof computer operated , test equipment. In 1987, the federal court ordered EPA to disapprove the 1982 AQMP Revision because it did not demonstrate attainment of the federal standards by 1987 as required by the Clean Air Act. On January 22, 1988, the EPA published its final disapproval of the South Coast SIP. However, federal legislation enacted in late 1987 prevents EPA from imposing sanctions until August 31, 1988. 0 REGULATION %V State legislation provides the SCAQMD with authority to implement transportation and land use control measures within the South Coast Air Basin. In their effort to reduce air pollution, the SCAQMD adopted Regulation XV on December 11, 1987. The regulation sets forth actions ' which employers with 100 or more employees must take to reduce the number of trips their employees make during the morning peak commute hours (6:00 a.m. to 10:00 a.m. ). The regulation requires affected employers to develop and implement trip reduction and ridesharing ' programs. Implementation of the regulation began July 1, 1988. o ORANGE COUNTY'S TRIP REDUCTION INCENTIVE PROGRAM (TRIP) The Orange County Transportation Commission is seeking approval from the SCAQMD to substitute TRIP for Regulation XV. A provision in the regulation allows for a substitute program which is as effective as Regulation XV. TRIP was developed at the local level and has local support which is an important ingredient in any successful program. It has similar emission reduction goals as Regulation XV and similar to the regulation, it also includes employers with 100 or more employees. In addition, it includes complexes with 100 or more employees. The program is currently being reviewed by SCAQMD and EPA. 0 1988 AOMP ' The 1988 AQM? is currently being developed by SCAG and SCAQMD. The AQMP sets a goal of attaining all federal and state standards no later than: - December 31, 1996 for nitrogen dioxide - December 31, 1997 for carbon monoxide - December 31, 2007 for ozone and PM10 (Particulate Matter) The SCAG and SCAQMD adoption schedule for the plan is in November 1988. - There is a pending court decision which will determine how EPA will carry out post-1987 rule making. The court is expected to make a decision in September 1988. CTL:jn/klPA01-198/8280 RES-D-4 8082510474088 W DE H W a COMPARATIVE CONTROL MEASURES OF THE 1988, 1982 AND 1979 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS (AQMP) CONTROL MEASURES CONTROL CONTROL TO BE MEASURE MEASURE ADOPTED ADOPTED BY ADOPTED BY DRAFT 1988 AQMP BY COUNTY 1982 AQMP COUNTY OF 1979 AQMP COUNTY OF CONTROL MEASURES OF ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE 1.1 Alternative Work X1/ I10 Modified Work X H4 Modified Work X Schedules Schedule Schedule 1.2 Telecommunications --- N/A --- N/A --- 2.1 Employee Rideshare x1/ I8 Ridesharing- X 1134 Employee Ridesharing X and Transit Employer Program Incentives Directed Ridesharing --- --- H112 Carpool Signups for --- Government Employees 2.2 [larking Management X1/ I9 Ridesharing X H5 Carpool Preferential X through Parking Parking Management 2.3 Vanpool Vehicle X1/ I8 Ridesharing- X N/A --- Purchase Incentives Employer Directed Ridesharing 2.4 Merchant Rideshare --- N/A -- N/A --- & Transit Incentives 2.5 Auto Use --- N/A --- N/A --- Restrictions NOTES: 1/ Carry-on of previous efforts RES-F. -I N/A Not. ApI>licaljly COMPARATIVE CONTROL MEASURES OF THE 1988, 1982 AND 1979 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS (AQMP) CONTROL MEASURES CONTROL CONTROL TO BE MEASURE MEASURE ADOPTED ADOPTED BY ADOPTED BY DRAFT 1988 AQMP BY COUNTY 1982 AQMP COUNTY OF 1979 AQMP COUNTY OF CONTROL MEASURES OF ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE 2.6 HOV Facilities --- N/A --- H85 "Freeway Facility and Transit Iliiproveliieii 1 S Supporting HOV Movemun t- Freeway Transit and Exclusive HOV Lanes for Carpool~ and HusPs" --- N/A 11117 Santa Ana Transportation --- Corridor 2.7 Transit --- N/A --- H89 Transit System Improvements Improvements --- N/A --- H86 Regional Core Rapid --- Mass Transit (RMT) Wilshire Rail Line 3. Growth Management --- 01 Mixed Land Use/ X N/A -- Balanced Development --- 02 Clustering of X N/A --- New Commercial Development --- 04 Encourage Residen- X N/A tial Development in Strip Commercial Areas NOTES: 1/ Carry-on of previous etf.orts RES-E .2 COMPARATIVE CONTROL MEASURES OF THE 1988, 1982 AND 1979 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS (AQMP) CONTROL MEASURES CONTROL CONTROL TO BE MEASURE MEASURE ADOPTED ADOPTED BY ADOPTED BY DRAFT 1988 AQMP BY COUNTY 1982 AQMP COUNTY OF 1979 AQMP COUN'rY OF CONTROL MEASURES OF ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE --- 05 Increased X N/A --- Residential Density Near Major Transit Corridors --- 017 Increased X N/A --- Employment Density Near Major Bus Transit Routes 4. 1 Truck Dispatching, --- N/A --- N/A Rescheduling and Rerouting 4.2 Diverting Goods --- N/A --- N/A --- from Truck to Rail 5. Traffic Flow X1/ K2 Traffic Signal X H35 Traffic Signal X Improvements Synchronization Synchronization 6. Non-Recurrent --- K4 Reduce Non- --- H118 Reduce Non-Recurrent --- Congestion Recurrent Congestion Congestion 7. Indirect Source: --- I25 Off Airport --- N/A --- Aircraft and Terminals Ground Service Vehicles --- 127 LAX Ground Access --- N/A -..... Project NO'rES: 1/ Carry-on of previous efforts RES-E-3 N/A Not Applicable COMPARATIVE CONTROL MEASURES OF THE 1988, 1982 AND 1979 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS (AQMP) CONTROL MEASURES CONTROL CONTROL. TO BE MEASURE MEASURE ADOPTED ADOPTED BY ADOPTED BY DRAFT 1988 AQMP BY COUNTY 1982 AQMP COUNTY OF 1979 AQMP COUNTY OF CONTROL MEASURES OF ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE 8. Rail Consolidation --- N/A --- N/A ---- to Reduce Grade Crossings 9. Indirect Source: --- N/A --- N/A --- Control Airport Ground Access 10.2 Storage and --- N/A --- N/A --- Movement of Fine Particulate Matter 10.3 Unpaved Roads and --- N/A --- N/A --- Parking Lots 11. Freeway Capacity --- N/A --- 1188 Congestion► Relief- --- Enhancements Freeway uideniugs 12. General Aviation --- N/A --- N/A - Vapor Recovery 13. Replacement of --- M6 Emissions for --- H6 Aircraft Emission --- High-Emitting Non-Carrier Controls Aircraft Aircraft 14. Railroad --- M8 Electrification --- Hll Electrify Railroad --- Electrification of Railroad Haul Switching Yards Operations 15. Electric Vehicles --- M4 Electric Vehicles --- 1160 Electric Vehicles - NOTES: N/A Not Applicable RES-E-4 rr rr ar �r r wr rr � rr rs r r� �r ar rr rr rr r� rr COMPARATIVE CONTROL MEASURES OF THE 1988, 1982 AND 1979 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS (AQMP) CONTROL MEASURES CONTROL CONTROL TO BE MEASURE MEASURE ADOPTED ADOPTED BY ADOPTED BY DRAFT 1988 AQMP BY COUNTY 1982 AQMP COUNTY OF 1979 AQMP COUNTY OF CONTROL MEASURES OF ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE 16. Highway --- N/A --- N/A --- Electrification 17. High Speed Rail --- N/A --- N/A 18.1 Local Government --- N13 Government Energy --- N/A --- Energy Conservation Conservation 18.2 Waste Recycling --- N/A --- N/A --- 18.3 Pricing, Tax and --- N/A --- N/A --- Subsidy Incentives NOTES: N/A Not Applicable RES-E-5 COMPARATIVE CONTROL MEASURES OF THE 1988, 1982 AND 1979 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS (AQMP) -- — - CONTROL -----...--- --- ----- MEASURES CONTROL CONTROL TO BIi MEASURE MEASURE ADOPTED ADOPTED BY ADOPTED BY DRAFT 1988 AQMP BY COUNTY 1982 AQMP COUNTY OF 1979 AQMP COUNTY OF CONTROL MEASURES OF ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE C O N T R O L N E A S U R E S N 0 T I N C L U D E D I N T H E 1 9 8 8 D R A F T A 0 N P Please note that there are control measures below which have been adopted by the County and have been imNleuiented. N/A --- Al FGD on Fluid --- S3 Fluid Catalytic Catalytic Cracking Cracking Units N/A --- A2 Pipeline Heaters --- N/A N/A --- A3 Natural Gas and --- 1150 Natural Gas acid Oil --- Oil Production, Production Valves b Flanges N/A --- A4 Oil Tank Cleaning --- 1156 Oil Tank Cleaning --- N/A --- A5 Refineries, Waste --- N/A - - Water Separators N/A --- A6 Petroleum Vacuum --- N/A --- Trucks N/A --- A7 Marine Fuel --- N/A --- Transfer, all Gasoline Powered Craft N/A --- A8 Refinery Heaters - - N11 Emission Controls on --- and Boilers Refinery Heaters N/A --- A10 Refinery CO --- N/A -- Boilers NOTES: N/A Not Applicable ICES-E-6 ,� r r won �r r � r � r. r � r r r � r ■r rr r r �r .�. COMPARATIVE CONTROL MEASURES OF THE 1988, 1982 AND 1979 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS (AQMP) CONTROL MEASURES CONTROL CONTROL TO BE MEASURE MEASURE ADOPTED ADOPTED BY ADOPTED BY DRAFT 1988 AQMP BY COUNTY 1982 AQMP COUNTY OF 1979 AQMP COUNTY OF CONTROL MEASURES OF ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE N/A --- A13 Petroleum Coke --- S1 Petroleum Coke --- Calcining Calcining N/A --- A15 Petroleum --- N/A --- Refineries Flares N/A --- A16 Oil Field Steam --- N/A --- Generators N/A --- A19 Thermally --- N/A --- Enhanced Oil Recovery N/A --- A20 Refinery Pressure --- N/A --- Relief Valves N/A --- B1 Wood Flatstock --- N/A --- Coating Lines N/A --- B2 Substitute --- H26 Substitute Coatings --- Coatings Used in Used in Machinery Industrial Maintenance Maintenance N/A --- B3 Marine Coatings --- H28 Substitute Coatings --- Used in Ship Construction N/A --- B4 Motor Vehicle --- H37 Substitute Coatings -- Manufacturing Used in Automobile Coatings Manutacturing NOTES: N/A Not Applicable RES--E-7 COMPARATIVE CONTROL MEASURES OF THE 1988, 1982 AND 1979 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS (AQMP) CONTROL MEASURES CONTROL CONTROL TO BE MEASURE MEASURE ADOPTED ADOPTED BY ADOPTED BY DRAFT 1988 AQMP BY COUNTY 1982 AQMP COUNTY OF 1979 AOMP COUNTY of .CONTROL MEASURES OF ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE CONTROL. MEASURE: ORANGE N/A --- B5 Wood Furniture --- H59 Wood Furniture --- Finishes Manufacturing --- - 1145 Substitute Coatings --- Used in Wood Furniture Finishes N/A --- B6 Substitute --- 1149 Substitute Coatings --- Coatings, Metal Used in Manufacturing Parts Manufact- Metal Parts and uring Products N/A --- --- H2O Substitute Coatings --- Used in Metal Furniture and Fixtures Manufacturing N/A --- B7 Substitute --- H65 Substitute Coatings - Coatings Used Used in the Aerospace in the Aerospace Industry Industry N/A --- B8 Substitute --- H54 Substitute Coatings - Coatings Used Used in Automobile in Automobile Refinishing Refinishing N/A --- C1 Metal Cleaning --- H42 Emission Controls on --- Operations Metal Cleaning Operations NOTES: N/A Not Applicable RES-E-8 ,� +■� r � � � r � rr r r � r�. r � r i r �r COMPARATIVE CONTROL MEASURES OF THE 1988, 1982 AND 1979 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS (AQMP) CONTROL MEASURES CONTROL CONTROL TO BE MEASURE MEASURE ADOPTED ADOPTED BY ADOPTED BY DRAFT 1988 AQMP BY COUNTY 1982 AQMP COUNTY OF 1979 AQMP COUNTY OF CONTROL MEASURES OF ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE N/A --- C2 Aerosol Spray --- N/A --- and Other Consumer Solvents N/A --- C3 Pesticide --- N/A --- Applications N/A --- Dl Non-Refinery --- H9 Maintain Leaky Valves -- Valve Maintenance in Non-Refinery Industrial Processes N/A --- D2 Paper and Fabric --- H21 Substitute Coatings --- Coating Used in Fabric and Paper Product Mfg. N/A --- D3 Emission Controls --- N/A --- for Rubber Products Manufacturing Processes N/A --- D4 Solvent Extraction --- H53 Vegetable Oil --- Processing N/A --- D5 Pumps and --- N/A --- Compressors N/A --- D6 Pharmaceutical --- 1157 Emission Controls on --- and Cosmetics Pharmaceutical and Manufacturing Cosmetics Manufacturing Operations NOTES: N/A Not Applicable RES-E-9 COMPARATIVE CONTROL. MEASURES OF THE 1988, 1982 AND 1979 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS (AQMP) CONTROL — -- - -- --- MEASURES CONTROL CONTROL TO BE MEASURE MEASURE ADOPTED ADOPTED BY ADOPTED BY DRAFT 1988 AQMP BY COUNTY 1982 AQMP COUNTY OF 1979 ROMP CO WTY OF CONTROL MEASURES OF ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE --- --- 113 Filter Dust from Pharmaceutical Manufacturing N/A --- D7 Rubber Products --- H48 Emission Contvuls un -- Manufacturing on Rubber Products Manufacturing N/A --- --- P4 Filter Dust fum --- Rubber Products Manufacturing N/A --- El Electric Utility --- N/A --- Gas Turbines N/A --- E4 Electric Utility --- N/A --- Gas Turbines- Methanol N/A --- E5 Electric Utility --- N/A --- Boilers N/A --- F1 Landfill Gas --- N/A - Recovery and Disposal N/A --- G1 Synthetic --- H46 Emission Cuutruls fur --- Organic Chemical Manufacturing Chemical Plants Manufacturing NOTES: N/A Not Applicable RES-E-lO r �r �. r r. �. �r w w w �r w w �w a� �r r ■r r r r rs � r r �r r� r� r� r� r� rr �r COMPARATIVE CONTROL MEASURES OF THE 1988, 1982 AND 1979 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS (AQMP) CONTROL MEASURES CONTROL CONTROL TO BE MEASURE MEASURE ADOPTED ADOPTED BY ADOPTED BY DRAFT 1988 AQMP BY COUNTY 1982 AQMP COUNTY OF 1979 AQMP COUNTY OF CONTROL MEASURES OF ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE N/A --- G2 Graphic Arts --- H43 Solvent Reductions in --- Industry Printing Operations N/A --- G3 Perchlorethylene --- N/A --- Dry Cleaning Systems N/A --- G4 Petroleum Solvent --- N/A --- Dry Cleaners N/A --- G5 Cement Kilns --- N7 Emission Controls on --- Cement Kilns N/A --- G7 Glass Melting --- N14 Glass Melting -- Furnaces Furnaces N/A --- G9 Stationary --- N16 Stationary Internal --- Internal Combustion Engines Combustion Engines N/A --- Gll Industrial Boilers --- N10 Industrial Boilers -- N/A --- G12 Fugitive Dust from --- N/A --- Unpaved Roads N/A --- H1 Lower Emission Tax --- N/A --- Incentives N/A --- H2 Bus Replacement --- N/A --- NOTES: N/A Nut Applicable RF;S-E-11 COMPARATIVE CONTROL MEASURES OF THE 1988, 1982 AND 1979 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS (AQMP) CONTROL MEASURES CONTROL CONTROL TO BE MEASURE MEASURE ADOPTED ADOPTED BY ADOPTED BY DRAFT 1988 AQMP BY COUNTY 1982 AQMP COUNTY OF 1979 AQMP COUNTY o CONTROL MEASURES OF ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE N/A --- H3 Tuneups to X N/A - - Manufacturer's Specificatiuns N/A --- H5 Low Emission, X H113 Purchase of Low - - High Fuel Emission, High Fuel Economy Economy Government Vehicles for Vehicles Local Gov' t. N/A --- I4 Bicycling X 1123 Increased Bicycle/ X Improvements Pedestrian Facilities N/A --- I6 Walking X 1123 Increased Bicycle/ X Improvements Pedestrian Facilities N/A --- I28 Reduce Business X N/A --- Miles Traveled By Government Employees N/A --- I29 Home Goods X N/A - - Delivery N/A --- J1 Truck Freight --- N/A --- Consolidation Terminals N/A --- J2 Truck --- N/A -- Deregulation NOTES: N/A Not Applicable RES-E-12 ar r� �r rr rr r� r r rw rr r� r r r r rr rr r� r COMPARATIVE CONTROL MEASURES OF THE 1988, 1982 AND 1979 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS (AQMP) CONTROL MEASURES CONTROL CONTROL. TO BE MEASURE MEASURE ADOPTED ADOPTED BY ADOPTED BY DRAFT 1988 AQMP BY COUNTY 1982 AQMP COUNTY OF 1979 AQMP COUNTY OF CONTROL MEASURES OF ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE N/A --- K9 City Wide Bus --- N/A --- Shelter Program N/A --- K11 Revised Parking --- N/A --- Facility Design Standards N/A --- K13 Improve Traffic X N/A - - Flow Through Use of One-Way Streets N/A --- K14 Eliminate Lane --- N/A --- Closures N/A --- L1 Tow Aircraft --- N/A --- N/A --- L2 Increased Air --- H1 Increased Air --- Passenger Load Passenger Load Factor Factor N/A --- L3 Jet Aircraft --- H25 Reduce Jet Aircraft --- Ground Taxi Queuing Delays Improvements N/A --- L5 Centralized --- N/A --- Ground Power Systems N/A --- L6 Marine Diesel --- N13 Marine Diesel --- Engines Engines NOTES: N/A Not Applicable RES-E-13 COMPARATIVE CONTROL MEASURES OF THE 1988, 1982 AND 1979 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS (AQMP) CONTROL --- MEASURES CONTROL CONTROL TO BE MEASURE MEASURE ADOPTED ADOPTED BY ADOPTED BY DRAF'r 1988 AQMP BY COUNTY 1982 AQMP COUNTY OF 1979 AQMP COUNTY OF CONTROL MEASURES OF ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE N/A --- L8 Marine Vessel --- N/A - Operations- Dockside Fueling N/A --- L9 Reduce the --- H2 Jet Aircraft Taxi --- Number of Improvements Aircraft Engines During Idle and Taxi Operations N/A --- M1 In-Use Vehicles --- H18 Annual Inspection -- Strategy and Maintenance of Light and Medium Duty Vehicles N/A --- M2 New Vehicles --- N/A -- Strategy --- M5 Dual Fueled Flcct N/A --- Vehicles N/A --- M10 Emissions --- N/A --- Standards- Utility Equipment NOTES: N/A Not Applicable RES-E-14 ar r� r r r rr rr r� rr rr rr rr rr r rr rr r rr rr COMPARATIVE CONTROL MEASURES OF THE 1988, 1982 AND 1979 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS (AQMP) CONTROL MEASURES CONTROL CONTROL TO BE MEASURE MEASURE ADOPTED ADOPTED BY ADOPTED BY DRAFT 1988 AQMP BY COUNTY 1982 AQMP COUNTY OF 1979 AQMP COUNTY OF CONTROL MEASURES OF ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE: N/A --- M11 Emission --- H7 Emission Standards- --- Standards- New Off-Road Heavy New Off- Duty Non-Farm Road Heavy Equipment Duty Non-Farm Equipment N/A --- M13 Methanol --- N/A --- Fleet Vehicle Conversion N/A --- M14 Emission --- N/A --- Standards for New Boats- Pleasure Craft N/A --- N1 Retrofit --- N2 Residential Retrofit --- Weatherproofing of Existing Homes N/A --- N7 Increased --- N/A --- Shading of Streets and Walls N/A --- N9 Wind Energy --- N/A -- Resources NOTES: N/A Not Applicable RES-E-15 COMPARATIVE CONTROL MEASURES OF THE 1988, 1982 AND 1979 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS (AQMP) CONTROL MEASURES CONTROL CONTROL TO BE MEASURE MEASURE ADOPTED ADOPTED BY ADOPTED BY DRAFT 1988 AQMP BY COUNTY 1982 AQMP COUNTY OF 1979 AQMP COUNTY OF CONTROL MEASURES OF ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE CON'rROL MEASURE ORANGE' N/A --- N10 Energy X N/A --- Conservation SCandards for New Residences N/A --- N11 Conversion to X N4 Energy Efficient X ! . igy- Street Lighting Efficient Street Lighting N/A --- N15 More Efficient --- N/A --- Sewage Treatment (City of LA) N/A --- N16 Heat Exchangers, --- N5 Alter Design of --- Gas-Fired Fan Type Residential Space Central Furnaces Heaters N/A --- N18 Altered Design of --- P76 Alter Deign of --- New Residential New Residential Water Heaters Water Heaters N/A --- N27 Life Cycle X N/A -- Costing of New Government Purchases N/A --- P6 New Source Review --- N/A --- NOTES: N/A Not Applicable RES-E-16 rr rr it rr rr rr rr �r r� rr rr rr rr rr rr r r� rr rri COMPARATIVE CONTROL MEASURES OF THE 1988, 1982 AND 1979 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS (AQMP) CONTROL MEASURES CONTROL CONTROL TO BE MEASURE MEASURE ADOPTED ADOPTED BY ADOPTED BY DRAFT 1988 AQMP BY COUNTY 1982 AQMP COUNTY OF 1979 AQMP COUNTY OF CONTROL MEASURES OF ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE__ ORANGE C O N T R O L M E A S U R E S N 0 T I N C L U D E D I N T H E 1 9 8 8 0 R 1 9 8 2 A Q M P N/A --- N/A --- 113 Triple Trailer --- Trucking N/A --- N/A --- H13 Trip Reduction --- Program N/A --- N/A --- H15 Emission Standards- --- New Farm Equipment N/A --- N/A --- 1116 Emission Standards- --- Jet Aircraft Engines N/A --- N/A --- 1119 Emission Controls --- for Small Relief Valves N/A --- N/A --- H22 Emission Standards- --- Lawnmowers and Garden Equipment N/A --- N/A --- H24 Improved Emission --- Controls for Motor Vehicles N/A --- N/A --- H29 Emission Controls --- on Gasoline Bulk Plant Operations NOTES: N/A Not Applicable RES-E-17 COMPARATIVE CONTROL MEASURES OF THE 1988, 1982 AND 1979 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS (AQMP) CONTROL - — --" — MEASURES CON'rROL CONTROL TO BE MEASURE MEASURE ADOPTED ADOPTED BY ADOPTED BY DRAFT 1988 AQMP BY COUNTY 1982 AQMP COUNTY OF 1979 AQMP COUNTY OF CONTROL MEASURES OF ORANCE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANCE N/A --- N/A --- H30 Emission Controls --- for Random Leaks at Refineries N/A --- N/A --- H31 Substitute Coatings --- Used in Magnetic Wire Manufacturing N/A --- N/A --- H36 Voluntary Retirement - --- of Older Cars N/A --- N/A --- H39 Substitute Coatings --- Used in Metal Can and Coil Stock Manufacturing N/A --- N/A --- H44 Substitute Materials - Used in Asphalt Applications N/A --- N/A --- B47 Fmission Controls: Paint Manufacturing Plants N/A --- N/A --- H62 Mal'ine Fuel Transfer --- Operations N/A --- N/A --- 1172 Increased 'rrUcking --- Efficiency NOTES: N/A Not Applicable RES-E 18 COMPARATIVE CONTROL MEASURES OF THE 1988, 1982 AND 1979 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS (AQMP) CONTROL MEASURES CONTROL CONTROL. TO BE MEASURE MEASURE ADOPTED ADOPTED BY ADOPTED BY DRAFT 1988 AQMP BY COUNTY 1982 AQMP COUNTY OF 1979 AQMP COUNTY OF CONTROL MEASURES OF ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE CONTROL MEASURE ORANGE N/A --- N/A --- 1187 Downtown People --- Mover System N/A --- N/A --- H90 Future Improvement --- of Technological Controls N/A --- N/A --- N1 Energy Conservation: --- Commercial Institution and Industrial Audits N/A --- N/A --- N8 Emission Controls --- on Medium and Small Steam Generators N/A --- N/A --- P9 Control Dust --- Emissions from Construction and Demolition Projects N/A --- N/A --- S4 Refinery Fuel Burning --- Sources N/A --- N/A --- S5 Sulfur Content of --- Diesel Fuel NOTE: N/A Not Applicable MHM:tiaPA01 -89/8280 RES-E-19 w H w a rr r r r� rr rr �r r rri rr rr r r r r r r � r 1 APPENDIX F LIST OF ACRONYMS/ABBREVIATIONS ' of acre-foot AFIS Areawide Fiscal Impact System ' AQMP Air Quality Management Plan CAA Community Analysis Area ' CEQA California Environmental Quality Act ' CO Carbon Monoxide DMP Development Monitoring Program EIR Environmental Impact Report EMA Environmental Management Agency GSA General Services Agency HBPD Harbors, Beaches and Parks District ' HC Hydrocarbons ' LCP Local Coastal Program maf million acre feet MEA Master Environmental Assessment M & I Municipal and Industrial ' mmcf million cubic feet mmcfd million-million cubic feet per day ' MMTS Multi-Modal Transportation System ' MWD Metropolitan Water District NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards ' NEPA National Environmental Policy Act NHPA National Historic Preservation Act ' NO Oxides of Nitrogen OCP-III Orange County Preferred-III ' RES-F-1 I OCTC Orange County Transportation Commission ' 0 & M Operation and Maintenance ppm parts per million ' PV Photovoltaic RHC Reactive Hydrocarbon RSA Regional Statistical Area ' SCAG Southern California Association of Governments SCE Southern California Edison Company ' SCG Southern California Gas Company ' SDG&E San Diego Gas and Electric SHPO State Historic Preservation Office , SO Oxides of Sulfur x SMARA Surface Mining and Reclamation Act ' SVP State dater Project taf thousand acre feet , TAZ Traffic Analysis Zone ' TDS Total Dissolved Solids THC Total Hydrocarbon TSP Total Suspended Particles VHT Vehicle Hours Travelled ' VMT Vehicle Miles Travelled 1 CL:jnPA01-235 RES-F-2 , 8100616034702 i AH a W a i � � � � � i � � � � � � � � i � � � APPENDIX G B I B L I O G R A P H Y Board Resolution No. 77-866 (Archaeo/Palen Recreation Plan) . ' Board Resolution No. 82-583 (Historic Resources Management Plan) . Board Resolution No. 80-27 (Historical Commission) . ' Board Resolution No. 83-607 (Archives) . Bolsa Chica LCP/LUP, January 1982. Bolsa Chica Linear Park Boundary Study. ' California Division of Dines and Geology Special Report 143, Parts III and IV, for the Orange County Region, 1981. ' California Energy Commission (1980, 1981) . California Government Code (Sections 65560- 65568) "California State Park System, 1980," An Element of the California Outdoor Recreational Resources Plan, March 1980. ' County of Orange/OCP-III Projections. County Water Conservation/Development Program. EMA/Right-of-Way Engineering 1983. Final Air Quality Management Plan (1982 Revision) . General Services Agency Inventory, Orange County Flood Control District, 1983. Local Coastal Plans. Master Environmental Assessment. Memo of April 27, 1979, "Update on Cleveland National Forest." Metropolitan Water District Report No. 948, August 1983. Natural Shoreline Study, Army Corps of Engineers. Open Space/Recreation/Special Districts Program Office Program Report 1983-84. ' Orange County Land Cover Survey. Orange County Conservation Element (1978) . ' RES-G-1 1 Orange County Land Use Element (June 1982) . ' Orange County Open Space Element (1978) . Orange County Transportation Commission, MMTS Projections (1982) . , Orange County Master Plan, Phase I and Phase II Report. Park Modification PM 81-9 (Colinas de Capistrano) , November 1981. , Santa Ana River Mouth LCP, February 1981. , Southern California Association of Governments. South Coast Air Quality Management Plan. ' Southern California Edison Company. Southern California Gas Company (1980) . ' State Agricultural Lands Map and Data. State Department of Conservation. ' State Department of Fish and Game. ' Sunset Beach LCP North Coast Planning Unit, September 1980. Surface Mining and Reclamation Act Maps. University of California Natural Land and Water Reserve System, University of California (September 1980) . ' U. S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census. 208 Water Quality Plan. ' RME:jnPA07-10 RES-G-2 8285 x w a RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS Or ORANGE COUNTY, CALIFORNIA February 19, 1986 On notion of Supervisor Nestande , duly seconded-and ' carried, the following resolution was adopted: WHEREAS, the County of Orange has an adopted General Plant and WHEREAS, pursuant to the Planning and Zoning Law of the State of California, this Board has reviewed the publicly-initiated Recreation Element ' amendment 198S-1 (REC 85-1) and Resources .Element amendment 198S-2 (RES SS-2) w and WHEREAS, in compliance with said law, public hearings were held by the ' Planning Commission on these element amendments on August 20, September 18, and October 8, 1985; and ' t18EREA.S, on December 11, 1985 the Orange County Board of Supervisors referred Recreation Element Amendment 1985-1 (REC 85-1) to the Orange County Planning Commission to consider two additional policies which address ' fulfilling Local Park Code obligations through the provision of private parks; and WHEREAS, a public sleeting was held by the Orange County Planning ' Commission on December 17, 198S, January 140 1986, and January 28, 1986; and WHEREAS, Negative Declaration No. IP 8S-08S was prepared for the ' Recreation Element amendment 198S-1 (REC 85-1) and Resources Element amendment 1985-2 (US SS-2)l and ' iiiURF.AS, this Board has duly considered the Recreation Element amendment 1985-1 (BBC 85-1) and Resources Element amendment 198S-2 (US 85-2) and finds that the public interest, health, comfort, convenience, safety, order, general welfare and peace will be more adequately served thereby; and WHEREAS, this Board has lied with the State and environmental �P County procedures by reviewing and considering Negative Declaration No. IP 8S-085. ' NOW, THEREP+ORE, BE IT RESOLVED that this Board has evaluated Negative Declaration No. IP 85-OSS and has determined it to be adequate and complete ' - for this project and satisfies the requirements of. the California Environmental Quality Act. ' BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Board of Supervisors of the County of Orange hereby adopts Recreation Element amendment 1985-1 (REC 85-1) and Resources Element Amendment 1985-2 (RES 8S-2) of the General Plan as described ' in the Agency report of December 11, 1985 and as amended by the Agency report cl January 28, 1986, and as further amended by the Planning Commission on that date. ' Resolution No. 86-193 Cont'd Pub 8rg-Rec Element R E C E I V E D 1985-1 S Res. Element Amend ' 198-2 a Neg Dec ip 85-oas MAR 1 -4 1986 JRG:db 1 FMA I AYES: SUPERVISORS BRUCE NFSTANDE, HARRIETT M. WIEDER, ROGER R. STANTON, 2 ZHOMA.S F. RILEY, RALPH B. CLARK ' 3 NOES: SUPERVISORS NONE 4 ABSENT: SUPERVISORS NONE ' 5 STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) ' ) ss. 6 COUNTY OF ORANGE ) 7 I, LINDA D. ROBERTS, Clerk of **the Board of Supervisors of Orange ' 8 County, California, hereby certify that the above and foregoing Reso- 9 lution was duly and regularly adopted by the said Board at a regular ' 10 meeting thereof held on the 19_th_ day of February 19 86 01 1 11 and passed by a unanimous vote of said Board. 12 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal this ' 13 19th day of February , 19 86 . 14 ' 15 _ ... o LI DA D. ROBERT ' C erk of the Board of _,pervisors P 16 of Orange County, California 17 is 1 19 20 i 21 22 1 23 ' I 24 25 , 126 27 ! 28 1 � b IMPLEMENTAT6N OF OPEN SPACEICONSEI do •. i9 09Ids, '.`. 14 \ 1 I /ool - Yl i i g / \ OPEN SPACE / CONSERVATION 1 �J �nn :R VATI O N P R O CR A M FIGURE 2 1.1 (NOT A PLAN CAS OF FEBRUARY 1986) OPEN SPACE. CONSERVATION & SCENIC CORRIDORS ......... COUNTY SHORELINE I� LARGE OPEN SPACE, CONSERVATION & SCENIC CORRIDORS •. — NARROW OPEN SPACE, �.� CONSERVATION&SCENIC i �• CORRIDORS OPEN SPACE, CONSERVATION NODES . � 4 —••— CLEVELAND NATIONAL FOREST STATE LANDS "4m►+mDpm) A STATE BEACHES � B COUNTY BEACHES COUNTY REGIONAL PARKS l 1 00STNG&PROPOSED) PRIVATE OPEN SPACE SPECIAL OPEN SPACE FEATURES MARINE LIFE LEES & ECOLOGICAL RESERVES . ............... t � ! ........... ICERTIFICATIONl .......... I HEREBY CERTFY THAT THE RESOLOICES ELEAENT.A PART 1 I OF THE ORANGE COUNTY GENERAL RAN WAS ADOPTED l •• '.y�•;, \` :_.\ � BY THE ORANGE COUNTY PLANII.@X'CCIMA6SION ON 1-28.86 AND ADOPTED BY RESOLUTION MA46ER 86.193 BY THE B `:>?::.::. '. \ A B` = B ORANGE CDum Baum OF"ERVOORS ON z-t 9-96 R—r� V _ Ewswr Wwwr e� 1 ` IMPLEMENTED AS OF 2_M$ NOTE: psa- q _. fwfeyr f san• fig;_ PROGRAM MAP tarsridars'f8 not ed, �y U � . LJ � a- 9 r CIF �GP / �. _ `.. •: ...-...... .................. .............. •, 1 i .::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 1 ......................... 4 ; ooe jJl 1' -' ------------ Lj OPEN SPACE / CONSERVATION FIGURE -1 Fi OPE N SPACE. CONSERVATION SCENIC CORRIDORS COUNTY SHORELINE I J LARGE OPEN SPACE, ``_:, CONSERVATION &SCENIC f.• _ CORRIDORS • --- NARROW OPEN SPACE, .•� CONSERVATION & SCENIC ��►..{ CORRIDORS OPEN SPACE, f ... CONSERVATION NODES _ r ... LEVELA T : --•— C ND NATIONAL FOREST STATE LANDS aARr.E Ha.o = A STATE BEACHES i \ B COUNTY BEACHES C�OUNMTY REGIONAL PARKS �_ 7 ..... Q PRIVATE OPEN SPACE SPECIAL OPEN SPACE FEATURES MARINE LIFE REFUGES& ECOLOGICAL RESERVES .. �\\ LCERTIFiCATION {i i t I HEREBY CERTFY THAT THE.RESOURCES ELEMENT,A PART 1 \1\ 1 OF THE ORANGE COUNTY GENERAL PLAN WAS ADOPTED \ .... _ BY THE ORANGE COUNTY PLANNpN!"CONMt3SIpry ON 7-28.86 \ �\ AND ADOPTED BY RESOLUTION NUMBER 86.193 BY THE A B - - B ; ORANGE COUNTY BOARD� 06SLIPEfi/LSORS ON 2-19 86` A f. .. Rq G FI ` —_ � —� lwYwrnlr WtiR��•O�s, 1 w ,PROGRAM MAP 6 . 35 EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENT STATE OF CALIFORNIA trxvt 6>:D=IV% Goat tt-59-91 WERE lS, wetlands act as primary producers in the food chain. help retain floods, recharge and discharge groundwater, act as water quality filters, provide recreational and scenic values, and harbor a significant nimSer of California's threatened and endangered plant and animal species; aid tAtatfit.S, in the nineteenth century and early doe-ad" of the twentieth century as such as ninety percent of California's historical wetlands base has been converted to other uses, with a consequent reduction in the functions and values wetlands provide; and WHDLW, wetlands in California continue to be converted to other uses and 6� degraded by sed,eentation. loss of associated upland habitat, and other factors; and M1®tfAS. pest conservation efforts have resulted is the long-term protection of approximately two-thirds of California's remaining wetland acreage. aid to WW. the administration of wetlands programs is often time consuming. duplicative. inconsistent. and tbersfore costly to landowners and public agencies. and WHDMAS, it is the policy of the State of California to streamline regulatory permitting processes; lrtW. T107tVMI. 1. PM WILSON. Governor of the State of California. by virtue of the power and authority vested in so by the Constitution and statutes of the State of California, do hereby issue this order to become effective Immediately: 1. It is hereby declared to be the policy of the State of California that all 1 Stale souerrw.rnt programs and pulieies that affect the wetlands of Calif.senza be coordinated as described hereim. 11 It ,s horet- declared to be the policy of the Slate of California that its 1t6�34' tusprehentiv, metlands Policy rests on three primary objectives: , 11 To ensure no overall net loss and long-term net gain in the quantity. quelity. and permanence of wetlands acreage and values in California in a sarnuer that fosters creativity, stewardship, and respect for private property. 71 'c reduce procedural complexity in the administration of State and rrderal wetlands conservation programs. 'it To encourage partnerships to make restoration, landowner incentive programs. and cooperative planning efforts the primary focus of wetlands :tonaerval tom. All agencies of the Slate shall conduct their activities, consistent with their existing authorities, in accordance with tbese three objectives. PAR T11C Ill. The California Wetlands Conservation Policy addresses wetlands inventory, planning, wetlands, regulation, landowner incentives, wetlands eitigatton banking, and other wetlands conservation approacbes (e.g.. acquisition. restoration, management. and education). The goal of the California Wetlands Conservation Policy is to achieve a long term increase of wetlands acreage. functions and values in California. Steps taken to achieve this goal shall �{ emphasize maintaining economic uses (e.g., agricultural of restored and enhanced lands and be achieved through the voluntary participation of landowners. This goal is not meant to be achieved an a permit-by-permit basis. The Task force or specific agencies as identified in the "California Wetlands Conservation Policy," will develop and implement the following: PM (a) a Statewide wetlands inventory and wetlands accounting system: ibl identification and implementation of regional and Statewide wetlands restoration goals; (e) State agency assistance and support for local and regional wetlands planning efforts; (d) promotion of landowner incentive programs to preserve, restore. and enhance wetlands, including the provision of adequate funding from State and Federal sources; (el detegatias of the permitting authority for the Federal Clean War Act 1 Section Q% program from the U.S. Any Corps of Engineers to the San Francisco Regional Water Quality Control board and, for a limited set of Pl�B activities. the San Francisco bay Conservation and Development Commission as part of a longer term effort to explore feasibility of Statewide delegation. with adequate federal funding, of the program; (fl development of a consistent regulatory wetlands definition for State agencies that improves the overall efficiency of the Federal-State permitting process; (g) development of a balanced Statewide policy concerning Army Corps of Witseers nationwide permits; fhl development of consistent standards and guidelines concerning mitigation and monitoring of mitigation and restoration efforts: FM It) actions that promote efficiency of wetlands-related permitting processes of various State agencies. including but not lieited to creation of bw ACC consistent deadlines, establishment of concurrent permit review ' procedures, and sponsorship of pre-application consultations between LIM persittees and permitting agencies; MR 1)) de.e,o;%vrt of means to pro%ide fleasbslity sr. the regulatory process for RRR the accidental or unintentional creation of wetlands. and for allowing R W1 public agencies, water districts, and landowners to establish wetlands on FM their property consistent with the primary purpose of the property; (k) drvelopment of Statewide wetland mitigation baniting guidelines and the �[ development of demonstration wetland mitigation banks in the Central r.itoy; . (1) enhanced coordination of State. Federal. and private acquisition, restoration, and incentive programs, including the establishment of a r demonstration program in Southern California. ' la C ongoing management of wetlands which maintains or enhances wetlands values and recognizes the responsibility to minimize impacts to surrounding landowners. Amp:000190 iffi 0isa OIN&P'aaSaM0a0Ma0 - b PACE Tw= (cal the development of internal policies within State agencies that encourage wetland conservation activities wbieb are compatible with programmatic goals such as flood control. groundwater recharge. water management. water pollution control. recreation. and other purposes; (a) such other matters as are deemed necessary to carry out the purposes of this Executive Order. IV. It is hereby declared to be the policy of the State of California that the California Wetlands Policy and ?tan will initially emphasise Regional Strategies in the Central Valley. the San Francisco Ray Area. and in Southern California. They will be designed to test bow wetlands programs can be implemented. refined. and combined in unique ways to achieve the goals and objectives of this California Wetlands Conservation Policy. V. An Interagency Task force on Wetlands will be established by the Secretary of Resources and Secretary for Cal/EPA to provide coordination and information exchange among agencies. boards. commissions. and departments as necessary to ensure continued coordinated development and implementation of the California Wetlands Conservation Policy. The Task Force shall invite the participation as necessary of other boards and commissions. and local. Federal. and private FM agencies which have jurisdiction. espmrtist. and reswrets which may contribute to the continued development and implementation of the California Wetlands Conservation Policy. The Secretary of the Resources Agency and the Secretary for Cal/EPA shall serve as co-tdaairmmn. IN WITN6S VHERNOP I have hereunto sat my band �i and caused the Great Seal of the State of California to be affixed this 27re1 day of August 1"3. • l_ Governor of C+lifornia ATTBT: Secretary of State Was � v CALIFORNIA WETLANDS CONSERVIITIOIi POLICY Governor Pets Wilson August 23, 1993 The goal of the California Wetlands Conservation Policy is to establish a policy framework and strategy that will: ** Ensure no overall net loss and achieve a long-term net gain in the quantity, quality, and permanence of wetlands acreage and values in California in a manner that fosters creativity, stewardship and respect for private property. ** Reduce procedural complexity in the administration of State and Federal wetlands conservation programs. ** Encourage partnerships to make landowner incentive programs and cooperative planning efforts the primary focus of wetlands conservation and restoration. Elements The policy means that are employed to achieve these objectives are largely three in nature. They (and the pages in which they and their components parts are fully outlined in this r_ document) are: I. Statewide policy initiatives (pages 2-7) , including: ' * a Statewide wetlands inventory * support for wetland planning * improved administration of existing regulatory programs * strengthened landowner incentives to protect wetlands * support for mitigation banking * development and expansion of other wetlands programs * integration of wetlands policy and planning with other environmental and land use processes II . Three geographically based regional strategies in which wetlands programs can be implemented, refined, and combined in unique ways to achieve the goals and objectives of the policy (pages 8-12) . These strategies will be implemented in: * the Central Valley * San Francisco Bay Area, and * Southern California. III. Creation of an interagency wetlands task force on wetlands * to direct and coordinate administration and implementation of the policy (Page 13) STATEWIDE INITIl1TIVE8 I. Wetlands Inventory and Goals , Statewide wetlands data collection efforts have occurred , only at a very a broad level. As a consequence, wetland decision-making - whether related to regulation, acquisition, restoration or other activities - has often proceeded in a piece- meal fashion. It has also been difficult to establish specific statewide goals for restoration and enhancement of wetlands absent such• an inventory. A. Conduct statewide wetlands inventory and establish a wetlands accounting system. The inventory will compile U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service National k'etland Inventory and other available data into an understandable and accessible format. It will serve as a baseline from which to determine losses and gains (both functional and acreage) to the State's wetlands base. Biennial reports on the status of the State's wetlands will be made. This inventory will not be used for regulatory purposes. B. Identify regional and Statewide restoration and enhancement goals. Using information derived from the inventory, the State will identify regional and Statewide goals for conserving, restoring and enhancing wetlands. Achievement of these goals will emphasize maintaining economic uses (e.g., agriculture) of restored and enhanced lands and be achieved through the voluntary participation of landowners. These goals are not meant to be achieved on a permit-by-permit basis . • Participating entities: Department of Fish and Game, the Resources Agency, Department of Food and Agriculture, Cal/EPA, SWRCB r 2 II. Support Wetlands Planning To date, there have been very few integrated planning 1 efforts which included the use and conservation of wetlands in California. The planning that has occurred has been in association with broader land use planning efforts or has been driven by non-wetlands related needs. A. Encourage local and regional wetlands planning in coordination with state growth management policies. The State will encourage efforts by local and regional governments to incorporate wetlands into planning processes. These efforts are Iikely to include watershed plans, advanced identification of wetlands, and floodplain management. All new and existing wetlands policies with need to incorporate and coordinate with growth management efforts. • Participating entities: The Governor's Office of ' Planning and Research, the Resources Agency, Department of Fish and Game, local government representatives. III. Improve the Administration of Wetlands Regulatory Programs Federal and State regulations seek to protect wetlands from being filled unnecessarily and assure mitigation of unavoidable wetland impacts. However, the current Federal-State system of wetlands regulation in California is unnecessarily fragmented and cumbersome for landowners, and, in some parts of the State, fails to protect unique types of California wetlands. A. Assume the Federal Clean Water Act Section 404 permitting authorities on an incremental basis. 1) In the near-term, the State will negotiate with the Army Corps of Engineers the delegation of Section 404 permitting authority in the San Francisco Bay Area, with possible funding, to the San Francisco Regional water Quality. Control Board and, for a limited set of activities, the San Francisco Bay Conservation and Development Commission through a "State Program General Permit" (SPGP) , or similar mechanism. Once secured, the SPGP will effectively remove one layer of review from the wetlands regulatory process, while maintaining the effectiveness of the program. (See San Francisco Regional Strategy) .l i 2) In the long-term, after evaluation and a determination that the San Francisco Bay Area demonstration program has been a success, the State will either take over full control of the Section 404 permitting authority or seek additional State Program General Permits, or similar mechanism, tailored to meet the needs of other regions. Adequate , Federal funding will need to be obtained to support either approach. I 3) Work with Congress to amend Section 404 of the Clean Water Act to enhance the program's administration and the transfer of the program to the states, including provision of funding. B. Develop and adopt a consistent wetlands definition for State regulatory purposes* Because consistent in the existing Bec a of the lack of y g definitions of wetlands definitions used by State agencies, the State will work toward the adoption of a single definition for regulatory purposes. The definition will, to the greatest extent possible, be consistent with the definition and wetlands delineation manual used by the Federal government. The definition will also recognize California's unique wetland types, and not apply to prior converted croplands currently exempt from federal regulation. C. Develop and Adopt a State policy regarding army Corps (� of Engineers Nationvide Permits. The policy requests the SWRCB, upon adequate environmental review, to develop a balanced policy on such permits, which emphasizes the conservation of large, non-fragmented, functioning wetlands. In addition, the policy encourages the SWRCB to adopt as many of these permits as quickly as possible, consistent with this direction. D. Develop and adopt consistent vetlands standards and guidelines. The application of standards and guidelines varies in content and application between State agencies and therefore can cause confusion about and inconsistent application of the State's policies. The State will convene the relevant agencies to develop consistent policies, standards and guidelines--on a statewide or regional basis--relative to mitigation and restoration monitoring and evaluation. 4 E. Enhance efficiency of and coordination in the Wetland permitting process. The State will initiate and support a number of activities to improve the administration of wetlands programs. These include pre and post application coordination meetings, firm time deadlines, and concurrent permit review periods. F. Encourage regulatory flexibility in situations in which wetlands are created unintentionally or incidental to other activities. Many private landowners and public agencies create wetlands unintentionally or incidentally, e.g., drainage ditches, land held under agricultural best management practices, and wet areas from parking lot run-off. The State will encourage regulatory agencies to take a flexible approach in regulating these types of wetlands. G. Encourage regulatory flexibility to allow public agencies and water districts to create wetlands but later remove them if the wetlands are found to conflict with the primary purpose to which the property is devoted. (See also Central valley Regional Strategy) Many Large public and private land owners, such as flood control agencies and water districts, can often integrate substantial wetland habitat into the operation of their lands. This habitat, however, may need to be removed or modified periodically for the agency to achieve the primary purpose to which the land is devoted, e.g., water storage or flood management. Many agencies with the potential of creating temporary wetland habitat would do so if they had assurances of regulatory flexibility. • Participating entities: Cal/EPA, SWRCB, RWQCB, Fish and Game, Office of Permit Assistance, BT&H, T&C, CDFA, Resources Agency, CCC, BCDC, SLC Iv. Achieve wetlands Conservation Through Landowner Incentives By helping to make wetlands ownership an asset for California landowners, incentive programs can be used to achieve significant net gains of wetlands especially , for example, in agricultural and recreational areas. 5 I A. Support USDA#s Wetlands Reserve Program (ARP) and other public financial incentive programs. i The State will support funding for WRP and modification of it to meet California's unique needs. The State will also support additional Federal funds from the Land and Water Conservation Fund and State funding of wetlands incentive programs. These programs could include provision of income streams for privately-owned wetlands. B. Support other existing programs to voluntarily acquire, restore, enhance, and manage wetlands. The State will continue to support the voluntary acquisition, restoration, enhancement and management of wetlands through sufficiently funded State, Federal, local and private programs. The use of State funds will emphasize the restoration, enhancement, and management of existing State-owned wetlands. C. Enhance coordination of State, Federal, and private, voluntary acquisition, restoration, enhancement, and , management programs. The State will convene regular meetings of all the agencies involved in wetlands acquisition, restoration, enhancement and management activities. The intent will be to improve the coordination of the existing programs and leverage �- limited funds for the implementation of these programs. D. Support natural resources bond act. The State will continue to support the need for a natural resources bond act which includes over $70 million for wetlands acquisition, restoration, and enhancement. E. publish landowners assistance guide. The State will publish and widely distribute a landowner s assistant guide detailing the range of State, Federal, and private .incentive programs. ♦ Participating entities: Resources Agency, OPR, Department of Fish and Game, CDFA, WCB, Conservancies. 6 v. supoort wetlands Mitigation Banking Wetland mitigation banking allows proponents of unavoidable wetland fills to buy credits in pre-established mitigation sites or banks. The goal is to develop high quality mitigation while freeing economic interests developers from the responsibility of developing new mitigation for every project. Project-by-project mitigation often results in low quality, fragmented wetlands. Banking strategies thus can provide flexibility and regulatory relief for landowners while financing the creation of large wetlands with high functional values. Development of mitigation banks, however, has been stymied in part because of uncertainties related to necessary but as yet undefined governmental requirements for bank operations. ' A. Develop and adopt state mitigation banking guidelines. The State will develop and adopt guidelines for wetland mitigation banks which recognize regional concerns, contain flexible mitigation ratios, are consistent with Federal agency guidelines, and encourage decisions to locate banks in the context of local or regional plans. (See also Central Valley Regional Strategy) ' ♦ Participating entities: Resources Agency, Fish and Game Commission, Fish and Game, Cal/EPA, SWRCB, RWQCB, CCC, BCDC, SLC, CDFA r- VI. Develop and Expand other wetlands Programs Several other programs will need to be improved or undertaken to meet the overall objectives of this California Wetlands Policy. These include wetlands management and education programs and public lands management. A. Address management and operations of wetlands. Recognizing that the responsibility for wetlands only begins with acquisition or restoration, the State will work to provide adequate financial resources for wetlands management and operations, including water source and delivery, mosquito abatement and vector control . The emphasis for these programs will be on State-owned wetlands. The State also recognizes the responsibility public and private wetlands landowners have to their neighbors and will establish a model "good neighbor" policy to guide management of newly created, restored or enhanced wetlands. 7 Be Establish state level wetlands information clearinghouse, education, and research programs. Because there is no single repository for information on wetlands in the state, the Resources Agency will establish such a repository for information related to the full range of wetlands policies, programs and projects. The State will also undertake programs to increase public awareness of wetlands and better coordinate and direct the wetlands research agenda. C. Direct state agencies to develop internal policies and programs to encourage wetland conservation activities. The policy directs State agencies to develop internal wetlands conservation policies and programs which are compatible with programmatic goals such as flood control, groundwater recharge, water management, water pollution control, transportation, recreation, and other purposes. D. Work with Federal agencies to maximize and coordinate wetlands conservation activities on Federal land. Because over half of the land in California is owned and managed by the federal government, the State will work ' closely with the land management agencies to maximize wetlands conservation, while maintaining appropriate �r economic uses. • Participating entities: Resources Agency, Fish and Game, WCB, Conservancies, DWR, CDFA, BTSN# CalTrans, DPR, CDP, Executive Council on Biodiversitp, University of California, CSO, and various Federal agencies 'i .1 :i 1 8 � REGIONAL IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES In order to successfully implement the many policies and programs described above, regional projects have been identified in the Central Valley, San Francisco Bay Area, and Southern California to serve as pilots for implementing the policy. These projects will permit State government to tailor statewide policies and programs to local conditions, help the State learn what works and what does not, and can be implemented in those parts of the State where a high likelihood of success will help ' sustain public support for the program over time. I. Regional strategy for the Central Valley iA. Support the program of the Central Valley Habitat Joint Venture (CVHJV) The State formally supports the program of the CVHJV to protect, restore and enhance wetlands in the Central Valley. The State specifically supports the Joint Venture's efforts to achieve its goals through maintaining agricultural lands in production, and its broad-based partnerships. B. Support substantial funding of financial incentive programs. Landowner incentive programs, including State and Federal easement acquisition programs, are an integral part of the Central Valley Habitat Joint Venture's efforts to conserve and protect existing and restorable wetlands in the Central valley. C. Maximize the potential of the Sacramento Valley Ricelands Habitat Partnership. This unique project involves enhancement of wetlands values while allowing continued economic use of the land. The ' project also reduces the need to burn rice straw. The State will continue to support this demonstration project and apply similar principles to other geographic areas and crop types, e.g., corn in the Delta. D. Initiate an endangered species planning process comparable to the State's Natural Communities Conservation Planning program for a Central Valley wetland type. As development pressures increase in the Valley, the conflict between habitat and species conservation and economic development will intensify. The State will initiate a cooperative, long term planning process to identify and protect a critical mass of wetlands habitat, while allowing economic activities to continue. 9 I E. Develop pilot wetlands mitigation banks in the Central Valley. With the adoption of Statewide guidelines (see above), the State will direct its efforts toward the development of wetlands mitigation banks in the Central Valley, a region ' where high demand for these banks exists. F. Initiate a flood management/wetlands habitat program in the 'Polo Bypass. The Yo-lo By-Pass, which is managed as a floodway, could also accommodate some wetlands projects in conjunction with existing agricultural activities. The State will initiate a demonstration project to facilitate cooperation between the flood control agencies, the fish and wildlife agencies, and local agricultural interests to allow agricultural and flood control activities to coexist with wetlands habitat. • Participating entities: Resources Agency, Fish and Game, WCB, DWR, OPR, OPA, CDFA, BT&Rl CVRWQCB, Cal/BPA, Reclamation Board, federal agencies II. Regional strategy for wetlands planning and regulatory M streamlining in the San Francisco Bay Area A. Inventory wetlands in the San Francisco Bay Area. As a component of the Statewide wetlands inventory, they State will identify: 1) the extent and types of wetlands in the Bay Area; 2) the relative values and functions within different wetlands types and sub-regions; and 3) areas -with potential for restoration and enhancement. This Bay Ar7a` inventory will use, to the greatest extent feasible, existing data. B. Incorporate wetlands and restoration inventory information into broader, participatory wetlands planning effort. The State will work with local governments to develop a comprehensive wetlands plan for the Bay Area. This effort will include identification of areas for the voluntary acquisition, restoration, and enhancement of wetlands- including the establishment of a preservation-restoration- enhancement goal . The plan and final goal will be prepared with broad public participation. The goal is not meant to be achieved on a permit-by permit-basis. 10 C. Promote the acquisition (fee and less than fee) , trades, restoration, and enhancement of Bay Area ' wetlands. These activities will be undertaken by a variety of State, Federal, local, and private entities with willing landowners. The state will rely in part on a natural resources bond act to maximize its role. The State will emphasize continued economic use (agriculture and salt production) of enhanced lands as it pursues these activities to accomplish the preservation, restoration and enhancement goal . The State will also encourage application of the concepts of the Sacramento Valley Ricelands Partnership to the Bay Area. D. Encourage the use of landowner incentives. Significant potential exists to use landowner incentives to achieve Bay Area restoration targets. Two particularly promising incentive programs include transfer and purchase of development rights programs, and management agreements to maximize compatible agricultural/wetlands values on diked historic baylands. E. Improve the wetlands permitting process in the Bay Area Consistent with the Statewide goal to assume permitting ( authority. under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act, the state will negotiate terms and conditions of a State program general permit (SPGP), or similar mechanism, from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers to the SFJWQCB and, for a limited set of activities, SFBCDC. This permit would streamline the regulatory process by eliminating the Corps' role. • Participating entities: SFRWQCB, SWRCB, SFBCDC, Resources Agency, Cal/EPA, Fish and Game, CDFA, OPR, and OPA 1 11 III. Regional strategy to initiate better coordination and communication among diverse interests in Southern California by establishing a "Southern California Wetlands Joint Venture.09 There is no mechanism for coordinating regional wetland �. conservation activities in Southern California. As a result, no regional priorities have been set for protecting, restoring, enhancing or creating wetlands in the region. Consequently, conservation and mitigation--sometimes large scale--are often done on an ad hoc basis without regard to what is good for any relationship to the region as a whole. The Southern California project intends to adopt some of the principles of the successful Central Valley Habitat Joint Venture, while recognizing that the region's resources are much different, in shorter supply, and under much greater threat. The Administration envisions bringing together the principle stakeholders in the wetlands arena in the region. This would include environmental organizations, agriculture, public agencies, water agencies, and economic interests in need of substantial mitigation (ports, utilities, and large land owners. ) This group would set long-term goals and priorities for the conservation of wetlands and develop a policy to achieve those goals, and would encourage a variety of demonstration projects designed to enhance the State's ability to constructively address regional wetlands issues. • Participating Entities: Resources agency, DFG, CDFA, SiWRCB, local governments, Federal agencies, and local conservation, . agricultural, and business organizations. 4 12 ADMINISTRATION AND COORDINATION OF PLAN IMPLEMENTATION AND OF STATE WETLANDS PROGRAMS THROUGH NEW INTER-AGENCY TASK FORCE I. Establish an interagency wetlands task force. In order to ensure continued coordinated development and implementation of the Wetlands Policy, task force will be established. It will be comprised of senior administration officials representing the broad range of interests on wetlands issues. It will be advisory to the Governor. The task force will also help resolve inter-agency conflicts on wetlands. The task force will appoint an advisory committee of stakeholders and may seek additional technical advice as necessary. ♦ Participating Entities: The Resources Agency and Cal/EPA will lead in cooperation with Cal-EPA, Business, Transportation and Housing Agency, Department of Food and Agriculture, Trade and Commerce Agency, Governor's Office of Planning and Research, Department of Fish and Game, Department of Water Resources, and the State Water Resources Control Board. Other State agencies, Federal agencies and private organizations will participate on the task force on specific components of the Policy. r C 13 THE CONTEXT FOR CALIFORNIA WETLANDS California's Wetlands Resources Wetlands are areas where water and land combine to produce distinctive natural environments. Typically these areas support plant and animal life uniquely adapted to the conditions found at the margin of land and water. Since different geographic areas in California produce different conditions,. a variety of different wetland types can be found in the State. For example, wetlands in California occur in association with both fresh water and salt water environments. Some wetlands are wet the whole year round, while others are flooded seasonally. Some wetlands support a wide diversity of plant and animal life, while others support a limited number of species which are nevertheless uniquely adapted to their prevailing conditions. California's wetlands presently exist in greatest abundance in the San Francisco Bay-Delta Estuary and the Central Valley, but important wetlands also occur along the south and , central coasts, Humboldt Bay, Monterey Bay, the Modoc plateau, the Sierra Nevada, and the desert. Once considered swampy wasteland best converted to productive economic uses, wetlands gradually have been recognized as valuable natural areas and productive and valuable ecosystems. wetlands provide open space that can add significantly to , the value of surrounding property. They provide extensive income-generating recreation opportunities, including waterfowl- hunting and fishing. Wetlands also provide a variety of important ecological functions, including primary productivity in the food chain, nutrient recycling, flood retention, groundwater recharge and discharge, and essential habitat for more than half , the plant and animal species listed as threatened or endangered by the state. Wetland Losses Approximately ninety percent of California's historic wetlands base has been converted to other non-wetland uses. This percentage is greater than any other State in the Union. Much of this loss occurred in the early part of the twentieth century, as land was reclaimed for farming and the normal cycle of winter flooding that sustained wetlands around the state was interrupted. At present, wetlands continue to be altered or completely converted, though at a rate much reduced from that which prevailed in the nineteenth century and the first half of this century. Wetlands are altered by insufficient and/or variable water supplies, chemical degradation, sedimentation, and the loss 1 1 2 of connectivity with upland habitat. These factors threaten to reduce the functional values of many California wetlands, including many of those in public ownership. And despite an array of state and federal regulations which have been developed to protect wetlands, the State's wetlands base continues to be reluced through direct conversion because: 1) many smaller wetlands have been, for practical purposes, largely exempt from regulation through Army Corps of Engineers nationwide permits, ' 2) wetland losses covered by individual permits have not always been successfully mitigated, 3) enforcement of permit requirements has sometimes been weak or inconsistent from agency to agency and locale to locale, r4) some types of wetlands in to California such - as riparian forests, mudflats, and vernal pools are not fully covered by the existing regulatory structure. As a result of these historic and ongoing losses, approximately 450, 000 of California's original five million wetland acres remain. Pas-: Conservation Efforts There have been serious efforts in the past to address the com►ersion and loss of California's wetlands. Federal government programs stemming from these efforts have involved habitat proi.ection through acquisition and easement programs as well as regulation of the dredging and filling of wetlands. State efforts have involved a variety of different regulatory programs, as well as acquisition and easement programs. Private interests have developed wetlands acquisition and easement programs. to protect habitat and provide for recreational opportunities such as hunting. Through acquisition and easement programs, State and federal agencies and private organizations now own some two thirds of ' California's remaining wetlands, or approximately 300,000 acres. Activities on many of the remaining approximately 150,000 privately owned wetland acres in California ( . 15% of the State's 100 million acre total land base) are regulated under a variety of state and federal authorities. Unfortunately, however, most of these authorities were not developed specifically to protect wetlands, resulting in a complex, fragmented regulatory structure which is multi-tiered in some areas and missing altogether in others. 3 Landowner Concerns Landowners have expressed considerable frustration at the costs and time delays imposed by the poorly coordinated array of wetlands regulatory programs. For example, a private property owner wishing to alter a coastal wetland could conceivably face separate regulatory review by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, U.S. EPA, U%S. Fish and Wildlife Service, National Marine , Fisheries Service, California Regional Water Quality Control Board, California Department of Fish and Game, California Coastal Commission, State Lands Commission, and appropriate local government entities. Lack of agreement on a consistent wetlands definition, delineation practices, mitigation requirements, and permitting procedures compounds this complexity and increases the potential for higher costs and delays in the permitting process. A New Approach to the Wetlands Issues The dual problems of ongoing resource losses and a , cumbersome and often ineffective regulatory process require a new approach to addressing the wetlands issue in California. What is needed is a coordinated set of policies and programs that increase the quantity, quality, and permanence of California's wetlands base while at the same time reducing the cost and complexity of the regulatory process. A fundamental shift must occur from an approach which is characterized by project-by- project conflict or missed opportunity to one that is based on long-term conservation planning and the development of conservation partnerships between government and the private sector. The California Wetlands Plan represents this new approach. For the first time, the many and varied acquisition, mitigation, regulatory, restoration, and management programs currently operating throughout the state will be coordinated to achieve common goals. Effective planning will be relied upon to set resource protection priorities statewide and within regions. This will both ease the project-by-project regulatory conflicts that characterize the wetlands debate today. It will also help integrate resources-constrained acquisition and easement programs, permitting them to go further than they could go in isolation. 36 -J �.N•� � _',`t is '. .. .� -�._.�,�•J Y..a.F. ..�1 � � .. - _ i OUT i y , I ( I it I 4V4 t k I F ) i : A� I - p ��7`, W- a T a. t ; ,a i -� -� 7 7. t fl1 1 . .. �.ir>♦��q BOti+LE EI7G//7EER/I'7G CORPOfiAT/O!7 consul[Ina enolneers i architects IM3 COPY 17 . DESK COP.IY ill 1 /30LIte Enqineerinq Corporation ' 7501 Quaff Street consultina engineers : arcrutects P.0- 3o%3030 'l.r. '-:75-3300 iw-wport Beach, CA 32668-9020 rejeceipler: 714 , 253-2222 telex- 68556 ' CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH June 24, 1988 Department of Public Works-Water Division Attention Mr.Jeff Renna, Superintendent Post Office Box 190 Huntington Beach, CA 92648 City of Huntington Beach Water System Master Plan ' We are pleased to submit our final report on the City of Huntington Beach Water 1 System Master Plan. The report j)resents a description of the study area and land use, l determination of existing and ultimate water requirements, review of the existing water system, development of the water network computer model, discussion of water supply issues, analysis of the water system conditions, delineation of current and projected system improvements, and several recommendations for City action in order to continue ' E , rovision of adequate water service and keep pace with growth and redevelopment. A brief summary of the study results is contained in Chapter 1. The recommended improvements consist of six major programs plus several other programs,with a total estimated project cost of$50,000,000, based on current cost levels, to be constructed over the next five years. We wish to express our appreciation to the Citystaff for cooperation and assistance durin the re aration of ihis study,particularly Jeff Renna,Ed Barckley, Bob Taylor pp and Linda D y. We look forward to continuing to assist the City during the ' implementation of the Master Plan program. BOYLE ENGINEERING CORPORATION �Q FESS f �� William R.Everest,PE Principal Engineer ��► J,�aiy* 50 ' Expires MM/89 ' o kertWhZIund,, d} CNI\.eer bjt enclosures , 1 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH WATER SYSTEM MASTER PLAN TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE NO. CHAPTER 1 - INTRODUCTION AND SUMMARY 1-1 AUTHORIZATION 1-1 1-2 OBJECTIVES 1-1 ,.� 1-3 SUMMARY OF STUDY RESULTS 1-1 1-4 RECOMMENDATIONS 1-3 ( { CHAPTER 2 - STUDY AREA AND LAND USE 2-1 DESCRIPTION OF STUDY AREA 2-1 2-2 EXISTING LAND USE 2-2 2-3 ULTIMATE LAND USE 2-4 2-4 POPULATION 2-7 CHAPTER 3 -WATER REQUIREMENTS 3-1 HISTORIC WATER PRODUCTION/CONSUMPTION 3- 1 3-2 UNACCOUNTED-FOR WATER 3-3 3-3 DEMAND COEFFICIENTS 3-7 3-4 EXISTING DEMANDS 3-10 3-5 ULTIMATE DEMANDS 3-11 3-6 PEAKING FACTORS 3-12 ' 3-7 FIRE FLOW REQUIREMENTS 3-14 CHAPTER 4- EXISTING WATER SYSTEM 4-1 WATER SYSTEM OPERATION 4-1 4-2 IMPORTED WATER SOURCES 4-2 4-3 WELLS 4-3 4-4 STORAGE 4-4 4-5 BOOSTER FACHXITES 4-5 ' 4-6 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 4-5 4-7 PRESSURE ZONES 4-7 i SoLile Enolneerino Corporation i CHAPTER 5- COMPUTER MODEL DEVELOPMENT 5-1 WATER SOURCES 5-1 5-2 STORAGE FACILITIES 5-4 5-3 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 5-4 5-4 MODEL CALIBRATION 5-4 ' CHAPTER 6 -WATER SUPPLY 6-1 REGIONAL WATER SUPPLIES . 6-1 ' 6-2 ALTERNATIVE SUPPLY SOURCES 6-8 l ) CHAPTER 7-WATER SYSTEM ANALYSIS 7-1 EXISTING SYSTEMS 7-2 7-2 ULTIMATE SYSTEM 7-4 7-3 SOURCE ANALYSIS 7-4 F 7-4 STORAGE ANALYSIS 7-6 ' ). 7-5 BOOSTER ANALYSIS 7-9 7-6 DISTRIBUTION ANALYSIS 7-11 7-7 RESERVOIR HILL ZONE 7-14 f 7-8 WATER DIVISION OPERATIONS 7-15 t� CHAPTER 8- SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS 8-1 SUMMARY OF REQUIRED IMPROVEMENTS 8-1 8-2 COST ESTIMATES 8-3 f ` 1 t.� - a oLile Engfneerino Corporation 1 �. 1 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH WATER SYSTEM MASTER PLAN LIST OF TABLES TABLE PAGE NO. ' 2-1 LAND USE CLASSIFICATIONS 2-2 2-2 EXISTING LAND USE 2-4 2-3 VACANT LAND DEVELOPMENT 2-5 2-4 ULTIMATE LAND USE 2-6 ' 2-5 ULTIMATE BOLSA CHICA DEVELOPMENT 2-6 2-6 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH POPULATION 2-7 ' 3-1 TOTAL 6 YEAR PRODUCTION DATA 3-2 ' 3-2 TOTAL WATER CONSUMPTION DATA 3-3 . , 3-3 ESTIMATED UNMETERED MUNICIPAL IRRIGATION 3-4 € 3-4 WEIGHTING FACTORS FOR FLOW RATES RELATED ' TO VOLUME PERCENTAGES 3-6' 3-5 CALCULATION OF WATER METER ERROR 3-6 (� 3-6 SUMMARY OF UNACCOUNTED-FOR WATER- E CALENDAR YEAR 1986 3-7 ' 3-7 SPECIAL WATER CONSUMERS 3-9 3-8 EXISTING DEMAND COEFFICIENTS 3-10 3-9 EXISTING SYSTEM DEMANDS 3-11 3-10 ULTIMATE ANNUAL WATER DEMAND 3-12 , 3-11 PEAKING FACTORS 3-14 3-12 FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS 3-15 4-1 IMPORTED WATER CONNECTIONS 4-2 ' i 4-2 IMPORTED WATER USE 1981-1987 4-3 4-3 WELL 5 YEAR PRODUCTION 4-4 ' 4-4 WELL FACILITIES SUMMARY FOLLOWS PAGE 4-4 4-5 GROUNDWATER QUALITY ANALYSIS FOLLOWS PAGE 4-4 4-6 STORAGE FACILITIES/CAPACITIES 4-5 ' 4-7 PRESENT BOOSTER OPERATION FOLLOWS PAGE 4-5 4-8 BOOSTER FACILITIES FOLLOWS PAGE 4-5 u 4-9 PIPE INVENTORY 4-6 u 4-10 HAZEN-WILLIAMS ROUGHNESS COEFFICIENTS 4-7 5-1 WELLS- MODEL CONTROLS 5-2 [f 5-2 • BOOSTERS - MODEL CONTROLS 5-3 ' 5-3 IMPORTED CONNECTIONS ALLOCATED CAPACITY 5-3 ( 11 u ' { 93oule Encineerino Corpora[lon i TABLE PAGE NO. ' 6-1 WATER SUPPLY ALLOCATION 6-1 6-2 COMPARISON OF DEPENDABLE WATER SUPPLIES WITH PROJECTED DEMANDS FOR MWD 6-3 6-3 SUMMARY OF ESTIMATED ADDITIONAL YIELD FROM POTENTIAL WATER RESOURCES DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS 6-7 6-4 SWRO SYSTEMS COSTS 6-13 ' 6-5 SWRO SYSTEM COMPONENT COSTS 6-13 7-1 SUMMARY OF WATER DEMANDS AND SYSTEM CAPACITY 7-2 7-2 EXISTING FIRE FLOW ANALYSIS 7-3 7-3 EMERGENCY SOURCE ANALYSIS 7-5 7-4 SUPPLEMENTAL WELL REQUIREMENTS 7-6 7-5 COMPARATIVE WATER STORAGE 7-8 ' 7-6 STORAGE CAPACITY ANALYSIS 7-9 ' 7-7 BOOSTER IMPROVEMENTS 7-11 7-8 ULTIMATE FIRE FLOW ANALYSIS 7-12 7-9 PROPOSED DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS 7-13 7-10 RESERVOIR HILL PRESSURE ZONE AVAILABLE FIRE FLOW 7-14 7-11 RESERVOIR HILL PRESSURE ZONE BACK—UP SOURCE AT OVERMYER NOS. 1 & 2 7-15 i 7-12 ALTERNATIVE WATER SUPPLY ALLOCATION 7-16' jj 8-1 SUMMARY COST- MASTER PLAN IMPROVEMENTS 8-4 ' t ( �I r c.'1 1 BoUle Enq/neerinq corporation � y CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH j WATER SYSTEM MASTER PLAN ( , LIST OF FIGURES AND PLATES FIGURE FOLLOWS PAGE 2-1 CITY WATER SERVICE AREA AND MAJOR FACILITIES 2-1 4-1 SAN JOAQUIN RESERVOIR TRANSMISSION MAIN ROUTE 4-3 4-2 WELL LOG SUMMARY 4-4 ' 5-1 EXAMPLE VARIABLE SPEED PUMP CHARACTERISTIC CURVE 5-2 ' 6-1 REVERSE OSMOSIS MEMBRANE CONFIGURATIONS 6-12 ►. 6-2 POTENTIAL WEST ORANGE COUNTY WELLFIELD 6-16. i t� 7-1 EXISTING DEMAND/STORAGE HYDROGRAPH 7-7 ' 7-2 ULTIMATE DEMAND/STORAGE HYDROGRAPH 7-7 �! 7-3 ULTIMATE W/BOLSA CHICA DEMAND/ ' STORAGE HYDROGRAPH 7-7 7-4 STORAGE/BOOSTER FACH=-ALTERNATIVE SITES 7-10 PLATE 1 RECOMMENDED SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS Back Pocket ' 2 PROPOSED RESERVOIR HILL SERVICE BOUNDARY Back Pocket AND NETWORK ' J i JJ � ' BOUfe Englneerfnq corporation ' CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION AND SUMMARY 1-1 AUTHORIZATION Boyle Engineering Corporation (Boyle) was retained by the City of Huntington Beach (City) on March 2, 1987 to provide Engineering Services to prepare a comprehensive Master Water Plan. Services to be provided under this agreement were originally ' described in the City's Request For Proposal (RFP) dated November 6, 1986, and were finalized in the scope of work contained in Boyle's contract with the City dated March 2, ' 1987. ' 1-2 OBJECTIVES The Master Plan has been prepared to assist the City's staff to plan for adequate water service to keep pace with growth and redevelopment. Combined with the technical iappendix, the plan provides data to additionally serve as a data base for on-going use of the computer water model by the City's staff. The computer model can be used as the City's planning tool for the water system by utilizing it to evaluate operating schemes,, proposed system improvements and related cost impacts to provide alternatives for selection before the need for implementation. t Briefly summarized, the major tasks undertaken involve study of the following: - Orange County regional water supply as related to Huntington Beach; Water supply requirements within the City's service area for estimated present and projected ultimate water demands; - An analysis of the City's water distribution system, (by use of a computer model) for identification of necessary improvements; - An evaluation of the proposed Bolsa Chica development impact on the City's ultimate water system; - An evaluation of the"Reservoir Hill Assessment District"water system. 1-3 SUMMARY OF STUDY RESULTS + Analysis of the current water system as it exists and with proposed improvements ' u indicates that the existing system cannot serve ultimate development unless some j improvements are made. A summary of these improvement needs is as follows: " 1-1 BoUle Englneerinq corporation 1 Sunnly: Current supply sources, consisting of Metropolitan Water District of Southern California 1(MWD) imported water from three connections and groundwater a ' from nine wells, is not sufficient to meet existing or projected ultimate demands. Additional supply sources recommended are: reactivation or construction of a total of ! ' i four supplemental wells, and participation in the West Orange County Well Field project. ! i System Deficiencies: Although the existing water system is generally adequate to meet 'j fire flows, the required fire flow at the Peter's Landing area can only be partially met. In addition, the present system is significantly deficient in being able to meet demands for water under current peak hour conditions. Even during previous demand periods of less j than a peak hour condition, reservoir levels were dropping drastically. The City should ' take immediate action to remedy existing fire flow and peak hour deficiencies. Also, the City faces increasing risk by adding new services to the presently deficient system. I ' Booster: To alleviate peak hour demands for both existing and ultimate conditions, additional storage and booster facilities are necessary. It is recommended that a' booster/storage site be constructed in the Southeast area with a Phase I capacity of 54 cfs and a maximum booster capacity of 85 cfs to sufficiently distribute required flows at adequate pressures, for existing and ultimate requirements respectively. Additionally, a separate 9 cfs pumping station is recommended for the Sunset Heights area. ' Storage: Additional storage is required to augment water sources to distribute ' maximum day and peak hour demands throughout the system. An estimated 61 million { gallons (mg) of storage capacity is proposed to meet ultimate peak demands. The storage should be phased as follows: 24 mg in Phase I to meet existing deficiencies and a 28 mg expansion in Phase 11 for the Southeast area, together with a Phase I reservoir of 9 mg capacity in the Sunset Heights area. ' �d Distribution System: To meet transmission requirements for peak hour demands and ' required fire flows throughout the system approximately 34,000 L.F. of waterline is t proposed to alleviate the deficiencies, approximately 16,000 L.F. of which is required for construction of the recommended Southeast area booster/storage facility for adequate distribution of flow into the system. 1-2 aoule Englneorinq C-oroora,ion __J ' Operations. Maintenancen m n : Several improvements and investigations ' are required to improve system operations, maintenance and management, as outlined below. System Improvements: The project cost of all required system improvements is estimated at $50,000,000, based on Spring 1988 cost levels. 1 , 1 1-4 RECOMMENDATIONS It is recommended that the City undertake several action items over the next five years in i i order to continue provision of adequate water service and keep pace with growth and i redevelopment. The recommendations are categorized below according to categories of j j facilities, operations and maintenance, and management. Master Plan Facilities I j 1) Supplement City water supply by reactivating or constructing a total of four j additional wells. 2) Design and construct storage and pumping plant facilities in the Sunset Heights' area to increase pressures in the area and supply fire flow to Peter's Landing. i -- 3) Conduct a siting and predesign investigation for the southeast booster/storage complex. I ' 4) Design and construct a new storage reservoir and booster pumping plant in the southeast portion of the service area to alleviate peak hour demand deficiencies and operational and emergency storage deficiencies. 5) Design and construct distribution system improvements in several areas to better meet fire flow and peak hour demands. 6) Initiate treatability studies for groundwater supplies. i 7) Conduct a feasibility study of the West Orange County Wellfield project. 8) Study the feasibility of a seawater reverse osmosis desalination project for long- term supply augmentation. c1 9) Determine the feasibility of modifying and incorporating the Orange County Water District seawater intake pipeline to Water Factory 21 as part of the City ' distribution system. 10) Provide dual drive systems for all existing and new pumping station. ' 1-3 1 En /neeon CorQor-: on __ .`3oUle � 4 1 i iOperations and Maintenance 1) Adopt the Boyle computer program model of the City water system as a guide for future operations and system modifications. , 2) Investigate the structural adequacy of major system components, especially Peck and Overmyer Reservoirs, and compliance with earthquake codes. 3) Provide propane facility backup at all active wells and booster pumps served only ' P tY P P P Y by natural gas. I 1 4) Conduct a cathodic protection survey and institute a program for major facility j protection. I � I 5) Conduct a focused leak detection survey of the City distribution system. I ' 6) Institute a formal facilities replacement program for the large transmission mains j over the next five years. 7) Continue groundwater quality monitoring of City wells, especially near areas of ' potential contamination. 8 Conduct a flowte t f e San 'C s o the Joaquin Reservoir transmission main during next winter with only City utilization. 9) Incorporate security intrusion detection systems into major water system facilities; provide interface with existing telemetry system and City Police Department ' facilities. J t , 10) Expand the ongoing meter repair and replacement program, including the addition of production meter testing. 11) Institute a program to meter water use for construction, including fire'hydrant and service connections. is 1-4 Soule Enolneerinq Cprporation --J Management 1) Adopt the Boyle Engineering Master Plan as a formal guide to system upgrading ' and expansion over the next five years. i 2) Adopt the recommended financing strategy, a revenue bond issue, and appropriate Water Division budgets to implement the Master Plan recommendations. i i 3) Initiate discussions with Municipal Water District of Orange County and Metropolitan Water District of Southern California regarding the potential of i additional imported water connections for the City. i 4) Initiate discussions with the Orange County Water District and West Orange County Water Board regarding the potential West Orange County Wellfield Project. i { 5) Adopt a policy of providing a minimum of one-day emergency storage in the City water system. ' 6) Participate in San Joaquin Reservoir improvements at a level related to benefits received by the City. 7) Adopt and implement the Emergency Preparedness Guidelines outlined in Chapter 7. 8) Determine additional Master Plan improvements required to serve the Bolsa Chica area, and relate to specific cost of service for that area. r =. ' 9) Strive to limit annual groundwater pumping rates to the Basin Production Percentage established by OCWD, unless the benefits of additional pumping ' exceed the economic advantages. 10) Continue to monitor the progress of Phase I of the OCWD Green Acres Project, ' and evaluate the potential for City participation in Phase H. ; 1-5 _ S-' U12 Enq/ne�Nnq COrpOr.7NOn j CHAPTER 2 STUDY AREA AND LAND USE i The master plan study area boundary is defined as the present water service area and the area within the City's sphere of influence. The present service area includes all land ' within the City 's limits, plus the Surfside and Sunset Beach areas. The City 's sphere of influence includes the present service area plus proposed development in the Bolsa Chica ' area. Figure 2-1 shows the water service area and major facilities. 2-1 DESCRIPTION OF STUDY AREA 1 The old Seashore lands owned by investor landowners and previously known as "Pacific City ," were purchased around 1904 by the Huntington Beach Company and renamed ' { "Huntington Beach." The Huntington Beach Company proceeded to make improvements j in the City including construction of the initial water system. This initial water system I consisted primarily of a storage reservoir located on the highest hill of the City, I subsequently named "Reservoir Hill." A single transmission line transported water from Reservoir Hill to the downtown area where the majority of the area's population resided.' i In 1915, the State of California Railroad Commission issued rules and regulations for the operation of the Huntington Beach Water Company. The Huntington Beach Water ' Company was purchased by investors in 1925, and in 1929 the American States Public Services Company of California was formed to manage the water system. During the early Depression years, the courts ordered a distribution of common stock due to the diminishing financial status of the company and the Southern California Water Company ' was later formed to operate and maintain the system. To more efficiently serve the Orange County area, the Municipal Water District of Orange County (MWDOC) was formed in 1951, and the West Orange County Water Board (WOCWB) in 1953, to control distribution of water purchased from the Metropolitan Water District of Southern California(MWD). The City is a member agency of MWDOC, Orange County Water , District (OCWD) and WOCWB. This is primarily coincident with the boundaries of the City of Huntington Beach, which occupies 26 square miles in northwest Orange County. The City also provides water to the Surfside area in the City of Seal Beach, and in an unincorporated part of Orange ' County known as Sunset Beach. As of 1986, the City's system served to a total of 45,223 u private service connections, 381 city service connections, and 124 un-metered connections. ' i 2-1 ' t � So41��nq!neor!np Co?70'ahon i C)j LEGEND i.A p-%r N EE UPPER LEFT) � WELLS i g �j'•;;,,;`� a� ❑ STORAGE/ BOOSTER �Fs 0 MWD CONNECT ION (SEE oABOVE) I O� •��.� ..� SERVICE AREA BOUNDARY s� I ♦ HB-9® 1 HB- ♦ HB-10 ! O HB 7 C,P P, �� pF \,, f HB-4 PECK H•I c��• t-'� OC-44 H B-6 coot' ,�• ��, I �. p SAN JOAOUIN yQ Fps HB_B ,/-DYK E �Gs RESERVOIR o., HB-11 q �,• WELL 4 MEWPORT S4 a� yq�i 'pit' P,�. FS� �O�Q p, , ♦ �00� + O�f 8 E A�•i � q�co G� �� � � GPI s ��►�`p I Q, HUNTINGTON RESERVOIR HARBOR ♦ BOLSA CHICA HILL z �P PACIFIC URFSIDE SUNSET BEACH �f,i �� _ ♦ N N -{ I COAST CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH PACIFIC OCEAN 4 WATER SERVICE AREA FIGURE 2-1 _-� i Ir.................. The terrain of Huntington Beach is generally flat, lying on a gradual slope from northeast to southwest. Elevations range from sea level to a height of 127 feet in the Reservoir Hill area. The community is almost fully developed in that there are few large-contiguous blocks of land remaining vacant except for the Reservoir Hill area. However, redevelopment efforts are now in progress, and the possible annexation of the Bolsa Chica area will affect i I the City's ability to provide water to its service area. As land is recycled to more intensive land use, demands on the water system will also shift in location and intensity. 2-2 EXISTING LAND USE 1 The City's current service area encompasses approximately 17,200 acres, over 1600 acres j of which are currently vacant. To represent the existing land use, the City's zoning t + designations were consolidated into general classifications as a basis to represent water 1 use throughout the City. Table 2-1 lists the land use classifications established and the I corresponding zoning designations. TABLE 2-1 LAND USE CLASSIFICATIONS j i Low Density Residential: Zones R1, RA �j (0-7 DU/Acre) Medium Densi Residential: Zones R2, MH (8-15 DU/Acre High Density Residential: Zones R3, R4 (> 15 DU/Acre) Commercial (COMM): Zones C1, C2, C4, R5, M1, CFC Manufacturing (MAN): Zone M2 Open Space (OS): Zones ROS, CFR, CFE (closed) School: Zone CFE (open) The majority of the service area is zoned for residential use, mostly in the form of single family detached dwellings, with scattered higher density residential areas. Commercial + areas are located mostly along Beach Boulevard (State Highway 39) north from Adams 2-2 1 .�'7UfG�Fnglne��rnq C•� pn.rc')C1'7r1 f I "00", The terrain of Huntington Beach is generally flat, lying on a gradual slope from northeast j to southwest. Elevations range from sea level to a height of 127 feet in the Reservoir Hill i area. The community is almost fully developed in that there are few large-contiguous blocks of i land remaining vacant except for the Reservoir Hill area. However, redevelopment efforts are now in progress, and the possible annexation of the Bolsa Chica area will affect the City's ability to provide water to its service area. As land is recycled to more intensive land use, demands on the water system will also shift in location and intensity. 1 i 2-2 EXISTING LAND USE The City's current service area encompasses approximately 17,200 acres, over 1600 acres of which are currently vacant. To represent the existing land use, the City's zoning designations were consolidated into general classifications as a basis to represent water 1 use throughout the City. Table 2-1 lists the land use classifications established and the j corresponding zoning designations. TABLE 2-1 LAND USE CLASSIFICATIONS Low Density Residential: Zones R1, RA (0-7 DU/Acre) Medium Densi Residential: Zones RZ MH (8-15 DU/Acre High Density Residential: Zones R3, R4 (> 15 DU/Acre) Commercial(COMM): Zones C1, C2, C4, R5, M 1, CFC Manufacturing(MAN): Zone M2 Open Space (OS): Zones ROS, CFR, CFE (closed) School: Zone CFE (open) The majority of the service area is zoned for residential use, mostly in the form of single family detached dwellings, with scattered higher density residential areas. Commercial areas are located mostly along Beach Boulevard (State Highway 39) north from Adams l 2-2 I } F3oU/e Enq/neerinq Corporaf/on r f i 1 Avenue to the City limits and in the Huntington Center Area located adjacent to the San Diego Freeway (Interstate 405). Additional commercial areas are spotted along the arterial roads throughout Huntington Beach . Light industrial and commercial users are concentrated in the northwest section of I i Huntington Beach, where McDonnell_Douglas Astronautics Company and Weiser Lock are large water consumers. i I The City Planning Department reported in the June 1986 Vacant Lands Survey that there i were 1,633 acres of vacant land as of June 1986, mostly scattered throughout the City. The Reservoir Hill area, currently being established as an assessment district, is the i largest continuous block of undeveloped land with in the water service area. The majority of vacant land is currently zoned for medium to high density residential and commercial uses. For this study, 1,419 acres of vacant land were identified as additional development for ultimate conditions, with the remaining 214 acres consisting of individual lots scattered throughout the City and parcels within the current specific plans. Table 2-2 J� summarizes the existing land use. 1 i `Il t • J " 2-3 f.3.^..�!!�Cngln��Nnq Cr_�pora:;O!'i e it 1 i I TABLE 2-2 EXISTING LAND USE NET AREA PERCENT CATEGORY (ACRES OF TOTAL Low Density Residential 7893 47 Medium Density Residential 1373 8 j High Density Residential 1613•*- 10 Commercial 1928 11 j Manufacturing 48 < 1 School 936 6 Open Space 820 5 1 Special Consumers" 753 4 Vacant 1419 8 TOTAL 16,783 100 ' Including public right of way. Special consumers are identified in Chapter 3 as water users above or below the typical demand per acre. Includes 75.2 acres for service to Sunset Beach and 36.4 acres to Surfside. 2-3 ULTIMATE LAND USE j The ultimate land use of the City 's service area is divided into three parts for discussion in this report: 1) New development of vacant land, 2) Redevelopment of land with intensified water demands and, 3) Development and possible annexation of lands currently outside the City's limits. In this master plan, it is assumed that all undeveloped land in the City will be ultimately developed. A majority of these parcels are within current medium to high density j residential zoning. In addition, a major concentration of future light indtistrial use is located alongside the Southern Pacific Railroad tracks, north of Clay to the City limits. Table 2-3 summarizes the ultimate development of this vacant land. j 1 2-4 F3oUle Englneerina Corpora[lon � TABLE 2-3 VACANT LAND DEVELOPMENT i VACANT" ; LAND PERCENT i CATEGORY (ACRE@ OF TOTAL i Low Density Residential 454 32 Medium Density Residential 119 8 High Density Residential 265 19 MCommercial 502 36 Manufacturing 14 1 Open Space 47 3 i School 18 1 TOTAL 1,419' 100 The remaining 214 acres identified in the 1986 Vacant Land Survey are individual lots scattered throughout the Cit}'s service area and parcels within current specific' plans, and are accounted for in the overall landuse identification. i Sunset Beach and Surfside are assumed to be 100 percent developed. Several areas of the City, all located in or near the downtown area, have been designated for redevelopment under existing Specific Plans. These areas are proposed to be redeveloped as mixed use, high density developments. Current development plans i t_� i include hotels and shops near the City pier and mixed residential, commercial and industrial uses in the Reservoir Hill area. Currently, the areas included in these Specific Plans are approximately 50 percent vacant. Table 2-4 summarizes the total projected landuse within the City's service area. �1 2-5 solve EnwneerInq Corporation 1 1 TABLE 2-4 ULTIMATE LAND USE i j NET AREA PERCENT CATEGORY (ACRES) OF TOTAL Low Density Residential 8288 49 Medium Density Residential 1506 s 9 High Density Residential 1944 12 Commercial 2417 14 Manufacturing 65 <1 i School 955 6 1 Open Space 855 5 1 Special Consumers 753 4 J TOTAL 16,783 100 s Includes 75.2 acres for service to Sunset Beach and 36.4 acres to Surfside. A portion of the Bolsa Chica area is currently being planned by Signal Landmark for i residential and commercial development. The source of water for service to this area has . been an issue, with the City being the most probable source. The City is considering annexing this area and supplying longterm water service. The total net acreage of the proposed Bolsa Chica development is 418 acres. Table 2-5 summarizes Signal Landmark's present development projections. TABLE 2-5 i ULTIMATE BOLSA CHICA DEVELOPMENT i PROPOSED LAND USE AREA(ACRES) Low Density Residential -- Medium Density Residential -- High Density Residential 343 I Commercial 56 Manufacturing -- Open Space ]Q TOTAL 418 i 2-6 2-4 POPULATION I The City 's population has been consistently growing at a rate of 1-2 percent over the past seven years, with projected growth of less than one percent per year to 220,122 persons in ff� 2010. Table 2-6 summarizes the population over the last six years. 1 TABLE 2-6 i CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH POPULATION i PERCENT YEAR POPULATION INCREASE 1950 5,237 -- 1960 11,492 11.9 (10 Yr. Avg.) 1970 115,960 9.1 (10 Yr.Avg.) 1978 162,000 5.0 1979 167,200 3.2 1980 170,100 1.7 ' 1981 173,392 1.9 1982 175,716 1.3 1983 178,667 1.7 1984 179,734 0.6 1985 181,946 1.2 1986 184,280 1.3 i 2010 220,122s 0.8%/Year ' Source: 1986-87 Vol. 23 "Orange County Progress Report" L1 Does not include Sunset Beach or Surfside population. Estimated from 1980 U. S. Census Bureau and 1985 Orange County "OCP-85" t projections. i 2-7 Soule Enolneerina Corporation li -__ i CHAPTER 3 WATER REQUIREMENTS { iIn order to analyze the City's present water system adequately, an analysis was made of I existing land use and water demands. The results of this analysis were (1) the development of demand coefficients, which are values that measure average water demand for each type of land use, and (2) the development of peaking factors, which are the ratios of water use during maximum use periods to averse water use over the same i g P g time period. 3.1 HISTORIC WATER PRODUCTION/CONSUMPTION Over the last five years, the City has been supplied by an average mix of 24 percent imported water and 76 percent groundwater, with most of the imported supplies being produced in the high-use summer months, and very low importation during the winter { months. The City's present operation is based on utilizing the maximum amount of { groundwater possible while satisfying a majority of its peak demands from the imported connections. ' Historic demands are most reliably established from records of water produced and t, delivered to the distribution system from reservoirs, wells, and MWD connections. ti Table 3-1 lists the historic water production for the fiscal years of 1981-82 through 1986- 87. For the past six years, water demands have sporadically increased at an average rate of 3.1 percent per year. Annual water delivery to the system during this period averaged• 34,851 acre-feet,which is equivalent to an annual average flow rate of 21,605 gpm. U J 3-1 t Bottle EngJneerinq Corporation _J TABLE 3-1 TOTAL 6 YEAR PRODUCTION DATA (ACRE-FEET) MONTH 1- 2 82-833 83-84 84-85 $_& 8687 AVG i JUL 3443 3482 3590 3781 3918 3729 3657 AUG 3447 3432 3584 3616 3786 3850 3619 SEP 3019 2915 3221 3478 3333 3223 3198 OCT 2621 2939 2729 3137 3291 3029 2958 i NOV 2407 2359 2262 2262 2449 2829 2478 1 DEC 2141 2198 2191 2287 2556 2599 2329 i JAN 2105 2357 2392 2365 2673 2577 2412 FEB 1906 1890 2570 2196 2098 2393 2176 MAR 2154 2105 3003 2617 2460 2735 2512 APR 2394 2369 3009 3039 2856 3265 2822 1 i MAY 2891 2884 3548 3369 3512 3560 3294 JUN 2973 LIM �M 2M �Q 25D 3396 ' TOTAL 31501 32070 35587 35910 36655 37379 34851 % Increase 1.8% 11.0% 0.9% 2.1% 2.0% 6 year Average Annual Production = 21,605 gpm Maximum Month = 126% of Average Annual (July 1985) Includes groundwater and imported water i i - Five years of data is preferred to properly evaluate water system consumption trends. However, the City has only recently begun to retain water billing data for each year. Therefore only partial records are available for the years of 1985 through 1987. Available bi-monthly water billing records are summarized in Table 3-2. u li 3-2 Soule Enolneerinq CoriDora[lon r TABLE 3-2 TOTAL WATER CONSUMPTION DATA (ACRE-FEET) I PERIOD YEAR 1985 f` JAN-FEB 3901 4752 I MAR-APR 4800 4564 j MAY-JUN 5141 5727 JUL-AUG N/A 6221 SEP-OCT N/A 5760 NOV-DEC 4933 4977 TOTAL N/A 32,001 3-2 UNACCOUNTED-FOR WATER Unaccounted-for water is the difference of the amount of water produced and the amount' t ? billed to customers. An expected rate for a system of this size and location is approximately five percent. In 1986, the only year of complete water consumption data, �. unaccounted-for water in the City's system is calculated to be 12 percent of the water :_; produced. I Within the water system, the following are expected sources of unaccounted-for water and an estimate of the usage for the 1986 sample year: City Facilities The City's standard billing records do not include the amount of water used by municipal Li facilities, which are billed on a bi-annual frequency and are included under separate record. These municipal facilities include City Hall, all operations offices, parks, schools and fire departments. The 1986 metered usage for these facilities is 783 acre-feet. Arterial/Median Irrigation Irrigation of municipal landscape medians and landscape areas along the arterial roads throughout the City is not metered. Table 3-3 summarizes the number of unmetered services by size and the estimated usage of each in 1986. Since City municipal irrigation H 3-3 Bowe Englneerina Corporation V ._� unit rates for roadways are not available, the estimated usage is based on the average 1986 consumption per service size for the entire City. TABLE 3-3 Estimated Unmetered Municipal Irrigation Avg. 1986 Estimated Usage Se Usage Service Size (AF/Serviced No. of Services (AF) l J 5/8" 0.071 24 1.7 1.0" 0.168 47 7.9 ( 1 1.5" 0.335 3 1.0 n 2.0" 0.758 SQ 37.9 TOTAL 124 48.5 I � l Hydrant Testing/Flushing Hydrant testing is performed by both the Water Operations Department and the Fire Department. Only minimal hydrant flushing was performed by the City in the 1986 I ) sample year; however, a main flushing schedule was established in 1987. The City staff estimates that the water operation's'hydrant testing and flushing at 2.4 acre-feet in 1986. II The Dire Department performs a comprehensive hydrant testing program to monitor the level of fire protection available throughout the City. In 1986 the fire department performed 1468 hydrant tests, with flows measuring an average of 1985 gpm. Assuming the hydrant is opened for a duration of three minutes to perform the test (as estimated by the fire department), the average amount of water use for this purpose in 1986 was () 27 acre-feet. ire Hydrant Usage/aerations In 1986, the Fire Department reported 664 "fire starts," or responses, to fire related emergencies. However, the Fire Department notes that not all of these "fire starts" requv-e the usage of water. For this study, it is assumed that a "fire start" requires water usage of 500 gpm for 20 minutes. This relates to a total hydrant usage in 1986 of 20 acre- 3-4 Boyle Englneerinq Corporation feet. Fire training in City streets is also performed; however, the water usage related to this activity is assumed to be negligible. r� Construction Water In 1986, the City charged contractors a flat rate for water used in construction and did not meter the actual usage. In 1986, the City reports that 833 single family units and 645 multi-units were constructed for a total of 1478 units. For this study, it is conservatively approximated that 50 acre-feet of water was used for construction purposes. It is ! recommended for water accounting purposes that all construction connections be metered. Points of connection for construction water usage consist of both hydrants and jumper service connections. Customer Meter Adjustment A major source of unaccounted-for water is generally found to be the inaccuracy of the individual customer meters. At best, a meter will accurately register the amount of flow through a certain flow range, and any flow rate above or below this range will typically be registered at a lower rate. In addition, as the meter becomes worn from usage, its' registration of flow is generally less than the actual flow. Detail studies and replacement/repair programs have shown that the additional cost required to account for this lost water is easily recovered by the additional revenue generated. The following (_) analysis, Tables 3-4 and 3-5, is structured after the California Department of Water Resources August 1986 "Water Audit and Leak Detection Guidebook" procedures, and estimates the City's 1986 meter error to be 1853 acre-feet. 3 t"! 3-5 t i BoL/le Eng/neenno corporation _J u TABLE 3-4 WEIGHTING FACTORS FOR FLOW RATES RELATED TO VOLUME PERCENTAGES' Percent of Time Range in GPM Average GPM Percent Volume 15 Low 0.5 - 1.0 0.75 2.0 70 Med 1 - 10 5.00 63.8 15 High 10- 15 .1250 34.2 f From article by Penchin Tao written for Journal of the American Water Works - Association, "Statistical Sampling Technique for Controlling the Accuracy of Small Water Meters,"June 1982. TABLE 3-5 CALCULATION OF WATER METER ERROR 1 (1 Total 1986 Vo ume �2) Sales At Flow eter Volume Rate Registrations Meter Error* AF% Volume ( ) (AFl °% ) (A ) i 2.0 32001 640 89 79 63.8 32001 20417 95 1075 4.2 32001 10944 94 699 100.0 1853 l ' Source: August 1986"Water Audit and Leak Detection Guidebook" -DWR U " Meter error = (1)/(2)-(1) U Conclusion aTable 3-6 summarizes the above analysis of unaccounted-for water showing a decrease from 12.2 percent to 4.3 percent. This remaining unaccounted-for water could be due to 3 leaks, minor operational usage and/or accounting errors. The preceding analysis U identifies the major source of lost water to be inaccurate customer meters, approximately percent f 50 of the unmetered water.} p consumption. 3-6 lBoyle Enotneenno corporation The City presently has a basic customer meter replacement/repair program; however, it is recommended that a more extensive program be established. To further accurately account for water usage in the system, a production meter testing program is recommended for meters at all wells. Leak detection, discussed in Chapter 7, is another procedure to identify amounts of unaccounted-for water not estimated in the above analysis. TABLE 3-6 SUMMARY OF UNACCOUNTED-FOR WATER-CALENDAR YEAR 1986 Quantity Percent of (AF) Production Production 36468 100 Customer-Metered (excluding City Facilities) 32001 $Z$ Unaccounted-for Water 4467 12.2 Sources of Un ccounted-for Water _t City facilities - metered 783 2.1 Arterial/Median irrigation-unmetered 49 0.1 Hydrant testing& flushing- Water Dept. 2 minimal Hydrant testing- Fire Department' 27 0.1 Hydrant usage - 664 fire starts 20 0.1 Construction water-unmetered 50 0.1 Customer meter adjustments 1 Subtotal 2784 7.6 Total(metered&unmetered usage) 34785 95.4 Remaining unaccounted-for water 1683 4.6 ' Includes minor operational water use. Q 3-3 DEMAND COEFFICIENTS Demand coefficients are values developed to estimate the average water demand per acre of land for each type of land use, measured in gallons per minute per acre (GPM/ACRE) in this report. , 3-7 1 Boyle Enq/neerinq Corpora[lon The first step in the development of the demand coefficients is to gather data for several j sample areas of each type of land use category. Billing records are used to determine the actual water consumed by a sample area in a particular year. For this study, three to six sample areas of each land use classification and five "special water consumers" were analyzed to develop the unit demand coefficients. 1 Currently, approximately one third of the schools located within the City limits are closed. However, the various school districts that have jurisdiction within the City are leasing some of these closed schools on a part-time basis to day care centers and local Community Colleges. A factor of 1.0 gpm/acre has been applied to all closed schools to account for irrigation and minimal facility usage. "Special water consumers" have historic consumption significantly above or below the average usage for its particular land use classification. Table 3-7 summarizes special water consumers identified for separate evaluation of water demand. y I r u a r 3-8 Smile Eno/neerino Corporation r TABLE 3-7 SPECIAL WATER CONSUMERS Annual Demand Demand Area 1986 Coefficient Nam (Acres) (GPM) _(GPMjAcre) County Sanitation Districts Plant 2 125 163 1.30 Southern California Edison Power Plant 100 420 4.20 Shell Oil Production 96 182 1.90 i McDonnell-Douglas 1 Astronautics Co. 210 378 1.80 Weiser Lock Co. 54 177 3.30 r, Huntington Center Area 90 36 0.40 I.1 (Mall and Vicinity) ' I Meadowlark Golf Course' 78 0 TOTAL 753 1356 ' All irrigation supplied from an on site well. Unit demand coefficients determined for each land use classification and special users, were applied to the total acreage attributed to each land use category. The validity of the Odemand coefficients was then confirmed by comparing the total demands calculated with the total production for the year. The calculated demand was less than five percent below the total production in 1986, which compares favorably with the remaining unaccounted- for rate of 4.6 percent. U r 3-9 1 BoUle Ertolneerino Corporation __j JJJ Demand coefficients were then confirmed and revised upwards slightly to reflect total i water production, rather than consumption. Demand coefficients used for the water system analysis are summarized in Table 3-8. I TABLE 3-8 EXISTING DEMAND COEFFICIENTS ANNUAL DEMAND COEFFICIENT TYPE OF LAND USE (GPM/ACRE) Low Density Residential (0-7 DU/Acre) 1.2 Medium Density Residential (8-15 DU/Acre) 2.2 High Density Residential (> 15 DU/Acre) 2.7 Commercial 1.3 Manufacturing 3.7 Irrigated Open Space 1.1 ' a Schools .02 GPM/Student .J 3-4 EXISTING DEMANDS . For the water system analysis, the water demands associated with existing conditions are assumed to be equivalent to the 1986 recorded demand. The demand coefficients discussed previously were applied to each land use category to calculate the total demand. ! Table 3-9 lists each land use category and its associated demand for existing conditions. Q L+ U 3-10 Route Enotneerino Conooratlon r, TABLE 3-9 _ . EXISTING SYSTEM DEMANDS EXISTING ANNUAL AREA DEMAND LAND USE CATEGORY RE (GPM) Low Density Residential 7893 9472 Medium Density Residential 1373 3020 High Density Residential 1613 4356' Commercial 1928 2508 Manufacturing 48 179 School 936 902 Open space 820 817 Special Users 753 1355 Vacant Land 1419 __Q • 1 TOTAL 16783 22609 } Includes 203 gpm for service to Sunset Beach and 98 gpm to Surfside. �J 3-5 ULTIMATE DEMANDS In addition to the development of vacant land, Specific Plans and Bolsa Chica, the Seabridge Apartments on Beach Boulevard between Indianapolis and Adams and Huntington Center have been assigned higher unit demand coefficients for the ultimate demand projections. Huntington Center,identified as a special water consumer due to its low water use per acre, is projected to increase development with more intensive commercial uses, such as high rise office buildings. Table 3-10 summarizes the coefficients used for each land use category and special users, and the projected demand for ultimate conditions. U [� 3-11 f ( Soule Englneerinq Corporation __J { r } TABLE 3-10 ULTIMATE ANNUAL WATER DEMAND City Service Area Bolsa Chica Area Demand Area Demand Total (Acres) j (Acres) ) Demand Low Density Res. 8288 9945 M == 9945 Medium Density Res. 1506 3314 3314 High Density Res. 1944 5248" 343 926 6174 Commercial 2417 3143 56 73 3216 Manufacturing 65 240 -- -- 240 School 955 796 -- -- 796 Open Space -851 940 1 Q 21 _lu Subtotal 16030 23626 418 1020 24646 SAecial Water Consumers CSDOC Plant #2 125 163 -- -- 163. SCE Power Plant 100 420 — -- 420 Shell Oil Production 96 182 -- -- 182 '-1 McDonnell-Douglas 210 377 -- -- 377 Weiser Lock Co. 54 177 - M 177 Huntington Center Area 90 117 117 Meadowlark Golf Course Subtotal 753 1436 0 0 1436 TOTAL 16783 25062 418 1020 26082 Irrigation demand assumed to be met by onsite well; domestic service from City supply PP Y "Includes 203 gpm for service to Sunset Beach and 98 gpm to Surfside. t3-6 PEAKING FACTORS QPeaking factors represent the increase above average annual demand experienced during a specific time period, and are expressed as a multiplier of the average demand. The following peaking conditions are significant in the water system analysis: U t 3-12 DSmile Englneerinq Corporation } Maximum Month - The highest water use during a calendar month of the year. This factor is used primarily in the evaluation of supply capabilities. - Peak Week - Peak week is the maximum water use within a calendar week. This factor has recently begun to be used in the evaluation of regional water demands. Maximum Day -This is the highest water demand in a 24 hour period. The water system is normally tested under"maximum day plus fire" conditions. Peak Hour - This is the highest water demand in a one-hour period. The adequacy of the system to -meet peak hour demands is normally tested under maximum day conditions. i The various peaking conditions are statistical concepts, and numeric values are normally obtained from a review of historical data and adjusted by engineering judgment and c experience. For the Huntington Beach water system, there is an adequate data base for monthly, weekly and daily demand conditions; however, data is limited for peak hour t conditions. The maximum month factor can be calculated from monthly production data shown in Table 3-1. �. There is an extensive data base available for the determination of maximum day demand. Daily well and MWD connection meter readings for the past 5 years have been U maintained by City Water system personnel. An analysis of this data for the months of . May through October of these years illustrated that the maximum day demand occurred f on June 1, 1982, with a peaking factor of 2.43. This is slightly higher than maximum day factor in similar systems. As a point of interest, it should also be noted that the previous day, May 31, 1982, the system demand was 98 percent of this maximum day demand. J Typical City peak hour data was unavailable. Peak hourly usage for systems within this area will generally be double that of the maximum day, up to approximately four times the average annual demand. A peaking factor of 4.0 was assumed to evaluate the City's water system for peak hour conditions. City Water personnel also requested that a "peak week" factor be established. "Peak week"factors are being utilized by agencies such as MWDOC and OCWD for their water usage projection calculations on a County-wide basis. Grouping the daily water use in seven day units from Sunday to Saturday for the months of June through October, 1981 l9 (� 3-13 , aouie Enoineer/no corporation r� through 1986 yielded a"peak week" factor of 1.62, during the week of August 7 to August 13, 1983. A summary of peaking factors is presented in Table 3-11. 1 TABLE 3-11 PEAKING FACTORS PERCENT OF AVERAGE ti PEAKING FACTOR DATES) ANNUAL DEMAND MAXIMUM MONTH July 1985 128 _ PEAK WEEK August 7-13, 1983 162 MAXIMUM DAY June 1, 1982 243 PEAK HOUR N/A 400 3-7 FIRE FLOW REQUIREMENTS In the development of a water system master plan, it is essential that system flows and Pressures are sufficient for adequate fire protection. Fire protection requirements va ry U according to land use and density in accordance with Table 3-12. Information shown in the table was developed by the Huntington Beach Fire Department and is based on criteria of the Insurance Services Office (ISO), a national organization independent of the rCity. ISO criteria is the basis for the rating of water systems for the establishment of insurance coverage. The flows shown in Table 3-12 must be provided under maximum day conditions with a 20 psi residual water pressure in the water main adjacent to the fire (� hydrant per ISO criteria. The City Fire Department also requires all buildings over 5,000 ' U S.F. to have a fire sprinkler system. L C� 3-14 DBoUle Englneering Corporation i TABLE 3-12 r FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS FIRE FLOW DURATION FIRE ZONING CLASSIFICATION REQUIRED REQUIRED STORAGE LOT SIZE (GPM) (HOURS)_ M A. Low Density Res. each 160,000 SF net land area 2000-3500 2 .18 r B. Medium& High Density Res., Commercial & Industrial Lot Size Less than 10,000 S.F. 3000 3 .54 10,000 to 19,999 S.F. 3500 3 .63 20,000 to 29,999 S.F. 4000 4 .96 30,000 to 39,999 S.F. 4500 4 1.08 } ' 40,000 to 49,999 S.F. 5000 5 1.50 50,000 to 59,999 S.F. 5500 5 1.65 E 60,000 S.F. or more 6000 6 2.16 �L i Source: Huntington Beach Fire Department; based on Insurance Service Office (ISO) criteria. i 3-15 QBowte Enaineerino Corporation __j CHAPTER 4 EXISTING WATER SYSTEM As of 1986, the Huntington Beach's water system served a City population of nearly 190,000 people from over 45,000 service connections ranging in size from 5/8" to 10". The total average daily service water production is nearly 33 million gallons per day (mgd), t and the unit average daily production is approximately 174 gallons per person per day. The system consists of two pressure zones that can be divided into the five readily distinguishable components listed below: MWD Sources _ - Wells = Storage Boosters Distribution System The locations of the source, storage and booster facilities are illustrated in Figure 2-1. ` 4-1 WATER SYSTEM OPERATION Water is currently produced from nine wells which vary in depth from 250 feet to 900 feet, with production varying from 450 gallons per minute (gpm) to 4000 gpm. Total maximum operating capacity from all nine wells is 25,700 gpm. All wells pump directly into the system except Wells No. 2 and No.4,which pump into Peck Reservoir. .v The City has three connections with MWD, each designed to operate at a fixed flow as specified by the city. The total allocated capacity of these three imported water connections is 20,300 gpm(45.25 cfs). U Peck Reservoir, and Overmyer Reservoirs Nos. 1 and 2, and storage capacity in the Q regional San Joaquin Reservoir comprises the City's storage capacity. Booster facilities pump water from the reservoirs into the system to meet peak demands. While Peck and Overmyer facilities are operating reservoirs, the San Joaquin Reservoir is a regional supply reservoir. The operating capacity into the system, from both Peck and Overmyer reservoirs, is 35,600 gpm. U 4-1 ' L+ BoLlie Englneerinq Comarat/on r l Another booster station a-" Reservoir Hill boosts water from the main zone into a small closed pressure zone. A r.ew booster station is planned to serve the proposed Reservoir Hill assessment district, as well as the existing area, and the entire area will be served by a closed pressure zone. The water distribution system has approximately 480 miles of pipeline ranging in size from 2 inches to 42 inches, including over 45,000 service connections, as of August 1986. The City also maintains emergency connections with the water agencies serving the cities of Fountain Valley, Seal Beach, and Westminster. In the case of source outages, these } facilities may allow the City to maintain a minimum water supply. Huntington Beach and J Mesa Consolidated Water District are both connected to the joint transmission main from San Joaquin Reservoir. 4-2 IMPORTED WATER SOURCES ■ Three MWD water transmission pipelines supply imported water from the Colorado River and State Water Project. The MWD service connection designations are OC 9,' , j OC 35, and OC 44. Table 4-1 summarizes data on these three imported water ' - connections. r � Li TABLE 4-1 IMPORTED WATER CONNECTIONS ALLOCATED CAPACITY MWD CONNECTION (CFS) (GPM) J OC 9 1025 4,600 OC 35 20 9,000 r OC 44 31 U.44 U TOTAL 45 20,300 OC 9 is located at the intersection of Dale and Katella Streets in the City of Garden Grove. Water from this connection enters Huntington Beach at the intersection of ' Newland and Edinger Streets with a capacity to deliver 4,600 gpm to the system. A second connection OC 35 is located at the same intersection and enters Huntington 1 Beach at the intersection of Springdale and Glenwood Streets with a capacity of U 4-2 6oLJle Enalneerinq Corpora[lon LLL��� i r' 9000 gpm. OC 9 and OC 35 are under the jurisdiction of the WOCWB. These turnouts are operated on a fixed flow basis. 1 The meter (owned by MWD) for the third connection, OC 44, is located at the San jJoaquin Reservoir. Flow to the San Joaquin Reservoir is delivered by the East Orange County Feeder No. 2 (EOCF No. 2). From the OC 44 meter water is delivered to the 1 City's service area through a 24- to 42-inch transmission main jointly owned by the City and Mesa Consolidated Water District (MCWD) as shown on Figure 4-1. A secondary metering station, owned by the City is located on Adams Avenue at the Santa Ana River. A summary of imported water use from 1982-1986 is given in Table 4-2. TABLE 4-2 IMPORTED WATER USE 1981-1987 (ACRE-FEET) 81-82 82-83 83-84 84-85 85-86 86-87 6 Yr. Avg. %of Total ' OC 9 3165 1781 0 0 4158 5411 1821 22 OC 35 3470 2548 4777 6715 4879 5100 4478 54 OC 44 1703 2344 2229 14 ]� l4 IM 24 TOTAL 8338 6672 7006 8145 11178 11696 8268 100 % of Total 26 21 20 23 31 31 23 Demand (incl. Groundwater) 4-3 WELLS 1 A total of nine wells are active and in service as of the date of this report. Figure 4-2 is the Well Log Summary showing well and pump depths as well as location of screen perforation. A summary of the annual production of each well is given in Table 4-3. The City presently operates each well by adjusting the pump speed to obtain its desired operation. Table 4-4 is a summary of the well facilities. u r 4-3 Soule Englneerinq Corporation j o Z i W G M W I 24'I'm OEM 1 A .1� SWAN 24' • i s f `FAIRVIEW STATE ` ` J yQ I li MOSPITAI O.C. IAIRGRONMOS HUNTINGTON BEACH •• i GTT wu .. r 4- GNPNNE� VICTORIA • , �P u oft i �uI re. ( ' + `M T NE gpY UPPER N c , Q I s '�,+ •r V E W PORT BEACH804,E T4 FOgO 1 , � 42' ® � OWNED BY CITY OF HLINTNGTON BEACH + I X*MY OWNED- SAII JOAOUIR MWNGTON BEACH AND WU CONSOIDATED WATER DISTRICT c ` RE SERVgR rll 1 San Joaquin Reservoir Transmission Main Route Figure 4-1 r Although the design capacity of all presently operating wells is 27,500 gpm, equipment — and operating conditions have restricted the recent operating capacity to approximately 1 21,200 gpm. 1 TABLE 4-3 WELL 5 YEAR PRODUCTION (Acre-Feet) 6 Yr. % of -- WELL 1- 2 82-83 83-84 84-85 85-86 86.87 Avg. Total DYKE 799 809 663 796 642 437 691 3 HBI 841 1290 1007 890 784 776 931 3 HB2 2585 2480 1846 1977 2252 1387 2088 8 HB3 (ABANDONED) H134 4920 4706 5000 4727 4958 4869 4863 18 HB5 4722 4658 4344 3731 3436 4600 4249 16 HB6 4662 4582 2333 2136 2273 2458 3074 11 HB7 4635 5569 4004 4189 3655 3193 4208 15 HB8 0 0 119 0 0 0 20 < 1 HB9 - 1007 4267 4577 3746 4085 3531 13 HB10 - 296 4999 4744 3733 3878 3530 100. HB11 (NOT EQUIPPED) TOTAL 23,164 25,397 28,582 27,767 25,479 25,683 27,185 % of 74 79 80 77 69 69 77 �; Total Demand (Incl. Imported) ,l Well No. 11, drilled in 1985, is not operating due to poor water quality. In addition, Well No. 8 is not used due to excessive color and odor concentrations. Past problems have also been encountered with sanding at Well No. 4 and excessive color from Well No.2. Table 4-5 lists the results of a water quality analysis performed by the City in July 1987 for the overall quality of groundwater extracted by Huntington Beach. It is recommended that the City initiate a treatability study of color and odor removal for City groundwater. 4-4 STORAGE The two reservoirs located at Garfield and Huntington Streets are known as Overmyer I and U and have a combined capacity of 24.2 million gallons (mg). Peck Reservoir is located at Springdale and Glenwood and has a capacity of 16 mg. Total combined capacity of all three reservoirs is 40.2 mg. The City also has storage capacity of 128 mg of water in the San Joaquin Reservoir, located on The Irvine Company property in Newport ! Beach, for a total storage capacity of 168 mg. Although the City has 128 mg of capacity 4-4 QSmile Eng/neerinq Corporation ,00 DYKE HB1 HB2 HB4 HB5 HB6 HB7 HB8 HB9 HB1O HB11 0 Not 100 17700 quip, 19 200 223 265 25 =_ -=- 2'� -- - 2� _ 232 291 -== ==_ -==_ _-_- 2 300 == -- --_=- =-- _-- 320 ==_- 359 390 376 34-_-_ --_-_- 37 480 `=_ 500 522 -_ _= 510 --_- 551 -- 556 ._-- _-____= 535 - 600 607 591 � - - - � 2 625 = --=- - 672 -- --- --- -- -- -- -699 - 700 705 --- _-_ -__ --- 704 735 730 - - 786 - =_= LJ =_ 768 -- 800 804 81 of 1 =-_= 826 -_-- O = 879 N ? 900 WELLWEN No PAD EL DEPTHDEPTH --_- 942 -- C DYKE 956 = ---- 3 ,000 306ft. -3 HB 2 16.0o t120h. 200ft. 3 HB 4 23.09 004h. 200h.O 0 1100 H 20.41 620ft. 1501t. HBO 16.67 aloft. 15011. LEGEND HB 7 23.69 6911t. 150h. CD HBO 13.00 72411. 1581t. PUMP PERFORATIONS 1200 HB 9 27.76 1020h. 156ft. 01 c) HB 10 23.75 156h. N 11 13. 775h. Not E u'—ii " M WON m m m i r m a1 i m m mm mm m TABLE 4-4 WELL FACILITIES SUMMARY Design Well Pumping Pump Pump Speed Operating Year Depth Capacity Head Speed Set By Capacity Well Drilled (Feet) (GPM) (Feet) RPM City (GPM) * DYKE 1956 204 500 240 1,760 1,760 510 HB1 1962 306 750 316 1,760 1,760 790 HB2 1962 820 2,000 245 1,760 1,760 1, 500 HB3 (ABANDONED) HB4 1967 804 4, 000 150 1, 500 1,584 2,890 HB5 1969 820 4,000 263 1,760 1,666 2,860 HB6 1973 810 4,000 300 1,710(Max. ) 1, 030 2,730 HB7 1975 891 4, 000 300 1, 180 1, 108 3 , 530 , 0 t HB8 1978 724 NOT USED - EXCESSIVE COLOR AND ODOR m m 0 HB9 1981 996 4, 000 280 1,760 1, 648 2,990 m HB10 1981 960 4,000 280 1,760 1,636 3,400 D 0 HB11 1985 775 NOT EQUIPPED - POOR QUALITY p TOTAL 27, 500 21, 200 m * Source: Huntington Beach Water Department TABLE 4-5 GROUNDWATER QUALITY ANALYSIS* Dyke HB-1 •HB-2 HB-4 HB-5 HB-6 BH-7 HB-9 HB-10 MWD* (nnm) (pnm) .LPpml (npm) (anma (DRM) (D-pm) (Apm) Lpm1 Water Iron (Fe) ND<0.01 ND<0.01 ND<0.01 ND<0.01 ND<0.01 ND<0.01 ND<0.01 ND<0.01 ND<0.01 ND<0.01 Calcium (Ca) 31 60 31 35 63 38 51 20 43 51 Magnesium (Mg) 5 it 4 5 11 6 9 16 7 20 Sodium (Na) 56 31 47 41 37 44 31 54 36 64 Sulfate(SO4) 37 71 31 36 72 40 46 33 40 157 Chloride (C12) 54 18 12 13 34 16 15 10 13 58 Carbonate (CO3) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND Bicarbonate (HCO3) 131 216 186 183 204 186 214 159 198 126 Manganese (Mn) ND<0.01 ND<0.01 ND<0.01 ND<0.01 ND<0.01 ND<0.01 ND<0.01 ND<0.01 ND<0.01 ND<0.01 Nitrate (NO3) 3.2 0.9 0.6 0.13 3.6 1.0 0.5 0.5 1.0 2.0 Potassium (K) 5 4 3 3 5 4 5 3 4 3.5 Total Dissolved Solids 286 324 152 242 344 268 286 220 274 429 Total Hardness C as CaCO3 98 193 96 109 200 117 165 56 135 210 k Determinations a Spec. Conductance 485 525 400 405 570 430 470 360 430 714 (u Mhos/CM) H-ion Activity(pH) 7.79 7.77 7.98 7.98 7.89 7.93 7.86 8.09 7.89 8.03 Flouride (F) C in PPM 0.72 0.50 0.40 0.40 0.52 0.52 0.55 0.43 0.57 0. 18 0 o� * - Source: City Tests - July, 1987 o < - Less than ** - M.W.D. test taken 6/86 Diemer Plant N.D. - None Detected ppm - Parts per million 10 00 10 r M w r w m aw � m w m .w m w in the San Joaquin Reservoir, it should be noted that the capacity can only be delivered at a maximum rate of 6700 gpm via the OC-44 turnout. i Table 4-6 presents a summary of these facilities. 1 TABLE 4-6 STORAGE FACILITIES/CAPACTITES Max. Bottom Overflow Water Capacity Reservoir 1 v F Elev(Ft) Depth(Ft) (MG) Overmyer I 53.0 69.5 16.5 2.7 Overmyer H 23.3 71.8 48.5 21.5 Peck 7.5 33.2 25.7 16.0 Subtotal-Operating Storage 40.2 San Joaquin 128.0" TOTAL 168.0 ' " City Allocation ' L 4-5 BOOSTER FACILITIES Booster pumps deliver water from a reservoir to the distribution system. These reservoirs fill at night or during the low demand periods, then serve as a source when the boosters are activated to satisfy high demands. The booster operation is controlled by the system pressure at the complex. Each pump is activated when the pressure in the system drops to a specified level. Table 4-7 summarizes the existing operation of the booster facilities. Table 4-8 is a summary of the booster facilities design capacities. 4-6 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM aThe distribution system consists of nearly 480 miles of pipeline ranging in diameter from 2-to 42-inch pipe. For computer modeling purposes, only the backbone system consisting of 12-inch pipe and larger was modeled. A few 8- and 10-inch pipes were included in the computer model to complete looping and service to critical areas. The existing network t is shown on Plate L showing major street names,pipe length, and diameter. ' rU 4-5 BoLve En4lneerfna Corporation LL �... �� (rr � .♦tom © • �.rr+f • ..... TABLE 4-7 PRESENT BOOSTER OPERATION Operation Order Pressure On Pressure Maintained Booster Unit Activated (PSI) (PSI) Peck 1 First 68-72 70 2 Second 68-72 70 3 Third 68-72 70 Overmyer I 1 Fourth 43 50 2 First 43 50 Overmyer II 3 Second 44-45 50 4 Third 44-45 50 Reservoir Hill* 1 Third 51-53 56-58 2 Fourth 50 60 Fire Pump 3 (Not in Operation) 4 Second 54 56 5 First 56 Pump Curve 0 r m` a * Existing Operation - New pumping facilities are currently under design. A ro ro 3 b n 0 0 0 w h_ 0 J � � � � r ar � � � � � r � � .ter t• � rr ■r rr � r r �r r• r� rr rr �r r• r r r r r• �■r �r r� �••• .., � _. ►.,ro Cam. TABLE 4-8 BOOSTER FACILITIES Power Pump Design Location U_n'.t Manufacture Type Manufacture O(gam) ** TDH ft RPM Horsepower Reservoir Hill 1 G. E. Elect. Peerless 2150 75 1, 600 50 2 Waukesha Ntrl.Gas DeLaval (Not used) 3 Waukesha Ntrl.Gas Johnston 3,250 70 1,250 - 4 Baldor Elect Kirst 50 162 3, 450 5 5 U.S. Elect Aurora 400 70 1,760 10 Peck 1 & 2 Waukesha Ntrl.Gas Johnston 4, 635 193 1,200 - 3 Waukesha Ntrl.Gas Johnston 4 ,635 203 1, 180 - Overmyer I 1 Fairbanks- Fairbanks- Morse Elect. Morse 1, 300 140 1,750 60 to to 1,050 185 { 0 m 2 Waukesha Ntrl.Gas Johnston 3,400 115 1,760 175 m to to a 2,700 160 m Overmyer II 3 Roline Ntrl.Gas Peerless 6, 500 165 1,200 377 3 4 Roline Ntrl.Gas Peerless 6,500 165 1,200 377 A o * Existing Operation - New pumping facilities are currently under design. 0 ** Operating capacities are greater than design capacities. 'o i The vast majority of the system consists of asbestos cement pipe installed since 1959, which is in generally good condition. Older areas of the City are mostly served by smaller diameter cast iron or steel mains with varying degrees of serviceability. Table 4-9 is an j inventory of the asbestos cement, cast iron and steel pipe presently in the City's system. i Hazen-Williams roughness coefficients were determined, dependent upon pipe age and j material. i 1 I TABLE 4-9 PIPE INVENTORY j Length Percent 1 Type of Pipg (Ft.) of Total 1 Asbestos Pipe 2,376,128 94 Cast Iron Pipe 47,900 2 Steel CNiLC 102,476 4 E 2,526,504 100 Due to the nonuniformity of pipe materials, a Hazen-Williams "C" factor was developed i.: for each type and age of pipe. A roughness coefficient that is a "system" coefficient (taking into account bends, valves, services, etc., along with roughness) was developed. Water system analysis reports for the cities of Santa Ana and Santa Barbara, prepared by j Boyle Engineering Corporation in January 1980 and April 1984, respectively, investigated these coefficients. In both cities, actual field tests were performed and coefficients derived to best represent the varying degrees of roughness due to the type and age of pipe. Using data from these two reports and other references, Hazen-Williams coefficients for the City's water system were developed. Table 4-10 summarizes these coefficients. is ` 4-6 t ' BOUIe Enalneert-0 L-o"Dorarlon —s-� TABLE 4-10 i HAZEN-WILLIAMS ROUGHNESS COEFFICIENTS "C VALUES YEAR OF INSTALLATION I ' TYPE OF PIPE PRE-1 1 -1 0 POST-1950 f Cast Iron 60 70 120 Steel 60 70 120 Asbestos-Cement - - 130 i 4-7 PRESSURE ZONES Within the City's water service area, the ground surface elevations are relatively flat I throughout, with the exception of the Reservoir Hill area. This 750-acre area shown in , Figure 2-1 is located east of the Bolsa Chica area and rises to an elevation of approximately 127 feet. The adequate service of this area requires a separate, higher pressure zone to meet peak demands and fire flow requirements. Presently this pressure zone serves a tract of homes and a commercial development at the comer of Goldenwest 1 i and Yorktown. Currently, water is pumped from the cit}'s main system into the higher pressure zone of the Reservoir Hill area. An assessment district is being established in this area to finance infrastructure improvements. A new pump station now under design will replace the existing station to serve this proposed area. L� 4-7 t BoUle Enalneerinq Coroora[lon _ 1 CHAPTER 5 I COMPUTER MODEL DEVELOPMENT A computer model of the Huntington Beach distribution system was developed to assist in I evaluation of the adequacy of existing facilities, for present conditions and under , anticipated future demands. Steps in developing a computer model begin with I establishing a network of pipes and nodes. I A computer model is a representation of the actual water system and requires verification that the computed results approximate actual field conditions. Considerable data is required to prepare a computer model of a water system. Once the model is assembled, further refining, or calibrating, is required so that the model will accurately reflect the actual water system. 1 5-1 WATER SOURCES The sources of water to a system can be modeled in three different manners: as a fixed t ' hydraulic grade line (HGL), a fixed flow input or as a pump operating off of a pump' characteristic curve. By simulating the source, or unknown, as a fixed HGI., the computer model will calculate the flow delivered to the system under a specified condition. Elevated tanks or reservoirs "floating" on the system are generally modeled as a fixed HGL. The City's system does not presently contain any facilities to be modeled by this method. The sources of water for the City's system consist of wells, MWD connections and reservoirs with booster stations. Wells The wells are modeled by inputting the pump's characteristic curve and the suction HGI, or groundwater pumping level. As the model performs the necessary iterations to balance the system, flows are taken from the characteristic curves at the pumping head calculated i by the model. This process continues through each iteration until all flows and headlosses are balanced throughout the system. As discussed in Chapter 4, the City operates the well pumps by setting the pump speed to achieve the desired performance. The pump speeds currently set by the City are assumed i for the well operation in this study. Table 5-1 lists the wells modeled, the assumed 5-1 F3oUle Englneer/nq Coroorat/on I� pumping levels as HGL elevations, and pump speeds. Due to the limited data on well pumping levels, the levels used for this stud are assumed to be in the lower range of Y annual pumping levels. i TABLE 5-1 WELLS - MODEL CONTROLS ASSUMED +' SUCTION HGL PUMP SPEED NODE WELL ELEVATION(FTJ RPM 290 DYKE -34 1760 276 HB 1 -98 1770 f ' - HB2 Not in Model 1670 + - HB4 Not in Model 1584 270 HB5 -62 1666 274 HB6 -59 1030 ► 264 HB7 -89 1108 284 HB9 -64 1648 286 HB 10 -55 1636 1 Boosters ` The boosters at Peck and Overmyer Reservoirs are also simulated by their respective pump characteristic curves. These two booster stations operate to hold a constant t-1 discharge pressure. The characteristic curves modeled simulate these set pressures up to the limits of the pump capacity. Figure 5-1 illustrates a typical composite characteristic curve use for the modeling of Peck and Overmyer boosters. As the flow increases beyond the capacity of the pump at its maximum speed, the discharge pressure decreases i� according to the characteristic curve. Peck Reservoir and Overmyer No. 2 Reservoir are assumed to be half full for the subject study. Although the booster facilities at Overmyer are actually two separate pump stations with individual discharge lines to the system, due to their close proximity, they will hydraulically operate as one unit. Therefore, both systems are modeled as one with a composite pump characteristic curve reflecting the designated order of operation. The discharge line is sized as an equivalent pipe of the two existing mains. Table 5-2 lists the assumed suction HGL elevations. 5-2 , t ! r F3ou!e Enq!neer!nq c7orporaflon 1 Example - Composite Characteristic 1 Curve of Variable Speed Pump j i Characteristic Curve 1 � at Maximum Pump Speed O 1 a Ij y 1 p � Composite V Curve Simulating ? Pump Operatipn € Point of Set Pressure I 1 1 Q Capacity FLOW a �.: Figure 5-1 ' 8o11le Englneer'nq Corporation � I i ' TABLE 5-2 BOOSTERS - MODEL CONTROLS Suction HGL Discharge Node* Booster Elevation(Ft)" Pressure 262 Peck 20 70 i 301 Overmyer 50 50 95 Reservoir Hill - Fixed demand out of system ' See Plate 1 " Peck& Overmyer Reservoirs assumed to be half full. j MWD Connections The City operates the three imported water connections on a fixed flow basis. As i opposed to maintaining a constant downstream pressure, all three connections maintain a j constant set flow into the system and, because the feeder is at a higher HGL than that of the City's system, the flow is assumed to be supplied at any pressure required by the' system. All of these connections are simulated in the computer model by inputting a fixed = - flow into the water system. The imported water connections are modeled as a positive fixed flow, and demands are modeled as "negative" flows. For the existing and ultimate peak hour conditions, these flows are assumed to be the allocated capacity, as shown in Table 5-3: 1 i TABLE 5-3 IMPORTED CONNECTIONS i ►.� ALLOCATED CAPACITY Allocated Ca acity Connection (GPj9 OC-9 4600 OC-35 9000 �9 OC-44 6700 1 TOTAL 20300 i j { ' 5-3 i .3os1/e Enq/ne�rrnq Coroorancn --.--� 1 . _ i j 5-2 STORAGE FACI'JTIES � Because the City does not have a reservoir "floating" on the system, or at an elevation equivalent to the static HGL of the water system, Peck and Overmyer reservoirs are not i directly simulated in a demand mode in the computer model. In the following chapter, a storage analysis is presented which evaluates the storage capacity of these facilities. 5-3 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM I For this study, only the 12-inch and larger pipes were modeled, with a few 8- and 10-inch j pipes included to complete looping. The primary steps in developing the computer water ' model are establishing a network of pipes and nodes. Nodes represent points of I intersection, changes in diameter, or locations where supply or demands are applied to the system. i Data for each node includes the ground elevation, associated average demand and I , I coordinates utilized in plotting the system. Each pipe is described by the two connection 1 nodes, a length, diameter, and roughness coefficient. This computer model consists of j approximately 250 pipes and 150 nodes. j 5-4 MODEL CALIBRATION 1 Once the City's water distribution system computer model was developed according the I parameters discussed in the previous sections, it was necessary to test it against a known operational condition to calibrate the system stem to actual field observations. P To confirm the system's operation, roughness coefficients and demand allocation, actual I flow tests were performed in the field. Three separate tests were made by monitoring all I water source inflow to the system by the City's telemetry system, and flow from an open fire hydrant. The fire hydrant flow was used in selected outlaying areas to increase the demand on the system. At the hydrant location, the flows and residual pressures were , recorded. By using this field data, the computer model was actuated to simulate the conditions at the time of the tests. The model was run and the calculated system pressure at the , hydrant was compared to the actual recorded pressure. E ' The following are the fire hydrant locations where the tests were performed: 5-4 r � Test No. 1: Banning and Brookhurst Test No. 2: Alabama and Atlanta Test No. 3: Edinger and Bravata ri Once the actual system operation was established and the datum from which all recorded data was confirmed, the computer model calculated the pressures within three pounds per square inch. These results are within the acceptable limits of the model calibration. i Details of the three analyses are contained in the Technical Appendix. r i r r r r k 1 1 I ' r L� I r ; i 5-5 F30Ule Englneerinq COr(7ora[!On r _ T CHAPTER 6 WATER SUPPLY i I This chapter includes a discussion of the regional water supplies available to the City, j from MWD, OCWD and MWDOC; and alternative water supply sources. i 6-1 REGIONAL WATER SUPPLIES +, The City receives MWD imported water from the Colorado River and the State Water { Project (SWP) through the MWDOC facilities, and extracts groundwater from the basin ' I+ managed by OCWD. Production rates from these sources during the period 1982-86 are tabulated in Table 6-1. TABLE 6-1 I ,! WATER SUPPLY ALLOCATION { I Year Supply (acre-feet) % of Total Imported Ground Total Imported Ground Water Water Water Water 81-82 8,338 23,164 31,502 26 74 82-83 6,672 25,397 32,069 21 79 83-84 7,006 28,582 35,588 20 80 84-85 8,145 27,767 35,912 23 77 85-86 11,178 25,479 36,657 31 69 1 86-87 11.696 25.683 37.379 31 69 Average 81-87 8,839 26,012 34,851 25 75 J Southern California Water Supply Scenario Like most other areas of California, Orange County's population and economic growth is projected to continue well into the next century. By 2010, the six-county Southern California population is expected to grow from its current 15.3 million persons to (� 21.3 million persons, nearly a 40 percent increase in slightly more than two decades, E.� according to the draft 1987 Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG) l I baseline projections. L, `• 6-1 ' i Soclle Enolneerinq Corporation __J Y Similarly, Orange County's population is projected to grow by nearly 800,000 persons, a 36 percent gain over the next 23 years, reaching about 3.0 million by 2010. Demand for j imported water will also increase substantially. The State Water Contractors of Southern j California estimate that their demand for supplemental water will increase significantly, with shortages expected to reach 1.4 million acre-feet per year by 2010. By 2010, Orange I County demand for imported water is projected to increase to 571,000 acre-feet per year j 1 under average climatic or normal conditions. During warm, dry years, this demand will increase by about 10 percent to 665,000 acre-feet per year. Southern California's dependency on the State Water Project (SWP) will sharply increase in future years with ' reduction on the Colorado River supply and increasing population. MWD has made an estimate of the potential level of water shortages that would occur with continued population growth and no new water supplies. This estimate assumes a dependable local supply available in local dry years and normal demands and projects shortages to begin in about 1990, reaching about 980,000 acre-feet per year in 2010, or 22 percent of demand ± (see Table 6-2). Orange County would be shorted probably in direct proportion to demands on the MWD system, or possibly under MWD's preferential rights formula I based on agency taxes paid to MAID.LJ ' i� ' 4J •a 6-2 BOLIIe Englneerinq CCrl7orarr^rt TABLE 6-2 j COMPARISON OF DEPENDABLE WATER SUPPLIES ' j WITH PROJECTED DEMANDS FOR MWD (MILLION ACRE-FEET) Year Existing Water Supplies 19880. 1990 M2 2010 ILocal Surface and Groundwater 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 i Wastewater Reuse (Existing Projects) 0.14 0.15 0.15 0.15 J Imported , Los Angeles Aqueducts 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 i Colorado River (Firm Supply) 1.18 0.47 0.47 0.47 State Water Project 1.09 1.18 1.16 1.14 Total Water Supplies 4.00 3.41 3.39 3.37 Historical and Projected , Water Demands 2.95 3.53 3.95 4.35 t , • - Surplus (or shortages) in Supplies 1.05 (0.12) (0.58) (0.98) Source: MWD Although a number of new water supply projects are being pursued, none of these has yet I been realized. Alternatives under consideration include construction and permitting of , use of additional SWP Delta pumps, development of the Kern Water Bank, freeing up carriage water releases in the Delta that would be made possible by eliminating reverse LJ flows by certain Delta improvements (Costa-Ayala Authorization Bills), interim leasing of Federal Central Valley Project water under the terms of the Coordinated Operation lJ Agreement Legislation HR3113, construction of Los Banos Grandes Reservoir, and water salvage in the Imperial Valley. The yield for all, except the water salvage programs in the ' -r g P P g P � Imperial Valley, will depend upon the terms and conditions on water right permits to be , established by the State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) in the ongoing Bay/Delta Hearings. } ij 6-3 OaL1/e Englneerino Co,poration -�--� In addition to average climatic, or normal conditions, efforts are being made to increase supplies available during droughts through a combination of carryover storage projects and temporary agricultural demand reduction programs. Under drought conditions, the j supply from the SWP can be reduced by over 1.0 million acre-feet per year, a major i portion of the project capacity. Under a repeat of the critical drought hydrologic j conditions that occurred between 1928-34 in the Sacramento River Basin, this shortage ' would persist for nearly seven years. The Bay/Delta water quality plan and water right decision will also set conditions for dry or critical dry years on both the amount of export from the Delta and salinity standards. . It is anticipated that in addition to salinity ' increases, the concentration of organic precursors, which affect the formulation of disinfection by-products, would also increase due to less flows available for dilution during critical dry years. Orange County Water District's efficient management of its local water supply has J reduced water demands on the SWP. The Lower Santa Ana River Groundwater Basin is one of the most thoroughly managed basins in the State through its planned maximum utilization of storage and the availability of flexible pumpage control features. However,' substantially all Orange County local water supplies have been developed. Feasibility - investigations are underway by local agencies for development of the small remaining increments of local supply, particularly,wellhead treatment projects. Imported Water Supply ' In addition to actively supporting the needed SWP expansion discussed above, MWD is { pursuing several innovative regional programs that would indirectly have a positive effect on the City. These programs include Chino Basin groundwater storage and conjunctive ' use, Diemer Filtration Plant expansion and retrofit, and support for development of a new major South Orange County Supply currently being investigated by MWDOC. The South County Supply would result in a better balance of water delivery throughout Orange County, and would reduce South County demands on North County feeders. A survey of ten other major cities in North Orange County indicates that MWD Qconnection capacity averages 180 percent annual water demand, whereas the City's ' capacity is only 90 percent. An additional connection capacity of 45 cfs would be required 1 for the City to attain the higher rate,which is not currently available. ♦i BoUle Encvneerinq Corporation t MWD has been considering the implementation of a seasonal pricing strategy designed to reduce large agencies' dependency on the imported water supply to meet peaking demands, and reduce their need to expand water treatment facilities for Orange County. , j Local agencies would then be forced to utilize more groundwater. However, it is i uncertain whether or not it will be physically possible for OCWD to replenish the 1 groundwater reserve at substantially higher rates. MWD is now considering a policy of j underwriting the cost of developing additional local wells for seasonal peaking purposes. I � Groundwater Supply Within the boundaries of OCWD, it has been estimated that, by the year 2005, the total ' demands for water from the agencies overlying the groundwater basin will increase to over 550,000 acre-feet per year. If OCWD is to maintain its present level of groundwater i availability, the groundwater production in the year 2005 will need to increase by 330,000 I acre-feet. It is uncertain whether or not it will be physically possible to replenish the subsurface reserve at a rate that could offset this level of annual requirements. OCWD has suggested that water planners in the District should anticipate that ultimately only 50 percent of their supply will be furnished from the groundwater reserve. The ultimate• , long-range effective yield of the basin, therefore, would be 275,000 acre-feet annually, presuming that MWD will continue to support conjunctive use of surface and groundwater supplies by furnishing replenishment water. It is possible that OCWD will i ; be able to expand the utility of the basin to keep pace, at least partially, with the , anticipated growth of its member agencies. I OCWD is expanding its replenishment facilities to include newly acquired property in the i Santiago Creek area which should accommodate an additional 30,000 acre-feet per year, and a new 40-acre site in Anaheim, designed to accept another 25,000 acre-feet per year. When completed, it is estimated that OCWD will have the capacity to percolate 180,000 =i acre-feet per year of local water runoff, plus an additional 65,000 acre-feet of imported waters. If MWD is unable to acquire sufficient water resources to sustain either its present level ' of service or its future anticipated requirements and OCWD has to rely on the safe yield of the Santa Ana River system below Prado Dam for its groundwater replenishment ' source, the current production of groundwater would have to be drastically curtailed, possibly to as little as 100,000 acre-feet per year or slightly less than half of present ' pumping volumes. 6-5 ' Rc7wle Enolneerinq Coroorafron 1 There have been a number of estimates of the usable capacity of the groundwater basin. ' The results of these somewhat speculative determinations range from 1.0 to 10.0 million acre-feet. OCWD's current estimates tend to be closer to 1.0 million acre-feet or less. It I is known that the basin historically has been overdrafted by as much as 650,000 acre-feet. + Based on that and the other data available, OCWD suggests that 800,000 acre-feet of I ' usable emergency storage capacity be used for planning purposes with the current county- { I wide well configuration. It may be possible to expand the usable capacity to as much as 1 1.5 million acre-feet by deepening wells. This increased supply might require additional � treatment to remove objectionable taste and odors from peat-influenced supply drawn 1 from those deeper zones and should not be counted on without further study. i Utilization of the basin would be different under a drought than during an emergency. If ' MWD is experiencing difficulty in sustaining deliveries because of supply limitations, it 1 will request its agencies to draw upon their interruptible supply. Orange County will have a 30,000 to 40,000 acre-foot increase in basin demand, assuming the same drought ' conditions impairing MWD are affecting the Santa Ana River Basin, this will result in a' j possible one-year overdraft of as much as 300,000 acre-feet, leaving the basin with approximately 500,000 acre-feet available. Presuming the drought persists, by implementing an aggressive water conservation program, it would be possible to stretch groundwater supplies for two to three years for the agencies overlying the basin, thereby allowing whatever limited Metropolitan supply is available to be used by nonbasin agencies. If Southern California were to experience a major earthquake that caused a break in - either or both of the aqueducts supplying Metropolitan, there would have to be re-routing of groundwater from basin users to those areas with limited or no storage. Depending upon the time of year, there should be between 500,000 to 800,000 acre-feet in storage. This water would be allocated carefully. It appears that under most circumstances, Orange County could get by for at least one year with the basin as its sole water source. During that time, repairs could be made to the major imported water facilities, and the County could again obtain an outside supply. Similar action would be required if an ' earthquake on the Newport-Inglewood fault caused damage to the local MWD feeders 1 •, OCWD is pursuing the development of several potential water resources projects, as outlined on Table 6-3. One of these projects, the Los Angeles County Underflow Loss 6-6 y Mitigation Project, may be a source of supplemental supply for the City, and is further discussed in a later section of this Chapter. TABLE 6-3 I SUMMARY OF ESTIMATED ADDITIONAL YIELD FROM POTENTIAL WATER RESOURCES DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS (IN AC-FT/YR) I { Normal Drought Projects Hydrologic Conditions Conditions i Resource Development Above Prado Prado Reservoir Conservation 20,000 -0- San Bernardino Basin Storage Reduction 10,000 -0- Chino Basin Storage Proggrram 10,000 10,000 Arlington Subbasin Desalter 2,000 (a) 2,000 Artificial Recharge Capability Improvement b Recharge Enhancement Sb� Land Acquisition l Santiago Creek Recharge Facilities 2,000 (b&c) -0- Groundwater Loss Mitigation/Restoration Underflow Loss Mitigation 10,000 5,000 Wellhead Treatment (e) 10,000 10,000 Wastewater Reuse ` Green Acres 7,000(d) 7,000 Forebay Reclamation Plant 10,000 10,000 Total 81,000 44,000 a Range is 1,000 to 2,000 ac-ft/yr. b� Additional Yield is included as part of Prado Reservoir Conservation; facilities are needed to capture new yield from projects above Prado Dam. �c) Includes 2,000 ac-ft/yr of Santiago Creek water. d) Initial Yield is 3,5000 ac-ft/yr; 7,000 ac-ft/yr is yield of expanded project. (e) Wellhead treatment requires additional replenishment water to maintain basin water levels Source: Water Supply Management Within Orange County- Exhibit 2 - Bay/Delta Hearings-Phase I-Water Advisory Committee of Orange County-June 12, 1987. 6-7 BOU/2 En elf ec•••n�l(--�'='0,7 1�i'i i Groundwater levels in Orange County have been significantly higher than elevations in I adjacent Los Angeles County. This difference in elevation results in a gradual loss of j water from the subsurface of the Orange County groundwater basin into Los Angeles County because there is no subsurface separation of the sediments that underlie Los ' Angeles County from the aquifer systems of Orange County. It is believed that the annual I loss varies between 5,000 and 20,000 ac-ft/yr. For planning purpose, the District lestimates that the current underflow loss averages about 10,000 ac-ft/yr. 1 A variety of proposals have been advanced on how best to correct this loss. The OCWD, because of the particular sensitively of this effort, intends to carefully monitor the � differences in water levels along the Orange County-Los Angeles County line by installing sufficient piezometric capacity to adequately evaluate the volume of flow. The District i would then proceed in several ways to mitigate the loss, by 1) encouraging nearby water pumpers to withdraw larger amounts of groundwater each year in this area to thereby approach water table equilibrium in the area of suspected outflow, or 2) installing several ' wells, adequately spaced along the west County line to intercept the subsurface outflow. OCWD has been negotiating with the Southern California Water Company (SCWC) to ' jointly implement this project. However, the negotiations have not proceeded successfully, and OCWD may consider another water pumper such as the City of ' Huntington Beach to pursue the project. Although a major transmission system would be required to convey supply from this project to the City, its supplemental yield would meet a significant portion of the City's supply deficiencies. 6-2 ALTERNATIVE SUPPLY SOURCES The following section discusses the feasibility of several potential alternative water supply i sources that could be developed by the City. These sources are: r} o Additional Wells o Water Reuse o Seawater Desalination o West Orange County Wellfield o Water Conservation r ' 6-8 BOU18 EnglnBer!rq CJ.';JO�Ji0l7 Wells , FAdditional e s Additional wells could be drilled to extract additional groundwater supply for the City. As will be discussed further in Chapter 7, the operating capacity of the presently operating City wells is less than the existing average annual water demand. j A survey of ten other major cities in North Orange County indicated that well capacity i j averages 118 percent of average production rates. To attain this level of reliability, the J City would have to construct two wells to meet current demand and a total of four wells for ultimate demands. Assuming studies verify the cost-effectiveness of groundwater treatment for color and odor removal, the City should renovate and reactivate the two presently inactive wells to help meet these needs. Analysis of additional well requirements is further discussed in Chapter 7. � {1 Water Reuse Several locations where City potable water supply is presently used for irrigation could be !� potentially served by future phases of the Green Acres project proposed by the Orange' County Water District (OCWD). The Green Acres project is a program to furnish , reclaimed wastewater for landscaping and industrial purposes within a five mile radius of the OCWD's Water Factory 21 advanced reclamation facility. The project will consist of t a new reclamation plant located adjacent to Water Factory 21 that will filter and ' chlorinate secondary treated effluent, produced by the County Sanitation Districts of Orange County Plant (CSDOC) No. 1 in Fountain Valley, and a distribution system to ' j convey reclaimed water to the cities of Fountain Valley and Santa Ana, County of Orange, and the Mesa Consolidated Water District. The initial phase of this project is designed to furnish about 2,700 AF annually to about 20 locations. It is anticipated that t the ultimate requirement for reclaimed water in the Green Acres service area will be 5,300 afy or more. The physical facilities to be built for Phase I of the Green Acres project will include , modifications at Water Factory 21. The treated water will be pumped and conveyed through the service area in an array of pipes consisting of about 68,000 feet of pipe ranging in diameter between 6-and 30-inches. The water will be used for irrigating parks, 1 golf courses, green belts, school grounds, and for industrial applications. 6-9 acywe Encineenno Conoorat/on s� ' j Green Acres qualifies for assistance from MWD as a part of the Local Projects Program, whereby MWD will reimburse OCWD the avoided energy cost which in 1987 is $75 an ' acre-foot. The program also qualifies for construction assistance from the State of i California. An application for low interest loan funds in the amount of $2,000,000 is I expected to be approved which will reduce the net cost of the capital facilities required by i this project. Initiation of Phase I construction of the project is contingent on receipt of ' this loan, and completion of user contract negotiations. I Major potential customers of the Green Acres project in the City include: i ' o Golden West College 1 o Huntington Beach Central Park j o Huntington Seacliff Golf Course j The average irrigation demand for reclaimed water at the above three locations is approximately 850 afy, or about two percent of the total existing water demand in the City. ' In order to provide a substitute reclaimed water supply to these customers, the following' action would be necessary: ' - 1. Implementation and construction of Phase I of the Green Acres project by OCWD. ' 2. Phase II extension of the Green Acres project facilities to the City, to be implemented either by the City, OCWD, or a joint effort. ' 3. Execution of a contract with the users for reclaimed water utilization. j 4. Construction of onsite facilities and replumbing. i ' Although construction of a irrigation reclaimed water system in the City would slightly r decrease the average demand for potable water, it would appear that water reuse is not ' an effective source of peaking water, since irrigation demands are primarily during the evening and night time hours. The maximum capacity of Green Acres project, including delivery to the City, has been g� ' previously estimated at a unit cost of $318 per acre-foot, assuming capital'recovery of 12 percent. Since treated, non-interruptible supply costs from MWD are not expected to exceed that rate until after 1993, further evaluation of water reuse to help meet average City water requirements is warranted at that time, assuming Phase I of the Green Acres project has been constructed. ' 6-10 BOUIe Enolneerinq Corpora[lon Seawater Desalination A potential method of providing supplemental future potable water supplies for the City j is seawater desalination, either through the distillation or reverse osmosis (RO) { membrane processes. Although distillation has historically been the predominant ' process, RO is now cost competitive. RO also removes nonelectrolytes such as organic j compounds dissolved in the water, which is particularly important when potable water production is considered. � The RO process uses hydraulic pressure to force pure water from saline feedwater through a semipermeable membrane. Current technology permits the economic I application of RO to the desalting of brackish waters and seawater. Generally, the imembranes used in the RO process are either cellulose acetate or polyamide materials. , RO membranes can be manufactured to have a salt rejection which conforms to the + feedwater salinity. To achieve potable quality product water, seawater requires salt I rejections greater than 98 percent. Operating pressures of 800-1000 psi are required for the desalination of seawater. Membrane life for seawater operation is normally assumed' to be two to three years. Two types of RO membranes configuration are currently used commercially: spiral wound and hollow fiber; these are shown schematically on Figure 6-1. The energy required by the RO process is primarily for pumping; it is generally supplied as electric power. The cost of high pressure pumps for seawater desalination has a significant effect on the economics of the process. Typically, power consumption is 25- 35 kwh/1,000 gallons of production at 800 to 1,000 psi operating pressure for seawater plants utilizing energy recovery. f The recovery ratio at which an RO plant should be operated depends upon an economic f evaluation. RO applied to seawater is limited to about 30 percent hydraulic recovery because of the high operating pressures needed to exceed the osmotic pressure 4 differential across the membrane. The addition of a power recovery turbine driven by the brine discharge to provide part of the high pressure feed pumping has been considered for seawater RO plants to reduce power consumption. This generally results in an energy savings of 30 to 40 percent. r - Li ` 6-11 ��? F3oue EnglnePrrnq Corpo�anon 1 Reverse osmosis is a desalting process that is in use throughout the world. It is used in highly developed countries like the United States where maintenance and operation 1 (O&M) resources are readily available and is used in remote locations in many third world countries where O&M resources are not available. The generally accepted advantages of RO for desalting are: i o Lower energy consumption and costs j o Lower maintenance ' o Simple operation o Reduced corrosion j o Compact size o Short installation time o Lower capital costs 1 I O&M for RO has been demonstrated to be relatively low. Operation is relatively simple and may be started and stopped without difficulty. In addition, RO may be contracted in modules so that the plant can be maintained or expanded without complete shutdown. i� i ' Desalination of seawater would be highly reliable source of water supply for the City as it has very few development constraints. One constraint to desalination is that it is an ' energy-intensive process. However, energy recovery systems have been recently made available, thus energy requirements, particularly on seawater systems, have been reduced. ' Saline water is available on a firm basis and can be developed independent of other water resources. A desalting system can be easily incorporated into existing water distribution i ' system. Another advantage of any reverse osmosis system is that it can be installed within `} a relatively short period of time; a 3 mgd capacity plant was installed in Florida seven i 1 months after award of the contract. The principal constraint to development of seawater reverse osmosis (SWRO) systems is the significant cost differential with conventional water supply sources. Approximate costs for developing a SWRO system as a City water supply are shown in Table 6-4, with a component cost breakdown in Table 6-5. L� 6-12 4 Boole Enolneer—Q Corporavon i 1 FEEDWATER IN _ HOLLOW FIBERrl PRODUCT ' WATER �s .1%..,,,.jjp .. _._.._ .'�`' BRINE ' OUT �� :`� ."""-„- CONCENTRATE �s .... r OUT RESIN TUBE SHEET 1 HOLLOW FIBER SYSTEM ' 1 1 FEEDWATER MEMBRANE CASE ON BACKING PRODUCT WATER CARRIER MEMBRANE CAST ON BACKING FEEDWATER CONCENTRATED SOLUTION ' f / BRINE SIDE PACLEA FEED T EEO SPACE PACER PURIFIED WATER PASSES THROUGH MEMBRANE FROM BOTH SIDES OF FEEDWATER PRODUCT WATER CHANNEL �- BRINE SEX •� PRODUCT PRODUCT WATER FLOWS SPIRALLY-IN , PRODUCT WATER CARRIER. LAST LAYER CONTACTS HOLES M I BRINE CONCENTRATE PRODUCT TUBE FOR EXIT TO COLLECTION SYSTEM. ' SPIRAL WOUND SYSTEM 1 Reverse Osmosis .' Membrane Configurations F19ure 6-1 1 TABLE 6-4 1 SWRO SYSTEMS COSTS' Capacity Construction O&M Cost Unit Cost ($f AF) i ' (MGD) Cost ($M) M ar Cap.Recv. O&M Total j 1 5.2 1.4 475 1250 1725 5 20.7 6.1 375 1100 1475 10 40.4 11.0 350 1000 1350 i i Based on recent construction bid data. I ' + I i TABLE 6-5 rSWRO SYSTEM COMPONENT COSTS Cost ' Item 1 mgd 5 mgd Construction Cost ($) Pre-treatment facilities 700,000 1,800,000 ' Reverse osmosis system - Equipment 3,000,000 13,100,000 ' - Membranes 1,100,000 5,000,000 - Structures and Improvements 400,000 800,000 Subtotal $4,500,000 $18,900,000 Total $5,200,000 $20,700,000 ' O&M Cost ($f Yearl Pre-treatment 300,000 1,500,000 ' kJ Reverse osmosis system - Membrane replacement 300,000 1,400,000 - Energy 450,000 2,200,000 ' - Other 350,000 1,000,000 Subtotal $1,100,000 $4,600,000 Total $1,400,000 $6,100,000 6-13 13vule Enqneerinq�^raor�ton 1 I It is recommended that the City investigate the feasibility of a SWRO supply in more detail, including water quality and pretreatment requirements, optimum membrane configuration, and specific cost estimates for demonstration and full scale facilities ' West Orange County Wellfield ' The potential for the City to become involved in the OCWD program for Los Angeles County Underflow Loss Mitigation was outlined earlier. For the City to realize additional supply from this source it would be necessary to accomplish the following: PP Y � �Y P g 1 participate with OCWD in joint development of a West Orange ( ) P P J PCounty Wellfield adjacent to the Los Angeles County line; (2) Participate in construction of new transmission facilities between the wellfield and the West Orange County Water Board (WOCWB) Feeder No. 2; and (3) Negotiate a utilization increase in the WOCWB Feeder No.2. New construction outside the City would include: three or more wells, approximately' 21,000 linear feet of 30-inch through 18-inch pipeline, and system interconnections as shown on Figure 6-2. Estimated construction cost is approximately$5.7 million. MWD water supplied from OC-9 and OC-35 is conveyed through the WOCWB Feeder No. 1 and 2 according to the following capacity allocation: Feeder No. 1 Feeder No. 2 Flow(cfs) Flow(cfs) Aeen!a Capacity Use Capacity Use City of Huntington Beach 10 10 20 20 City of Westminster 7 0 12 4 City of Seal Beach - - 10 5 City of Garden Grove 4 0 5 3 `. Total 21 10 47 32 6-14 $OLlJe Eng1neer►n4-OrpCra'lor7 Although the City normally utilizes the maximum allocated capacity of Feeder No. 2, the 1 other entities do not. There is a potential for increasing the WOCWB Feeder No. 2 utilization and OC-35 supply to provide additional system inflow to the City. Similar opportunities may exist with the WOCWB Feeder No. 1 and OC-9 supply. Water Conservation California's water is a scarce and valuable natural resource. A major source of additional water supply is found in water conservation programs. By effectively instituting a water conservation program, the City can expect to reduce the present unaccounted-for water (as discussed in Section 3.2) and average system demand. The benefit of such programs 1 will likely outweigh the cost of their implementation. I As referred to in Boyle's August 1982 "Municipal Leak Detection Program" prepared for ' the State Department of Water Resources, each acre-foot of water conserved may be j i valued at $185 (escalated to present day costs) to develop, treat, transport and distribute. j This value relates to nearly $70,000 for each percent of the City's average annual demand ' conserved. MWD is presently initiating pilot programs to study this level of benefits to be expected from water conservation programs. Five programs identified by MWD appear to be ' directly applicable to the City's water system. Although there is not sufficient data available to accurately estimate the expected amount of water to be conserved, the following five programs have been identified due to their greater potential for water conservation. ' - Leak Detection Techniques used to identify and locate municipal water system leakage range from visual observation and isolated sector consumption studies to use of sophisticated leak detection equipment (oscilloscopes, microprocessors, accelerometers, and amplifiers). Leak ' detection can be accomplished with basis acoustical equipment that identifies the sound of escaping water, more sophisticated equipment is used to obtain a higher degree of accuracy in pinpointing leaks. In addition to conserving water by identifying and repairing leaks, the amount of water conserved also directly decreases the quantity of unaccounted-for water. ' 6-15 F3aUle E!'igfneennq � Toilet Leak Repair � This program would consist of an audit of residential neighborhoods to identify homes with leaky toilets. Once identified, the resident would be notified to repair the leak. ' Residential Water Audits Specific residential dwellings would be targeted by possibly a water bill analysis to identify large residential users. These customers would then be contacted by phone to offer i advice on water conservation and to set up a site visit to audit the current water usage. i Low Flow Showerheads !' The distribution of low flow showerheads can be accomplished by either mailing to customers or delivering and possible installing by city staff'. MAD identifies that the 1' I delivery and installation produces higher results, however not necessarily exceeding the i cost/benefit of those mailed to customers. I' Process Water Audits Under this program, the larger non-residential customers are identified to coordinate a water audit of their present usage. Process changes and water saving devices could be recommended and an analysis of potential savings be performed. 1' i 7 t t ` 6-16 ' r .. `u' .�• .. 1� � �r I � 5 yl ' _ , �, � I '1 ,_ - ., . . 'a il�` F ..'..�..T .,III' ` I•.uI• �M'.. �� 1'I J... I., '.�� ....• I•.' 1f '.' ��� JN ,'IY�_1 11'. _II I' •I X Ms• ■ Z 1 1 1�—II_ r • r 'f.�..• - ���r '+ I�ilWHllilll _ _ _ .,u'i•, t .u;, lI �.,,, 1 . �iardcflli. lid 11•LI- I• ,1 —4 u..,... ., w . <y �.. 14 an 1 1 nti� •ate • . • . • . • I L? 1 1� 'f • 91111NAs- t— — � .ft�, —� — ten., • • • • • • ", C'1"I'ICh- L1'--,- 1� �ZS+ Pots 1fi — — — — — — — — �,#,--. •• ,:A .171• �f�1f1L nl Ii 11 I{ - _s 1��.0 IPF — ice'. 71 > WV& 1 range Count P,i �Ir�l1 �. 11 �•u' �i W Well field r �rl f • • , 1 t li — 20 71 I •,11_ :II 21 I:.. ... . .,: III II�� IIII11 OFerange ou1 ` der / „za ie "I , 1�0tentrai— - . Transmission Route .� .� _ n W vJ _irin• a( » ., - - .11-.,.w ' .1 ��, '�� 'OCWII Y ,. �# -�m_- eeder No. Ito-, (I \Illu� �• 10� I %k N11.L1 IIIN(IFS kl SI N\a 11.\IIN I ,r I Ix�'• , _ I Figure 6-2 Potential West Orange �• ] a .• - �, County Wellfield & Transmission Facilities i 0 1 4 A I JI I S CHAPTER 7 I WATER SYSTEM ANALYSIS ' The City's water distribution system was evaluated with the computer model under standard design criteria. This criteria analyzes the system's operation during peak hour demands, and its adequacy to meet required fire flows during maximum day demands for j existing and ultimate development conditions. Existing and ultimate projected peak hour demands, three existing and six ultimate fire flow conditions were modeled to adequately evaluate the City's system. Using the results of the computer model, an in-depth analysis of the water system's facilities was performed. All computer runs utilized for this report are presented in the separately bound Technical Appendix. Several aspects of the Water Department management are operations addressed at the end of the chapter. Table 7-1 presents a summary of existing and ultimate water demands, together with system supply and delivery capacities. t i I � 1 7-1 Soule Engineerinq Corporation i1 TABLE 7-1 SUMMARY OF WATER DEMANDS AND SYSTEM CAPACITY Ultimate with without Item Existing Bolsa Chica Bolsa Chica i I Water Demand (gpm� ; I I Average Annual 22,609 26,082 25,062 Maximum Month (128%) 28,940 33,385 32,079 Peak Week (162%) 36,627 42,253 40,600 Maximum Day (243%) 54,940 63,379 60,900 Peak Hour (400%) 90,400 104,300 100,200 System Capacity (gpm) I Wells 21,200 Imported Water 20,300 I 4 1 Subtotal - Supply Sources 41,500 Booster Stations# x#31,200 Total - Delivery Capacity s�72,700 I Excludes capacity of Wells 2 and 4 pumping directly to Peck Reservoir (4,400 gpm). Based on operating capacities of booster stations. 7-1 EXISTING SYSTEM .� The existing water system was evaluated to test its present adequacy to deliver peak hour demands and fire flow requirements. Although recommended system improvements discussed in the following sections were identified to meet ultimate conditions, the computer model of the existing system was used to identify deficient areas in order to prioritize improvements. Three fire flow runs of the computer model illustrate that the water system is generally adequate to meet required fire flows. However, the existing system is not sufficient to 1 meet fire flow conditions at the Peter's Landing area in Huntington Harbour due to large fire flows required for this intense commercial development usage. Table 7-2 lists the tested locations and the respective available fire flows: r 7-2 SoL/le Enoineerinq conooratlon TABLE 7-2 � EXISTING FIRE FLOW ANALYSIS Required Available Fire Flow Fire Flow @ 20 PSI @ 20 PSI Node Location PM GPM) 6 Brookhurst & Banning 2000 4110 190 Huntington Harbour Mall 4500 4658 220 Peter's Landing 6000 2593 The City's present inflow capacity to the system is not sufficient to meet existing peak . hour demands. The present maximum operating capacity of the system is approximately 72,700 gpm. Compared to the existing peak hour demand of approximately 90,400 gpm, this results in a deficiency of 17,700 gpm. The existing peak hour demand analysis i demonstrates the immediate need to increase flow input to the system either from additional source capacity (groundwater or imported water capacity) or storage and ' boosting facilities or both. Additionally, as demands approach the system's present capacity, low pressures are encountered in the southern portion of the City where source facilities are not located. The existing demand analysis discussed above indicates that the City presently cannot deliver sufficient water under peak hour conditions, and the existing deficiency of i 17,700 gpm is critical. Although the City system has not been previously forced to supply peak hour demands, such a condition could easily occur. During previous demand periods at slightly less than peak hour conditions, the system has operated at maximum f conditions, and reservoir levels were still dropping drastically. In addition, City water system operations personnel have observed increasing trends of low system pressures and difficulty in conveying water to the southeast portion of the City. The City should take immediate action to remedy existing fire flow and peak hour deficiencies. In addition, the City faces increasing risk by adding new services to the presently deficient system. 7-3 Bowe Enaineerina corporation 1 7-2 ULTIMATE SYSTEM The ultimate water system analysis consists of six fire flow tests, peak hour demands analysis, and service for the ultimate development of the Reservoir Hill Assessment District and the Bolsa Chica area. All improvements identified in this study are based on I ultimate system conditions. The following sections describe in detail the complete system I analysis. i 7-3 SOURCE ANALYSIS From the Water Supply Analysis in Chapter 6, the following can be drawn: 1. Regional imported supplies may not be readily expanded in the future due to I MWD delivery system restrictions and programs to reduce local agency peaking i flows; 2. Regional groundwater supplies may not be readily expanded in the future due to i I challenges in further optimization of groundwater recharge, and the OCWD longterm goal of reducing local agencies' basin production percentage to approximately 50 percent. 3. Development of the West Orange County wellfield may result in additional City ' supply, but significant institutional implementation must be accomplished. 4. Alternative source supplies such as wa.t,, reuse or seawater desalination are technically viable, but remain either very expensive, or not directly responsive to the City's principal need for supplemental peaking supply. Because of the above restrictions, emphasis should be placed on a self-sufficient program by the City to meet current and projected deficiencies. 100 Percent Wells f 100 Percent Import Analyais �. The water system was additionally evaluated to study its performance under conditions i 1 where either imported water is not available or all wells are incapacitated. For existing conditions, the design groundwater capacity (27,500 gpm) is greater than the existing average annual demand (AAD) 22,609 gpm. However, the operating well capacity l (21,200 gpm) is only 94 percent of existing AAD, or 81 percent of the ultimate AAD with Bolsa Chica Service (26,082 gpm). Therefore, under emergency conditions in which imported water may not be available, the wells would not be able to continuously supply the average annual demand unless additional wells were constructed. 7-4 acnite Enpineerina Corpora[lon A supply source of 100 percent imported water augmented bay the .storage capacity could also only meet the average annual demand for existing and ultimate conditions for a � limited time. Table 7-3 summarizes the results of this analysis. The computer model was utilized to analyze the actual system performance under these conditions of 100 percent groundwater supply or 100 percent imported water supply. For I both scenarios, the system was able to deliver the average annual demand at required pressures. These computer runs are presented in the separately bound Technical Appendix. �l TABLE 7-3 EMERGENCY SOURCE ANALYSIS No. of Days of Emergency Supply Existing Ultimate Demand f Demand (26082 gpm AAD) (22609gpm AAD) WINew Sturaee WJOut New Storage 100% Imported Supply 10.8 8.9 5.4 f j (20,300 gpm 100% Groundwater Supply 19.9 11.5 6.9 (21,200 gpm) Additional Well Requirements Assuming a rated capacity of 3,000 gpm, one additional well would have to be drilled now, and one additional well later to meet ultimate average demands. As indicated in Chapter 6, a total of four additional well supplies are necessary to meet ultimate demands I ; at the typical groundwater capacity rate (118 percent of average production). The analysis is shown in Table 7-4. f ' l� Assuming inactive Wells 8 and 11 can be reactivated with groundwater treatment facilities, two additional wells would need to be drilled. Hypothetical locations for the new wells are near the intersections of Golden West Street and McFadden Avenue, and Gothard Street and Slater Avenue. ,._. 7-5 l3oLjie Engineerino Corooravon TABLE 7-4 SUPPLEMENTAL WELL REQUIREMENTS i I Ultimate j with without Item Existing Bolsa Chica Bolsa Chica Average Annual Water 22,609 26,082 25,062 Demand (AAD) (gpm) Typical Well Capacity 26,679 30,777 29,573 (AAD x 1.18) gpm City Operating Well 21,200 21,200 21,200 Capacity (gpm) City Groundwater Supply Deficiency - Average Demand 1,409 4,882 3,862 -Typical Well Capacity 5,479 9,577 8,373 Supplemental Wells Required (3,000 gpm capacity) j -Average Demand 1 2 1 -Typical Well Capacity 2 4 3 7-4 STORAGE ANALYSIS Storage requirements are normally based on the following components: 1. Operational Storage 2. Fire Storage 3. Emergency Storage These components are discussed in detail as follows: IOPERATIONAL STORAGE JOperational storage is required to meet the hour fluctuations in demand above the available source inflow. This amount of storage is generally assumed to be equivalent to 25 percent of a maximum day's demand when the available source capacity is equivalent to the maximum day's demand. Because the City's available source of supply is 13,440 gpm less than the existing maximum day demand and 19,400 gpm for ultimate 7-6 Boyle Englneerino corporation conditions (21,879 gpm with Bolsa Chica), additional storage greater than the volume j related to 25 percent of maximum day demand is required to account for the lack of ' source capacity. A detailed storage analysis was performed by analyzing the four maximum days of water consumption in relationship to a typical demand hydrograph. Figures 7-1, 7-2, and 7-3. I' summarize the storage analysis for existing, ultimate and ultimate with Bolsa Chica demands, respectively. The maximum four days of water usage was assumed to be two days of maximum day demands with daily demands before and after of 60 percent of the maximum day, as experience May 31 through June 3, 1982. The analysis performed, l i presented in the Technical Appendix, demonstrated the adequate filling of the reservoirs the first and last days during off-peak hours for existing demands, but inadequate replacement of water during the two consecutive days of maximum demand. Essentially, the quantity of water utilized by the system exceeds that of supply by approximately 48 mg for existing conditions and 64 mg for ultimate conditions (70 mg with Bolsa Chica). FIRE STORAGE ' The required fire flows and durations discussed in Section 3-7 establish the necessary fire storage. The maximum ultimate fire flow within the city is identified by the Huntington Beach Fire Department as two simultaneous 5000 gpm fire flows for five hours, �.. equivalent to 3.0 million gallons of storage. EMERGENCY STORAGE IEmergency storage criteria is based on many factors. The general concept is to select an emergency storage volume that will be sufficient to supply the service area in time of `fPlanned or unplanned equipment outage, such as pump failure, power failure, pipeline ' ubreakage, etc. Emergency storage is also needed as protection in case of major disasters such as earthquake, or other catastrophic events. This storage should be adequate to provide uninterrupted service during such events. i; In this area, it is common to adopt one to three average day's demand as the criterion for emergency storage. Table 7-5 lists local agencies and their available emergency storage capacity. Although the City does own 128 mg of capacity in the San Joaquin Reservoir, this volume of water cannot be considered as an emergency supply, and can only be transported into the system at a maximum rate of 6700 gpm, roughly 25 percent of the ultimate average annual demand. rate. A flow test should be conducted on the San 7-7 SaLjle Englneorl.70 Corooratlar7 —�-. 2W, Typical Four Da- Demand Hydroarauh Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 60%Max. Day Demands Max. Day Demands Max. Day Demands 60%Max. Day Demands Figure 7-1 Existing Demand Legend + Reservoirs Draining c 1 - Reservoir Filling P 17 c c 0 2 a = 4 28.40 M 2 +28.40 M +2.5 MG _E 100- +2.50 MG .44 MG +.44 MG Existing o Supply o a 76 •cr. I -1.02 MG 11.19 MG 9.04 M 12.08 M -1.02 a 4 c I I 5 ( I I I I I I I I Cumulative Storage 2.50 MG 0 MG 28.40 MG 9.36 M• 47.76 MG Required 35.68 M M G 37.61 G ...._ Lam- _ '.. �..�.../ ,._..... ... , TyDlcai Four Da- Demand Hvdrograph .04 Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 60% Max. Day Demands TMax. Day Demands Max. Day Demands 60% Max. Day Demands Figure 7-2 Legend Ultimate Demand + Reservoirs Draining 1 - Reservoir Filling 0 E � a a E 1 +6.06 MG +35.80 MG 35.80 +6.06 MG 0 o Existing Supply -9.84 MG -7.86 MG -11.23 MG c U. I I ` Z Z I I I I I I I ¢ Cumulative Storage 6.06 MG 0 MG 35.80 MG 27.94 63.74 MG 52.51 M 58.57 MG 1 squired MG 2M Typical Four Day Demand Hydroaraph Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 60% Max. Day Demands Max. Day Demands Max. Day Demands 60% Max. Day Demands Figure 7-3 Legend Ultimate with Bolsa Chica + Reservoirs Draining 15 - Reservoir Filling C a o E S . a a G E E 100- 2 +7.56 MG +38.88 MG 38.88M +7.56 MG 0 m a Existing Supply a a c X 5 ` I -9.33 MG -7.38 MG I I I I I I I I ¢ I m I iv Cu u at e Storage 7.58 MG 0 MG 38.88 MG 31.50 • 70.38 MG 59.51 MG 67.34 MG Required MG 01"2 1 12 12 12 1 12 1 12 Ellis Garfield o Yorktown City of Alt. 2 Huntington Beach Adams Adams Indianapolis m15 cm 0 ce City of i 2 m m` Atlanta Costa Mesa Alt. 1 / Alt. 3 Victoria Hamilton c m �� a�irjc o yl9 L y Storage / Booster Site Cl Alternatives PITS Figure T-4 in r Joaquin Reservoir transmission main during a winter period without MCWD use to verify flow rates available to the City. j TABLE 7-5 COMPARATIVE WATER STORAGE i j NUMBER OF AVERAGE DAYS OF EMERGENCY STORAGE City of Huntington Beach 0 days* 1 City of Santa Ana 0.4 days f City of Hawthorne 0.7 days j City of Torrance 0.7 days City of Garden Grove 1.1 days City of Inglewood 1.4 days i * Storage capacity in the San Joaquin Reservoir is only included as the maximum, inflow from OC-14 (6700 gpm). Existing storage is less than operational and fire storage requirements. For this analysis, the recommended emergency storage volume was calculated by reducing j f the average day demand by the 6700 gpm flow capacity from the San Joaquin Reservoir. i This relates to 26 mg of ultimate emergency storage for one day's average demand (28 mg with Bolsa Chica.) Table 7-6 summarizes the complete storage capacity analysis for the City's system. Although the additional required storage is identified in this report as one facility, j f multiple smaller facilities at separate locations could be adequate. I 7-8 sowle Enalneerinq Corporation TABLE 7-6 i STORAGE CAPACITY ANALYSIS Criteriaj Operational = Per detailed analysis (see Technical Appendix). Fire = Two simultaneous 5,000 gpm fire flows for five hours. i Emergency = Minimum of one average day's supply Ultimate Ultimate without with i Capacity Analysis Exi tin Bolsa Chica Bolsa Chica ! Avg. demand (gpm) 22,609 25,062 26,082 Max. day demand (gpm) 54,940 60,900 63,380 Req'd Operational 47.8mg 63.7mg 70.4mg Req'd Fire 3.Om 3.Om 3.Om Req'd Emergency ' 22.9mg 26.3mg 27 Subtotal 73.7mg 93.Omg 101.1mg Existing Storage 2 4 m 40.5mg 40.5m Req'd Additional Storage 3 33.Omg 52.Omg 61.Omg ' Emergency storage is one average day's demand less 6700 gpm from 0C-44. 2 Excluding San Joaquin Reservoir allocation of 128 mg. 3 May be reduced if supplemental wells are constructed. 7-5 BOOSTER ANALYSIS As mentioned in Section 7-1, the City's combined source and boosting capacity is not adequate for either existing or ultimate peak hour demand conditions. Due to this existing inadequacy, immediate attention should be given to improvements in this area. J For existing conditions, the system is deficient by 17,700 gpm to supply peak hour demands, and 27,500 gpm (31,600 gpm with Bolsa Chica) for ultimate conditions. Due to expected low pressures in the southern part of the City during extreme conditions, it is r recommended that a booster/reservoir site be located in this area. Although three locations were evaluated for this site, all adequate to meet the projected deficiencies, storage/boosting facility sites at multiple locations would also adequately serve the system. The following three sites are shown on Figure 7-4: 7-9 Bowie Enolneer/no Corporat/on Alternative 1: Atlanta and Bushard ' Alternative 2: Adams - East side of Santa Ana River j Alternative 3: Hamilton - East side of Santa Ana River j The site described as Alternative 1 was identified due to its location within the deficient area of the system. This site is approximately 6 feet of elevation and would require I pipeline improvements to adequately distribute water into the system. Edison High School located at this site, and there appears to be available area for proposed facilities. The second site, located on the north side of Adams Avenue just east of the Santa Ana River, was identified due to is location near the OC-44 connection. A third site, located on the north side of H 'ton just east of the Santa Ana River, appears to be advantageous due to the ground elevation and the location within the City of Costa Mesa. However, both : sse sites would require pipeline improvements to transmit I flow to the City system. .though the required pumping head would be reduced due to 1 the higher ground elevation, Site 3 would require approximately 3000 11 of 42 inch main and bridge crossings to deliver water to the system, in addition to the pipeline' improvements required for Alternative 1. The second and third sites would also require the acquisition of land from the City of Costa Mesa. Additional transmission main and land costs for Alternative 2 or 3 are estimated at approximately$1.8 million. Due to the large additional costs associated with Alternatives 2 or 3, only Alternative 1 is presented here in detail. Table 7-7 summarizes the required capacity of this storage/booster site near Atlanta and Bushard. �s+ f 7-10 F3ULlle ErrO�ncerinq�7r7�rdflOn �./ TABLE 7-7 BOOSTER IMPROVEMENTS Proposed Location: Magnolia and Hamilton i Req'd pumping head: 222 feet Ultimate Without With Present Bolsa Chic a Bolsa Chica Average Annual Demand 22,609gpm 25,062gpm 26,082gpm Peak Hour (PF=4.00) Demand 90,400gpm 100,200gpm 104,300gpm iSources - ' Wells - 16,800 gpm" MWD -20,300 gpm Boosters - 35,600 gpm -72,700gpm -72,700gpm -72,700gpm Deficiency 17.700gpm 27.500gpm 31.600gpm Standby` 6.500g12 06 5 0gpm 6,500gnm, Req'd Add'1 Booster Capacity 24,OOOgpm 34,OOOgpm 38,000ggppm i (54cfs) (76cfs) (85cfs) ' Assume largest well or booster pump is offline (Overmyer 3 or 4). " Excludes Wells 2 and 4 pumping directly to Peck Reservoir. *" May be reduced if supplemental wells are constructed. 7-6 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ANALYSIS The overall distribution network appears adequate to distribute peak hour flows and fire demands throughout the system, with the exception of fire requirements at the Peter's i Landing area in Huntington Harbor and peak hour service to an elevated area located at Warner and Marina View Lane, rising to approximately 50 feet above sea level. Other cross-ties are also identified in this section to increase the fire service throughout the system. Plate 1 identifies the recommended improvements for the ultimate system. Table 7-8 lists the fire flow locations evaluated under ultimate maximum day conditions and the available flow with proposed improvements. i 7-11 13mile Enolneerrnq CoroorJt/On �--/ I TABLE 7-8 ULTIMATE FIRE FLOW ANALYSIS `. Req'd Available 1 Fire Flow Fire Flow @ 20psi @ 20psi Node Location (GPM) (GEM) 28 Edison H.S. 5000 5547 46 Downtown 10 000s 12723 I 95 Reservoir Hill 6000 6000 I 154 Beach & Slater 4500 7192 220 Peter's Landing 6000 8765 222 Huntington Center 6000 10706 * Two simultaneous fires of 5,000 gpm each. ' The Huntington Beach Fire Department has identified a fire flow requirement of 6000 gpm for the intensive commercial development in the Huntington Harbour area. Presently, this area is served by a 12-inch main in Edinger Avenue and a 14-inch line in Warner Avenue Because of its distance from any source, the low pressures encountered due to the headloss to this area are insufficient. In Beach Boulevard, from Edinger Avenue to Ellis Avenue, two 8-inch lines (6-inch j between Ellis and Talbert) serve either side of this highway. However, in some places the east side is arbitrarily served from deadend lines originating from adjacent developments. To increase the flow capacity and the fire protection in Beach Boulevard, improvements 1 1 shown on Plate 1 are recommended to develop continuous parallel 8-inch lines along the E ' Boulevard with 12-inch cross-ties at every arterial intersection. f ; �y The elevated area located in the vicinity of Warner and Marina View Lane referred to as Sunset Heights ranging in elevation from 50 to 66 feet, encompasses approximately 86 acres, with 90 percent of this area within the planned Bolsa Chica development. The 40 psi minimum pressure criteria established for this study during peak hour conditions could not be achieved for this area. Pipeline improvements (16-inch main from rSpringdale to Marina View Lane in Warner Avenue) increases the ultimate peak hour ( � pressure to approximately 30 psi, still below the criteria established for this study. A 7-12 { eowie Enq/neerinq Corporation — smaller reservoir/booster site in this area to serve the existing pressure zone would also ' achieve the minimum 40 psi criteria. This option is discussed further in Chapter 8. Table 7-9 summarizes the improvements identified for the ultimate distribution system, j including distribution mains required for the storage/booster site identified in Section 7- 5. TABLE 7-9 i PROPOSED DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS Diameter Length Location (inches) (feet) 1. Sunset Heights Storage/Booster Facility - Bolsa St. - Booster to Warner 20 1,400 - Warner-Bolsa to Pacific Coast Hwy. 20 7,300 - Pacific Coast Hwy. (or alternative) - Warner to s/o Edinger 20 5.300 - Subtotal 20 14,000 - Pacific Coast Hwy (or alternative) - Edinger to s/o Edinger 14 1,250 2. Beach Blvd. - East side - OCFCD C-6 to Warner, then to "A" St. 8 640 - Spear to Liberty 8 270 - Ronald to Talbert -a 820 Subtotal 8 1,730 3. Beach Blvd. cross-ties - at Slater 12 100 F - at Graziadio 12 100 - at Indianapolis 12 100 - at Atlanta 12 100 l.z Subtotal 12 400 4. Orange/Lake - from Downtown Loop to Alabama 12 700 5. Southeast Storage/Booster Facility - Hamilton-Brookhurst to Magnolia 20 5,210 - Magnolia-Hamilton to Banning M 2.640 20 7,850 - Hamilton-Magnolia to Newland 30 2,510 - Newland-Hamilton to Atlanta 30 2,570 -Atlanta-Newland to Lake0 2.800 30 7,880 7-13 F3oLjle Englneerina Corporation ✓ 1 I7-7 RESERVOIR HILL The Reservoir Hill system, a closed pressure zone, was analyzed independently of the j imain system. A new booster station to be located at the corner of Goldenwest and Clay� , will boost from the main zone into this pressure zone. Plate 2 illustrates the proposed service boundary and backbone computer network of the distribution mains identified for this zone. A minimum pipe size of 12-inches and a maximum velocity of 10 feet per second is the assumed overall criteria. Computer runs of this system are included in the I Technical Appendix. 1 {{ Table 7-10 summarizes the results of the water model computer runs for main sizing due i to fire flow requirements. TABLE 7.10 RESERVOIR HILL PRESSURE ZONE AVAILABLE FIRE FLOW + Available 1 Required Fire Flow Fire Flow @ 20psi Node Location (gnm) Ulm) 1 Ext. of Edwards 3500 8945 5 Clay & Huntington 3500-4000 5046 13 Gothard; south of Ellis 3500-6000 6701 15 Ellis & Edwards 1500-2000 6221 I j Additional sensitivity runs were performed to illustrate the system operation in the event the Reservoir Hill boosters are inoperable and the back-up source is Overmyer Booster Nos. 1 and 2. The new 100 horsepower motor is assumed to be in operation at Unit No. 1. Table 7-11 identifies the estimated available fire flow at several critical points in i t the system under these conditions. i I 7-14 9oUte Englneerinq Corporation. L TABLE 7-11 i RESERVOIR HILL PRESSURE ZONE BACK-UP SOURCE AT OVERMYER NO'S. 1 & 2 Available Required Fire Flow Fire Flow @ 20psi Node Location (gpm-)-- 9 Extension of Clay& Edwards 3000 3334 10 Edwards & Garfield 3500-4000 3114 13 Gothard, south of Ellis 3500-6000 3712 Peak Hour-Adequate System Pressures Additional booster capacity at Overmyer booster Nos. 1 and 2 would sufficiently meet minimum required fire flows, except at Node No. 10. Without more specific information on land use, requirements for higher fireflows cannot be determined. An additional computer run assumes the Reservoir Hill Booster (source Node No. 8) is in i operation, however, pipe No. 13 is not included in the pipe network. With this condition modeled, the available fire flow at Node No. 13 was calculated to monitor the effect of the loss of this critical pipe. The available fire flow at Node 13, the most critical location under this condition, is as follows: Available Required Fire Flow Fire Flow @ 20psi Node (gpm) (gpm) 13 3500-6000 4942 L; 7-8 WATER DIVISION OPERATIONS This section addresses several aspects of the water supply management and operations of the City Water Division. Water Supply Allocation In order to minimize operating costs, the City Water Division should strive to limit annual groundwater pumping to the Basin Production Percentage (BPP) established by the OCWD. This has historically been 70 percent of total annual production. With increasing demands being placed on the groundwater basin by other agencies, the BPP 7-15 ' F3oUle Englneerfno CorporaClon could be expected to decrease in the future. Annual demands for various BPP are '. presented in Table 7-12. i i ; With a recent (1986-87) imported water use of about 11,700 AF, and an expected decrease in the BPP, the City would be faced with a growing dependence on imported water, up to an 80 percent increase in the future if the BPP becomes 50 percent. 1 Existing wells have the demonstrated capability of providing in excess of 70 percent of the annual water supply. With proper maintenance of the mechanical equipment, these wells could be expected to last beyond 2000. Periodic water quality testing and well casing inspection will reveal problems with contamination or casing failure. TABLE 7-12 ALTERNATIVE WATER SUPPLY ALLOCATION I Annual Water Supply-AF Source Present Pr 'ec d' Total 36,500 42,100 3 Groundwater BPP=70% 25,600 29,500 Groundwater OP P=60% 21,900 25,300 Groundwater =50% 18,300 21,000 Imported Water (BPP=70%) 10,900 12,600 Imported WaterXP-50%) P=60% 14,600 16,800 Imported Water 18,200 21,100 j With capacity for Bolsa Chica Service I San Joaquin Reservoir Utilization San Joaquin Reservoir (SJR) is an open terminal storage facility for MWD's East Orange County Feeder#2. The City has a 13.11 Percent ownership in SJR; at its present capacity of 3,000 AF, this represents 393 AF(128 mg). The State Health Department is suggesting 1 that the reservoir be covered. Recent studies by MWD include the recommended modifications for making the reservoirs a more regular shape, buttressing portions of the embankment and installing a floating cover. Total construction cost for these improvements has been estimated by MWD at $41.8 million. With a projected decrease r7-16 f ± . 13mile Enolneerino Corooraflon in capacity to 2,400 AF, the City's proportionate share would be 315 AF (103 mg). The I City's share of construction cost would be about 5.4 cents per gallon of reduced capacity. Continued utilization of SJR by the City is cost-effective if upgrading costs are allocated I� j according to actual benefit received. + Emergency Communications The Municipal Water District of Orange County (MWDOC) is the proponent agency for VEPO, the Voluntary Emergency Preparedness Organization. The purpose of this organization is to provide a communications link between the various water agencies of Orange County under the direction of MWDOC that will facilitate the optimum use of f resources for the purpose of recovering from the effects of a major disaster or emergency. The City of Huntington Beach, as a member agency of MWDOC, is actively participating in activities related to getting the VEPO system on line. Personnel at both MWDOC and j the City are confident that the system will be on line by December 1987. MWDOC envisions quarterly radio exercises and annual mock disaster training"in the field." f We recommend that the City continue its close working relationship with MWDOC in this area and that it continue its enthusiastic support of MWDOC's emergency It preparedness program. We understand that all public works departments use the same radio frequency. During intra-City emergencies, with each department trying to communicate their individual �. 1 needs, the frequency becomes jammed and is ineffective. The City should investigate the possibility of obtaining other radio frequencies for water operations personnel. j EmerEengy Preparedness Plan F� Guidelines presented here should be followed in times of major disaster when a cooperation and assistance are vital to protecting life and property. The purpose of these guidelines is to encourage a regional response to a major disaster within the Orange County water community. Follow these guidelines when major disaster occurs and: i 7-17 r t P3oUle Englneer/n4 Gorporacron 1. Water service has been restored in your service area and resources are available to help others. or l 2. Additional help is needed to restore water service in your area. The responsibilities of the Water Department in times of major disaster are: � 1 I o Protect the health and safety of the pubic. o Assess damage and make repairs within service area to the extent possible. ' o Report damage assessments to VEPO. Update as needed. o Resume normal operations as soon as possible. o Request help through the VEPO when outside resources are needed. E o Make resources available to others when no longer needed in service area. The City should adopt the following guidelines regarding resources: o Outside resources may be requested when needed. o Coordinate with State Office of Emergency Services for use of trailer- mounted pipeline segments. o Equipment, such as backhoes, graders, portable generators, pumps, etc., will be made available to requesting party when not needed within the City. o Supplies, such as valves, couplings, pipe segments, etc., will be made j available to others when not needed. o Personnel may go to the aid of others when not fully engaged in a state of emergency within the City. The requesting party should fully indemnify and ' J hold harmless the responding party from any liability resulting from any injury occurring in the course of supplying emergency aid. The City should establish guidelines regarding water conservation during a major tY � 8 8 8 J emergency: o Conserve water until normal operations are resumed when such efforts may increase supply to another. I 7-18 E Boule Enalneerinq Corporation --J o Imported water will be used according to the provisions established by MWDOC. o Groundwater will be distributed according to the provisions established by OCWD. t j Earthquake Effects An earthquake could have a major effect on the various components of the water system. In 1971, the San Fernando earthquake (6.6 Richter scale) caused the following damage: I 1. Contamination of wells by damaged sewers. 2. A 78-inch diameter water pipeline was ruptured and out of service for two months. Other large-diameter pipelines were damaged. Distribution piping was shattered. 3. A buried concrete reservoir was severely damaged. These same types of facilities are a part of the City's system, and could expect to sustain some damage from a major earthquake. A structural adequacy investigation should be made of Peck and Overmyer Reservoirs in order to verify earthquake code compliance. On October 1, 1987 the Whittier Narrows Earthquake (5.9 Richter scale) caused the following damage to the City of Whittier water system: i 1. 26 main breaks. 2. Structural damage to an abandoned reservoir, and a City yard office. 3. Loss of power at the main pumping plant. i The City of Whittier has documented the following key lessons learned from that 1 experience: LJ 1. Continuation of an active,written disaster recovery program. 2. Maximum 12-hour shifts for work crews. 3. Prepare for self-sufficiency. 4. Utilization of portable hand-held radios for reliable communications. 7-19 { F3awfe Eng1neer1--'Q C;rrp•3rarion Securily Measures � With today's acts of terrorism and vandalism, all means necessary to protect the water system should be taken. The new telemetry system has the capability of providing an intruder alarm at well and booster station buildings; this feature should be added as soon { as possible, together with a system interface with the City Police Department system. j Fenced reservoir sites are more difficult to secure; some means should be provided to I ' indicate the presence of unauthorized personnel. j I Cathodic Protection There are three major steel lines in the system with varying degrees of cathodic protection: 1. 42-inch (installed in 1965-73) - May have originally had sacrificial anodes, 1 but never replaced; recent problem shows possible corrosion. i 2. 36-inch (installed in 1964-65) - Originally had an impressed current system; the system failed after about 10 years and has since been removed. ' 3. 30-inch (installed in 1965-73) - Originally had anodes, which have never been replaced. 4. 21-inch (installed 1952-56) - No cathodic protection; possible corrosion. Water division personnel have indicated that some reaches of the above pipelines are in good condition, while others have developed leaks due to corrosion. To prevent iadditional deterioration, we recommend that some form of corrosion protection be j f provided for these critical pipelines. Since they are more than 20-years old and have E ' experienced areas of corrosion failure, a schedule for replacement of these lines should E ; be established, with the intent of replacing perhaps a half-mile or more per year, i� beginning with the most leak-prone reaches. These new lines should also be provided with corrosion protection. A corrosion protection survey should be conducted to LJ determine the cost-effectiveness of a corrosion protection program as opposed to no action. i ' 7-20 1 F3oUle Englneerfnq Corpora[lon r �1� Leak Detection j The City has no ongoing leak detection program. With the relatively high unaccounted for water, some part of this may be attributed to undetected leakage. The City should identify reaches of likely leakage (prior leak repairs, unexplained surface water) and j schedule a focused leak detection survey. In many instances, the value of the lost water more than covers the costs of the survey and pipe repair. Facility Replacement Er Replacement of water mains and items of mechanical equipment is presently scheduled on an as-needed basis. Projects are identified and replacement costs are included in the r City's annual budget. Costs of emergency replacement or repair are covered by reserve funds. This approach is designed to respond to replacement of failing facilities, which , makes the most efficient use of limited funds. Significant financial outlays are required to upgrade and expand the City water system (as r 1 described in Chapter 8). It would be appropriate at this time to also budget for and adopt a formal replacement program, particularly for the older, major facilities such as the' i original large steel transmission lines. A recent AWAA Journal article, "Replacement Rules for Water Mains;' by T. M. Walski, j November 1987, presents a rational approach for determining when water mains should be scheduled for replacement. The analysis considers costs of pipe replacement, valve replacement, water leakage, and leak detection. It requires several years of record of ipipeline repair frequency and cost disaggregated by pipe diameter. It is recommended that the Water Division begin to keep such records of pipeline maintenance, in order to eventually develop a particular pipeline replacement strategy. f Li 1 r r r 7-21 r ' Boyle Enalneerina Corporatlan r CHAPTER 8 SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS Based on analysis of existing and ultimate demands on the capacity and operations of the present City water system, several needed improvements have been identified. These improvements have been defined, cost estimates prepared, implementation priorities j ' outlined, and recommendations made. i8-1 SUMMARY OF REQUIRED IMPROVEMENTS The following improvements are required for the City water system to be able to meet existing and projected ultimate demands: o Supplemental water supply facilities - Four renovated or newly constructed wells, and backup propane supplies for existing wells. i o Additional Southeast area booster station facility - 54 cfs capacity to meet existing ' deficiencies, ultimate capacity of 85 cfs. o Additional Southeast area storage facilities - 24 MG in Phase I to meet existing deficiencies and 28 MG expansion to meet ultimate demands. o A storage/booster facility in the Sunset Heights area, consisting of a 9 cfs pumping station and a 9 MG reservoir. o Distribution system improvements in the following areas: Huntington Harbour (Peter's Landing), Beach Boulevard, downtown, Sunset Heights, and the southeast ' area near the proposed booster/storage facilities. o Implementation of the West Orange County Wellfield project. o Other improvements including: structural adequacy investigations, cathodic protection, leak detection, main replacement, security systems, and pumping ' station dual drives. Supply Well Improvements Supply from four additional wells is required to meet existing and ultimate demands at a reliable level. Assuming treatability studies verify the cost-effectiveness of groundwater ' treatment and reactivation of inactive Wells 8 and 11, two additional wells would be ' drilled. Since treatment costs will be determined in separate studies, costs are assumed herein for four new wells. 8-1 Boyle Englneer'na Coroorafion r - Booster Capacity An additional booster pumping station is required to meet pressure and flow requirements in the southeast portion of the City. Planned capacity to meet existing needs is 54 cfs (24,000 gpm), with ultimate capacity of 85 cfs (38,000 gpm.) Facility j construction is assumed to include: six pump/drive sets, architecturally treated building, valving, piping, electrical and telemetry equipment, and standby power and sitework. An I additional 9 cfs (4,000 gpm) booster station is planned in the Sunset Heights area. ' In order to provide a better overall system energy source balance, alternative electric drives could be easily coupled with the gas-engine drives. Electric motors are used widely by water agencies for pump drives. We normally recommend the installation of some natural gas or diesel driven pumps or engine/generator sets to provide a secondary energy source. With the exception of two wells, Huntington Beach relies totally on natural gas engines for their pump drives. We therefore recommend that all existing and new pumping stations be retrofitted or installed with dual drive (gas/electric) systems. Storage Capacity Supplemental storage capacity is required to meet regulatory, fire and emergency needs. The facility would be located adjacent to the booster station. Initial capacity would be 24 mg, with expansion to an ultimate volume of 52 mg. It is assumed that the reservoir would be a buried reinforced concrete facility, because of aesthetic and space utilization requirements. However, other alternatives such as pre-stressed concrete tanks should be investigated in the preliminary design report to determine the most economical alternative. An additional 9 MG facility is recommended in the Sunset Heights area to spread storage across the system, supply design fire flows to Peter's Landing and eliminate low pressures in the Sunset Heights area. `J Pipeline Improvements Distribution pipeline improvements are required in several areas of the City to provide required fireflow, residual pressures, or for improved reliability. Required replacement pipelines have been delineated in Chapter 7 and are summarized in Table 8-1. Future consideration could be given to studying the feasibility of sliplining a portion of the abandoned OCWD seawater intake pipeline to Water Factory 21, as a component of the southeast area pipeline improvements, thereby reducing future costs. 8-2 amjie Enatneeano Corporation i West Orange County Wellfield � Should the City be successful in the institutional implementation aspects of this project, facilities required for construction would include: I 0 3 wells, each rated at 2500 gpm i 0 28,000 lineal feet of 18- to 30-inch transmission pipeline I 0 Interconnections with WOCWB Feeder No. 2 j 1 If the wellfield were developed as an alternative pealdng supply, the capacity of both the southeast booster station and reservoir could be reduced by a comparable capacity. Depending on several variables such as the cost of capacity rights in the WOCWB Feeder No. 2, and the extent of OCWD financial participation in the wellfield project, it is possible that cost savings in the southeast booster/reservoir complex would be greater than the City's cost share of the West Wellfield Project. ' Other Improvements Improvements in several other areas are required for increased operations and' maintenance of the City water systems. These include investigations, design and system construction in the following areas: structural adequacy, cathodic protection, leak detection, main replacement and security. Bolsa hi Area Service The City could readily supply water service to the Bolsa Chica area if and when the area develops. Phase I development would necessitate construction of the recommended Sunset Heights storage/booster facility. This facility would also adequately serve the tproposed Phase H development of Bolsa Chica. It is assumed that the 16-inch loop pipeline in the extension of Bolsa Chica Street would be constructed a part of the ' development. t i 8-2 COST ESTIMATES Cost estimates for construction of the required facilities are shown on Table 8-1; costs are i based on an ENR Los Angeles Area CCI of 5500. I 8-3 i mowte Enolneerino Corporation TABLE 8-1 if SUMMARY COST- MASTER PLAN IMPROVEMENTS Construction Item Size Cost ($) Southeast Complex Facilities 1. Booster Station - Stage I* 54 CFS 1,900,000 2. Booster Station- Stage II(1) 31 CFS 1.000.000 Subtotal 2,900,000 if 3. Storage Reservoir-Stage Ida) 24 MG 7,400,000 4. Storage Reservoir-Stage IIro) 28 MG 8,500,000 Subtotal 15,900,000 r Sunset Heights Facilities 5. Booster Station 9 CFS 600,000 6. Reservoir 9 MG 3,300,000 Subtotal 3,900,000 Well Improvements � 7. Supplemental Well Improvements(°) 3,100,000 Pipeline Improvements 8. Sunset Heights/Peter's Landing ' Fire Flow 14"/1250 LF 150,000 20"/14000 LF 2,250, 000 Subtotal 2,400,000 9. Beach Boulevard & Downtown. Loop Intertie 8"/1730 LF 125,000 12"/1100 LF 125,000 Subtotal 250,000 10. Southeast Complex Facilities 20"/7850 LF 1,250,000 30"/7880 LF 1,900.000 , j Subtotal 3,150,000 10. West Oran fe County Wellfield c' 5,700,000 11. Other improvements (d) 1,200,000 Subtotal Construction Cost 38,500,000 Contingencies and technical services-30% 11.500.000 TOTAL PROJECT COST 50,000,000 L (a) Existing deficiencies. (e) Ultimate deficiencies. f (C) Implementation would reduce costs of booster/storage complex. (d) Includes other feasibility studies,structural adequacy investigations, cathodic protection survey and improvements, leak detection survey, main replacement isl funds, security system,pumping station dual drives. Includes propane backup supply at existing active wells and proposed wells. 8-4 13o(./le Englneerinp Coroora[lon 1 I IMPLEMENTATION PRIORITIES Evaluation has been made of the required master plan facilities, and the relative need for each improvement, in order to develop priorities for implementation, as presented below. ' Priori F cili 1 Sunset Heights Booster/Reservoir and Pipeline Improvements i 2 Southeast Area Complex- Stage I booster station, reservoir and i i pipeline improvements 3 Pipeline - Beach Boulevard and Downtown loop intertie i 4 Supplemental Well Improvements i r5 Other improvements 6 West Orange County Wellfield 7 Southeast Area Complex- Stage II booster station, reservoir i I FINANCING STRATEGY There are various options available to the City for financing the recommended program i delineated in this master plan. These options include: o Revenue Bonds I i o Certificates of Participation o Privitalization i o Special Assessment Bonds o Mello-Roos Community Facilities Act o Grants and Loans ' Revenue bonds remain as a conventional financing mechanism for water system improvements. Although, required voter approval may be affected by taxpayer concerns j regarding increasing government costs, a S14 million water revenue bond issue was recently approved in the City of Anaheim. r , Certificates of Participation (COP) have become popular as a creative means for public agencies of finance major projects. Recent COP financing for water system projects have I 8-5 J B7U/2 Eng1nB"nr.-� -�i^:,:7r•7r .__.�.,._ � been undertaken by the Three Valleys Municipal Water District in Claremont, and East Contra Costa Irrigation District. Use of COP financing does involve a reduction in i agency administration and control over the project. Another recently popular creative financing approach, privatization, partially avoids the problems of rate increases and rate payer resistance; it also involves a reduction of agency control, and is more difficult to implement for multi-project system upgrading programs such as proposed. Special assessment bond financing may be more palatable to the community, but is not readily applicable to the projects resulting in general benefit among water customers. Assessment proceedings would also be quite complicated because of numerous property owners within such a large city. i r Mello-Roos Community Facilities Act financing is yet another recent creative approach to j public facility financing. Although Mello-Roos proceedings are readily applicable to projects or programs of general benefits, they are better suited to improvements in a' particular zone, such as a redevelopment district, with limited participants. State and Federal grants and loans have been previously used to reduce local costs of water system projects. However, the only active program for funding of projects such as proposed in this report is sponsored by the Farmers Home Administration for municipalities under 25,000 population. The California Safe Drinking Water Act might j be used for groundwater treatment projects if user health effects are in question, or an emergency condition exists. California low-interest loans may be available if a leak detection program would lead to pipeline replacement for water conservation purposes. Federal revenue sharing funds through the County Community Block Grant Program have been used for water system improvements in the past; but, program funding has been significantly curtailed. Although alternative creative financing schemes have been recently formulated for Ut infrastructure projects, it is recommended that the City initially pursue a revenue bond issue for funding of the master plan facilities. Since City water bond indebtedness is at a nominal level, and since the Water Division revenues now exceed expenses, it appears that the City's financial condition should not limit the feasibility of such an issue. i 8-6 � RECOMMENDATIONS ' It is recommended that the City undertake several action items over the next five years in order to continue provision of adequate water service and keep pace with growth and redevelopment. The recommendations are categorized below according to categories of ffacilities, operations and maintenance, and management: Master Plan Facilities 1. Supplement City water supply by reactivating or constructing a total of four ' additional wells. 2. Design and construct storage and pumping plant facilities in the Sunset Heights area to increase pressures in the area and supply fire flow to Peter's Landing. 3. Conduct a siting and predesign investigation for the Southeast booster/storage i complex. 1 4. Design and construct a new storage reservoir and booster pumping plant in the Southeast portion of the service area to alleviate peak hour demand deficiencies, operational and emergency storage deficiencies. j 5. Design and construct distribution system improvements in several areas to better j meet fire flow and peak hour demands. I ' 1 6. Initiate treatability studies for groundwater supplies. 7. Conduct a feasibility study of the West Orange County Wellfield project. ' 8. Study the feasibility of a seawater reverse osmosis desalination project for long- term supply augmentation. 9. Determine the feasibility of modifying and incorporating the Orange County Water District seawater intake pipeline to Water Factory 21 as part of the City distribution system. 10. Provide dual drive systems for all existing and new pumping stations. Operations and Maintenance 1. Adopt the Boyle computer program model of the City water system as a guide for ' future operations and system modifications. 2. Investigate the structural adequacy of major system components, especially Peck and Overmyer Reservoirs, and compliance with earthquake codes. ' 3. Provide propane facility backup at all active wells and booster pumps served only by natural gas. ' 4. Conduct a cathodic protection survey and institute a program for major facility protection. i 8-7 ..ter._.._..-_..-__�_� .�..-_,--_.�� r3�.!Jr`-��I'iq.�"--`rr-••v . - ,- -J:7i.�"7 i I j 5. Conduct a focused leak detection survey of the City distribution system. 1� 6. Institute a formal facilities replacement program for the large transmission mains over the next five years. , 7. Continue groundwater quality monitoring of City wells, especially near areas of potential contamination. , 8. Conduct a flow test of the San Joaquin Reservoir transmission main during this winter with only City utilization. ' 9. Incorporate security Intrusion Detection Systems into major water system facilities, provide interface with existing telemetry system and City Police Department !' facilities. 10. Expand the ongoing meter repair and replacement program, including the addition I of production meter testing. i 11. Institute a program to meter water use for construction, including fire hydrant and service connections. Management 1. Adopt the Boyle Engineering Master Plan as a formal guide to system upgrading' and expansion over the next five years. 2. Adopt the recommended financing strategy and appropriate Water Division , budgets to implement the Master Plan recommendations. 3. Initiate discussions with Municipal Water District of Orange County and ' Metropolitan Water District of Southern California regarding the potential of additional imported water connections for the City. 4. Initiate discussions with the Orange County Water Department and West Orange if County Water Board regarding the potential West Orange County Wellfield Project. 5. Adopt a policy of providing a minimum of one-day emergency storage in the City water system. 6. Participate in San Joaquin Reservoir improvements at a level related to benefits 1 received by the City. 7. Adopt and implement the Emergency Preparedness Guidelines outlined in Chapter 7. ' 8. Determine additional Master Plan improvements required to serve the Bolsa Chica area, and relate to specific cost of service for that area. �r 8-8 _ J .��JIBEnqinecr•-7 orJ';gin -- 9. Strive to limit annual groundwater pumping rates to the Basin Production Percentage established by Orange County Water District, unless the benefits of ' additional pumping exceed the economic advantages. 10. Continue to monitor the progress of Phase I of the Orange County Water District Green Acres Project, and evaluate the potential for City participation in Phase II. i 1 I 8-9 37 H ,Joe e It ' Water.System Master Plan/Financing Plan � Update-Final Draft. � Boyle Engineering Corporation ' Bartle VYN1s Associates � December 1993 � r � � r SOL/le Englneerinq Corporation consulting engineers arcnlrerts 1501 Quad Street , pQ Box3030 771 ( 476-3300 Ne,,po,,Beach, CA 92658.9020 FAX 714 721 7142 . 1 Mr. Bob Eichblatt,City Engineer December 21, 1993 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH , 2000 Main Street Huntington Beach,California 92648 1 ' Water System Master Plan/Financing Plan Update Boyle Engineering Corporation is pleased to submit to %ou a final draft report on the Water System , Master Plan/Financing Plan Update. We look forward to further discussions on the program at the initial Water Task Force meeting scheduled for January 18, 1994. ' 1 If you have any questions on this submittal,please call me. Boyle Engineering Corporation William R. Everest, PE 1 Principal Engineer cc: Jeff Renna, Water Operations Manager , Water Task Force Members OCH 1025000/HBTRANS-OC11,n r "l 1 l 1 1 1 Water System Master 1 Plan/Financing Plan 1 Update = Final Draft a City of Huntington Beach Client Representatives Bob Eichblatt,City Engineer Jeff Renna, Water Operations Manager ' • , Boyle Engineering Corporation Project Manager William R. Everest, PE ' Bartle Wells Associates " Project Manager Lora Stovall 1 .. ' December 1993 SOWLE 1501 Quail Street. Newport Beach. Califomia 92660 r , Table of Contents 1 i i IV Executive Summary.....................................................................I i Introduction 1 ........................................................................... System Deficiencies..............................................................I Capital Improvements..................................................I........l FinancingPlan.......................................................................3 FinancingOptions .................................................................4 Implementation Plan..............................................................5 ' 1 Water System Master Plan Update..............................................6 Background Studies...............................................................6 1 System Deficiencies..............................................................6 Supply.............................................................................7 ' Fireflow Requirements....................................................7 Peaking Requirements....................................................7 Earthquake Renovation...................................................8 ' Other Improvements.......................................................8 ' Capital Improvements...........................................................8 Program Cost Estimates........................................................9 ' 1 Water System Financing Plan Update.......................................12 Introduction.........................................................................12 ' ProjectCosts........................................................................12 ' J 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I Operating Costs...................................................................1"_' O&M Cost Projection..........................................................13 Water Cost Projection...... .....................................13 O&M Costs,New Capital Projects...............................14 1 Revenue Estimates...............................................................14 Water Service Charge Revenue....................................15 1 Total Revenue...............................................................15 Capital Facilities Charge.....................................................15 ' Financing Plan.....................................................................16 FinancingOptions ...............................................................30 ' Increased Rate for New Development..........................30 Uniform Citywide Charges...........................................31 1 Impact on Customers....................................................31 1 � 1 � 1 � 1 � 1 1 ] 1 LIST OF TABLES 1 Table 1 Cost of Capital Improvements.................................2 ] Table 2 Proposed Bond Issues........................ 4 Table 3 Impact of Rate Structure Alternatives.....................4 1 Table 4 Capital Improvement Projects................................. 8 Table 5 Project Cost Estimates........................................... 10 , Table 6 Project Annual Cost Estimates.............................. I I Table 7 Timeline Costs in 1992-93 Dollars($000)............ 19 Table 8 Costs, Financing Method($000)........................... 20 Table 9 Operating Expense Projection...............................21 Table 10 Cost Projection ...................................................... 22 Table I 1 Project O&M- Incremental O&M Increase with Allowance for Inflation($1,000)...................23 ' Table 12 Water Service Charge Revenue Estimate Budget 1992/93............................ ......................... 24 Table 13 Revenue Estimate Budget 1992/93........................24 ' Table 14 Allocation of Costs to Growth($000)................... 25 Table 15 Calculation of Water Capital Facilities Charge..... 26 Table 16 Building Activity and Valuations($000).............. 27 ' Table 17 Summary of Bond Issues($000)........................... 28 Table 18 Projected Revenue and Expenses..........................29 Table 19 Surcharge on New Development........................... 31 ' Table 20 Projected Revenues and Expenses......................... 32 Table 21 Water Utility Rates to Replace Capital Facilities Charge.................................................... 33 Table 22 Projected Revenues and Expenses......................... 34 ' Table 23 Impact of Rate Structure Alternatives................... 35 City of Huntington Beach I� I' � 1 1 LIST OF FIGURES rFigure 1 Projected Operating Costs....................................3 J 1 1 1 . 1 1 1 � 1 1 ] 1 I 1 � 1 ] 1 � 1 x 1a City of Huntington Beach BQ�LE +JL Executive Summary � � r Introduction Since completion of the June 1988 Water System Master Plan by Boyle Engineering Corporation(Boyle),other related documents have been prepared: Water System Master Plan Supplement(Boyle, April 1990); Financing Plan(Bartle Well's Associates[BWA]-August 1990); Draft Financing Plan Update(BWA-November 1992).These reports have been ' prepared to provide guidance to the City regarding physical system improvements to offset existing and future deficiencies,together with a financing strategy to implement the program. ,1 System Deficiencies I Current SUPPLY sources available to the City are INSUFFICIENT to meet existing or ultimate demands. MORE WELLS must be drilled now and eventually a seawater desalination project will be needed for growth. Storage and pumping works in the SUNSET HEIGHTS area must be linked to the rest of the City system for FIRE PROTECTION by construction of the SURFSIDE CONNECTOR.The present system is significantly DEFICIENT in being able to meet demands under PEAK HOUR conditions. Under ' previous such situations, RESERVOIR LEVELS WERE DROPPING DRASTICALLY. A major SOUTHEAST RESERVOIR and BOOSTER STATION COMPLEX must be constructed to address this. This is the most I� costly program element and should be phased, initially to meet existing } deficiencies, and later expanded to meet requirements of future development. , 1 Existing City RESERVOIRS are vulnerable to EARTHQUAKE DAMAGE, and appropriate RENOVATION is required. AGING MAINS in Beach ' Boulevard and the downtown area should be STRENGTHENED with crossings to maintain pressures and flows. IMPROVEMENTS are required for SYSTEM RELIABILITY, such as corrosion control, leak detection, safety and security systems,and power source backup at booster stations. A ' major TRANSMISSION MAIN is old and incapable of moving water effectively through the City; it should be REPLACED. Capital Improvements ' The required capital improvements necessary to resolve these deficiencies , 1 were originally delineated in the 1988 Master Plan and have been refined in J 1990 and in the current update to reflect the following: 1) inclusion of both capital and operating costs,2) changing economic conditions affecting City of Huntington Beach 1 ' BD�LE Executive Summary 1 1 construction costs,3) facilities recently constructed/dedicated by ' developers,and 4) improvements already funded from reserves. The twelve projects listed below comprise the prioritized capital ' improvements program which is expected to be implemented over a 6-year period. ' TABLE 1 COST OF CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS Inflated Cost ' Project Capital Cost(SM) S(M)(t) 1) Sunset Beach/Surfside 2,685,000 2,819,000 Connectors I2) Southeast Complex-Phase I 14,770,000 16,133,000 3) Beach Boulevard/Downtown 330,000 364,000 Pipelines 4) Overmyer Reservoir Structural 3,500,000(2) 3,859,000(2) Improvements 5) Supply Well 8,355,000 9,821,000 Additions/Improvements 6) System Improvements 1,555,000 1,800,000 7) Seawater Desalination 6,168,000 7,837,000 8) Southeast Complex-Phase II 7,120,000 9,048,000 9) Transmission Main 5,800,000 7,035,000 Replacement 10) Corrosion Control-Phase 1 1,850,000 2,124,000 11) Supply Improvements 300,000 315.000 t 12) Treatment Improvements 200,000 210,000 TOTAL 52,633,000 61,365,000 1 (1) Inflated at 5 percent per year to scan of construction. (2) Balance of approximately S1 million from reserves;Peck Reservoir improvements under construction. Of the$52,663,000,$14,488,000(28 percent) is allocated to GROWTH, ' which requires 14 percent of the well improvements, all of the seawater desalination project,and Phase II of the Southeast Complex. ON of Huntinaton Beach 2 93OWLE 1 ^1 Executive Summary 11 1 Operating costs have also been projected and include the following elements:-1) current O&M expenses,2) water purchase costs, 3) inflation, ' 4) O&M costs related to capital projects,and 5) debt service for program financing,cash and in-lieu tax. A summary of projected costs is shown in Figure 1. 1 Figure 1.Projected Opsratlng Cost ' 40 u 30 'E 26 Gpllal Replauttwnt e tew ptoNtb OiM U 20 16 ' 10 OprWno EXP*ntw 6 '0 92-93 9104 "96 95-96 W97 97.99 93_99 95-M 00-01 ibeat Y*r Financing Plan ' The City's 1992-93 water revenues came from monthly fixed charges based on meter size and number of dwelling units($5.3 million), water sales ($1 1.0 million),and other income($0.7 million), for a total of$17 million. No capital facilities charge or connection charge on new customer; is currently assessed by the City. The recommended facilities include both ' capacity to serve new development and benefit existing customers. Existin; facilities will also serve and benefit new customers, since the expanded 1 system cannot operate alone. A Capital Facilities Charge(CFC)has been ' developed reflecting this, and amounts to$2,380 per equivalent dwelling unit(EDU),comprised of master plan costs allocated to growth ($1,000/EDU)and unit value of the existing facilities($1,380/EDU). ' The program Financing Plan consists of: 1) bond issues assuming the use of certificates of participation(COP)supported by water revenues, , 2) increased water rates,and(3) the CFC. Three bond issues are anticipated as shown: City of Huntmaton Beach 3 EFOWLE ' ' 1 Executive Summary 1 TABLE 2 ' PROPOSED BOND ISSUES Issue Number Date Amount(S) 1 1994-95 23,550,000 ' 2 1996-97 11,830,000 3 1998-99 17,120.000 TOTAL 1 52.500.000 Water rate changes are proposed every other year, and rates would double by the year 2001, for an average annual increase of 9.0 percent. Alternatively, annual water rate increases would result in approximately a 7 percent annual ' increase. The CFC of$2,380/EDU would be effective immediately,would escalate annually,and could be assessed through development agreements. Financing Options Two alternates to imposing a CFC have also been recently developed,as ' follows: 1) a water rate structure with an increased rate for new development, in lieu of the CFC,and 2) a uniform City rate structure with no CFC. The impact of the original proposed CFC and these two options, on ' a typical existing and new single-family customer, is shown in Table 3. TABLE 3 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH WATER UTILITY IMPACT OF RATE STRUCTURE ALTERNATIVES 1 New With Capital Development Uniform Rate Structure Charge(1) Surcharge(2) Charge(3) ' Existing Single-Family Customer Meter Charge(3/4")meter) S7.00 S7.00 $7.00 Consumption Charge(17 hcf) 18.70 I8.70 19.04 Total Monthly Charge $25.70 $25.70 $26.04 New Single-Family Customer ' Meter Charge(3/4"meter) S7.00 $7.00 S7.00 Consumption Charge(17 hcf) 18.70 18.70 19.04 Surcharge QM _2A _0M Total Monthly Charge $25.70 $35.60 S26.04 (I)S2,380/EDU (2)Based on rates in Table 19 (3)Based on rates in Table 21. 1 City of Huntinaton Beach 4 ' BrflWLE Exective Sunynary t t Implementation Plan The following program is recommended for implementation of the City's Water System Master Plan/Financing Plan Update: ' l. Present to and discuss Update report with City's Water Task Force (January-March 1994). ' 2. Finalize Update report and present to City Council for adoption (April-May 1994). 3. Prepare for initial certificate sale required in Fall 1994 (June 1994). , 4. Complete the purchase of the Sunset Heights Reservoir site (March 1994). ' l5. Complete the site evaluation and selection for the Southeast Complex- Phase I(January-March 1994). ' l6. Prepare a Preliminary Design Report for the Southeast Complex-Phase 1 facilities(April-July 1994). ' City of Huntington Beach 5 ��LE ' Water System Master Plan Update 1 l Background Studies Boyle prepared a Water System Master Plan in June 1988 for the City, which included analysis of water supply alternatives, existing and projected water demands,computer modeling of the water distribution system, delineation of existing and future system deficiencies,description of a 1 capital improvement program consisting of several projects, project construction cost estimates and recommended action items for the City to continue provision of adequate water service and keep pace with growth. In April 1990, Boyle prepared a supplement to the 1988 Master Plan in response to the City's request to provide updated information reflecting: higher costs due to inflation; revised project priorities; inclusion of annual costs for operation,maintenance and administration; and preparation of a master schedule for program implementation over a 6-year period. 1 In August 1990, BWA prepared a comparison Water System Financing Plan, which is discussed later. In October 1991,the City authorized Boyle to prepare a Water System Master Plan/Financing Plan Update, which is the subject of this document. System Deficiencies Engineering studies in the 1988, 1990 and 1993 reports all have concluded g g P that the City water system is deficient in several areas: ■ Insufficient supply to meet existing and ultimate demands, ■ Inability to meet fireflow requirements in the Peter's Land ing/S urfside area, ■ Insufficient storage and pumping capacity to meet peak hour or emergency demands, ■ Reservoirs subject to potential earthquake damage, ■ Need to strengthen distribution systems for effective water service along Beach Boulevard and the downtown area, • Need to replace a major transmission pipeline for better water movement through the City, a Required upgrading to maintain system reliability and safety. City of Huntinaton Beach 6 EgOWLE IVVater System Master Plan Update ' j l Supply Current supply sources providing water to the City(imported water from MWD and groundwater wells)are insufficient to meet existing demands, notwithstanding recent conservation benefits. This can be overcome by construction of 2 new wells,2 water treatment plants for existing wells, and system reliability improvements. This program replaces the West Orange County Wellfield Project proposed in 1988 but no longer available to the , City. No other supply sources are required to meet existing deficiencies. Future supply deficiencies are proposed to be met by construction of a third new well and a seawater desalination project to supplement the maximum available groundwater supply. Maximum participation in the Green Acres Project is also needed to supplement these sources. Req uirements uirements ' I q Although the existing system is generally adequate to meet required fire flows, the system is not sufficient to completely meet fire flow conditions at the Peter's Landing area in Huntington Harbour. To remedy this situation, the City needs to obtain the site for the proposed Sunset Heights booster station/reservoir,and build the Sunset Beach/Surfside Connector pipelines to interconnect with the rest of the City system. The Holly-Seacliff Development Agreement calls for developer construction of the Sunset Heights booster station/reservoir. Peaking Requirements , 1 The present water system is deficient in being able to meet demands under peak hour conditions,which usually occur at the peak of the summer season. Under previous such situations, (flow estimated to be only 50 percent of peak demand)reservoir levels were dropping drastically, and booster stations were stressed. In addition,the City has no emergency water storage (which might be required during an earthquake or an MWD supply outage), notwithstanding the potential supply the City might obtain from San Joaquin Reservoir(which is limited by withdrawal rates). A major reservoir/booster/transmission facility needs to be constructed in the southeast section of the City(referred to the Southeast Complex)to address these needs. Since this is the most costly project in the program, it should be phased, initially to meet existing deficiencies, and later expanded to meet requirements of future development. Citv of Huntington Beach 7 BD�LE 1 ' t Water System Master Plan Update Earthquake Renovation The City is unfortunate in being traversed by the Newport-Inglewood Fault. Structural renovation of the City's existing Peck and Overmyer Reservoirs is required to successfully withstand a major earthquake on that fault. Peck Reservoir improvements are now under construction;Overmyer Reservoir improvements are included in this program. Other Improvements To improve existing system reliability,the following improvements are also required: 1)strengthening of existing distribution systems along Beach Boulevard and the downtown area,2)replacement of a major transmission main for effective conveyance of water from the principal supply areas to the major demand areas,3)corrosion control, leak detection, safety and security systems,power source backup at booster stations, MWD connection �i improvements,and chlorine facility improvements. Capital Improvements In order to overcome the above-discussed deficiencies,a capital improvement program has been developed consisting of the 12 projects shown on Table 4. 1 TABLE 4 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS Number Project Description I Sunset Beach/Surfside Connectors 2 Southeast Complex-Phase I 3 Beach Boulevard/Downtown Pipelines 4 Overmyer Reservoir Structural Improvements 5 Supply Well Additions/Improvements l 6 System Improvements i 7 Seawater Desalination 8 Southeast Complex-Phase II 9 Transmission Main Replacement 10 Corrosion Control- Phase I 1 1 Supply Improvements 12 Treatment Improvements 1 City of Huntington Beach 8 BOWLE w� Nlater System Master Plan Update ' t I 1 These projects have been listed in priority order in terms of the severity of the deficiency,together with the need to solve present deficiencies prior to providing capacity for future needs. It is expected that these projects would be constructed in a phased program over a 6-year period(1994-2000). ' Program Cost Estimates Opinions of probable costs have been prepared for construction of the 12 projects,together with estimates of related technical services and City project management/administration. The costs are presented in Table 5, and are broken down into the major construction elements. Corresponding annual O&M costs for these projects are shown in Table 6. 1 I j I ON of Huntinaton Beach 9 BD�LE i jHUNTINGTON BEACH WATER MASTER PLAN UPDATE TABLE 5 1 PROJECT COST ESTIMATES(1) Technical City Project Project Descriptions Services(2) Construction(3) Management(8) Total project 1 Su05et Beach/Surfside Connectors 2,400 l.f. 12-inch main(3 bored crossings) 250,000 2,425,000 2.685,000 9 cfs booster station (5) (5) 9 MG reservoir (5) (5) Drill and equip 1 well (5) (5) 14.000 I.f.20-inch main (5) (5) ST-Project 1 250,000 2,425.000 10,000 2,685.000 Project 2-Southeast Complex Facilities-Phase I Land Cost 1,675,000 30 cfs booster station 150,000 1,500,000 20 MG reservoir(9) 800.000 7,775,000 10,500 I.f. 30-inch transmission main 250.000 2,600,000 I ST-Project 2 1.200.000 13.550.000 20.000 14.770.000 Project 3-Beach Boulevard and Downtown Pipelines 1,700 1,1 8-inch main(3 crossings) 15,000 150,000 1.100 1.f. 12-inch main 15,000 150,000 ST-Project 3 30,000 300,000 - 330,000 Project 4-Overmyer Reservoir Structural Improvements Earthquake Renovation of Overmyer Reservoir(7) ST-Project 4 125,000 3,375,000 - 3.500,000 Project 5-Supply Well Additions/Improvements Drill and equip 3 wells (5) 3,950,000 Provide backup propane supplies for 7 existing wells 150,000 1,400,000 Provide 2 water treatment plants for 2 existing wells 250,000 2,575,000 ST-Project 5 400,000 7,925.000 30.000 8,350.000 Project 6-System Improvements Cathodic protection survey and improvements 10,000 100,000 Leak detection survey 10,000 Security system 10,000 75,000 Pump station dual drives 125.000 1,225,000 ST-Project 6 145.000 1,410,000 - 1.555,000 Project 7-Seawater Desalination R.O treatment of seawater(I mgd) ST-Project 7 570,000 5.578,000 20,000 6,168,000 Project 8-Southeast Complex Facilities-Phase II(6) 30 cfs booster station 100,000 1,075,000 15 MG reservoir 450,000 4,475,000 5.300 I.f.20-inch transmission main 100,000 900,000 ST-Project 8 650,000 1 6,450,000 20,000 7,120,000 Project 9-Transmission Main Replacement 550,000 5,250,000 - 5,800,000 26.400 I.f.24-inch main Project 10-Pipeline Corrosion Control-Phase I(4) 310,000 1,100,000 - 1,850,000 Corrosion control of transmission lines City of Huntington Beach 10 Bifl�LE Water System Master Plan Update ' TABLE 5(continued) PROJECT COST ESTIMATESM Technical City Project Project Descriptions Services(2) Construction(3) Management(S) Total Project 11-MWD Import Station Modification• 300,000 300,000 Project I -Chlorine Room Modification• — 200,000 — 200.000 TOTAL 4,270,000 43,263.000 100,000 52.633.000 (1)Costs bated on Spring 1993 levels (2)Estimate is 12 percent of construction estimate(not including 18 percent contingencies) (3)Estimate includes 18 percent contingencies (4)Construction of expanded facilities not included in initial 6-year program (5)Cost funded by agreement with Developer or other Agency (6)Construction of Phase III of Southeast Complex not included in initial 6-year program;equivalent supply provided by Project No.5 (7)Some improvements already funded from reserves;Peck Reservoir improvements under construction (8)lncludes contract administration labor costs (9)Based on limitations of the Old Talbert Reservoir site ITABLE 6 PROJECT ANNUAL O&M COST ESTMI ATES(l) Project Descri t>i ions Qjvl Project I - Sunset Beach/Surfside Connectors $125,000 (3) Project 2 - Southeast Complex Facilities-Phase I 300,000 (3) Project 3 - Beach Boulevard and Downtown Pipelines 2,000 l Project 4 - Overmyer Reservoir Structural Improvements — (4) iProject 5 - Supply Well Additions/Improvements 830,000 (3) Project 6- System Improvements 550,000 (5) Project 7 - Seawater Desalination 800,000 (3) Project 8- Southeast Complex Facilities-Phase II 300,000 (3) Projects 9-12- Transmission Main Replacement — (4) Pipeline Corrosion Control - Phase I 10,000 MWD Import Station Modifications 10,000 (3) Chlorine Room Modifications (4) TOTAL $2,927,000 (1) Costs based on Spring 1993 levels (3) O&M costs include energy cost (4) No change from current annual cost (5) Power cost for 50 percent operation on electrical power City of Huntinaton Beach 11 ��LE Water System Financing Plan Update Introduction In 1990 Bartle Wells Associates(BWA)completed a financing plan to implement the water system master plan prepared for Huntington Beach by Boyle Engineering Corporation. The 1990 study was designed to finance j water system improvements to improve flows during peak conditions, provide adequate fireflows,and accommodate anticipated growth and development. iThe financing plan recommended increases in the City's water rates, adoption of a capital facilities fee for new connections to the water system of j $2,525 per 3/4-inch meter or equivalent, and the use of debt(certificates of participation)to finance the improvements. �. Following completion of the 1990 financing plan,the City directed Boyle to revise the master plan. This section updates and revises the financing plan based on the amended master plan. Project Costs Tables 7 and 8 include an updated listing of prioritized projects and Iestimates of construction costs. • Project Costs, 1993-94 Dollars: Table 7 shows recommended 1 projects with a total cost of$52.6 million in 1993-94 dollars. Projects are listed in priority order and scheduled during the six-year period 1994-95 through 1999-2000. Construction is scheduled to begin in 1994-95 and is designed to solve water system problems within its financing capacity. The largest project is Southwest Complex,Phase 1,consisting of a reservoir, booster station, and transmission main pipeline. • Project Cost, Inflated Dollars: Table 8 shows the same projects with costs inflated at 5 percent per year to start of project construction. The inflation estimate increases total estimated costs to$61.4 million. Operating Costs The water system's 1993-94 operating budget is about$18 million. These costs are expected to increase over time for a number of reasons: Citv of Huntington Beach 12 B��LE Vvater System Finanang Plan Update 1 a Some of the recommended projects have associated O&M costs,and V� will result in incremental cost increases as the projects are completed. a Inflation will increase costs. a Groundwater development and imported water purchase costs are projected to increase significantly. i J a In addition to operating costs,total water system costs will increase with the addition of debt service if debt is issued for the recommended projects. Tables 9, 10,and 11 project various aspects of operating costs. Table 9 projects the increase in current O&M costs. Table 10 deals with costs of water, both purchased and pumped. Table 11 addresses increases in costs related to the recommended projects. O&M Cost Projection Table 9 shows the projection of existing O&M costs for the eight-year 1 period from 1992/93 through 2001/02. It includes purchased and pumped water costs developed in Table 10.The projection assumes a 1 percent annual increase in active services and therefore in water production and sales. All projections except those for purchased and pumped water are 1 based on city budget estimates through 1995/96 and historical trends for the remaining five years. In summary,annual expense increases, excluding any impact of the master plan projects,are projected as follows: 1 1994/95 8.6% 1 1995/96 9.1% 1996/97-2001/02 6.1 - 6.8% Water Cost Projection The system's largest expenses are those for purchased water and pumped water. The city relies basically on pumped water, supplemented with imported water from Metropolitan Water District of Southern California (MWD). Additional water over the current supply will have to come in part ON of Huntinaton Beach 13 ROWLE Water System Financing Plan Update j from new sources such as the seawater desalination plant and the Green Acres Project(recycled water). Table 10 projects water costs based on bud- geted 1992/93 quantities and costs per acre-foot. Pumped water costs include the cost of utilities as well as applicable replenishment assessment(RA) imposed by OCWD. Pumped water costs are based on: • City estimates of quantities available • Current utility costs inflated 5 percent annually • Current RA rates from OCWD inflated 5 percent annually Purchased water costs are based on projected rates estimated by MWD for nonintetruptible water. The projections assume that MWD develops no new firm revenue sources after 1992/93 (i.e., MWD Case 3). Implementation of new revenue sources such as standby and connection charges will slightly reduce the rate increase,projected at$472 per acre-foot in 1994/95,and increasing to$695,or 45 percent, in 2000. The cost per acre-foot includes a surcharge levied by Municipal Water District of Orange County of$3.50 in 1994/95 and increased at 5 percent per year in subsequent years. Table I I shows that purchased water costs per acre-foot are significantly higher than costs for pumped water,but such purchases are required to meet 11 system demand not available from pumped water production. O&M Costs, New Capital Projects Boyle estimated annual O&M expenses resulting from the new capital projects. Table 11 shows such costs starting at project completion including inflation to that date. New O&M expenses begin in 1995/96 and increase as projects are completed. By 2000/01, incremental O&M costs related to the new projects are expected to total $4.3 million, as shown in Table 1 l. Revenue Estimates T The city's water revenues come from metered water sales,meter charges, JI and extra unit charges. The water rate structure consists of a fixed monthly meter charge based on the size of meter and a quantity charge applied to all water used. Additional dwelling units served by one meter also pay flat ' monthly additional-unit charge. The current monthly meter charge for a 3/4" meter is$5; rates increase for larger meter sizes. The additional-unit charge ON of Huntington Beach 14 BOWLE jWater System Finamng Plan Update 1 is$2.50 per unit per month. A uniform quantity charge of$0.75 per hundred cubic feet-applies to all water usage. Bartle Wells Associates has estimated water revenue by category in Tables 12 and 13. Water Service Charge Revenue Table 12 shows estimated water service charge revenue of$5.3 million for 1992/93 based on current charges and meter/unit counts provided by the City. Table 12 also shows estimated current equivalent dwelling units(EDUs)of 70,100 based on equivalent 3/4"meter revenue. Meter charges vary by meter flow capacity or demand on the system. The 48,400 total meters shown in Table 12 place a demand on the system equivalent to 70,100 residential 3/4" meters. An EDU determination provides a standard which facilitates projec- tions of future meter charge and connection charge revenue. Total Revenue 1 Table 13 shows total estimated 1992/93 revenue of$17.0 million from all sources including water service charge revenues. Water service charge reve- nues account for 31.1 percent of all revenues. Such charges are usually de- signed to provide coverage for all fixed system expenses(e.g., administration and planning),as well as for some portion of purchase, production,and other variable expenses. Capital Facilities Charge Public water systems typically impose a capital facilities charge or connection charge on new customers connecting to the system. A capital facilities charge is a one-time charge on new development. By California law,such fees must be based on the capital costs of facilities required to serve new development. Facilities can include both new facilities which must be constructed and existing facilities which benefit new development. Revenues from capital facilities fees must be held and accounted for separately and used for capital purposes related to development. The recommended facilities both include capacity to serve new develof-: •^t and benefit current customers. The existing facilities will also serve ar.: benefit new customers. A capital facilities charge can be developed in 1 variety of ways,provided that it fairly allocates costs to new development. ON of Huntinaton Beach 15 I Water System Finanang Plan Update J New development should pay a fee when it connects to the water system which helps to recover costs advanced for additional capacity, as well as to cover the cost of expansion. The City's current rate structure does not include such a charge on new connections,except the nominal, historical development fee($300/acre or$60/unit). Tables 14 and 15 develop a capital facilities charge for Huntington Beach's water system. Table 14 summarizes the master plan projects and costs, and allocates costs of facilities which expand the system's service capacity to growth. The growth-related costs are the cost of one new well, the seawater desalination facility and the Southeast Complex, Phase 11,all of which add capacity which is not needed to serve current customers. Table 15 calculates a capital facilities charge based on the cost per EDU (3/4-inch meter)of the expansion facilities in Table 14 and the existing facilities. The value of existing facilities is based on the city's financial reports and includes a valuation of all water facilities except water service lines. The net book value of water facilities is adjusted to current cost based on the change in the ENR Construction Cost Index from the date of construction or acquisition to the present. Existing facilities were acquired over a 30-year period;their value was based on an average ENR Index of 2923, which reflects an acquisition date of about 1976. The value of the distribution system is derived from fixed asset records, which reflect a study of the value of the water system as of June 30, 1990. The costs used have been adjusted to 1992 based on the change in the ENR Index from 1990 to the present. The full costs of the master plan projects have been deducted from the calcu- lated value of the system, because expansion costs per EDU have been sepa- rated out and the balance of the costs will be paid for by all customers. The estimated system capacity was based on population projections which were used by the engineer as the basis of projecting water needs. The ratio of population to EDUs accounts for nonresidential accounts. Financing Plan The financing plan is based on development of a cash flow projection including the recommended projects,O&M costs,capital facilities charges, and water rates. The plan indicates the need for debt and the projected water rates include provision for the payment of debt service. The projection also incorporates an allowance for new development, both in the generation of Citv of Huntinaton Beach 16 EIOWLE Water System Financing Plan Update I I capital facilities charges and in an increase in water sales related to the increase in total customers. Growth: Prior engineering reports and financing plans have included projec- tions which have included growth estimates based on past trends or develop- ment projections. Table 16, however, shows a dramatic drop in actual build- ing activity during the last four years,from 1,400 total dwelling units in 1988 to 153 in 1991. This pattern is,of course,not unique to Huntington Beach,but reflects economic conditions generally in the state if not the nation. Accordingly,.growth estimates used in subsequent revenue projections have been limited to 100 EDUs through 1994/95, with a gradual increase to 180 EDUs by 1996/97. Bond Issue Size: The city can use a variety of borrowing methods for its projects. The financing assumes the use of certificates of participation supported by water revenues. The analysis assumes a 20-year issue sold at a net interest cost of 6.75 percent with a 10 percent reserve fund and an allowance for issuance costs. Based on these assumptions each$10 million of project costs will require a debt issue of$11.15 million and an annual payment of about$988,000. The components of the debt issue are shown below: Construction fund $10,000,000 Reserve fund(10%) 1,115,000 Issuance cost allowance(2-1/2%) 279,000 Interest earnings during construction (244,000) ( TOTAL $11,150,000 Average annual payment(6.75%, 20 years) $ 1,033,000 Less: Earnings on reserve fund (45,000) 1 NET $ 988,000 f Bond Issues and Estimated Debt Sen ice Costs: Bond size estimates shown above were used to determine required bond issue and debt service costs for the capital construction program. Bond issues and applicable S f City of Huntinaton Beach 17 . �LE Water System Financing Plan Update J construction projects are shown in Table 17 and are summarized below (dollars in thousands): First Second Third Issue Issue Issue Total Date 1994/95 1996/97 1998/99 Bond issue size $23,550 $11,330 $17,120 $52,500 Annual debt service 2,086 1,048 1,516 4.650 Projected Revenue and Expenses: Table 18 is a cash flow projection including the years 1992/93 through 2001/02. The city estimated a beginning cash balance of approximately$5.0 million at July 1, 1992. It is apparent that master plan projects will require debt financing. In the financing plan,debt financing is recommended for large construction costs totaling$47.1 million. Pay-as you-go,or cash financing, is recommended l for all technical services and project management costs,as well as for small i projects(i.e., Projects 3 and 9-12)totaling$14.3 million. Cash financing avoids issuance and interest costs and provides debt service coverage. Table 18 assumes that the city adopts a capital facilities charge of$2,380 per EDU in 1994-95,as shown in Table 15. A$3.0 million minimum reserve is j' provided by the plan as a minimum needed to protect the financial integrity of the water utility. The program can be financed by adoption of a capital facilities charge and gradual rate increases. Rate changes are proposed every other year, and rates would double by 2000/01, for an average annual increase of 9.0 percent. If it is decided to adjust rates annually, the average annual increase would be about 7 percent. City of Huntinaton Beach 18 B04�iLiE Water System Finandng Plan Update �— TABLE 7 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH WATER UTILITY MASTER PLAN PROJECTS TIMELINE COSTS IN 19913-94 DOLLARS(S000) Phase Project Project 1993/94 1994/95 1995/% 1996/97 1997/98 1998/99 1"912000 Total Total I. Sunset Beach/ S2,685 Surfside Connectors Tech.Svcs. $250 S250 Construction 2.425 2,425 Project Mgmt. 10 10 F Southeast Complex 1 14,770 Tech.Svcs. 1,200 1,200 Land 1,675 1,675 Construction 5,938 5,938 11,875 Project Mgmt. 10 10 20 3. Beach 330 Blvd./Downtown - Tech. Svcs. 30 30 Construction 300 300 4. Overmver Reservoir 3.500 Improvements Tech. Svcs. 125 125 Construction 3,375 3,375 5. Well Additions/ 8,355 l '1 Improvements 11 Tech.Svcs. 400 400 Construction 3,975 3,975 3 Wells 350 3,600 3,950 Project Mgmt. _ 15 15 30 ,j. System 1,555 Improvements Tech.Svcs. 145 145 Construction 1,410 1.410 7. Seawater 6.168 Desalination Tech. Svcs. 570 570 S Construction 5,578 5.578 Project Mgmt. 20 20 �8. Southeast Complex 7.120 .� 11 Tech. Svcs. 650 650 Construction 6,450 6,450 Z Project Memt 20 20 9. Trans. Main 5.800 Replacement Tech.Svcs. 110 110 110 110 110 550 Construction 1,050 k,050 1.050 1,050 1.050 5.250 �10.Pipeline Corrosion 1.850 Control-Phase 1 Tech.Svcs. 117 117 117 350 z Construction 500 500 500 1.500 11. MWD Import 300 300 300 Station Mod. 12.Chlorine Room Mod. 200 200 200 TOTAL $0 $6,637 $11.954 S13,269 $6.495 $13.228 S1,050 $52.633 $52.633 ' City of Huntinaton Beach 99 ALE TABLE 8 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH - WATER UTILITY MASTER PLAN PROJECTS,COSTS,FINANCING METHOD(S000) INCLUDES ALLOWANCE FOR INFLATION Phase Project Project 1993/94 1994/95 1995/96 1996/97 1997/98 1998/99 1999/2000 Total Total Financing Inflation Factor(5%) Method 1.00 1.05 1.10 1.16 1.22 1.28 1.34 I. Sunset Beach/ S2,819 Surfside Connectors 1 263 263 Tech.Svcs. 2 2,546 2,546 Construction 1 11 I 1 Project Mgmt. _ 2. Southeast Complex 1 16.133 T Tech.Svcs. 1 1,260 1,260 _ Land 2 1,759 1,759 Construction 2 6,546 6,546 13,092 Project Mgmt. 1 1 I 11 22 3. Beach 364 -9 Blvd./Downtown Tech.Svcs. 1 33 33 Construction 1 331 331 4_ Overmyer Reservoir 3.859 Improvements Tech.Svcs. l 138 138 Construction 2 3,721 3.721 5. Well Additions/ 9,821 R Improvements Tech.Svcs- 1 441 411 Construction 3 4,602 4,602 3 Wells 3 368 4,376 4,744 Project!vlgmt. 1 17 18 36 _ 6. System 1.800 Improvements Tech.Svcs. 1 168 168 Construction 3 1,632 1.632 - . 7 Seawater 7.837 Desalination Tech.Secs. 1 693 693 Construction 4 7,119 7,119 Project Memt. 1 26 26 8 Southeast Complex 9.048 ,. . 11 Tech. Secs. 1 790 790 Construction 4 8,232 8,232 Project Memt. 1 26 26 9_ Trans.Main 7.035 Replacement Tech. S%cs. 1 116 121 127 134 140 638 _ Construction 1 1.158 1.216 1,276 1,340 1.407 6.397 10 Pipeline Corrosion 2.124 - , Control-Phase I Tech. Svcs. 1 123 129 135 386 Construction 1 551 579 608 1,738 I I MWD Import 1 315 315 315 == Station Mod. 12.Chlorine Room Mod. 1 210 210 210 TOTAL $6,969 $13,179 $15,033 S7,895 S16,883 S1,407 S61,365 $61.365 = City of Huntinaton Beach 20 SOW LE Water System Finanang Plan Update TABLE 8(continued) J CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH J WATER UTILITY MASTER PLAN PROJECTS,COSTS,FINANCING METHOD(S000) INCLUDES ALLOWANCE FOR INFLATION Phase Proje Project 1993/94 1994/95 1995/96 1996/97 1997/98 1998/99 1999/2000 Total Total Inflation Factor ON 1.00 1.05• 1.10 1.16 1.22 1.28 1.34 Financing Method: I Cash S2,664 S2,912 S2,253 $3,519 $1,532 $1,407 S14,286 2 1st Bond, 1994195 S21.118 $21.118 3 2nd Bond, 1996/97 S 10,610 $10,610 4 3rd Bond. 1998/99 S15,351 S15.351 - Total $23.782 S2,912 S12,863 S3,519 S16,883 S1,407 S61.365 1 J TABLE 9 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH WATER UTILITY EXPENSE PROJECTION(1) Budget 1992/93 1994/95 1"5/96 1996/97 1997/98 1998/99 1999/2000 2000/01 2001/02 Administration Permit expense S200,000 $220.000 $240,000 S260,000 S273.000 S286,700 $301,000 S316,100 S331.900 Charges to depts.(5) I,100.000 1.200,000 1.500,000 1.600,000 1,680.000 1,764,000 1.852,200 1,944,800 2.042.000 All other admin. 734,815 909,000 928,000 947,000 994,000 1,044.000 1.096,000 1,151,000 1.208.000 Planning 393,890 325,000 356.000 366.000 396,000 428,000 462.000 499.000 539.000 Production i Purchased Water(2) 3.500,000 3.351,000 3,910,000 4.519.000 4.684,000 4.868.000 5.107.000 5.352.000 5,616.000 Utilities 875.000 906.000 961,000 1,020,000 1.082.000 1.147.000 1.217.000 1.291.000 1.369.000 RA(3) 1.550,000 2,169,000 2,302,000 2.442,000 2.591.000 2.748,000 '.915.000 3.092.000 3.279.000 Cap out/egpt rep[. 367.800 383,000 352,000 183,000 315,000 331,000 348,000 365,000 383.000 Program reimb. (312.000) (332,000) (338,000) (344.000) (361,000) (379,000) (398,000) (418.000) (439.000) All other,prod 1.541.515 1,619,000 1,700,000 1,784,000 1,874,000 1,968,000 2,066.000 2,169.000 2.277.000 7 Distribution 1.408,779 1,626,000 1,666,000 1,655,000 1.821.000 2,003.000 2,203,000 2.423,000 2.665.000 1 Water meters 1,183,581 1.232,000 1,288,000 1,346.000 1,481,000 1,629,000 1,792.000 1,971,000 2,168.000 Water quality 442.948 490,000 512,000 522,000 574,000 631.000 694.000 763.000 839.000 1 Safety 4,000 4,000 5.000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8.000 9,000 10.000 ' Net Expenses(4)(S 1.000) $12,990 $14,102 S 15,382 1116,305 S 17,410 S 18,475 S 19,663 $20,927 S22.287 Annual Increase N/A 8.6% 9.1% 6.0% 6.8% 6.1% 6.4% 6.4% 6-5% (1) Assumes annual growth of 1%in active services,water production and water sales. (2) Beginnine in 1994/95.based on MWD projected rates(case 3). 1 (3) Beeimmng in 1994/95,based on OCWD rate inflated at 5%per year. (4) Excludes in-lieu tax,depreciation,and capital project costs:includes personal services. (5) Based on data in BWA November 1992 report. I Citv of Huntington Beach 21 1 3 Water System Finanang Plan Update TABLE 10 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH 1 WATER UTILITY COST PROJECTION Budget J 1992/93 1994195 1995/% 1996/97 1997/98 1998/99 1999/2000 2000/01 2001/02 Purchased water l} Acre feet(AF) 7,000 7,100 7,200 7,300 7,400 7,500 7,600 7,700 7.800 Price/AF from S500(4) $472 S543 S619 S633 $649 $672 S695 S720 MWD(1) Total purchased water S3,500,00 $3,351.00 $3,910,00 S4,519,00 S4,684,00 S4,868,00 S5,107,00 $5,352,00 S5.616.00 cost 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 JPumped water Utilities: Acre feet(AF) 28,000 28,300 28,600 28,900 29,200 29,500 29,800 30,100 30.400 Cost/AF(2) $31 $32 S34 $35 $37 $39 $41 S43 S45 Utility cost S875,000 $906.000 S961,000 S1,020,00 S1,082,00 $1,147,00 $1,217,00 $1,291.00 S1.369.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 Replenishment Assessment(RA) Acre feet(AF) 28,000 28,300 28.600 28.900 29.200 29.500 29,800 30,100 30,400 Cost/AF(3) $60173 $77 $80 $85 S89 S93 S98 $103 S108 RA cost($1.000) S1,550 $2,169 $2,302 $2,442 $2,591 $2,748 S2,915 S3,092 S3.279 Total pumped water cost $2.425 S3,075 S3,263 $3,462 $3.673 S3,895 S4.132 S4,383 S4.648 ($1.000) (1) Based on MWD estimates(case 3)plus MWDOC surcharge inflated at 5%per year. (7) Inflated-;%per year (3) OCWD charge (4) Assumed in precious budget >J 91 1 J s j Citv of Huntinaton Beach 22 B��LE Water System Financing Plan Update TABLE 11 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH ' WATER UTILITY MASTER PLAN PROJECT O&M-INCREMENTAL O&M INCREASE WITH ALLOWANCE FOR INFLATION(S1,0 Annual 00) Project: O&M Cost* 1994 1995 19% 1"7 1998 19" 2000 2001 200. Inflation Factor 5% 1.00 1.05 1.10 1.16 1.22 1.28 1.34 1.41 4; 1. Sunset Beach/Surfside 125 57 145 152 160 168 176 �� Connectors 2. Southeast Complex 1 300 174 365 383 402 422 3. Beach Blvd./Downtown 2 1 2 2 3 3 3 4. Overmyer Reservoir 0 0 0 0 0 Improvements"5. Well Additions/ 830 240 1,008 1,062 1,112 1,170 - Improvements 6. System Improvements 550 111 702 737 774 1 7. Saltwater Desalination 800 340 1,072 1,126 L I E 8. Southeast Complex 11 300 96 402 422 9 Trans. Main • Replacement•• 10. Pipeline Corrosion 10 3 12 13 13 14 1 Control-Phase 1 11,MWD Import Station 10 3 12 13 13 14 1 Modifications 12.Chlorine Room Modifications• TOTAL SO SO S59 S567 $1.663 $2,771 S3,921 S4,121 S4.32 • Annual O&M cost in Spring 1993 dollars. 1 •' No chanee from current O&M cost. y i 1 City of Huntinaton Beach 23 BD�rLE Water System Financing Plan Update TABLE 12 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH WATER UTILITY WATER SERVICE CHARGE REVENUE ESTIMATE BUDGET 1992/93 Meter Size Meters/Units Monthly Charge Annual Revenue 39,200 $5.00 $2,352,000 1" 5,550 10.00 666,000 1-1/29' 1,400 15.00 2529000 2" 1,850 20.00 444,000 3" 160 50.00 969000 4" 140 90.00 151,200 6" 70 180.00 1519200 8" 28 260.00 87,360 101, 2 350.00 8,400 Subtotal 48,400 $4,208,160 1 Additional Units 35,800 2.50 1,074,000 _ J TOTAL $5,282,160 Equivalent dwelling units(EDUs)' 70,100 + *Annual meter revenue- annual 3/4" meter charge. TABLE 13 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH WATER UTILITY REVENUE ESTIMATE BUDGET 1992/93 Consumption Estimated I (hct) Rate Revenue Percent Metered 14,400,000 $0.75 $10,800,000 63.6 Other sales: Fire service 205,000 1.2 Construction 25,000 0.1 Water service charges' 5,282,000 31.1 Subtotal, water sales $16,312,000 96.0 revenue Late charges 300,000 1.8 Interest 300,000 1.8 Other revenue 80,000 0.4 Total revenue $16,992,000 100.0 * See Table 12. Source: City water operations estimates. City of Huntington Beach 24 BOWLE ] Water System Finanang Plan Update 1 TABLE 14 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH WATER UTILITY ALLOCATION OF COSTS TO GROWTH($000) Allocation to Growth Project Total Cost Percent Cost 1. Sunset Beach/Surfside Connectors $2,685 2. Southeast Complex I 14,770 3. Beach Blvd./Downtown 330 4. Overmyer Reservoir Improvements 3,500 5. Well Additions/improvements 8,355 14 1,200 (1) 6. System Improvements 1,555 7. Seawater Desalination 6,168 100 6,168 8. Southeast Complex II 7,120 100 7,120 9. Trans. Main Replacment 5,800 10. Pipeline Corrosion Control - Phase I 1,850 11. MWD Import Station Modifications 300 12. Chlorine Room Modifications 200 13. Pump Station Improvements(2) 0 14. Water Main Improvements(z) 0 TOTAL $52,633 28 $14,488 (1) One of 3 wells allocated to growth. (2) Developer-funded projects. 1 a � 1 � City of Huntinaton Beach 25 ��LE 7 ' Water System Financing Plan Update TABLE 15 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH WATER UTILITY CALCULATION OF WATER CAPITAL FACILITIES CHARGE Master Plan Facilities jCosts allocated to growth(l) $14,488,000 Additional capacity(EDUs) 14,500 Cost per EDU $999 Existing Facilities Asset Original Cost Land $391,000 Buildings 971,000 Machinery,equipment 53,102,000 54,464,000 Less depreciation (24,564,0000) Net value 29,900,000 Adjusted to current value(2) 65,066,000 Distribution systemt3l Value as of 6/30/90 99,095,000 Adjusted to current value 104,291,000 Total value, existing facilities 169,357,000 jLess master plan costs (52,633,000) Total value for charge 116,724,000 calculation Total capacity(EDUs)t4> 84,600 Cost per EDU 1,380 Recommended capital $2,380 facilities charge (i) See Table 14. (2) Adjusted based on change in ENR index from average time of acquisition(ENR 2923)to Spring 1993 (ENR 6360). (3) Based on City study. (4) 1992-93 EDU's of 70,100 plus projected 14,500 EDU's. � 1 ICity of Huntinaton Beach 26 .� BOWLE Water System Finanang Plan Update 1 TABLE 16 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH WATER UTILITY BUILDING ACTIVITY AND VALUATIONS($000) y 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 Dwelling Units Authorized Single 402 865 226 91 74 Multiple 564 544 267 114 79 Total 966 1,409 493 204 153 Valuation($000) Residential $93,627 $193,468 $73,710 $38,763 $40,600 Commercial 7,263 27,489 31,674 8,294 1,636 IIndustrial 12,407 5,350 4,240 2,815 642 All other 22,158 17,096 19,113 15,365 13,284 1 Total $135,455 $243,403 $128,737 $66,238 $56,152 ■ Source: Economic Sciences Corporation. 1 J J J J 1 a � J � LON of Huntinaton Beach 27 B��LE ' Water System Finanang Plan Update ITABLE 17 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH WATER UTILITY SUMMARY OF BOND ISSUES($000) First Issue- 1994/95 Second Issue- 1996/97 Third Issue- 1998/99 project Project PrQject I) Sunset Beach/Surfside Connector$2,546 5) Well Ad ditions/Improvements S8,978 7) Seawater Desalination S7,119 2) Southeast Complex I 14,851 6) System Improvements I.632 8) Southeast Complex 11 4) Overmyer Reservoir Improvements-3 Total $21,118 Total S 10,610 Total S 15,351 Reserve Fund 2,355 Reserve Fund 1,183 Reserve Fund 1,712 Issuance Costs 528 Issuance Costs 265 Issuance Costs 384 Interest Earnings L4.511 Interest Earnings (ZM Interest Earnings M Total Bond Issue S23,550 Total Bond Issue $I 1,830 Total Bond Issue $17.120 Average Annual Debt Average Annual Debt Average Annual Debt Service 2,180 Service 1.095 Service 1,585 Less Interest on Reserve (91) Less Interest on Reserve L41) Less Interest on Reserve (M Net Annual Debt Service 2.086 Net Annual Debt Service 1,048 Net Annual Debt Service 1,516 Estimated Debt Service 1994/95 1995/96 1996/97 1997/98 1998/99 1999/2000 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 First Issue S2,086 $2,086 $2,086 S2,086 $2,086 $2,086 $2.086 $2.086 S2,086 Second Issue 1,048 1,048 1,048 1,048 1,048 1.048 1,048 Third Issue 1,516 1.516 1,516 1,516 1.516 TOTAL $2,086 $2,086 $3,133 $3.133 $4.650 S4,650 $4,650 S4,650 $4.650 Citv of Huntinaton Beach 28 B��LE aWater System Financing Plan Update TABLE 18 CITY OF HUNIf'INGTON BEACH WATER UTILITY PROJECTED REVENUE AND EXPENSES (MAJOR PROJECTS BOND-FINANCED; RATES REVISED) Budget 1992/93 1994/95 1995/96 19%/97 1997/98 1998/99 1999/2000 2000/01 2001/02 Equivalent dwelling uniu 70,100 70,200 70,300 70,400 70,600 70,800 71,100 71,400 71, 1[ (EDUs) Additional Units 35,800 35,900 36,000 36,100 36,300 36,500 36.700 36,900 37.100 Growth 100 100 100 I50 200 250 300 300 ? EDUs Additional Units 100 100 100 I50 190 180 180 180 1 Annual Consumption(Units) 14,400,000 14.544,000 14.689,000 14,936,000 14,984.000 15,134,000 15,285.000 15.438.000 15.592.000 Consumption Charge(Units) S0.75 $1.10 S1.10 S1.25 S1.25 S1.40 S1.40 S1-50 SI MeterCharge-3/4-/Month SS.00 $7.00 S7.00 S8.50 S8.50 S9-00 S9.00 SI000 S 1 0 Extra Unit Charge/Month 52.50 S3.50 53.50 S4.25 S4.25 55.00 S5.00 S1-00 S51 Capital FacilitiesCharge(1) SO S2,380 S2,500 S2,630 S2760 $2.900 S3,050 S3.200 S3.360 Beginning Balance S5,000 $1,860 S3,430 $3,890 S6,070 S5.130 S5,450 S3,950 S4.. Revenue(S000) ] Water Sales-metered 10,800 16.000 16,200 18.500 18,700 21,200 21.400 23,200 23.4 Water Sales-other 230 340 340 390 390 440 440 480 480 Meter Charge 4,208 5,900 5.900 7,200 7,200 7,600 7,700 8,600 8,� Extra Unit Charge 1,074 1,510 1,510 1.940 1,850 2,190 2,200 2,210 2, Capital Facilities Charge 0 0 240 250 290 550 730 920 960 Penalty 300 440 450 510 520 590 600 650 6 Interest 300 210 291 400 450 420 380 350 Other 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 Total Revenue S16,992 S24,480 S25,010 S29,170 S29,580 S33,070 S33,530 S36,490 S36.790 Total Available Funds $21,992 S26.340 S28,440 S33,060 S35,650 S38.200 S38,980 S40,440 S41.6Wb ENR Inflation Index(5%) 6300 6620 6950 7300 7670 8050 8450 8870 93 Expenses(S000) Operating-Existing 12,990 14,100 15,380 16.300 17.410 18,480 19,660 20,930 22.290 facilities(2) Operating-New 0 0 60 570 1,660 2,770 3.920 4,120 4.3� facilities(3) In-Lieu Tax 2.500 3,560 3,590 4,190 4.220 4,710 4,760 5.170 5.210 Capital Replacement 0 500 520 550 580 610 640 670 71 Capital Project Costs- 4.640 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Other Capital Project Costs- Master Plan Cash(4) 0 2,660 2,910 2,250 3,520 1,530 1,400 0 Bond Debt Service(5) 2,086 2.086 3,133 3.133 4,650 4.650 4.650 4.650 Total Expenses S20,130 $22,906 $24.546 S26,993 S30,523 S32,750 S35,030 S35.540 S37,1 Ending Balance $1,862 S3,434 S3,894 S6,067 S5,127 S5,450 S3,950 S4,900 S4,5� From Table 15,inflated at 5%annually. (2) From Table 9. (3) From Table 11. (4) From Table 8. (5) From Table 17- 1 1 ON of Huntington Beach 29 � 1 l 1 l 1 Financing Options In the previous section a capital facilities charge to be imposed on new t development was calculated. The charge was designed to recover over time, the cost of facilities to be constructed to meet the demands of new development and to recover a share of the cost of existing facilities which benefit new development. ' Two alternate approaches have been prepared as follows: ■ A rate structure with an increased rate for new development, in lieu of the capital facilities charge; and ■ A uniform City rate structure with no capital facilities charge. ' These alternative rate structures,and cash flow projections based on the alternative rates,are included in this section. Elimination of the capital facilities charge has little impact on the water utility revenues, for two reasons: the master plan overall is not growth- driven,and the financing plan assumed a minimum number of new 1 connections, particularly in the short-term. The capital facilities charge was recommended as a matter of equity and policy, to collect the costs of facilities needed for new development from that development rather than to ' charge today's customers for costs related to growth. Increased Rate for New Development Table 19 calculates a surcharge for new development in lieu of the recommended capital facilities charge of$2,380 per dwelling unit. It is designed to recover this cost from each new connection over a 20-year period. The rate is structured as a fixed monthly surcharge per meter or extra unit,rather than as an increase in the consumption charge for water. This approach will provide the City with a stable revenue source and should be easier to implement. As shown in Table 19,a surcharge of$9.90 in 1994/95 would recover the costs represented by the capital facilities charge. The surcharge should be increased each year based on the ENR Construction Cost Index for Los Angeles. This index should be used rather than the CPI or other escalator, because the surcharge is based on capital costs. �� City of Huntington Beach 30 BOWLE .' Water System Master Plan Update Table 20 is a cash flow projection parallel to that presented in Table 18 of the Financing Plan Update, reflecting the use of a monthly surcharge per unit Iof new development. Uniform Citywide Cbarges Table 21 calculates the water charges,either through consumption charges or fixed monthly charges,which would be necessary to replace the revenue from capital facilities charges projected in the Financing Plan Update. The rate adjustments are very small,because the revenue from the projected capital facilities charge ranged from $240,000 in 1995/96 to $960,000 in 2001/02. Table 22 is a cash flow projection based on adjusting the consumption charge, as shown in Table 21. Impact on Customers Table 23 summarizes the impact of the rate structure in the Financing Plan Update and the two alternative rate structures presented above on typical residential customers. TABLE 19 City of Huntington Beach Water Utility Surcharge on New Development Recommended capital facilities charge $ 2,380 ' Annual cost,20-year basis $119.00 Monthly charge,rounded 9.90 City of Huntington Beach 31 EFOWLE TABLE 20 CITY OF HUNTDVGTON BEACH WATER UTILITY PROJECTED REVENUES AND EXPENSES (No capital facilities charge;surcharge for new development) Budget 1992/93 1994/95 1995/96 1996/97 1997/98 1998/99 1999R000 2000/01 2001/02 Equivalent dwelling units 70,100 70,200 70,300 70,400 70,600 70,800 71,100 71.400 71.700 (EDUs) Additional Units 35.800 35,900 36,000 36,100 36,300 36,500 36,700 36,900 37,100 Growth-EDUs 100 100 100 150 200 250 300 300 300 Additional units 100 100 100 150 180 180 180 180 190 Annual Consumption(units) 14,400,000 14,544,000 14,689,000 14,836,000 14,984,000 15,134,000 15,295,000 15.438,000 15.592,000 Consumption Charge(units) S0 75 $1.10 S1.10 S1.25 $1.25 51.40 $1.55 51-55 S1 55 MeterCharge/3/4"/mo. 55.00 57.00 57.00 58.50 58.50 59.00 59.00 S10.00 510-00 Extra Unit Cha ge/mo. 52.50 53.50 53.50 $4,25 54.25 15,00 S1-00 55.00 S1-00 Surcharge for new 59.90 510.40 $10.90 $11.40 512.00 S12-60 S13 20 development(per unit) Beginning Balance 55,000 51,860 53,430 $3,610 55,590 $4,240 53,90 53,790 54,490 ' Revenue($000) "ater Sales metered 10.800 16,000 16.200 18.500 18.700 21.200 23,700 23,900 24.200 Water Sales-other 230 340 340 390 390 440 490 490 500 Meter Charge 4,280 5,900 5,900 7,200 7,200 7,600 7,700 8.600 8.600 Extra Unit Charge 1,074 1,510 1,510 1,840 1,850 2,190 2,200 2,210 2,230 New development 24 25 39 52 62 73 76 surcharge Penalty 300 440 450 510 520 590 660 670 680 Interest 300 210 280 370 390 330 310 330 340 Other 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 Total Revenue 516,992 524,480 524,784 528,915 529,169 532,482 535,202 $36,353 536.706 Total Available Funds $21,992 526,340 528,214 532,585 534,759 536,722 539,172 540,143 S,41,196 ENR Inflation Indcx(590) 6300 6620 6950 7300 7670 8050 8450 8870 9310 Expenses(5000) Operating-Existing 12,990 14,100 15,380 16.300 17,410 18,480 19,660 20,930 22,290 facilities(1) Operating-New 0 0 60 570 1,660 2,770 3,920 4,120 4.330 Lines(2) In- In-Lieu Tar 2,500 3,560 3,590 4,190 4,220 4,710 5,110 5,280 5.330 Capital replacement 0 500 520 550 580 610 640 670 700 Capital Project Costs- 4,640 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 other Capital Project Costs- Master Plan Cash(3) 0 2.660 2,910 2,250 3,250 1,530 1,400 0 0 Bond debt service(4) 2,086 2,086 3,133 3,133 4,650 4,650 4,650 4.650 Total Expenses 520,130 $22,906 524,546 526,993 530,523 532,750 535,380 535,650 537,300 Ending Balance SI,862 53,434 53,668 55,592 54,236 53,972 53,792 54,493 53.896 (1) From Table 9 (2) From Table 11 ( ) From Table 8 (4) From Table 17 I City of Huntington Beach 32 930VLE TABLE 21 I CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH HATER UTILITY RATES TO REPLACE CAPITAL FACILITIES CHARGE 1994/95 1995/96 1996/97 1997/98 1998/99 19"/2000 2000/01 2001/ Revenues from capital — S240,000 S250,000 S390,000 S550.000 S730,000 S920.000 S9601 facility charge(Table 18) Consumption charge 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 006 Meter/unit charge-annual 2.26 2.35 3.65 5.13 6.77 8-49 8.82 Monthly charge 0.19 0.20 0.30 0.43 0-56 0-71 0� I 1 r r r 1 j City of Huntington Beach 33 DOWLE 1 TABLE 22 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH 1 WATER UTILITY PROJECTED REVENUES AND EXPENSES (No capital facilities charge; uniform rates) Budget 1992/93 1"41/95 1995/96 1996/97 1997/98 1998/99 1999/2000 2000/O 1 2001/02 Equivalent dwelling units 70.100 70,200 70.300 70,400 70,600 70,800 71,100 71.400 71,700 (ECUs) Additional Units 35,800 35,900 36,000 36,100 36,300 36.500 36.700 36,900 37.100 Growth-EDUs 100 100 100 150 200 250 300 300 300 -Additional units 100 100 100 150 180 180 180 180 190 Annual Consumption(units) 14,400,000 14,544,000 14.689,000 14,836,000 14,984,000 15,134,000 15,285,000 15.438,000 15.592.000 Consumption Charge(units) S0.75 S1.10 S1.12 S1.27 $1.28 S1.44 S145 S1.56 SI-56 MeterCharge/3/4"/mo- S5.00 S7-00 S7.00 $8.50 S8.50 S9.00 S9.00 S10.00 510-00 Extra Unit Chargc/mo- S2.50 S3-50 S3.50 S4 25 S4.25 S5.00 S5-00 S5.00 S5 00 Capital Facilities Charge Beginning Balance $5.000 $1.860 S3.430 S3,910 S6,100 S5,210 S5,520 $4.000 S4.830 Revenue(S000) Water Sales metered 10.800 16.000 16.500 18-800 19.200 21.800 22.200 24.100 24.300 Water Sales-other 230 340 350 400 410 470 480 520 520 Meter Charge 4,208 5,900 5.900 7.200 7,200 7,600 7.700 8.600 8.600 Extra Unit Charge 1,074 1,510 1,510 1.840 1.850 2,190 2.200 2.210 2,230 Capital Facilities Charge 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Penalty 300 440 450 510 520 590 600 650 660 Interest 300 210 290 400 450 430 380 350 360 Other 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 Total Revenue S16.992 S24.480 S25.080 S29.230 S29.710 S33,160 S33.640 S36.510 $36.750 Total.Available Funds S21,992 S26.340 S28,510 S33.140 S35,810 S38,370 S39,160 S40,5I0 S41.580 ENR Inflation Index(5%) 6300 6620 6950 7300 7670 8050 8450 8870 9310 Expenses($000) Operating-Existing 12.990 14,100 15.380 16.300 17,410 18.480 19.660 20,930 22.290 facilities(1) Operating-New 0 0 60 570 1.660 2,770 3,920 4,120 4.330 Lines(2) In- In-Lieu Tax 2,500 3.560 3.640 4.240 4,300 4.810 4,890 5.310 5.350 Capital replacement 0 500 520 550 580 610 6,40 670 700 Capital Project Costs- 4.640 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 other Capital Project Costs- Master Plan Cash(3) 0 2,660 2,910 2.250 3,520 1,530 1.400 0 0 M Bond debt service(4) 2,086 2,086 3.133 3.133 4,650 4,650 4,650 4.650 Total Expenses $20,130 $22,906 S24,596 S27,043 S30,603 S32,850 S35,160 S35.680 S37.320 Ending Balance SI,862 S3,434 S3.914 S6.097 $5.207 S5,520 S4,000 S4,830 S4.260 (1) From Table 9 (2) From Table11 (3) From Table 8 (4) From Table 17 City of Huntington Beach 34 I 1 TABLE 23 City of Huntington Beach Water Utility Impact of Rate Structure Alternatives With New Capital Development Uniform Rate Structure Charge I Surcharge 2 Charge 3 Existing Single-Family Customer $7.00 $7.00 $7.00 Meter Charge(3/4"meter) Consumption charge(17 hcf) 18.70 18.70 19.04 Total monthly charge $25.70 $25.70 $26.04 New Single-Family Customer $7.00 $7.00 $7.00 Meter Charge(3/4" meter) Consumption charge(17 hcf) 18.70 18.70 19.04 Surcharge 0 0 2M QLu Total monthly charge $25.70 $35.60 $26.04 S2.380/EDU. 2 Based on rates in Table 19. 3 Based on rates in Table 21- City of Huntington Beach 35 BOLE 1 38 J City of Huntington Beach 1 1 � Soil Clean-up Standard 1 � City Specification 431-92 1 1 1 1 ' 1 uUNTINGTON BEACH FIRE DEPARTMENT CITY SPECIFICATION 431-92 JULY 30, 1992 SOIL CLEAN-UP STANDARDS r INTRODUCTION In an attempt to restore hydrocarbon contaminated soil to a clean condition and to protect the health and safety of the community, the City of Huntington Beach maintains standards for soil clean-up. On July 22, 1991 Pacific Coast Homes, a land developer associated with Chevron Land and Development,requested that the Fire Department, which is responsible for Specification No. 431 which establishes clean-up standards, change the clean-up standard to 1,000 ppm TPH from 100 ppm TPH which was termed "unnecessarily restrictive." ' GeoScience Analytical, Inc. has been retained by the City of Huntington Beach to advise it in this matter and to assist in revision of the standard if such action is found prudent. A review of all applicable Federal, State and County statutes which pertain to the regulation of petroleum contaminated soils has been completed and made a part of this report as has applicable published scientific literature and technical reports, risk assessments, risk management studies, reports and correspondence made available by Pacific Coast Homes and input received from City, County, State and Federal agencies. In conclusion, the proposed standards, made a part of this Executive Summary as follows, represent a recommendation to relax the existing City of Huntington Beach standards in respell to Total Petroleum Hydrocarbon (TPII) concentration while enhancing their scientific merit through the establishment of new criteria which relate to specific chemical species. These suggested changes, if adopted, will place the Huntington Beach standards In line with neighboring Southern California oil field communities and will protect the health, safety and welfare of the residents and their environment while minimizing the hardship on the development interests of the City and its property owners. rLST CLEAN-UP CRITERIA Soils sampled during site assessments that fail California Assessment Manual (CAM)criteria for hazardous waste will be excavated and disposed of at a proper disposal site. Laboratory tests used in this determination are pH (EPA-9045), CAM Metals (total), and Volatile Chlorinated and Aromatic Hydrocarbons (EPA-8240) as described on Page 5 - Site Assessment and Laboratory Specifications. 2ND CLEAN-UP CRITERIA Comparison of the Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons (TPH) concentration in soils sampled during the site assessment shall be made with the screening criteria in Table 1. If the sample results meet the Table 1 criteria, no further testing or remediation work shall be required. (b:georpt) Page 1 of 7 r HU NTINGTON BEACH FIRE DEPARTMENT CITY SPECIFICATION 431-92 DULY 30, 1992 SOIL CLEAN-UP STANDARDS Table 2 Screening Levels for Hydrocarbon Clean-up Land.Use B1'X & E(8020) PNA. Residential and Recreational B < 1.0 ppm Each CAPNA <0.5 ppm T, X & E <10.0 ppm individually Total CAPNA's <3.0 ppm Commercial and Industrial B < 1.0 ppm Each CAPNA <1.0 ppm T, X & E < 10.0 ppm individually Total CAPNA's <6.0 ppm Roadway • 0' - 4' Below Road B < 1.0 ppm Each CAPNA <1.0 ppm Surface T, X & E <10.0 ppm individually Total CAPNA's <9.0 ppm • >4' Below Road Surface B <1.0 ppm Each CAPNA <1.0 ppm i T, X & E <10.0 ppm individually Total CAPNA's <6.0 ppm ' Based on CAPNA's found in Proposition 65 list, in addition to benzo(g,h,i)perylene. , DEPTH OF CONTAMINATED SOIL REMOVAL Soil contamination in excess of the Tables 1 and 2 criteria extending deeper than twenty(20) feet below ultimate finished grade or within five (5) feet of the groundwater table, whichever is shallower, and not exhibiting characteristics of material considered hazardous for disposal purposes may be considered for non-remediation. Approval for non-remediation shall be by certification of the Fire Department and shall be issued with appropriate findings. The lateral and vertical extent of this contaminated material left in place shall be determined using Table 1 criteria. This extent shall be reported to the City and disclosed to subsequent property owners in a format approved by the Fire Department. Surface structures within one hundred (100) feet of the lateral extent of the contaminated soil shall be built with vapor barriers in accordance with applicable City specifications. (b:gwrpt) Page 3 of 7 HUNTINGTON BEACH FIRE DEPARTMENT CITY SPECIFICATION 431-92 JULY 30, 1992 SOIL CLEAN-UP STANDARDS If the landowner chooses to clean-up the site using screening criteria specified in Table 2, the laboratory analytical work may specify the reanalyses of samples exceeding screening criteria ' specified in Table 1. The shelf life for the samples must not be exceeded when the reanalyses are run. The laboratory contract shall specify use of EPA Method 3630 as a clean-up procedure prior to soil analysis for CAPNA's using EPA-8270 if the 418.1 results show greater than 1,000 ppm. Samples representative of a specific site should be obtained consistent with a Phase I historical review of the site. The sampling frequency will vary depending on potential for on site contamination. Sampling should be targeted at identified or suspected contaminated locations on the site. Sampling of areas not suspected to be contaminated shall be done on a random basis according to a Sampling Plan which shall be approved by the Fire Department. The Sampling Protocol, both in terms of site specific targets and other random sampling should be formulated in cooperation with the Fire Department. The burden of demonstrating soil clean- up to established limits of contamination shall be the responsibility of the land owner. The Fire Department's approval of a Sampling Protocol shall be required. A Site Auditor, as identified on Page 6, shall be a requirement placed on all significantly large oil field properties and on smaller properties where a reasonable large number of contamination sources are deemed to remain unsampled following completion of the approved Sampling Protocol. The requirement for a Site Auditor shall be at the discretion of the Fire Department. Soil sampling shall be carried out using protocols approved by the California Leaking Underground Fuel Tank Manual and/or the Orange County Health Department. Analytical results which may be inconsistent or anomalous when compared to other sample data taken as part of the site assessment shall be made a part of the record although the land owner shall have the option of providing additional samples to clarify inconsistencies. The number and location of these samples shall be determined by the land owner. (b.georpt) Page 5 of 7 . HUNTINGTON BEACH FIRE DEPARTMENT CITY SPECIFICATION 431-92 JULY 30, 1992 SOIL CLEAN-UP STANDARDS r 4) A small vial of solvent can be used to extract a small amount of soil. If the solvent becomes discolored petroleum nay be present. If any of the indicators above are found, the Auditor shall devise a sampling program capable ' of ascertaining whether or not the waste is classified as hazardous. All sampling procedures shall be in accordance with the protocols established by LUFT and/or the Orange County Health Department. The contamination citing shall be made a part of the record and the Fire Department shall be immediately notified. Sufficient samples shall be analyzed to characterize the vertical and horizontal extent of the potential contaminant. If samples exceed the screening criteria in Table 1, the soil must either be removed or reanalyzed and compared to criteria in Table 2. If the soil is determined to meet the Table 2 criteria, the soil can be incorporated into the fill. If it does not, the soil can be stockpiled for remediation and reuse or removed from the site. A report documenting the observations made and samples obtained during grading shall be prepared. This report shall document compliance with the appropriate sections of Table 1 and/or Table 2, as applicable. r r r APPROVED BY: DATE: . r (b: ro t g m) Page 7 of 7 39 ' v r r _ ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE AREAS AT BOLSA CHICA r ri Prepared by the California Department of Fish and Game 1 Submitted ubm tted to the ' California Coastal Commission r r June 3, 1982 r Introduction In December 1961, the Department of Fish and Game submitted its Degraded Wetland Report to the California Coastal Commission for the Bolsa Chica area. That report did not address the location or extent of the environmentally sensitive areas which are found in the upland areas in and adjacent to the Bolsa Chica lowlands . There are uplands at Bolsa Chica, whether naturally occurring or historic wetlands, which have important wildlife values that should be protected. Still other uplands such as coastal sand dunes are habitats whose distribution were originally quite limited but now ' are becoming rare due to their destruction for human developments . These uplands should be considered "environmentally sensitive areas" pursuant to PRC Sections 30107.5 and 30240 of the 1976 Coastal Act. This report , therefore, presents the Department' s determination 1 and findings concerning the extent of environmentally sensitive areas of Bolsa Chica. In making this determination, the Department has had to consider its "duty of cooperation" pursuant to a 1973 Boundary Settlement and Exchange Agreement (Agreement) between the Resources Agency and ' the . Signal Companies to assist these Companies in obtaining the purposes of the settlement and agreement. The purposes of the agreement include, but are not limited to, the development of an ecological reserve, restoration of a coastal wetland, compatible oil uses , and an ocean entrance system if that proves to be the way to provide tidal flushing necessary to implement ' a Conceptual Plan adopted in 1972 by the Resources Agency. The boundary i w settlement terminated any public trust claim to the Bolsa Chica , lowlands owned by the Companies, except 327. 5 acres conveyed in fee to the State. An additional 230 acres were leased rent-free to the ' State with the provision for conveyance of fee title to the State , at no extra cost, upon the State' s construction of an ocean entrance ' system within a period of 14 years . As a consequence of this agreemen the Department has become the sponsor of a stud b the U.S. Arm P P Y Y Y Corps of Engineers to determine the feasibility of alternatives for ' the restoration of tidal influence to Bolsa Chica by both navigable and non-navigable ocean connections . One part of the lowlands is Rabbit Island, which we have identifi as an environmentally sensitive habitat area, and which lies within the 230 acre lease area. In the event that a navigable ocean entrance in the Rabbit Island area is a feasible alternative and is constructed, it may be necessary for this area to be dredged to provide a navigable I channel pursuant to the agreement. If this becomes necessary, the Department would recommend that the quantity and quality of the , wildlife values of Rabbit Island be incorporated elsewhere into the Bolsa Chica lowlands in order to preserve them, as well as to allow the coastal-dependent uses of tidal marsh restoration and public access to be achieved. ii SUMMARY The Department of Fish and Game has determined four areas (86. 8 acres) in the Bolsa Chica area to be "environmentally ' sensitive" pursuant to PRC Sections 30107. 5 and 30240 of the Coastal Act. These areas are the coastal dunes along Pacific Coast 1 Highway, the eucalyptus grove adjacent to and on the Bolsa Chica mesa, Rabbit Island and the Warner Avenue pond on the Bolsa Chica mesa. These areas have been determined to be environmentally sensitive because of their significant wildlife resources, rare habitat or wetland status. A buffer area of no less than 100 meters in width should surround these areas to maintain their integrity and protect their resource values. In cases where the recommended buffer width is not possible or feasible, other measures should be developed to form effective 1 barriers between development and the sensitive areas. The wildlife habitat values of Rabbit Island would have to be relocated elsewhere in the Bolsa lowlands in the event that a navigable ocean entrance channel is constructed in this area. 1 2 Coastal Act Policies ' The 1976 Coastal Act defines "environmentally sensitive area" in Section 30107.5 as follows : "Environmentally sensitive area" means any area in which plant or animal life or their habitats are either rare or especially► valuable because of their special nature or role in an ecosystem and which could be easily disturbed or degraded by human activities and developments. Further, Section 30240 protects environmentally sensitive areas "against any significant disruption of habitat values, and only ' uses dependent on such resources shall be allowed within such areas. Development in areas adjacent to environmentally sensitive ' habitat areas . . . . . . . shall be sited and designed to prevent impacts which would significantly degrade such areas, and shall be compatible with the continuance of such habitat areas. " Study Area The Bolsa Chica area consists of approximately 1600 acres of undeveloped land surrounded by the city of Huntington Beach in Orange County (Figure 1) . Bolsa Chica is bounded on the north and east by residential development, on the west by Pacific Coast Highway and the ocean and on the south by undeveloped property ' used primarily for oil production. Bolsa Chica has two mesas, the Bolsa Chica mesa on the north , and the Huntington Beach mesa on the south. These mesas are LEGEND UPLAND TIDAL•ALT MARSH ••• r e r r•I' , I� t ': .'/•�' 1 0 I.IIAONI.N MARSH ttL t 11 y,/ ,+ 1 r 1' T,��t ,..t ''••v.} •.,I'/�-\ FAEDNMATEII YAaaN • �f\{'` s'� \af`)/ � 'r 4 yt t ``-�t .. / \�, t Il''; I . I11DAL LAGOON 1 `.,S\C•1'',,a/'1 l///S '.�'` ,t t 1 It/ • t .•��,. L�—r0. ran-TIDAL wATEn a001E� .J, , /�+ •+ �,C 1 71rICKLMEEO FLAT. , \ •1 1 �• " ,•, r It, I /t)ti•'r ` , r � .• QUNVEOETA/EO FLAT. ,yl,, �'"� r R:'�f`T + t 1 ••.,' ! ` .,, +:, r/ , . I 'r • '' 1�,1^r+�3(�/� •� ��' � �•--y � �\� , �p$rV .4.'. '` t. + F Y �.n,.�, ` f .�'a C '" � +���^'�\�'�'i t✓ Cw 1, L' I''�� 1 • IDIETUIIOED •, �, .�`,, l�k . .+�•t..r i ✓'•1 1•tr� I °r� :, 1/::.„ CCSO I t t/(.t\r�A ' t�/��J G\•• ,:':G�f ♦I --11 .�/-�;•, r 1' �,� ,�. r I a. , !„ 1 L•r)'1 ' •N _e 7• `( �V•��, rY•. - 1 �/ •.�..•1 �' J,+ OOLf'1.�.f'�'I ! .i _. I , �-71 , E •� • ` .\l. 9 \I•. �y+y,`j�:y% ,:t r'1 °' - •, �r�!�I�,� •., ' '\ »l ,\ JIJ/•'s \� • ' C�dr`C.-IN Z ' •/'+l''• ^ _ 46��'l,l� ram _,�. T _G•.,� T r // • �, ) r��` ,.'. .� \ ♦\/ _ 1 \ \ // I);,y�l r •� t .�'� t,:� \�Fos J!N\J1 t /,� l/� • � • /��/ma's `�%( )�V f!!'•;'•; / ' /"'-�,�, l • �1 r:. �:.a, h>, a} � �L`a/J!,:,;;1 T�/// jJ � /• t- �i.. '(�.. � , • . ,: 1 �•f•• � � T r L� �T .r Gencralizc4l Map of Major Habitat Types COASTAL �UNE i _ .r. 1.. iJu+[[ B®LSA CHIC!► rti` ...•....r...• ..:w.........� ,w., 1.L7 EGZ7 1� M.r.•w. ....w r.rvv^+«...,•.r•.-...,n1 1� `J r 1071 C3:7 (III"DrT 3 ::ap codified from Boles Chica Surplerr.ental DEIR 81-250• . FIGURE I �' 4 separated by a lowland commonly referred to as the Bolsa Gap. , Presently, the area in the lowlands consists of wetlands, both tidal and non-tidal, uplands including coastal dunes and disturbed lands associated with oil production activities. Historically, , the Bolsa Gap was an estuary of more than 2300 acres but due to human disturbance and urban encroachment only 852 acres of ' wetlands presently remain (Novick and Hein 1982, CDFG 1981) . The area still maintains significant wildlife values for migratory ' birds, endangered species, raptors and some resident birds. The tidal wetlands provide spawning, nursery and foraging habitat for at least 32 species of fish. Environmentally Sensitive Areas ' Rare Habitat , COASTAL DUNE. The coastal sand dunes at Bolsa Chica form a narrow belt between Pacific Coast Highway and the tidal wetlands ' of the Bolsa Chica Ecological Reserve (Figure 1) . These coastal dunes are approximately 2 miles long, consist of about 13.6 acres and are entirely within the State-owned Bolsa Chica Ecological Reserve. Stein et al. (1971) referred to these coastal dunes as secondary or back dunes as opposed to primary (beach) or tertiary dunes (Rabbit Island) . These coastal dunes (secondary) usually occur ' in response to the deposition of sand forming barrier beaches which separate the estuary from the ocean (Anikouchine and Sternberg 1973, Zedler 1982). Barrier beaches were present in Los Angeles , 5 ' and Orange Counties at the mouths of most major rivers entering _the ocean such as San Diego Creek, Santa Ana River, Freeman Creek, Anaheim Creek, San Gabriel River, Los Angeles River and Ballona ' Creek. Coastal dunes have undergone severe areal reduction from recreational, commercial and residential developments in southern California. While once widely distributed along the coast in Los Angeles and Orange Counties, now only a few remnant parcels remain. Of an estimated 20 miles of coastal dunes which once existed in these counties, approximately 80% have been destroyed. The largest and perhaps most pristine of coastal dunes remains 1 at Bolsa Chica with other small parcels occurring adjacent to the Huntington Beach wetlands, Ballona wetlands and an area seaward of the Los Angeles airport. The flora of these dunes consists of at least 24 species ' and is representative for relatively undisturbed coastal dunes in southern California (Table i) (CDFG field notes 1975 and 1980-82, Barbour and Johnson 1977) . Dominant species are beachweed (Ambrosia chamissonis) , sand verbena (Abronia umbellata) , sea rocket (Cakile maritima) and beach primrose (Oenothera chieranthifolia) . While coastal dunes are rare habitats and are significant for that reason alone, they also act as buffers for the adjacent wetlands. This buffering effect minimizes human disturbance and intrusion into the wetlands. In addition, the presence of ' coastal dunes increases habitat diversity in this upland/wetland ecosystem at Bolsa Chica. 1 6 ' TABLE 1. Flora of the coastal dunes at Bolsa Chica. , Scientific Name Common Name ' Abronia umbellata Sand verbena ' Ambrosia chamissonis Beachweed Atriplex semibaccata Australian saltbush ' Baccharis douelasii Douglas baccharis Bromus mollis Bromegrass Cakile maritima Sea rocket Calvste�ia soldanella Beach morning-glory Cuscuta salina Dodder , Cynodon dactylon Bermudagrass Distichlis spicata Saltgrass ' Gasoul chilensis Iceplant Gasoul crvstallium Iceplant Gasoul edule Iceplant Happlopappus venutus Goldenbush Heliotropium curvassavicium Heliotrope , Juncus acutus Spiny rush Matthiola incana Stock Melilotus indica Sweet clover Nicotiana alauca Tree tobacco Oenothera chieranthifolia Beach primrose Polypogon interruptus Beardgrass Raphanus sativus Wild radish ' Salsola kali Russian thistle Sonchus oleraceus Sow thistle 1 7 ' Significant Wildlife Habitat ' EUCALYPTUS GROVE. A eucalyptus (Eucalyptus globulus) grove is located adjacent to and on the Bolsa Chica mesa (Figure 1) . ' Generally, this eucalyptus grove forms a narrow band between the wetlands and the mesa, and is approximately 2/3 of a mile long of about 20. 5 acres. This wooded overstory consists of both dead and living trees up to 75 feet in height. Understory vegetation is sparse in the densely wooded eastern section but more abundant ' in the narrower, more open western section. Understory vegetation consists primarily of a coastal sage scrub community and grasses. ' Plant species include encelia (Encelia californica) , bladderpod (Isomeris arborea) , prickly pear cactus (Opuntia oricola) , saltbush 1 (Atriplex canescens) and bromegrasses (Bromus spp. ) . Along the southern periphery adjacent to and in the wetlands, many trees have died apparently due to prolonged inundation or a high salt content in the soil (Stein et al. 1970. Most trees on the mesa, bluff slope and in some portions of the lowland are living. ' The eucalyptus grove not only provides a tall wooded overstory in this relatively flat mesa/lowland area but also forms an ' ecotone between the uplands and wetlands. Habitat diversity is further enhanced by associations of eucalyptus-grasslands, eucalyptus-coastal sage scrub and eucalyptus(snags)-wetland communities. The primary value of this eucalyptus grove is for birds ' especially raptors (hawks and owls) . A total of 58 species have been recorded (Table 2) (CDFG field notes 1968-72 and 80-82, USFWS ' field notes 1981-82, Bloom 1982, Audubon census 1980, Stein et al . 1970 . At least eight species of birds are reported to nest 8 - --Bird s observed in the eucalyptus ' -ABLE 2. species obsery alyptus grove, Bolsa Chica. 1 Great Blue Heron Wrentit ' Common Egret Bewick' s Wren Mallard* Cactus Wren White-tailed Kite Long-billed Marsh Wren Sharp-shinned Hawk Swainson' s Thrush Cooper' s Hawk Ruby-crowned Kinglet ' Red-tailed Hawk Loggerhead Shrike Red-shouldered Hawk* Starling Marsh Hawk Orange-crowned Warbler Osprey Yellow-rumped Warbler ' Peregrine Falcon MacGillivray' s Warbler American Kestrel* Wilson' s Warbler California Quail House Sparrow ' Killdeer Western Meadowlark Rock Dove Red-winged Blackbird Mourning Dove* Tricolored Blackbird Barn Owl* Hooded Oriole Great Horned Owl Northern Oriole* ' Black-chinned Hummingbird Brewer' s Blackbird Anna' s Hummingbird Brown-h: sded Cowbird , Allens Hummingbird Western Tanager. Common Flicker American Goldfinch Nuttall ' s Woodpecker Lesser Goldfinch Ash-throated Flycatcher Rufous-sided Towhee Black Phoebe Brown, Towhee* Say' s Phoebe HOusefinch* Western Wood Pewee White-crowned Sparrow Common Crow Fox Sparrow Bushtit Song Sparrow *Nests. ' 9 ' here including non-raptorial species such as mourning doves, ' brown towhees and housefinches. Many of the 58 bird species reported have only been observed at Bolsa Chica in the eucalyptus grove. The eucalyptus grove is essential raptor habitat at Bolsa ' Chica. Eleven species of raptors are known to utilize the grove. Raptors use the grove primarily as wintering habitat but some ' species also nest here (Bloom 1982) . Raptors use the dead (snags) ' and living trees as perches for resting/roosting and for hunting. Some species nest here including red-shouldered hawks, American ' kestrels, barn owls probably white-tailed kites and perhaps others. In a recent raptor study, Bloom (1982) reported that ' "the eucalyptus and palm trees are significant because they provide the only locations where tree nesting species . . . . . . can nest. Consequently, their elimination would mean the loss ' of most of the breeding population at Bolsa Chica". Some of the raptors using .the eucalyptus grove are endangered or species of special concern. Species of special concern are species whose populations are declining; whose California breeding populations are near extirpation or whose populations are very small and vulnerable to extirpation. (Remsen 1978) . These species ' of special concern are the next candidates for the rare or endangered lists. The osprey, sharp-shinned hawk, Cooper' s hawk and marsh hawk are species of special concern utilizing the eucalyptus ' grove. The endangered American peregrine falcon frequents the grove in winter as well as the wetlands (USFWS field notes 1982, CDFG field notes 1980-82). The eucalyptus grove provides the only 10 ' potential nesting sites for ospreys, white-tailed kites, sharp- ' shinned and Cooper' s hawks. , The eucalyptus grove provides an important area for those species using the wetlands. Several raptors hunt in the wetlands such as osprey, peregrine falcon, barn owl, American kestrel, red-tailed hawk and white-tailed kite but return to the eucalyptus ' grove to rest and consume their prey. Some wetland-associated species use the grove, like great blue herons which often perch , in the trees or even mallards which have nested in the grasslands ' in the grove. This grove provides the only potential nesting sites (large trees) for great blue herons and double-crested ' cormorants. In addition to birds, other wildlife observed here include Audubon cottontails, striped skunks, long-tailed weasels, western toads, gopher snakes and others. ' RABBIT ISLAND. Rabbit Island is a sand dune area located in the State-leased portion of the Bolsa Chica Ecological Reserve ' (Figure i). Rabbit Island is primarily a sandy upland area of approximately 51.0 acres (includes 8.3 acres of wetlands) surrounded ' almost exclusively by wetlands. Topography is* characterized by A low sandy ridge (4 to V MSL elevation) running north-south. , with sand flats gently sloping towards the east. The western- margin is more abrupt at the upland/wetland interface. Several ' swales or depressions with wetland vegetation occur in the area. ' Rabbit Island has three general upland habitat types present: dune, baccharis scrub and grassland. The dune type consists of ' 11 ' a very sandy substrate and occurs along the western and central portions of the area. Typical vegetation includes beach primrose (Oenothera chieranthifolia and 0. micrantha) , sand verbena (Abronia umbellata) , beachweed (Ambrosia chamissonis) , deerweed (Lotus scoparius) , stephanomeria (Stephanomeria exigua) and others. ' The baccharis scrub type is composed primarily of Emory baccharis (Baccharis emo i) and a variety of grasses principally Bromus ' spp. . This type is located in the eastern and southern portions ' of the area. The grassland type, composed of Bromus spp. , is found primarily in the more eastern and northern areas of Rabbit ' Island. The grassland and baccharis scrub type frequently intergrade with one another forming ecotones. Small pockets of wetlands ' (8.3 acres) exist primarily in depression areas interspersed on . Rabbit Island as well as along its periphery. Wetland vegetation includes spiny rush (Juncus acutus) , Baltic rush (Juncus bzlticus) , ' shoregrass (Monanthochloe littoralis) , sea lavender (Limonium californicum) , pickleweed (Salicornia spp. ) and others. Stein et al. (1971) referred to Rabbit Island as tertiary dunes and sand flats and noted that the flora of the sand flats was composed of a number of weedy annual species. Barbour and Johnson (1977) would also classify these as older, more inland ' dunes which have been stabilized by a nearly continuous plant cover. These dunes like secondary dunes previously described are exceedingly rare in southern California. Even in 1971, ' Stein et al. (1971) reported that "this area is . . . . . . . representative of good tertiary dunes, which are becoming increasingly scarce in southern California." Rabbit Island has certainly become a 12 ' rare habitat. , In addition to being rare habitat, Rabbit Island also ' provides significant resource values for wildlife. A total of 52 bird species have been recorded on Rabbit Island in cursory surveys (Table 3) (CDFG field notes 1980-82, USFWS field notes 1981-82, Stein et al. 1971) . These bird species use Rabbit ' Island and its adjacent wetlands primarily as wintering habitat for foraging and resting. Some wetland-associated birds like ' great blue herons and black-crowned night herons rest/roost , on Rabbit Island. Other species such as marsh hawks and short- eared owls which forage in the wetlands and on Rabbit Island also rest and roost there. The endangered Belding' s savannah sparrow nests and forages primarily in the adjacent pickleweed ' marsh but has been observed using the baccharis scrub on Rabbit Island. The endangered California least tern frequently flies ' over the area. Five species of birds are known to nest on Rabbit Island ' and four others may possibly nest there also (Table 3). Most ' of these nesting species are resident land birds like mourning doves and meadowlarks. However., mallards are known to nest in ' the grasslands and in the pickleweed of Rabbit Island and cinnamon teal may also nest there. Black-necked stilts and the endangered ' Belding' s- savannah sparrow nest in the wetlands adjacent to Rabbit Island.. ' Nine species of raptors, five of which are of special concern, ' have been reported on Rabbit Island (CDFG field notes 1980-82, Bloom 1982, Remsen 1978) . Two species of special concern, the ' 13 TABLE 3. Bird.species observed on Rabbit Island, Bolsa Chica. Double-crested Cormorant Dowitcher spp. ' Great Blue Heron Sanderling Common Egret American Avocet ' Snowy Egret Black-necked Stilt Louisana Heron Wilson' s Phalarope Black-crowned Night Heron Ring-billed Gull Mallard* California Least Tern Pintail Mourning Dove* ' Blue-winged Teal Barn Owl Cinnamon Teal** Long-eared Owl American Wigeon Short-eared Owl** Northern Shoveler Anna' s Hummingbird White-tailed Kite Belted Kingfisher Sharp-shinned Hawk Horned Lark** Red-tailed Hawk Cliff Swallow ' Red-shouldered Hawk Common Crow Marsh Hawk** Water Pipit Osprey Loggerhead Shrike American Kestrel Starling California Quail Western Meadowlark* Sora Housefinch Killdeer Belding' s Savannah Sparrow* ' Willet White-crowned Sparrow Greater Yellowlegs Song Sparrow* Lesser Yellowlegs Wilson' s Warbler Least Sandpiper Brown-headed Cowbird *Nests **Possibly Nests 14 short-eared owl and the marsh hawk, are particularly important , on Rabbit Island. Both of these species overwinter at Bolsa ' Chica. While foraging in the wetlands and on Rabbit Island, the marsh hawk and the short-eared owl roost almost exclusively on Rabbit Island. Bloom (1982) noted that diurnal roosts are important to short-eared owls which usually roost in communal ' situations on the ground. Further, Bloom (1982) reports that this owl has declined in California due to the destruction of wetlands ' and may be a future candidate for the rare or endangered lists. Rabbit Island provides the only potential nesting sites for these two species, both of which may in fact nest here. Further studies ' are needed to confirm this. In addition, the long-eared owl another species of special concern, has only been. observed on ' Rabbit Island (CDFG field notes 1982) . In addition to birds, several other wildlife species inhabit Rabbit Island. Mammal species include coyotes, gray fox, Audubon ' cottontail, black-tailed jackrabbits, striped skunks, long-tailed weasels, Beechy ground squirrel, California vole, southern salt ' marsh harvest mice and perhaps others (CDFG field notes 1980-82, Stein et al . 1970 . The herpetofauna consists of western rattlesnakes' kingsnakes, side-blotched lizards, fence lizards, alligator lizards, California legless lizards and Pacific tree frogs. These herpetofauna and mammalian species are, for the most part, not rare but do represent a remnant population in a highly urbanized ' coastal Orange County. Many of these species form a "prey base" ' for the variety of avian, mammalian and reptilian predators present. wile the rodent community apparently contains few , 17 ' species, their abundance is relatively high (Hogan 1982) . In an analysis of castings from short-eared owls, barn owls -and American kestrels all of which forage on Rabbit Island, California ' voles and southern saltmarsh harvest mice composed a major portion of the diet for these species (CDFG field notes 1981-82) . California voles (Microtus californicus stephensi) and southern saltmarsh harvest mice (Reithrodontomys megalotis limicola) ' are species of concern to the Department because these subspecies are only found in some Los Angeles and Orange County coastal wetlands. These species are probable candidates for the future ' rare or endangered lists. Similarly, the California legless lizard is uncommon and has only been found on Rabbit Island (Stein et al. 1971) . Rabbit Island is an important uplands in the present wetland ' system. As the mesas are developed, Rabbit Island will -become increasingly more important, since it may be the only large ' upland area remaining. Warner Avenue Pond ' In addition to the upland environmentally sensitive areas described in this report and the previously described wetlands ' (CDFG 1981) , there exists another small wetland which deserves special recognition. This wetlands is located on the Bolsa Chica mesa adjacent to Warner Avenue (Figure 1) . The wetland of approximately 1.7 acres is composed of a small ponded area with adjacent vegetation of bulrush (Scirpus robustus ) and pickleweed ' (Salicornia virginica) . Aquatic vegetation like wigeongrass 16 ' Ru is maritima is also resent. ' (� �) P This small wetland is a remnant of the once extensive saltmarsh ' at Anaheim Bay (Speth et al . 1976) . This wetland was cutoff from the larger saltmarsh by the construction of Los Patos Road which ' is now Warner Avenue. This wetland no longer receives regular tidal flushing. It does receive seawater from culverts beneath ' Warner Ave. and from precipitation and runoff. Water salinities range from brackish in winter to hypersaline in summer (CDFG ' field notes 1980-81) . ' Due to the lack of regular tidal flushing and . corresponding decrease in biological diversity, this wetland is considered ' degraded pursuant to definitions and criteria outlined in CDFG (1981) . The area continues to function as wetlands, however, and does provide moderate habitat values for wetland-associated birds. This wetland is not severely degraded pursuant to PRC ' Section 30411 of the Coastal Act. A total of 18 species of wetland-associated birds have been observed here (Table 4) (CDFG field no es 1980-82, USFWS field ' notes 1982) . Both the endangered brown pelican and the California least tern occasionally use this wetlands. While this wetland , provides primarily wintering habitat for birds, a mallard has successfully nested there for the last three years. ' Intensive fish, mammal and invertebrate studies have not been conducted on this small wetland. One fish species, Tilapia ' sp. , has been observed here and others may be present. ' 1 17 ' TABLE 4. Bird species observed at the Warner Avenue Pond Boisa Chica. ' Brown Pelican ' Double-crested Cormorant ' Great Blue Heron Common Egret Snowy Egret Mallard* Pintail Sora American Coot Dowitcher spp. Western Sandpiper Black-necked Stilt Ring-billed Gull Bonaparte Gull ' Forster' s Tern California Least Tern Caspian Tern ' Red-winged Blackbird *Nests 1 18 1 Recommendations ' The Department of Fish and Gaine suggests the California , Coastal Commission adopt the following recommendations. 1. The following areas are "environmentally sensitive" pursuant ' to PRC Section 30107. 5: coastal dune along Pacific Coast ' Highway ( 13.6 acres) , the eucalyptus grove (20. 5 acres) , Rabbit Island (51.0 acres) and the Warner Ave. pond (1.7 acres) ' in the Bolsa Chica area. 2. These "environmental) sensitive areas" will be protected ' Y pursuant to PRC Section 30240. 3. A buffer area should surround these sensitive areas to ' protect their resource values and maintain their integrity. 4. The buffer area should be no less than 100 meters in width ' and completely surround the sensitive areas where possible. ' In areas where the recommended buffer zone is not feasible, other measures should be incorporated as effective barriers ' between development and the sensitive areas . 5. In the event that an ocean entrance proves feasible, and its construction results in loss of Rabbit Island, the quantity ' and quality of the wildlife values of Rabbit Island would have to be relocated elsewhere in the Bolsa Chica lowlands . ' .. 1 1 - 19 - References i 1 Anikouchine, W. and R. Sternberg. 1973. The World Ocean - an introduction to oceanography. Prentice-Hall Inc. , New ' Jersey. Barbour, M. and A. Johnson. 1977. Beach and dune. In: M. Barbour and J. Major eds. Terrestrial Vegetation of California. John Wiley and Sons. Bloom, P. 1982. Raptor inventory and habitat assessment for ' the Bolsa Chica area, Orange County, California. Draft Report. Predatory Bird Research Group, Santa Cruz. Submitted to U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Laguna Niguel. California Department of Fish and Game. 1981. Determination of the status of the Bolsa Chica wetlands. Submitted to the California Coastal Commission. tHogan, D. 1982. An inventory of the small mammal population on Rabbit Island, Bolsa Chica. Ecological Reserve. Draft Report. Biological Survey Services. Submitted to the California Dept. of Fish and Game, Huntington Beach. Novick, H. and R. Hein. 1982. Bolsa Chica - a coastal wetland ' restoration project. Abstract. Submitted to the California Wetland Restoration Workshop, February 18-20, 1982, Hayward. ' Remsen, J. 1978. Bird species of special concern in California. An annotated list of declining or vulnerable bird species. Draft Report. Submitted to the California Dept. of Fish ' and Game, Sacramento. Speth, J. , B. Browning and K. Smith. 1976. The natural resources ' of Anaheim Bay-Huntington Harbour. California Dept. of Fish and Game and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Coastal Wetlands Series No. 18. ' Stein, J. , E. Kreppert, G. Collier, R. Dingman, R. Feldmeth, J. Henrickson and K. Macdonald. 1971. An environmental evaluation of the Bolsa Chica area. Volumes I-III. Dillingham Environmental Company. Submitted to Signal Properties, Inc. , Los Angeles. Zedler, J. 1982. The ecology of southern California coastal ' salt marshes: a community profile. Biological Services Program. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. FWS/OBS-81/54. 1 40 41 r CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH 2000 MAIN STREET P. 0. BOX 190 CALIFORNIA 92648 Louis F. Sandoval Public Works Department Director (714) 536-5431 November 1, 1993 rCounty of Orange Environmental Management Agency/Transportation Planning P.O. Box 4048 Santa Ana, CA 92702-4048 Attn: Mr. Ron Taira r Subject: Huntington Beach General Plan Update Modeling Dear Mr. Taira: As you are probably aware, the City of Huntington Beach is currently in the process of updating our General Plan. The City has therefore undertaken a review of the travel demand modeling tools available. The objective of this review was to determine the best approach to developing the traffic projects needed to support the General Plan update effort. The two models considered for use in this effort are the Huntington Beach/Orange County Traffic Analysis Model (HOCTAM) and the Santa Ana River Crossings Cooperative Study model (SARCCS). The review effort included evaluation of the model land use and network assumptions, and a detailed comparison of the recently published traffic forecasts from each of these modeling tools. Based on this review of the HOCTAM and SARCCS models the City g of Huntington Beach has determined that SARCCS is a better tool for analyzing General Plan build-out traffic conditions in Huntington Beach. SARCCS includes both more network detail and a better estimate of adjacent General Plan build-out land use in the following cities: • Fountain Valley • Costa Mesa • Newport Beach The general level of consistency of the two models has also been investigated, the SARCCS model is expected to provide traffic forecasts which are generally consistent with r r previously published forecasts from HOCTAtit for the western portion of Huntington Beach. This evaluation was based on a comparison of the published traffic volumes from the Bolsa Chica project alternative to the unpublished traffic volumes from the SARCCS baseline model forecasts. The City of Huntington Beach would appreciate a brief letter from the County of Orange Environmental Management Agency (OCEMA) indicating approval of this proposed approach to the development of General Plan update traffic volume forecasts. Like%vise, if the (OCEMA) should have any reason to oppose this approach, the City of Huntington Beach would appreciate communication to this effect at your earliest convenience. ,. Please feel free to contact Bruce Gilmer at (714)536-5525 or myself at (714)536-5523 should you have any questions or wish to discuss this matter further. Sincerely, � James D. Otterson, P.E., P.L.S. Traffic Engineer JDO:dw xc: Louis F. Sandoval, Director of Public Works Ray Silver, Assitant City Administrator Robert E. Eichblatt, City Engineer Bruce Gilmer, Associate Traffic Engineer Howard Zelefsky, Planning Director Laura Phillips, Senior Planner, General Plan Update Project Transportation Commission Jeff Sinn, City of Fountain Valley Peter Naghavi, City of Costa Mesa Don Webb, City of Newport Beach E.-MAGener 1 42 Ul 04:4V'A i EDITORIAL PAGES COUNTY U.AnQeks�tmee a� Ancient Bones Stir Controversy a Wetlands:Poe of bonding at BoW ago aocwe devdopment firm,ar&ooioglst of UhV to mention lindiftp of human remaim B DRIDwR E HUN=GTON UACH—oppornatr of 44vtWpft thf Bolas Chka weusstda theled Wndq that the K*U-Peal 1$atata Grata and Its prirau araAaoloSlet withheld In. j formation about the dtecov.ry avt 1,000•year-old human .�.... . bone at the dta. w A Kota offield and the archeologist dannfd the aftuss- rUGIL �. The praMq of ions boas shaRi and crtnlal fraglam4 won dlselesed by.lady ldysre linehey.a foefode anthro. PoW04 and Cal State 111tilertm lastrttotor.She aamiasd the hagamts at w eseavatton ate and at We labontary of Sdanuffo Resource Strveye Int.a Private ardwwopeai nmi hb*i by ML In a report.Sudhey wrote"The skeletal r=Wm eamft ,.. from this sits am very old,appradmauly!l.tll)0 yeah old u • indicated train some Current dating procedures . . . the ' bona eomaa rrom a uniform layer. the uppee part or the Plafetoceae terrace deposit. For tote rsuo% the bone Is clearly prehlstork and cannot be cotMt�ed MIA modern a skw*w maurW of fortnale Munn to the Coroner." e'= Suchey wu hired by the orange County coroner's offfoa to tnvesUpu the fragments after Nancy Deautels. an ` a.ensolo" and owner of Scimttlfe Raw". told the C=rAr that human bona bad been round during an Wbat bee,m4ared snvironmental M Is that no mention of the baoss. their age or poadble areheolotfCal dgnntt- t �. cane was made b county Planners and thus dId oot appear In the county's reeanu,released draft of an savuMmenul lift"ns ARKAM tie Parks Have Worn Out the Welcome ■ Recreation:Once seen a$neighborhood assets,they are now viewed by some in Dana -� � '^•"�'� Pnint as havens for crime and violence. 1g9i'It LOS ANGFIES TIMFS ORANGE COUNTY *• � -Apparently we have a group or very difficult to determine what Resources Conwnisaon and profes- INS. Ancient Bones groups that are questioning the you have." sar of antlscnpoioo at Cal State draft's veracity and we would be Desautels and David Kiee, a Umvermty at Los Angeles', the fosdaxwd f"M lh Said Dunm "The Land Trust happy to address that and answer human asteolagtst wwkmg with finding of Doman skeletal remalas impact report on the Koll develop- group is really making much ado their quesL040.-Matthews sad Desautels.have been finding small is potentially itgnil N=L _ toms about material that is still under Desautels,the p tharcheolo-e shells and other deporrits dating they have valor to NIn addition to �auvec Table. "I think it's alarming,to say the scientific review." bark 6,000 to TOM years at • meri- least.that the EIR released by the In addition,Dunn said that pubb- inform the cotuuty planniDS agency 30-toot-square site on the wet- canz'" Mans a.&-Me value of a county says that no human trench ddzing the fln3ng ought Jeopardise about the human bone fragments lands Up to ow,bone fragments prehistoric site increases if they because she }tad not finished her have been have a cemetery involved. And. ' have been reported an floe 13otra the integrity of the dig by enticing only h�om small animals, Chwa Mesa-said F m ie Horgan% sm wentr seekers to the site, oven anafyms,and repast Desautels said. the fact that some human remains president of the Balsa Chien Lttn& ,auards have beta hired as oeauity, When you &d bone it's very were found .could suggim that 'hnst, the main opponent of the at the site. wbose location the fragmented. heavily rei ralized Ong to Patricia Marts. a perhaps more are scattered around proloct. company did not disclose. and really di fkmh to know what member of the State Historical the area." "7o fad." Horgan said. -in the Tom Matthews,direcwr of plan- you)re dealing with.- Desautels 13IlIr they gave the not denapa- Ping for the eouoty's E aviron m- said. -Now we do have human tine for the particular ,lot; but W Management Agency, Sala bOD< �meted - More Orange County, every day! �! ender the column of any boom Monday that be area not aware o f mal hone Bot due to the nature.lea i - resaairur.it said.•Norte reported.'' the information in Soehey's report , Kull proposes to build 4,20 "1 will look into that and I will homes an 400 ages a[the site to ask our techawal staff who pre- mull; awe for the comp my spend- pared the eovitvamesW studies is - ing $0 million to rssk r+e L100 address tbst„^Matthews acid-But • s fflo ages ofwetlands. Prgiet't toes lthe Land Trust'sl comments; argue that the wetYsds should should Dave been made to sae ; rttasim untfevelopedl. espeeielb Katthew;& and the county re- , •FACE IIFT-ntdurat lo*bs*V tecllri*M men b worsen now that the area may have arrhe- candy were critidstd for retuaft- •EYB1D SURGERY—irtcltdng no slain incision tat bag removal oiosmal importance. to hold public hearings on the draft':. •AGE SPOTS i TATTOOS—adrarved laser Iaclvtdoglt tnsaknent 1st response to Ek rgads eriti- environmental impact report. , .BREAST EN Alf •I111POSUCTION—men 3 women lire.Lucy Ulm KWStremorvice However, interned parties AM : •NOSE SURGERY—compuits' president. said Monday that she have until Fib. 18 to submit writ- ' had not bean Sutbay's lease,but ten eom untsabout the." Bois M.Adtammn,M.D. abe defied that the Roll eompinay After the report is eevised and Repu"and�ier Newport Beach Plastic Surgeon or Dessutels hid tafa nation about completed. Maubews Bald, the Carded by The Art>arican Boast of Kmiec blsgery the I taes aft" they were u n- county will sold a aeries of pubtie (7141 W4-2662 earthed in OcLaber. herrings on the psvjeet in May. 360 San Miguel Dews,Newport Beach IMPORTANT thOSW7 our �"_u I ps To members of Prudential • • PruCareof California .SLia f0 _�jeerfsver , 9dS r ddwdyr i We sinteY hope You,your family and friends are safe and � • well. We want you to be totally assured that we will pay all your emergertiy room bills incurred on January 17th, 18th and 191h, I as a result of The Northridge Earthquake. r We at The Prudential and PruCare of Califomia are proud to serve r MiBn 111100110 tilt fly ai r �' �r `� twrr� .'�■� 43 SENT BYITOM % 3-E0-34 9137P1*1 2'7799a 714�468�071q 1 Judy Myers Aucheyl PhA ��, .ons1wa. "MK art /Q•/i - OOM %WTT9?W Ku""Al00�eM�A no tM MOM M�11MM4i ANIAIg1 me tAlf 01WL M I rwy txAMIMI►TION OF HUMAN s ELiTAI REMAINS FROM CA•0r4-87 ern Sit• visitation On Oct bar tt, 7003 pd October It, t193 I visited the sits ofICA-Ora-115 located in the beach area r near the intersection Qf split Chita andlWarner. I a with Nancy Desautela, Atehasologiet with W Scientific Resourtl Surveys, tn9h David Kite HIM 01toolopiot worklnp with iRS1 and Phillip lbanet, Native "rican Monitor. ■ I 'examined the excavation pits and photoosphod burial It (119) which had bean ■ oddastalled and parnallr exposed ! phcoolrsphsd overall views of the sxcevetion including the wet screening prosessins arpt. I oxwOned briefly the skeletal mdterial which Osd previously been •xCavIted in the laberate faellity and Spoke with both uncy 011autols and David Kice he9ording the 1naly311 `o daHo r 1t 6 skeletal remains swat from this si are vs* old "'""iaately &W years old Is indicated from was Current d►tin procedures. fhe remains reiomble the E r1Y Horizon srdtortil from Central Cali rnia retarding. the heaW minarelitati.on o the materiel: The bons acmes from a ifa m layer, the per part of the ens Ptaistoo terrace deposit. For this On, the al earl prehistoric and cannot be contused with modern skelagl material of forensic Interest to the r Coroner. The n+lneralitation and the poor Preserve ion ( uauall the only bone remaining is long bane midshafts and cra�Anituil t make detorm notion of prehistoric stato a reliable procedure. Mr. Kite, y iorkin0 with SAS has a food background in osteological procedures. i exwIlnes Plows him to dstereins she naWro of the bmw and it ary� motlorn Iforoneic material 1a ever toun+d at the site there is no doubt that he wi11 recognise it at once. I instructed both Nancy Oneuteis and David K1Ce to immedi sly inform the Coroner if such should caur. tureher site visitation should n be necessary if the remains continue tot be highly diafnostie and prehistoric. I apoks with Phillip Ibsner, Native An ri'can manitor And we discussed general outlines of the' Coroner rosponstbility i T luding why I take photographs to legally flownni; ape aonglwions, finally, i photographed and exW nod a e ni a1 frarmt 1n ths 1 aboreeery whi ah j had an sa t1c feature which ralombted in part trephination. At the and of tM excavation (swative durinf 1993 or srly 1mob it on decided that Could Ki e tesad I *Suit sWWt this materiai to tow 11 at the L. A. Comers office aMnati o , of the defect with the d setting mitmoope. The Native Americans Its in agreement with the importance of amining thil featurs,in order to properly Aterpret Part events as the Bits. 1414 art VVINW, Mi 0.d �y... �.q. 4 , ,os!11fons ..�. @A BSOI L .. 4M4Mfh tMM•N Mo Vw. N ftwe/ a/M r , r 44 s Scientific Resource Surveys, Inc. tARCHAEOLOGY—PALEONTOLOGY—HISTORY—GEOSCIENCES ' January 31 , 1994 City Council ' City of Huntington Beach 2000 Main Street Huntington Beach, CA 92648 Re: Bolsa Chica Mesa Human Bone Fragments ' SRS has worked for over ten years with the local Native Americans regarding the sites, artifacts,and human remains in Huntington Beach, both in City and County jurisdictions. Every site is excavated with a respect for the original inhabitants and any human bone materials which are recovered are handled with dignity and according to the wishes of the Native Americans. This includes the complete burial unearthed as recently as 1991 as part of the Edwards Street Widening on City of Huntington Beach property. Although the burial was located on the shoulder of the road, in full view of the public, the burial was removed discretely and quietly at the request of the Native Americans. There was no press and certainly no City Council involvement or requests for Grand Jury investigations. Both City planners and engineers respected the spirituality of the situation and Native American request for discretion and silence. The bone fragments recovered in 1993 from excavations on Bolsa Chica Mesa were no different than the City of Huntington Beach's previous situation. Reburial agreements have been in effect for all Bolsa Chica archaeological sites for nearly 10 years. All methods to be used on each site, both in general and specifically if human remains are located, have been established with the landowners and the Native American monitors. These were followed religiously during the 1993 excavations. Concentrations of bone fragments initial) began to be located durin the summer of 9 Y 9 9 1993. Within one month Chambers Group archaeologists interviewed me regarding our work on all sites on Bolsa Chica Mesa. I reported that each of the sites we had worked on, on both Huntington Beach and Bolsa Chica Mesas, contained human bone fragments and that excavations were in process on these sites. In October 1993, ' larger fragments were appearing and we called the coroner. Judy Suchey, consultant to the coroner, examined the remains, identified animal bones mixed in with the human bone fragments, including Bison, and suggested that an osteologist examine ' PO Box 4377.Huntington Beach.CA 92605-4377•Phone 714/898-7877•Fax 714;891-7458 PO Box 2349.Temecula,CA 92593-2349•Phone!Fax 714!767-2555 City Council /January 31, 1994/ page 2 i all the bone to ensure that they were properly speciated, i.e. animal bone separated from human bone, since both were mixed. In November 1993, 1 reported these findings during a lecture on local archaeology sponsored by the Amigos de Bolsa Chica, which was summarized in their December 1993 newsletter. Nothing has been hidden on this site. Professional Native Americans have been monitoring our excavations daily and three senior archaeologists appointed by the California Coastal Commission have reviewed our results on a continual basis for the last several years. I1 It is highly unethical that Ms. Pat Hammond Ware released to the press specific information regarding Native American human remains via a confidential report from a consultant to the coroner's office. The code of ethics of all professional archaeological and anthropological societies require that the concerns of the effected group, in this case the local Native Americans, be considered before any actions are taken relative to their ancestral sites, artifacts and remains. And, in fact, coordination with these groups is mandated by law (CEQA: Appendix K). It is SRS's practice to respect both the mandates of law and Native American sensitivities . Our procedures reflect this. , Sadly, this is not the standard of others in my profession. Sincerely, Nancy A. Whitney-D utels, Ph.D. Presi en i 1 t 1 45 1 Pacific Coast Archaeological Society, In g y c. P. O. BOX 10926 • COSTA MESA, CALIF. 92627 `0.f Vle CONry ENT§ TO HUNTINGTON BEACH CITY COUNCIL Honorable Members of the City Council, my name is Pat Hammon Ware, Immediate Past President of Pacific Coast Archaeological Society and the individual who submitted the National Register Nomination for the Cogstone Site, also known as archaeological site ORA- 83. I am here tonight to express my concern over the handling this site. To give you a little background, there has been a long-standing dispute with Koll Company's archaeological consultant, Scientific Resource Surveys, Inc., about first of all, the significance of the site itself and secondly, the scientific research value of the total 7.4 acres of the site ruled eli ible to the National Register of Historic Places by the State Historical Resources Commission on November 4, 1983. (Minutes attached) Because of the serious issues with this site, the California Coastal Commission established a special condition on their permit consisting of review and approval of research by an independent committee, in addition to review by a peer review committee who receive compensation from the developer. This independent committee consisted of myself; Dr. ' Keith Dixon, Professor Emeritus of California State University, Long Beach and a member of the Orange County Historical Commission for the Second District; and Dr. Patricia Martz, Department of Anthropology, California State University, Los Angeles, a member of the State Historical Resources Commission and former cultural resourca manager for the Army Corps of Engineers. We reviewed the research design in egrly 1991 and found it quite inadequate for a site of this importance. Shortly after submitting our concerns, we learned that the developer's attorneys succeeded in having us removed as a special condition of the permit, stating that review by its own compensated review committee was adequate. Since that time, we have received no further information about the work that has been going on at ' the site starting in 1992. (Letters by Dr. Dixon and Dr. Martz attached) It was very disturbing this past fall to personally observe grading activities, in conjunction with removal of the gun emplacement, that I believe destroyed a portion of the archaeological site within the National Register area, without completion of fieldwork on the site and an approved EIR. (See attached map) I would also like to draw to your attention that the Federal review process for both the archaeological site and the historic gun emplacements has been ignored and seriously jeopardizes the developers ability to obtain a Federal 404 Permit. I have attached copies of two letters from the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation. r Page Two �I Huntington Beach City Council; January 31, 1994 I have been hearing disturbing rumors of the handling of Native American burials at the site and was quite surprised when the Draft EIR, issued December 20, 1993, that on page 4.11- I 9, listed no reported burials at the site. For your review, I have attached a copy of a written report by Dr. Judy Suchey on Burial #19, which was examined on October 12, 1993, a full two months before the Draft EIR was issued. This site, as agreed by the State Historical Resources Commission, is one of the most unique and significant sites in the State of California because it is the home of more than 400 Cogstones. Now with the discovery of an 8,000 year old Native American burial with t possible evidence of ancient cranial surgery, this site becomes even more treasured. It is a most valuable, non-renewable resource that belongs to all of us...and, in my opinion, has been handled with a very arrogant attitude under a veil of secrecy. ' I urge the City Council to call for a formal investigation so that this precious site has a chance to gain its rightful place in California's prehistory. In closing, I would like to leave , you with these most appropriate words, "We have not inherited the earth from our ancestors - we are borrowing it from our children." Pat Ware 17612 Still Harbor Lane , Huntington Beach � . � . , Icy 1 . uv 3. 3,0 53o SA 1 , \J307 W J 1 1 7•430.9 ^ , 11 1 1 !JA �• M ) 1 7�J .I / 1 ur• 1 ,' F"lid 1'lu '�,11 J / '1 W Rf U I Y.7 ' 1 t lid 1 , 1� .,,1 "y�` 1 •O Q1 —1 m a n, O a)I •M ��1i, 111+1 11 ��q lit ,u r ,11„p�•�411�111 �I�1'�1 �'�'W J'' o � W OJ +-) . 11C m Cl E .r.7 / t�fl 1 1 1.�'� 1 1� ,1�'1 I 'J• r •O RS +-' N 0 1 �� 7» _ Toe If • / %//��/ �.i 1 :z� ��/ �'is c ), 1 /n/�\ ;..0,s /• I 1 N n.• � /f• 1 �/ 11 1, ,� 4. .. � <:�1=w.,, .\i:YfA•-v.v•Lac aa_.:.:,..'1+L.ti•+- .., ,. .. .. ..s STATe of CAL1104 lA--uesoURCts AGINCY OFOROe DEUKMQJIAN,Gore STATE HISTORICAL RESOURCES COMMISSION` ^EPARTMENT OF PARKS AND RECREATION ST OffICF IOX 2390 '—aACRAMFNTO,CALL/OINIA 96111 (916)44-SOU MINUTES OF THE STATE HISTORICAL RESOURCES =LMISSION Ci:y Council Chombara 1825 Strand Way Coronado, California November 4, 1983 COM."tISSION MEMBERS PR=SEN': Mr. Bruce D. Judd, Chair Dr, James M. Cahill, Vice—Chair ' Ms, Julia C. Costello Dr, Ernescinr S. Els:er Dr. Nadine I, Haca Dr. Ted C. Hinckley COMMISSION MEMBERS ABSENT ✓ Ma. Sally Woodbridge , STAFF PRESENT Dr. Knox Mellon, Executive Secretary ' Mrs. Sandra J. Elder, Assiarant Executive Secretary Mr. Aaron A. Gallup, Staff Architaccural Historian Ms. Joan M. Cunningham, Recording Secretary ' ALSO PRESENT See Attachment "A" Notice having been duly given, the regular merting. of the C.UL TO ORDER State Historical Resources Commission Was called co order in the ' City Council Chambers, 1825 Strand Way,. Coronado, California at 9r05 a.m. Chair. Judd introduced the Commission members and scuff to the , audience, Dr. Hate. moved to approve, the minutes of the special meeting MINUTES of August 4 and the regular meeting of August 5, 1983, 8/4/83 and ' of the State Historical Resources Commission. Mo. -Costello 8/5/83 seconded the motion. Motion carried unanimously. ' 1 ' -2- Dr. Cahill made a motion chat the Couuuissioa support STAFF AND ' Assembly Bill 2099, the Parks Bond Act of 1984, and send COtNISSION a letter to Assemblyman Farr.indicating.• that support. REPORTS Dr. Elster seconded the motion. Motion carried unanimously. _ ' Mr. Judd introduced the Mayor of Coronado, Mr. Pat Callahan. ' Ms. Costello made a motion to revise the Landa►ark Booklet, and have it printed in a small size cc fit glove compartments. Dr. Bata seconded the mot on and the motion carried ' unanimously. Ms. Costello initiated a discussion about the new construction figures that Chair Judd presented. She indicated chat she -was most impressed wiFh the figures and shared then with tpe audience. (Attachment VB"). N A T I O N A L R E G I S T E R O F H I S T O R I C ? L A C E S The Commission considered the resubmission of. the National Hegiscer + APPLICkT'IONS application for Rancho de Santa Teresa, Santa Clara County. RESUBMITTED After some discussion Ms. Costello moved to recommend Ranchc de Santa Rancho da Santa Teresa co the State Historic Preservation Teresa Officer for placement on the National Register of Historic Places at the local level of significance: Dr. Elster seconded and the mot on was carried unanimously. The Comaiission considered the application of CA-OIL+.-83, APPLICATIONS ' Cogstone Site, Orange County. There were people' in PENDING attendance to speak poth for and• against the application. CA-ORA-83 The first speakers were Pat Hammon, Jane Gothold and Laura Lee Micchell .of the Pacific Coast Archaeological Society speaking in favor of the application. Speaking in opposition to the application was Glen S,nich of the Metropolitan Water District. Also speaking in opposition was Robert Thornton and Dr. Nancy Desaueels, together with Ray Belandos representing the Juanero Band of 'Mission Indians. ' L considerable discussion Ms. Costello moved to recommend-ORA-83, Cogstone Site, to the Ssace Historic Preservation r for nomination to the National Register of Historic Places state level of significance. Dr. .Elxter seconded and tion carried With 5 ayes and 1 nay. Ilil; C-\LIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY LO NG G BEACH DEPARTMENT OF ANTHROPOLOGY- 377 (213)985-5171 Pat Ware, President 19 September 1993 I� Pacific Coast Archaeological Society P.O. Box 10926 Costa Mesa, CA 92627 Dear Pat: I am very concerned to hear of the further disturbance of archae- ological site Ora-83, The Cog Stone Site. Although I had been hearing rumors of inadvisable procedures on the site, your information suggests that something has indeed gone wrong. Apparently, there have been impacts on the National Register-eligible site associated with the removal of the gun emplacements. I am concerned as a member of the Orange County Historical Commission for the Second District, since Orange County has become the lead agency, , and I am concerned because of previous familiarity with the site and the mitigation problems. Several years ago, the Coastal Commission created an Independent ' Review Committee as a special condition of Coastal Commission Permit Application 5-89-772. I was a member, as were you and Dr. Martz. The purpose was to review the work and recommendations of the archaeological ' consultant, independently of the consultant's own contracted peer review committee. As you will recall, we filed an analysis dated 7 January 1991 which ' concluded by requesting that the Coastal Commission have the consultant bring their Mitigation program up to standard and supply the missing information and complete their documents. We were never notified when the condition establishing our committee ' was removed, nor did we ever receive a response to our analysis. Also, we have no information about any revisions of procedures nor any information ' on the results of the archaeological excavations which apparently have continued since our report. I suspect the present problem might not have occurred had our recommendations been followed. It is important to be sure that all appropriate standards and procedures are being met under County, Coastal Commission, and CEQA regulations. I urge that careful consideration be given to evaluating compliance with the applicable policies and perfor- mance standards, and I would appreciate your including my expression of concern with your transmittals. Sincerely, Keith A. Dixon, Ph.D. Professor Emeritus 1 r r CAUFORN IA STATE UINNERST IY e LOS ANGEL ES ;15I S 1A7E UNNE16r rY 0RNE LOS rVti'Gl LFS.CAL IFOILNi/\,?CO.2 Patricia Martz , Ph.D . ' Department of Anthropology Pat ware , President 20 September 1993 Pacific Coast Archaeological Society ' P.O. Box 10926 Costa Mesa, CA 92627 Dear Pat : r1 am wr i L iti& to express -my• concern regard 4 ne the add i t:l onal disturbance of the National Register eligible archaeological site ' Ora-83 , the Cog Stone Site , as the result of grading and construction of a berm in conjunction with the removal of the historic gun emplacement 128 . It was distressing to hear that this could 'happen in spite of County, Coastal Commission, CEQA, and ' pending federal permit regulations . In addition, based on my experience as a member of the State Historical Resources Commission., and my past experience as a cultural resource manager ' for the Army Corps of Engineers , I am concerned that the potential historic significance of the World War II gun emplacements has not been given sufficient review by experts in World war 11 archaeology or the State Historic Preservation Office . As you know my last involvement with the mitigation problems concerning Ora-83 was in 1991 when, as a member of an Independent Review Committee created as a special condition of Coastal ' Commission Permit Application 5-89-772 , I reviewed and commented on a research design to mitigate the impacts of the proposed K.. oll/Signal Landmark project. although I expressed serious ' concerns regarding the adequacy of the research design, I was never informed as to the outcome and I did not receive any information regarding the final version of the research design, or the results of the arc hacalo ic.a excavations which i understand have continued 1 �_. _- since that time . I understand that you are writing to urge that ORA-83 and the ni5tur is nor id War II g,in. emplacements he given proper consideration with respect to applicable historic preservation regulations . Please request a copy of the results of the ' excavations at ORA-83 , and include my letter of concern with your transmittals . Sincerely , Patricia Martz , Ph. D. T1.2( kLi Crz :4 C01 i.ZGE5 r Advisory I� Council On O D Historic Preservation The Old Post Office Building Reply to: 730 Simms Street.=401 'I 1100 Pennsylvania Avenue.NW.=809 Golden.Colorado 80401 Washington. DC 20004 November 29, 1993 Col. R.L. VanAntwerp District Engineer US Army Corps of Engineers Los Angeles District II P.O. Box 2711 Los Angeles, CA 90053-2325 RE: Bolsa Chica Project, Orange County, California. , Dear Colonel VanAntwerp: In response to our October 6, 1993 letter to you regarding the ' Bolsa Chica Mesa project, we have received a letter from James T. Burroughs, an attorney representing the Koll Company. Mr. Burroughs provided us documentation of the Koll Company's state and ' local permits to complete the bunker demolition work on Bolsa Chica Mesa, along with information on the historical significance of the World War II bunkers, use of Native American monitors on the ' project, and a Memorandum of Agreement with a peer review group regarding two archaeological sites in the vicinity of the bunkers. The information provided is intended to demonstrate that the activities on Bolsa Chica Mesa are not within the area of potential ' effect (APE) for the proposed Section 404 Permit, and that the Koll Company has been taking into account the effects of the demolition work on historic properties in compliance with state and local law. ' As you are aware, Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act not only requires federal agency heads to take into account the effect of an undertaking on historic properties, but to also afford ' the Advisory Council a reasonable opportunity to comment with regard to such undertaking prior to issuance of any permit or license (16 U.S.C. 470f) . Despite the Koll Company's good ' intentions in carrying out measures to mitigate the effects of the demolition work on significant cultural resources, the basic requirement of Council's regulations (36 CFR Part 800) have not been met: specifically, consultation with the State Historic ' Preservation Officer (SHPO) and the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation was not completed before the company proceeded with demolition. It is our understanding that the Corps of Engineers has not changed its position, as stated in your February 19, 1993 letter to me, that the Bolsa Chica Mesa project is in the area of potential effects (APE) for the Section 404 permit under consideration. If this is not the case, please inform us. ' 1 t In spite of the complexity of this situation, we recommend that you ' very carefully consider whether the Koll Company's actions in initiating demolition of the World War II bunkers have had an adverse effect on any National Register eligible properties, whether such work should be considered anticipatory demolition, and ' whether the circumstances justify granting a Section 404 permit despite the effects the Koll Company's actions have had on the bunkers and archaeological sites ORA-83 and ORA-85. As a first ' step in making this determination, we recommend you request the SHPO's comments on the eligibility of the properties in question. once the Corps, in consultation with the SHPO, has determined the eligibility of these properties, you should proceed with assessing the effects of the work already completed on eligible properties within the APE, and the SHPO and Council should be provided an opportunity to review the mitigation measures that have been proposed or completed for the Bolsa Chica Mesa project for consistency with Federal standards and guidelines. By copy of this letter we are informing Mr. Burroughs of our continuing concern regarding this issue. If you have any questions or wish to discuss these issues further with a member of our staff, please contact Carol Gleichman at (303) 231-5320. Sincerely, Claudia Nissley Director, Western Office of Review � Advisor On COPY Council 'I Historic Preservation 'I The Old Post Office Building Reply to: 730 Simms Street.=401 1100 Pennsylvania Avenue.NW.=809 Golden.Colorado 80401 Washington.OC 20004 October 6, 1993 Colonel R.L. VanAntwerp District Engineer US Army Corps of Engineers Los Angeles District P.O. Box 2711 Los Angeles, CA 90053-2325 RE: Bolsa Chica Project. Dear Colonel VanAntwerp: ' It has come to our attention that the Koll Company of Newport Beach, California, may be destroying significant historic and ' archaeological properties on Bolsa Chica Mesa as part of the Bolsa Chica Project. It is our understanding that the Koll Company has applied to the Corps of Engineers for a permit under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act, and that you have informed them that the , entire project area is to be considered in environmental review for purposes of NEPA. We are extremely concerned that historic properties are possibly being destroyed without the Corp's having obtained the comments of the Advisory Council, as is required under ' Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act (NHPA) . Such actions, if carried out by a permit applicant in an effort to avoid review under Section 106, are considered "anticipatory demolition", ' a practice that is inconsistent with the intent and spirit of the NHPA. Section 110 (k) of the National Historic Preservation Act, as ' amended in 1992, imposes strict new requirements on agencies in cases of anticipatory demolition. Section 110 (k) reads as follows: "Each Federal agency shall ensure that the agency will ' not grant a loan, loan guarantee, permit, license, or other assistance to an applicant who, with intent to avoid the requirements of Section 106, has intentionally ' significantly adversely affected a historic property .to which the grant would relate, or having legal power to prevent it, allowed such significant adverse effect to ' occur, unless the agency, after consultation with the. Council, determines that circumstances justify granting such assistance despite the adverse effect created or permitted by the applicant". ' I 1 i r We request that you immediately notify the Koll Company of the provisions of Section 110 (k) and request that they cease any activities that may be adversely affecting historic properties. We ' also urge you to investigate this matter to determine whether construction activities associated with the Bolsa Chica Project have destroyed or damaged historic properties that should have been subject to protection under Section 106 of the NHPA. 1 Your consideration of this matter is appreciated. If you have any questions or require the further assistance of the Council, please ' contact Carol Gleichman of our staff at (303) 231-5320. Sincerely, ' Claudia Nissley Director, Western Office of Review r + 1I Judy Myers Suchey, Ph.D. )V-AK� FORENSIC ANTHROPOLOGIST 'I CONSULTANT TO THE MEDICAL EXAMINER/CORONER FOR THE COUNTIES OF LOS ANGELES.ORANGE.nlvEnSIDE AND SAN BEnNAnDINO 1pfESSOn EXAMINATION OF HUMAN SKELETAL REMAINS FROM CA-Ora-83 'I :PAnfr4EnTOFAN7NnoPOLOGT Site visitation on October 12, 1993 LIFOnNIA STATE UNIVEASItT 11EEOTON.C1 92634 I� IOIIE 714 524 1265 X 11.1 524 5150 EPEn i I I 2n5-0591 Or, October 12, 1993 I vi ,,I T.A-Ora-83, located in the beach area near the intersection o. uUI. 0 Chica and Warner. I spoke with Nancy Desautels , Archaeologist with SRS (Scientific Resource Surveys , Inc) ; David Kice, Human Osteologist working with SRS; and Phillip Ibanez, Native American Monitor. I examined the excavation pits and photographed burial 19 (BB9) which had been pedastalled and partially exposed. I photographed overall views of the excavation including the wet screening processing area. I examined briefly the skeletal material which had previously been excavated in the laboratory facility and spoke ' with both Nancy Desautels and David Kice regarding the analysis to date. The skeletal remains coming from this site are very old, approximately 8000 years old as indicated from some current dating procedures. The remains resemble the , Early Horizon material from Central California regarding the heavy mineralization of the material . The bone comes from a uniform layer, the upper part of the Pleistocene terrace deposit. For this reason , the bone is clearly prehistoric and cannot be confused with modern skeletal material of forensic interest to the Coroner. The mineralization and the poor preservation ( usually the only bone remaining is long bone rnidshafts and cranial vault) make determination of prehistoric status a reliable procedure. Mr. Kice, currently working with SRS, has a good ' background in osteological procedures. His experience allows him to determine the nature of the bone and if any modern forensic material is ever found at the site there is no doubt that he will recognize it at once. I instructed both ' Nancy Desautels and David Kice to immediately inform the Coroner if such should occur. Further site visitation should not be necessary if the remains continue to be highly diagnostic and prehistoric. I spoke with Phillip Ibanez , Native American monitor and we discussed general ' outlines of the Coroner responsibility including why I take photographs to legally document my conclusions. ' Finally, I photographed and examined a cranial fragment in the laboratory which had an enigmatic feature which resembled, in part, trephination. At the end of the excavation (sometime during 1993 or early 1994) it was decided that David , Kice and I would submit this material to Steve Dowell at the L. A. Coroner's office for examination of the defect with the dissecting microscope. Tile Native Americans are in agreement with the importance of examining this feature in order to properly interpret past events at the site. ' Judy Myers Suchey, PIT. D. Forensic Anthropologist ' Report written on October 16, 1993 Attachments : map of bone concentrations on CA-Ora-83 and resume of David Kice -1 6raT0 65 24 - FRG11 _.0�-rD5TunE :."ITL - TU Contact: Lucy Dunn Koll Real Estate Group, ' (714) 374-2477 i FACT SHEET Y - ! Archeological Excavations at Bolsa Cluca How long have archeological!excavations been going on at Bolsa Chica Mesh. A:' Several archeology sites on Bolsa Chiea Mesa have been subject to study and excavation since the 1970s. Tate most recent excavations, which are the subject of the ' newspaper articles, were initiated in the summer of 1992. The excavations werq conducted on one of the sites ORA-83)by Scicntific Resource Surveys, Inc.,'uaderl the direction of Dr: Nancy A. Whitney-Desautels. All of the work done by SRS, 11;c. h4s been reviewed byi an expert team of peer reviewers, comprised of three of the state'$ ! most distinguished amhaeolo `sts. 1 i F Q: Were hunwn bone f6gmeut4 discovered at this site? When were they discoyere ? A. Yes. Human bone fragments Le been discovered at this site by the archeologk a '!' F' consultants as early as fall, 19p2. At the time of their discovery however, the ; fragments were isolated not:discovered in the context of related human bone ' ' . fragments. Moreover, the arcphwlogist uncovered both.human and animal bone► i fragments and at the time of djwovay did not have sufficient information to determine what was what: The bone fragments were sent to UCLA for further exarninatioe to' r - determine which frments were human and which were animal. Results of the,,UCLA studies were not made available until 1993. Qi What action did Dr. DesautOb take upon receiving results of the UCLA Swaim? A: Once Dr. J)esautels had confirmation that the bone fragments she discovered werel � kk human, she not�ed the coroner's office as required by state law. Judy Suchey bras h i hired by the coivner',s office investigate the report, and her report to the coroner was ' the document discussed in thQ news articles. Neither Dr. Desautels nor Koll Real Estate Group ureic aware of Judy Suchey's report or were provided with a copy{of the 3 : report until it was given to the company by newspaper reporters. ! j a j 2213VWsit. S'•.ire 32 (714)374.24777 } i ! PAX(914)J74-2476 i 1 Fact Shed January 25, 1994 -y Was this information disclosed to the County for inclusion in the.EIR? >; A: The County's EIR reports that human bone fragments had been discovered on ORA-85, another archeological site on;the Bolsa Chica Meaa. Discovery of human boner ; fragments at ORA-83 and on the Bolsa Chica Mesa was disclosed to Mr. Roger Mason, s the staff'archeologist at The Fhamberrs Group, the County's EIR consultant, fo* consideration in'preparino the EIR. Dr. DesauteIs met with Roger Mason during the _ :i summer of 1993 and discussed her findings with him. She disclosed to rum that human '- bone fragments had been found at Bolsa Chica Mesa, but that until she completed her excavations and prepared a comprehensive report, the significance of the discoveries could;not be determined. Ms. Suchey's report is the first "official" written -< documentation regarding the age of the materials that could have been given to 4he I, County. If Di. Desautels or Poll Real Estate Group had been aware of Ms. Su;hey's i report, it would have been provided to the County. r r iAiI � � 11 :`Q Should this information be 4dded to the F.IIt' k E A: Yes. ConflrmatIdn of human bone fragments at ORA-$3 should be added to the P-TR however, the impact of this nqw information may not be known until such time as W. <:, :# I)esautels Completes her report and can analyze the bone fragments within the overall context of the other material (beads, grindstones, etc.) she has discovered at theite� j 33 I I �I I : I � I .r r?} 1 . ., To. P.03 46 9 � C ' 3 ! rn -ri90 D rP O ' C14-1 ' My name is Ernest Bartolo and I have lived at 6142 Jasonwof�d Drive in Huntington Beach for 15 years . �/G/� F T Y � ' I have been following the actions of this City Council and am very disturbed by the tactics being used to undermine the 1989 Bolsa Chica Coalition Plan , which was endorsed by the previous City Council . This meeting tonight is just another example of the waste of taxpayers money and staff time in an effort to stop the development and restoration of the wetlands . I have taken a tour of the site and seen first hand the oil ' wells, pipelines , debris and degraded wetlands that this Council wants left alone . ' That is why , I support the Bolsa Chica Plan and believe that the development of 25% of the private property in return for over 1 , 100 acres of restored wetlands in addition to the 22 miles of hiking and biking trails will improve the "image" of our ' community . We have the opportunity to create a wetlands habitat and a ' beautiful "residential community" that would be the envy of the State and surpass anything west of the Mississippi . I believe in progress and feel that this City Council should stop trying to ' undermine the efforts of the landowner and the County and start working with them to develop an upscale community that we can be proud of. The actions of this Council is very transparent - it ' s against growth. The City of Huntington Beach is where it is today because of progress ! I believe that we should continue to move ' forward instead of stopping growth. You are trying to control "private property" to your own personal desires. This council is behaving irresponsibly to the disadvantage of the ' "silent" majority and I ' m personally tired of it . 1 1 STATEMENT TO THE HUNTINGTON BEACH CITY COUNCIL JANUARY 31 , 1994 ' DURING THE PUBLIC HEARING ON THE ORANGE COUNTY BOLSA CHICA EIR OF DECE ER 20 , 1993 GOOD EVENING MAYOR MOULTON-PATTERSON AND MEMBERS OF THE CITY COUNCIL . ' MY NAME IS DR . ROBERT WINCHELL I AN A PROFESSOR IN THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES , ' CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY LONG BEACH , A REGISTERED GEOLOGIST IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND A RESIDENT OF HUNTINGTON BEACH . I APPEAR BEFORE YOU TONIGHT PRIMARILY AS A PROFESSIONAL GEOLOGIST ' ACTING IN THE PUBLIC INTEREST . I MIGHT ADD , HOWEVER , THAT MY PROFESSIONAL BACKGROUND ALSO MAKES ME AN EXCEPTIONALLY CONCERNED ' CITIZEN , RESIDENT AND TAXPAYER WITH REGARD DEVELOPMENT PROPOSED FOR THE BOLSA CHICA . THE MOST FUNDAMENTAL AND FATAL DEFECT OF THIS EIR IS ITS FAILURE ' TO FULLY DISCLOSE INFORMATION NECESSARY. FOR THE PUBLIC AND ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE TO A COMPLETELY INFORMED DECISION CONCERNING PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT IN THE BOLSA CHICA . ' BECAUSE OF TIME CONSTRAINTS I WILL ONLY BE ABLE TO INDICATE A VERY FEW OF THE MANY AND IMPORTANT REASONS FOR THIS STATEMENT . I ' ASK WHY THESE AND THE MANY OTHERS LIKE THEM DO NOT APPEAR IN THE EIR . 1 . GEOLOGISTS AS WELL AS STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS AND ARCHITECTS KNOW ' THE WATER SATURATED SOILS LIKE THOSE IN THE BOLSA CHICA , REFERRED TO AS BAD OR POOR GROUND, TO BE SOME OF THE WORST KIND OF SOILS THAT ONE COULD CONTEMPLATE FOR THE LOCATION OF STRUCTURES , ' ESPECIALLY HABITABLE STRUCTURES . 2 . THE NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD FAULT IS CONSIDERED BY GEOLOGISTS TO BE THE SINGLE MOST DANGEROUS FAULT IN CALIFORNIA PRECISELY BECAUSE MUCH OF THE DEVELOPMENT ALONG THIS ACTIVE FAULT IS ON BAD GROUND EXACTLY LIKE THAT WHICH OCCURS IN THE BOLSA CHICA AREA . 3 . ONLY 5-10e OF THE DAMAGE ASSOCIATED WITH AN EARTHQUAKE INVOLVES FAULT RUPTURE . THE ;OTHER 90-95% RESULTS FROM SHAKING EFFECTS . SHAKING EFFECTS ARE THE WORST IN POOR GROUND LIKE THAT ' FOUND IN THE BOLSA CHICA AND BECOME MORE POWERFUL WHEN FILLS LIKE THOSE NECESSARY FOR DEVELOPMENT IN THE BOLSA CHICA ARE PLACED ON THESE MATERIALS . ' 4 . THERE IS NO KNOWN OR PROVEN WAY TO BE SURE THAT LIQUEFACTION , A SITUATION WHERE SOLID SOILS , LIKE THOSE PRESENT IN THE BOLSA CHICA , BECOME LIQUID , CAN BE AVOIDED . STRUCTURES SUBJECTED TO LIQUEFACTION ARE TYPICALLY SEVERELY DAMAGED , PERHAPS DESTROYED AND/OR NO LONGER USEFUL OR HABITABLE . 1 S . THE GEOLOGICAL LITERATURE IS FULL OF PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE DISASTROUS EFFECTS OF EARTHQUAKE SHAKING EFFECTS INCLUDING ' LIQUEFACTION ASSOCIATED WITH MATERIALS LIKE THOSE FOUND IN THE BOLSA CHICA . SOME OF THE PHOTOGRAPHS COMMONLY USED TO ILLUSTRATE THESE EFFECTS WERE TAKEN IN THE BOLSA CHICA , HUNTINGTON BEACH AND ' NEARBY AREAS . THESE PHOTOGRAPHS PROVIDE GRAPHIC EVIDENCE OF THE DANGERS ASSOCIATED WITH DEVELOPMENT IN THE BOLSA CHICA AREA , WHICH CAN BE UNDERSTOOD BY SOMEONE WITH NO BACKGROUND IN GEOLOGY . YET NOT ONE OF THESE PHOTOGRAPHS APPEARS IN THE EIR . I HAVE ' SLIDES OF SOME OF THESE PHOTOGRAPHS WITH ME IF YOU WISH TO SEE THEM AT SOME POINT . 6 . ANOTHER EARTHQUAKE ALONG THE NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD FAULT , LIKE THE 1933 LONG BEACH EARTHQUAKE , WHOSE EPICENTER WAS ONLY 10 MILES FROM THE BOLSA CHICA , WAS PROJECTED BY THE FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY IN 1980 AS RESULTING IN THE LOSS OF 29 ,000 LIVES AND 69 BILLION DOLLARS IN COSTS . THESE LOSSES WERE AND STILL CAN BE , EXPECTED TO BE CONCENTRATED LARGELY IN DEVELOPED AREAS LIKE THAT PROPOSED FOR THE BOLSA CHICA . ' IN CLOSING , I WISH TO SAY THAT IN MY BEST OPINION AS A PROFESSIONAL GEOLOGIST THAT , SHORT OF BUILDING ON THE SIDE OF AN ' ACTIVE VOLCANO OR ON ACTIVE TIDAL FLATS , THE COMBINATION OF BAD GROUND AND PROXIMITY TO A KNOWN ACTIVE FAULT MAKE IT A TYPE EXAMPLE OF WORST KIND OF AREA THAT COULD BE CONTEMPLATED FOR DEVELOPMENT . I BELIEVE ANY GEOLOGIST UNFETTERED BY A VESTED ' INTEREST WILL TELL YOU THE SAME . SUCH AN AREA IS ONLY FIT FOR FOR USE AS OPEN SPACE IN PERPETUITY . TO DO OTHERWISE IS TO UNNECESSARILY AND INDEFENSIBLY RISK NOT ONLY THE LIFE , LIMB AND PROPERTY NOT ONLY OF THE RESIDENTS WHO WOULD LIVE THERE BUT THE FINANCIAL RESOURCES OF ALL TAXPAYERS . THANK YOU FOR PROVIDING THE OPPORTUNITY TO ME , THE CITIZENS OF ' THIS COMMUNITY AND OTHER INTERESTED CITIZENS TO MAKE PUBLIC COMMENTS CONCERNING THIS VITAL MATTER , AN OPPORTUNITY WHICH THE COUNTY AND SUPERVISOR WIEDER HAVE NOT PROVIDED . 1 . . t ' 2 1 1 "iECE ;Ft.: lui 31 q ;o Fii `94 I PatWa G.deNaAe 1717'1 BOIU 49 CNca Rd.#107 Rn*Vm 17 I ;_3; - 9�1 I HARRIETT M. WIEDER �a'►� i SUPERVISOR. SECOND DISTRICT ORANGE COUNTY BALL OF ADMINISTRATION i, 10 CIVIC CENTER PLAZA.P. O BOX 687. SANTA ANA.CALIFORNIA 92702"0687 PHONE (714) 834-3220 FAX (714) 834-6109 January 31, 1994 ' The Honorable Linda Moulton-Patterson Mayor, City of Huntington Beach ' 2000 Main Street Huntington Beach, CA 92648 1 Dear Mayor Moulton-Patterson: I regret that I am unable to attend your public meeting on the Bolsa Chica Environmental Impact Report (EIR). My schedule simply did not allow me to change a ' previous commitment on a short, four day notice. In my absence, I have asked Tom Mathews, the Director of Planning for the County of Orange Environmental Management Agency, to attend tonights hearing and briefly explain the EIR schedule and process. ' I appreciate the fact that the City Council has provided this opportunity for public input, as public comment on this vital issue is extremely important. While the ' County's policy is to accept written comment, rather than oral comment during the public review period on an EIR, the County will accept a transcript from tonight's meeting as input to the public review process. I would like to emphasize that at the close of the public review and comment period on the EIR on February 18, the County will respond to all the comments received. At that time, the County will begin the public hearing process for the Bolsa Chica ' project, during which time public hearings will be conducted both before the Orange County Planning Commission and the Board of Supervisors. Because public comment is so important, I have requested that the Orange County ' Planning Commission hold one of their public hearings in the City of Huntington Beach. I believe that will allow for maximum public participation. ' In closing, I would like to reaffirm my commitment to seeing that an appropriate plan for restoration of the Bolsa Chica is approved and implemented. The future of this precious natural resource must be insured and I will continue to work toward 1 that goal. Sincerely, • HARRIETT M. WIEDER ' Supervisor, Second District HMW:sc ' COSTA MESA•CYPRESS•GARDEN GROVE•HUNTINGTON BEACH•LOS ALAMITOS•ROSSMOOR•SANTA ANA•SEAL BEACH•STANTON SUNSET I TOWN HALL MEETING, 1/31/94 % �C.�..�� � —,M G Madam Mayor and other Councilpersons: Let me start by paraphrasing Alice in Wbnderland, "This EIR is becoming curiouser and curiouser." C The County Environmental Management Agency representative has 6471 ��n� said he knew we would all be very pleased with the document when / 1 it came out. He also said that it would answer the questions raised in response to the City's Draft EIR/EIS and that a separate document would not be necessary. I believe the EMA representative was wrong in both regards. This document does not please me nor does it answer many of the questions ' which I raised in my letters and oral comments in response to the EIR/EIS. What happened to all of the questions and comments which were raised by the public about the last EIR? ' And in the light of recent events of the last week it is interesting to note that all of the letters addressed to the County during the Notice of Preparation comment time AND all of which raised questions regarding the archeological material were omitted from the Appendix in which the other letters were published. "Curiouser and curiouser." There are some glaring errors in this report. Bolsa Chica State ' Beach is said to extend all the way to the pier on one page and to the cliffs on another page. There are drawings in which the key to the size bears no resemblance to the numbers on the ' drawing and it is therefore impossible to interpret the drawing In any meaningful way. I am referring to the drawings of the view along Los Patos Avenue. In the Alternatives section, the ' County dismissed the City's application for the North American Wetlands grant as having been "withdrawn" and consequently not worth further attention. This application has NOT been ' withdrawn and this error should be corrected without further ado. In addition, the biodiversity park section is dismissed as being unattainable due to lack of funding. I think a call to the President of the Bolsa Chica Land Trust would have set the ' report writers straight on this. Page 2 And on page 2-3 of the report the writers are still using the word ' "support" to describe the position of various government agencies. ' This has been shown to be a falsity and yet the County is still allowing this charade to go on. ' The County has allowed us sixty (60) days to review this report. However we can review and review but we will not have any more ' answers before the review period is up. We are being asked to accept this project with very incomplete r information. This does not appear to be an honest effort to present information but rather an attempt to bamboozle the public. I do not believe the California Environmental Quality Act was meant ' to be used in this way. The public should be given answers to their questions and a further chance to respond after the sixty-day period is up! Thank you for this oppo tunity to voice my concerns. 4c, y Donaven Los Patos Avenue r Huntington Beach, CA 92649 714 840 7496 ' Attachment: 6 Non-support letters r r r r r r r r From the desk of...... ly Qnn $PIe9e/ AmEJEAN DucHlssE�ar� I« lea"'^`I �'3r-5y �i<1NTINGTON i, 92C�17 r / -Vo lsa CA,c K 714-g46-5150 SUBJECT: PRESERVATION OF THE BOLSA CHICA WETLANDS b MESA, 1700 ACRES INTACT _ Welcome to the twilight zone, friends and neighbors...a place where it iscertainty that when we humans run out of OPEN SPACE, we will surely run out of sanity. The land and open space we know as THE BOLSA CHICA are the last vestiges of California" coastal wetland system. For the purposes of this statement, speaking philosophically, ) who really owns a BOLSA CHICA? I propose to you that no one really can own it, nor should they try. Recall that we humans are minor strands on the planet Earth... I yes, minor but important because it is we who can and do make the decisions that our grandchildren will have to live with. History tells us that our Indian forebears viewed the BOLSA CHICA MESA as sacred I ground. Eons ago, religious rites, burials, and festivals took place on this land. Tribal trade congresses met on these grounds. The secret life of the Bolsa Ehica has been locked within its bosom, but in recent years, archeological digs are yielding, its fascinating past. Rare cogstones, in various stages of manufacture, are witness to its specialness. These artifacts reveal to us that a Civilization, now gone with the seasons, held this ground with love and respect. Can we do any less; should we? Over these many years, a pattern of stoppages-to-development is becoming evident. ' Ironically, even this century's second world war provides a deterrence in the form of ' Bunkers--which have slowed ddwn the eager bulldozers. Personally I detect something more than a MIRACLE OF COINCIDENCE going on at the Bolsa Chica. Certainly the prolong public argument has provided pauses on all sides. Could there be a Guardian Angel on the wetlands? One who may be growing impatient with all of us? Productive dialogues by all the parties concerned is long overdue. I suggest a definitive purpose to further dialogues the purpose being to locate and contract with a neutral, knowledgable FACILITATOR who can take charge of the complicated land acquisition process with the end result that the entire 1700 acres remain intact' into perpetuity. I continue to recommend THE NATURE CONSERVANCY -- yes, even if we have to PAY THEM to take on this task. They'are managing the Irvine Company's ' remainder lands, they will do an equally-.fine job for the Bolsa Chica. The Orange County Board of Supervisors, this H.B. City Council and Koll Management Company offic' have the responsibility to fashion the future of the Bolsa Chica. 6HE QUESTION IS: WILL THEY ACT RESPONSIBLY, OR WILL WE ALL FIND OURSELVES IN THE Y 2000 POURING OVER THE UMPTEENTH ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT REPORT? ' Michie 326 15th St. Hdhfington Beach, CA ' 92648 ' January 28 , 1994 Supervisor Harriett M. Wieder Orange County Board of Supervisors ' Hall of Administration 10 Civic Center Plaza Santa Arra, Ca 92301 tDear Supervisor Wieder : Once again, we would like -to voice our opposition to the development of the Bolsa Chica wetlands and bluffs . Recent articles which have appeared in The Orange County Register have prompted us to attend a Bolsa Chica Land Trust meeting because of the seemingly blatant disregard for the protection of this vital area by the Koll Co. and the County of Orange. We would like to bring your at_ention to the article Bolsa Chica remains raise guest o_r.s from the January 26th Register (enclosed) . Although Bolsa Chica " is not Stonehenge" , the discovery of the bones and scull could have a significant impact on the cultural history of this county and to have a county Environmental Management Agency project manager be so insensitive to this find is unthinkable. We also believe that it is unconscionable of the ' Koll Co. to do the absolute minimum "reauired by law" in reportina the find. ' Another article that should be of interest to the County and Noll Co. is the Resi patioris eve= sand-loss issue wi a out Seal Beac: cc_-r� ss on from ----._. _g. . ...._. _ . ..._._.— _.. - - - - - - - ---- -p-- ---— - -- - the January 25th Req_ ster (enclosed) . This article no_nts out the unavoidable loss of sand caused by the jetties in Seal Beach. if the Koll ' :,o. is allowed to h-uila jetties out into Bolsa Ci ica State Beach, who will Co. be res-oc-:sibie for zne replacement of sand? The Jetties will absoiately destrr%* the south era of the beach wnic-: is one of t:^.e most ' highly utilized areas alona the Huntington coast . Are you not ashamed , as the governing board of the County , that the effort to protect and enhance a natural treasure such as the wetlands is being ' pushea aside by =nE lure of a fast dollar" This area could yield a potential cache of income as a cultural and historical site for the County if one chooses to lock beyond the short term cain . ' Dees tf E County ..^.ave . t5 citizens best interest in mird. Jr _s rhe Counr", ti±=..'_ng a bi in : eye _ Z8 C:E e'_ ,�_- _ pope tic" _ _a:'c._ tt a '-•r_V_ Ieced teb7- ' Lisa and Gordon. _ . Ntayo_ Grace W-nc ''E_ . . :-un . *e:: BeaC-. Koll Real Estate - _ = Group January 31, 1994 City Council for the City of Huntington Beach 2000 Main Street Huntington Beach, CA 92648 RE: 1/31/94 Council Agenda Item H.2 Dear Councilmembers: Council Agenda Item H.2 proposes that the City Council proclaim that "the private and public organizations currently in charge of the archaeological excavations" --which is to say highly respected and disciplined scientists, native American monitors, the Native American Heritage Commission, the Coastal Commission, the County of Orange, the Coroner's office, and others - "show a cavalier disregard about the anthropological significance of the find" of ancient ' human bones on the Mesa. Here are the facts. The root of this proposed proclamation -4s the belief that an 8,000 year old ' human bone has recently been found on the Mesa, as if that is a scientific fact. It is not. The bone fragment has not been dated as yet. It might be 8,000 years old at the oldest. It more likely is younger. The University of Georgia is currently attempting to determine the age of the bone fragment, and when its age is in fact determined, so too will its significance. The bone fragment was recovered through an excavation plan approved by the County of , Orange and the California Coastal Commission, executed by a highly respected archaeologist, monitored by native American monitors approved by the Native American Heritage ' Commission, and subject to peer review by a panel of scientists, also approved by the Coastal Commission. The bone fragment in question was unearthed in that investigation, and turned over to the coroner's office as required by law. It's significance is being assessed by the r� archaeologist overseeing the excavation effort, and by the peer review panel. That is an on- going process that has already costs hundreds of thousands of dollars. Nothing about this effort is the least "cavalier." Maybe the source of the concern expressed by Councilman Bauer's proposal is the lack ; widespread publicity about the excavation results to date. But, amateur disturbance of scared sites and historical finds has been and is a major concern. Native Americans are understandably concerned that the remains of their ancestors be handled with respect, and not become a public spectacle. The California Public Records Act expressly exempts records concerning archaeological sites from public disclosures to ensure that those sites are not desecrated. Appendix K to r California Environmental Quality Act Guidelines expressly 2213 Main Street Suite 32 Huntington Beach,CA 92618 (714)374-2477 FAX(714)374-2476 CityCouncil for the City of Huntington Beach Y � Page Two ' January 31, 1994 warns that detailed information concerning archaeological resources be handled "only on a need to know basis." For that reason, the discussion of the archaeological/anthropological finds in the Bolsa Chica area in the Draft EIR in circulation is intentionally general, as required by law. It also, however, reveals the general information available when the draft was ' finalized, including the possibility of human remains existing in the area. (See, pp. 4.11-12 - 4.11-29.). Proposals such as Agenda Item H.2 can in fact compromise an investigation and turn the fact of human remains into a public spectacle and media circus. That cannot be your purpose. As for the individual actions proposed by Agenda Item H.2, it would have the City'call for ' unspecified investigations by the Orange County Grand Jury, Orange County District Attorney, United States Department of Justice, and California Coastal Commission, in short everyone short of the FBI and Interpol. But, investigations of what? Where are the charges to support ' this mobilization of criminal investigators? Where are the names? Where are the accusations? What laws may have been broken? Koll Real Estate Group categorically and absolutely denies that any law has been broken by anyone associated with it and the archaeological investigation in Bolsa Chica, and demands that due process be followed before the City of Huntington Beach makes any suggestion to the contrary. If Councilman Bauer has any information to support any belief that any crime has been committed, or law broken, by any of the scientists, native American monitors, or anyone else ' concerned with the archaeological excavation plan for Bolsa Chica, we challenge him -- no, we demand that he discharge his duty as a responsible citizen -- to give facts as he knows them, make accusations as he believes them, and name names as he suspects them. In other words, if ' there is any beef in his hamburger, make him show it to us. We also challenge him to do so not as a local politician, hiding behind the immunity of his office, but outside of his public office and this hearing, as a citizen, so that his veracity, judgment, and motives can likewise be ' ascertained. There is nothing to be gained by political grandstanding-at the expense of legitimate science ' and the sensibilities of native Americans. Very truly yours, ' K AL ESTATE GROUP Lucy Dunn Senior Vice President �o�»rrwrt i CA41al P.AOM SAc k R Roll t P:WsZ City of Huntington Beach Council Members January 31, 994 2000 Main Street Huntington Beach, CA 92648 Members of City Council, First of all, I would like to thank you for allowing a public forum for comment on Koll's second version of the draft EIR. Secondly, I would like to commend you on your recent action setting aside the funds to allow a complete and thorough study of Koll's proposed Bolsa Chica development plan and its impact on the city of Huntington Beach. Your action on this issue is supported by many of the residents of our community - for those council members who supported this item I would like to offer my thanks for a job well done. My review of the draft EIR was limited to discussion centering on the impact to Los Patos and I wish to point out several inaccuracies and misstatements as they pertain to the Los Patos residential area adjacent to the proposed development. Page 5-106, lines 15-22 state that the "form, scale, -and massing of the structures will be consistent with that of the existing residential developments". Page 5-109, lines 32 through 38 states "that the scale, character, and density proposed precisely duplicate the existing developed residences fronting on Los Patos". The existing residences along Los Patos range from 3-6 dwelling units per acre. + The proposals outlined in the draft EIR show density levels from 6-36 units per acre directly across the I street from Los Patos (planning areas 10 and 11) with no single family residential development. This can hardly be considered a replication of densities. Six units to the acre does not precisely duplicate 36 units to the acre even if you did attend Koll's developer school of math. Page 4.12-42, lines 5 through 10 references the loss of view shed from Los Patos and states that some of these views are limited to only a few hundred feet while other views extend to the ocean". On a clear day, ground level views from every home on Los Patos extend to Santa Cataline island and beyond. I Page 4.1-32, lines 37 through 50 and page 4.1-34 lines 1 through 10 discuss a parkway landscaping program as a buffer area between Los Patos and the proposed Bolsa Chica development. The final sentence states that "with the implementation of the PDFs, the impacts to residential areas adjacent to Los Patos are considered adverse but not significant". What does that mean? If it's not in your front yard it's not significant? It's in my front yard and it is very significant to me and the surrounding community. I The Los Patos community formed a committee over a year ago at Koll's request and met several times with Larry Brose and a paid Koll consultant to discuss these very issues. It was made clear to Koll at that time that the neighborhood residents (see attached list) felt a buffer zone of single family homes South of Los Patos was necessary to maintain the character of the existing neighborhood and provide a gradual transition into higher density residential development. Koll has chosen to ignore our input and concerns. i I am not an environmentalist. I am not a biologist or a geologist or a traffic engineer. 1 don't have ' the background, knowledge, or expertise to comment on 95% of the information contained in the draft EIR. The five or six pages I have chosen to comment on pertain exclusively to an area where I do have knowledge and expertise and the document contains major flaws and inaccuracies relating to its description rof Los Patos. I sincerely hope the remaining portions of this document have not been assembled in a similar manner. In conclusion, it's clear to me that the major issue for Koll and its proposed development of Bolsa Chica is not the restoration of the wetlands; it's not the preservation of plant and animal wildlife; it's not the concerns of the neighborhood communities who will have to live with the degradation of their quality of life caused by this project for the rest of their lives. Koll only wants the Bolsa Chica developed for its ' tremendous profit potential and the revenues it will generate for Koll, not the neighboring communities and the city of Huntington Beach. They will say and do anything in their attempts to make this project appear i viable. They will move lead agency status to the county level when the local citizens and city council ' refuse to buy into their warped vision of Bolsa Chica. We can and must stop them dead in their tracks by any and all means available to us. Thank you for your time and consideration. Respectfully, ' Jack Radle 4901 Los Patos Huntington Beach, CA 92649 Los Patos Homeowner's Association Mailing List NAME ADDRESS Jacqueline Galanti 17238 Sandra Lee Chuck and Barb Steel 17202 Sandra Lee Tera Matzinger 18542 Pro Circle#C Nancy and Guy Van Patten 4842 Curtis Circle At Palicte 4852 Curtis Circle Dolly Smith 17202 Sims St. Ben and Joyce Govin 4942 Seapine Circle Ed and Pat Ramackers 4882 Seapine Circle Paul and Peggy Bowman 4931 Los Patos Tom and Nancy Donovan 4831 Los Patos Sue and Bob Polentz 4792 Curtis Circle Gene and Loni Goto 4881 Los Patos Jack and Julie Radle 4901 Los Patos Dennis and Marilyn Oba 4911 Los Patos Dave and Jeri Johnson 4921 Los Patos Mr. and Mrs Bailey 4701 Los Patos Shirley Collino 4801 Los Patos Frances Wilson 4711 Los Patos Bob and Valerie Crain 17221 Lynn Michael Tebrick 17202 Marina View PI. Sam and Rose Moreno 4821 Los Patos Joe Calo 4751 Los Patos Gary Potter 17232 Marina View PI. I Donna Hess 4621 Los Patos Mr. and Mrs. Sperling 4661 Los Patos Bill and Toni Gregory 4961 Los Patos Robert Knox 17191 Sandra Lee David Benson 4912 Seapine Tom Huntle 4882 Seapine Ms. Susan Harris 17242 Sandra Lee Mr. and Mrs. John March 17211 Sandra Lee Mr. and Mrs. Brian Wilson 17181 Sandra Lee Mr. and Mrs. John Westermeyer 17142 Marina View Pl. I Mr. and Mrs Leon Galanti 17238 Sandra Lee Mr. and Mrs. Steve Matzinger 17238 Sandra Lee Mr. and Mrs Dave Tamo 17172 Sandra Lee Mr. and Mrs. Joseph Glennon 17141 Sandra Lee 1 Mr. and Mrs. John Olsen 17152 Sandra Lee Mr. and Mrs. Peter Clark 17121 Sandra Lee Mr. John Knox 17191 Sandra Lee ' Mr. and Mrs. Joel Gunter 17211 Sims St. Mrs. Deana Hoffman 17181 Sims St. Mr. and Mrs. Robert Stellrecht 4600 Stellrecht Cir. Mr. and Mrs. Stellrecht 17182 Sandra Lee Mr. and Mrs. William Halpin 17182 Marina View PI. All residences are located in Huntington Beach with a 92649 zip code. I IJanuary 31, 1994 Huntington Beach City Council ' County Supervisors, County of Orange I Ref: Bolsa Chica/Koll Co EIR Report I first request, that the County Supervisors give the citizens of Huntington Beach, Orange ' County, and California, more time to adequately study, analyze and respond to the EIR regarding the possible development of the Bolsa Chica Wetlands. Ojections to the Bolsa Chica Development Plan With 4,000 homes, with families of 3 people: there would be over 1.2 million gallons/per day of sewage to treat, and dump into our 1 coastal waters off Huntington Beach. there would be a need for over 1.2 million gallons of fresh water per/day for these homes. Huntington Beach would face the demands of an estimated 12,000 new people into a ' city already having trouble meeting current citizen demands for services. Vehicles: in a best case scenario of 1 vehicle per house, this would add at least 4,000 ' vehicle trips per/day, within this wetland (twice daily), and add traffic to already strained roads, as well as additional air pollution of our local environment. ' THE TOTAL PRESERVATION ISSUE Huntington Beach and Orange County business and citizens, stand to gain far more in the long run if we preserve in total, the Bolsa Chica. Citizens need open space, as well as fish, birds and wildlife. ' If we do not protect places like the Bolsa Chica, and our fragile beaches and coastline, tourism dollars will flee elsewhere. Wetlands/Bolsa Chica and our beaches, provide ' recreation, tourism dollars, and jobs. Let's take a stand for the future citizens ok- Southern California, and preserve this small leftover piece of paradise. ' Sincerely, Don Slaven 225 Alabama St Huntington Beach, 92648 � M M M M M r = M = M M r M � METRO 2 The Orange County Register ORANGE COUNTY Wednesday, Jan. 26, 1994 Polsa Chica rernains' "I"'raise questions ENVIRONMENT: The report on all archaeological finds human bones may be ORIC.BOLSA [ f. �T at Balsa Chica m a year Oppo- Ardiaeo ohavibeenfascinatedwithth i' ` nents of the Koll development to most ancient found BoChkii MwUands area for near three '� this week accused her of trying to IY hide her discovery from county in O.C. They could hold gangratlons.About 2,000 artifacts have been environmental reviewers But Vlue to an archae0-,, 1r+d A#q I- hired by `; Myer,the state official in charge 10e�1 mystery. 1•" �` �} ', �i"' ' } of handling artifacts, said the ��� law requires only a report to the Dy'"TIE HICKO)( l '� ` ` V Balsa Mesa coroner, which Desautels made } I� �,� , VESA�kf,;c•,f ,, y� _ - Tpd�Qrdnge County Register in October been found�p0gpgadtto The archaeologist said bone HUNTINGTON BEACH—Hu- JklOraltggsy ,',V,. a fragments were first discovered -rdhtr remains discovered on a Z . or �tTsyli No one �r t near Warner Avenue last sum- mer, but she believed that the ttlff above the Bolsa Chica wet- 1�i4g could be the oldest ever � and date bidc AiILE were annual bones until finding flo ndsin Orange County —and the piece of skull in October might provide a clue to a prehis- '"'"r`3ta4r`r+l - AREA ••' t On Monday,Pat Ware,a local tOt�c mystery tedlo�A'= 11 Huntington On activist,accused ! 1Stbsc a;iAxepo{t on4hC remains'ftled;! � t la�iasafi{fa � Beach Mesa Koll Co of hiding the find from t¢Rhitbe,Orange County coro- { tRs environmental officials to shield ne si!bffice hasriet archaeolo• ndslalf•'if+ia 101 the development front controver- gQfs,,politicians and residents Robes, IN tIUNTINGTON MESA' sy abffz;over prehistoric life'near an expert s,i. " tkweUands. Jo- Nwgg*d stones have beenfound since the 1920s, Huntington Beach will hold a ihardc J t�Tpo�that resejnto a mortar and pestle,arrowheads,and public hearing on environmental l bu Real Estate Group hopes malni arf�u C't�•budd 4,884 homes on 1,700 � !r• ur:� ro�tl fllestR(atdaGetlgdtto5008'C.'' reviews at the site Monday saores near the wetlands between �� .rIly r' r;1'ir,.t,,fl:s o ./!�Isai>t 1�64(tiaAburial sites were found In the mid-'70s Councilman Ralph Bauer said he PJlcific Coast Highway and � , tau 0WAr,talMaaa AQw-y$oha0du'-'sQ;, OWN believes that a grand jury should t rner Avenue. ��i iurwysYr,,r rettti4tf,ato Kfl'MAW to be at least 3,500 years old. investigate the handling of the k county environmental offs- ,. t ' � ;$.at;d 't'.;fii tiit. .,�,r'. remains cliij said Monday that the discov- The Orange County Register "Somebody with subpoena erk of the ancient remains is un- powers has to haul those people likely to derail the project,but a carved around the edges. They can Historical Commission,said Bay that are 7,000 to 9,000 years in under oath and get them to tell Hilmington Beach councilman look like ancient gears. No one 8,000-year-old finds are unusual, old,according to Nancy Desau- the truth," Bauer said. "I think said development plans should knows what they were used for. although several hundred have tels,an archaeologist who made it's outrageous" halt until archaeological ques- More than 400 have been found been made statewide. the latest find when hired by the tloits are answered. near,the prehistoric human re- Remains dating back about Koll Real Estate Group to dig at But a county official said the -I'An anthropologist hired by the mains discovered by a Koll Co. 90,000 years found in Kenya and Bolsa Chica. discovery is unlikely to derail the county coroner estimated that archaeologist last year. Israel are the oldest in the world.' project. the scraps of skull and bone are "As far as Orange County and North America is thought to have Desautels said more study 8,000 years old.That would make Southern California is con- been populated since about 12,000 would be required before the Koll "After all, this is not Stone- them the oldest found here,said cerned,this is a very,very im- years ago. skull could be dated accurately henge,"said Ron Tippets,Balsa Constance Cameron,a curator at portant site scientifically,"Cam- Aside from the Bolsa Chica "I think it's safe to say it's one of Chica project manager for the the`California State University, eromsaid."It's quite significant bone fragments discovered In the oldest,"she said. county's Environmental Man- Fdllerton,Museum of Anthropol- to find human remains that old, October, there have been two agement Agency,"I'm not led to ogy. She said they might help ...Now yoq can discover what major bone finds in Orange Also potentially significant is a believe we have to preserve ev- solve the mystery of the"cogged people were eating, you can County.One is known as Laguna small hole in the cranium frag- erything as it is on site out stones,"which have been found learn what diseases they had,or Wonsan, a S,000-year-old lion of prehistoric,skull men It might be s rare iurgery—pas-—p there" �;digs throughout Orange Coun- even what use theya bad for the fragment found moFe than 60 oos- t cogged stones,". ears ago. sibly drilled to relieve headaches s'y g Cogged stones are fist-sized, Larry Myer, executive aect'o-"� The second is human remains or sickness. PREHISTORY:Cogged stones also are ancient mystery.News,Page 1 whitish-gray rocks with grooves tary of the state Native Ameri--'->discovered In Upper Newport Desautels hopes to complete a I ,J Res nat�ons.,:�over- sand-loss issue g . ,. i wi .girt S-eal..,.Beadh' cbm' mission..,,..,'... ' CMES: The City COun-, journey," said former commis- Beach commissioners_ .vigor- Cll now must decide sion Chairman Gordon LaBedz,a ously oppose the repair of the whether to disband the mental acttivviist.t.er and environ- groin, arguing that the money spent on sand:; panel permanently. Monday night the council de- "The .city suddenly came up cided it will vote Feb.7 on wheth- with$200,000 to repair the groin By KATIE HKXOX er to disband the commission. at the pier, and they had previ- The Orange County Register ` City officials contend that they ously stated they had no money are equally concerned about to put sand on the beach," said SEAL BEACH — A scuffle sand erosion, but don't have Tom Lyon, a former commis- over sand has prompted the en- enough funds to fix the problem. sioner. tire city Beach.Commission to . Since the 1930s,the city's mile- Sand is not cheap: Costs to re- resign. long stretch of beach has been plenish the city's beach are esti- The City Council accepted the eroding at a rate of 3 feet a year. mated as high as$4.5 million. resignations of the-panel Monday The U.S. Army Corps of Engi- - City Manager Jerry Bankston night after its sole rema}ning neers is conducting a$2.5 million said the city must repair the commissioner, Tom.Quinn, sub- study on beach erosion along groin or face liability for any in- mitted his letter. Orange County's 32-mile coast. juries to swimmers. Three other commissioners re-* The city this year plans to Money to repair the groin was signed last week, complaining spend about$188,750 on repairing generated by a special fund that that the city ignored their warn- a 34-year-old concrete barrier at shaved small amounts from the ings about disappearing beach. the base of the pier known as the city's general budget over nine "It's just not been a fruitful "groin." years, Bankston said. i y,UAl OIL � Gz d `�' ao oq� � C"t 4,a-�- 'L d c �'� M,bV,Y - I, N (71ilday 'Brothers runerallirectors 17911 BEACH BLVD.. P.O BOX 1038 (714) 842-7771 HUNTINGTON BEACH.CALIFORNIA 92647 FAX (714) 841-1566 ' January 27 1994 _ Mayor Linda MoultonWatterson and City Council 2000 Main Street Huntington Beach, CA 92646 Honorable Mayor and Council, It is a great concern to me and my family what the City does with the BOLSA CHICA WETLANDS! I feel there should be NO DEVELOPMENT OF ANY KIND! We ' should preserve the Wetlands as is. I do not think we need to build new homes and sacrifice such a special refuge area. I own a home and also own Dilday Brothers Mortuary 4or 26,uyears. 1 Both are in Hgntington Beach. I_was* orn and raised �n. t1i6.L-cnfg Beach area and:the third generation in this area. ,:So many 0 ng6*� ave`beeri made4n !' untington Beach; some Ito the good arid-:some t.to--jhe_bad;"but the development of the Bolsa Chica would.Jx--4xWASTE ?j;. Sincer atu Dil ay PROFESSION&INATIVE AMERICAN CULTURAL RESOURCE MONITORS January 31, 1994 - r - City Councilman City of Huntington Beach _ r _ As 'a professional Native American monitor for Orange, Riverside,and San Diego counties, member of the Tremecula Band of Mission Indians and a descendant of the Juaneno' Band, of Mission Indians, and as the only federally recognised cultural resource monitor in Washington DC , I am writing to address your council As the site representative for the Juaneno Band of Mission Indians for the Bolsa Chica project, I oversee two additional professional Native American monitors of Juaneno and Gabnelino descent - - We`are appalled that an amateur archaeologist (Ms Pat Ware) and a City Councilman (Mr Bauer) have decided to take it upon themselves to use the remains of our ancestors as a political football it is against all regulations to disclose information regarding Native American remains- It would be greatly appreciated if unauthorised individuals would cease giving the general public information regarding the location and whereabouts of our ancestors remains Human remains by law are handled exclusively by-the Native Americans The Juaneno Band -of Mission Indians and a Gabrielino, acting in the best interest of his tribe, have havezbeenr handling the remains found all over the City of Huntington Beach for the _past several years Rebunal agreements have been in place for over ten years with _ Signal Landmark/ Koll Company We, as professional monitors, have been working closely with the local groups and have complied ourselves, and insisted on compliance / others, with appropriate laws, which as why we're here The` decision on what should be done with the remains and the site is a Native American decision only' This is not City Council decision as City attorney will tell you Please allow us to handle this matter with the respect and dignity that our ancestors deserve and the law requires Sincerely,' Phillip l anez' Director, P N A C R M _ 1 46747 PALA ROAD TEMECULA CA 92592 BEEPER # (909) 694-7869 I ' — � 't•:�e� :i a� 'i � _ i�;.. K +.,'.�y y.�� " �-�l. -4 , 'LYE -�'CSC?' a y'-�;�.��tT" if ZX November 23, 1992 Ms. Laura Phillips Mr. Frank Picoll;O-t Associate Planner U. S. Army Corps of Engineers 2000 Main Street Los Angeles District Huntington Beach, CA. 92648 300 North Los Angeles Street ` ' Los Angeles, CA 90053-2325 Anzk Subject: DRAFT ENV IRONAl ENT AL IMPACT STATEMENT/ENVIRONMENTAL EMPACT REPORT FOR THE PROPOSED BOLSA CHICA PROJECT Dear Ms. Phillips/Mr. Picolla: The City of Seal Beach has extensively reviewed the above referenced Draft Environmental Impact Statement/Environmental Impact Report (DEIS/EIR) and has several general comments and observations relative to the document, in addition to detailed response to specific issues which are attached as Attachment A and Attachment B, from the Department of Development Services and the Office of the City Attorney, respectively. The City is concerned that the overall focus of the document is strictly focused upon the ' City of Huntington Beach, particularly in the areas of Transportation and Traffic Circulation, Air Quality, Noise, and Significant Irreversible Changes Which Would Be Involved With The Action Should It Be Implemented. It is of extreme concern that the impacts of additional vehicular traffic on Pacific Coast Highway nort of Wa—mer Avenue are not more fully iscussed, evaluated, and miti ated in the above mentioned areas of concern. It is the opinion 0 our ity Engineer and Director of Development Services that a substantial amount.of additional vehicular traffic above that identified in the Draft EIR will utilize Pacific Coast Highway north of Warner Avenue, which will have substantial adverse impacts on Pacific Coast Highway through the City, and resultant air quality, noise, and cumulative impacts upon adjoining residential and commercial areas. The Draft EIS/EIR identifies significant roadway_and intersection_capacity deficiencies-, despite t e extensive mitigation measures proposed. These deficiencies could result in substantial °spillover" impacts to Sunset Beach, and the Surfside, "Old Town", and "Hill" areas of Seal Beach which are difficult and hard to quantify with the existing level of discussion within the C:\WP51\B0LSACHI\RESPLTR C(-\LW'\I149.92 �r�,ed��e�� �rlor�-ty ME,�.�I►�v, —TO �wwb�� i Bolsa Chica Draft ElS/E/R ' City Council Response Letter November 23, 1992 Draft EIS/EIR. Additionally, the proposed strategy of augmenting the capacity-of intersections ' would not alleviate the identified deficiencies without a clearly defined and established program in alleviating the mid-block volume-to-capacity deficiencies. The environmental impacts of those mid-block volume-to-capacity improvements are not adequately discussed, evaluated and mitigated as part of this Draft EIS/EIR. ' It is the position of the Environmental Quality Control Board and the City Council of the City oneal Beach that the above referenced portions of the DEIS/EIR should be revised to address the concerns discussed above, evaluate the impacts, and propose implementable mitigation measures. In addition, the Environmental Quality Control Board and the City Council of the City P i of Seal Beach consider the Bolsa Chica wetlands to be an invaluable, indeed essential, natural i resource in our environment, and urge the City of Huntington Beach and the Army Corps of Engineers not to approve the Proposed Bolsa Chica Project unless and until the ecologicaly integrity of the wetlands can be guaranteed. The Environmental Quality Control Board of the City of Seal Beach considered and reviewed the DEIS/EIR and an accompanying Staff Report on November 17, 1992 with the City Council considering and discussing these same documents and reports on November 23, 1992. Both the Environmental Quality Control Board and the City Council authorized the respective Chairman and the Mayor to sign this letter indicating the official comments of the City of Seal Beach, including the "Formal Staff Comments Regarding Draft Environmental Impact i Statement/Environmental Impact Report for the Proposed Bolsa Chica Project" (Attachment A). Thank you for your consideration of the comments of the City of Seal Beach. Please do not hesitate to contact Mr. Lee Whittenberg, Director of Development Services, City Hall, 211 Eighth Street, Seal Beach, 90740, telephone (310) 431-2527 if you have any questions regarding ' this matter. In addition, please provide eighteen (18) copies of the Final Environmental Impact Statement/Environmental Impact Report to Mr. Whittenberg for distribution the appropriate Commissions and the City Council when it is available. Sincerely, wen Forsythe ' ' e' Mario Voce Mayor, City of Seal Beach Chairman Environmental Quality Control Board C:\\'PSl1pOLSACH�RGSI'Ll'R.CC�L\�'�11-cN-92 2 ' Bolsa Chica Draft EIVEIR City Council Response Letter November 2.3, 1992 ATTACHMENT A: "Formal Staff Comments Regarding Draft Environmental Impact Statement/Environmental Impact Report for the Proposed Bolsa Chica ' Project" ATTACHMENT B: "Formal City Attorney Comments Regarding Draft Environmental Impact ' Statement/Environmental Impact Report for the Proposed Bolsa Chica Project" ' Distribution: Seal Beach City Council Seal Beach Planning Commission ' Seal Beach Environmental Quality Control Board City Manager City Attorney City Clerk Director of Development Services ' Surfside Colony Community Association Sunset Beach Community Association i i 1 ' C:\WP51\BOLSACHr\RFSPLTR.CC\LW\11-04-92 3 Bolsa Chica Draft EIS/EIR Ciry Council Response Letter November 23, 1992 ATTACHMENT A ' Formal City Comments Regarding Draft Environmental Impact Statement/Environmental ' Impact Report for the Proposed Bolsa Chica Project A. TRAFFIC STUDY AREA - Page 4-221 1) The EIR should discuss why Seal Beach Boulevard is not considered to have a potential for providing regional access to the project. Particularly in light of the discussion on page 4-238 which indicates that "Vehicular access to these alternatives on the Bolsa Chica Mesa occurs from Warner Avenue, Bolsa Chica Avenue, and additional local collector roads." If persons are going to be utilizing Warner Avenue for access to the Mesa residential developments, it seems reasonable that a fair amount of that traffic will utilize Seal Beach Boulevard to Pacific Coast Highway to Warner Avenue. Particularly when the proposed project allows for approximately 4,000 housing units to be constructed in this area at ' densities ranging from 4.5 units/acre to 35 units/acre. 2) Table 4.10-1, "Summary of Existing Roadway Level of Service" shows average daily traffic on Pacific Coast Highway north of Warner Avenue as 42,000 vehicles, while Figure 4.10-1, "Existing Daily Traffic Flow Map", shows 46,000 vehicles. These numbers need to be reconciled. B. PROJECT EAPACT ANALYSIS - Page 4-231 1) Impact Significance Criteria: ' Roadway Segment: These criteria establish that traffic impacts will be considered significant if any roadway segment affected by an alternative is projected to achieve a daily level of service LOS D.' Intersection: "Where the project is shown to cause unacceptable intersection operation, or to have greater than a 1 percent impact on any intersection already operating under unacceptable conditions, mitigation measures will be identified." , C:\WPS1\BOLSACHI\RFSPLTR.CC\LW\11-M-92 4 ' I ' Bolsa Chica Draft EIS/EIR City Council Response Letter November 23, 1992 ' General comment re: all identified LOS levels for intersections and roadway segments: Specify actual numerical level of LOS , e.g., LOS E (0.92), LOS F ' (1.15), etc. C. E"PACTS OF PROJECT ALTERNATIVES - Alternate 1, Level of Service Impacts ' (kith Cross Gap Connector - Page 4-238 1) Provide a Percent Trip Distribution Map indicating percentage of project ' generated trips allocated to various roadway segments. It is impossible to determine the rationale behind the indicated roadway segment impacts and ' intersection impacts without this information being provided. It is recommended that the Southern California Association of Government's (SCAG) regional travel demand model trip tables be utilized to develop the general patterns of trip ' distribution for the project. Provide an estimate of "Vehicle Miles of Travel Generated by the Project". This ' is a key component in determining impacts on air quality. Based on regional information developed by the SCAG, the average length of all trips is 8.64 miles. This statistic is obtained from the 1987 regional transportation model (1987 Base ' Year Travel Information Digest of the Southern California Region, Southern California Association of Governments, December, 1990). A "Project Trip Generation Summary" should also be provided, which would summarize the ' following information: ■ Project Element (Single Family and Multiple Family Residences, ' Recreation, etc.) ■ Number of Units and Acreage of Recreation Facilities ■ Estimated number of Daily Trips per Analysis Unit ' ■ AM Peak Hour Vehicle Trips, In, Out, and Total ■ PM Peak Hour Vehicle Trips, In, Out, and Total 2) Indicates that Bolsa Chica Street will have a "substantial increase to 31,000 vehicles per day ... adjacent to the project site". Reference to Figures H-13 and ' H-15 of Appendix H indicates an increase in Average Daily Traffic from 27,700 vehicles per day for future condition with no project to 31,000 vehicles per day for future conditions with the project. This results in a 10.6% increase in traffic, or 3,300 additional vehicle trips per day. Although this is significant, there is no further discussion as to what happens to those vehicles once they are north of Edinger Avenue, probably heading for either Westminster Avenue to travel to ' downtown Long Beach, or to the freeway system to access other employment C:\WPS I\BOLSACHi\R FSPLTR.CC\LW\I 1-N-92 5 1 Bolsa Chica Draft EIVE1R ' City Council Response Letter November 23, 1992 centers in either Los Angeles or Orange County, or any discussion regarding the ' impact on those probable roadway segments. 3) The Draft EIS/EIR indicated that " Substantial increases in project traffic appear ' to be generally confined to the study area, with most of the daily traffic impact dissipating before reaching Edinger Avenue and Beach Boulevard. Some selected roadway segments throughout the study area even experience decreases in traffic, when compared to the No Project condition." (Page 4-238) Again, without the requested Percent Trip Distribution Map indicating percentage ' of project generated trips allocated to various roadway segments, it is impossible to determine the rationale behind the indicated roadway segment impacts and ' intersection impacts, and the justification for this surprising conclusionary statement. Analysis of the "Average Daily Traffic" volumes for future conditions with and ' without the project (Figures H-13 and H-15, Appendix H) do support that conclusion. However, it is our opinion that the conclusion is not able to withstand the scrutiny which should be applied to such a statement. Our analysis of the above referenced Figures indicates the following: ' A) Traffic on PCH north of Warner Avenue increase by 600 vehicles. B) Traffic on PCH south of Warner Avenue increases by 200 vehicles. C) Traffic on Warner Avenue between PCH and the Mesa Connector increases by 4,300 vehicles, and decreases by 2,100 vehicles between the Mesa Connector and Algonquin. ' D) Traffic on all segments of Edinger Avenue except one decreases with the proposed project. E) Traffic on all segments of Heil except two increases with the proposed project. F) Traffic on all segments of Warner except those between Bolsa Chica and the Mesa Connector increases with the proposed project. G) Traffic on all segments of Slater increases with the proposed project. H) Traffic on all segments of Talbert except between Golden West and Beach Blvd increases with the proposed project. ' I) Traffic on all segments of Ellis increases with the proposed project. J) Traffic on all segments of Garfield increases with the proposed project. K) Traffic on all segments of Yorktown increases with the proposed project. L) Traffic on all segments of Adams increases with the proposed project. C:X"51\B0LSACMRESPLTR.CC\Lw\11-N-92 6 ' Bolsa Chica Draft E!S/E1R City Council Response Letter November 23, 1992 ' M) Traffic on all segments of PCH south of Seapoint increases with the proposed project, except for between Seapoint and Goldenwest and from ' Delaware to the south. N) Traffic on all segments of Bolsa Chica increases with the proposed project. ' O) Traffic on all segments of Graham increases with the proposed project. P) Traffic on all segments of Springdale, except between Warner and Heil, increases with the proposed project. ' Q) Traffic on all segments of Edwards, except between Talbert and Slater and between Heil and Edinger, increases with the proposed project. ' R) Traffic on all segments of Goldenwest, except between Garfield and Ellis and between Warner and Heil,.increases with the proposed project. S) Traffic on all segments of Gothard, except between Warner and Heil, ' decreases with the proposed project. T) Traffic on all segments of Beach Boulevard decreases with the proposed project. ' 4) Comparison of Figures H-13 and H-15 - AVERAGE DAILY TRAFFIC, NO PROJECT and ALTERNATIVE 1, 4884 DU, FULL CROSS GAP ' CONNECTOR. A) At exterior boundaries of traffic study grid the following increases ' (decreases) in average daily traffic are projected: 1) PCH, north of Warner Avenue 600 vehicles 2) Saybrook, north of Heil (100 vehicles) 3) Bolsa Chica, north of Heil 1,900 vehicles 4) Graham, north of Heil 1,300 vehicles ' 5) Springdale, north of Heil 800 vehicles 6) Edwards, north of Heil no change 7) Goldenwest, north of Heil 100 vehicles ' 8) Gothard, north of Heil (100 vehicles) 9) Beach Blvd., north of Heil (500 vehicles) ' 10) Edinger, west of Saybrook no change 11) Edinger, east of Gothard (500 vehicles) 12) Heil, east of Gothard (200 vehicles) 13) Warner, east of Gothard 500 vehicles 14) Slater, east of Gothard 500 vehicles 15) Talbert, east of Gothard (200 vehicles) t 16) Ellis, east of Delaware 200 vehicles 17) Garfield, east of Delaware 400 vehicles ' C:\WP51\BOLSACIMRESPLTR.CC\LW\l 144-92 7 Bolsa Chica Drat EIS/EIR I City Council Response Letter November 23, 1992 I 18) Yorktown, east of Delaware 500 vehicles 19) Adams, east of Delaware 100 vehicles I 20) Indianapolis, east of Delaware (100 vehicles) 21) Atlanta, east of Delaware (100 vehicles) 22) Walnut, east of Delaware no change 23) PCH, south of Beach Blvd. (400 vehicles) TOTAL NET AVERAGE DAILY TRAFFIC INCREASE AT SCREEN LINES - I 6900 daily vehicles added 2200 daily vehicles reduced 4700 net increase in daily vehicles I 5) Total Daily Trips Generated by Proposed Residential Development - I Alternative 1 (Derived from Figure 3.4-1 and Table 4.10-3) Land Use # Units # Daily Trips I SFR 1,010 12,120 MFR 3,874 27,118 ' TOTAL DAILY TRIPS = PROPO El) RESIDENTIAL 3 is Of the 39,238 daily trips generatea b� Ar sidantial components of the ' proposed project, the EIR identifies only 12 Perce�iI e. trips actually leaving the traffic impact screen lines indicated on Figure H-15 of the Appen4 4- ' The remaining 88 percent, or 34,538 daily trips are absorbed entirely within the confines of the City of Huntington Beach defined by the area west of Beach Blvd, ' south of Edinger Avenue, and the Pacific Ocean. The rationale behind this type of assertion is not clearly explained and on its face seems insupportable, given the travel characteristics of residents of the City of Huntington Beach as indicated in. ' the most recent Origin/Destination study conducted by the County of Orange Environmental Management Agency. .ariition, the project proposes a 104.2 acre Linear Regional Park and a 1 acre r���;;��d wetland/ environmentally sensitive habitat area, both of wcdI AK'1=1 -0--bstantial amount of vehicles from outside the traffic i. I avolx sis areaI using both regional and local roadways as access. it both t::ese ia:stances, it is ,the opinion of the City of Seal Beach, that PCH would provide a major access to these facilities from the Long Beach area, and these impacts are I C•`,WP51\BOLSACHT\RFSPLTR.CC\LW\I 1-04-92 8 I 1 ' Bolsa Chica Draft EIVEIR City Council Response Later November 23, 1992 ' not reflected in the traffic analysis, or if they are accounted for, are not clearly discussed and delineated. ' In reviewing the "Trip Generation" report prepared by the Institute of Transportation Engineers, Third Edition, 1982, the following rates are utilized to ' estimate trip generation for the linear park and restored wetland areas: Average Trip Rate/Acre ITE Land Use Code Weekday Sunday # Trips ' 412 - County Park 5.1 5.8 1,060 ' 413 - State Park 0.6 0.6 660 TOTAL RECREATION DAILY TRIP GENERATION 1,720 It is not possible to determine if these additional trips have been incorporated into the analysis, even on a partial basis. ' 6) Provide "Anticipated Daily Traffic Flow Map" for each alternative similar to Figure 4.10-1, page 4-223. ' 7) The Draft EIS/EIR indicates the following impacts upon the signalized intersection at Warner Avenue and Pacific Coast Highway for the various tAlternatives discussed: A) Identifies PCH as being impacted by 5% both at the AM & PM with the ' Cross Gap/Mesa Connector for Alternative 1, 4,884 d.u.'s (Page 4-239). ' B) Identifies PCH as being impacted by 3% at the AM & 4% at the PM with the Mesa Connector and without the Cross Gap Connector for Alternative 1, 4,884 d.u.'s (Page 4-241). ' C) Identifies PCH as being impacted by 6% at the AM & 5% at the PM with the Cross Gap/Mesa Connector for Alternative 15, 4,800 d.u.'s (Page 4- ' 243). ' C:%WP511BOLSACHi1RFSPLTR.COLW\1144-92 9 Bolsa Chica Draft EIS/EIR ' City Council Response Letter November 23, 1992 D) Identifies PCH as being impacted by 7% at the AM & 7% at the PM with ' the Cross Gap/Mesa Connector for Alternative 3, 4,000 d.u.'s (Page 4- 245). I E) Identifies PCH as being impacted by 3% at the AM & 5% at the PM with the Mesa Connector and without the Cross Gap Connector for Alternative ' 3, 4,000 d.u.'s (Page 4-247). F) Identifies PCH as being impacted the same as. for Alternative 1 for ' Alte.---..-ative 19, 4,884 d.u.'s (Page 4-249), both with and without the Cross Gap/Mesa Connector. I G) Identifies PCH as being impacted by 3% at the AM & 5% at the PM with the Mesa Connector and without the Cross Gap Connector for Alternative ' 4, 3,500 d.u.'s (Page 4-251). H) Identifies PCH as being impacted by 3% at the AM & 3% at the PM with ' the Mesa Connector and without the Cross Gap Connector for Alternative 17, 1,500 d.u.'s (Page 4-253). I) Identifies PCH as being impacted by 2% at the PM with the Mesa I Connector and without the Cross Gap Connector for Alternative 10, 1,400 d.u.'s (Page 4-256). I Again, without the requested Percent Trip Distribution Map indicating percentage of project generated trips allocated to various roadway segments, it is impossible to ' determine the rationale behind the indicated intersection impacts, and the justification for these conclusions. D. UNAVOIDABLE SIGNIFICANT ADVERSE BIPACTS - Pacific Coast Highway ' (Page 4-258) 1 "Of the improvements specified, the most problematical are the Pacific Coast ' P P � Highway improvements. Mitigation of Warner Avenue and Goldenwest with PCH ' intersection LOS will require addition of a fourth north bound lane on PCH, north of Warner Avenue. This may or may not require additional right-of-way and is subject to State approval and funding. ' Currently, the State plans to expand PCH only to three through lanes in each direction, north and south of the project." (Pages 4-258 and 4-261) C:\WP5I\BOLSACHI\RESPLTR.CC\LW\11-04-92 10 ' 1 ' Bolsa Chica Draft EIS/EIR City Council Response Letter ' November 23, 1992 MAJOR CONCERNS OF THE CITY OF SEAL BEACH: ' A) What are the limits north of Warner Avenue for the required fourth traffic lane? Between Warner Avenue and Seal Beach Boulevard there are no ' other routes to head inland. The traffic analysis for this project has not adequately addressed the impact upon Pacific Coast Highway by the proposed project through the Sunset Beach community, and the Surfside, ' "Old Town" and "Hill" areas of Seal Beach. The traffic analysis should be expanded to determine intersection and roadway segment impacts to at least Seal Beach Boulevard, and propose appropriate mitigation measures. ' If the expanded impact analysis indicates a greater than I% impact farther north of Seal Beach Boulevard at intersections along Pacific Coast Highway or level of service LOS E on roadway segments, the analysis ' should be expanded to adequately describe all significantly impacted intersections and roadway segments, including appropriate mitigation measures. B) Funding of all required mitigation measures required as a result of the proposed project should be borne in full by the project applicant. The ' State is not responsible to fund improvements necessitated by the proposed project, although they will have to approve the project design, etc. ' C) The Draft EIR is inadequate in that it leaves to the imagination the project environmental impacts of the proposed mitigation of expanding Pacific Coast Highway to four northbound lanes through the areas of Sunset ' Beach, Surfside, the National Wildlife Refuge, across the Huntington Harbour channel, the Seal Beach Naval Weapons Station, and into "Old ' Town" Seal Beach. No analysis of the impacts upon existing businesses, residences, and the National Wildlife Refuge, and the operations of the Navy is set forth. The Proposed Mitigation Measure is not evaluated in ' any way to provide a level of understanding of the impacts of such a major mitigation measure for those areas to the north of the proposed project. D) A comparison of Figures H-13 and H-15 - AVERAGE DAILY TRAFFIC, NO PROJECT and ALTERNATIVE 1, 4884 DU, FULL CROSS GAP ' CONNECTOR, previously discussed above, indicated that the impact of the proposed 4,884 housing unit project will only result in 600 additional vehicles per day on Pacific Coast Highway, north of Warner Avenue. This ' translates to a less than one percent (1%) impact upon the future traffic anticipated upon Pacific Coast Highway. If that is the actual impact upon ' CAWP51\B0LSACHI\RFSPLTR.CC\LWA11-04-92 11 I 1 Bolsa Arica Draft EIVEIR ' City Council Response Letter November 23, 1992 Pacific Coast Highwzy, a more detailed explanation should be provided ' as to why one additional traffic lane north of Warner Avenue is necessary to accommodate the increase in traffic from the proposed project. ' Again, it is the opinion of the City of Seal Beach that the traffic impacts on Pacific Coast Eighway north of Warner Avenue are severely ' understated and needs to be restudied and re-evaluated. The City requests that the data inputs into the referenced traffic model be thoroughly and completely identified as part of Appendix H, and that a review of those I data inputs and assumptions by our City Engineer and CALTRANS be permitted prior to :release of the Final EIS/EIR on this regionally significant project. E. APPENDIX H - TRAFFIC ANALYSIS ' 1) The Appendix indicates the "Average Daily Traffic, No Project, No Bolsa Chica I Road Extension" for PCH north of Warner Avenue to be 66.1 ADT IN THOUSANDS, or 66,100 /►VERAGE DAILY TRIPS (Page H-28), while the DEIR indicates 46,000 or 42,000 ADT, refer to Note A-2 above. The ' discrepancy between these numbers is significant, 44%, and should be explained. With the construction of the Cross Gap Connector for the No Project Alternative the ADT drops to 65.8 (Page H-31). ' 1 C:\WP51\BOLSACHI\RESPLTR.CC\LW\I 1-04-92 12 ' (A Comment Deadline: February 18, 1994 (4:00 p.m.) Name Address tCityistate2ip 16i..E. cs r+ �31 h Date o n e 714 - 5"3 6 -67 0 6 . ' ' Paul R. Lanning Orange County EMA Environmental Planning Division 1 300 N. Flower Street P: O. Box 4048 Santa Ana,CA?�702-4048 ' SUBJECT: COMMENTS ON THE BOLSA CHICA EIR ' Dear Mr. Lanning: o be- e o c.t n+e d ' 4-•b L t1 G a p b a s c r O i'1 T j?G M C 5ti o e- arty pc, , l 6 ! f3olSd Gi �trGet. , !�d hcJ Y edr-S d� o our Forc f:-,d s hdd' - tic Forsl�h� fo sd v /e ldrt�-�-� G G n d hG G •, YT d 7- !o n d 1 !?d r It S 1't D Gc� u.'a fh d ✓'c 4•o Sd Y'c f-hc * /c ," 61rr ' or4,af=d,4s dhcl 1-11cdrdh buYrdl jr,0,4nds . �� cva hd ✓c fhe �orS ,��tf 'fo Sd ✓c k "6 PrGGrOuS ErtY/QNrt ►' lem ' iror our ra�dch (dre ►-� Cve d rc the c: d c�dkers Df 0Ur C r 1d �cn'5 L � h� r,� aYtcc . xG.�.s had- give- r �- du.., a � ror c� eYefuP mc.-tf far � �'o �' � - Jro Sornedd p cur randch ,td Gdri 5a,I �hdYiArs �c r c�•1 �• r n -/-�, C 13v 1SQ C � , GG., ftid 1' c,� c f-o 0 y4- b9Y*J d hd 4-he ' G��l l� W,I1 o � YG�cna «d .� + 4•o 4-he +Yu4k .oFf h� edse d VC rrtatF�r e tComment Deadline: February 18, 1994 (4:00 p.m.) FASW I;' �C M A/✓ O ress � ' /State/Lip � 2 /-3l � 9 Date ! !�� �S[ ! ! �✓ Paul R. Lanning Orange County EMA Environmental Planning Division 300 N. Flower Street P. O. Box 4048 Santa Ana,CA?�702-4048 ' SUBJECT: COMMENTS ON THE BOLSA CHICA EIR ' Dear Mr. Lanning: _1-. a4*A A je e SI""rI7P C s'7A AC-94, W 7ep v I s-/ ow.,C 14 -t"r u eh , .�-- 5 e n.&Q 3'1tili'�i� O �r r e G 7t Jai e /h JTItIr!/h k � C �, . � w j SW � ra s�'" ' II e e- o sa.� .`e a. he V �h � h o S' �� e p �► rrie L F r us, legrA row �l�a�- as -�a ,eh eqj ' 1 w C'o sf�t. }'f'1 �s q, a o,�• s �a7�eL • J p eSet cZo eat c?e, �'-!b eM''S' Zp sfo ►�s , C sr � 7 'Q ' Coi%. e- W Q,,,/) Cz,-�- 0/0WA beIjV-'1e 14Ce -h�r-. � S C0.Y' lots , ��N� IhQT' is �►e ke-j&e��rDD' av� es Wou Coyne- - "' o a, ear oar �aMes oiav�e 4"e cx�e� he w k�e da r e /V# P`" S%a A Wo Y Q s d ae o -� ° LCCL;es �l4 � � e c� AyeAluJoa o era.. , �/o roQ7 f ° . ` X S ytieveY• � to �je�riey,� �O ' e /h , //e �s�` iv res jb�I�o �7� 4aYn YnM,, 76: 7 A 611v ed- ct e v-e ae d 4�`��Q �s e lt -� rJac a sv� eQ r il ^e� h 0 �� � � c , ar �o Z Ae 7Z;le 125� Was !AI --eole, tz-o re Xs 70 ara 7� v4 �oa�oy e s sA e � kY- S-ke WAS �o A ,o r / e 1 z60 .v to e o w CA /so e_ .���� 8, QOO R , Y' � r e.rs e D� � � L e a.l a�,pe�P`' �� ��,, 7%m►�s h¢.� �d e. �o o/cep. �h �o f lv eo, kq-Ue- - hOL= 2q k� oFr�oweS- ! � � ea s � SAve- lf V � v'o(o Ph eh! ' L ' 1 Ihs � C�c._ �� ��.�..- d��t�;.•'i tip; ,yt�`�t����.•��.ri•;.��� �1+� r� f— i rr. --314 WtAGI4 GN s L)5 1-t rz- Icy 1 As Lfoo tAo S-o Mto vf'%4-c:'S:. - S — 11-t-A t . 1 �� .�` �V`..�ii"_'.f i � I'i ✓ .;,,,.JV"� ���� :.._I.J; = L��'�i � ��r-�Ni•-1-� 1 Pt-CA "fi'D A-LL O r ` � N'5'" ;�ok s, C tf-c C A W—r-t-4.wki W I L C, S M kt N'Cr 't ('. PLEASE GIVE FORM FQR PUBLIC CO1VU4ENTS/PUBLIC HEARINGS T TO SERGEANT—AT—ARMS WHO IS LOCATED NEAR THE SPEAKER'S PODIUM Welcome to a Meeting of the HUNTINGTON BEACH CITY COUNCIL/REDEVELOPMENT AGENCY r�. !� The public may address the Council/Agency on any item on the agenda or items of interest during the section of the meeting devoted to PUBLIC COMMENTS. There is a time limit. of three minutes per speaker. No speaker may use the time of any other person. The public is invited to address the City Council/Redevelopment Agency on PUBLIC HEARING agend items when those items are called before the Council/Agency. DATE: l ( GROUP AFFILIATION (if any): YOUR NAME TELEPHONE. Please Print ADDRESS Cf i U ( �r�>= 12! t✓sTMs712_ of 2� Street City Zip Code I PLEASE _ PUBLIC HEARING AGENDA ITEM CHECK ONE BOX ._ PUBLIC COMMENTS Fill in Agenda Item if speaking on specific item. The City Council/Redevelopment Agency is interested in your comments; however, policy ' does not permit taking (immediate action on most items brought to the Council/Agency through Public Comments. Give this form to the Sergeant—at—Arms who is located near the speaker's podium. The City ' Clerk will call all speakers for both Public: Comments and Public Hearings. All proceedings are recorded. WELCOME The Huntington Beach City Council/Redevelopment Agency welcomes you to this meeting. The Council/Agency meet regularly at 5:00 P.M. (televised portion at 6:30 P.M.) the fast and third Mondays of each month. Study sessions and special sessions may be called for other times in the month. All sessions of the Council/Agency, except Closed Sessions which deal with personnel or pending litigation, are open to the public, and the public is encouraged to ' attend. Agendas are available to the public at the Office of the City Clerk, Huntington Beach Central Library and the Library annexes the Friday prior to regular meetings. Members of the City Council/Redevelopment Agency receive their agendas complete with ' supporting information several days before the meetings, thus giving them an opportunity tc study the information and to ask questions of the professional staff before the meeting. may appear that some items before the Council/Agency are handled in a routine manner, ' however the members traditionally study all items carefully before meetings. Thank you for your interest in city government. Mayor and Councilmembers (City,Council) Chairman and Members ' (Redevelopment Agency) (0598K) t1hlee,oA is CA iClty of Huntington Beacri � �'.3�-Sy jan.3i, 1994 Attn: Councilman Ralph Bauer ' Dear Councilman Bauer: I am unable to deliver this statement in person, so I have asked my representatives to deliver this for me. This statement is to register my ' complaints about the activities surrounding the development of the Bolsa Chica site by the K.oll Company. i am extremely concerned that this project has been handled in a manner that possibly violates CEQA, The Native American Graves ' Protection and Repatriation Art (43 CFR Part 10), Public Resources Code 5097.9 and the traditional values and morals of my people the GabrielenolTongva. ' My name is Cindi M. Alvitre, I am registered as a "Most Likely Descendant" by the Native American Heritage Commission, which is our State level representation for ' California Indians. My people are the GabrielenolTongva tribe who aboriginally occupied Los Angeles County, Orange County and the Southern Channel Islands. Not only am I a descendant to the original people of the Bolsa Chica, I am also grew up ' in the Huntington Beach area and my family is intimately connected to this coastal region. ' in 1992, i consulted with by the Koll Company and associates until I refused to cooperate with the manner in which they were proceeding. It was at that point that I was excluded form being consulted further on matters concerning Bolsa Chica. At this point I would like to state that I do have additional evidence surrounding Solsa Chica. I feel that many of the questions that have not have ' answered by those involved at Bolsa Chica can now only be answered through an properly monitored investigation. i am greatly concerned, as our my people, that ' not only have we been deceived, but so have the public servants and the local communities that have worked so hard to assure that the Bolsa Chica development would be handled responsibly according to the aforementioned legal guidelines. I respectfully request any additional information regarding Bolsa Chica. I also ' would like to express my willingness to cooperate in this process to assure honestly and dignity, not only to my ancestors and my elders, but also to the local community members and public servants who have worked so hard to protect ' valuable resources. Please feel tree to contact me at home (909) 276-1 161. Sincerely, Cindi M. Alvitre ,"Most Likely Descendants 1 Cite of Huntington Beach Jan.31, 1994 Attn: Councilman Ralph Bauer Dear Councilman Bauer: ' I am unable to deliver this statement in person, so I have asked my ' representatives to deliver this for me. This statement is to register my complaints about the activities surrounding the development of the Bolsa Chica ' site by the Koll Company. I am extremely concerned that this project has been handled in a manner that possibly violates CEQA, The Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act (43 CFR Part 10), Public Resources Code 5097.9 ' and the traditional values and morals of my people the Gabrieleno/Tongva. My name is Cindi M. Alvitre, I am registered as a "Most Likely Descendant" by the Native American Heritage Commission, which is our State level representation for California Indians. My people are the Gab!rieleno/Tongva tribe who aboriginally occupied Los Angeles County, Orange County and the Southern Channel Islands. Not only am I a descendant to the original people of the Bolsa Chica, I am also grew up in the Huntington Beach area and my family is intimately connected to this coastal region. In 1992, 1 consulted with by the Koll Company and associates until I refused to , cooperate with the manner in which they were proceeding. It was at that point that I was excluded form being consulted further on matters concerning Bolsa Chica. At this point I would like to state that I do have additional evidence surrounding Bolsa Chica. I feel that many of the questions that have not have answered by those involved at Bolsa Chica can now only be answered through an properly monitored investigation. I am greatly concerned, as our my people, that not only have we been deceived, but so have the public servants and the local communities that have worked so hard to assure that the Bolsa Chica development would be handled responsibly according to the aforementioned legal guidelines. I respectfully request an additional information regarding Bolsa Chica. I also R y q y 9 9 would like to express my willingness to cooperate in this process to assure honestly and dignity, not only to my ancestors and my elders, but also to the local community members and public servants who have worked so hard to protect valuable resources. Please feel free to contact me at home (909) 2'76-1 161. ' Sincerely, Cindi M. Alvitre ,"Most Likely Descendants C-V,--,UU i THE EASTERN BORDERLAND has been confirmed by archeological data, stood on Temescal Creek in the present Corona. Luisenos and Gabrielinos lived there side by side, and the Santa Ana Mountains were laced with trails by which the coastal Indians reached the coveted warmth of the springs and the desert tribesmen the salt air of the sea. Paxauxa may be the rancheria which appears in the San Juan Capistrano Baptismal Register as Axaxa, since its meaning is to be found in the Gabrielino Axawkng- na, "in the net." Lake Elsinore, farther south, is in Luiseno territory but the Gabrielinos knew many' a place-name there. Guibanga,as listed in the San Gabriel The Register, was known to them as We-evungna, "like the I� grasshoppers we are here," a name which was also SOgfljerd applied to a nearby mountain range and which seems related to that of a Desert Cahuilla clan, wiitem, order/and "grasshoppers." Strong was told that the "old language" of Saboba A Study of the Religion Hot Springs had been "nearly like Serrano," but for long years the Indian settlement there has been Lu- iseno. Nearby was Kujungna, from the Gabrielino for the word "head," and listed in the San Gabriel Register Geographically the boundary between the Gabriel- as Coyubit. In the canyon above Sovovo lay Korovang- gra f Y na, the Register's Coronababit. A similar name for a inos and their southern neighbors is clearly marked at village near Santa Monica meant "we are in the sun." _ Aliso Creek which empties into the ocean just south of High above Corona, in the Santa Ana Mountains, Laguna Beach, and the dialects show marked differ- lay a small, lush valley with a pool and a "cienega,"or ences. Yet when we embark upon a study of the re- marsh, and a view out to the Channel Islands. The vil- ligious beliefs and practices of the more dominant lage here gave its name to converts of the San Gabriel northern group we find our main source of information Mission, the Register reading Pamaibit, though the val- among the people we know as Juanenos; and from the ley was known as Pamajam, from the word pa'ajvar, survivors among the Luisenos of the San Luis Rey dis- "above." Recent archeological excavations make it s- trict, even farther south where an ever-dwindling sible to be sure of its location hitherto known only number of initiates still retain a remnant of the vast through one verbal tradition. body of ceremonial songs and observances which once were the main concern of the influential men of the tribe. Father Geronimo Boscana wrote his famous "Histori- cal Account of the San Juan Capistrano Indians of 496( Southern California" from observations made during his stay at that Mission from 1812 to 1826. He seems to have furnished the greater part of the information —36— —37— 06"1 ez92 09:41 N A"H C'-'714891745d i.A. .• Vf'lM1Y�.lC `r'rlVIY 1 i • ' Namp dress telephone_ Tribal affiliatio Art Alvitre Gabrieieno 4126 Potrero Road Newbury Park, CA 91320 (805) 498-0305 Cindi M. Alvitre Gabrieieno 1149 Jadestone Lane Corona, CA 91720 (714) 276-1370 (H) (714) 787-3755 (W) David Belardes Juaneno ..; .--31742 Via Belardes ,,.,.,:..,.San Juan Capistrano, CA 92675 -ity"':y(714) 493-4933 3 =` s Vera Rocha Gabrieieno � r 3451 Remey Avenue Paidwin Park, CA 91706 : (818) 962-8546 (Call for North Orange Co only) f,Jim Velasquez Gabrieieno 226 West Third St. Santa Ana, CA 92703 ;;^ _(714) 547.4237 Names given to the Orange Coutny Indians differ with location. The•Gabrielinos oc- Q---- cupied the territory north and west of Aliso Creek, while the Juanenos occupied the land .'* from Santiago Peak extending along the coast from Aliso Creek southward to San O- nofre. 9a Both were of Shoshonean language stock and collectively numbered about 16,500. They were relatives of the buffalo hunting Commanches of the Great Plains and ' h the Hopis of the Arizona mesas. As the local Indian names for themselves, Kowengna and Acagchemen, were unmanageable to the Spanish, the bands were called by the closest a mission to which they "belonged" -- Gabrielino for the San Gabriel Mission and Juanenos for Mission San Juan Capistrano. Fringing the Santa Ana Mountains, farther. south and eastward, were the Luisenos, "assigned" to Mission San Luis Rey. 9b The natives on the Elsinore side of the hill were often called Serranos, meaning "mountain folk." While the Santa Anas separated these diverse people, the range Itself was considered common ground. A primitive network of trails gave general access to the acorn groves In Its center and allowed those on the coast to reach the hot springs of the e interior and the Islanders to reach the shellfish of the sea. Few native campsites existed In county mountains. Silverado, Modjeska and Trabuco Canyons all possessed the primary Indian necessities of oaks, rocks and water, yet few artifacts have been unearthed. Black Star and Bell. Canyons also have major Indian grounds. Very few Indian place names survive on Orange County's maps and none in the Santa Anos. 9c There were more families of languages spoken in California by the Indian tribes than y. in any other region of equal size. In habits and customs, these Indians differed greatly among themselves. ' Governor Pedro Foges was one of the first Europeans to observe the Indians of California as a resident. He thought the Indians of the Olive-Anaheim area as well as f some of those of the coast were "good looking." Some had light hair while others had ruddy complexions with black hair. Other historians have described them as short with dark skin and flat noses. Many of the men went stark naked. They wore their hair tightly bound and gathered at the back. Since they possessed no metals, the Indians had no tools to cut their hair. Some men cut their beard using clam or oyster shells as pinchers to pull-out whiskers, one by one. Those men who preferred their hair short, burned it down to the scalp. 9d In Southern California, men usually wore sandals and went bareheaded, while the women wore a basketry cap. In general, the tallest and most handsome individuals were found In the Northern part of the state with the height and appearance being changed as i one progressed southward. Compared with the other Indians of the Americas, the California Indians were not advanced. They led a simple life based on a harmony with nature. For example, only Indians along the Colorado River practiced agriculture or made pottery. From the beginning of time, Indians had used the mortar and pestle or "metate" and handstone to grind their corn. Even after the Spanish introduced grinding stones to the r Indian groups, they made no extensive use of this western "tool." Habits changed very r4 slowly among these primitive people. So primitive were these people that they were called "Diggers" because of the mistaken belief that they lived only by grubbing for roots. California Indians were reported to be the most primitive Indians in North America. The Indians were well >I adopted, however, to their own environment, and they took care to protect it as well. I They could tell if the animal population was diminishing and when It did, they stopped taking that particular species until there was a recovery. The economy of the Indian groups varied with the region of the state. Indians of Central California and Southern California utilized the acorn which was found in abundance. Each fall, acorns were gathered and stored in basket graineries. Most groups were fiercely protective of acorn groves and many "wars" were fought over their 19 .� MEW .. .. �. iI" H r 77-23.496 SHIPEK. Florence Connolly, 1910- A STRATEGY FOR CHANGE: THE LUISENO OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA. University of Hawaii. Ph.D., 1977 Anthropology. cultural i Xerox University Microfilms, Ann Asbw.AUchigan48105 i c� 1977 FLORENCE CONNOLLY SHIPEK ALL RIGHTS RES--Rl r.D ' tt . Loa Mgales . 0 • San Gabriel Kisolon Aiiso Greek--north boundary % yaks tlflnoro� San Juan San Juan ;Liver ; San Jacinto •e Soboba ' Capistrano nit slon f a P•changa •^erecrola s PaL Springs o�*Itirgarice niv; Saa We Rey /fission = _ Del• _ 'San Luis Fey Rive: ague Hedionds- - W p Pauna R -south boundary ` veiley �cnter ~ia J•llo 6 •• ' 86eondido ° turner's S,ftg Santa ysa54: tee Diego ►fission 1 • • fan Diego r 140p 1. Luiscno Tcrritcry t {y Iiiiiiimi 1... .lea..L.�v I•• VA AL. L-3 _. l..•.ak J1...1A1 ,On the west, the Gabrielino limit&—here more exactly Fernandelflo--- t the Chuniash were at the winor watershed through which the Santa tunnel has been bored; at the coast, between Malibu and Topanga Eastward, toward the Serrano and Lulseflo, the line probably passed Mount San Antonio to the vicinity of Cucamonga, Mount Arlington, and " ttment and Santiago Peaks; in other words. through western San Rer- too and Riverside Counties—although San Bernardino Valley has also ¢' ascribed to the Gabrielino. Southward, Allsos Creek is cited as the 1 + ry between Gabrielino and Juanello. CHAPTER 44. of the ascertained place names of the Gabrielino are shown In Plate " ,whose limitations as regards the Inclusion of true village sites have already THE GABRIELINO. mentioned. Other places are these: Pimu or Plpimar, Santa Catalina A{ d; Kfnkl or Kinkipar, San Clemente Island; Aleupkl-nga, Santa Anita; Tab FEaNANDEMO, 620. THx GA9atELINO: Territory, 020; 1 general atatlta, Ita•nga, Rancho de los Ybarras; Nakau•nga, Carpenter's; Choklsh-ngs, mythology, 622; ritual, 626; shamanism, (127; buildings, 628; bustetryv Ka: Akura•ngn, La Press; Sonn-ngn, White's; Sisitkano-ngn, Pear pottery,628; steatite,62d1'; trade and money, 930; food, 631; various Isantka-nga, Mision View. Sua-nga near Long Reach is mentioned meats, 832; social practices, 833. TxE SAN Nicotrf3o, 838. "tLe largest village. yma or dialectic variants of the Gabrielino names shown in Plate 57 THE FERNANDEHO, 2 Tltvasak for Stba; Iya for Wenot; Pashlna for Pasino; O►►govl, Ungfivl �• ylogva; Chauvl and Unau for Chowl; Shua for Sun. !. Laguage of "Kokomenr" and one of "Corbonamga" are mentioned as This group of people,more properly San Fernande the ;? nos are by the neophytes at San Gabriel besides the "Sthanga"—Siba. from San Fei,.dudo, one of the two Franciscan missions in of San Gabriel—and "GiOgultamcar" or Klkitanum, that III. Kitanemuk. " Angeles County. At San Gabriel, the other establishment, Ventureflo Ch►►►naah knew the Gabriellno, and perhaps all the sl►oabo- .;i the San Gabrielinos, more often known merely as Gabrielinos, beyond, as Ataplill'ish (plural I'ataplill'Ish). larly Gaavielinos. In a larger sense, both people have been = aENERwL STATUS. j nated as the Gabrielino. Their idioms were distinguishable, � i not notably so; and if fuller knowledge were extant it might a Gabrielino held the great bulk of the most fertile lowland nPcoa� r„ ,oc�,..,:�o ►plc ., do�cr a•_,__._ .__ ..� ion. of southern California. They occupied also a stretch of p-••••� .. s u:oaoa.w iT15�,c114 ill bill!LgOq� -�•' the presence of the missions has given the appearance of at and sheltered coast and the most favored one of the Santa standard. The delimitation of Fernandeno and Gabrielino 011 , � Islands They seem to have been the most advanced group map is mainly conjectural, and there is no known point in whith of Tehachapi, except perhaps the Chumash. They certainly two groups differed in customs. It will be best, therefore,t0' the wealthiest and most thoughtful of all the Shoshoneans them to and dominated these civilizationally wherever contacts as a unit under the caption of the more prominent diviaiao State, �. Their influence spread even to alien peoples. They have TaE GA13a1EIaxO. away so completely that we know more of the fine facts of rcniture of ruder tribes; but everything points to these very TERRITORY, "lesceaces having had their origin with the Gabrielino. The wider Gabrielino group occupied Los Angeles County Jimson weed or toloache ritual is a case in point. The religious !i of the Sierra Madre, half Of Orange County, and the ial 01 this drug extends far eastward, and its ultimate source may �. to be Pueblo, like that of the sand painting that is associated Santa Catalina and San Clemente. The evidence is scant and what conflicting as regards the latter; a divergent dialect,or ` it in the region from the Gabrielino south. The definite cult. ver, in which the plant is employed,the mythology with which Luiseno one, may have been spoken there. The local culture oa anta' < ;.broug Clemente, however, was clearly connected with that of Sht into relation, the ritual actions and songs that consti- Tina, perhaps dependent upon it; and Catalina was pure Gab As body, were worked out primarily if not wholly by the in speech. '&lino. All southern accounts mention Santa Catalina and San i 620 "4 •'E Nvlwcl�wH � �.w�i7lAS 'c C�l.•�.•n.�t. . .u.uu o..r.rc.r lrrwp.oar wuuir n .un.r 1 C w✓ 1 b - I eF E N r' Afan-pa-► o pr..► r ^-1 $MM .P. p ^Nk �9 I` IrbVMf t ►Fern .����... 0 t • t ``` a Waklwwf Se ws- •► i in ..r..-.w ! o Niu i . . Mu`kr•Pia-b1► ,y 1 Krkaslo `� •; s.�s�...ire \` Mae / oAsuea .,Ban Bernardino pills. 11 Preilpri \ 8ar►ilaD iel if o f�r- ±�9 aS..Gor6e^iemf \\ �ibat o, TOW cotton , oPomona A►I;&.ik'e ter °Redlands - r LOS P. E meet / Hikara"n III � r Santa nlca A Apaekia R I AMI E L I O r� okrirka�Oaf a ^6a ` G cs Q a Paaine 3e r y iiaAat Nerrw�a oRiveralde fva-t Maiki ``mot to ` 1 C Banningo Gtva A ibaha Mufrk Coronao ur/^� Redondo C Ahar �� N �` �/ �4a^ \ rbY L .4nro PM y Shua i 4hr J ' `* Lon h AtPahav` ? Ban Jacintop T�rW.�ta h�., Sochi �, .� / °"°ari o Satnta Ana. Sn!',/ Lukup It 5 rati _ Moyo ti L U I S E N O Pala{ak*una To I C R r % e J A E O 1 / . 9 , _ Ocala•. Nerw �,- -- le '-. emecul6 S J an i _ y CKaviwai a611Ta1 p MYY' T �' --'N awry Mr 11 Kra o a ^ _ I Paw / r7ir,' d YalawwY'. T� Pala J• .j r Parrno T.k..akyo-ekadla TaOkanaoho 3ri"V J` ca Apa1 1;.• fkhc Mao.iw �io.ir Ot Kalrkre ffialaw AhrYa vawi Kw mow C l , 1 Kmk& Kmy.1krn .app,,tj'er ' ✓ �NIK �N O W.J rwd Nbehha 4gr w r ua wi 6n ...a1 Kelo r TW r Pula Rey Sarwai f a Koo Swnr ifle W Wia o K.i. , Mef•Aeei ' AIaCi +!air Meeaamnde lama; Shaklshrwai (�4rny" r / tMJar w setrnuinln • 4r•�� Millie"w k Ski FAC Imo'` O Ift:. ` �s�'� �DCO.Ncij 1bUAlr ���� }�eari �ur►�n olrk CA I. REGARDING AB ' TRADITIONAL TONGVA POLICY R ABORIGINAL RESOURCES JANUARY 1989 WITH THE CURRENT AMOUNT OF DESTRUCTION TO THE LAND AND RESOURCES BELONGING TO THE TRADITIONAL TONGVA, IT IS IMPERATIVE THAT THIS DOCUMENT BE DISTRIBUTED AMONG ALL FEDERAL, STATE AND' LOCAL AGENCIES . The Traditional Tongva are the remainder of the origional native population from the areas improperly designated as ; Los Angeles county, Orange- county , San Bernadino county, Riverside .county and parts of the Eastern edge of Ventura county. The Tongva are the Soverign Nation of non-christian indians ' whom still retain their Oral History , Language , and Religious Value System with their ties to their lands . I This Nation and its relations have never received monies from the Bureau of Indian affairs or the California Land Claims Act which was payment for land and native heritage. We have never sold any of our land or resources: We have been referred to -as "aabrieleno indians or "mission ' indians; Any person considering themselves as a gabrieleno or the latter is ; 1. ) a catholic or christian with no concept of Traditional values , 2. ) received monies from the California Land Claims Act in the late ' 1960' s to sell land that does not belong to them. 3. ) because of the payment received from - the C . L. C.A. this would terminate these persons from their according to the B . I .A. The Tonqva are not gabrielenos , the latter word being ' a spanish misnomer. The word Tongva in our native language means" From the Earth ,' ' The Tongva are also part of a National Network of Native Americans whom are Traditional in the same respect. We as Traditional Tongva have distinguished that only what ' nature dictates will be absolute. _ ' 1 Because of the overwhelming amount of abuses to all ' the resources on the mainland , the ocean and the channel islands , this policy has been written. ' Archaeology: With our tribal experience dealing with the United States goverment in general , and all other agencies .including ; State , County ,and city both public and private , ' We have desided as the Tongva Nation , that all archaeological sites be left undesturbed , that includes all phases of excavation and in the near future , the remains of our ancestors including ' artifacts , be returned to the Tongva. We know for a fact that the local museums and universities in ' southern calif ornia have collections and remains as well as museums and universities across the United States contain relics that ' belong to the Tongva. ( ie lowie museum, smithsonian , etc. ) Environmental Destruction of Land Resources : ' The United States goverment does not have a legal vehicle to possess the lands in southern california belonging to the Tongva nation because congress never designed nor ratified a treaty or land transaction. ' Therefore ..There will be no more projects on Tongva lands which include ; drilling for natural gas , oil or water, mining , ' controlled burns on the land , the spraying of any chemical ,herbicide , or introduction of biological bacterias , this includes the destruction of canyons , hills , mountains and the flora and fauna in these areas . Road construction , real estate developement both commercial and residential , waterways , rivers , streams , ponds , springs and creeks . This destruction of our homelands has prompted our nation to write this policy, the amount of the present developement has impacted the way of life for our culture , which includes ; fishing in the ocean and on the mainland , hunting , gathering of materials to sustain our way of .life such as plants , minerals ' we use on a daily basis and for ceremonies . 2 i I Environmental Destruction of the Ocean I Fresh/Saltwater inlets ,estuaries and the Channel Islands ; It is now public knowledge that the United States goverment I in general , as well as State , and 'local agencies have allowed the dumping of dangerous sewage , which is composed of industrial ' and agricultural chemicals , pestisides , herbisides , into waterways which empty into inlets , estuaries ':3nd the pacific ocean. I Dumping city sewage treated or not also has contributed *to the loss of water quality and the destruction of. many ecosystems I that sustain life in the waterways still used by the Tongva nation . Oil wells and offshore platforms are equal ': contributors to the destruction of many life forms in the ocean. The oil spill in Santa Barbara in the 60' s is a good example ' of habitat destruction , so is the oil spill in Washington State ' in December of 1988, which wiped out the entire coast lines of both Washington State and Oregon. These coastal resources belong to the Tongva Nation including' ' the oil reserves on the mainland, the islands , and the ocean , We do not want these resources further exploited by any corporation or goverment. Salt Freshwater Estuaries ; These marsh areas are used as waterways for the gathering of traditional foods , and medicine plants , roots , and animals used by the Tongva Nation . These areas were also used by countless generations of ancestors long before us . The Tongva Nation reserves all rights to these resources , and will not be made to pay when at such an area , to site an example , the California fish and game has begun to charge a fee to enter the Newport Upper Back Bay , this is not acceptable and is in violation of Public Law 95-341 Native American Religious Freedom Law. 40 ,000 years of a culture inhabiting an area makes a big difference , but in less then 150 years , our resources have been almost , completely destroyed. ' The Channel Islands ; Our resources on all these islands also have been overu'tilized to the point of extinction on both the land and the surrounding waters . The United States Navy has dumped dangerous chemical and nuclear wastes including old nuclear submarines of the island of San Clemente , not to mention using the island as a bombing and ' shelling range. Our ancestors gravesites have been damaged or destroyed by these actions , and by allowing people like Andy Yatsco from one of the San Diego ' Naval* Bases to dig up our Ancestors graves without informing our community , Mark Raab, from California State Northridge who has worked with Mr. Yatsco, and Clement Meighen from the Universitity of California , Los Angeles . ' On San Nicolas Island and San Clemente Island , the Naval Department has allowed these morbid barbaric grave robbers to destroy our heritage , This is no longer acceptable , we deplore such actions ! ' The Traditional Tongva have created this policy as a warning to all the listed agencies . This is not an intent to file suit , but to inform these agencies that because of such actions , catastrophic ' events have begun to manifest, according to our Oral Prophesies . ' We will not be responsible for the loss of life , or the damages created by large earth quakes , drought, floods , high winds , or loss of food . production on our homelands . These acts will be the sp.irits of this land warning all people of the amount abuse placed on the land and the ocean . The leaders of the Tongva Nation hope that the agencies listed reviews this policy, and makes a Big change for all persons living on our homeland. Our Nation Has Spoken , Art Alvitre , Tomeyar Speaker 3A_ �����c ��Qk�inr� d-31- Ry� IWSa Ch<<a 12s d� I " INTERTRIBAL COUNCIL OF TONGVA formerly, the gabrielino indians 4126 POTRERO, RD. NEWBURY PARK, CA. 91320 March 30, 1989 Mr.Michael J. Moratto, President; I Infotec Research Incorporated 19524 Hillsdale Drive Sonora, CA. 95370 I Dear Mr. Moratto, • Thank you for your corporation's inquiry about the Tongva aboriginal areas stillused by the Traditional Tongva today. The site you mention in your correspondence has been one of great controversy, that is to say, one Jim Velasquez has created an unfavorable atmosphere among the Ataham (juaneno/luiseno) and Tongva Communities. As a network of Traditional People, we do not acknowledge this person as a member of any of the mentioned nations, that would also include the Cahuilla and Chumash Nations as well. This network of Traditional Nations mentioned will discount anything this person tries to interpret as cultural or spiritual information. ' As with all Native Americans, we have! a protocol which we use. This is called counsel, and in this counsel a Traditional etiquette is used for all decisions and policies. ' We as a network of the above mentioned have summoned Mr. Velasquez to counsel to answer for his actions regarding the cultural and environmental destruction of Ataham and Tongva lands which he has received vast amounts of monitary ' reward fran the Irvine Corporation and other land developers so that they can ccmply'with the state laws, and write off these sites, and continue their so called progress. You will find inclosed the most recent copy of the Traditional Tongva ' Policy regarding Aboriginnal Resourws, I hope this policy will help your corporation with the project and feel free to share this information with other involved agencies dealing with this project. ' Being Traditionalist, we stand firmly on what has been addressed and hope you understand why our policy hsus been written. Again, thank you for your correspondence. ' Sincerely, c.c. Chief Raymond Belardes; Ataham Nation ' Bob Rivera; Chumash Nation Katherine Saubel; Cahuilla Nation ' Cindi Alvitre-Porter; Tongva Nation Acwot, Tameyar Speaker Kote / A' lukoy Lotah; Chumash Nation Vera Rocha; Tongva Nation for the Tongva Nation Fred Morales; Tongva Nation Jim Velasquez; ?????_?????????? Native American Heritage Ctnmi:ssion 1 Il,..�u^:.r✓.. .._. .. �� �.. � � .., .. +#iafd!"•tea..}.may•�'S� "'ii_ j�. ;�,:... �- - �, _ �� •.ram ..,��.�,�./r'� .�.�! '�• ��. • -'.. �- •.�..-... ..ram,. ..���� ����- 47 D ° D o • DDD � �DDDDD DADDDDDD D�D D D DD�DD D AW D GM&MG19 000= D W&MM ID)M=CU D o ono DDDD� DDD • 0 D D EXECUTIVE SUMMARY The GWMP will enable the District to continue its conjunctive use program and to continue to work with Introduction other agencies to implement water management strategies. The primary benefits of each of the five For more than 55 years, the Orange County Water components of the GWIvIP are identical: 1) reduced District has been responsible for the protection and dependency upon imported supplies, 2) protection management of the groundwater basin. It has from drought and shortage, and 3) increased use of a recharged the basin with more than seven million acre- lower-cost supply. feet of water, using 1600 acres of land acquired for ' infiltration of both local and imported supplies. The The GWMP will be revised regularly as new data are District has constructed two seawater barriers, one developed. This summary highlights key features of using imported water for injection and the other a the present plan. Additional information is available blend of groundwater and highly treated wastewater. from OCWD. (The latter is supplied by a state-of-the-art advanced wastewater treatment plant, Water Factory 21.) The GOAL 1: Increase Basin Water Supplies District has also developed progressive groundwater programs including a replenishment assessment for The objectives of increased basin water supplies are managing the overdraft of local supplies, and a basin to increase the basin production percentage, increase equity assessment to control the amount of water capacity of existing recharge facilities, and increase extracted from the basin. In addition, the District has supplies from wastewater reclamation. To implement established a groundwater quality protection policy that this portion of the GWMP, the District is pursuing the allows for positive action in dealing with underground following projects: storage tank leakage and contaminated groundwater. *Seasonal water conservation at Prado Dam OCWD's mission is to provide local producers a --Prado Elevation 505 (baseline) reliable, high quality groundwater supply at the lowest --Prado Elevation 514 (potential) possible cost. •Groundwater renovation Growing Problems --Arlington Desalter (baseline) --Chino Desalter (potential) Today, that mission is more challenging than ever before. As shown in Figure 1, Southern California •Cooperative management of above-Prado supplies faces serious potential water shortages. Scheduled --Western Riverside Regional Treatment Facility reductions in Colorado River supplies could be (potential) compounded by threatened (and not previously --Bunker Hill Basin Dewatering (potential) anticipated) curtailments in State Water Project and --Colton Basin Dewatering (potential) Los Angeles Aqueduct deliveries. *Santa Ana River Infiltration Improvements (baseline) Shortages in imported supplies could be exacerbated by local water quality problems due to the gradual *Santiago Creek recharge facilities (baseline) decline of Santa Ana River water quality, the high salinity of historical supplemental sources, and the *Recharge management wells (baseline) potential threat of toxics and other contaminants. Such problems have already resulted in the shutdown of *Off-channel storage (potential) nearly 70 wells. (See Table 5.) *Additional wastewater reclamation Fla ible Solution --Green Acres Project (baseline) --Green Acres Project Expansion (potential) To address these challenges, OCWD has developed --Water Factory 21 Expansion (potential) a Groundwater Management Plan (GWMP) to provide --Crescent Basin Project (potential) a framework for present and future actions. The goals of, objectives for, and benefits to be derived from the These projects could result in as much as 14-4,000 GWMP are summarized below. For maximum acre-feet/year in increased water supplies: an flexibility, the District has identified both "baseline" and estimated 74,000 acre-feet/year from the baseline "potential" projects. Baseline projects, critical for projects and an additional 70,000 acre-feet/year from meeting the plan's major goals, are proceeding today. the potential projects. Potential projects, which OCWD believes may play an important future role, can proceed when the feasibility, GOAL 2: Protect and Enhance Water Quality water production yield, and funding have been confirmed. Protecting Santa Ana River water quality, cleaning up groundwater, and resolving problems posed by specific 1 INTRODUCTION following year to offset the overdraft. Based on this information, the Board then The Orange County Water District establishes the replenishment assessment to (OCWD) was formed by a special act of the be levied for that year. California Legislature in 1933 for the purpose of protecting the Orange County The basin equity assessment (BEA) groundwater basin. In 1955, a major equalizes the costs of groundwater and revision of the District Act charged the imported water, thereby providing a District with water management financial incentive to limit groundwater responsibility as well. (The District's production in overdrafted areas. Pumpers boundaries are shown on the inside front who produce more groundwater than cover.) requested by OCWD are assessed a penalty for the overage, and those producing less Early in its history, OCWD secured the than requested are reimbursed. right to all water in the Santa Ana River. Over four million acre-feet of the river's OCWD's mission is to provide local flow has been captured to recharge the producers a reliable, high quality Orange County groundwater basin. In groundwater supply at the lowest possible addition, more than three million acre-feet cost. The challenge is to continue to fulfill of imported water has been recharged. In this mission while addressing water quality order to accomplish this, the District has and other environmental issues. Of equal continually expanded its acreage for concern is the ability to meet rapidly infiltration and now owns and uses 1600 increasing demands at a time when imported acres of land in the forebay of the basin. water supplies will be drastically reduced. Two barriers to seawater intrusion have been constructed, one using imported water The State Water Project and the Colorado for injection and the other a mixture of River provide the major sources for ' groundwater and highly treated wastewater. importation through the facilities of the Water Factory 21, one of the world's most Metropolitan Water District of Southern advanced treatment plants, reclaims the California (MWD). As shown in Figure 1, ' wastewater used for blending. MWD, which includes portions of Riverside, San Diego, Los Angeles, Ventura, San The District Act. provides for local Bernardino and Orange Counties, faces financing of the District's operations by a serious potential water shortages. MWD combination of ad valorem taxes and water indicates that the shortages could be even use assessments. worse than shown in the figure due to a recent (November 1988) draft water The Act provides for levying and collecting allocation plan issued by the State Water a replenishment assessment on water Resources Control Board (SWRCB). The extracted from the groundwater basin. SWRCB proposal would limit Southern These monies are used for purchase of California's water deliveries through the supplemental water for groundwater State Water Project to 1985 levels, even recharge; to construct, operate, and maintain though the population in MWD's service water production facilities; to acquire water area is expected to increase by five million rights and spreading facilities to replenish people by the year 2010. At the same time, and protect the groundwater supply of the the region's dependable supplies from the District; and for administrative purposes. Colorado River are being reduced by 60 Each year the Board of Directors percent. Las Angeles Aqueduct supplies determines the extent of the annual and could also be reduced, depending upon the accumulated overdraft within the basin and results of Mono Lake litigation. estimates the amount of water needed the 3 The District's aggressive conjunctive use In formulating the GWMP, the District has policy is enhanced by the cooperation of identified two tiers of projects: baseline and agencies and individuals pumping water potential. Baseline projects are those for from the basin, which has not been which feasibility studies have been adjudicated. undertaken and which the District believes are critical for meeting the plan's five major The Groundwater Management Plan goals. Potential projects are those which the (GWMP) will enable the District to continue District believes may play an important its conjunctive use program and to continue future role but for which the feasibility, to work with other agencies to implement water production yield, and funding have not water management strategies. Also the plan been confirmed. will help OCWD become less dependent upon imported supplies by developing cost- The District's GWMP is a flexible effective local programs of water document, which will be revised regularly as conservation and reuse. new data are developed. However, it provides a framework for existing and future The GWMP has been formulated in groundwater management activities. compliance with the District's legislative mandate, which provides the authority to: The first five sections of the plan will 1) regulate and manage the groundwater further describe the objectives and program basin and protect the quality and quantity of elements for each of the goals listed in groundwater supplies, 2) collect ad valorem Table 1. The plan concludes with a taxes to pay for general benefits accruing to summary discussion of benefits and costs. the lands within the District, 3) levy a replenishment assessment on water extracted from the groundwater basin, 4) levy a basin INCREASE BASIN equity assessment (BEA) on groundwater to WATER SUPPLIES ' users within the District, and 5) participate in multipurpose water resources Increased water supplies within the basin developments associated with the need for can be achieved by a combination of several resources management. activities: 1) developing water conservation operations at Prado Dam, 2) renovating The GWMP has five major goals: poor quality groundwater in the Upper Basin, 3) cooperative management of above- ' • Increase Basin Water Supplies Prado supplies, 4) increasing the recharge capacity of the Lower Basin, and • Protect and Enhance Water Quality 5) increasing wastewater reclamation. ' . Improve Basin Management Prado Dam Conservation • Improve OCWD Relations with Prado Dam in Riverside County was Constituents completed by the U.S. Corps of Engineers in 1941 to control flood flows in the Santa Ana • Improve OCWD Management/ River. It is capable of impounding about Operations 195,000 acre-feet of water. Although the dam's primary purpose is for flood As shown in Table 1, OCWD has protection uses, recent broadening of the developed a series of objectives to meet Corps' authority could permit greater use of these goals. Table 1 also illustrates the the reservoir for water conservation storage. major benefits to be derived from the GWMP. 5 I OCWD funded a $625,000 study by the drinking water standards in some areas. Corps to determine the feasibility of Because water quality is so poor, municipal seasonal water conservation at Prado Dam. and industrial users have nearly discontinued The study, which was finalized in 1988, pumping from the Arlington Basin. The identified potential impacts and mitigation result is rising groundwater, which eventually measures associated with broadening flows into and degrades the Santa Ana reservoir operations to include water River. ' conservation storage up to elevation 514. The OCWD, working with Western The GWMP envisions a baseline project at Municipal Water District through the Santa elevation 505 which would provide a water Ana Watershed Project Authority (SAWPA), conservation pool at Prado Dam sufficient to is currently designing a facility to: salvage 20,000 acre-feet for replenishment in 1) mitigate the high TDS problem, 2) reduce wetter years. This project would involve an the unacceptable nitrate concentration, and expenditure of approximately $5,000,000. A 3) reduce high groundwater levels. The potential project to raise the dam to most efficient method to resolve these elevation 514, which could create a problems is to operate a series of wells to conservation pool of 50,000 acre-feet, would remove the water from the subsurface and i cost an estimated $10,000,000. (This amount demineralize it in an adjacent 7.0 mgd is dependent upon future negotiations with desalting plant located in Riverside County ' the Fish and Wildlife Service regarding the near Corona. least Bell's vireo.) Product water from the desalting plant will The expected additional yield from the be available for either local or regional use, baseline project is 5,000 acre-feet/year, and and the brine removed from the impaired the potential project would create another groundwater supply will be discharged to the 3,000 acre-feet/year. The Corps study Santa Ana River Interceptor for ocean ' determined that both projects are disposal. The extraction wells will remove economically feasible. the poor quality groundwater from the basin, at the same time lowering the existing high Upper Basin Groundwater Renovation water levels. The Upper Basin areas shown in Figure 2 The project will be constructed through have high groundwater tables and degraded joint participation agreements with SAWPA, water quality. Development of groundwater MWD, OCWD, and Western MWD. The renovation projects described in this section agreement with MWD involves their Local (Arlington and Chino Desalters) and of Projects Program. MWD purchases all above-Prado storage projects described in product water, which is then resold to the following section (Bunker Hill and entities at MWD's rate. It is forecast that Colton projects) could increase water supply from this project will ultimately be supplies and improve quality in the Lower absorbed by the upstream agencies. Basin. However, for the 10 to 15 year period following project completion, it is reasonable Arlington Desalter. Groundwater quality in to expect that up to 7,000 acre-feet a year the Arlington Sub-basin in Riverside County would be available to OCWD for purchase is badly degraded. Total dissolved solids for recharge downstream. The cost to ' (TDS) are over 1000 milligrams per liter OCWD will be MWD's interruptible rate. (mg/1) and include over 100 mg/l of nitrate, District financial participation is expected to more than double the allowable 45 mg/l for be about $500,000 over the next three years. this constituent. In addition, trace levels of This baseline project is expected to be dibromochloropropane (DBCP) exceed state operational in 1990. 7 as 1 UPPER BASIN BUNKER HILL BASIN C-,- N �I Mi9h Groundwater Tide) ' t � BCAOI ON r SIN CHINO F (Degraded DESALTER t / water Quality � J � i ARLINGTON DESALTER (\ PRADO DAM 1��1 WESTERN RIVERSIDE REGIONAL FACILITY r LOWER BASIN t Figure 2 OCWD's participation in solutions to the Upper Basin's Hater quality and quantity problems will help to ' maintain the quality of the Santa Ana River. Colton Basin Dei,vatering and Water Quality Santa Ana Region, determined that ' Enhancement Project. The Colton Basin, like additional treatment was necessary for those the Bunker Hill Basin, has become sewage discharges from the cities of San ��aterlogged because of disuse by producers Bernardino, Colton, and Rialto which flow such as the City of Riverside. The disuse continuously down the river a distance of ��as a result of increasing TDS levels, which approximately 40 miles into Orange County. exceed those allowable in source waters for agencies discharging to the Santa Ana River. During these studies, the City of Rialto has A program of groundwater extraction and elected to construct its own project and will conveyance to Orange County has been not be a part of the regional system. The proposed with the objective of dewatering Cities of San Bernardino and Colton have ' the basin to allow recharge of high quality proceeded with the regional tertiary facilities storm flows. This would eventually reduce plan. These facilities may have to handle as the TDS levels and make the groundwater much as 53,000,000 gallons a day by the vear acceptable once again as a source of 3010. domestic water supply. The extracted groundwater could be 10,000 to 30,000 acre- Both Colton Basin projects have regional feet/year. watershed benefits and protect Orange ' Countv's interest in water quality. However, A parallel water treatment program also institutional uncertainties similar to those at has been proposed. In 1983, the California Bunker Hill make these projects potential Regional Water Quality Control Board, rather than baseline undertakings. 9 Preliminary studies at Anaheim Lake TABLE 2 indicate that, by cleaning the facility twice a WELL CONSTNUCTION PIAA OF T1004 K$ year instead of once a year, an increase in wREB��CONSENv�TON recharge of about 40 percent may occur. wELL (See Figure 4.) Similar increases may be GMEEN n wee 0� $ 0� achieved at other facilities, but pump-out, 66= ;� o a F transfer, and additional structures will be we` „ 0 M.rw..lsr we w '.5WW 0 0 s.,r...N.,mll !. 1.m." we..d.e •>ao 0 0 p WS w.o Sm 0 0 needed. Table 2 and Figure 5 summarize �-• -9 0 ro...o.,, we u wo 0 0 the well construction plan of works and the �'�'"' .n.s.o,.� wa .500 0 0 5n.M F.w.�. we Gov 'wo 0 0 Santa Ana River spreading ground w..000OME.SYSTEM — — — .—A— we wuo 1 0 0 0 improvements anticipated as part of the ,mom we NO 0 ' GWMP. These baseline improvements TOT. WOwT0R .WELLS E 5 E D TOTµ.1JEOTM w*US 0 0 ID could result in an additional 35,000 acre- feet/year of recharge. Santiago Creek Recharge Facilities many years and had been quarried to almost ' 150 feet below adjacent land surfaces. The OCWD has acquired three existing Several of the side slopes are quite steep gravel pits totaling 270 acres in the Santiago and require major stabilization construction Creek area to be developed for groundwater before groundwater recharge operations can replenishment uses. (See Figure 6.) Prior begin. In addition, substantial volumes of to purchase by OCWD, the property had impermeable materials--silt and clay from been used for sand and gravel extraction for former sand and gravel operations--must be removed. MILLER BASIN N J. ' KRAEMER BASIN 1 CARBON CREEK ANAHEIM DIVERSION CHANNEL LAKE t M� AVE CON—ROCK GLASSELL JJrrLL—JpUVE PIT 4 BASIN BASIN ARNE HUCKLEBERRY FIVE COVES BASIN POND i BASIN � IMPERIAL SEA LINCOLN BASIN N SAN TA, ANA NG PON S A,�F9 s3 F IT BUR 5 ��� ru f PIPELINE TO •PUMP—OUT SYSTEMS B SANTIAGO BASINS o TRANSFER FACILITIES BALL ROAD ' BASIN Figure 5 Expanding the transfer facilities at the District's recharge basins will allow for the capture of ever-increasing SAR base flows as well as additional stone flows. 11 v:a- An additional 3,000 acre-feet/year of water may presently include: 1) Green Acres Project ' be captured in winter for recharge in the summer Expansion,2) Water Factory 21 Expansion, and months by construction of a smaller reservoir. 3) the Crescent Basin Project. Before the latter These projects are potential, depending upon two projects which involve groundwater recharge developments at Prado and technically economic of highly treated wastewater can be feasibility. implemented, a comprehensive health effects study may be needed. The purpose of the study Green Acres Water Reclamation Project would be to document any observation of ' possible adverse health effects due to recharging The Green Acres Project (GAP), currently large amounts of treated wastewater into the under construction, is a program to furnish groundwater basin. ' reclaimed wastewater for landscaping and industrial purposes within a five mile radius Green Acres Project Expansion. Phase I of of the District's Water Factory 21 facility. the Green Acres Project will serve the Fountain ' The project will consist of a new reclamation Valley, Santa Ana, and Mesa Consolidated plant located adjacent to WF-21 that will Water District service areas. provide tertiary treated wastewater for irrigation of parks, golf courses, and green belts. As a second phase, the GAP studies also Participating agencies include MWD,MWDOC, identified possible reuse sites in the Huntington Coastal Municipal Water District, the Cities Beach and Westminster areas. Also, the City of Santa Ana and Fountain Valley, Mesa of Santa Ana has identified possible additional Consolidated Water District, and the County areas for wastewater reuse, and OCWD has of Orange. had ongoing discussions with the Irvine Ranch Water District which relate to a possible inter- The physical facilities to be built for the tie of the Green Acres system with their waste- GAP will include a 7.5 MGD treatment plant water reuse system. Regional master plans to provide coagulation, mixed media filtration, envision that the ocean side of the San Joaquin ' and disinfection. The treated water will be Hills will have extensive golf courses and piunped and conveyed to the service area through greenbelt areas that will be ideal areas for use a 68,000-foot array of pipes ranging in diameter of wastewater. The anticipated additional between 6 and 36 inches. demands within the Irvine Ranch Water District, Newport Beach, Huntington Beach, and Green Acres qualifies for assistance from Westminster areas are anticipated to be in the MWD as part of its Local Projects Program, order of 7,000 acre-feet per year. ' whereby MWD will reimburse OCWD for MWD's avoided energy cost. The program Water Factory 21 Expansion. A possible also qualifies for construction assistance from project is expansion of Water Factory 21 (in 1 the State of California. An application for 3 to 5 years), and injection of the water directly low interest funds in the amount of$2,000,000 into the basin. A suggested addi- tional is expected to be approved, thus reducing the injection well alignment would be along an ' net cost of the capital facilities required for the abandoned railroad right-of-way in Central project. The initial deliveries scheduled for 1990 Orange County,which the District is considering will provide up to 7,000 acre-feet/year of new purchasing. A pipeline could be constructed water. from WF 21 (Figure 8), along the Santa Ana River to the railroad right of way. Water would Potential Reclamation Projects be injected through a series of wells. Although technically feasible now, such a project would ' The District is considering additional require working closely with Health Department reclamation projects, but only the first phase officials in order to secure necessary permits of the Green Acres Project is shown in the and approvals. GWMP as a baseline project. Potential projects 13 In meeting program objectives of increased the basin from the Santa Ana River and the basin production percentage, increased Colorado River. Because the Orange County capacity of existing recharge facilities, and groundwater basin is at the end of the Santa increased supplies from wastewater Ana River watershed, it is the long-term ' reclamation, the GWMP will provide the recipient of poor quality waters generated following benefits: primarily from three upstream sources. The first, and foremost, is high nitrate tertiary • reduced dependency on imported treated wastewater discharged to the Santa supplies Ana River by upstream municipal sewage • protection from drought and shortage treatment plants. The second is agricultural • increased use of a lower-cost source and dairy waste runoff entering the Santa Ana River, which contributes high nitrates and salt PROTECT AND ENHANCE concentrations. The third is imported WATER QUALITY Colorado River water which, although vitally ' necessary as the primary water supply to the Protecting and enhancing groundwater upper basin and the Orange County area, quality is of vital concern to the District. A contributes high salt concentrations and deterioration in groundwater quality can indirectly contributes to salt concentrations increase costs to purveyors and consumers by: in wastewaters discharged to the river. 1) reducing access to cheaper groundwater supplies, 2) increasing purchases of more Within the basin, toxic substances from past expensive imported waters, 3) requiring agricultural, urban and industrial practices treatment or additional distribution facilities, have reached the water table in the intake and 4) damaging household plumbing and area of the basin. It is these inter-basin appliances. In addition, loss of groundwater discharges that have contributed to ground- due to quality problems reduces the available storage supply so critically needed during extended drought periods. TABLE INCREASE BASIN WATER SUPPLIES C-TAL COSTS n..AILLO"S Groundwater quality has been degraded from PRADO OAN COHSERNATO !.P BASIN GAOuNDWATER RENG-TON AND NANAGEWE sources both outside and within the basin. P�m EYR, a2 am "� "'"` ' Mineralized waters have been introduced to � NSE°°""" o OES -S AL'ERS :l :] oY OE' o WESTERN.ry.&DE-1 25 25 o B 9-OE—MNG WATER 0"A TN ENNA"CEMENT' 2.] 12 'J'' TOTAL 1. 21 ]' 35 2 -05 BASELINE TOTAL 2 2 '2 :2 TABLE 3 EXPECTED ADDITIONAL YIELD ESR rsrc Nr—DESrEn 8�• �'0.p"" FROM INCREASING BASIN SUPPLIES SAMTA AIU RIVER INEILTAATgN EHWNCEYEMT/LNTAGO CREEK FSTIMATED YIELD(AF/YR) RECNAAGE/RECHARGE MANAGEMENT WELLS PROJECT RASFIINF EQTENTIAL �sLI ..POv:S 20 )• PRADO ELEVATION 505 5.000 a.Io SSESTENTs s 2] 2 2- c SANT-W PRADO ELEVATION 514 3.000 !.NE • * sT.Tq« D s 25 25 UPPER BASIN GROUNDWATER RENOVATION 7000 7.000 III—E U"E PIPELINE 50 5. C-AGE MA"AGEWNT wELIS O: ]. 01 1 3 01 '0 UPPER BASIN COOP PROGRAMS 10000 TOTAL NEL 20 12 t2 5J •G TOTAL '�•5 �25 '�'J '2• :] 'C SAR INFILTRAnON ENHANCEMENT 35.000 BASELINE IOT.L �2. 83 33 2• 33 SANTIAGO PROJECTS 20.000 ' OFFLHANNEL STORAGE 3.000 GREEN ACRES WATER AECIAMAT,,N PRWECTS/POTS-1 RECLAMATION PROAECTS GREEN ACRES PROJECT 7.000 5- co -Co GA E.P.NSO" 8 v+E 2,EAPANSON 02 50 GAP EXPANSION 7000 CRESCENT B.v" Cs 20 rG r= too WF 21 EXPANSION 15000 TC:AL yes -20 r2 — •20 OC BASELINE TOTAL _.-0 '0C CRESCENT BASIN 25.SI4➢ GRAND TOTAL 2E• 2:1 311 09 SO S .T 4 TOTAL 74.000 70.000 BASELINE GRAND TOTAL 25! M S 35 2 A ]3 0 ' 15 The proposed projects, listed according to nitrates. To import this quantity of water into ' targeted water quality problems, are discussed Southern California would cost an estimated below. The projects are summarized in Table $50,000,000 at current imported water prices. 6 and their locations shown on Figure 9. Left in the ground, these contaminated groundwaters are free to migrate and degrade Nitrates surrounding clean groundwaters, possibly resulting in the closure of more wells. The Nitrate contamination of potable groundwater solution is to recover the nitrate contaminated resources in the United States presents a groundwater for treatment and eventual growing economic problem and a potentially beneficial use. In this regard, the OCWD is serious health risk. In Orange County alone, proposing a number of wellhead treatment ' an estimated 250,000 acre-feet of groundwater projects to restore the polluted basin aquifers exceeds the 45 mg/l federal drinking water and to reopen shutdown wells. standard for ' FULLERTON I & 11 r, Ct..*—YORBA LINDA I & II LL N , e FULLERTON TCE R�PLACENTIA F� ANAHEIM a' sd,,d o FOREBAY 1 & 11 G•°' LL y • ORANGE F � d • NI O BASELINE PROJECT O POTENTIAL Q, • ' PROJECT . NITRATES ® SELENIUM TDS Q ORGANIC ' ® COLOR ' Figure 9 Groundwater restoration projects will convert degraded groundwaters into dunking water supplies. 17 Wellhead Treatment. The District is development to determine the technical and ' constructing wellhead treatment projects in the economic feasibility of biological nitrate cities of Tustin (see Figure 10) and Garden removal methods. The emphasis of the Grove. The Tustin and Garden Grove projects research will be on evaluation of systems ' are plants employing two methods, reverse incorporating autotrophic (i.e. hydrogen osmosis and ion exchange, operating oxidizing) denitrifying bacteria, which are independently, in parallel. Based on the able to enzymatically catalyze the reduction ' comparative performance determined through of nitrate to nitrogen gas, a harmless full scale operation, future plants will employ byproduct. A prototype wellhead treatment the most cost effective of the two processes. system, as well as bench scale in-situ Plants are proposed for Irvine, Westminster, denitrification systems, will be constructed ' Tustin, Garden Grove, Yorba Linda, and and tested at the District's laboratory in Fullerton. Some of these plants will remove Fountain Valley. A larger pilot scale version other contaminants,such as salts and selenium, of these systems will be constructed on ' as well. The nitrate removal projects will treat actual municipal wellheads located within 9,000 acre-feet/year of high nitrate groundwater Orange County or the Chino Basin area. for municipal use. Salts Biological Treatment. OCWD is under-taking a four-year program of research and The basin contains highly mineralized groundwaters (TDS concentrations greater ' than 1000 mg/l) in two general areas, the Santa Ana Canyon/Yorba Linda area and the Irvine area. Estimates of the volumes of ' high TDS groundwaters range from 100,000 to 500,000 acre-feet. The presence of the poor quality waters is due largely to salts ' derived from natural sediments, but, as mentioned earlier, activities of the human habitat have contributed to the problem. ' Because relatively high TDS Colorado River .ate water is the main source of supply to the Santa Ana River Watershed, the ' accumulation of salts in the groundwater is a problem faced throughout the area. Orange County, however, is fortunate in that desalting projects are facilitated by relative ' ease of disposal of desalter brine to the ocean. A total of five project plants are proposed to remove salts from the basin and ' are located in Yorba Linda (2), Tustin, Irvine and Rossmoor. Combined, the plants will treat about 10,400 acre-feet/year of ' brackish water corresponding to over 14,000 tons of salt per year from the basin. ' Irvine Desalter. Of the proposed projects, the largest and most advanced is the Irvine Desalter, a treatment facility to be located Figure 10 Groundwater contaminated with nitrate in the El Toro-Irvine area. This facility, still ' requires removal facilities such as the ion-exchange plant in the planning stage, will utilize new and shown above in Tustin. ' 18 I contributed to the source of the contamination detected in nearby irrigation wells. The investigation consists of construction of •° - - sophisticated multilevel monitoring wells and ° $ _® intensive sampling and testing (Figure 12). The ° % ° g° �1� District will seek to recover the cost of the ° ° investigation from the Marines at a later ate. � o TCE Pump-out Project. The Environmental Protection Agency is considering the El Toro ° site as a possible superfund cleanup site. To o provide interim containment of the TCE plume, the District is planning a TCE pump- out project which will deliver groundwater 0WELLS WHERE IMS pumped from the contaminated wells into the HAVE BEEN DECTECTED IRWD reclaimed system for use in landscape irrigation. The project will remove an additional 1,000 acre-feet/year of TCE contaminated Figure 11 Although contamination of the District's ' basin by VOCs is relatively minor, OCWD is monitoring and in vestigating the affected areas and de veloping wellhead cleanup projects. result has been the shutdown of four wells. The demand for imported water purchases to replace this lost supply has increased by about ' 1,000 acre-feet/year. Specific sources and parties responsible for the VOC contamination detected in the wells ' have been difficult to identify. To assist the regulatory agencies in identifying possible contaminant sources so that cleanup responsibility *' t can be assigned, the District has initiated an _ A investigation of VOC contamination in the Anaheim/Fullerton forebay area. The ' ' investigation consists of soil gas sampling followed by construction of monitoring wells. This project will have the added benefit of providing locations and design criteria for ultimate cleanup/wellhead treatment projects to be undertaken by the District in case the ' responsible parties cannot be identified. In addition to the forebay VOC investigation, the District has undertaken a $1,000,000 ' investigation into the extent of TCE contamination in the Irvine area. Evidence suggests that past waste discharges occurring in the vicinity of the Figure 12 Exploratory wells must be constructed to ' El Toro Marine Corps Air Station have identify underground geologic conditions and define contamination plumes. ' 20 � e significant as more monitoring is needed to ' meet regulatory agency requirements. (See Figure 14.) Benefits and Costs Baseline projects should produce an estimated - 23,000 acre-feet/year of renovated groundwater. Implementation of potential projects would bring the total to about 71,000 acre-feet/year. It should be noted that these quantities represent ' only a temporary supply. The projects would merely provide water that could not otherwise be used,while creating aquifer space for storage of cleaner recharge waters. Figure 13 Water standards and regulations recently The estimated costs of the water quality adopted by state and federal agencies require highly protection and enhancement projects are sophisticated organic analysis equipment• summarized in Table 7. TABLE 7 further expansion of OCWD's in-house PROTECT AND ENHANCE WATER OUALRY ' urrru coon a Muowe 1' laboratory will be necessary (Figure 13). e� EW EYE EYE EYM ME AFM�d N11"'Es 09 '0 '0 +0 S11LTS/SEtFN1N1 Although the main lab has seen the addition POTENTIAL ;s ;s o; " '° of a new organic analysis facility in recent years, VOLATILE�onc.N c there has been no significant expansion of the POTE:.ILL 0_ °� °' °' inorganic section for about a decade. During COLOR 00 20 20 20 20 23 ' T WANSIOIN this time there has been an enormous increase T �'TOT .o e2 52 93 er 13 in the inorganic sample load. BASELINE-oT. 22 22 as 67 50 Costs for OCWD's in-house services are The baseline and potential projects will meet about one-half the cost of those provided by program objectives of protection of Santa Ana outside labs. The savings will become more River water quality, cleanup of groundwater, and resolution of specific problems posed by nitrates, selenium, salts, volatile organic chemicals, and colored groundwater. Specific ANALYTICAL LABORATORY COSTS benefits are: OCWD vs 'OUTSIDE' LABS .reduced dependency on imported supplies 1000— —.— -- *protection from drought and shortage $9.2 000 ' N ee17.950 -restoration of the aquifers -reactivation of closed wells 600r $569.260 •increased use of a lower-cost source. .°0' » ilill[ e' °°° IMPROVE BASIN MANAGEMENT e 2 se.300 1250.800 zoo- ' In addition to activities to increase basin FY 1987-88 FY 1988-89 FY 1989-90 water supplies and to protect and enhance 00cwoLAB -003,de-LABS water quality, the GWMP encompasses several Figure 14 Operation of the OCWD water analysis lab programs to improve basin management. These is more cost effective for basin producers than use of programs are designed to: 1) expand the usable outside labs. i 22 1 ~ ' A NO►2WALK � ��,�� "" ` � 91 OF IV 1 � � r F'RESSCR6 1 lc �FoQE6A ss ALAMITOS GAP ~` r �N t SUNSET ' GAP BOLS GAP SEAWATER ' 1 J INTRUSION �- PATHWAYS TALBERT GAP t ' Figure 15 To increase the usable storage capacity of the basin, additional seawater intrusion control facilities are needed in the historic Gap encroachment areas. After years of dispute, Los Angeles County table so that ample supply will be available pumpers adjudicated their basin in 1966, during drought periods. establishing a fixed amount that could be pumped. Therefore, the groundwater surface The amount of loss across the county line is may never recover to levels matching elevations dependent upon the difference in operating 1 in Orange County,where,through management, water levels in the two counties. Seasonal as OCWD deliberately maintains a higher water well as annual variations in water table levels 24 1 � 1 The District is currently sponsoring extent of aquifer systems, which are complex legislation to make minor modifications to in structure (Figure 18). The wells will also the Orange County Water District Act which be used to monitor regional overdraft, as will allow a variable BEA. The purpose will well as the water levels surrounding be to establish a marginal difference in cost wellfields. This system of monitoring points ' of producing groundwater versus purchasing will be incorporated into a network of wells imported water for each water purveyor, thus that will allow the District to closely monitor allowing better management of groundwater and manage the groundwater resources of resources. the basin. Basin Management Wells Benefits and Costs ' In addition to monitoring wells constructed Not all of the projects described in this for specific problems, such as seawater section will provide additional yield. For intrusion and groundwater contamination, example, the proposed seawater intrusion other wells will be constructed to provide projects will protect existing supplies, rather data on regional hydrogeologic conditions in than create new ones. However, as shown in the basin. (See Figure 17.) These wells will Table 8, the West Orange County Wellfield aid in formulating a better definition of Project could provide an additional 10,000 basin hydrology and the lateral and vertical acre-feet/year, and the cooperative project TABLE 8 BENEFITS FROM IMPROVED BASIN MANAGEMENT c 0 ' °�m of o�03 o� o ooa `oy Reduced dependency on • • imported supplies Protection during drought and • • shortage ' Enhanced recharge • • 0 operations Increased use of lower cost • • source a MWD agreement would provide 100 000 AF r for 3 ears of additional capacity. 9 P � /Y � years) b West Orange County wellfield project could yield an additional 10,000 AF/yr. ' 2s i _dam specific needs of individual agencies. For more time-consuming, detailed analysis of District activities, the groundwater producers have elected a ten-member Technical Advisory Committee (TAC). This group, consisting of five representatives and five alternates, also meets monthly and is provided additional background and technical data to better understand District programs and recommendations. The TAC reports its findings and recommendations to the entire groundwater producers group. Board/TAC Meetings Interchange between OCWD Directors and the groundwater producing TAC members has been recently formalized by establishment of five specific TAC areas. Each has been geographically located to cover the areas of responsibility of two ' Figure 19 District sponsored tours of water facilities OCWD Directors. Individual meetings are Provide a necessary communication link with public held with the two OCWD Board members, officials and the general public. the TAC representative and alternate, and 1 the OCWD General Manager. Topics of the Santa Ana River. To represent the discussion for these Board/TAC meetings District's position in water quantity and include OCWD activities and groundwater quality issues in the Santa Ana River conditions of specific interest to that watershed (Figure 19), participation and UeoUraphical area. occasional presentations are required with regional and state regulatory bodies, City Council/Water Agency Presentations including the Regional Water Quality Control Board, the Santa Ana River An active program has been formulated to Watershed Project Authority, and others. allow District staff to make regular appearances at city council and water agency IMPROVE OCNVD MANAGEMENT/ meetings within the District. These OPERATIONS appearances will provide policy makers from the cities and water agencies an opportunity Human Resources Department to review OCWD programs and activities. The Human Resources Department is Presentations to Others preparing a comprehensive plan to attract and retain highly qualified staff for the Presentations and tours for Orange District's many innovative programs. As a ' County's regional, state, and federal officials follow-up to recruitment, an in-house and aides have resulted in an excellent training program is being developed to working relationship between District and address needs ranging from supervisory ' legislative staffs. These programs have also training, to maintenance training, to research developed a legislative awareness of Orange and technical training. In addition, the County, regional and state water matters. continuing education program is being Periodic tours are conducted of the State expanded. A Human Resources newsletter Water Project, Colorado River Project and is planned and the Department will continue r 28 to Anaheim Lake, and OCWD generates a TABLE 10 small amount of energy in the pipeline IMPROVE 0Cw0 MA AG"EM/oPEmnoNs FACILITIES EXPANSION feeding the Alamitos Barrier injection wells. CAMTA,COSTS of +DMi The potential for hydroelectric generation at a 0�.% nI„ ELM nLm OLE M-TEA^� LO-.irr B—D NG 5 '0 Santiago Creek and Burris Pit is being WAINTE`+-ICE BU LDIKG studied. O-PU-E- 36 FO4ESA—AAD -L7. IOTA, le •0 Benefits and Costs B-SELINE rOTAL JB 0 Table 10 shows costs for the District's Fountain Valley facilities, including the new TABLE 11 administration building, maintenance SUMMARY OF INCREASED BASIN YIELD building, and computer system, as well as IN ACRE FEET PER YEAR additional facilities at the forebay field ESTIMATED YIELD IN AF/YR PE�TENTLu office. These facilities are needed to PROJE BASELINE efficiently carry out the District's programs INCREASE WATER SUPPLIES 74.000 70.000 and projects. PROTECT/ENHANCE WATER QUALITY 22.700 48.000 IMPROVE BASIN MANAGEMENT 10,QQQ TOTAL 106.= 118.000 BASIN PRODUCTION PERCENTAGE CAN BE INCREASED 700 600 TOTAL DEMAND 50o 0 IMPORTED SUPPLY 0 eox r 75% POTENTIAL v 400 70% W 66% 0111BASELINE W tL 300 I W Cr V 200 � Q GROUNDWATER SUPPLY 100 1 0 1969-70 1974-75 1979-80 1984-85 1989-90 1994-95 /999-00 2004-06 2009-10 FISCAL YEAR Figure 20 Baseline projects will allow the producers to keep pace with increasing demands;potential projects will allow f an increase in extraction percentages. 30 48 r S` LJq_- - ORANGE HQ PE= Q A V ¢ J ' � ARTESiA Atwood IQ D L AMO C, LA PAL MA LA P L A AV Rtv LAKEWOOD � � } r- '' ANAHEIM Olive 0� = LONG Iz 6NCOLN vy BEACH HAWAIIAN AIRPORT }A4DL0:r LL, GARDE S ALL . STA 17 _ STA 46 RD TAFT A`J WILLOW r fh WLA IST4NT0 AV J _ ORANGE SIG ILL L H ��STA 2_r. ITOS = APMAN "' ' AV z Ross- t„ C A _h � R p Moor GAR N c oL ARD GROVE FR�r a Et ' Mo E 0� STA 48 GARDf I ME 1 LONG ° BEA Leisure f1"fnlle � C ,. .�;, ('VVorld � $ 11A WEST STA 25 `� :�' TU+ - STA 44 ��, Q �' + SEAL " -- Midwa W - A NTA ,N ED!G . C;t ANA ES a FO NTAIN l� STA 3 „APNEA �co V LLEYcz Sunset T LBER T Z AV'`' ►� NIACAR HHUR BL R F I D ADAMS AV J cc O° c' - 4 A, YAE iC AIRPORT BEA H IRVIN C STA M SA�� i�� �, `'� O u NEWPOR BE A H O Newport I Bai Corona Del M r i i y I 0 1 2 5 10 MILES j KILOMETERS I 0 1 2 5 10 Emeral n 49 LEGEND -—- CITY BOUNDARY IN ve % I 0+ WWII -Mmin nimill 77 1 � ' HUNTINGTON BE4CH, 04LIFORNIA PLANNING DIVISION RESPONSE DEFICIENT AREAS HOLLY SEACLIFF DEFICIENT AREA 50 WA R N E R 3 L V 3 FIGURE 3 3 o 0 o 0 ,' \1 0 0 181 m $� + 1 4 t 23-4034A9 0 B Al. 7 J T� CAe�ion 23-459 40/s-T i 9A l� r! ♦i�l is ;\ ` 161-A-I \ \` 11 Chevron \ \\ � T152 I 23- 6680 t { 2 9 NN TI42 \ N N, , I \ \ ,�r11c Chevron �No�lh Bo/Sd� 2 6-6 753},.� 23 Bo/sa" t32 .00000 \\ O 141 \ . t41A +111 ¢ Chevron t i 25-5813 18 Bo/sa` �\ 13t 131 A STATE OF CALIFORNIA .Iz2a DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION '9 �..�`. � 122 +zzf. DIVISION OF OIL & GAS SCALE IN FEET �� -Soufh Bo/sa" \ 11 ♦t3o A 0 500 1000 1500 2000 � �. Ts-141 AUGUST 1z1 A,1992 \ �, • LEGEND \��.., H U N T I N G TO N -1211 ' C DRILLING NR NO RECORD \ � G DRILLING-.OLE NA NOT AVAiLABL" \ \\ �.. �\ + + 121 Q PLUGGED AND ABANDONED-DRY HOLE 1 saga (.�..M••... aui.•• PRODUCING—JIL tiro •••+*I• NOTE: WELLS WITH DIRECTIONAL SURVEYS ON FILE N IDLE—OIL WITH THE DIVISION CF OIL G.1M INDICATED BY BEACH 0 I Z ♦ PLUGGED AND ABANDONED-OIL A SHORT LINE UNDER THE WELL SYMBOLS S, . ♦ PRODUCING/CAPABLE-GAS `. \ o 102w * IDLE -GAS w-' OBSERVATION � 4 PLUGGED AND ABANDONED-GAS if \GAS-OPEN TO UIL ZONE V V:ATER SOURCE DIVISION OF OIL >~GAS 0 FIELD WATER 'JISPOSAI 1416 9th STREET ;� c/ WATER FLOOD SACRAMENTO,CALIF. 958I4 \`� FIELD BOUNDARY P: STEAM FLOOD BURIED IDLE `\ \ I I 51 A REVIEW OF THE GEOLOGY AND EARTHQUAKE HISTORY OF THE NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE, SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 1974 i Ir CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY PREPARED IN COOPERATION WITH THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELF_S, DEPARTMENT OF COUNTY ENGINEER AND THE LOS ANGELES COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT OPN%A Diy,s, SPECIAL REPORT 114 OF Ht 1A 1 i 1 1 Special Report 114 A REVIEW OF THE GEOLOGY AND EARTHQUAKE HISTORY OF THE NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE, SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA This report is based on work completed in 1972. By ' Allan G. Barrows I Geologist, California Division of Mines and Geology Los Angeles, California 1974 California Division of Mines and Geology Resources Building, Room 1341 1416 Ninth St. Sacramento, CA 95814 r Prepared in cooperation with the County of Los Angeles, Department of County Engineer and the Los Angeles County Flood Control District STATE OF CALIFORNIA THE RESOURCES AGENCY RONALD REAGAN, GOVERNOR NORMAN B. LIVERMORE, JR., SECRETARY DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY RAY B. HUNTER, DIRECTOR JAMES E. SLOSSON, STATE GEOLOGIST i CONTENTS ABSTRACT.................................. ......................................................................................................................... vii INTRODUCTIONAND PURPOSE...... ............................................................................................................ 1 DESCRIPTIONOF THE ZONE........... ............................................................................................................ 2 ' Physiographic Features.................................................................................................................................. . 2 CheviotHills.................................................................................................................................................... 2 BaldwinHills.........................................................................................................................._.........-...-...-..-.. 4 RosecransHills............................................................................................................................................... 6 ' Dominguez Hills.............................................................................................................................................. 6 Signal Hill and Reservoir Hill.....................................................................................................................11 Alamitos Heights and Landing Hill.............................. ..................................................... ................ .....16 BolsaChica Mesa..........................................................................................................................................16 HuntingtonBeach Mesa........................................:......................................................................................16 NewportMesa.................................................................................................................................................16 MajorFaults........................................................................................................................................................17 HISTORY OF INVESTIGATION AND RECOGNITION...................................................................................22 ' Ground-Water Geology.....................................................................................................................................22 PetroleumGeology......................................................................................................................................... ..23 Differential Subsidence Associated with Oil Fields..................................................................................26 Seismology...........................................................................................................................................................30 HISTORY OF HYPOTHESES ON ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF STRUCTURALFEATURES..............................................................................................................................35 INFERRED HISTORY OF DEFORMATION.......................................................... .................................... .....43 EARTHQUAKE HISTORY-..... .................... ......_....58 InglewoodEarthquake. 1920 _............................................................._.-..............-..........-.....-...- ..-.......-.-. -..63 1 Earthquake History, to 1933. ....................................................................................................... .64 Long Beach Earthquake,ake, 1933......... .. .....64 Characteristics of the Long Beach Earthquake....................................................................................66 Epicenter.......................................................................................................................................................66 Focus.................................. . .......................................................................................................................69 Foreshocks..................................................................................................................................................69 Aftershocks...................... .. ........................ .............................................. ...............................................70 SurfaceEffects................ ................................................................... ......................................................72 Intensity.........................................................................................................................................................89 ' Earthquake History, March 1933 to 1972....................................................................................................92 Earthquakeof October 21. 1941 ..............................................................................................................94 Earthquakeof June 18, 1944......................................................................................................................95 CONCLUSIONS. . . .... ........ ..... ... ... .. ...... ..... ................... .................... ....... .........98 REFERENCES... . .. ... . . . - 100 ' Appendices A. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTS DEALING WITH EFFECTS OF LONG BEACHEARTHQUAKE.................................................................................................................................105 PublishedMaterial...................................................................................................................................105 EngineeringNews-Record..................................................................................................................108 Southwest Builder and Contractor...................................................................................................109 UnpublishedMaterial...............................................................................................................................110 B. ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SEISMOLOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL REFERENCES TO THE LONG BEACH EARTHQUAKE........................................................................112 L 1 ILLUSTRATIONS Figure 1 Hiils and mesas along the Newport-Inglewood structural zone. southern California . . 3 Figure 2. Oil fields along the Newport-Inglewood structural zone . .. .. . ... . . ..... . . . ........... . . .25 , Figure 3 Differential subsidence along the Newport-Inglewood structural zone and Torrance-Wilmington area............._.._............... 1. .........._......._.. ..... ..............27 Figure 4 Taber's 1920 map of the "Inglewood-Newport-San Onofre fault....... ... . ..._.... . . ....... . ...32 Figure 5. Kew's sketch map of the Inglewood fault.. ... ..... ...... ....... .. ... ... ...... . ..... ..... ..................33 Figure 6. Map by Bailey Willis showing bifurcating Inglewood fault...... .... ..... ... ......_... . .._... .... ..34 Figure 7 Fault map from Ferguson and Willis. 1924... .. . ........ .. ..... ........ ...... ....... . ..._... ......._...... 36 Figure 8. A portion of an outline map of the Los Angeles basin by Kew and Vickery, 1928 ....37 Figure 9. Speculative subsurface configuration of the major tectonic trends at , northern end of Newport-Inglewood structural zone...............................................................47 Figure 10. Possible configuration of major tectonic trends in the western Los Angeles basin.. .49 Figure 11. Map of Clements' fall of tombstone data for Long Beach earthquake by Benioff.. .....68 Figure 12. Uplift at Long Beach between 1931 and 1934...... ... ..................... ... ............. ........ .............80 Figure 13. Sketch map showing tine of equal water-level surge in wells during the Long Beach earthquake........... .... . ..........................................................................82 Figure 14. Map of area most strongly affected by the Long Beach earthquake................................86 Figure 15. Map of total area affected by the Long Beach earthquake........ ........................................87 ' Figure 16. Eaton's fault map of the Los Angeles basin ........................................................... ........ .......88 Figure 17. Isoseismal line, intensity VI, Long Beach earthquake............. .......................... ...................90 Figure 18. Microregionalization map of the Los Angeles area........................................... ............ .......91 Figure 19. Epicenters of 1941 and 1944 Rosecrans and Dominguez area earthquakes and subsurface faulting.. ........... ............................................................................96 Photo 1 Aerial photo of the Baldwin Hills looking northward at the central graben along the Inglewoodfault ....... . ...... ........ .. .... . ... .. I... . ........... . ...... ..... ..... ... .. . .... .......... 4 Photo 2. Aerial photo looking southward across the Potrero fault and Inglewood Park Cemetery 5 , Photo 3. East-facing exposure of low-angle reverse faults near surface of Dominguez Hill.......11 Photo 4. Aerial photo of Long Beach oil field and Cherry-Hill fault looking southeastward.......12 Photo 5. Aerial photo looking westward across the Seal Beach oil field toward Signal Hill......15 Photo 6. Damage to Pacific Coast Highway southeast of Huntington Beach Pier.........................74 ' Photo 7. Settling cracks along landward edge of damaged Pacific Coast Highway southeast ofHuntington Beach Pier.......... ......... ......... ...... . ........._.................... .. ........... ...... . .............74 Photo 8. Settling cracks between Pacific Coast Highway and lagoonal ponds...............................75 Photo 9. View southeast along ground cracks beneath Pacific Electric trestle....... . ...... .. ...........76 Photo10. Close-up of photo 9.........................................................................................................................76 Photo 11. Slumped and cracked northeast trending causeway across Bolsa Bay............................77 Photo 12. Settling cracks and slumped and caved shoulders along causeway to Bolsa Chica Gun Club - 7E Photo 13. Settling cracks in shoulder of highway along Bolsa Bay. .. ..... 7� Photo 14. Cracks in field west of Garden Grove, presumably from which sand and water was ejected................. ........... ......................... ....................... ..........................8 Photo 15. Low, ridge-like feature in San Gabriel River flood-plain sediments...................................8:; ' Photo 16. Lurch cracks in alluvium near Alamitos Bay............................................................................83 Photo 17. Settling and slumping of shoulder; mud crater in ditch.......................................................8.1 Photo 18. Close-up of mud crater in photo 17...........................................................................................8.1 Photo 19. Failure of land fill behind slumped sea wall............................................................................8 i Photo 20. Disrupted curbing and pavement..................................................................................................85 Table 1. Major faults associated with the Newport-Inglewood structural zone..................................18 Table 2. Fault maps showing an inferred southeastern extension of the , Newport-Inglewood zone...................................................................................................................°2 Table 3. Comparison of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone with the SouthCoast Offshore fault...............................................................................................................!.5 Table 4. Pre-1928 earthquake history of the Los Angeles area..............................................................ti8 Table 5. Summary of data on Inglewood earthquake of June 21, 1920...............................................63 Table 6. Post-1920, pre-1933 earthquakes .....................................................................................................65 Table 7. Long Beach earthquake of March 10, 1933.................................................................................16 Table 8. Surface effects of the Long Beach earthquake..........................................................................r3 Table 9. Number of reported earthquakes from March 10, 1933, to December 31, 1939................33 Table 10.Stronger local shocks along the Newport-Inglewood zone, March1933 through 1972..................................................................................................................33 iv ' ILLUSTRATIONS (cont) 1 Profile A-A' Parallel to Hyde Park Boulevard. Baldwin Hills 7 Profile B-B' Across Inglewood Park Cemetery.. . . ..... .... .. ... . . . 7 Profile C-C' Across southeast corner Hollywood Park Race Track .. ... .. . .... . . ... . .. . .... 8 Profile D-D' Across intersection of Century and Western, Rosecrans HMIs . .. . . . . ..... . . ... . .. .. . 8 ' Profile E-E' Across Western Avenue golf course, Rosecrans Hills ........ ............ ... . . .._ . . . . .... . 9 Profile F-F' Across Athens portion of the Rosecrans oil field, Rosecrans Hills. . ._... .... . . .. ........ 9 Profile G-G' Dominguez Hill .................... . . .............................. .-...10 Profile H-H' Across the Cherry-Hill fault. Los Cerritos area-.- --..-.- .10 Profile I-I' Signal Hill. . . . .. . . ... . . ... .. ......... 13 Profile J-J' Reservoir Hill. . . ........... .... .. .... . .. ..... ... ........ . _-.-....-.................. 13 Profile K-K' Bolsa Chica Mesa............. ...... ........ ................... .. . ................. ..... ...... .... . .... .... ... .. . . ...14 Profile L-L' Huntington Beach Mesa....... ........ ........................ . .. . . . ... .. .. ..... .. ............... .. .. .. ..... . 14 Plate 1. Map of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone and other selected structural features of the Los Angeles area. southern California.... ....... . ....Pocket V ABSTRACT The Newport-Inglewood structural zone trends northwesterly from Newport Mesa to the Cheviot Hills along the western side of the Los Angeles basin. This belt of domal hills and mesas, formed by ' the folding and faulting of a thick sequence of sedimentary rocks, is the surface expression of a major zone of deformation. Near-surface faults associated with the uplifts act as barriers to the flow of ground water across the zone. The level of the water table east of the zone is thereby raised. In addition,the barriers help to prevent the contamination of the fresh water supply by blocking the intrusion of sea water. Anticlinal upwarping of predominantly marine sedimentary rocks, combined with associated com- plex faulting, provides traps for large quantities of petroleum and natural gas. The cumulative produc- tion of more than a dozen oil fields along the zone exceeds 2.5 billion barrels of oil. Some of the fields have been producing for 45 to 50 years. The Newport-Inglewood structural zone, commonly referred to as the Inglewood fault by seismologists, is seismically active.The largest and most destructive of the numerous earthquakes that have occurred along the zone during historic time was the Long Beach earthquake of March 10, 1933. The epicenter of this 6.3 magnitude shock lay offshore near Newport Beach whereas the aftershock ' activity extended along the zone northwestward to Signal Hill. Most of the 120 deaths and more than $40 million in damage resulted from the failure of inadequately constructed buildings due to strong seismic shaking of the weak alluvial materials upon which they were built. Notable among the lesser shocks also discussed in this review are the 1920 Inglewood earthquake (4.9 magnitude), and some during the 1940s with which was associated subsurface faulting that damaged oil wells in the Dominguez and Rosecrans oil fields. No surface faulting along known faults has been observed resulting from historic earthquakes. Surface geologic effects of earthquakes include surface cracking of alluvial materials due to lurching or settling; development of mud or sand craters where water has been ejected during a shock; land- slides or rockfalls from sea cliffs and roadcuts; elevation changes, both positive and negative; changes in the level of the water table in wells; and disruption of structures built on or in the ground such as pipelines, roads, and bridges. ' Differential subsidence is associated with at least three of the oil fields along the zone; Inglewood (totals about 5.6 feet); Long Beach (totals about 2.0 feet); and Huntington Beach (totals about 5.1 feet). Surface faulting, in the form of earthcracks, appears to be related to subsidence in the Baldwin Hills. ' Failure of the Baldwin Hills reservoir in 1963 has been attributed to displacement across earthcracks. The en echelon arrangement of the uplifts along the zone,combined with evidence for right-lateral strike-slip offsets along some of the longer exposed or near-surface faults, has led many to postulate that the aligned structures are the result of deformation at depth along a through-going strike-slip fault. First-motion studies of earthquakes tend to support the concept of a right-lateral fault at the depth of origin of earthquakes. Near the surface, however, the picture is complicated locally by evidence for normal, reverse, and left-lateral faulting. ' This paper contains speculations on the significance of the abrupt change in trend of the zone north of Dominguez Hill,which leads to the inference that the Newport-Dominguez-Playa del Rey trend may be the major structure with the Dominguez-Baldwin Hills reach considered an offshoot of it. The nature, extent, and direction of continuations of the zone beyond its known limits within the Los Angeles basin are discussed.Based upon the review of all information currently available,it is ten- tatively concluded that the portion of the zone north of the Baldwin Hills curves toward the west of the Cheviot Hills oil field and is overridden by northward-dipping reverse faults of the Santa Monica Mountains frontal fault system. Southeast of Newport Beach, where the Newport-Inglewood structural zone trends out to sea,the continuation of the zone can be inferred to extend as far south as Laguna Beach on the basis of the locations of epicenters. Farther to the southeast, between Laguna Beach and Oceanside, recent in- tensive subbottom profiling surveys reveal the presence of numerous faults, one of which has been called the South Coast Offshore fault.This feature can be traced for 40 miles approximately coinciding with the edge of the continental shelf 2 to 7 miles offshore. The known and inferred similarities bet- ween the onshore Newport-Inglewood structural zone and the South Coast Offshore fault provide a cogent argument for concluding that the Newport-Inglewood zone does extend offshore parallel to the southern California coast and that the South Coast Offshore fault is a continuation of the Newport- Inglewood zone. ' vii ' INTRODUCTION AND PURPOSE The Newport-Inglewood structural zone of folds and faults forms a northwesterly trending line of gentle topographic prominences that extends about 40 miles from Newport Mesa to the Cheviot Hills along the western side of the Los Angeles basin (plate I ; figure I ). This belt of domal hills and mesas, formed by the folding and faulting of a thick sequence of sedimentary rocks, is the surface expression of a zone of deformation that has been given various names by different workers. Petroleum geologists, reflecting their interest in the anticlinal structures that provide traps for oil, usually refer to the zone as the "Newport-Inglewood uplift" or the Newport-Inglewood zone of flexure. Structural geologists, seismologists, and ground-water geologists most often refer to the zone as the "Newport-Inglewood fault zone" or simply as the "Inglewood fault." In this paper, the simple nomenclature--the Newport-Inglewood structural zone--which refers to all structural aspects as well as surface expressions of this many-sided feature, will be used. rThe presence of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone within the populous Los Angeles area has both favorable and unfavorable aspects. Numerous structural traps produced by deformation along the Newport-Inglewood zone contain large quantities of petroleum, which is of primary importance from an economic standpoint. Another economically important aspect of the zone that may be considered a benefit is the presence of certain fault planes along the zone, which serve as effective barriers to the infiltration of sea water into the severely downdrawn ground-water reservoirs of the coastal plain. These barriers also act as dams for fresh water on the landward side of the zone, thereby raising ground-water levels, which both enlarges the effective ground water reservoir and makes the water more easily accessible. This last feature is perhaps ' the first aspect of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone to be utilized by early set- tlers and farmers of the region. There is abundant seismic evidence that the zone is tectonically active; thus, the surrounding metropolitan area is subject to certain risks. In an area of dense population, intensive industrial activity, and active exploitation of petroleum resources, the threat posed by even moderate earthquakes makes it imperative that planners and ' designers be able to easily obtain intormation about this dominant structural feature and its many aspects. ' The spatial association of actively subsiding areas within portions of the zone, whether due to withdrawal of fluids or tectonism or a combination of both, also presents special problems to builders. The fact that much of the area along the zone is only a few feet above sea level increases the severity of this problem. It is the purpose of this study to review all aspects of the geology of the Newport- Inglewood structural zone and to summarize the earthquake history. A major portion is ' concerned with an evaluation of the potential geologic hazards associated with future activity along the zone and the effects of earthquakes, subsidence, and such related phenomena as tsunami, flooding, landsliding, etc. Some of the many as yet unanswered questions about the zone include: How long is it and where and what are its "ends" like? How does the zone relate to other major struc- tures in southern California? What is the amount and type of displacement that has taken place along the zone? This report includes speculations about some possible answers to these questions. Ultimately, it is hoped that such speculations will provide guidelines for making some predictions about future activity along the zone. DESCRIPTION OF THE ZONE ' The term "Newport-Inglewood structural zone" is used in several contexts. In- ' eluded herein are descriptions of the landforms that give topographic expression to the zone. a tabulation and comparison of t)e major faults associated with local structures ' along the zone, a summary of the petroleum geology, and a summary of the in- vestigations of the ground-�%ater geology in the vicinity of the zone. Physiographic. Features It is the easily observable alignment of hills and mesas (figure I ) from Newport to north of Inglewood that first suggested and still supports the concept that the uplifted features are related to a common, linear, underlying structural element which has been called the "Newport-Inglewood fault.' Although the nature and, indeed, the existence of this "fault" is uncertain, there is no doubt that the landforms do lie in a remarkably straight line. The landforms themselves have resulted from a combination of different ' rates of uplift and the effects of different agents of erosion at various localities along the zone. Particular emphasis is placed upon the effects of faulting on these landforms. Numerous topographic profiles which transect the uplifts along the zone were prepared as an aid to discussion. Land-surface profiles with highly exaggerated vertical scales extending the length of the zone can also be found in Poland et al. (1956, plate 2) and Poland et al. (1959, plate 3). Excellent detailed descriptions of the landforms are alsc included in these U.S. Geological Survey Water-Supply Papers (Poland et al.. 1956 ' 1959) and in publications of both State and local agencies involved in ground-water and flood control studies along the zone. CHEVIOT HILLS ' The Cheviot Hills are soniek%hat circular in plan except for it south-trending projection that extends to Venice Boulevard. Late Pleistocene marine deposits are e).- posed on the surface of these low, rolling hills which range in elevation from 175 io 250 feet. Except in the vicinity of Century City, these are completely surrounded by south- or east-sloping alluviated terrain. Due to the fact that they lie along the line of uplifts which defines the Newport-Inglewood structural zone, they have been coi- sidered as part of the zone. They overlie the Cheviot Hills oil field. The name Cheviat Hills is preferred over the name Beverly Hills (Poland et al., 1956; 1959) because there is good evidence that the Newport-Inglewood structural trend does not under ie the old Beverly Hills oil field as was once assumed but veers, instead, westward in the vicinity of the Cheviot Hills oil field (Crowder, 1968). Poland et al. (1959, p. 76) ten- , tatively extended the Inglewood fault (see below, Baldwin Hills) northward across Ballona Creek and suggested that it lay along an eastward-facing escarpment in the vicinity of Beverly Drive and Hillsboro Avenue in the Cheviot (Beverly) Hills. A ' discussion of this extension appears in the section dealing with the northern end of :he Newport-Inglewood zone. The surficial geology of this area has been mapped by Ca!,tle (1960b), and the Pleistocene paleontology and stratigraphy of sites in the Cheviot Hills has been studied by Rodda (1957). ' .CHEVIOT HILLS../ I hµ, CULVER �. J A SANTA CtTX 1 �' MONICA • ro�uk NdU .: HUNTINGTONPARK !1 iNCLEwooB� � C' ROSECRANS D E'' `45 N Z HILLS L M /4• c COMPTON � • a •MANHATTAN •v BEACH 7D DOMINGUEZ,,.•' HILLS _" �'!4� �� I 5 0 5 MILES `I/^�ill = 61 REDONDO �„ N M •BEACH ��` s, •TORRANCE Q _ SIGNAL c / O +i /HILL Hl O RESERVOIR HILL LOA �' c ALAMITOS HEIGHTS •BEACH nei,n 1 I r LANDING SAN SEA BEACH BOLSA CHICA K, MESA "F Z M HUNTINGTOAI .` NEWPORT BEACH MESA MESA Newport-Inglewood structural zone NEwP4ta' c B,Q'ACN Figure 1. Hills and mesas along the Newport-Inglewood structural zone, southern California. w 4 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 BALDWIN HILLS ' The highest elevation of any uplift along the Newport-Inglewood structural zone is attained by the Baldwin Hills, which rise: 5 1 1 feet above sea level. There is about 400 ' feet of relief between the summit of the hills and the Ballona Creek valley to the north. The morphology of the Baldwin Hills has been concisely described by Poland el al. (1956, p. 1 9): ' Roughly linear scarps constitute the outer faces on the west, north, and east, and these are pierced by numerous valleys sharply incised and reaching headward to the very center of the hill mass,with flat-topped ridges intervening.On the south, however,the hills descend ramplike to the adjacent lower terrane where the surface is also incised and the flat ridge ' tops and southward-sloping ramps are parts of a land surface initially continuous, gently arched from east to west, and plunging to the south This is a segment of the late- Pleistocene land surface• uplifted, tilted southward, and warped by earth movements. 'i dam:�� =.?_2► ,.. �c� 1('{�1 s�.1?�t. ^..' mot.. �I 1� f1t•i . .:,i� eSe�' ``' Ii�.' 'jjal' �-�`_`•,. `t.ti i 7i:?' 'iir V--` { � s i i Ltd j' ��•���•:- a-� � �" c 1 � �r r�• � !, � I _ a t� I • Photo 1. Oblique aerial photograph looking north at the central graben along the Inglewood fault in the Baldwin ' Hills and Inglewood oil field. Labeled localities (A) Baldwin Hills reservoir site and breached dam; (B) Slausan Avenue; (C) LaBrea Avenue;(D) La Cienega Boulevard;(E) Stocker Street:(F) Ballona Creek channel; (G) Santa Monica Mountains.Photo from the Spence Collection,University of California at Los Angeles taken February 3. 1957. Faults from geologic map of Baldwin Hills br R. 0- Castle. 1960a. , POTRER '� 'SUITE, rro �n _�- �-:. ��__, ;a„ �� RAC E,,.T ,,, .� ---•p .i#�-- -� - -. -•! -'.*;_ r. - - �. _ _ a,.�;; � ` _ _ ••yew."��}�_ tit7�� +r IL OOD ---- t f T E R Y ` rye •y.� a•, r• '.• C S 101 '�.0 E N T•I N E Lyt3' - __ ..�.�' � s� \,,. •� ,may--;,�� •,,� - � --- � � � .�' 4:yy�. •',:7�. tip:J . Ob 6 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 14 The central portion of the Baldwin H ills is transected by a graben (photo I ). The eastern side of this depression is bounded by a west-facing fault-line scarp ranging in height from 75 to 150 feet. This scarp is ;he surface expression of the Inglewood fault , (Driver. 1943. p. 308). The most detailed geologic map to date (Castle. 1960a) depicts at least six east-west-trending cross faults offsetting the Inglewood fault (see plate I ). Topography provides only a weak basis for tracing the Inglewood fault south of Centinela Creek; therefore, opinions differ as to the projected location of the fault (compare Poland et at., 1959. plate 2, with Castle. 1960a). On the southeast side of the Baldwin Hills, there is an east-facing scarp which may represent the northern con- tinuation of the Potrero fault. This scarp is as much as 50 feet high east of Centinela School (Profile A-.4). ROSECRANS HILLS The Rosecrans Hills (figure I ) extend for about 8 miles from Centinela Creek to the Dominguez Hills as a tract of elongate, gently rising land. According to Poland et al. (1959, p. 20). the crest of the Rosecrans Hills ...declines southeastward from an al'itude of 240 feet above sea level just east of Inglewood to about 100 feet above sea level as it passes into Dominguez Hill. Its transverse profiles [Profiles B-B', C-C', D-D', E-E, F-F"ierein] are all somewhat asymmetric, with flatter eastern slopes that grade imperceptibly into the central lowland and with steeper western slopes that pass into Torrance Plain. Superposed on this general form are modifying features of three types: a few headward-eroding gullies and small streams; local bulges, not of erosional origin; and at least two west,Nard-facing fault escarpments [see Profiles. The more prominent of the two escarpments, some 60 feet high and 2 1/2 miles long, trends N. 250 W., and opposite Inglewood it passes about half a mile west of the crest of the hills [profiles B-B', C-C'l and D-131.To the south it appears to die out in the relatively steep western flank of the hills[Profile D-D'; to the north its alinement is prolonged in an eastward facin escarpment that bounds the most southern promontory of the Baldwin Hills [Profile A-AI The less prominent of the two escarpments begins at the northern flank of Dominguez Hill, trends about N. 25° W. for a length of 1 ,2 miles, and is half a mile west of the crest of the hills; it is about 25 feet high to the south and dies out northward. ' The steeper northern escarpment, crossing Inglewood Park Cemetery and the grounds of Hollvwood Park race track, represents a fault-line scarp alone the Potrero fault ' (plate I ; photo 2). Several cross faults have also displaced this tault (Poland el W., 1959, plate 2). The gentler southern escarpment described above lies along the Avalon-Compton fault (Poland et al., 1959. p. 71 ). The escarpment becomes topographically indistinct just north of the intersection of Rosecrans Avenue and ' Avalon Boulevard. In the central part of the Rosecrans Hills, although the land sur- face is modified by stream erosion, there are no detectable fault scarps (Profile F-F). DOMINGUEZ HILLS Although commonly referred to as the Dominguez Hills, the simple domal form is more properly a single hill described by Poland et al. (1959, p. 1 7) as ...a simple elliptical dome 3 miles long and about 195 feet above sea level. Like the Rosecrans Hills, it has a flatter slope on the northeast flank [Profile G-d3 and is defor- mational in origin; however, it is less modified by stream erosion. Its major axis trends N.60, W., or about 200 west of the general trend of the belt of hills. Minor faults known to exist in the underlying oil field are not exposed at the surface. However, exposures created during construction in 1969 along the east-facing blu f revealed several south-dipping reverse faults that displaced the marine sands beneath the soil near the top of the hill (photo 3). , i i 1 1 1 rw r rn •• N •• — N s° O O ! O O � — O• O 1 I I 1 1 —Inq ewood Avenue —Lo Cienega Boulevard D 0 ,0 n e 0 0 0 n '—Pacific Electric track O U1 j O —Lo Brea Avenue o INGLEWOOD FAULT(Costle,1960) o —Rogers Park ' °a —Market Street c OD —Lo Brea Avenue pr Manchester Boulevard r ' 1° _INGLEWOOD FAULT(Poland < aI �LEWOOD FAULT et ol,1956) a w CD Q. —Centinelo Avenue x ' 70 70 Q POTRERO FAULT Q —Centinelo School n T _ 1 t� °> —Reservoir T 171 PQTRERO FAULT ac 00 N- WV Nw —Crenshaw Boulevard D 1 —Crenshaw Boulevard , —Florence Avenue 0 1 o ° o ' O o O a O O w O. w � o — Monn Jr. High School ° ,V N O O c. C• —Slouson Avenue ' —Western Avenue CD D L 3NOZ -Ib Mn_LJf1N_LS d00M3- 0NI.1210dM3N 17L61 t ra ry NO • O_ Q O O. ' —Imperial Highway Q —Hawthorne C7 Boulevard 0 0 ' o m 0 0 0 � W _ 4 m Prairie Avenue m G y v� o c, ' G O M ry n � m o —Century Boulevard � —Crenshaw Boulevard o a INGLEWOOD FAULT (Poland gt al, — 0 1959) fD I i POTRERO FAULT � x > >E O o 7� c '` T ' O r o POTRERO FAULT T ro• M I/ O A. r N rtil = n �� —Crenshaw Boulevard v N •� n - wo Q v —Junction of ' Western EA Century ' o 0 O ' O a o —Western Avenue 0 _ N i' O ^ O ' O O 0 Manchester o —Boulevard C7 o _ c ' L —Vermont Avenue Q trl �jS ADO-1030 (INV S3NIW AC, NOISIA10 V1N210313dJ 8 1 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 9 r rLL, AOM461H IoiJadwi — 0 r W ADM00Jj J0gJ0H — O o � N pJonainog u010AV — A0M46iH joiJadwl — 0 O - 0 0 0 o w O O O Z O c O — o r o 2 O anuaAV ;uOwJaA— r _ 1:)iJlsiQ suaylV— N W LL r 1 = 1 W N c VL N O W d W HAD MaaJj JOgJOH O o � 0 1L ; 0 d0 ocr CL CL w GC 0 anuaAV uJa4saM N C 7 anuaAV juOwJQA C N O O O u P cr m m O r a p,onalnog opun6aS 13 c c o m a o m o. 3 N N � N m U Q r O N N O O u 0 O Uj pJDAalnog Mo4suaJ:) — r I I I c 0. o g anuand SUDJOOS08 — N NJ LL puo uJa;saM ;o uoi;Ounr— I I I r O O o> N l i NJ r ' �• N =0 O O ( I I —Long Beach Freeway 2 —Los Angeles River rtu O_ ' O I i. O G) ' —West Ward low Rood Z 0 a� c CHERRY-HILL FAULT San Diego Freeway 'r O o 3 T 7 D � C N 1 70 O ' 0 -' —Long Beach Boulevard m r r. m —Wilmington Avenue rT1 0m —Carson Boulevard _ r o —Atlantic Boulevard 0 S o 0 o —Artesia Boulevard 'I o b o' 00 n O — Traffic Circle o 0 —Pacific Electric track G) x 0 � O c O - O I' o — Del Amo Boulevard 0 O Cherry Avenue = I - bll 21S ADO-103D (INV S3NIK -40 NOISIAM VINNOJI-IVD 01 1 ' NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 11 1 4 - -ter -- �AI% Photo 3. East-facing exposure of south-dipping reverse faults (top center) near surface of Dominguez Hill_ Faults do not extend into soil layer. Picture taken in June 1969. SIGNAL HILL AND RESERVOIR HILL ' Signal Hill is the most distinctive topographic feature along the entire Newport- Inglewood structural zone (photo 4). The hill rises abruptly more than 300 feet above the surrounding nearly level plain Profile 1-I'). Nearby Reservoir Hill is flat-tapped and exhibits much lower relief (Profile J4 )rising only about 100 feet above the ad- jacent lowlands. In addition to Signal Hill and Reservoir Hill, the low, rolling topography in the vicinity of Los Cerritos, immediately southeast of the Los Angeles River, belongs to the same tectonic uplift. On the other hand, Alamitos Heights, or Bixby Ranch Hill as it is sometimes called, is included as a portion of the Seal Beach anticline (photo 5), whose surface expression has been transected by the San Gabriel R iver. ' As is well demonstrated by Profiles I-1' and 1-J, both Signal Hill and Reservoir Hill are bounded by scarplike slopes. The slope angles (see profiles) are the steepest of any uplift along the zone. The three parallel faults which lie along these slopes are, from west to east, the Cherry-Hill fault, the Northeast Flank fault, and the Reservoir Hill fault. The longest scarp lies along the Cherry-Hill (Poland e1 at., 1956, p. 98) fault. The topographic trace of the Cherry-Hill fault extends about 4 miles southeast- ward from the eastern bank of the Los Angeles River as a gentle scarp across Los ' Cerritos (Profile H-H) along the southwestern slope of Signal Hill (Profile I-I') to Reservoir Hill (Profile JA). ' The Northeast Flank fault, along the northeast-Lacing slope of Signal Hill (Profile I crosses the saddle between Signal Hill and Reservoir Hill and thence along the southwestern slope of Reservoir Hill (Profile JA1 (photo 4). N fl 7T t •_1"I- � UVOU�SU rIU��J C�J�I ° ° �...`���� o^+� �. •_. 8� ..,itj4..ri '. �,, � nQpl����, �°�� LL o Qy=ca 0 ,, ��. o o a•,C.' '�a ,,.0 0 o w° °° Q 'f o ��'• D o o` c30000 � e pucr'LE 3° o ° °p ° ° j9 yea ° o � �y4 /� „o rS, r'1/ a o "' °° `r L1o.,.° ,.•z,•r.r• oa z° %) Q•���J o 0. _�� Vo W �� inn ° ' ° J UV 7 ° ��� � 1 �•� �_ 'BOO o� o^o nr� ° 91 :Luc ?�:o fop p [O•�,5� // a _ .. 0 1) ,'�0°°� - ...� °oo = 00;3mg" uao s7° �� Oo ° �� cp C ` yam., o_!�, P oV°,°-.�� � 0� .. � o° � 6: (1 I 7 r3�C•. 0 ° =�..�t?,+Q��'.o $� � 6� �o m° o° .^ � ( 'o �-. .mow` o �� op ;Do ° p ([}�/� �,,^G;'%Cam• '. �-+/�� `� c� Vm1 ° n(1 r....i``}]t•��(l�LSS u p O O �S o `9 J �Uo 4 C � o,�� jj Lg•1 - Wow d o / o .\_'�-� l> r�=�v°� ppq����° o -. ���,,,,1_,,•d������ r}oa 'l o..r� '=-�008 (Y'I I tug _ �� °�-1 Q �4 `�'cc� oo Q 0 0 oo ld lj �. m q, Un �� o Q° ;, 4°0�'a 0� j G 1 Uo •� S/ S•� ooQ �� V o O _f �� ks` nVQl4S/����^nnn O ��(-.a •,V ICI!1 O O'I.T v v"'T r• / b'elf 2.c CS;tip t'iSJ 0 �o�' L T6J 19 A� Photo 4. Lookingsoutheastward along the strike of the Newport lewood structural zone on January 25, 1931 Oil derncKs ui t— Lc,.- -h—I fiald in the foreground define N 9 P 9 Y V ---- limits of the Signal Hill anticline.San Joaquin Hills are about 25 miles away. Photo from the Spence Collection, University of California at Los Angeles. A rr7. M w r era �■ �a� a J �D ' J MA se w w e_° rvr O O O• •• N I I I � $ $ — Intersection Pacific Coast — I I I Highway and Lemon Avenue — Intersection Anaheim Street C_ and Raymond Avenue Z — Southern Pacific railroad track rn T O SCherry Avenue -� CHERRY-HILL FAULT ZONE z N I� - c- M —Pacific Coast Highway m O � D J O j N 'r = ;o Ip NORTHEAST FLANK FAULT -r 61• ;o� O r0 rn — o •o t� = ss° �! v M o N RESERVOIR HILL FAULT , C I� NORTHEAST FLANK FAULT n C D —Willow Street r Lakewood Boulevard N O o to 0 0 —Son Diego Freeway o = o O O• • G n O ° N n O • O _ O O a San Diego Freeway o —Spring Street and Clark Avenue L o o Northwest runway —Long Beach airport w ry I I A _—shoreline r —1 Southern Pocific railroad track Pacific Coast Highway rvi s� �o O O_ I I —shoreline 7C SOUTH BRANCH INGLEWOOD FAULT —Pacific Coast Highway D —Balsa Bay O X z MRTH BRANCH INGLEWOOD FAULT D —Junction of Edwards Street and NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD FAULT Garfield Avenue I� < 70 7� O O n = -n ` c Ao O 0 " m m 0 CD rn CD m H rr— A V o —Intersection Balsa Chico Street Y —Golden West and Ellis Avenue 0 and Warner Avenue Z � 7 - n 0 0 x c 3 — Meadowlark Airport rn — Sandpit ; o a t O O o `" w 0 N O O O — Graham Street 7C x — Southern Pacific railroad track ° and Tolbert Avenue o o � N � N � 0 O A r ntri ., • a� A - •, �� „mil ,� •n: ' ..� � .�,it r. 41 '•oZ�r .tom�"�i ��� ,.. :>•. .4 - 1i' � =*�'►� C r . :., 1 1 > ���� �•ail!-� •>•+ - m 'y' •` , i�i ;•: fit'4;:b+ •' .k� -�..-. _ � �� Photo 5. Looking northwestward along the Seal Beach fault from Landing Hill toward Signal Hill, The San Gabriel River flows across the eroded Seal Beach anuchne and through the Seal Beach oil field.Photo from Spence Collection University of California at Los Angeles taken October 14, 1941, 16 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 The Reservoir Hill fault, named by Poland et al. (1956, p. 100), delineates the abrupt northeastern slope of Reservoir Hill (Profile .14). Both Bowes (1943) and Poland et at. (1956, p. 100) indicated that the Reservoir Hill and Seal Beach faults are one and the same. ALAMITOS HEIGHTS AND LANDING HILL The topographic expression of the Seal Beach dome has been breached by erosion along the San Gabriel River. Remnants of the structure at the surface are the semi- ellipsoidal, truncated landforms of Alamitos Heights and Landing Hill. Photo 5 shows the relation of these two features to the underlying structure. .Aligned swales and gentle escarpments transect Alamitos Heights and bisect Landing Hill, defining the trace of the Seal Beach fault that parallels the axial trace of the Seal Beach anticline. On opposite sides of the Seal Beach fault, the north- eastern part of Landing Hill has been dropped down 15 feet relative to the south- western part. The Seal Beach fault and the Reservoir Hill fault are shown by Poland et al. (1956, plate 3) as one continuous feature across the Landing Hill-Alamitos Heights-Recreation Park area. BOLSA CHICA MESA About 3,000 feet inland from the shoreline, Bolsa Chica Mesa is separated into two parts by a linear, west-facing escarpment. This feature is the surface expression (see Profile K-K) of the single major fault of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone that reaches the surface of Bolsa Chica Mesa. Of the two ramplike portions that dip gently toward the northwest, the inland one is 20 to 40 feet higher than the seaward one. The bluff along the southeastern edge of Bolsa Chica Mesa is an erosional feature which faces the marshes of Bolsa Bay. The northwestward dip of the mesa surfaces is attributed to the underlying northwestward-plunging Huntington Beach anticline. HUNTINGTON BEACH MESA The surface of Huntington Beach Mesa is divided into three portions, the boun- daries of which parallel the coastline. While not scarplike, these boundaries represent the surface expression of faults of the Newport-Inglewood zone. As can be seen in Profile L-L; the highest elevation is not bounded by an abrupt scarp but by a ramplike landform. This high point is one of a series of aligned hills along whose seaward side lies the trace of the north branch of the Inglewood fault (also called High School fault). Closer to the shore, a row of swales or minor depressions (see Profile L-L) lies along the trace of the south branch of the Inglewood fault (see California Department of Water Resources, 1966, Bull. 147-1, plate 4A). Several published maps show ad- ditional faults parallel or subparallel to these two larger faults. However, topographic expression of the lesser faults is either vague or nonexistent. NEWPORT MESA Newport Mesa is characterized by an upper surface sloping very gently inland from an 85 to 105 feet high cliff that faces the sea along its southern edge. The Newport-Inglewood structural zone trends out to sea beneath the southwestern cornet 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 17 of the mesa. The surface of the mesa is essentially a surface of marine planation that has been correlated with the lowest terrace level on the San Joaquin Hills to the east across Newport Bay (Poland et al., 1956, p. 27). The landward tilt of the mesa surface is the southernmost on-land expression of deformation along the Newport-Inglewood structural zone. Major Faults 1 The major faults along the Newport-Inglewood structural zone have been located as a result of intensive studies of the various uplifts during exploration for oil or in- vestigation of ground-water barriers (plate 1). The characteristics of each of these faults are summarized in table 1. Most of the major faults listed in table 1 are expressed at the surface as topographic escarpments in the Pleistocene sediments. Detailed accounts of the surface traces of these faults are given in the previous section. Not all of the major faults reach the surface (for example, Dominguez "regional shear zone"). In several places, the traces of the faults are buried by Holocene alluvial materials (for example, between Huntington Beach and Newport Mesas). This summary is intended to clarify the confusing usage of similar names for dif- ferent features or, conversely, different names for the same feature. Secondly, it serves to demonstrate the differences in deformational style and magnitude of displacements associated with each near-surface fault. Because until now the similarities of the struc- tures along the zone have been emphasized, a look at the differences is useful as an aid toward understanding the complexity of the zone. Thirdly, and perhaps most im- portant, this review indicates that the exposed major faults are not simple segments of a continuous "master fault" (the "Newport-Inglewood fault") but are related to the local uplifts which, by their alignment, give surface expression to the zone. It has been proposed by many that, at a depth not yet penetrated by drilling, there occurs a "master fault" which underlies all of the structures along the zone and which is, ultimately, the cause of the observed alignment. Such a deep-seated fault zone probably does exist--the seismic evidence from local earthquakes indicates that there must be some such feature--but the buried fault zone may be much more complex than a single, straight fault (see page 50 ). Certain general aspects of the zone are portrayed on the maps (plate 1 ; figures 1 and 2) and in table 1. There is a significant change in the strike of the major faults both northwest and southeast of Dominguez Hill (plate 1). The faults northwest of Dominguez Hill strike N 19' W to N 25' W whereas the faults southeast of Dominquez strike closer to N 450 W to N 500 W. Although many workers have suggested or in- ferred that the structures along the zone are the result of movements along an un- derlying right-lateral fault, table 1 shows that the-latest movement on the major near- surface faults encountered along the zone is not uniformly right lateral. There are two faults at Dominguez and Seal Beach for which the evidence suggests left-lateral displacement. Estimates of the amount of right-lateral displacement, where the evidence has been quantitatively evaluated, range from 600 feet along the Townsite fault (Potrero oil field) to a suggested maximum of 6 miles along the High School fault of Hungtington Beach. Comparison of the displacements in the Inglewood and Rosecrans oil fields or the apparent sense of direction of the most recent movements in the Seal Beach and Huntington Beach or West Newport oil fields shows that there is, in detail, no simple progressive increase in total displacement along the zone. 00 Table 1. Major faults associated with the Newport-Inglewood structural zone. Location Fault nave (oil field) Orientation Ty r Di.rplacnnrnt References "Newport-Inglewood Cheviot Hills "Southwesterly dipping Normal Not available. Crowder, 1968, p. 19 fault'•' normal fault. . . west of the field" Inglewood fault Inglewood Strike:N 22'W Normal and Vertical offset 275 feet at surface,down on west;horizontal Driver, 1943, p. 308 r) Dip:60°to 80°W right lateral displacement as much as 1,500 feet right-lateral separation Horizontal displacement-3,000 to 4,000 feet right lateral;dis- Castle and Yerkes, r_ placement since middle or late Pliocene time (apparent offset of 1969,p. 7 .n structural crests on both the tops of the"Gyroidina"zone during 0 Quaternary time, 1,500 to 2,000 feet right-lateral displacement x Z Potrero fault Potrero Strike:N 25°W Normal and Vertical displacciuent (throw)at depth of 3,000 feet is 270 feet Willis and L'allan- (East Area) Dip:82'SW (Hatter ne:c right lateral llorizontal displacement—right lateral-1,200-foot offset in crest tyne, 1943, p. 310- D surface-77°SW--stechLns of fold 311 downward) Townsite fault pray Strike:N 25'W Reverse and Stratigraphic throw 100 feet down on west 600 foot offset (right in be continuous with Dip:steeply cast,steep at right I:rrrral lateral) in structure contours of oil field Inglewood fault,see surface than at depth Poland rt al., 1959 ` O Unnamed (but field is Howard Strike:N 12'W Rcvcrsc to 100 feet suati_r:ipbic throw at depth of 8,000 feet,down un cast -Matthews, 1954, "r1 west of continuation Townsite Dip:essentially vertical to vertical P. 19 of"Inglewood"fault steeply east on cross section as mapped its Rose- A-A', Matthews, 1954 z trans oil field) m Inglewood fault Rosecrans Strike:N 19'W Vertical or Athens and central areas down on cast (NE striking thrust Poster, 1954 D (Poster, 1954) Dip:vertical (in cross> tion) normal faults clip t..S cominun west of Inglewood fault) Z Inglewood fault (Cal- East Rosecrans Strike:N 19'W Normal Up on cast California Division 0 ifornia Division of Oil Dip:80'W of Oil and Gas, 1961, 0 and Gas,oil and gas California oil and gas Crl fields of California, fields, maps and data O Part 11,compare sheets, p.646 O p.646 and 648 C) Ing,lewood fault also South Strike:N IT W Vertical or Stratigraphic throw 40 feet at 7,000-foot depth, westside down - Duster, 1954 '< railed Avalon- Rosecrans Dip:vertical in truss section normal Note: Plate V of Duster (1954) is incorrect—should show west Poland et al., 1959 Compton fault Strike:N 24°W side down,Tupographic offset 25 feet, west side down. (Poland et al., 1959) Dip:unknown "Regional shear zone" Dominquez Strike:N 38'W Left lateral "Maximum apparent vertical throw that has been measured is Grinsfcldcr, 1943, -"thought to be a Dip:80'to 85' NI: (Graves, 1954) 200 feet . . ."Grinsfclder, 1943 p. 318 p. 318-319 member of the New- "-lain movement. . . roughly parallel with the Inglewood rift" port-Inglewood shear Grinsfeldcr, 1943, p. 318 zone system" Effects of Ltulling become evident below 4,000 feet, -Miucene Graves, 1954, units show greatest horizontal offset -lap Sheet 32 ....COnfln uCa ore r..yc A �o J A Table 1. Major faults associated with the Newport-Inglewood structural zone—Continued Location Fault name (oil field) Orientation Type 0itplatrnrtnt Rrferenre! Cherry Hill fault (or Long Beach Strike:N 47'W Reverse and Vertical displacement—basement (schist) surface offset more than Stolz, 1943, p. 320- Cherry-Hill fault— Dip:80° NE from surface t„ right lateral 4,000 feet up on northeast side 324, Dudley, 1954, see Poland et al., 5,000 feet where dip flattens Horizontal displacement of Brown zone (\1ioccne at depth of Map Sheet 34 1956,p.98)also called (Ingram, 1968) nearly ver- 4,000 feet) is 3,000 feet right lateral sense Ingram, 1968 P. 5-15 Signal Hill fault tieal down to 3,500 feet and Poland et al., 1956 (Dudley, 1954) below is a thrust(Dudley 1954) P.98 Z m Northeast Flank Strike:N 44'W High-angle Maximum throw 500 feet down on NE at depth of 4,000 feet Stolz, 1943 fault Dip:steely SW,apparendv reverse -p merges with Cherry Hill fault O at depth —I Wardlow fault Strike:N 60°W Normal Down on S\V, vvttical displacement about 200 feet at depth of Ingram, 1968 Dip:steeply SW at surface, 7,000 feet (I larris, p. 76) Harris, 1958 p. 75-77 Z apparently merges with t7 Cherry Hill fault at depth m Wardlow-Airport Long Beach Strike:N 62°W Reverse Down on SkV side,amount not available(compare with Wardlow California Division Oil fault (Airport Area) Dip:80°NE but is actually fault above), (Note: arrows and stratigraphic offset do not agree.) and Gas,California O variable in apparent dip oil and gas fields O Part 2, 1961, p. 596 0 Reservoir Hill fault or Long Beach See Seal Beach fault below Normal Down on N I•:side lnprant, 1966, "Inglewood-Newport" Recreation 1*.67-72; or Seal Beach fault Park Area Poland et al., 195G C Seal Beach fault Seal Beach Strike:N SO'W Normal left "Topographic c*Ocnce and subsurface structure suggest that fiuwes 194 1 n "inferred. .. to be Dip:88°NE to vertical lateral (Zell- movement alone the fault was generally in a vertical direcu''ll: p. 325-328; C essentially continuous baucr et al., it is not known t,,e\ceed 200 feet." I,owes, 1943, p. 325, 150 to Zeilbauer, Bttinh;un with the Reservoir 1961) right 200 feet vertical displacement at depth of 4,500 feet I and KCenc, 1W61, Y Hill fault" lateral (Div.Oil "Late Pleist,.cc•nc nnnrntcnts were mainly horizontal with"nk � Platc I (— (Poland et al., 1956 and Gas Data a small %ctticA omtponent.The coastal block uoved southeast \Ilrn an d I lazcn- p. 100) Sheet, 1961, and up rclaticc v,the landward block." (Zeilbaucr el al., 1961, ItusL, 1957, p. 47-50 N p.660) Plate 1) O Inglewood fault Sunset Beach Strike:N 44'\V Normal Vertical displacement om Plate\1 of Allen and Ilazcnbush W)57) i m (Allen and Dip:steeply west about 375 feet down on west at depth of 5,000 feet Hazenbush) "With the c.*ccpti,)n of the Inglewood fault,few faults extend up into the Pliocene beds and those that do are minor in displace- ment." (Allen and Iazenbush, 1957) I Newport-Inglewood Strike:N 44'W Right lateral, "Amount of honrontal displacement among water-bearing dc- Califurui:t Debt. fault—liolsa-Sunsct Dip:steeply southwest Culsa Gap has posits within the stud*• area is indeterminable." (p. 35, DWR Watc•r Rcsmicr, area—locally known shear zone 900 bull. 63-2) Laud surface of liolsa Chica mesa up un 1•1 20 to 40 Bull. 63-2, 196S as the Seal Beach feet wide with 3 feet I,olsa-Sunsct Arc:* fault or High School parallel faults Well lugs irtdir:uc ma.*intum apparent vertical displacement 35 fault feet in upper Pleistocene beds and 50 feet among lower Pleistocene beds, liolsa Chica Nlcs:t ....continued on page following �D N O Table 1. Major faults associated with the Newport-Inglewood structural zone—Continued Location !•'null name (oil firld) Urirnhuion 7•ypc lliJplacrnient Referrw, II if;h Schoul Strike:iN'45"IV Right lateral "The deep-scmckl shear may come up to the level of the luacr Willis, 195K (Inglewood) fault Dip:steeply sotitimcst "deep-seated "C"shale ahntit 6,000- to 7,ODD-foot depth because there is a p. 135-141 "possibly southeast shear zone" change in scct6,n across the southwest flank of the stain zone extension of the main fold which probably marks the position of the shear." (Willis, Seal Beach fault" 1958, p. 141) n (Willis, 1958) D Inglewood fault Iluntingtou Strike:N 45'IV Right lateral "Vertical displacements across the Inglewood fault systein vary I lazenhush and (Iligh School fault) Beach Dip: vertical to very stcq,ly "hincc(atilt" front 1,200 feet at the southeast end of the field to none near the Allen, 195S, p. 17-19 O west center of the field, Right lateral horizontal movements may total 0 six miles since middle %Iiocene time."(p. 17) . . . "relative dip- z slip movements have been predominantly positive on the south block." (p. IS) D North Branch Su'ikc:N 45'1V Right lateral "Within upper Miocene strata,apparent vertical displacements Califurnia Dept. 0 iVewpoti•ht !e:Y u:=•-I Dip:essentially trttic;tl n�;tr I along the \.,rt li I!ranch u(the Newport-Ltglewaod fault may he WaterItcsowccs fault I surface as great as 2,1R1U feet. I lurizuntal movements may total sic miles Bull. 147-I, 190, N since 'Ic time; accurding to studies of the Hunting- ton Beach oil field conducted by other agencies•" (p. 200) 0 Up to 300 feet ccrtical displacement of lower Pleistocene San Pcdn,strata,"nc-h;,l( mile or more of horizontal separation in the San Pedro Punnation .n South Branch Strike: N 45°IV Normal and Down on west; anwunt of displacement not available Newport-Inglewood Dip:essentially vertical near right lateral fault surface Z z rn North Branch West Newport Strike: N 45'W Normal and "Vertical displacements across the system as great as 2,000 feet. Hunter and Allen, N Inglewuud fault Dip:82°W near surface right lateral 1lorizontal niocentents of large magnitude have also Occurred." 1965, p. 16-17 D (p. 16) Allen and Juujon- z Roche,1958,1).142- 0 144 C North and South South Branch merges with Right lateral Califuinia Dept M Branches of Newport- North Branch west of I lent- Water Resources t- Inglewood fault (sec ington Beach mesa. South Lull. 147-I, 1966 o above under Ifunt- Branch chanves dip beturcn C) ington Beach) 2,000 and 3,000 feet dotcti .< Inglewuud-Ncwport Newport Series of right lateral (wilts Series of right North Branch Inglewood fault trends out to sea beneath SIV Ingram, 196S, p. 43 fault lateral faults corner -Ncwport Nlcsa--oil fields lie north of this fault j:. M owl Ow low— 74 NEWPORT-IN W STRUCTURAL ZONE 19 GLE OOD STRUC 21 The variability in estimates of magnitude of displacement and the dissimilarities in inferred sense of displacement for adjacent surface structures along the zone emphasize the problems involved in interpreting the movement along a deep-seated shear zone. There is abundant information in most of the oil fields that allows the history of defor- mation to be traced back to the middle Miocene. Furthermore, subsurface structural data indicate that deformation has been more or less continual since that time in all of the structures. This being the case, the dissimilarity in histories in the various fields in- dicates a much more complex pattern than that of simple right-lateral shear along a single deep-seated zone. The effects of impinging or diverging structural trends (for example, the Dominguez-Playa del Rey trend) on the Newport-Inglewood structure are probably the best examples of this complexity. The structural evolution of the complicated Huntington Beach and West Newport oil fields may have been influenced by the uplift of the San Joaquin Hills, rather than simply controlled by movements along the Newport-Inglewood structural zone. In ad- dition, the trend of the offshore portion of the Huntington Beach field and the Wilmington-Torrance fields suggests that these structures are related to a zone that diverges from the Newport-Inglewood zone (see page 50 ). HISTORY OF INVESTIGATION AND RECOGNITION Ground-Water Geology Interest in the geology of the western portion of the Los Angeles basin reflects the cultural activities and land-use priorities at the time of the investigation. At the begin- ning of the twentieth century, the residents of the Los Angeles basin were engaged primarily in agricultural activities. Accordingly, interest in ground-water levels and supplies spurred geological studies of this area. What is probably the earliest reference to the Newport-Inglewood zone (although not vet named) was made by Mendenhall (1905, p. 14-15): The interrupted ridge which extends northwest from Huntington Beach to the vicinity of Palms divides the coastal plain into an eastern and a western portion. Of these, the eastern portion has much the greater area. It includes the bigger part of the Downey, Anaheim, and Santa Ana quadrangles, while the western section occupies much of the Redondo quadrangle and a part of the Santa Monica quadrangle.The ridge which separates these two sections is not a surface feature merely. It seems to be the surface expression of a broad fold in the sands and clays of the coastal plain--a fold that acts as a dam to waters seeking a way seaward beneath the surface in order to pass the obstruction. In consequence, ground water levels are much higher above this ridge than below it, as would be true of a surface dam, and the chief artesian basin of the coastal plain, as indeed,of southern California owes its existence to it. Even though most of the inhabitants of the area adjacent to the Newport- Inglewood zone are no longer involved in agriculture, they still depend upon local sources of water for some of their industrial and domestic needs. Accordingly, studies of the hydrology and shallow-depth geology have been carried out by many agencies whose task it is to find and provide adequate, usable water to this area. Among the studies, those of the Water Resources Division of the U.S. Geological Survey have been prominent in locating, defining, and delineating the ground-water reservoirs near tf•e zone. Publications of this group start with Mendenhall's Bulletin 139 (1905), but tte most detailed reports were those produced under the direction of J.F. Poland. The•:e latter publications include Water-Supply Papers 1 109 (1956), 1461 (1959), and 1 471 (1 959) that deal specifically with the geology of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone along its entire length within the Los Angeles basin. Although the ground-water barrier effect of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone was recognized by Mendenhall (1905), he was not concerned at that time with the im- portance that the structure plays in restricting the intrusion of salt water into fresh- water aquifers. During the 1930s, the California Department of Public Works, Division of Water Resources, initiated the "South Coastal Basin Investigation." Most of the results of the studies of the ground-water quality, storage capacity, and salt-water in- trusion were not published but appeared in office reports. An exception to this is Bulletin 45 by Eckis (1934). Accompanying this report is the most detailed geologic map (scale I inch equals 2.3 miles) to be published on the region up to that time. E:kis was concerned primarily with the geologic conditions that affected the ground-water storage capacity of basins in this portion of southern California. He dealt only briefly with the barrier to sea-water intrusion effected by the presence of the Newr ort- Inglewood structural zone. In recent years, as the rate of withdrawal of fresh water has increased from the ground-water reservoirs, much attention has been focused on the intrusion of sea eater into the fresh-water-bearing aquifers. The studies of the U.S. Geological Survey, referred to above, deal, in part, with this problem. However, the most detailed studies i 1914 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 23 of sea-water intrusion landward of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone have been made by other agencies having the responsibility of monitoring and delineating areas of contamination of the fresh-water supply. Personnel of the California Department of Water Resources (1966; 1 968) have studied intensively the near-surface geology of the Santa Ana River Gap and the Bolsa-Sunset area in Orange County. Their reports provide detailed accounts of the near-surface faults that act as barriers to the landward intrusion of sea water into fresh-water aquifers. In addition, the Los Angeles County Flood Control District (Zeilbauer et al., 1961 , Zeilbauer et al., 1 962) has made detailed studies of two other gaps, Alamitos Bay and Dominguez Gap, that lie along the Newport-Inglewood structural zone. All of these studies emphasize the dominant role played by faults acting as barriers to sea-water intrusion along the Newport-Inglewood zone. The methods of in- vestigation usually-employed by ground-water geologists and hydrological engineers include the drilling of water wells specifically for the purpose of deciphering the stratigraphy of the shallow-depth aquifers. The detailed information obtained through such studies is necessary for correlation of thin or minor units across structural discon- tinuities (that is, fault zones). These data also provide the best information on the age of the most recent deformation along any faults encountered. A direct result of these intensive investigations has been the generation of a large amount of data covering the geology of the shallow-depth (down to 400-500 feet sub- surface) fresh-water-bearing units along the Newport-Inglewood structural zone. It must be emphasized that extrapolations from abundant but shallow-depth data can lead to a simplified picture of the over-all history of the zone. For instance, it must not be assumed that the numerous faults shown on the Geologic Map of California (Rogers. 1 965; Jennings, 1 962; Jennings and Strand, 1 969) along the Newport-Inglewood struc- tural zone are one and the same with the master fault or faults at depth along which earthquakes take place. These faults, as shown, were mapped or inferred by ground- water geologists. Except for the few that are encountered in oil wells, the down-dip ex- tensions of these faults are unknown. Petroleum Geology The early years of the twentieth century witnessed a flurry of activity in the search for petroleum deposits in the Los Angeles basin. Even though Mendenhall (1905, p. 15) clearly described the subsurface aspects of"the broad fold in the sands and clays of the coastal plain" by 1907, the significance of this structure was not recognized for its oil-trapping possibilities. This is indicated by the comments of Eldridge and Arnold (1907, p. 197) regarding possible oil fields in the Los Angeles basin. Outside of the . . . Los Angeles oil field there is little or no evidence of renumerative oil deposits in the immediate vicinity of Los Angeles. Were it not for the great thickness of Pleistocene sand and gravel, which covers the great Los Angeles Plain from the Santa Monica Mountains and Raphetto [sic] Hills to the ocean, it would be more than likely that productive territory could be developed over this plain. At least it is almost certain that the oil-bearing strata underlie it, but whether or not the structural conditions are at any place conducive to the accumulation of gas or oil in paying quantities can be determined only by costly exploitation with the drill. 24 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR. 114 These authors were apparently unaware of the drilling that had been done in the Rosecrans Hills more than 20 years before their paper was written: A reference to a well in the "Rosecranz Tract" was included by W. A. Goodyear in his contribution to the Seventh Report of the California State Mineralogist (1887, p. 79). This 85-foot well provided its owner with gas for domestic use. In the first decade of the twentieth century, several wells were drilled at different places along the uplift by those searching for oil (Prutzman, 191 3, p. 332). Prutzman points out that about a dozen wells were drilled along the uplift, mostly in the vicinity of Howard Summit and the Rosecrans tract, and that there were "showings of oil" or even a slight production of gas in most of these wells. Referring to the "oil showing" Prutzman says (1913, p. 332-333): Even these slender indications are of interest in connection with the fact that these wells are located along a little ridge, perhaps 100 feet in height, a continuation of the Tijera [Baldwin]Hills. This low roll is the only interruption of the continuity of the plain between Los Angeles and the ocean,and has the same position relative to the Santa Monicas as have the Coyotes to the Puente Hills. Where the summit of this raise is cut through by the Long Beach electric line, an anticlinal structure is plainly shown, and it seems strange that (as far as could be learned) no prospecting has ever been done along this ridge. It seems quite cer- tain that, if any oil is to be found between Los Angeles and the ocean, a point along the ridge between Palms and Compton would be the most favorable place at which to drill. In 1914, C. A. Waring (in McLaughlin and Waring, p. 357) postulated that the Beverly Hills oil field lies on an anticlinal ridge which "is probably the northern end of the low ridge which passes just east of Inglewood and extends southeastward through Howard Summit, Dominguez Hill and Los Cerritos Signal Hill ." In addition, Waring (p. 315) suggested that "there are possibilities that future drilling may develop con• siderable areas, particularly along the series of low hills extending from Beverly to Lo:. Cerritos, near Inglewood, Howard Summit and Dominguez Hill." Prior to 1920, drilling activity at Inglewood and the Dominguez Hills was reported upon by Kirwan (1 91 8a, 1 91 8b). M.ost of these exploratory wells were shallow, and oil production was not initiated at any of them. Prospecting activity increased along the uplift with the result that between 192D and 1924 most of the major fields had been discovered and were producing. Listed below are these fields and their "discovery" dates (generally considered to coincice with completion of the first producing well): Oil field discovery dates Division of Division of Mines Oil and Gas Bulletin 118 (1961) (1943) Huntington Beach June 4, 1920 May 24, 1920 Long Beach June 25, 1921 June 25, 1921 Dominguez Sept 1, 1923 Sept 1, 1923 Rosecrans May 5, 1924 May 1924 Seal Beach Sept 1924 Aug 1924 Inglewood Sept 28, 1924 Sept 28. 1924 Naturally, the discovery of so many closely spaced oil fields along the zone helped to delineate it, both in length and width. Petroleum geologists soon develc ped hypotheses that accounted for the origin of the structures whose dimensions were being 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 25 revealed by drilling records. In all of these discussions, the separate oil-bearing struc- tures were considered in relation to the Newport-Inglewood structural zone as a whole. See "History of Hypotheses on Origin and Development of Structural Features" (this paper) for detailed account of development of tectonic hypotheses. Workers interested in petroleum geology wrote numerous papers during the 1920s and 1930s dealing with the structural history and tectonic setting of the zone. The various hypotheses developed to account for features observed and inferred about the I zone are reviewed in the section on structure and tectonics. Many of the currently ac- cepted concepts about the zone were originally proposed in those earlier papers. I R 16 W R 15 W R 14 W R 13 W R 12 W R II W R Io W n ernardlno Base L1ne T I o CHEVIOT HILLS Los Angeles S Culver C%ty Co Puente Montebello O INGLEWOOD O I Vem e ` T O I Wnither 2 O s L� POTRERO Inglewood HOWARD TOWNSITE O E/ Segundo GO Oowney O Hawthorne ROSECRANS i E. ROSECRANS O T - � OComplon Norwalk 3S $-ROSECRAN$ I r DOMINGUEZ Fullerton O rorronce 0 J O LONG BEACH Jt AIRPORT // T LONG BEACH S ' Long Beach 39 IN EAL BEACH Santa Ana T d s SUNSET EACH�` 0--- s N HUNTINGTON BEACH NEWPORT T WEST NEWPORT' : e s Newport 0 3 6 9 12 MILES Figure 2. Oil fields along the Newport-Inglewood structural zone. 26 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 The two most important sources of data on the oil fields of the Newport- Inglewood zone are the publications of the California Division of Oil and Gas (for example, Summary of Operutiutts--Culiji.�rttiu Oil Fields) and Bulletin 1 18 ( 1943) of the California Division of Mines. Extensive bibliographies on the petroleum geology of most of the Newport-Inglewood oil fields are included. Other important references to the petroleum geology of these oil fields can be found in Bulletin 170 (1954) of the California Division of Mines, in Knapp et al. ( 1962, Cenozoic correlation section from Beverly Hills to Newport. California): and Guidebook 8 on the coastal oil fields of the Los Angeles basin by the American Association of Petroleum Geologists ( 1966). Figure 2. from the California Division of Oil and Gas (1969). shows the oil fields along the Newport-Inglewood structural zone. Differential Subsidence Associated with Oil Fields Elevation changes, revealed by comparisons of repeated leveling surveys, have long been recognized in the Los Angeles region (Grant and Sheppard, 1939; Grant, 1944). Studies of the leveling data from thousands of stations have shown that, in general, those stations in the lowland areas of the Los Angeles basin are subsiding, whereas some of the stations in the foothill areas are rising (Stone, 1961 ). Superim- posed upon this background of regional elevation changes are local depressions, delineated by closed contours, that result from differential subsidence. Subsidence bowls are associated with the Inglewood, Long Beach, and Huntington Beach oil fields along the Newport-Inglewood zone (figure 3). In addition, minor localized differential subsidence has been documented over the Dominguez oil field (Castle and Yerkes, 1969, figure 51 ). I The maximum cumulative subsidence of any of the areas along the Newport- Inglewood zone is centered over the Inglewood oil field in the Baldwin Hills. A careful review of the data from leveling circuits run between 191 1 and 1963 involving pains- taking reduction to a common datum by Castle and Yerkes (1969) has shown that the maximum subsidence was 5.67 feet at bench mark PBM 122 located about 2,000 feet north of the intersection of Stocker Street and La Cienega Boulevard. Grant (1944, figure 9) presented a map showing an elliptical subsidence bowl, 4 miles long by 2 3/4 miles wide, whose longer axis parallels that of the elongate Long Beach oil field at Signal Hill. Near the center of the oil field, the maximum subsidence was at least 0.40 foot from 1925 to 1930. At present, the outline of the differential depression (figure 3), in which the Long Beach oil field lies, is complicated because of the subsidence associated with the Wilmington (Gilluly and Grant, 1949; Grant, 1954) and Torrance (Golze, 1965, p. 100) oil fields. Maximum subsidence for the interval 1928-1965 over the Long Beach oil field exceeds 2.0 feet (Mayuga, 1965, figure 5). Between 1932 and 1941, certain benchmarks in the vicinity of Huntington Beach subsided as much as 1.18 feet (Gilluly and Grant, 1949, p. 526). "Maximum sub sidence occurred along the stretch of Pacific Coast highway within the Huntington Beach oil field" (Gilluly and Grant, 1949, p. 526). A review of more recent leveling; data by Estabrook (1962) indicates chat between 1956 and 1961 the average annual subsidence over the Huntington Beach oil field was 0.14 foot; the cumulative sub- sidence over this interval was 0.70 foot (see figure 3). Although records of subsidence at Huntington Beach during the early years cf production (peak production was in 1923) are not available, Castle et al. (1969, figure 1911-1963 1 =BALDWIN HILLS 4 to/ o I O DOMINGUEZ HILLS 1945-196Q,a-'."'"" � I Z -0.22' ,c'r 5 0 MILES C) >,*,} -0.197' A y 1 l o *, ,., m 6 F Asr T C) ` , /, Y� O,y _ SIG — NAL'''',,, I C � t / HILL ..,,.,le„ t fit! y D 192 965 ?' BOLMESES ICA A N �TrT HUNTINGTON BEACH Z MESA o m A 1AS 956- p 1961 �' -0.70' r v (1920-1965: -5.1 ) 0 Figure 3. Differential subsidence along the Newport-Inglewood structural zone and Torrance-Wilmington area. N v 28 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY S .t 114 6) have estimated the subsidence for the interval 1920 to 1933 and combined that figure with the measured subsidence from 1933 to 1965. Total maximum cumulative subsidence near the center of subsidence has been estimated at 5.1 feet. Elevation changes over most other portions of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone have been either insignificant or sa slight that they have not been reported in the literature. "Measured surface subsidence has been slight over the Dominguez field and almost unmeasurable over the Rosecrans field" (Castle and Yerkes, 1969, p. 130). Two points, indicating stations which have subsided within the boundaries of the Dominguez oil field, are shown in figure 3. The actual or potential surface effects of differential subsidence must be viewed as a geologic hazard. A reduction in elevation of the land surface can cause problems most easily seen in areas that are at or slightly above sea level. With continued sub- sidence, that portion of the Newport-Inglewood zone lying along the coastal section of Orange County may be subject to flooding and increased exposure to wave damage, especially at times of high tide or during storms. Nearby Wilmington provides an exam- ple of the costly effects of subsidence at a tidewater locality (Mayuga, 1965). Fur- thermore, slight local changes in elevation in areas of low relief can have a large effect upon gradients causing problems for drainage channel and sewer construction and maintenance. Horizontal surface movements that accompany differential subsidence can create additional problems. The effects resulting from horizontal displacement range from damage to structures through misalignment of supports or piles to the rupturing or kinking of pipelines. Documentation of horizontal movements requires reobservation of precise triangulation networks. Because of this, horizontal movements related to subsidence along the Newport-Inglewood structural zone have been documented only for the Baldwin Hills (Alexander, 1962). "The horizontal displacements are directed generally toward the center of subsidence and almost precisely perpendicular to the isobases of equal elevation change; maximum measured movement between 1934 anc 1961 is reported as 2.21 feet" (Castle and Yerkes, 1968, p. 50). Surface faulting associated with subsidence over oil fields has been recognized in several areas (Yerkes and Castle, 1969)--the only recognized faulting lying along th.- Newport zone is the Inglewood oil field in the Baldwin Hills. Surface manifestations of subsidence-related displacements in the Baldwin Hills are called "earthcracks" (California Department of Water Resources, 1964, p. 41). Although recognized as early as 1957, earthcracks did not receive much publicity until the intensive in- vestigation into the causes of failure of the Baldwin Hills Reservoir on December 14., 1963. The report of the investigation (California Department of Water Resource;, 1964) contains descriptions of 13 earthcracks and an aerial-photo map and several photographs showing their locations. Except for those in the bottom of the reservoir (called Fault I and Fault V), most of the earthcracks are located in the vicinity of tt e intersection of Stocker Street, Overhill Drive, and La Brea Avenue. Movement on tf.e earthcracks was essentially dip-slip with the downthrown side of most toward the cen- ter of the subsidence bowl. The earthcracks "are concentrated along the eastern periphery of the subsidence bowl, approximately orthogonal to radii emanating from its center, and generally, parallel to pre-existing faults and joints" (Castle and Yerk(s, 1968, p. 50). The vertical displacement across these earthcracks ranged from about I inch to 2 inches. Within the reservoir itself, since its completion in 1951 , "a total maximum vertical displacement of about 7 inches has occurred on Fault I and about 3 inches on Fault V...as evidenced by the relative displacement of the asphalt seal un- derneath the reservoir" (Hudson and Scott, 1965, p. 168). i 197 4 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 29 lAn alternative view on the development of earthcracks, to which the failure of the Baldwin Hills Reservoir is ascribed, was presented by Hamilton and Meehan (1 971) who emphasized the spatial and temporal relationship of the earthcracks with the initiation and continuation of high-pressure fluid injection into oil-producing zones of the east block of the Inglewood oil field. They felt (p. 344) that they had established that "the earth-crack ground rupturing of the Baldwin Hills was genetically related to high-pressure injection of fluid into the previously faulted and subsidence-stressed sub- surface." They mentioned, however, that the opening of the crack which ultimately caused the failure of the reservoir was observed as early as 1952, five years before the full-scale waterflood program began. Accordingly, they stated (p. 339) that "this stage may therefore represent ground movement attributable to differential subsidence with little or no effect of pressure injection.' It would appear that, because the surface cracking began before injection was started, it is still uncertain as to how much in- fluence injection had on the development of earthcracks. Earthquake-associated subsurface displacements on faults in the Inglewood oil field, revealed by damage to oil wells, are discussed on in the section on the October 1941 quake. Castle and Yerkes (1969, p. 121) suggested that the oil well damage "is consistent with faulting along the subsurface projection(s) of one or more of the earth cracks." Furthermore, "because production from the Inglewood field has been over- whelmingly from the Vickers zone, the apparent restriction of damage or inferred rup- turing to producing zones no deeper than the Vickers suggests that the subsurface faulting and surface cracking are thus related to the exploitation of the field" (Castle and Yerkes, 1969, p. 121). Subsurface faulting associated with earthquakes revealed by damaged oil wells in the Rosecrans and Dominguez oil fields is discussed in detail on pages 94 to 95 . Sub- sidence over these fields is slight (Castle and Yerkes, 1969, figure 51 ). The relation _ between subsurface displacements and subsidence is unknown. However, by analogy with the subsidence-related subsurface effects at Inglewood and the more extreme ef- fects at Wilmington (see Richter, 1958, p. 155-156), it is possible that the displacements at shallow depth on faults in the Rosecrans and Dominguez fields resulted from near-surface readjustments related to the withdrawal of fluids. The costly damage resulting from subsidence in the Wilmington area made it ob- vious that steps had to be taken to stop or, at least, decelerate the rate of subsidence. It was decided by the agencies involved and the oil producers that this could be brought about through a program of repressuring the oil reservoirs by water injection. Water in- jection is very expensive and was made economically feasible at Wilmington only because of the secondary recovery of oil which accompanies the injection. Water in- jection has been successful in greatly reducing the subsidence rate, although it has not succeeded in stopping it altogether (Mayuga and Allen, 1966, p. 285). The rate of subsidence of benchmarks overlying the Inglewood oil field decelerated after water flooding began in the Inglewood field in 1954 to stimulate secondary recovery of oil (California Department of Water Resources, 1964, plate 9). Although the injection of water into strata from which fluids have been withdrawn is done primarily to increase recovery of oil, it has been successful in combating sub- sidence. However, excessive or unmonitored injection itself poses a significant problem--that of induced earthquakes. According to Hamilton el al. (1969, p. 66): Fluid injection seems to have caused earthquakes in at least two places.The injection of water into a 12.000-foot-deep well at the Rocky Mountain Arsenal northeast of Denver,Colo., is generally considered to have initiated the earthquake sequence that began there in 1962 (Healy and others, 1968). Three of these earthquakes had magnitudes greater than 5 and 30 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SP. 114 resulted in minor damage. The probable cause of the earthquakes was weakening of rock through increased pore pressure, which allowed natural rock stresses to be released. Another situation that possibly is similar to that in Denver was subsequently recognized in the oil field near Rangely, Colo. (Healy and others, 1968).The earthquakes there occurred in areas of high-pressure gradients generated by injection of water for purposes of secondary recovery. It is possible that, as primary recovery of oil from Newport-Inglewood zone fields dwindles and secondary recovery becomes more widespread, the hazards due to con- tinued subsidence will diminish; but this may be accompanied by an increase in the potential hazard of earthquakes induced by injection of water. In addition, as stressed by Hamilton and Meehan (1971), there is also the possibility of surface displacement, unaccompanied by earthquakes, along pre-existing faults where increased pore pressure from injection wells has reduced the shear strength along these fault planes. Seismology During the years immediately following the San Francisco earthquake of 190( , great interest in seismology naturally developed in California. One of the results of th's interest was the formation of the Seismological Society of America. As a result of the conclusion that the San Francisco earthquake was caused by movement along a fault zone, several members of the Seismological Society attempted to devise a workab,e scheme of classification of earthquakes and their relation to known fault zones, especially large ones. One such attempt was made by H. O. Wood (1916). He a- tempted to relate most of the larger shocks from 1769 to 1916 to a few of the stau:'s larger fault zones. A detailed account of this procedure appears in the section on earth- quake history. The topic is mentioned here because in 1916 Wood did not know of the existence of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone and, therefore, proposed (p. 76) a hypothetical "San Pedro Submarine fault-zone" to account for the several large earth- quakes that occurred in this portior. of southern California (see page 61 herein) dur.ng historic time. The first person to associate earthquakes with the Newport-Inglewood zone (although it was unnamed at the time) appears to be Homer Hamlin (1918, p. <3): All of you know of the low swell or ridge southwest of Los Angeles which extends from the Palms to Dominguez Hill, Signal Hill, and to the southeast of Long Beach. The surface formations exposed are all Pleistocene and in places contain mammalian remains similar to those found in the La Brea beds west of the city. The ridge is of recent origin, geologically, and the forces which have elevated it are apparently still operating. During 1917 no less than twenty earthquakes have been reported along this range of hills. In every case where the data have been worked up, the epicenter was found to be to the northeast of the hills in the low lands in the southwest part of the city. Evidently faulting or folding is in progress here, and more shocks may be expected. None of the shocks were hard,but those of February 13th and June 9th and 26th were strong enough to be noticed by many persons. No damage was done by any of them. As far as can be determined from published works, Homer Hamlin was also first to suggest that there might be faulting and folding occurring along the Newport- Inglewood zone (see quotation above). Following the Inglewood earthquake of June 21 , 1920, many geologists became interested in the Newport-Inglewood zone. The first geologist to have his comments published after the earthquake was Ralph Arnol-i who 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 31 had a "letter" printed in Science on August 6, 1920. In his short article, Arnold gave credit to Hamlin as being the first to recognize the seismic importance of the Newport- Inglewood zone. Arnold said (1920, p. 121 ): To the late Homer Hamlin more than anyone else is due the credit for identifying the connection between certain local structural lines and the earthquakes which have affected the region about Los Angeles, California, during the past month. Hamlin's work, to the writer's knowledge, covered a period of over fifteen years prior to his death a few weeks ago. He single handed, studied the cause of more than twenty earthquakes of varying degrees of intensity which have occurred in southern California during this period. Hamlin's con- clusions, few of which unfortunately ever were put in print, were that the line of structural disturbance along which the epicentrums of most of the earthquakes were located,was that which extends from the Santa Monica Mountains, north of the Soldier's Home (about ten miles northwest of the business district of Los Angeles), in a southeasterly direction through the Baldwin Hills, Dominguez Hill, El Cerrito(near Long Beach), and thence easterly to the San Joaquin Hills northeast of Newport. The section along this line which has been the greatest offender is that extending several miles southeasterly from Baldwin Hills. From a study of the intensity records, Hamlin was inclined to believe that the actual epicentrums were coincident in general with a fault which paralleled the anticline forming the Baldwin and Dominguez Hills, and extending along the northeast base of these hills. This may be true, but the writer is inclined to the theory that the actual crustal movements which produced the shocks took place along the Baldwin Hills-Dominguez Hill line, and that the maximum surface reaction might have been greater to the east of the hills because of the un- consolidated character of the sediments in this direction. Just as the great San Francisco earthquake of 1906 forced men to turn their at- tention to its cause and a study of its features (Lawson et al., 1908), the Inglewood earthquake of 1920 focused the attention of geologists on the Newport-Inglewood structural zone. The only paper to deal in detail with the Inglewood earthquake and its destructive effects, its seismology (including duration, distribution of intensities, and aftershocks), and the geology of the region was that written by Stephen Taber (1920) under sponsorship of the Seismological Society of America. Included in his paper is a map (scale 16 miles to the inch) on which is depicted the "Inglewood-Newport-San !� Onofre fault." This map (see figure 4) is the first one to show a fault along the Newport-Inglewood trend, and Taber should be credited with naming the fault zone. In 1923, Kew wrote an article discussing the Inglewood earthquake and the geology of the Baldwin Hills. Accompanying this article (see figure 5) is the first detailed map of some of the numerous faults in the vicinity of the Baldwin Hills. Kew (1923, p. 157) defined as the Inglewood fault that portion which crosses the Baldwin Hills. The Potrero fault (not then named) also appears on his map. Taber (1924, p. 199) protested Kew's designating as the Inglewood fault that short section which tran- sects the Baldwin Hills and suggested that a portion of the Newport-Inglewood struc- tural zone be called the Baldwin Hills fault and that the term "Inglewood" be reserved for the regional feature originally defined by him (1920). In March 1923, the Seismological Society of America issued "A Fault Map of California" compiled by the president of the society, Bailey Willis, in cooperation with H. O. Wood. In the explanatory article which was intended to accompany or publicize the map, Willis (1923, p. I) suggested that an equally appropriate title for the map would be an "Earthquake Map of California" because "the intimate connection existing between faults and earthquakes was clearly established by the researches carried out by the geologists who investigated the shock of April, 1906, that set fire to San Fran- cisco..."On the fault map, the first such effort of its kind, there are designated both "ac- tive" and "dead" faults. Willis (1923, p. 3) considered an active fault as "one on which slip is likely to occur." A different criterion was used for the faults of the southern part 32 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 of the state, which was compiled by H. U. Wood, who "designated as active all faults upon which there has been a movement within historic time, and also all faults upon which physiographic evidence of recent surface dislocation--'trace phenomena'--could be obtained" (Willis, 1923, p. 3). Applying the above criteria to the Inglewood fault, Wood had no difficulty in defining the zone as an "active" one because "of the Inglewood earthquake of 1920 and it is presumably continuous with or intimately related to the fault zone that extends southeast past Signal Hill and Huntington Beach, defining the coast to San Diego and beyond" (Willis, 1923, p. 1 1). The portion of this statement dealing with the extension of the fault zone to the south is conjecture. The idea that the Newport-Inglewood struc- tural zone defined the southern California coastline appears to have been around for a few years previous to the compilation of the "Fault Map" (see figure 4). In spite of such 1 18°3 1 �'� 11801Od 117°30' Sp,ON1CA N► 05� . TF ..... 34°00 R v1 vn V N s 9 I V yFo,�O <�4,9 S A N'�'G� Zs PT. FERMIN PBARO F� O NEWPORT BEACH` �p SAN JUAN i CAPISTRANO PT.499 SAN ONOFRE� 0 5 10 15 20 SCALE IN MILES Figure 4. The "Inglewood-Newport-San Onofre fault"as mapped by Taber(1920,Seismological Society of America Bulletin, v. 10,p. 134).This map,which has been simplified and redrawn for clarity,is the first published map to depict a fault<long the Newport-Inglewood trend. Map also shows isoseismal lines(Rossi-Forel intensities)for the June 21, 1920,Inglewoc,d earth- quake. 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 33 o CULVER � CITYC _ ;HILLS �...� SLAUSON AVE. HYDE l 1 ` ❑0 0❑ PARK \ LJ `� � � — � �. , CENT/NE�A ❑ Q c�. SPRING �...� w 0000 0 ,... 3 LEGEND p FAULT Fiffl \�...� i ---- — INGLEWOOD �.. PROBABLE FAULT 0 SCALE IN MILES ` Figure 5. Sketch map of the Baldwin Hills showing location of the Inglewood fault.(From Kew,1923,Seismological Society of America Bulletin, v. 13, pl. 26). confidence in the location (not to say existence) of the southern extension of the zone, Willis indicated in a subsequent article that he had no idea just how far and where the supposed southern portion extended. This can easily be seen in plates 8, 9, and 12 that accompany Willis' 1923-24 article entitled "Earthquake Risk in California." On each of these maps, the "San Diego-Inglewood fault-zone" is shown occupying a different position. In the article, Willis stated (1924, p. 23) that the "Inglewood fault runs from 34 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 S4� 4�, N G 5P FgU�T 92 F�U�� vqLOS0 / ANG LES AUK X2� 2c �- ATE H p S F � +C_H � p R �o ANTICLINES SF SANTA FE SPRINGS CH COYOTE HILL R RICHFIELD (� 0 5 10 15 20M 0 20 25 30 35KM Figure 6. Bifurcating Inglewood fault as depicted by Willis, 1923-24, Seismological Society of America Bulletin,v. 1 1, pl.4.Note also that the Santa Monica fault of current terminology is called the San Gabriel fault and the current Whittior fault is called Puente Hills fault. near Los Angeles down the coast to San Luis Rey, leaving San Diego a few miles south west of its course; and close to San Diego and through La Jolla is a parallel fault ex- tending northwesterly under the sea and passing probably near San Pedro in th'. latitude of Los Angeles." This speculation appears to be the second place such a fault system was suggested. Earlier, Taber (1920, p. 141) discussed the evidence he used as his basis for plotting the fault beyond Newport. More is written about such a con- figuration in the section on alternative structural hypotheses (see page 51 ). Also accompanying the Willis (1923-24) article is a larger scale map of the Us Angeles region (v. 14,plate 4). This map is reproduced here (figure 6) because it show s the same bifurcation of the Newport-Inglewood zone that appears on the "Fault Map of California." This particular configuration of the zone in the Los Angeles basin appears to be unique to the maps of Willis (actually H. O. Wood) and those which are probab y based upon it. Scores of publications dealing with earthquakes and the seismicity of the zone a 7e listed in Appendices A and B. Seismic phenomena and earthquake-related features a-e discussed at length in the section on the earthquake history of the zone. References, both published and unpublished, dealing with subsidence and other phenomena along the zone, as well as site investigations for proposed structures, are cited in the ap- propriate places within the text and also are listed in the bibliography. 1 HISTORY OF HYPOTHESES ON THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF STRUCTURAL FEATURES As a direct result of the rapid development of oil fields along the Newport- Inglewood zone in the 1920s, a large amount of subsurface data became available. Discussions of the over-all structure of the zone soon appeared. However, the first papers in which the structure of the zone was discussed were stimulated by the 1920 Inglewood earthquake (Taber, 1920. Kew, 1923). In much the same way that the shape of a foundation determines the configuration of a structure built upon it, the published reports following the Inglewood earthquake and their accompanying maps of a regional "Inglewood fault zone" probably served to constrain future workers to base their con- clusions on a "known and mapped" feature. Petroleum geologists expanded upon the concept of the Newport-Inglewood "fault" as a regional feature in order to explain the arrangement and tectonic history of the oil fields along the Newport-Inglewood struc- tural zone. Evidently. Eaton (1923 and 1924) was the first to hypothesize that lateral movement along a regional fault zone was responsible for the formation of the series of en echelon anticlinal structures that give surface expression to the Newport-Inglewood structural zone. Closely following the papers by Eaton was a paper by Ferguson and Willis (1924) in which they hypothesized that (p. 579): ...underlying the 10,000 or 15,000 feet of sediments in the Los Angeles Basin is a more or less rigid basement in which movement manifests itself in shearing rather than in folding, and that movements along shear zones in this buried basement have produced folding, sagging, or faulting in the overlying sediments according to the direction and amount of movement. The trace of the "Newport-Inglewood fault" on their map (figure 7) closely resembles the forked appearance of the trace of the "active" portion of the Newport-Inglewood zone as shown on Bailey Willis' 1922 "Fault Map of California" (compare figure 6 and figure 7). The tectonic map accompanying the summary of the geology of the Los Angeles basin written by Vickery in 1928 is perhaps the most detailed produced to that time. This map was compiled by W.S.W. Kew and modified by Vickery and is reproduced here (figure 8) as an indication of the state of the knowledge of the structures along the Newport-Inglewood zone at that time. Notice that the "forked" fault system of Willis (1923) and Ferguson and Willis (1924) is not shown. Early summaries of the tectonic history of the zone are characterized by generalizations about the cause and effect relationship between an inferred deep-seated shear zone and the surface features (folds and faults as delineated by oil field develop- ment). This situation continued into the 1930s when a detailed analysis of the theories of origin of the structures along the Newport-Inglewood zone was presented by Reed and Hollister (1936, p. 1671-1679). Reed and Hollister (1936) pointed out that, although oil wells drilled in the vicinity of Seal Beach and Long Beach and surface ob- servations at Baldwin Hills offer proof that the topographic scarps at these places represent the traces of faults, there is uncertainty about the existence of a deep-seated 36 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 S AN GABRIEL MTS. SAM NtC MTS �\\ f REPET , IQ �--- 30T0 - -C \ SAN_�oSE IN, 4 PUENTE HILLS \\\ 7 5 C 12 ��\d10 0ll 15 O� ' \� SA �A ANq \\� SA IV E R\ @ \\� T S. \\ yI�LS 0 2 a 6 B 10 J SAN JOAQUIN HILLS SCALE IN MILES FAULT DIAGRAM OF THE LOS ANGELES BASIN LEGEND OIL FIELDS FAULTS-Etc. I - Beverly Hills Faults or shears,well 2 - Salt Lake established 3 - Los Angeles 4 - Montebello -- Faults or shears, 5 - Whittier evidence inconclusive 6 - Olindo 7- Santa Fe Springs ----- Axes of known anticlines 8 - West Coyote 9 - East Coyote a - San Gabriel fault 10 - Richfield b - Elsinore fault I! - Yorba c - Puente fault 12 - Dominguez d - West Coyote-Santa Fe 13 - Signal Hill shear 14 - Huntington Beach e - Inglewood fault 15 - Torrance f - Santa Monica fault Figure 7. Fault map (redrawn) from Ferguson and Willis, 1924, American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, 8, p.578. Newport-Inglewood fault. They asked (p. 1675), "But where, exactly, is the Inglewood fault of popular conversation?", and concluded that ';in spite of the frequency with which this fault has been mentioned and even shown on published maps [see figures 4 through 8] its existence remains a hypothesis." Recognizing the necessity to emphasize the difference between the known :tear-surface en echelon faults and the hypothetical major basement shear zone they stated (p. 1675): The oblique Baldwin Hills Inow called Inglewood] fault is probably no more than a prominent member of the en echelon series...and the supposed course of the fault farther south-and farther to the north, for that matter-as in the opinion of the writers scarcely en- titled to rank even as a good hypothesis. 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 37 Even though they lacked the wealth of data revealed by the subsequent drilling of numerous very deep wells, Reed and Hollister (1936) listed several lines of evidence that support the hypothesis of earlier workers; that the aligned surface features are related to a major basement fault zone. They discussed the mechanical considerations in the development of en echelon fractures and concluded (p. 1676) that the 'Newport- Inglewood fault, if it ezists[italics supplied , should lie not athwart the uplift or along its margin, but under its axial part." They adduced the significance of the San Onofre Breccia of early middle Miocene age to lie "in the suggestion it gives that the southeastern continuation of the Newport-Inglewood structural belt has been a locus of important movements since Middle Miocene" time (p. 1677). Furthermore, they pointed out that "the belt is structurally active and important" (p. 1675) as indicated by the 1920 Inglewood and 1933 Long Beach earthquakes. T.� SAN GABRIEL VALLEY SANTA ONICA MTS. ` ^`._ `' - `• SALT LAKE FIELD," - _.. . + , ' BEVER;Y HILLS `.. :._ REPETTO / ".` POMONA CULVE`CITY LOS ANGELES HILLS i SMONICA BALDW IN HILLS MONTEBELLO ' INGLEW000"\ � � � - 1WHITTIER� INGLEWOOD J PUENTE HILLS SPRINGS ......... ......^�` ..._..._ SANTA FIE - i �G�` _ y\. A ROSECRANS ) r -�T + � 0 _ O� COMPTON YORBA LINDA� Q / COYOTE HILLS "" �'�` DOMINGUEZ ` RICHFIELD \ REDONDO 1 BEACH -----??7 _ TORRANCE " .�` ' SIG HALL SAN PE�RO HILL '-` LONG BEACH ALAMITOS HEIGHTS SANTA ANA SEAL BEACH G` SAN 1 PEDRO LANDING HILL ) BOLSA CHICA / HUNT BEACH \\LAS SOLSAS BEACH OCE \ -4 N \ Y� SAN JOAQUIN NEWPOR ^ MILLS ` BEACH FAULT �- ANTICLINE - --- -- SYNCLINE f o z • e e a q J SCALE IN MILES Figure 8. A portion of an outline map of the Los Angeles basin by W.S.W.Kew and modified by F.P.Vickery(1928,p.357)redrawn for clarity. 38 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 ' In summary, Reed and Hollister (1936, p. 1679) concluded: ...it may be said that in the blanket of Upper Miocene and later strata the Newport- Inglewood structure is a domed,slightly faulted anticline; at a depth of several thousand feet it may be a granite-Franciscan contact that has been a locus of movement since the Middle Miocene and perhaps much longer. The more recent disturbances may have involved a slight shearing tendency which puckered .he strata into small domes and fractured them with minor en echelon faults. In his excellent review of the stratigraphy of the Los .Angeles basin oil fields, Wissler (1943, p. 227) held a very similar view: The fields of the Inglewood-Newporl uplift consist of a series of faulted domes en , echelon arrangement along the deep-seated Inglewood-Newport fault zone; a fault zone which may well represent the line of demarcation between the metamorphic basement rock on the west and the granitic basement rock on the east. White (1946, p. 10) also suggested, in his review of data from wells to basement on the western side of the zone, that the Newport-Inglewood "fault-rift marks the eastern boundary of the schist formation." The above quotations, along with statements in more recent papers , show that, although subsurface data became increasingly available due to the extensive drilling for oil in the vicinity of the Newport-Inglewood trend, most structural hypotheses formulated subsequent to that of Reed and Hollister do not differ significantly from their with regard to the post-middle Miocene activity along the Newport-Inglewood structural zone. The tabulation and discussion of data from wells to basement presented by Schoellhamer and Woodford (1951 ) provides the best summary of this material. Their map depicts the configuration of the Catalina Schist basement surface in a generalized way by means of structure contours. The information from wells concerning depths to basement rock in oil fields along the Newport-Inglewood trend was not abundant enough to allow delineation of the shape of the pre-Miocene basement surface. Schists were, in fact, encountered only in the Long Beach and Dominguez oil fields. At Signal Hill, basement rocks similar to Catalina Schist are present at depths of 14,700 feet on the southwest or downthrown side of the Cherry-Hill fault and 10,830 feet on the northeast or upthrown side of the fault. These penetrations to the schist were made in Shell Oil Company wells. According to Schoellhamer and Woodford (1951): I The Shell Oil Co.'s deep drilling in the Long Beach (Signal Hill)field in the years 1944 to 1948 revealed a basement wedge in the anticlinal core, probably bounded by faults of the Newport-Inglewood zone... These two wells establish the presence of the Catalina schist northeast of one of the major faults along the Newport-Inglewood fault zone. The north- eastward extension of this schist surface is unknown. Perhaps its northeastern boundary is another fault of the Inglewood zone. A comparison of Schoellhamer and Woodford's Section H-14 (1951 , Sheet I ) with Sec- tion E-F (plate 4) of Yerkes et al. (1965) shows that Schoellhamer and Woodford's sup- position was correct. The Texaco, Inc., well Bixby (NCT-I ) 2 encountered schist just below a depth of 12,000 feet northeast of the Shell Oil Company wells, proving that a horst does, indeed, underlie the Long Beach oil field. 1914 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 39 During the 1950s, several more papers dealing with the geology of the Los Angeles basin and southern California were published. Several significant papers ap- peared in Bulletin 170 of the California Division of Mines (1954). Two papers in par- ticular discuss the Newport-Inglewood structural zone. Woodford et al. (1954, p. 74) reiterated that the Newport Inglewood zone probably marks the boundary "between basement rocks of different composition and different facies" but that "there is also considerable doubt... about the amount and direction of the net total displacements." Furthermore, they commented (1954, p. 77) that "along the Newport-Inglewood zone, folding is more prominent than faulting. The late Tertiary and Quaternary faulting can- not be ignored, however, and some right-lateral strike slip is said to have been demon- strated by subsurface studies." The other paper in Bulletin 170 referring to the Newport-Inglewood zone is by ' Mason Hill (1954). He stated (p. 10) that the Newport-Inglewood zone "is overlain by east-southeastward-trending en-echelon folds, and electric-log correlations demon- strate a few miles of right lateral-slip." It should be pointed out, as discussed on page 11 and table 1 , that evidence from various oil fields indicates that the amount of displacement apparently varies from field to field in an irregular manner for various faults along the zone. In addition, as was aptly stated by Wissler (1943, p. 230), the lithologic variation within upper Miocene and lower Pliocene strata from field to field ' is considerable. Speaking of the Repetto (lower Pliocene) units in the different fields, Wissler stated: Some intervals which are predominantly shale in one field, become so interbedded with sand in others as to be lithologically entirely unrecognizable; at the same time sandy in- tervals may become shale bodies, much to the chagrin of the one who attempts to correlate solely by means of electric logs. Furthermore, Wissler (1943, p. 230) gave an example of an error of 1 ,500 feet in correlation by electric logs that was revealed by paleontological data. Wissler noted and gave several examples of the variation in thickness of the strata between different fault blocks in most of the oil fields along the zone. He also pointed out (1943, p. 230) that: 1 These rather abrupt changes in thickness on opposite sides of the faults are frequently accompanied by appreciable differences in abundance and state of preservation of the microfauna. In such instances the lithology and thickness as well as the abundance and state of preservation of the foraminiferal assemblage on one side of a fault may closely match that of a relatively distant location on the opposite side.Therefore the author is of the opinion that, while some of these differences in thickness may be due to progressive movement contemporaneous with deposition,many of them are due to differential horizontal movement which has brought sections of different thicknesses and microfaunal character into juxtaposition. The suggestion that large displacements have occurred along the San Andreas and other California strike-slip faults was made by numerous workers in the 1950s (for example, Hill and Dibblee, 1953); and, as the concept became popular, it was utilized more and more to explain the tectonics of many areas in California. In 1954, Willis at- tempted to apply a geometrical analysis to structures in the Dominguez, Potrero, and Inglewood oil fields in order to demonstrate that there is some validity to the hypothesis that horizontal movement along a basement fault was responsible for for- mation of the structures of the zone. Willis (1954, p. 60) concluded from his review of the literature that "The literature in general supports the hypothesis that the structure of the uplift originated from horizontal movements along a deep-seated fault." The desire to explain the observed en echelon arrangement of the oil fields along the zone 40 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 resulted in an appeal to a simple model of two basement blocks moving past each other. For instance, Ferguson and Willis (1924, p. 579) suggested, after making an analogy between western Los Angeles basin geology and two pieces of cardboard moving underneath tissue paper pasted to them, that "the motion on the northwesterly trending faults of the basin is probably similar to that of the cardboards, or largely lateral and to the northwest on the ocean side." This concept, also discussed by Reed and Hollister (1936), did not change in popularity in the thirty or so years since it was first proposed by Eaton (1923; 1924). It is likely that many workers readily adopted this explanation without critically appraising it, thereby resulting in the apparent and almost unanimous acceptance of the idea. That things are not so simple, structurally, along the zone was brought out by Woodford er al. (1954, p. 77) who said: The discovery of deformed basement cores in the anticlines along the Newport- Inglewood zone seems to require a somewhat different mechanism.but one whose actuation is not immediately apparent. An example of ready acceptance of the lateral-slip hypothesis for the development ' of structures along the Newport-Inglewood zone appears in a paper by Moody and Hill (1956). Although they recognized that the faults in the various oil fields are not segments of a continuous fracture zone, they believed that the orientation of the en echelon folds associated with the Newport-Inglewood structural zone developed as a result of "recent right lateral movement" (p. 1218-1219). They stated: Detailed subsurface work in the oil fields of this trend does not reveal a single clear-cut fault trace, but many parallel faults are recorded in a narrow zone. The authors believe that these multiple fractures are shallow manifestations of a single right lateral wrench fault at depth that is part of the San Andreas system. The many oil fields along this trend are located on drag folds developed by right lateral motion. Although evidence for a certain amount of right-lateral displacement in some o the fields is good for the older rocks, the over-all style of the more recent movements i:; still ambiguous. Castle and Yerkes (1969, p. 7) determined that 3,000 to 4,000 feet or right-lateral displacement has occurred since middle or late Pliocene time as recorder) by the offset structural crest on the top of the "Gyroidina" zone in the Inglewood oil field. They also suggested (p. 7) that the apparent topographic offset along the Inglewood fault in the Baldwin Hills totals between 1 ,500 and 2,000 feet, in a righl- lateral sense. Much of the confusion in interpreting the complexity of the structure along the Newport-Inglewood zone is a result of the failing of earlier workers to provide detailed data or discussions explaining that "the many parallel faults' in the various oil fields demonstrate different directions, magnitudes, and histories of displacement (see table 1 and the discussion on page 11 ). These observations were recently reiterated by Harding (1973), who also attributed the pattern of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone to "wrenching" (strike-slip faulting). He presented "a more comprehensive and detailed synthesis of the younger Neogene subsurface structuring of the zone, both in regional pattern and in local detail" (p. 3) so that he could cite the zone as a natural example of a "small-displacement wrench zone" to which analogies could be drawn from ex- perimentally produced similar structural patterns in model studies. McCulloh (1957) pointed out that knowledge of the subsurface geology, outside of areas explored by the drill, can best be gained by geophysical methods, especiz Ily the determination of the presence and trend of gravity anomalies. McCulloh (1957) i 1974 NEWPORT-INGL W E OOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 41 prepared a Bouguer gravity map of the western portion of the Los Angeles basin accompanied by a discussion. He noted that: Wherever major folds occur in the Tertiary sedimentary rocks of the Los Angeles basin, the pre-Upper Cretaceous basement rocks have been deformed in the same degree beneath the sedimentary cover. He gave several examples of this observation, one of which was the Dominguez- Lawndale-EI Segundo anticlinal trend, revealed by the shallow depth to the basement surface in these oil fields. Furthermore, McCulloh ( 1 957) noted that the Bouguer gravity values "rise steadily and rather steeply across the Newport-Inglewood fault zone.' McCulloh (1957) also pointed out that the gravity data do not clarify the relation- ship between the Newport-Inglewood and the Santa Monica fault zones. In 1958, Bar- bat (p. 43) summarized what probably represents a concensus of the view held by petroleum geologists with respect to the trends of the Santa Monica fault zone and Newport-Inglwood structural zone: What had been strike-slip movement in a left-lateral sense in mid-Miocene shifted to dip slip movement by mid-Pleistocene time. The Santa Monica-San Gabriel Mountain System was thrust up relative to the area to the south. The Newport-Inglewood fault system, which probably played some role of importance in the mid-Miocene separation of positive (schist surface) and negative (thick pre-basinal strata) areas progressively assumed right-lateral slip. The basic failure pattern suggested is taken as evidence of a counterclockwise rotation of the direction of principal stress. More recently, Yerkes and Wentworth (1964, p. 17) developed a hypothesis with regard to the Malibu Coast fault (part of the Santa Monica fault system) and the Newport-Inglewood zone: The Malibu Coast and Newport-Inglewood zones are evidently underlain by crustal- block faults that juxtapose Catalina Schist basement of the Continental Borderland on the south and west against granitic and metamorphic basement of the Transverse and Penin- sular Ranges on the north and east.The Newport-Inglewood zone exhibits right-lateral strike slip in the overlying sedimentary section and the Malibu Coast zone exhibits strong evidence of north-over-south thrusting. These two zones are considered to be related parts of a primary crustal fault system, on which rocks of the Continental Borderland have been moved relatively northward along the Newport-Inglewood zone, and beneath rocks of the Santa Monica Mountains along the Malibu Coast zone at their overriding south margin. In supporting the statement that the Newport-Inglewood zone represents the eastern boundary of the continental borderland, they cited Woodford et al. (1954), Barbat (1958), and Woodford (1960). A generalized restatement on the above position ap- pears in Yerkes et al. (1965, p. A48): Throughout its course the fault zone at depth is evidently the boundary between western basement on the southwest and eastern basement on the northeast...North of the Inglewood oil field the basement boundary merges with or is terminated by the Santa Monica fault zone; south of the Inglewood oil field the boundary probably parallels the surface trace of the zone, but, on the basis of gravity data, it is about 1.5 miles to the northeast... In the past few years, intensive studies of the structural and deformational history of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone have been made as a necessary part of the in- vestigation of sites for the construction of nuclear-powered facilities (for example, Yerkes and Wentworth, 1964; 1965; and Castle, 1966. Jahns et al., 1971 ). An exhaustive summary and review of the best information available on the various aspects of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone were made by Castle (1966) who considered 42 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SF: 114 the following aspects of the zone: (1 ) extent of the zone, (2) topographic expression, (3) the hypothetical boundary fault or "major crustal fault," (4) the interpretation of the en echelon fold-fault pattern and evidence for lateral displacement and vertical displacement, (5) the width of the zone of deformation, and (6) the history of defor- mation with special emphasis on evidence for post-Pleistocene tectonic activity (war- ping and folding, faulting, and seismicity along the zone). Additional information, made available since Castle's summary, especially southeast of Newport Beach and fur- ther speculations about several of these points, appear in the section entitled "Inferred History of Deformation". During the past decade, the concepts of sea-Floor spreading (Dietz, 1962; Hess, , 1962) and the new global tectonics (Isacks et al., 1968; Heirtzler ei al., 1968) have stimulated discussions and reappraisals of the .tectonic framework of many areas, par- ticularly California. Making use of the concepts of plate tectonics and the un- derthrusting of the Pacific Ocean floor beneath southern California, Yeats (I 968a; 1968b) has written controversial papers which depart from more traditional views. Yeats, who explicitly assumed the Catalina and Pelona schists to be correlative, did not consider the Newport-Inglewood zone to be the boundary between eastern (crystalline) and western (schistose) basement rock types but interpreted the floor of the entire Los Angeles basin to be composed of Catalina Schist (1968a, p. 31 6). He admitted that this is not a new idea. Schoellhamer and Woodford (1 95 1 ) suggested that some difficult-to- interpret rocks encountered in deep wells in the Brea-Olinda oil field along the Whit- tier fault might represent specimens of Pelona Schist and, furthermore, that schists could conceivably underlie the whole Los Angeles basin. With the information later made available, these workers now believe otherwise: "Eight wells drilled in the Brea- Olinda oil field near the south west margin of the northeastern block bottom in foliated metavolcanic rocks tentatively correlated with the Santiago Peak Volcanics of the eastern basement complex" (Yerkes et al., 1965, p. A24; also see Woodford, 1960. p. 407). Yeats, however, (1968a, p. 317) preferred to consider the Brea-Olinda oil fielc basement rocks and certain basement rocks beneath the Las Cienagas oil field to bf "Pelona-like." Yeats proposed that the Los Angeles basin is a Miocene rift and tha: blocks of the crystalline basement "moved independently of one another as rootless, iceberg-like rafts floating on a sea of Franciscan" (1968b, p. 1698). The validity of this hypothesis rests heavily on the assumed correlation of Franciscan, Catalina, and Pelon 1 rocks. If the Newport-Inglewood zone does indeed represent the surface expression of the buried boundary between unlike basement-rock types, the hypothesis will no longer be tenable. Mason Hill (1971 ) holds a traditional view on the post-middle Miocene develop- ment of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone relating it to a "Pliocene-Holocene strain system of north-south shortening" (p. 2960). Recently, Hill (1971 ) also his made use of the concepts of plate tectonics in defining the "Southern California su:)- ' duction zone" to have been the locus of"great east-west shortening (2,000 mi)" during Mesozoic time when what is now overlain in part by the Newport-Inglewood trend is inferred to have been a major thrust zone between "oceanic and continental basement rocks facies." His purpose for making the distinction between the present-day Newport-Inglewood zone of en chelon folds and faults and the Mesozoic southern California subduction zone was to emphasize the great difference between the orien- tations of the tectonic forces and th*e scale of the deformations involved. INFERRED HISTORY OF DEFORMATION ' The pre-middle Miocene history of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone is enigmatic and leads, naturally, to speculation about the nature and style of the defor- mational processes involved in the development of the structure upon which middle Miocene and younger rocks were deposited. Certain limiting conditions on the timing and the sequence of events during the early history of the zone have been summarized by Yerkes et al. (1965, p. A 1 6): Because detritus from the distinctive western basement rocks is absent in strata older than middle Miocene, because the western basement is unconformably overlain by middle Miocene strata, and because these basement rocks are not known to be intruded by Upper Cretaceous plutonic rocks, it is inferred that the eastern and western basement complexes were juxtaposed along the Newport-Inglewood zone by large-scale movement during some interval between early Late Cretaceous and early middle Miocene time. In addition to not knowing the exact time of the "juxtaposition" of the basement complexes, we also do not know what type of "large scale" movement was involved. This aspect of the early history of the zone has led to much speculation, stimulated in recent years by the concepts of plate tectonics. Among the several different styles of faulting that could have been involved in the rearrangement of the basement com- plexes, three types are discussed in the following paragraphs: high-angle reverse faulting; large-scale westward overthrusting of the eastern crystalline rocks over the western schistose rocks or, conversely, underthrusting of the western rocks beneath the eastern ones; or strike-slip faulting accompanied by large lateral displacement. Although high-angle reverse faulting of unlike basement terranes may have taken place, this type of faulting ultimately requires an explanation for the unlike rocks to be associated, even if it places the initial contact at great depth on the east. IThat the two unlike basement terranes were brought together as a result of over- thrusting or underthrusting is considered more probable than for the rearrangement to have been caused by lateral-slip faulting. The speculative argument in favor of major thrust faulting and against transverse faulting is based upon an analogy with the dominant deformational style inferred to have occurred during late Mesozoic time elsewhere in California (Irwin, 1964; Davis, 1968; Dickinson and Grantz, 1968, p. 290). Recently, Hill (197 1) and Jahns et al. (197 1) utilizing concepts of plate tectonics deduced that the two unlike basement types were brought together as a result of thrust faulting in response to east-west crustal shortening. In their view, the Newport- Inglewood zone of today coincides with the "Southern California subduction zone" of Mesozoic time. As postulated by Hill (1971 , p. 2959), the origin of the southern California subduction zone ...according to the hypothesis of plate tectonics, results from the Farallon and Pacific plates plunging under the American plate, perhaps to compensate for sea-floor spreading from the mid-Atlantic Ridge. ... The period of subduction seems to have ended before Late Cretaceous time because Upper Cretaceous strata are inferred to overlie the oceanic- continental basement contact, and by analogy, to overlie a similar basement rock contact marked by the Sur-Nacimiento zone in the central Coast Ranges... Furthermore, Hill (1971 , p. 2960}—who considers the Coast Ranges and Great Valley subduction zones, along with the southern California subduction zone, to have i I 44 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 all been parts of a single 2,000+ mile-long oceanic trench during Mesozoic time—has concluded that ...the cumulative offset of these subduction zones by the San Andreas appears to be ap- proximately 150 mi greater than thet300 mi offset of the Late Cretaceous Great Valley sequence (Hill and Hobson, 1968), thus indicating that the period of subduction was over long before the Upper Cretaceous strata were deposited. Hill's model offers one explanation for the juxtaposition of the contrasting terranes. However, the timing of the events, which implies a "±1 00 million year history of right slip" on the San Andreas fault, is one of the most controversial aspects of Hill's proposal. In addition, as Hill admits (1971 , p. 2960), the problems due to the presence of the Transverse Ranges athwart the trend of the inferred single subduction zone have been ignored. The Newport-Inglewood structural zone is commonly considered to be a member of the family of northwest-trending faults that make up the San Andreas "system" (Moody and Hill, 1956; Crowell, 1962, p. 4). The problems of the actual age of this system (see Atwater, 1970, p. 35 16-35 1 7) and the inception of right-lateral movement, therefore, contribute to the uncertainties about the early tectonic history of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone. In this regard, a factor which favors the thrust- faulting concept is that strike-slip faulting in southern California apparently did not become the dominant structural style until well into Tertiary time. Crowell (1962, p. 49-50) has pointed out that: In southern California the total displacement on the combined San Gabriel and San An- dreas faults was probably acquired since. earliest Miocene, because all rocks older than this appear to be displaced the same amount. Indeed, for the entire San Andreas fault, with the exception of the inferred offset or subduction zones or the granite-Franciscan assemblage contact (Hill and Dibblee, 1953; Hill and Hobson, 1968; Hill, 1 971 ), there is only suggestive evidence for offset of pre-Oligocene features (Grantz and Dickinson, 1968, p. 1 19). Furthermore, withi-t the central Transverse Ranges. Crowell has stated ( 1968, p. 328) the "present knowledge in the Transverse Ranges allows the tentative conclusion that the San Ar- dreas system is younger than about 22 or 24 m.y. (early Miocene)..." Recently, applying the concepts of plate tectonics, Atwater (1970) has stated th it no part of the San Andreas system began movement in the present sense and race before 30 m.y. ago" (p. 3516). The conflict between this observation and the suggestive data that appear to require the existence of a right-lateral strike-slip fault zone similar to the San Andreas prior to Miocene time has led to the postulation of a "pre Dr ..proto-San Andreas fault" (Suppe, 1970, p. 3255; Atwater, 1970, p. 3517). In an ;f- fort to resolve the contradictory evidence for the inferred total slip along the San An- dreas fault north and south of the Transverse Ranges, which estimates place at almost twice as much north of the Transverse Ranges as to the south, Suppe (1970) proposed a two-stage model for the movemen; history of the San Andreas system. In his model, Suppe (1970, p. 3255) has equated the Newport-Inglewood zone "out of convenience with the 'proto-San Andreas' because it is the boundary between basement rocks of [he continental borderland and those of the southern California Peninsular Ranges" and inferred that about 280 miles of right slip occurred along this fault zone before 'ate Oligocene time (his figure 1 c). As is true of Hill's (1 971) hypothesis, Suppe's recon- struction essentially ignores the structures of the Transverse Ranges which geometrically and spatially do not permit this interpretation. ' NGL W STRUCTURAL ZONE 1974 NEWPORT ( E OOD ST UCTU E 45 The time available for the juxtaposition of the basement terranes (see quote above from Yerkes et al., 1965, p. A 1 6) spans the interval between early Late Cretaceous (about 100 million years ago) and early middle Miocene (Relizian Stage of Kleinpell (1938), at about 20 million years ago) or approximately 80 million years--a time span four times as long as the interval from the middle Miocene to the present. If the Newport-Inglewood structural zone is a member of the San .Andreas system and it moves today in response to forces related to the San Andreas fault, its pre-Miocene ac- tivity (if, indeed, there was any) was probably not of the strike-slip style. Geophysical methods, along with projections drawn from areas where wells have been drilled, give reasonably accurate.estimates of the thickness of sedimentary fill in the Los Angeles basin. However, because of the wide range of specific gravities deter- mined for specimens of basement rocks from the basin (Schoellhamer and Woodford, ' 1951), the location and attitude of an inferred boundary between two types of basement rock along the Newport-Inglewood structural zone cannot be determined on the basis of gravity data. Where available, seismic data, especially accurate deter- minations of the location and depths of earthquake foci, such as recently commenced by Teng and Real (1972), may be helpful in delineating the width and attitude of the zone. The aftershocks of the Long Beach earthquake were concentrated in a relatively narrow belt along the zone. Just as is the case with the San Andreas and associated faults, large components of dip slip apparently have taken place along faults of the Newport-Inglewood zone. In- dications of this, in addition to the possible juxtaposition of unlike basement rocks, come from "negative evidence" of the early history of the zone. Tremendous vertical movements must have taken place during the short interval between the deposition of pre-middle Miocene strata and the exposure of the Catalina Schist in the vicinity of the San Joaquin Hills. According to Yerkes et al. (1965, p. A16): ...the presence of almost 14,000 feet of pre-middle Miocene strata in the San Joaquin Hills just northeast of the Newport-Inglewood zone suggests that these strata must once have extended southwestward across the present site of the fault zone. The Catalina Schist became exposed during the middle Miocene as evidenced by its presence as clasts in the San Onofre Breccia in the San Joaquin Hills. In addition, clasts of Catalina Schist are found in wells in the Sunset Beach, Huntington Beach, and West Newport oil fields (Yerkes et al., 1965, p. A17). San Onofre Breccia crops out farther toward the southeast along the coastal region to Oceanside. In contrast, Catalina Schist fragments are absent in the thick, extensive pre-middle Miocene section exposed in the San Joaquin Hills. Man ears ago, Woodford 1925 discussed the source area and origin of the San YY g � ( ) Onofre Breccia of the San Joaquin Hills area, concluding that it, of necessity, was derived from a landmass of high relief composed of Catalina Schist that lay to the west of the present coastline. The San Onofre Breccia thins eastward from a thickness of about 2,600 feet near the coast to a thin edge about 9 miles inland and, although since removed by erosion, it probably did not extend more than 1 or 2 miles east of the Cristianitos fault (A.O. Woodford, personal communication, 1972). The coarseness of the schist debris likewise diminishes eastward. Nevertheless, Woodford (1925, p. 241) has described a 5-foot block of schist at least 9 miles from a possible source area. Elsewhere, Paul Morton (personal communication, 1972) has observed large blocks of schist with dimensions up to 15 by 10 by 8 feet at least 6 miles from the present coastline where San Juan Creek crosses the Cristianitos fault. The San Onofre Breccia 1 46 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 may attain its greatest thickness in the vicinity of San Onofre Mountain where Weber (1963, p. 30) has suggested that the steeply dipping section may be 4,000 feet or more in thickness. Many workers have suggested that the source area of uplifted Catalina Schist rose as a result of differential movement along a southeastern continuation of the Newport- Inglewood structural zone. Reed and Hollister (1936, p. 1677) were of the opinion that the importance of the San Onofre Breccia in the San Joaquin Hills 'lies in the suggestion it gives that the southeastern continuation of the Newport-Inglewood struc- tural belt has been a locus of important movements since the Middle Miocene." The fact that Catalina Schist debris is not found in rocks older than middle Miocene and that deposits of San Onofre Breccia, in the vicinity of the Los Angeles basin, are spatially restricted along the Newport-Inglewood structural zone, in con- junction with the presence of pre-middle Miocene sedimentary rocks in the Coyote Hills and buried Anaheim nose to the south (Yerkes et al., 1965, figure 8), puts serious constraints upon Yeat's hypothesis of rifting in the Los Angeles basin (see P. 42 )• I It should be pointed out that rocks lithologically correlative with the San Onofre Breccia have not been encountered in oil fields. Considerable difference in history is indicated for the northern as opposed to the southern portion of the zone (south of Long Beach) where about 2,600 feet of the San Onofre Breccia is preserved in the San Joaquin Hills. Furthermore, the base r,ient-rock type that underlies the fields along the zone north of Dominguez is presently unknown. One of the major unanswered questions with respect to the Newport-Inglewooc, structural zone is its extent and trend north of the Baldwin Hills. The early maps of thl: zone either show the Newport-Inglewood "fault" ending in the Baldwin Hills or ex- tending to the Santa Monica Mountains through the Beverly Hills oil field, which was assumed to lie along the zone. Reed and Hollister ( 1936. p. 1677). speculating on its puzzling northern con- tinuation, noted that the zone "is not represented either as a fault or fold in the well- exposed rocks of the Santa Monica Mountains." However, they did sueeest (gyp. 1678), after pointing out that the zone "is nearly in line with the most important basement contact in the Santa Monica mountains, that between the granite of t'te eastern end and the supposed Triassic slate that forms the basement in most places tl.r- ther west," that the zone might represent the boundary between unlike basement rocks ..along its entire course." Many regional geologic maps have been compiled for the area which includes .he Newport-Inglewood zone. It is evident that on many of these the location of :he "Inglewood" fault as shown on the maps in the Water-Supply Papers of the U.S. Geological Survey was adopted. This is probably because the maps which accompany the Water Supply Papers have the largest scale yet published (with the exceptior of Castle's 1960 map). A careful reading of Poland er al. (1959, p. 69-78) reveals i hat these workers viewed the Newport-Inglewood zone as a belt of aligned folds and faults and that the Beverly Hills comprise the northernmost uplift along the zone. They Eave two reasons for connecting the Inglewood fault of the Baldwin Hills with an extension north of Ballona Gap. Firstly, there is evidence from well data that a zone of hydraulic discontinuity, trending about N 26' W, crosses Ballona Gap and is concealed ben!ath deposits of Holocene age (Poland et al., 1959, p. 76). Secondly, there occurs in the Cheviot Hills (referred to as Beverly Hills by Poland et al.) an eastward-facing topographic escarpment which is aligned with the trace of the Inglewood fault across 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 47 R15 W R14W J� R13W i My HOLLYWOOD9 SHERMAN;., J� y T . •• rw pp I y SALT awr S M y BEVERLY LAKE f S� SAWTELL ' yJ'SM' „ HILLS L.A:CITY .S �EVERLY •' ;'••..H.I LLS L. A. ySA4 •t IVIC CENTER �j CAEVIOT 'HILLS 'LAS CIENEGAS L. A. DOWNTOWN ,r'•. PN P M NICA FWY. 00 c Q` '•.INGLEWOOD N.� 0 r ` . VENICE BEACH \ > T T ' LL 2 S PLAYA DEL REY Q �� �' •� `r POTRERO m 'YEA•.• .O 11 GLEWOODO '•., PA C/F/C \ O . HYPERION 'Y f HOWARD r O C E A N A SEGUI ELTOWNSITE O I 2 3 4 SCALE IN MILES N-P N-P PORTION OF THE NEWPORT-DOMINGUEZ-PLAYA DEL REY TREND N-P (SEE FIGURE 10). DPI DST DOMINGUEZ-INGLEW000 "BRANCH" OF THE ABOVE TREND 1 (SEE FIGURE 10). S M J_ i NORTH-DIPPING REVERSE FAULTS OF THE MALIBU-SANTA MONICA MOUNTAINS "FRONTAL" FAULT SYSTEM. Figure 9. Speculative subsurface configuration of the major tectonic trends at the northern end of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone. i 48 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 the Baldwin Hills. However, the sense of displacement on the "fault" north of Ballona Gap and the Inglewood fault in the Baldwin Hills is in the opposite direction for each segment. This led Poland et al. (1959. p. 76) to conclude that the "movement along the Inglewood fault must have been pivotal, with a change from downward displacement on the west in the Baldwin Hills, through a pivot of no displacement. to downward displacement on the east in Ballona Gap." The zone of hydraulic discontinuity referred to above was long ago documented as ' the boundary of the artesian area in this portion of the Los Angeles basin by Men- denhall (1905, plate VI). During construction of an outfall sewer in 1924 along the foot of the north-facing slopes of the Baldwin Hills, Tieje (1926) observed a fault exposed in an excavation. There was evidence for considerable vertical displacement of the strata on either side of this fault with the. eastern side being downthrown. Tieje suggested (p. 5 1 1 ) that "the cross-fault just mentioned diverted the course of the [an- ' cestral Los Angeles] river [in the Ballona Creek valley and the former flood plain became a tule bog" in which thick peat deposits formed. This circumstance, also " recognized by Grant and Sheppard (1939, p. 326), implies that the surface movements on a fault which is part of the Newport-Inglewood zone are rather young. An attempt to "date the last substantial diastrophic movement along the Inglewood fault causing ponding of the ancient Los Angeles river and subsequent marsh formation" was made by Grant (Radiocarbon, 1965, v. 7, p. 370). The age of peat samples collected east of the fault at a depth of 10 to 15 feet down was determined by the University of Califor- nia at Los Angeles using the C" method to be 3420 (t 90) years. No doubt the best estimate of a minimum age of surface deformation can come only from dating the deepest peat material that represents a closer approximation to the beginning of pon- ding. This remains to be done. Information from oil well drilling north of the Baldwin Hills indicates that the "Inglewood" fault which appears on the maps of Poland et al. (1959) in the vicinity o Ballona Creek is most likely an example of a near-surface feature commonly associated with the large fold structures along the zone. Information from oil wells in the recently developed Cheviot Hills oil field in- dicates that "the northwest-trending Inglewood-Newport fault, a southwesterly dipping normal fault, is west of the field" (Croe%der. I9t)8, p. 19). The: Chcviut Hills oil field lies between the Santa Monica frontal fault system and the Newport-Inglewood stru,:- ture, "which probably intersect northwest of the field" (Crowder, 1968. p. 19). This particular relation was first implied on a map by Yerkes and Wentworth (1965, figu,e I ). Figure 9 presents one currently permissible concept of the arrangement of the major structures in this area of complex juncture. Current drilling of deep wells in West Los Angeles and future activity wherein wells may reach basement rock will, hopefully, help resolve the problems concerning the location and structural relatic ns between the Newport Inglewood structural zone and the frontal fault system of the Transverse Ranges. South of the Santa Monica Mountains and west of the Newport-Inglewood tread, the basement rock type upon which the Miocene sediments were deposited is unkncwn north and east of a line extending between the Dominquez and Playa del Rey-Venice area. There are only two wells which have encountered "basement" in this region, but the rock type is not recognizable as unequivocal Catalina Schist. These wells are S.an- dard Oil's "Baldwin-Cienega" 105 in the Inglewood field and the Superior Oil C)m- pany's Inglewood Extension No. 1 which is about 2 miles east of the Playa del Rel, oil field. The former is not reported to bottom in schist, and the latter well bottomed in 6 feet of "schist" (White, 1946, table 1 ). However, McCulloh (1970. personal com- munication) has stated that the Superior well bottomed in a coarse-grained carbonate 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 49 rock which is not commonly associated with the Catalina Schist. It seems best to ex- clude these two wells in assessing basement rock type. A pronounced east-west trending trough is defined by the Bouguer gravity anomaly contours between the Baldwin Hills and the Santa Monica Mountains (McCulloh, 1957). Even though McCulloh (1957) suggested that the configuration of the gravity anomalies north of the Baldwin Hills supported the idea of the Beverly Hills oil field structure lying on the northern continuation of the Newport-Inglewood 1 � bl LOS ANGELES / . �� 60 ' 1 LOS ANGELgS SMj' S` �' - COUNTY WHITTII ER 0''.::\ DOWNE INGLEW00 O EL SEGUNbO.. I t\ r FULLERTON h�. '•. r 0 F A C F / C JOORRANCE �T LBEACH. ORA N GE yam''''•. : �� COUNTY SANTA ANA 39 A�. ' NEWPORT w- L E G E N D �A S M -A- 'l SANTA MONICA FAULT ZONE p-i _ _ DOMINGUEZ-INGLEWOOD "BRANCH" OF THE NEWPORT-PLAYA DEL REY TREND N_P_ — NEWPORT-DOMINGUEZ-PLAYA DEL REY TREND W-T _ _ HUNTINGTON BEACH-WILMINGTON - TORRANCE SERIES OF ANTICLINES o a s e iz SCALE IN MILES N OIL FIELDS 1 Figure 10. Possible configuration of major tectonic trends in the western Los Angeles basin. I 50 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 ' zone, the same data can, since the discovery of the Sawtelle and Cheviot Hills fields, be used to support the concept that the Newport-Inglewood structure figuratively "dies , out" or is overridden by the north-dipping reverse faults of the Santa Monica Moun- tains trend. In 1960, McCulloh presented a pair of maps of the Los Angeles basin on which can be compared the gravity data and the basement-surface structure contours (his figures 150.1 and 150.2). A comparison of these maps shows that the Bouguer gravity contours do not parallel the basement structure contours in the vicinity of the Rosecrans and Inglewood oil fields. The Dominguez-Lawndale-El Segundo trend and the gravity contours are parallel, however, as can be seen on McCulloh's 1957 map. Proposed below is an alternative interpretation to the traditional concept that the Newport-Inglewood structural zone coincides throughout its reach in the Los Angeles basin with the approximate location of the buried basement contact between Catalina Schist and crystalline basement. According to this view, the Catalina Schist and crystalline basement boundary does not. coincide with the Newport-Inglewood zone as it is now conceived north of Dominguez Hills. This proposed tectonic configuration is based upon the presumed lack, noted above, of Catalina Schist basement north of the Dominguez-Playa del Rey trend and also on the change in strike of the major faults of the aligned structures from N 50' W south of Signal Hill to N 20' W north of Dominguez (see plate 1 ). Figure 15 presents this alternative interpretation. Bifur- cations of the major faults in this portion of the Los Angeles basin have also been suggested by Willis (1923) and on a compilation in Bulletin 170 (Jahns, 1954, chapter I , figure 12). In figure 10. the "Newport-Playa del Rey" trend is the proposed trace of struc- tures which overlie the buried basement contact. The other "trends" shown in figure 10 are traces of related structural alignments which do not overlie basement contacts. The essential features of the tectonic picture which is presented in figure 10 is a westward splaying out of structural trends from a dominantly northwest-trending zone. The major fault systems south of the Transverse Ranges and west of the San Andrea! fault all exhibit a similar style of behavior. Therefore. the suggested aspect of the Newport-Inglewood and other branches in its family of fault zones is an expectabl( one. Although the faults on the eastern side of the Los Angeles basin do not overlie ' buried basement contacts, they do provide a nearby example of this tectonic style. Specifically, upon approaching the Los Angeles basin, the Elsinore fault splits into two branches--the Chino and the Whittier faults. In the section on earthquake history of the zone, it is pointed out that seismic ac- tivity along the Newport-Inglewood structural zone, exemplified by the Long Beach earthquake and its aftershock sequence, may affect only specific segments and one point at which a discontinuity in activity apparently occurs lies near Signal Hill. Recently, Richter (1970a, p. 136) reiterated the discontinuous nature of the seismic activity for different segments of the zone. The preliminary results of microearthqual.e monitoring studies concentrated in the vicinity of the Newport-Inglewood trend by Teng and Real (1972) of the University of Southern California reveal a clustering in 1971 within the Baldwin Hills area whereas the remainder of the events were scattered in the area to the southwest bounded by Ballona Creek, the coastline. Manhatt to Beach, and Hawthorne. It is felt, therefore, that the evidence from holes reaching basement, gravity daea, seismicity, and the trends of local structures associated with individual oil fields perr,iit 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 51 the concept that the major basement structure extends from offshore at Newport north- westwardly to Dominguez Hill where it bends more toward the west and underlies the ' schist "high" to the Playa del Rey oil field, finally going out to sea and merging with the Malibu Coast zone. A corollary of this hypothesis is that the segment from Dominguez Hill to Baldwin Hills does not overlie the basement boundary but is probably within eastern basement. The Newport-Playa del Rey trend lies more nearly parallel to the tectonic "grain" of the region. It parallels the seismically active Palos Verdes Hills fault zone along which the vertical separation of the basement surface is similar to that of the Cherry-Hill fault at Signal Hill. Another major source of speculation concerns the possibility of a continuation of the zone once it disappears from view offshore at Newport Beach. A major fault lying offshore approximately parallel to the southern California coast has long been ' postulated. In fact, this idea is older than the recognition of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone itself. In order to explain the occurrence of earthquakes which ap- peared to originate beneath the sea off southern California, Wood (1916) proposed the hypothetical "San Pedro Submarine fault-zone" (see p.61). At the time, he felt that it could be only approximately located somewhere in the offshore region between Santa Barbara and San Diego. The first map of the Newport-Inglewood zone also depicts a southeastward con- tinuation of the zone onshore beyond Newport as far as Oceanside (Taber, 1920, plate 13; see figure 4, this paper). presumably on the basis of topography. To provide a historical perspective on the popular concept of asoutheastern continuation of the Newport-Inglewood zone, a summary of the maps which portray such a configuration is ' given in table 2. Another early map (Willis, 1923, 'Fault Map of California") shows the Newport-Inglewood "fault" going offshore at Newport but re-emerging on land at ' San Onofre. Table 2 shows that Eaton (1933, figure 1 ; see figure 16, this paper) was the first to suggest that the Newport-Inglewood zone connects with the Rose Canyon fault of the San Diego region. Table 2 also reveals that early workers generally thought the zone came back on shore in the vicinity of San Onofre or San Clemente. These early proposals are not supported by the geologic evidence in the region between Newport Beach and San Diego (Rogers, 1965). More recently, several geologists have suggested that the New port-1ngle�%ood zone trends offshore at Newport Beach, roughly parallels the coastline, and connects with the Rose Canyon fault near San Diego (for example, Emery, 1960, figure 68; King, 1 1969). Interpretations such as these were based, for the most part, upon studies of sub- marine topography (Shepard and Emery, 1941). These studies revealed a scarp-like feature lying between the depths of 300 and 1,500 feet, 2 to 5 miles off the southern California coast and having the same strike as the Newport-Inglewood zone. In the ab- sence of any detailed knowledge of the geology of the offshore area, only information on the seismicity of the region could be used to support or refute the hypothesis of a southeastern continuation of the zone. Allen et al. (1965, plate 1) have shown by means of a strain-release map that an inferred southeastern continuation of the zone does not coincide with a region that has been as seismically active as the portion which lies in the Los Angeles basin. An earthquake of magnitude 4.3 occurred about 3 1/4 miles - west-southwest of Laguna Beach on October 27, 1969. The epicenter was ap- proximately located at the base of the 1,500-foot submarine escarpment and, in the opinion of Richter (1970a, p. 136),"indicates extension of seismicity about 10 miles] southeastward beyond the main epicenter of 1933." One major aspect of onshore geology to be considered in any analysis of a possible continuation of the Newport-Inglewood zone involves the proximity to the source area ' of the Catalina Schist debris in the San Onofre Breccia. The distribution, thickness, and N Table 2, fault maps showing an inferred southeastern extension of the Newport-Inglewood zone, Location in Reference Remark) thin paper Taber, 1920, Plate 13-___..._. ......... Map shows"Inglewood-Newport-San Onufre fault"entirel,v on land as far south as Oceanside--a total length of 85 miles; Figure 4 drawn on basis of topu raphy (p. 141). Willis, 1923, "A fault map of California": Newport-Inglewood fault is shown going offshore at Newport, paralleling the coast,coming back onshore at San Onofrc, Nut sh,nvu Bulletin of the Seismological Society of and trending in a straicht line as far south as Escondido. America,v. 13,p. 1-12,explanation Willis,1923-24,v.13,plates 8,9,12;v.14, Bifurcating Newport-Inelewood fault shown offshore from Lung Beach to Dana Point where map ends (v. 14, Plate 4). Pigure 6 repro- D Plate 4 Plates 8,9, and 12 (v. 13) show the extension of the zone either at the shoreline or trending inland so that it is several duces Plate 4, l miles east of San Diego,. v. 14 In O Ferguson and Willis, 1924,Figure l_..... Shows fault just offshoic only as far south as San Joaquin Hills. Figure 7 Z_ Vickery, 1928,p. 357................... Shows fault parallel to coastline exactly at coastline only as far south as San Joaquin Hills. Figure 8 y Eaton, 1933, Figure l..............._.. Inset in this figure is first regional map to show Newport-Inglewuod fault connected by an offshore cxtensiun with the Rosc Figure 16 Canyon fault at San Diego. Willis, 1938, Figure I................... This map (on whicl, \1'il&c called the Newport-Inglewood zone the"San Pedro fault zone") is larger scale but similar to Nut shown the 1913-24 Plates 8 and 12. Fault goes onshore at San Onufre and is shown 15 to 20 miles cast of San Diego. O Z Shepard and Emery, 1941--------------- Do not show on their charts but state in text(p.26):"The topog,aphy on the sea floor suggests a southward continuation I Not shown C of the supposed fault since the inset portion of the submarine scarp appears to be in direct line with the so-called Ingle• .n wood fault". Wood, 1947,Maps 2,3,4_............. Maps show proposed continuation of the Newport-Inglewood fault going onshore in vicinity of San Clemente. Not shown Z Clements and Emery, 1947-------------- They state (p. 310):":\ scarp about 1,500 feet in height that c\tcnds southeastward from Newport (leach and gradually Nut shown m flattens out near Oceanside is marked by a few scattered epicenters and can only doubtfully be considered a continuation N of the Inglewood fault". Z Corey, 1954, Bulletin 170,chapter 3,part These maps show the Newport-Inglewood fault going offshore at Newport Beach,trending very close to the coastline,and Not shown B, Figures 1-8 joining a more northerly fault south of San Onofre.The latter fault connects the Cristianitos and Rose Canyon faults. C Emery, 1960,Plate68.................. Map shows major fault zone following the 1,500-foot depth contour from Newport to the La Jolla submarine canyon Not shown m where it joins the Ruse Canyon fault,crosses Coronado,and heads offshore parallel to the Baja California coast. r Allen,St.Amand,Richter,and Nordquist, Map is similar to Emery's 1960 map;the southern section of the projected fault is not extended to Coronado. Not shown n 1965,Plate 1 -C Albee and Smith, 1966, Figure 9--------- Map is generalized from Emery (1960) and Allen et al. (1965). Not shown Minch, 1967, Figure 7------------------ Map is generalized from Emery (1960) and Allen a al. (1965). Not shown King,1969,Tectonic map of North America Very small scale map shows faults in continental borderland probably modified from Emery(1960)and Allen et al. (1965). Not shown Parker, 1971, Figures 3,4,5------------- Maps depicting tnaj„r faults of the continental borderland show "Inglewood-Newport fault" CNtending southeastward Not shown nearly to Oceanside essentially identical to Emery's 1960 map. 1 N 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 53 coarseness of the breccia(see discussion on pages 45-46) are factors that provide clues to the nearness of the source area. As a corollary to the inference that the Newport- Inglewood zone within the Los Angeles basin overlies the boundary between Catalina Schist and eastern granitic basement (see pages 4S-46), a continuation of this contact to the southeast is implied by features of the breccia. ' Consideration of the hypothesis that the Newport-Inglewood zone continues southeastward from Newport Beach beneath the sea toward San Diego as described above is one of the main topics included in an analysis of the regional geology surroun- ding the San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station in the application by the power com- panies for a permit to expand the facility. A wealth of geophysical data has been assem- bled, reviewed, and analyzed by the applicants in their Preliminary Safety Analysis Report (1972, Amendment 11 , Appendix 2E). This document makes use of a report ' prepared by consultants retained by the applicants on the offshore geological structure (Jahns et al., 1971) and of a subsequent study prepared by Western Geophysical Com- pany of America (PSAR, 1972, Amendment 11, Appendix 2E, Attachment I ). i The earlier investigations (Jahns et al., 1971) of the offshore geology in the region between Newport Beach and San Diego were based upon sparker-profiling techniques which penetrate to shallow depths (hundreds of feet) beneath the sea floor. The relevant conclusions with respect to the present discussion, based upon the shallow- depth data, were that the "principal structural feature of the continental shelf off San Onofre is a large anticline and an associated syncline about four or five miles offshore" the axis of which is approximately coincident with the edge of the shelf and "there is no evidence for a continuous shelf-edge fault" (Jahns er al., 1971 , p. 6). The consultants also concluded from the profiling data that "the anticline is discontinuously broken along parts of its length by short faults near its axis. These faults have not produced pronounced displacement of strata, nor have they displaced the sea floor" (Jahns et al., 1971 , p. 9). ' The offshore structures can be compared and contrasted to the "Newport- Inglewood zone of deformation" from the description given by Jahns et al. (1 971 , p. 1 1 ): ' In the subsurface the zone includes many sub-parallel faults, some of them entirely separate and others branching and joining. None of the faults are continuous for more than a fraction of the length of the zone,and the zone includes no single clear-cut surface feature that can be identified as 'the Newport-Inglewood fault'. The tectonic activity and seismicity of the zone were also summarized by Jahns et al. (1971, p. 13): Activity has continued through the remainder of Cenozoic time, and historic seismicity bespeaks present activity despite facts that (1) no member of the fault complex is known to cut strata younger than late Pleistocene, and (2) no surface ground displacement is known to have accompanied historic earthquakes associated with the zone. ' Jahns et al. (1971, p. 14-15) concluded that the Newport-Inglewood zone ter- minates somewhere offshore between Newport Beach and Laguna Beach because they could detect no topographic expression on the sea floor, no "continuous zone of folds and faults" from the seismic reflection profiling; and southeast of Laguna Beach there is lack of seismic activity similar to that in the Los Angeles basin for the Newport- Inglewood zone. They did conclude, however, that the buried basement boundary in- ferred to underlie the Newport-Inglewood zone does continue toward the southeast as the Southern California subduction zone (also Hill, 1971 ). 1 54 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SF. 114 Investigations conducted by the investigators in the earlier studies were simply not ' adequate in critical areas to confirm or disprove the hypothesis that the structural features which were revealed are indeed not extensions of the Newport-Inglewood ' zone, differing from the structures in the Los Angeles basin because of their subsea rather than subaerial erosional and depositional environment. A knowledge of the geologic structure to much greater depths than could be reached by the techniques em- ployed up to that time was necessary. The subsequent studies (PSAR, 1972, Amendment 1 I , Appendix 2E) are based upon a wealth of data derived from deep-penetration seismic reflection profiling , (10,000 feet or more beneath the sea floor), analyses of regional gravity and magnetic information, three offshore core holes, and seismic refraction traverses. The resolving power of some of these techniques along with the large volume of data make it possible to produce interpretive maps of the geologic structure in portions of the offshore area down to basement rock depths. One of these maps (PSAR, 1972, figure 2E-2) depicts the configuration of the surface of "acoustic basement" otherwise known as "Horizon C" which is assumed to consist, depending on the region, either of continental basement (such as occurs in the Peninsular Ranges) on the southeast, San Onofre Breccia in the central portion, and Catalina Schist on the northwest with structure cone tours based upon reflection times and not depths. Another map (PSAR, 1972, figurt: 2E-3) shows the surface of"Horizon B" which is also contoured in reflection times and ' is assumed by correlation with core-hole data to be a sedimentary unit "within Upper Miocene." Finally, a topographic map of the sea floor (Horizon A) completes the set (PSAR, 1972, figure 2E-4A). Essentially, for purposes of this report, the structural feature of most importance to be interpreted from these maps is the "South Coast Offshore fault" which "has ap- parent vertical displacement of the acoustic basement (Horizon C) in the order of 2000 to 3000 feet" down on the southwest and extends about 40 miles from the vicinity )f Laguna Beach to Carlsbad. The South Coast Offshore fault consists of about 29 miles of "discontinuous short-fault segments" that offset Horizon B vertically "mostly on t'te , order of a few hundred feet" (PSAR, 1972, p. 2E-6). The strike and location of tie South Coast Offshore fault coincide, in general, with the edge of the shelf which is about 4 or 5 miles off San Onofre but closer to the coast at Laguna Beach and Ocean- side. The major question to be answered is: Does the South Coast Offshore fault repres?nt a continuation of the Newport-/nglewoud structural Zone or is it a separate unrelated ' feature? The conclusion of the consultants for the applicants (PSAR, 1972, p. 2E-9) is that the South Coast Offshore fault ...is neither a continuation of the Newport-Inglewood Zone to the northwest, nor of the Rose Canyon fault to the southeast. The South Coast Offshore fault dies out along its strike and upward (fig. 2E-6) and has no expression on the ocean floor. The limited length of this fault and the small vertical displacement across it in Horizon B indicate that its effect is significantly less in the younger (Upper Miocene) rocks. _ Many aspects of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone and the South Coast Dff- shore fault are compared in table 3, which summarizes the important similarities in ' gross structural aspects and a history of diminishing tectonic activity toward the present characterized by short-fault segments of a discontinuous nature. Implications of other aspects listed in table 3 include the possible association of the Newport-Inglewood and South Coast structures with the tectonic conditions reponsible for the creation of a western highland during middle Miocene time which contributed Catalina Schist d.;bris to the San Onofre Breccia. The relation of either of the zones to an inferred basement- rock boundary has not been proved. For the Newport-Inglewood structural zone it is J A Table 3. Comparison of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone of the Los Angeles Basin with the South Coast Offshore fault. dlpert rompa►td Newport-Inglewood ftructural zont South Coast Offshore fault Dimensions_____________________--------------------------- Approximately 40 miles long by t: to 3 miles wide. Approximately 41 miles long by ': to 2 miles wide. Trend ortegionalstrike----------------- N 45°W N 400 W Oldest post-basement rocks displaced-_--_ Middle Miocene marine sedimentary rocks. Possibly as old as Cretaceous(?)(P.S.A.R., 1972, fig. 2E-13). -- Z Surface expression.-------------------- Alignment of low hills and mesas separated, by several gaps; total ". . . no expression on ocean floor" (P.S.A.R., 1972, p. 2E-9). Ilow- m relief only 513 feet;locally,fault-line scarps. ever, edge of continental shelf overlies the buried fault (P.S.A.R., 1972,fig. 2E-12; fig. 2E-13;Attachment 1, p. 33). ------- --- --- ----- - --- O Shallow depth expression--------------- No evidence of post-Pleistocene surface displacement; numermis, in- "Discontinuous short-fault segments . . . display vertical offset of X terrupted minor faults associated with individual uplifts total about Ilorizon It, mostly on the order of a few hundred feet" W.S.A.It., � 24 miles at the surface. 1972, p. 21:-6), Segments total about 29 miles. z Continuity---------------------------- Not continuous in the sedimentary strata; inferred to be coutimoms Nut continuous in the sedimentary section (Ilurizun It, Upper Miu- r— m the basement un the Basis of seismic data. Celle)but interpreted to be a continuous fault in"acoustic basement" M which is locally middle Miocene San Onofre Breccia not geologic base- ment. C) Maximum vertical separation.----------- 4,000 feet at basement surface (Long Beach oil field); 1,000 feet in 5,500 feet on "acoustic basement" but "does not exceed 3,000 feet Pliocene strata;200 feet base of Pleistocene; all down on southwest over most of its length" (P.S.A.R., 1972, Attachment I, p. 40); as (Yerkes et al., 1965,p. A48). much as 600 to 700 feet on highest definitive reflector (horizon B or Upper Miocene); up to 1,000 feet sediment undisturbed over fault (Line 115) all down on southwest. X Maximum horizontal separation___-_--------- Right-lateral strike-slip displacement of lower Pliocene front 3,000 to Possible right-lateral offset on axis of San Joaquin hills structural n 5,000 feet(Yerkes et al., 1965,p.A48).Up to 10,000 feet right-lateral high up to 7,000 feet (P.S.A.R., 1972,Attachment 1, p. 40). C slip(Hill, 1971,p. 29S8). Local structural features---------------- Horst under Long Beach oil field at approximately the mid-point of Horst about 5 miles west of San Onofre, at approximately the mid- the zone;basement is down approximately 4,000 feet on the west and point of the zone; "acoustic basement" down apPproximately 1,600 1,000 feet down on east (Yerkes et al., 1965, pl. 1.44). feet on west and 2,400 feet on cast (P.S.A.R., 1972,fig. 2E-7). N - -- — O Seismicity----------------------------- Earthquakes are abundant and frequent and relatively evenly dis "There is no macroseismicity associated with the fault" (P.S.A.R., Z tributed along the zone;pattern of activity suggests association with 1972,p.2E-18);also"no evidence has been found...of surface rup- M local segments (Richter, 1970a);includes damaging 1920 Inglewood ture or offset of geomorphic features, or to suggest post-\liocene or earthquake and 1933 lung Beach earthquake. Quaternary activity on the fault." however, 1969 4.5 magnitude earthquake off Laguna Beach plots directly on the fault. Relation to San Onofre Breeeia---------- Zone might have coincided in middle Miocene time with tltc eastern Fault is a likely distance from the present exposures of San Onofre boundary of the highland from which Catalina Schist debris was lireccia to represent the boundary of the schist high,more likely than derived based on coarseness and distribution of the breccia. the interpretation of P.S.A.R.,(1972,fig.2E-12)wherein huge blocks of schist now 7 and 8 miles inland would had to have traveled 18 miles. ....continued on page following N C/t o� Table 3. Comparison of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone of the Los Angeles Basin with the South Coast Offshore fault —Continued n — D Aspect compared Newport-Inglewood structural zone South Coast Offshore fault n O Relation to buried basement boundary-_ Inferred to overlie burial basement boundary but parallel basement Basement boundary off southern California has been named the Z boundary could be 1.5 miles to the northeast on basis of gravity data southern California subduction zone (Hill, 1971). Locus of subdue- D (Yerkes et al., 1965, p. r118). tion zone interpreted from gravity anomaly gradients to be 15 to 18 miles offshore,offset by the San Joaquin Hills Offshore high and not to underlie the South Coast Offshore fault (P.S.A.R., 1972, Attach- ment 1,p. 37). < --- --- - --.—......----- . -- — - -- - to Correlation with Bouguer gravity anom- Overlies a steep Nmgucr anoit.aly gradient of -40 to -20 milligals. Western Geophysical Co. of America has interpreted gravity data aly data This gradient has been interpreted to mean that different types k4 fruut f larrison el nl.. (1966). They interpret the steeper gradients Z basement rock are ju%taposed here. Ilowever, "empirical cornpar- between negative and positive Bouguer anomaly values to "define isons of densities of the t%cu major basement mck types reveal nu six- the yositiun of the subduction zone" (P.S.A.R., 1972,Attachment 1, O nifieant density differences in the material accessible to sampling p. 2 ). 97 (T.H.5McCulloh, personal communication)" (Harrison et al., 1966, p. -- --- - --- -- z Evidence for termination at ends------.-- Appears to be overridden by reverse faults associated with the Santa Displacement,determined from seismic profiling data,appears to die M Monica-Malibu Coast fault system on the north; becomes dispersed out toward both ends as well as upward in this section. Northern end N and broadens out in the Newport Beach area and it may be termi- may be cut off by a northerly trending fault in the San Joaquin I[ills D nated by the San Joaquin Hills Offshore high or it may just be dills- Offshore hivii. Southern end interpreted as "dying out" near Rose 2 cult to trace through this area. Canyon fault. C) M O r' O C) A 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 57 ' possible that the boundary lies to the east of the zone (see table 3) and may even un- derlie the central deep of the Los Angeles basin. For the South Coast Offshore fault (which has been interpreted by the applicants as lying 5 to 7 miles east of the southern California subduction zone) it must be pointed out that the "acoustic basement" in the vicinity of much of the fault is not geologic basement (which is unknown) but is assumed to be Middle Miocene San Onofre Breccia. Furthermore, the argument that what is eastern and what is western basement can be determined on the basis of gravity data is weakened by the fact that assumed density differences in the basement-rock terranes cannot be demonstrated (see table 3). Therefore, it is possible that the off- shore fault may overlie the subduction zone. The most important contrast between the two structural features is in their historical and recorded seismic activity or inactivity. The significance of recorded earthquakes or lack of them is questionable because of the short time that seismographs have been in operation in southern California. There is, in addition, the possibility that activity along the Newport-Inglewood zone may be locally restricted to various segments (Richter. 1970a) as was demonstrated by the 1933 Long Beach earthquake. A problem with the earthquake history is the impossibility of locating the epicenter of early historic events such as the damaging earthquake of December 8, 1 81 2, that killed 40 people at San Juan Capistrano. Wood (1 916) has suggested that events such as this could have been the result of earthquakes located at sea (see page 61 this paper). The applicants concluded (PSAR. 1972. p. 2. 10-4) that "no earthquake epicenters can be associated with the Newport-Inglewood zone farther southeast than the 1969. ' magnitude 4.5. event offshore from Laguna Beach." However, as table 3 points out. this particular event occurred on what is shown on their maps as the South Coast Off- shore fault. This suggests that either the Newport-Inglewood zone is continuous beyond its so-called termination with the South Coast Offshore fault or that the offshore fault is seismically active at its northwestern end. In support of the conclusions about seismic inactivity based on the short historic ' record and paucity of instrumentally recorded events is the evidence implying tectonic quiescence demonstrated by the locally thick (up to 1 .000 feet) undisturbed strata of unknown age overlying the offshore fault in subbottom profiles. The unknown age of ' the apparently undisturbed (within the resolving power of the profiling techniques) sediments is an important point because ut the subacrial erosional environment %%hich influences the topographic expression along the Newport-Inglewood zone material has been eroded away thereby creating fault-line scarps, none of which cuts deposits younger than Late Pleistocene. Does this mean that, if the Newport-Inglewood zone was also under water and subjected to similar conditions to the South Coast Offshore fault, it would display its relatively minor relief (maximum of 51 1 feet in the Baldwin ' Hills)'.' There is currently no good explanation either for the development of the edge of the continental shelf or for the coincidence of the trend of the offshore fault with this shelf edge. ' Contrary to the interpretation of the applicants, as quoted above, the disassociation of the Newport-Inglewood-struciuraI zone and the South Coast Off- shore fault does not seem to be warranted. The similarities (table 3) provide a cogent ' argument for concluding that the Newport-Inglewood structural zone does extend off- shore parallel to the southern California coast and that the South Coast Offshore fault is a continuation of the Newport-Inglewood zone. EARTHQUAKE HISTORY Although southern California has been seismically very active during the past 200 ' years, written accounts of only the strongest shocks survive the early part of this period. However, early descriptions of earthquakes are rarely specific enough to allow an , association with any particular fault zone:. It is also not possible to locate "accurately" epicenters of earthquakes which occurred prior to the twentieth century. Among the catalogs of earthquakes that have occurred in southern California since , 1769 (Holden, 1897, Wood, 1916, Townley and Allen, 1939). the most complete is that of Townley and Allen, which covers the period from 1 769 to 1928. This catalog reveals that, of the approximately 53 earthquakes recorded as being felt in the Los , Angeles area before 191 7, 17 might have been associated with the Newport-Inglewood zone (see table 4). However, because the association between faults and earthquakes was not known and the Newport-Inglewood zone in particular had not been recognized, correlation of shocks with the zone is, naturally, speculative. The table shows that most earthquakes were of low intensity and not demonstratively associated with' the structural zones along the western portion of the Los Angeles basin. Table 4. Pre-1928 earthquake history of Los Angeles area. ' Origin on Newport-Inglewood zone' Intensity Date Locality data (Rom-Forel rcale) Porrible Probable Known 1769 July 28 Los Angeles region VI?;X? ? 1812 Dec. 8 Southern California coast (M.M.scale) VIII-IX ? 1827 Sept.23 Los Angeles ? ? 1848 Jan.4 Los Angeles ? 1852 Nov.20 Los Angeles;32 shocks ? 1852 Dec. 26 Los Angeles ? 1855 July 10 Los Angeles County (offshore?) VIII ? 1856 April 6; APril 14;May 2; May 9 Los Angeles ? 1857 Jan. 16; , Jan. 17 Los Angeles 1857 May 2 Los Angeles ? 1860 Jan.26-27 Los Angeles,night "severe shock" ? 1860 March 26 Los Angeles ? ? 1862 June 7 Los Angeles ? ' 1864 July 18 Los Angeles ? 1864 July 25 Los Angeles ? 1869 October Los Angeles ? 1877 Sept. 19 Los Angeles ? 1878 June 11-12 Los Angeles;4 shocks III,V,III,I ? ? 1878 Late summer Inglewood (W.Mulholland (M.M.scale)VIII X B.S.S.A.,v. 10) 1879 Aug. 10 San Fernando;"tidal wave at IV?;V? X ? Santa Monica" 1879 Dec.7 Los Angeles III 1880 March 21 Los Angeles V 1880 April 12 Los Angeles;most severe on San V Gabriel River 1880 Sept.26 Los Angeles ? 1890 Nov. 12 Los Angeles III 1880 Nov.21 Los Angeles and south and east of ? ? Angeles;3 shocks 1880 Dec. 19 Los Angeles and San Diego V ? 1881 April 27 Los Angeles ? 1882 Sept.7 Los Angeles ? 1883 Jan.23 Los Angeles III ' 1883 July 7 Los Angeles II 1883 Sept. 1 Los Angeles III 1883 Sept. 5 Los Angeles,Santa Barbara, VI Wilmington,Ventura ....continued on page folloning 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 59 Table 4. Pre-1928 earthquake history of Los Angeles area--Continued Origin on ,Newport-Inglewood zone* I ntennty Date Locality data (Rorri-Forel rcale) Porrible I Probable Known 1917 June 24 Los Angeles (12:30 p.m.) III to IV X 1917 June 25 Los Angeles (8:15 p.m.) III to IV X 1917 June 25 Los Angeles (8:24 p.m.),southern IV to V X portion of city 1917 June 26 Los Angeles (3:51 a.m.) trembling III X motion 1917 June 26 Los Angeles;strongest in southern V to VI X part of city(1:15 p.m., 1:20 p.m., 1:30 p.m.) 1917 June 28 Los Angeles;rumbling IV X ' 1917 June 29 Los Angeles;trembling III to 1V X 1917 June 30 Los Angeles,southern part IV X 1883 Dec. 12 Los Angeles III 1883 Dec. 13 Los Angeles ? 1884 Jan.4 Los Angeles III 1884 June 16 Los Angeles ? 1884 Oct.22 Los Angeles III 1885 June 14 Los Angeles ? 1885 Sept. 13 Southern California: Los Angeles to IV ? San Diego to San Bernardino ' 1887 May 3 Los Angeles "not felt" 1889 Aue. 27 Southern California:lighter in Santa VII Monica and San Bernardino than in Pomona I I 1890 Feb.9 Southern California;3 shocks at San VI-VII Pedro; long and steady vibration at I Los Aneeles"center near San Jacinto 1893 May 18 Southern California coast region; VII? ? .,most severe southeast of Ventura" 1894 Feb.8 Los Angeles;only one sharp shock ? 1894 July 29 Southern California;2 shocks at VII ? Santa Monica;"last heaviest ever felt there" 1896 Feb. 15 Los Angeles ? 1898 June 30 Los Angeles "sharp" 1904 Oct. 15 Los Angeles "light shock" 1906 April 19 San Pedro ' ? 1906 April 19 Los Angeles;2 shocks ' 1906 April 19 Los Angeles;2 shocks and light ' tremors 1906 April 20 Santa Monica ? ? ' 1917 Feb. 13 Los Angeles and southwest of V to VI X business district i 1917 June 9 Los Angeles;noticed in southwest "felt' portion of city 1917 June 24 Los Angeles (12 p.m.) III to IV I X 1917 July 15 Los Angeles "slight" .? 1917 July 17 Los Angeles;3 shocks,swaying IV x ? 1917 Aug.3 Los Angeles;rocking motion III x ? 1917 Nov.23 Los Angeles;southwestern part II to III X of city 1918 March 6 Los Angeles region;most severe in V to VI ? Venice and Santa Monica 1918 March 8 Venice and Ocean Park;bumping IV to V ? and rumblings 1918 Sept 16 Los Angeles 20 seconds III ' 1918 Nov.19 Santa Monica Bay region,Venice, VI to VII X Long Beach,Pomona 1919 Feb.9? San Pedro(?)(may be wrong) ? 1919 Dec. 18 Los Angeles("prolonged") III 1920 Feb.22 Sawtelle(west Los Angeles) VI X ' 1920 Feb.23 Sawtelle "felt by several" X ? 1920 March 3 El Segundo,Manhattan Beach, III to IV ? Redondo Beach 1920 March 16 Sawtelle(5 shocks) III X ? 1920 March 24 Sawtelle(2 shocks) "felt by several" X ? 1920 April 17 Sawtelle "felt by several" X ? 1920 April 22 Sawtelle;northwest to southeast "felt by several" X motion 1920 April 30 Sawtelle "light" X 1920 May 4 Sawtelle "light" X ....continued on page following 60 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 Table 4. Pre-1928 o Los earthquake historyf L Angeles area —Continued 9 Origin on Newport-Inglewood zone* I ntenlity Date Locality data — (Rotli-Fond rcale) Pouible I Probable Known 1920 May 18 Santa Monica;abrupt bumping; III X southwest to northeast motion 1920 May 21 Sawtelle III X 1920 June 18 Los Angeles region (2:08 a.m.); "Seismograms show ? possible origin at sea in San Pedro about=VIII" , channel 1920 June 18 or 19 Inglewood (10:30 a.m.) "light" X 1920 June 21 Inglewood,early afternoon (fore- "light shocks" X shocks) 1920 June 21 "Inglewood earthquake" (6:48 p.m.) VIII to IX X 1920 June 22 Inglewood (2:30 a.m.) "2 strong shocks" X 1920 June 22 Near Inglewood also Torrance "strong" X (4:00 a.m.) 1920 June 22 Inglewood (5:00 a.m.) ? X 1920 June 22 Inglewood (12:35 p.m.) V X 1920 June 22 Inglewood (9:09 p.m.) "sharp" X 1920 June 23 Inglewood (4:06 a.m.) "sharp" X 1920 June 23 Inglewood (6:51 a.m.,2:10 p.m., .all very light" X 2:24 p.m.) 1920 June 24 Inglewood "light" X 1920 June 29 Inglewood V X , 1920 June 29 Los Angeles(possibly previous shock) III X 1920 July 10 Los Angeles III to IV ? 1920 July 10 Series of extremely localized shocks II to VII northwest of Los Angeles business district 1920 July 19 Los Angeles II to III 1920 July 20 Los Angeles III 1920 July 26 Los Angeles(4 shocks) II to V 1920 July 27 Los Angeles (5 shocks) II to III 1920 July 28 Los Angeles IV , 1920 July 29 Los Angeles IV 1920 Aug.23 Los Angeles (2 or 3 shocks);bumping IV 1920 Sept.2 Los Angeles (3 shocks) II 1920 Sept 3 Los Angeles II 1920 Sept 15 Los Angeles(3 shocks) II 1920 Sept. 18 Los Angeles III 1920 Dec.6 Los Angeles (3 shocks) III 1920 Dec. 27 Los Angeles and Inglewood(2 shocks) III X 1921 April 21 Hollywood and Los Angeles III to V 1921 May 2 Los Angeles;duration 7 to 10 seconds III 1921 May 4 Los Angeles II 1922 Jan. 17 Los Angeles and Pomona;"probably "slight" gunfire" 1923 Nov.8 Los Angeles region;2 to 12 light "light shocks" shocks 1923 Dec.6 Southern Los Angeles County;from ? ? coast,cast to Whittier 1924 Jan.2 Los Angeles region "slight" 1925 Jan.10 Los Angeles and vicinity "slight" 1925 March 2 Long Beach III ? 1925 May 1 Southern California coast;Long IV X ? Beach 1925 June 12 Los Angeles;abrupt,felt in nearby III+? towns 1926 Dec.29 Redondo Beach;north-northwest to IV ? south-southeast;reported in Los Angeles,too 1927 Jan.29 Sawtelle;felt as far as Riverside; IV or V X ? origin near Sawtelle 1927 Feb.4 Santa Monica Bay "j Olt" X 1927 Feb.6 VI in Sawtelle V to VI in southwest Vic ? ' Los Angeles;sharp in Santa Monica 1927 April 15 Los Angeles region;stronge•.;t at "rattling of buildings" X ? beaches southwest of Los Angeles 1927 Aug.4 Santa Monica Bay;origin under bay VI+? 1927 Aug.4 Los Angeles and neighboring towns reported that the shock brought in an oil well which was being drilled near Long Beach ....continued on page follov•ing 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 61 Table 4. Pre-1928 earthquake history of Los Angeles area—Continued Origin on Newport-Inglewood zone* Intenfily Date Locality data (Roffi-Forel scale) Possible I Probable I Known 1927 Oct.8 Origin east of Compton VI ? 1927 Dec. 10 Inglewood?"source same as that of ? X ? 1920 shocks" 1927 Dec. 15 Near Torrance;origin southeast of ? X ? Dec. 10 quake 1927 Dec. 31 Santa Monica Bay;origin under bay ? +Where specific information is totally lacking, no mark was placed in the"Possible"or"Probable"columns;where some information suggests that movements along the zone may have been responsible for a shock,a question mark was placed in the "Possible" column; where the connection between the zone and a tremor was more certain,an "x"was placed ' in a column. H. O. Wood (1916). influenced by the massive amount of information summarized by the California State Earthquake Commission after the 1906 San Francisco earth- quake (Lawson ei al., 1908). attempted to correlate the larger historic earthquakes with major fault zones. Not knowing the existence of the Newport-Inglewood zone, Wood found it necessary to propose a hypothetical "San Pedro Submarine fault-zone to be the locus for several southern California earthquakes. His reasoning was as follows (1 91 6, p. 76): Certain shocks felt at points along the southern coast between the Santa Barbara region and the San Diego region seem surely to have been generated at sea. A submarine fault is known just east of San Clemente Island; but it is not warrantable to assign these shocks to this fault definitely, for it is too distant to be the probable source of them. Nor would the vague information recorded justify such assignments even if the fault were nearer the coast. However, no other submarine fault is known definitely off this shore. Consequently a vague term, the San Pedro Submarine fault-zone, is employed to designate a submarine generatrix whose location and extent cannot be delineated even approximately. Whenever there was seismic activity associated with an earthquake assumed to have originated beneath the sea in the Los Angeles region, he felt that this "fault" was responsible (for example, July 10. 1855, August 10. 1879). The following account includes descriptions of those larger earthquakes which Wood (1 916) considered as having been generated most probably on the "San Pedro ' Submarine fault-zone-: 1769, July 28. Los Angeles Region. When these shocks occurred these travelers[Portola and company] were in the vicinity of San Pedro Bay,on some old maps called Bahia de Los Temblores.A movement on almost any of the faults of the southern part of the Coast Mountains province might have produced such a disturbance; but one or more of the following taken in order of probable importance, ' seems the more likely source: the San Pedro Submarine fault-zone; the San Jacinto fault; the San Gabriel fault; or the Elsinore fault. The Whittier fault, the Santa Ana fault and the Santa Monica fault are very unlikely possibilities. i 1812, September, October, or December(?). Coast Region of Southern California. i Serious damage to buildings and loss of life at San Juan Capistrano, and at Santa Ynez . . . a seismic sea wave at Refugio . . . a multitude of aftershocks, with continuous vibration of the ground at Santa Barbara for eight days. As,a speculation merely, it is interesting to note that the phenomena could best be ac- counted for as the result of two,or more,strong shocks—one generated either on the north end of the San Pedro Submarine fault-zone, the Santa Ynez fault or the San Gabriel fault, 62 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SF. 114 wreaking havoc at Santa Ynez, Refugio, San Fernando and San Gabriel; the other caused by movement on the south end of the San Pedro Submarine fault-zone, the San Jacinto fault, the Elsinore fault or the Santa Ana fault, causing destruction at San Juan Capistrano. , 1855. July 10. Los Angeles-San Gabriel. Four shocks in twelve seconds. Two unusually heavy sea waves at Point San Juan most likely Dana Point: not Avila as reported in Hamilton et al., 1969. p. 53]. Bells thrown down in the San Gabriel Mission church. Seismic sea-waves are considered to indicate submarine disturbance: hence the vague San Pedro Submarine fault-zone is taken as the most probable origin. Possibly the San Gabriel or Elsinore fault suffered disturbance also. 1879. August 10. San Fernando-Santa Monica. Tidal wave at Santa Monica. , On account of the sea-wave it seems most probable that this shock was generated on the San Pedro Submarine zone; if not then it is likely that its focus lay in either the San Gabriel or the Santa Monica fault. ' As is mentioned in the section on the early history of the investigation of the zone (page 30 ). Homer Hamlin seems to have been the first to associate earthquakes with the Newport-Inglewood zone. Hamlin ( 1918) reported that 20 earthquakes occurred ' in 1917 along the Newport-Inglewood zone (see table 4). According to Taber (1920 p. 143). Hamlin thought that the epicenters for the 1917 earthquakes (see quotatior on page 30 ) were located alone the northeast side of the hills of the uplitt. Taber alsc noted that Arnold "suggested that the more unconsolidated character of the soils or that least side of the ridge may have locally accentuated the apparent intensity o; the shocks and thus influenced Hamlin to locate the epicenters too far toward the northeast" (1 920, p. 143). , Taber (1920. p. 143) believed the 1920 Inglewood earthquake was centered we:.t of Inglewood. Kew (1923. p. 158), on the other hand, suggested that "the greater amount of damage caused by the 1920 shock on the west side of Inglewood may hase , been due to the fact that this area is underlain by loosely consolidated sands and gravels of Pleistocene age. These would have a tendency to settle more readily and cause greater damage to property than the more thoroughly consolidated material coal- posing the rucks cast of the IngleWUUd lault. The Inglewood earthquake of June 21 , 1920. was the first earthquake associated , with the zone to receive any detailed field study. This earthquake also stimulated acti/e interest in the seismicity of the zone. An example of this interest is the topic of the Sep- tember 3, 1920, meeting of the American Institute of Mining and Metallurgical Engineers held in Los Angeles. A number of talks were presented on "The Earthquace ' Problem in Southern California" (Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America. 1920, v. 10, p. 276-299). It should be pointed out that, in addition to the Inglewood earthquake of June 21 , 1920, there also occurred on July 16 tremors which were cc n- tered in the vicinity of downtown Los Angeles. At the meeting referred to abo,fe, William Mulholland (Chief Engineer of the Los Angeles aqueduct) spoke of his (:x- periences in the Inglewood area both as a resident and as an engineer. Apparently, some of his comments contain the only known record of certain smaller shocks felt ' locally along the northern end of the Newport-Inglewood zone. Mulholland (1920. p. 289-297) included several interesting points about construction along the zone and .he seismic history of the region: I have known for many years the existence of a fault or fold of the crust therelvicinity of Inglewood, that we used to call, in the early days, the Rosecrans Ridge, though it lost its identity by that name in later years.Along that hill or ridge the first earthquake I experienced 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 63 in California occurred, right at Inglewood. That was 1878. It was a shock similar to that which was felt there quite recently June 21, 1920. Since then, to my knowledge, there have been four similar shocks, of about equal intensity, almost at the same spot, sometimes felt farther along to the southeast, down towards Cerritos, but always more intensified in the region of Inglewood than anywhere else along the ridge. The geological structure of that ridge is well known to most of the engineers who have to do with water develo ment. Homer Hamlin drove a tunnel through it for the outfall sewer, and in driving it be[sic and through the Pleistocene beds of gravel,where the ridge has its least development and elevation, in the neighborhood of Inglewood. A little to the southwest of where that ridge has its lowest development, there is a large tank constructed by the Water Department two years ago. When I constructed that tank, I ' knew the seismological character of the country, and I kept telling my young engineer assistants that it would be the most vulnerable part of the Los Angeles Water Works. In my early experience, I made a great many borings for wells along the ridge at Rosecrans Hill, and I found out that the top of the formation was Pleistocene, and the ridge ' had a level in common with the coastal plain. When I built the tank, I had to have some sand to make the foundation. In the excavations there Iwhere the tank is I I found the sands of the Pleistocene, sands and gravels; and I found, very curiously, in those beds of sand, jogs and offsets, with silt streaks in the formation of the beds, with, in some places, a vertical off- set of a foot or two, showing that since it has risen from the level of the surrounding coastal plain there has been movement of slicing and shearing in the hill itself. The 1878 shock listed in table 4 comes from the above comments. It is not known when the other shocks occurred. but some may have been the 1917 earthquakes men- tioned by Hamlin. Inglewood Earthquake, 1920 The literature directly related to the Inglewood earthquake of June 21 , 1920, is limited to four articles (Arnold, 1920; Taber, 1920, 1924, and Kew, 1923). Much of Arnold's short article is quoted earlier (page3l). The only detailed report on the earth- quake itself was written by Taber (1920). who was commissioned by the Seismological Society of America to make the investigation. A summary of the details is presented in table 5, compiled from Taber's article. Taber (1920. p. 129-132) reviewed and illustrated some of the destructive effects of the earthquake. A more specific account of damaged buildings and their locations can be found in Rosenberg's (1938) Hislury of ' Inglewuud. There were fe%% multi-story buildings in Inglewood at the time. Most of the larger buildings were located in the vicinity of the City Hall along Commercial Street (now called La Brea Avenue) where much of the more spectacular damage was sustained. It is probable that Taber's conclusion (1920, p. 129) that "damage to buildings was due to poor construction rather than to the intensity of the vibrations" is the correct one judging from the descriptions of both the kinds of damage and the type of construction. Table S. Summary of data on Inglewood earthquake of June 21, 1920. ' Time-------------------- 6:47 p.m.Pacific Coast standard time(local time). Magnitude--------------- "Near 4.9"(estimated by Richter, 1970b). Place__________________ _ Most destructive in the immediate vicinity of Inglewood. Area afJrcted-------------- 11,000 square miles. Inunrity----------------- 834 Rossi-Forel scale;"very strong shock". ' Duration----------------- Up to about 30 seconds. Type of motion------------ Up and down,practically no lateral movement. Epicenter---------------- "Short distance west of Inglewood"(f1 mile) (Taber, 1920). Depth of ocui-_-_-------- Probably close to the surface(Taber, 1920,p. 145). Surface faulting.---------- No"evidence"of surface displacement found by Taber(1920). Forukocks--------------- June 18;2-08 a.m. June 18?or 19?;10:30 a.m. IX miles west of Inglewood. June 21;around noon,2 light shocks,Inglewood Cemetery. June 21;2:08 p.m. recorded on voltmeter at Sawtelle Soldiers'Home. Aftershocks--------------- Many,mostly in the immediate vicinity of Inglewood. List of 36 aftershocks between June 21 and July 16, 1920,given by Taber(1920). 1 64 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 During his investigation of the Inglewood earthquake, Taber learned that a recor- ding voltmeter located at the Soldier's Home (Veteran's Administration) in Sawtelle (West Los Angeles) had preserved a record of numerous "foreshocks" to the tune 21 , earthquake. The device simulated a seismograph and, although its records indicate that between February and June 21 , 1920. at least 40 minor shocks occurred, not all were considered to be "foreshocks." Only four or five true foreshocks probably occurred ' (see table 5) according to Taber (1920, p. 132). Taber (1920, p. 136) presented a list of numerous aftershocks. It is possible that many, if not all, of those shocks, which occurred after June 29. were associated with other fault zones, such as the one responsible for the July 16 earthquakes centered near downtown Los Angeles. Neither Taber nor the others who investigated the effects of the earthquake could find any evidence of surface displacements along the faults that they were able to recognize. Taber (1920, p. 137) speculated, "The strong vertical vibrations which characterized the earthquake in the epicentral region, indicate that the recent displacement was probably vertical or nearly vertical." Earthquake History, 1920 to 1933 ' During the interval between the Inglewood and Long Beach earthquakes, the ex- , panding population and growing awareness of seismicity of the Los Angeles area resulted in an increase in the number of earthquakes reported compared to the period prior to 1920. Data for pre-1928 earthquakes felt in the Los Angeles area and not specifically known to have occurred on other fault zones are listed in table 4. ' Beginning in 1928. the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey published yearly sum- maries of seismic activity entitled "United States Earthquakes." Table 6, which was prepared from these summaries and from "Seismological Notes" which apppear in the Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, lists local earthquakes which might have originated along the Newport-Inglewood structural zone. ' Table 6 shows that, although minor seismic activity was common for the interval represented, there does not appear to be any specific forewarning of the destructive Long Beach earthquake of March 10, 1933. with the exception of the March 9, 1933, ' Huntington Beach shock. Of course, the latter shock was later recognized as a foreshock of the major event. Long Beach Earthquake, 1933 The Long Beach earthquake of March 10, 1933,-represents the most dramatic example of the consequences of disregard or ignorance of the seismic hazards associated with the Newport-Inglewood structural zone. Fortunately, many of the ' lessons learned about the response of certain types of structures to a seismic event from the 1933 earthquake resulted in the formulation of building codes and regulation of building practices. The California legislature, in response to the damage caused by the Long Beach earthquake, rapidly passed the Field Act, under which the construction of public school buildings is regulated, and the Riley Act, which regulates all other building for human occupancy other than two-family dwellings or less. That an earth quake of relatively low energy (magnitude 6.3) should have caused so much damage ' 1 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 65 Table 6. Post-1920(Inglewood),pre-1933(Long Beach)earthquakes. Origin poutble/ probable on Newport- Inglewood ' - Date Locality data Intensity' — :one 1928 Jan. 7 Santa Monica;shook crockery,no damage II-III X 1928 Nov. 18 Redondo Beach;2 shocks from west III 1928 Nov. 27 Los Angeles;shook windows III 1928 Dec. 31 Near Torrance;reported from Santa Monica,Long Beach,and other X beach towns to Los Angeles 1929 Oct. 31 In San Pedro Channel(Wood);strong in hill section of San Pedro and Wilmington;slight at Long Beach,Avalon,Redondo,and Los Angeles 1930 Aug. 30 Near Santa Monica;33°57'N, 118°38'W,at Los Angeles and towns VII-VIII X ' surrounding Santa Monica Bay, 11,500 square miles affected; 5.2 magnitude 1930 Aug. 31 Six aftershocks of August 30 shock 1930 Sept. 30 Culver City "fairly strong" 1931 April 24 In San Pedro Channel near Los Angeles;33°46' N, 118°29'W;felt V over 3,000 square miles on land 1931 July 13 Huntington Beach "slight" X 1931 July 27 Huntington Beach "feeble" X 1931 Aug. 5 San Pedro Channel 1931 Aug. 13 3 miles east of Torrance near Lomita "feeble" 1931 Aug. 14 Torrance(same as above) 1931 Aug. 30 Huntington Beach,center in San Pedro Channel according to Pasa- "feeble" X dena 1931 Nov. 1 Bell "feeble" X 1931 Nov. 3 Los Angeles region, T.4 S., R. 14 W.,near Hawthorne;3 miles cast IV-V X ' of Torrance,Compton, Inglewood, Redondo Beach,South Gate 1931 Nov.4 Watts,Compton,Torrance;3 miles east of Torrance "slight" 1932 Jan.25 Wilmington 118° 17'W,33'54'N "light" X 1932 Jan. 31 Hynes, Long Beach, Wilmington, and near Torrance 33' 53' N, "weak" X 1180 19'N 1932 Feb. 10 Wilmington,33°54'N, 118°17'W "slight" X 1932 March 21 Los Angeles region, 33' 54' N, 118° 17' W, Lawndale, Inglewood, IV X Los Angeles,Manhattan Beach 1932 May 15 Near Torrance,33°48'N, 118° 14'W X 1932 July 30 Bell and Los Angeles 33°55'N, 118°10'W "weak" X 1932 Aug.26 Huntington Park IV 1932 Oct. 21 Los Angeles and vicinity, Hollywood, Lennox, Long Beach, San IV X Pedro,33.7°N, 118.3°W 1932 Nov.3 Los Angeles County T.4 S.,R. 14 W.,Torrance vicinity 1932 Nov.29 Huntington Park III 1932 Dec.6 Huntington Beach (5 miles north of);blast? IV .' 1932 Dec. 22 Huntington Beach "slight" X 1933 Jan. 26 Gardena and Lomita III 1933 March 9 Huntington Beach IV X r Rossi-Forel scale to 1931—Modified Mercalli post-1930. Table 7. Long Beach earthquake of March 10, 1933. ' Time____________________ 5:54.08 p m.PST at origin (California Institute of Technology,Pasadena). Magnitude______________ 6.3 on Richter magnitude scale—a"moderate"earthquake. Area affected______________ Intensity VII felt over 450 square miles;earthquake felt over 10 southern California counties (100,000 square miles). Intensity_________________ Upper range of grade VII to VIII of the Modified Mercalli intensity scale of 1931;few isolated spots on worst ground reached IX. Duration of main shock____ "Hard shaking"from 5 to 15 seconds depending on locality of observer. Epicenter___________ __ 33°34.5'N latitude; 117°59'W longitude;approximately 3.5 miles offshore from Newport Beach,California. Depth of focus______-_____ 6 miles(10 km)depth subsea off Newport Beach but named Long Beach earthquake because ' of extensive damage there. Surfact faulting___________ "No fault displacement was found at the surface anywhere"according to H.O.Wood (1933). No seismic sea waves were observed. Foreshock---------------- March 9, 1933; 1:33 a.m.PST,near Huntington Beach,magnitude 4. Attrshocks_______________ Hundreds recorded;78 aftershocks had Richter magnitudes 3.9 or greater. t 66 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SE 114 and held such potential for loss of life and injury is not a geologic problem, but a ' cultural and an engineering one. A review of this event is thus useful to illustrate what can happen to the region in the vicinity of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone. ' Most of the literature dealing with this event dwells upon the damage (both value of property lost and human losses) and the extent of destruction suffered at various localities. It is neither practical nor desirable to repeat, within the text of this report, all of the descriptions of damaging etfects of the event which were written by numerous investigators directly after the earthquake. The best summary of all data pertaining to the effects of the Long Beach earthquake was assembled by Binder (1952). A bibliography of mostly nongeological references, which is derived primarily from the extensive one compiled by Binder, is given in Appendix A. According to Hillis (1958, p. 96) in the Bibliography of Engineering Seismology, "Mr. R. W. Binder of Los Angeles made a most thorough and painstaking compilation of data relating to the effects of this earthquake, and assembled the material into five large volumes. The data are sum- marized in Mr. Binder's paper presented at the Symposium [Earthquake and Blast Ef- fects on Structures] in Los Angeles in 1952. but the complete material is available only in Mr. Binder's private files.' Articles which deal with the various seismological and geological features of the , Long Beach earthquake are much less common than those which describe the destruc- tive effects of the earthquake. Table 7 summarizes the important features of the Long ' Beach earthquake. An annotated bibliography of works dealing with the geology and seismology of the earthquake is given in Appendix B. The data presented in table 7 are taken mostly from Wood (1933) and Richter (1958). CHARACTERISTICS OF THE LONG BEACH EARTHQUAKE Epicenter. As reported by H. O. Wood (1933. p. 46) the -'epicenter...is situated about five and one-half kilometers (.3 112 miles) southwest of Newport Beach, in the general course of a fault zone, commonly called the Inglewood fault, prujected to the south- eastward beyond its intersection with the cuust line"[italics supplied . Wood felt that some explanation of the method of determining the epicenter was necessary because of the greater damage at places distant from the instrumentally determined epicenter. His ' discussion accounts for arrival times of first motion shock waves at the various seismograph stations in southern California and the drafting of intersecting hyperbolas which show the differences in distances to various seismographs. Wood pointed out (1933, p. 48) that "the point taken as the epicenter, 33' 34.5' north latitude, 1 17' 59' west longitude, is near the center of the small area" (circle of 5 knt radius) indicated by these intersections. Early news reports on the earthquake contained .much misinformation but also 1 exemplify the initial feelings of those who experienced it, uninfluenced by formal an- nouncements from the Seismological Laboratory in Pasadena. For instance, a report printed in Engineering News-Record (March 16. 1933. p. 355) made the statement that, Although most reports state the belief that the quake was caused by movements along , the San Pedro fault zone off the coast of Long Beach, Dr. Beno Gutenberg,of the California Institute of Technology, is said to have told the Associated Press that the Inglewood faults, starting in the Baldwin Hills north of Inglewood and running southward nearly to San Diego, were responsible. , 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 67 The "official report" on the event, entitled "Earthquake Hazard and Earthquake Protection," which was prepared by the Joint Technical Committee on Earthquake Protection (Millikan, 1933). states that the Long Beach earthquake had "its origin beneath the sea about four miles southwest of Newport Beach and it was caused by slip on a submarine fault, presutnubly un a fracture along the suuthern exiensrun of Ilhe Inglewuud fault zone" italics supplied . J. P. Buwalda (1933). who was a member of ' the committee, gave it talk before the American Society of Mechanical Engineers at Los Angeles. on April 12, 1933, where he said. "The movement on the fault which caused the Long Beach earthquake took place under the ocean about 3 miles offshore. and hence cannot be examined directly. but it is traceable in its extension northwestward throughout the Los Angeles district, where it is known as the Inglewood fault, which was active in that suburb in the earthquake of 1920. ' Although the location of the initial epicenter does not provide unambiguous evidence for involvement of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone, the locations of the epicenters of numerous aftershocks do indicate that the initial shock was most likely due to movements on the zone. Eaton ( 1933, p. 737) stated that Gutenberg in- tormed him "that tentative figures indicate that the epicenters of the Long Beach earth- quake aftershocks varied from 5 to 10 miles along the strike of the shear zone. Later, Benioff (1 938) presented it detailed discussion of the extent of faulting at depth associated with the Long Beach earthquake. Benioff (1938. p. 77) stated that the "epicenter which Gutenberg and Wood located it few kilometers off the coast of Newport was determined by the arrival tinier of the first longitudinal waves. It therefore indicates solely the point at which faulting originated. It offers no in- formation on the extent of faulting nor on the area from which maximum destructive energy radiated." Furthermore, after comparing the seismograms from the initial shock with those from the aftershocks, Benioff concluded (1938, p. 77): It was clear . . . that the principal shock exhibited much longer periods than those of the after- shocks. This effect indicates that in the principal shock the fault displacement either took place more slowly or extended an appreciably greater distance. Since the first alternative makes the power of the principal shock less than that of the aftershocks, it must be assumed that fault ex- tension is the cause of the longer periods. Benioff outlined the procedure by which the extent of faulting can be determined by an instrumental method based upon the elastic rebound theory and the seemingly con- tradictory observation that transverse (S) waves may arrive at the seismograph before longitudinal (P) waves, even though P waves travel faster. Applying his simple formula ' to Wood's and Richter's travel-time data, Benioff concluded that faulting during the Long Beach earthquake extended from off Newport Beach to the vicinity of Signal Hill, a distance of 27 km (17 miles) at a velocity of approximately 4.2 km/sec. (see figure 1 1). As supporting evidence for this conclusion, Benioff noted (1938, p. 81) that Wood and Richter have shown that the aftershocks during the first few hours following the principal shock were almost uniformly distributed throughout the length of the segment indicated in figure 11. ' Clements (1933) disagreed with the conclusion reached by seismologists on the location of the epicenter of the Long Beach earthquake. He attempted to apply Mallet's procedure (Richter, 1958, p. 33) in measuring the direction of fall of monuments in ' cemeteries in the Long Beach-Compton area. He inferred that the epicenter of the earthquake lay near Compton because there was "a marked convergence on the Comp- ton area...with over 60 percent of the columns having fallen along lines radiating from Compton as a center" (1933, p. 101). 68 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 0 LOS Ar4GELES 7 ' � t t EPICENTER LONG `� OCTOBER 5 0 5 2, 1933 BEACH ` NEWPORT � 'MILES EPICENTER MARCH 10, 1933 Figure 11. Graphic representation of Clements' data on fall of tombstones during Long Beach earthquake. Large filled circles represent ends of fault segment along which faulting is inferred to have occurred at depth during the Lonq Beach earthquake. (From Benioff. 1938,p.82.fig.5). Benioff (1938) and Richter (1958, p. 34) later commented that Clements con- cluded Compton was the epicentral locality because he assumed that cemetery stones ' were overthrown by longitudinal rather than transverse waves. "It is common ex- perience, however, that the transverse waves of earthquakes exhibit larger amplitudes than the longitudinal waves. It is to be expected, therefore, that transverse waves cause the larger number of falls" (Benioff, 1938, p. 82). When Benioff plotted Clements ' data (see figure I I) on the assumption that the transverse waves caused the falls, he wat. able to show that the perpendiculars to these directions coverged on the epicentra. locality determined by seismologists to lie offshore from Newport. ' The intensive damage in the vicinity of Compton, according to Gordon Oakeshott (written communication, 1971) was "due to the fact that Compton lies in a basin, partl 1 undrained except during floods, at and near sea level, with a very high water table iit 1933. In fact, artesian water was obtained up to only a few years before that. Th.- water-saturated alluvium caused damage to center in Compton. I was teaching there at the time of the earthquake, felt and heard the approaching P-wave and saw the damagf:. ' Some of the streets and curbs in central Compton were so fractured and displaced as tD endanger traffic. At the College, my previously set benchmarks on the curb were displaced as to become unusable." , 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 69 Although the distribution of the most heavily damaged structures is probably con- trolled by the type of ground (Gutenberg, 1 957)—as well as by the general quality of construction (Martel, 1936. Binder. 1952)—the reaction of particular structures to the shock waves may indicate the direction in which the transverse waves traveled. In- terpretation of such data often results in conclusions yielding ambiguous source direc- tions. However, to show that the above directional data collected by Clements may not give a simple picture of the source direction, the following passage is quoted front Green (1933, p. 562): It seems reasonably certain, however,that in Long Beach that part of the motion having a magnitude and frequency of acceleration (which gave a destructive combination for most buildings) was in general a N- and S- direction. The cracks and spatting in the columns of the California Garage all showed a destructive flexure in this direction, as did also the ' cracks in the columns of the Ambassador Apartments. In the Professional Building the north and south first story partitions were heavily x-cracked,but those running east and west were undamaged. The front wall of the Long Beach Polytechnic High School and the rear wall of the Board of Education Building each face west and were obviously parallel to the direction of the destructive shock. In the case of the last named building the side walls were prac- tically uninjured. ' The 1933 Long Beach earthquake was one of the first larger shocks to be well recorded by nearby instruments (Heck, 1933; Heck and Neumann, 1933). Richter pointed out (1958, p. 497-498) that "epicenters for immediately following aftershocks ' were scattered along the Inglewood fault zone into the city limits of Long Beach, near the Signal Hill oil field." There is no reason to doubt his word that: Epicenter determinations are fairly reliable, especially in terms of relative position for different shocks of the series. The active area was surrounded on three sides by stations of the southern California seismological network, and data were supplemented by those of a portable instrument operated successively near Laguna Beach, Huntington Beach, Santa Monica, and elsewhere, including one short run on Santa Catalina Island. Focus. One of the problems posed by the location of the epicenter 3 1/2 miles off- shore near Newport is that this point is also that far from the traces of the known near- surface faults that define the Newport-Inglewood structural zone. Wood (1933, p. 46) stated that the depth of origin is less certainly known than the epicenter but that "both ' instrumental and field evidence point to a value shallower than usual, probably about ten kilometers (6+ miles). Should more prolonged study necessitate changes in the position and depth of the origin as given here, the amount of any such correction will be very small." ' Wood appeared to be quite confident about the focal-depth determination. However, as Richter (1958, p. 315) pointed out, "The depth of hypocenters is of great geological and geophysical interest, but accuracy in determination is rare." Fur- thermore, "the geologist should be particularly wary of using local-earthquake epicen- ters and depths to determine such details as the dip of important faults, unless special ' seismological investigation appears to justify the procedure." Foreshocks. Wood (1933, p. 43) noted that "for several years previously, sporadic ' shocks, some strong enough to be felt over very small districts, had been registered from sources located at various small distances to the northwest of the origin of the shock on March 10, 1933, most of these in a small region some sixteen to forty-eight kilometers (10 to 30 miles) distant." See table 6 for a listing of the perceptible shocks. 1 70 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 Discussing the Long Beach earthquake, Richter noted (1958, p. 67) with respect to the "Inglewood fault" that ...small recorded earthquakes from 1927 on were attributed to it. During 1932 there was a slight general increase in activity over much of southern California. So many small shocks were felt at Huntington Beach, near the Inglewood fault, that Mr. Martin Murray of that city set up a homemade seismograph to record them. After a major earthquake in Nevada on ' December 20, 1932, the general activity declined...On March 9 at 1:13 A.M. a true foreshock (magnitude 4) was sharply felt at Huntington Beach...The epicenter of the foreshock was not over a few miles from that of the mail earthquake. Although foreshocks have occurred prior to the larger (1920 and 1933) earth- ' quakes associated with the Newport-Inglewood zone, they do not provide any basis for prediction of a large earthquake. This has been emphasized by Richter (1958, p. 67): "foreshocks seldom afford an opportunity for warning or prediction of major earth- ' quakes, since there is nothing to distinguish foreshocks from ordinary small shocks." Nothing demonstrates this better than the lists of small tremors (table 6) that were not followed by large earthquakes. 4b Aftershocks. According to Wood (1933, p. 44) thousands of aftershocks were recorded following the major shock, "some of which were felt distinctly throughout the ' district affected, with some strong enough to cause alarm and do additional damage to structures already seriously injured [sic]." Wood tabulated many of the aftershocks which occurred between March 10 and 16. 1933. The most important aspect of the aftershock activity, from a geological standpoint, ' is the means it provides for inferring the extent of faulting along the zone on which the major shock was centered (Benioff, 1938). The discussion of Benioff's methods and his , conclusions appears on page 67. The portion of the zone supposedly involved in actual faulting (subsurface only) is indicated in figure I I . Much more detailed information than is usually obtainable was derived from , monitoring the local seismic activity following the Long Beach earthquake because the shock occurred so close to a seismological laboratory (Pasadena). Not only did the Long Beach earthquake serve as one of the initial examples used by Richter in his ' development of the magnitude scale (1935). but it also provided hint with abundant data on aftershock activity and the energy release regime with respect to the major shock. This topic was further pursued by Benioff (1951 ) as well, with regard to both ' the Long Beach earthquake and the October 2, 1933. shock centered near Signal Hill. According to Richter (1935, p. 31 ), from March 10 until the end of the month: ...there occurred more than seventy aftershocks of magnitude 4 and over, among which , were at least six of magnitude 5 to 5.5. Even so, the total energy of these shocks was not a large fraction of that released in the main shock of magnitude 6 or over.Thus the conclusion is warranted that seismic energy is released principally in the larger shocks and their trains of aftershocks; while smaller shocks, occurring from time to time, do not appreciably con- tribute-to the adjustment of regional strain,but are rather to be looked upon as minor symp- toms of its existence. Benioff (1 95 1 , p. 43-50) discussed in great detail the aftershock sequence ' following the Long Beach earthquake and concluded that the total wave energy released in the aftershocks (78 of which occurred between March 10 and May 16 with magnitudes of 3.9 to 5.2) amounted to only 12 percent of that released during the prin- cipal shock. Benioff (1 95 1 , p. 50) was quick to point out, however, that, although the energy released as seismic waves during the aftershock sequence equalled only a small percentage of that released by the principal shock, snore than twice as much energy was ' 1 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 71 ' dissipated as heat during the first 20 days of aftershocks than was released as wave energy by the principal shock. Furthermore, because he concluded that the last destructive shock to occur prior to the Long Beach earthquake was that of December 8. 1 81 2, Benioff (1 95 1 , p. 50) estimated that it took the intervening 120 years to ac- cumulate the secular strain that was released by the Long Beach earthquake and its af- tershock sequence in approximately 20 days. ' An important consideration to be kept in mind when interpreting epicenter maps for all recorded shocks within a particular interval (for example, Allen et al. 1965. ' figure 7) involves the concept that all the small earthquakes felt in the vicinity of the zone (see table 6) over the years do not provide a basis for predictions of activity or quiescence along the zone. Richter (1935. p. 32) concluded from statistical studies of the frequency of shocks of various magnitudes: It is found that the seismic energy liberated in a given region during a given period is almost wholly accounted for by the larger shocks; the smaller shocks are not suffciently frequent to contribute more than a small fraction of this energy. It follows that the smaller shocks do not appreciably mitigate the strains which are released in the larger earthquakes, but must be regarded as minor incidents in and symptoms of the accumulation of such strains. ' For a long time after the Long Beach earthquake, it was thought that the magnitude 5.4 earthquake of October 2, 1933, near Signal Hill represented an after- shock of the Long Beach earthquake (Benioff, 1938; Gutenberg, 1941 ; Richter, 1935), although there was uncertainty about this (Wood, 1934, p. 22). According to Gutenberg (1941, p. 292), the seismographs that recorded both the March and October 1933 events were arranged in such a way that it is possible a super- position of horizontal and vertical movement records could lead to ambiguous in- terpretations about the actual movements at the epicenters. "Although a reversed movement along the fault is not excluded, the evidence is not good enough to favor ' such an explanation." Later, Benioff showed (1951, p. 59-61) that the October 2 earthquake had its own train of characteristic aftershocks. The Signal Hill shock 'occurred near or just beyond the northern limit of the epicenters of the Long Beach earthquake sequence. At the time of its occurrence there was an uncertainty concerning whether or not it was an af- tershock of the Long Beach earthquake" (Benioff, 1951, p. 59). After showing that it does not fall on the appropriate strain-recovery curve for post-March 10 aftershocks, Benioff concluded that it is "safe to assume, therefore, that it was an independent event." Furthermore, Benioff noted that the aftershock sequence for the Signal Hill earthquake was observed for 136 days and possibly continued for a longer time. In regard to aftershock activity, Richter (1958, p. 74-75) discussed the concepts that have been developed concerning the mechanisms responsible for earthquakes: A large earthquake is held to be due to the fracture of rocks under strain. The energy released in seismic waves and otherwise is held to be derived from the potential energy in the strained blocks as they snap back toward equilibrium--e/astic rebound. ' In reality, the situation is much more complex; Benioff (1951), according to Richter (1958, p. 75), developed the theory which considers complications of simple "elastic rebound" and takes into account "elastic afterworking" or "creep." As stated by Richter (1958, p. 75): Further motion will depend on the continuing tectonic forces which caused the original ' major strain; with lapse of time these may again raise the strain to the point of breaking 1 72 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY Sit 114 , through resistance. On the small scale,this may account for the sudden large apparent after- , shocks, already noted, which occur after the general activity has subsided. On the large scale, this primary process determines the interval between major earthquakes on a given fault system. ' Richter (1935, p. 30) assumed that the October 2 earthquake was a large aftershock of the Long Beach event and, therefore, felt that, because it was followed by such a long series of aftershocks, it did not represent a "return to equilibrium". Of the 67 shocks ' listed by Richter as occurring during the first four months of 1934 with magnitudes ranging from 1 to 4, 36 had a magnitude of 2.5. Richter (1935, p. 30) states: It is noteworthy that the Long Beach aftershocks definitely show an excess of shocks of , magnitude 2 over those of magnitude 2.5; this is not true of the other lists, and probably arises, not from a larger proportion of small shocks,but from more positive identification and listing than for other earthquakes. ' Richter emphasized that, because the total amount of energy released by even frequent small shocks is not equal to that released by the few larger shocks, the small shocks, therefore, cannot act to relieve accumulated strain. In other words, the frequency of ' small shocks along a fault zone is no guarantee that strain will not build up to be even- tually released during an earthquake of larger magnitude. With respect to aftershock activity, another item of interest was noted by Woos' ' (1933, p. 48): One aftershock, on March 11th, was definitely determined by a party engaged in ' geophysical prospecting to have emanated from a source to the eastward from a group of field seismometers distributed over a limited area near Seal Beach. Though the position of the source of this shock was not fixed by these observations, its general direction from Seal Beach was determined absolutely without ambiguity. ' Surface Effects. It is important to search for records of the effects produced in the ground surface, rocks, soils, or in the ground-water regime by the Long Beach earn.- , quake because of the possible association of the effects to actual tectonic movemen:s along various fault segments of the zone. Numerous references to surface geologic effects of the Long Beach earthquake are listed in the abstracts of reports accumulated by Maher (1933) although there is no definite evidence for actual surface faulting. "No fresh movement of faulting extending to the surface has been observed anywhere on this occasion" (Wood, 1933, p. 51.). ' Features noted include cracks in ground, settling effects in filled land, landslides, rock- falls, and others. These observations have been summarized in table 8. Cracks appeared in alluvium at various places within the shaken region (see photos 14, 15. 16). Wood (1933, p. 53) stated: There are a few sparsely distributed cracks in the ground in the wet, alluviated bottom land of the Los Angeles plain, one or two of which exceed a kilometer (0.6 mile) in length. These are diverse in direction and appear to be, without doubt, simply secondary cracks in loose ground such as always result in shocks of destructive force and magnitude...To guard against misunderstanding, however, it should be stated that some of these cracks follow , directions approximately parallel to the Inglewood fault zone, and other recognized faults, but it is clear that they do not mark, or follow, the surface outcrop of known or suspected faults. One of these cracks was illustrated by Wood (1933, plate 5a) and Hillis (1933, p. ' 740). This particular crack had a N 45' W trend and was about 6 feet long and 5 eet deep. It was located in a field half a mile southwest of the intersection of Olive (tiow 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 73 ' called Mondra) and Atlantic Boulevards on the eastern side of Compton in the un- consolidated sands of the Los Angeles River flood plain. Hillis (1933. p. 740) postulated that the crack was created "after the passing of the compression wave [when] the unconsolidated sand, lacking elasticity, failed to return to its original position. ' Table 8. Surface effects of the Long Beach earthquake(From U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey Abstracts) ' Reference (in Maker. Locality Surface ejects observed 1933) Anacapa Island Two simultaneous landslides; larger one appeared to carry several hundred — tons of material. page I Long Beach Cracked ground. page 12 Newport Beach Water mains leaked. J page 14 Piru Several noticeable mountain slides. page 15 Topanga Rock fell into road. page 19 ' Anaheim Water in lily ponds in park down 2 feet,possibly as a result of large crack. page 29 Bolsa Chica Gun Club Crevices appeared in the fields and cracks in the highway,pavement displaced (see photos 11, 12, 13). page 29 Garden Grove Leaking water mains. _—_ J page 31 Huntington Beach The 500-foot extension to the pier,constructed of steel and concrete,separated from the main section,a 2-foot crack resulting. page 31 Laguna Beach Water mains broken. page 32 Long Beach Water mains had broken;fire hydrants on Anaheim Street near Orange Avenue had broken; pavements displaced, roads cracked; abutments to bridges were damaged. page 33 ' San Gabriel River Bridge All traffic detoured on account of difference in elevation of bridge and approach. page 35 San Pedro District Numerous leaks in gas line; water mains broken; a crack a foot wide in the apron of the terminal at Berth 156-160,mud"volcanoes" at Cabrillo Beach. page 36 ' Santa Monica A few minor landslides occurred along the coast palisades. _ pace 36__ Seal Beach 'Mud "volcanoes" formed near the north end of Seal Beach (sec photos 17 and 18). page 37 Watts Broken water mains. page 38 Coast Highway Damaged between Laguna and Newport Beach,in places,highway spread in center;in other places,one side dropped below grade,while in others, again, ' the cement pavement buckled. page 38 Santa Ana River Bridge At Fifth and Seventeenth Street--closed; culverts at both ends of bridge shifted;roadway near Santa Ana overflow bridge jacked up with mud. page 38 Alameda Bridge Sidewalks cracked and lifted near bridge;bridge beams displaced. Numerous small cracks appeared on the hill, page 48 Long Beach(Belmont Shore) Land in vicinity of filled-in canal settled and cracks appeared 1 to 4 inches wide,pavement buckled(see photos 19 and 20). page 53 Coast Highway Between Huntington Beach and Newport the three-lane highway was spread to about eight inches between each lane for about 150 feet at a place 234 miles from Huntington Beach;the NE side lane had settled 15 inches below original level (photos 6 and 7). page 56 ' Cliffs near Balboa Island Tons of dirt slid down on the road from bluffs. page 57 Bridge 74 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 r� i..% �i�T i5t 'c''tE�,ty�' cgi✓�C�'�,n""^• r _� A , ' sSu, ata- Photo 6. Damage to Pacific Coast Highway (1.4 miles southeast of Huntington Beach Pier) where the road had been built on fill across an old tidal slough (see page 78 for additional discussion of this damage).Photo from Long Beach Public Library history collection; probably taken on March 11, 1933. 6. .r Photo 7. Settling cracks along landward edge of damaged Pacific Coast Highway where it was built on fill across an old tidal slough 1.4 miles southeast of Huntington Beach Pier. Pacific Electric railroad trestle in background. j Photo from Long Beach Public Library history collection. 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 75 ' o Photo 8. Settling cracks between Pacific Coast Highway (see photo 7) and lagoonal ponds (now between Beach ' Boulevard and Newland Street) at the northwestern end of a zone of cracking which crossed the highway and passed under the Pacific Electric trestle (photos 9 and 10).Photo by C. R. Browning through the courtesy of W. R. Moyle, Jr., U. S. Geological Survey, Garden Grove, California. ' Personnel of the California Department of Water Resources (1968. p. 38) in their study of sea-water intrusion in the Bolsa-Sunset area in Orange County noted that. although "the Newport-Inglewood fault does not displace the Recent land surface", the "Recent deposits have been affected by seismic activity" (see page 77). They quoted a letter by C.R. Browning, an engineer, as follows: ' Although the Long Beach earthquake is not known to have caused any vertical displacements, many cracks developed in the land surface along and near the structural zone, especially near Hog Island in the Sunset Gap and near the coast in Santa Ana Gap see photos 8, 9, 101. ' It is stated in California Department of Water Resources Bulletin 63-2 (1968, p. 1 3) that in Sunset Gap "Hog Island and another upper Pleistocene hillock which interrupt the Recent surface are small features, less than 400 feet across and 12 feet above sea ' level. They are probably remnants of a dissected scarp of the Newport-Inglewood fault." .Also appearing in California Department of Water Resources Bulletin 63-2 is a quotation from a letter by Penn Rowe, a geologist, who stated, "Mr. Browning also noted sand boils and flowing water along the fault trace in Santa Ana Gap following the 1933 earthquake" (1968 p. 38). Because of the marshy nature of the ground in ' Sunset, Bolsa, and Santa Ana Gaps at the time of the Long Beach earthquake, it would have been very difficult to decide unequivocally about the tectonic significance of the cracks observed there. By comparison with neaps in Department of Water Resources ' Bulletin 147-1 (1966). the features photographed by Browning and reproduced as photos 8, 9, 10 do not correspond with any known fault or ground-water barrier in the sediments which till Santa Ana Gap. Using aerial photographs taken in 1927, it is possible to locate accurately the site of the surface effects shown in the figures. These 1 1 76 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 Mo. --�.. ..�i s" -�►�a'.,;Ire .di. �'� �' T��.�V/� .I • � � - �� ..►$ram;.f�•�` • ' (. �AY.i: _r;�•'�v may,`�.'a�/i�.`w��r�= j Photo 9. View southeast along ground cracks which continue beneath Pacific Electric trestle (photo 10) 1.4 miles , southeast of Huntington Beach Pier.Pacific Coast Highway on left.The line of cracking appears to correspond with settlement along the edge of a filled estuarine channel or old tidal slough which has been covered by dune sand and across which the trestle was built.Photo by C.R.Browning through the courtesy of W.R.Moyle,Jr.,U.S.Geological Survey, Garden Grove, California. ' ,' r +�'014AL •�70 ~ ' At 41 • <R f� �^ tic _ � v.. •� ? � Photo 10. Closer view southeast along ground cracks which continue beneath Pacific Electric trestle as shown in photo 9. Photo by C. R. Browning through the courtesy of W. R.Moyle,Jr.,U.S. Geological Survey, Garden Gnrve, California. A - 4 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 197 77 particular cracks, at 1 .4 miles southeast of the Huntington Beach Pier, developed along the edge of a filled tidal slough and can best be attributed to settling at the contact bet- ween differing underlying materials. Recently, detailed investigations of the area about Sunset Gap and Bolsa Chica Mesa have been made by Bechtel Corporation (1967) in order to evaluate a proposed artificial island site for a nuclear-powered generating and desalting plant. Part of this study involved the application of subbottom profiling (Arcer-Sparker) techniques in an attempt to locate near-surface evidence of faulting. Of particular interest here are the traverses made along the channels of Huntington Harbour, a marina and residential development situated in a drained and modified portion of Sunset Bay between Seal Beach and Bolsa Chica Mesa. One traverse intersected the trace of the Seal Beach fault in one of the channels of the Huntington Harbour development. This intersection is a mile southeast of Hog Island and 1 ,500 feet southeast of the unnamed hillock men- tioned above (which now forms part of one of the islands in the Huntington Harbour development). The Bechtel geologic staff and their consultants (Alpine Geophysical 1 Associates) concluded (1967. p. 25) that, "even at the 400-foot depth in the Hun- tington Harbour crossing of the fault trace, the beds appear to have been more warped than displaced. This suggests that, whereas it might have appeared that surface faulting took place in the vicinity of Hog Island and in Sunset Bay as discussed above, ' actual surface faulting probably did not occur. 40, ' Photo 11. Slumped and cracked northeast-trending causeway across Bolsa Bay to Bolsa Chica Gun Club. View northeast toward Bolsa Chica Mesa. Photo from Long Beach Public Library history collection. While on the subject of the near-surface effects of earthquakes in the vicinity of the gaps along coastal Orange County, it should be pointed out that personnel of the California Department of Water Resources, who observed and illustrated contorted structures in "Recent deposits exposed in vertical channel walls within 400 feet of the [Seal Beach] fault trace at Huntington Harbour" (1968, p. 38), concluded (p. 39) that the structures probably developed quickly "due to liquefaction of the loose sand and slumping of the silt resulting from seismic compression." This conclusion follows the CALIFORNIA 78 DIVISION OF MINES M E AND GEOLOGY Y SR 114 observation that the depositional environment in the lagoon must have been one of very low relief; therefore, it is unlikely that the features developed as a result of sedimen- tary processes or slumping. To prevent misunderstanding, it should be emphasized that they did not say that these features formed during the Long Beach earthquake but that Holocene deposits in Sunset Gap, in the vicinity of the Seal Beach fault, display dramatically contorted structures that are best explained as forming during seismic activity along the fault. In addition, a very significant conclusion from their studies in Bolsa Gap is that there has been "little or no intrusion of salt water into the Recent Bolsa aquifer" northeastward of the Newport-Inglewood fault (1968, p. 9). This conclusion contrasts with the findings in the other gaps that Holocene deposits do not contain barriers to ground- water flow across faults of the Newport-Inglewood structural zone. -06 Photo 12. Settling cracks and slumped and caved shoulders along causeway to Bolsa Chica Gun Club.View soutt- west toward Pacific Coast Highway. Photo from Long Beach Public Library history collection. Numerous accounts of the earthquake effects seen in roads and bridges are listed in table 8. Photographs of damaged pavement, cracked shoulders, etc., were published by Wood (1933, plates 5c, 6c, and 9c) and by Cortelyou (1933, photos I through (). S.V. Cortelyou, who was the local District Engineer for the California Department Df Public Works, described some of the effects in detail (1933). He pointed out that m(.st of the damage to roadways was confined to the area along the coast between Lo.ig Beach and Newport Beach, especially where the coastal highway had been construct:d over an old tidal slough or estuary (see photos 6, 7, 13): The whole surface of the ground within the area affected by the earthquake seems to have undergone a severe undulatory motion which left the pavement slightly rougher than before. Movements on adjoining strips of pavement did not always synchronize with the result that when the tremor was over, a depression would sometimes be left in one strip op- posite a summit on the adjacent strip. (p. 2) A 1974 NEWPORT-1NGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 79 More specifically (p. 10): M ...just southeast of Huntington Beach where spectacular damage occurred,there was a section of concrete pavement a few hundred feet in length, also located over an old estuary. Such violent undulations took place here that when the pavement finally came to rest after the temblor the outside 10'strip on the landward side at one place was found to be as much as 14°lower than the adjacent strip. The greatest damage to any of the affected by the ear thquake was sustained by the Anaheim Bay Bridge near Seal Beach. Cortelyou (1933, p. 10) noted that the over-all length of the bridge was reduced about 9 inches and that the "shortening ap- pears to have come practically all from the shifting of the south end of the bridge toward the north." Gilluly and Grant (1949) discussed the elevation changes in the vicinity of Long Beach--both uplift and subsidence--that occurred in the interval between the 1931- 1932 and the 1933-1934 leveling surveys. They noted (1949, p. 466) that "the Long Beach earthquake of March 10, 1933, took place in the interval between these surveys, and ground movement at the time of the quake ruptured pavements and displaced cur- bings at many points in the area" of Long Beach. They detected two types of changes in elevation--localized (less than 2 square miles affected) and regional (very much larger urea)--and concluded that, while changes in single bench mark elevations could be due to local lurching, the regional changes must be tectonic in origin. The maximum uplift of 0.610 foot occurred at the junction of Palo Verde Avenue and Stearns Street (now the San Diego freeway) west of the Sari Gabriel River. The axis of the area of uplift parallels the Newport-Inglewood zone about 2 miles northeast of the Seal Beach and Signal Hill oil fields (figure 12). Gilluly (1949, p. 562) noted that this area had been bowed upward "presumably at the time of the quake--into a gentle arch about 7 inches high and 4 miles across. As the southerly part of the plain, nearer the epicenter, was not surveyed, the uplift there may have been greater...The changes in elevation are too systematic to be explained by lurching of surficial materials; the upwarping must in- dicate anticlinal folding at depth." * m .`p11 tt Photo 13. Settling cracks in shoulder of Pacific Coast Highway along Bolsa Bay looking northwest toward the junction with Warner Avenue(formerly �a Los Patos Avenue). Photo by Olaf P. c, Jenkins. Y� gp CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 r 00 0 0 , / W /x % 0 a 1 rX X`1' � � / " ho 0 z : k� Z 3 II � w O I I a I C I a`J� a J 1 I O O I a L71`.0O°\ N O C (� n' 2 + ,`• ,c q<�' �\ \ x Fps°\ o2so 0 050' \\ n/gh0' 1 i �\ M \ . \ r1. 7' \ \ \ \ SOO o 600 J Q /O /s °ONcr`'O Ar A SF x r J \ OCEq ° O O C OOp `CJ BLVD. O- 'O� O 0 O00 0 1 2 SCALE IN MILES Figure 12. Uplift at Long Beach,California,shown by comparison of 1931 and 1933-34 releveling of U.S.Coa!:t and Geodetic Survey precise levels.The Long Beach earthquake took place in the interval between the survey-;. (From Gilluly, 1949. p. 563, fig. 1). 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 81 This uplifted area, defined by repeated leveling surveys, overlies the postulated buried boundary between the so-called eastern and western basement complexes as in- terpreted by Yerkes et al. (1965, p. A48) which, they inferred, "on the basis of gravity data....is about 1 .5 miles to the northeast" of the Cherry-Hill fault along Signal Hill. The area of maximum uplift also lies within a mile of the epicenter of the 5.4 magnitude,(October 2, 1933 , earthquake which was, according to Benioff(1951), not an aftershock of the Long Beach earthquake. It is possible that the uplift occurred during this shock and not during the March event. Of course, as Castle (1966, p. 28) pointed out, it is not known whether or not the uplift developed slowly or almost in- stantaneously during the earthquake. ' I Photo 14. Cracks in field west of Garden Grove,presumably from which sand and water was ejected during the earth- quake. According to caption on original photo by C.R.Browning the crack was 1/2 mile long and was oriented ap- proximately at right angles to the trend of the Newport-Inglewood zone. Photo courtesy of W. R. Moyle. Jr., U. S. Geological Survey, Garden Grove, California. Photo 15. East-west to northwest- t rending low, ridge-like feature (arrows) in San Gabriel River flood- plain sediments northeast of Pacific Coast Highway bridge. Photo by Olaf l tom: P. Jenkins. tr .� .fir'=:�,:�,�•�._ JM 1 82 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 118006 0 I O�d J 340()0— Ix LOS AIVGELES COUNTY ORANGE COUNTY ? 1\O - O O a�►CP ` 0 \�11j1;� O 4 3 O-� s O g �� BEACH % O 7 O O � 6 S A N P E D R 0 B AY P \ A\ P� 0 E X PLANATION O APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF WATER WELL WITH ` CENTER EAIR HQUAKEF LONG BEACH O WATER-LEVEL RECORDER —g_ LINES OF EQUAL WATER- \ LEVEL SURGE,IN FEET FAULT, AFTER ECKIS 0. 15 SCALE IN MILES Figure 13. Sketch map of parts of Los Angeles and Orange Counties, California, showing lines of equal water-level surge in wells during the Long Beach earthquake. (From La Rocque, 1941, Transactions of the American Geophysical Union,v. 22, p. XV. fig.4). In discussing the cause of small, local changes in elevation Gilluly and Grant (1949, p. 492) referred to the phenomenon of lurching or the , ...shaking of more or less incoherent superficial sediments such as damp or saturated alluvial bottom lands as a result of the passage of surface earthquake waves...The Long Beach earthquake...produced some conspicuous lurches in bottom lands. The horizontal , displacements in the Alamitos Bay section of Long Beach...probably were due to lurching during this earthquake...The irregular distribution, both In sign and amount of movement, between the surveys of 1931-1932 and 1933-1934 strongly suggests loco, differences in the response of the surficial material to the strong ground waves at the time ^7 the Long Beach earthquake. Changes in the ground-water regime and in the level of the water table in wel.s were also closely connected with the settling of the unconsolidated material typical of • 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 83 much of the region affected by the Long Beach earthquake. La Rocque (194 1) demon- strated the relation between earthquakes and water-level surges in wells in the Los Angeles basin. At the time of the Long Beach earthquake water-level recorders were operating in 26 wells which ranged in depth from 81 to 1 ,570 feet. A map of the region (figure 13), on which are plotted water-level surges recorded at the time of the earthquake, shows that -(I ) The greatest known water-level surge in wells during the Long Beach earthquake occurred just northeast of and close to the so- called Inglewood-Newport fault-zone close to Signal Hill but (2) the epicenter of the earthquake was apparently some 15 miles to the southeast, about on the prolongation of the fault-zone and a few miles offshore" (La Rocque, 1941, p. 385). Photo 16. Lurch crack in alluvium •tij;•. ,, `% { �s _��. y� near Alamitos Bay- Photo by W- W- �` .`y•r , _�- Y �� X !jf! :�i. =1'�/„ Bradley. In addition to the almost instantaneous rise in the water level in the wells (a surge), there also occurred "a residual or semi-permanent rise in water level in 24 of 25 wells; this residual rise �%as from 0.019 foot to 8.23 feet" (La Rocque, 1941 , p. �. 379). Noting that in the vicinity of the greatest water-level surge the impervious beds in the unconsolidated deposits are thickest, La Rocque suggested (1941, p. 385) that the amount of surge was controlled by the thickness, perviousness, and elasticity of the water-bearing zones, as well as by the effectiveness of the confining beds. The effect of the earthquake on the water levels in wells provides an indirect method for inferring the configuration of the subsurface units. The trend of the contours of the water-level surge (figure 13) was apparently controlled by the trend of the fault zone. La Rocque postulated (1941, p. 385) that the "fault-zone locally resolved the forces set up in the bed-rock by the Long Beach earthquake and determined to a very considerable degree the direction and magnitude in which those forces were imparted to the over-lying un- consolidated deposits." There is a similarity between effects observed in water-table levels and effects ob- served on the land surface (mud craters, sand boils, seepage, etc.) in areas underlain by water-saturated unconsolidated materials. Both these features are related to the defor- mation of the sediments and accompanying reduction of pore space which results in movement of ground water. That movements on faults which extend almost to or to the surface (Cherry-Hill, Seal Beach, and related faults) did not occur, thereby causing the 84 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 effects observed in the ground water regime, is demonstrated by evidence from oil wells that are located closer to and penetrate deeper into these fault zones. In reference to the effects due to aftershocks of the Long Beach earthquake, Eaton repor- ted' (1933, p. 738): The unexpectedly small damage to oil wells along the shear zone, most of which are a mile or more deep and lie almost astride of the epicenter, indicate that the secondary surface fractures which pass by, between, and through these wells did not move appreciably. Other.effects related to near-surface movement of ground water were noted by Wood (1933, p. 54). Water was ejected from cracks, especially in the flood plain deposits between Newport Beach and Huntington Beach and in the vicinity of Comp- ton. This occurred not only in "areas of water-soaked ground but also "in some places where the ground is not obviously heavily charged with water." �r e .y R Photo 17. Settling and slumping of ' shoulder along what is now Marina Drive in Seal Beach. Note mud crater in mudfilled ditch along road.Photo by ''' "►° r Olaf P. Jenkins. Vr46 gyp► '��'��� d s'�:� • 4' _ ,� Photo 18. Close-up of mud crater in � ditch along Marina Drive shown in photo 17. Water was ejected from the s ' mud at this locality during.the ear- thquake. Photo by W. W. Bradley. - r � a 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 85 Wood also reported (1933, p. 54) that the flow of wells and springs exhibited changes after the quake. Most of the wells had increased flow temporarily, and in some the water stood at a higher level as described above. There was also a notable increase observed in the temperature of springs and ejected water in many cases. An important effect to record for earthquakes with sub-sea origins is the activity of the sea water. Wood (1933, p. 55) said, "There are no reliable reports of any con- spicuous disturbance of the sea." More specifically, although the tide-gauge record for March 10, 1933, shows the actual movement of the shock, there is no record of a V Photo 19. Failure of land fill behind slumped sea wall at Naples district of Long Beach- Photo from Long Beach Public Library history collection. 1 4 a - 7 ' J Photo 20. Disrupted curbing and pavement along the Toledo in the F- Naples district of Long Beach. Photo by Olaf P. Jenkins. i I 00 o� 1 18°20, 118°00' 1 t 7.46 Sq AREA OF SERIOUS DAMAGE TO WEAK MASONRY ,.MOUNT WILSON ( MODIFIED MERCALLI G A B R INTENSITY =) E L MOUNTAINS ........ OUATERNARY ALLUVIUM AO PASADENA A I' 001 z POMONA y O 3a°oo'. LOS C7 WHITTIER''""' 34 oo' C ANGELES p :\ BEN b ° Z 001 ... .• T e RIVERSIDE INGLEWOOD 2G, COMPTON /-� N/T TIER y�< O NORRWALK •'%OR wALf( F z pO CLEARWATER T Fq qV T trn o TORRANCE 19.44� •OCT. 22, 1941 ��T """' �► > z O ��U SIGNAL HILL j Nov. 19�1 T n PALos"����%, OCT. 2, 1933 GARDEN \ 4 m VERDES = OGROVE 9 Or H11- t, LONG ""'% (U/� BEACH Q01 TERMINAL C/� ^ ISLAND Q \ 33°40' HUNTINGTON T� BEACH MAR. 10,1933� 10 MILES N W Figure 14. Map of a portion of southern California showing the area most strongly affected by the Long Beech earthquake, March 10, 1933. Isoseismal line corresponds _ approximately . 'L, limit of intensity level V111 of the Modified Mercalli scale of 1931.Selected epicen ters (1933-1944) also plotted. (From Richter, 1958, p. 497, fig. 28-14). M am ma *0- am an rI= vw_ M 'M M O o 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 87 I 124• - 12V 120• 1141 42• 40• I NEV DA v � . o RENO b. r °CARSON CITY *SACRAMENTO � / FRANCISCO \ SANTA CRUZ o MERC/ED HOLUSTER LIMIT OF A \9 oFRESNO 1 `C` INDEPENDENCE �Q °BEATTY ISALIA tiC� VALLEY �9Q LAS EGAS SAN LUIS OBISPO BAKEgWIELD / 9.p M, o SANTA y MARIA oRANDSBURG INTENSI M OJAVE o TY YI _V � 9 ,4• October 2,1933 oBARSTOW SANTA BARBARA o� LOS AN ELES NEEDLE INTENSITY T +_ 0SAN BERNARDINO March 10, 1933 I EPICENTER oTEMECULAo INolo „• October 2,1933 4 32• EPICENTER i SAN IMJPIERIAL March 10, 1933 DIEGO -_--- I YUMA N \ s2' i 120� I W 116• 114• Figure 15. Area affected by March 10. 1933. Long Beach earthquake and October 2, 1933, Signal Hill earthquake.March 10 earthquake felt within area defined by hachured line;Modified Mercalli in- tensity Vill within line decorated with semicircles.Modified Mercalli isoseismal(intensity VI)for Oc- tober 2. 1933 earthquake also shown. (Source: United States Earthquakes, 1933, U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, fig. 2, p. 10). 88 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 I `aAN `ABRIEL RANGE o M<; , 0 PASAOENJ / ••ter "~ SANTA �� alp 4 QZZ` VENICE , \\ v Nr<<s it ; �......:• ,A \--`_ NORWALK .......... \\. COMPTON F \` ♦ \ �I REDONDO BEACH ♦ ANAHEIM ♦`': ♦ \\ p LONG F 9 `�� \`♦ , �� ` BEACH `♦\\ �� of ` •``♦` Od a: 9 ` q0 SANTA % SEAL BEAC ` a ANA , \ y�( SAN PEDRO o .`\, ♦` \\ HUNTINGTON BEACH \ 60 ` Oy NEWPORT� *BEACH \ ��•� �!• --'� Fault, throw chiefly horizontal �♦ .yt u .` `` •� — 5 Fault, throw chiefly vertical ♦ \ `y,� ♦`a \� •�•a• p — Fault, both throws appreciable LACUNA \a `,` `. a •,� ___ Fault, approximately located a ` ` � :� `� �` �"^ Anticlinal oil field ♦ -�.0��,. �` �a _--.ir.— Oil field offset by horizontal faulting \ Instrumental epicenter of main shock a a ` •♦a O 2 4 e 8 10 12 MILES MAJOR FAULTS IN SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA Figure 16. Fault map of the northern Los Angeles basin,redrawn from Eaton(1933,p.733),which shows region most affecte< by the Long Beach earthquake.Eaton's caption reads:"Larger blank areas are alluvium or sea covered,and presumably contain unr tapped faults.Notice junction of northwest-strikrng series with that of east-west transverse chain.Deep-seated horizontal faults-Ion a,com- paratively straight fractures-are seismically most important.The major of these from east to west(see thumb sketch)appe tr to be the San Andreas,San Jacinto,Elsinore,Puente Hills,Newport-Beverly,Point Vincente,Santa Catalina,and San Clemente s tears." 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 89 seismic sea wave (Clements and Emery, 1947, p. 312). A portion of the tide-gauge record for March 10, 1933, at San Pedro is reproduced in Emery's book (1960, figure 112). Emery commented (1960, p. 125) that "the Long Beach earthquake failed to produce a tsunami or to materially disturb the seiche, although it shook the gauge." Bittinger (1933, p. 260), who was on board the U.S.S. Louisville about 3 miles south- east by south of Long Beach, described the shuddering of the ship due to the earth- quake. He also quoted other Naval records from ships in the vicinity, which indicate that the earthquake was felt as a shock aboard all the ships. Intensity. Refers primarily to the degree of shaking at a specific locality; its assessment includes the effects of ground motion on people, structures, and their con- tents and on the earth's surface. Many of these effects, usually compared with those listed under the 12 categories of the 1931 Modified Mercalli scale of intensity, were observed by numerous people following the Long Beach earthquake. It is common practice to draw "isoseismals"--lines separating areas of different in- tensity--on maps of the area affected by an earthquake. The production of such a map is complicated by the variables which affect the intensity of an earthquake at a specific place. Barosh (1969, p. 7) listed most of the variables as follows: ...earthquake magnitude; epicentral distance; acceleration, period, duration, and am- plitude of seismic waves; type of ground;geologic structure; slope of ground;ground water; type of construction; quality of workmanship; and the natural period of buildings and sites. Almost all of the papers dealing with the in of the Long Beach earthquake stress two factors that were most responsible for the extent and amount of damage. These two factors were summed up by Wood (1933, p. 51): ...much of the spectacular structural damage was due (1) to bad natural ground or grading-{made land, or deep water-soaked alluvium or sand; and (2) to bad or unsuitably designed construction--bad foundation structures, little or no provision against the stresses caused by earthquakes,bad or unsuitable materials,bad workmanship,or some combination of these factors. There is no published map of the area affected by the Long Beach earthquake showing areas of different intensity levels of the Modified Mercalli scale. Several maps, however, do show a single area of "greatest seismic effects" or "extent of severe shaking or serious damage" (figures 14-17). Figure 15 from "United States Earth- quakes, 1933", of the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, indicates the extent of the area affected by the Long Beach earthquake.'A list of intensities that were. reported from scores of localities in southern California are also given in this publication. ' A good summary of the distribution of intensities over the Los Angeles area was given by Richter (1959): The Long Beach quake, originating on the Inglewood fault, developed intensity VIII M.M. over most of the alluviated area of the L.A. Basin proper[figure 14]..There were a few isolated spots of intensity IX on the worst ground, for example at the coast adjacent to the mouth of the Santa Ana River. Intensity VII extended into the southern part of the Los Angeles business center; and further north there was much damage to weak masonry and in the interiors of many large business buildings, where intensity might be rated between VI and VII. The limit of VI, as represented by damaged chimneys, is drawn by Martel (1936)to include a much wider area. Intensities ranging from VI to VII, with corresponding damage, developed on the sand dunes toward the coast westward.On the principally Tertiary block of the San Pedro Hills intensity was barely VI,contrasting sharply with serious damage nearby in San Pedro and Long Beach. 1 90 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 a co ' . ' a v\Ie �/ S A N �/�00 / % BERNARDINO' / / PHELAIN VALYERMO %stSAN BERNARDINO 0 PALMDALE ,\� RIVERSID 0 *SAN JACINTO L 0 S "/ HEMETy ' A N G E L E S \ l 41111WINCHESTER .� RIVERSIDE ELSINORE , •SAN•ERNANDO /T `•"�''?r-� /�/ LOS �' ✓' VENTURA • ANGELES• ORANGE , � � Y �SIMI, SAN JUAN 0 j / LONG � BEACH. CAPISTRANO• ISOSEISMAL ' LINE VI VENTURA ► EPICENTER 21 IO O IO 20 30 aI - o o° J s``7 SCALE IN MILES Figure 17. Isoseismal line for Modified Mercalli scale intensity VI for Long Beach earthquake added W""it)from Martel(1936,p.145. fig. 110). Circles indicate damaged chimneys most remote from epicenter. The map which was drawn by Martel (1936), referred to above. i% given :Is figure 17. An "isoseismal" line has been added to Martel's map, at the limit ilf rclu►rtcd in- tensity VI effects. Martel (1936) also prepared a very detailed--block I1v hI()ck--ltt:lp of Long Beach which shows the percentage of damage (based upon their value) sustained by structures. Inasmuch as the assessment of intensity levels is based upon obselveil damage and other earthquake related effects, it does not allow a precise dctetlllillal1011 Of the natural effects of ground to be made because of the variability of cottstrttctir►n quality, age, and intended use of structures. The value of intensity is ►Ir•Il►►►Itstrated by microregionalization maps (Richter, 1959). This type of map (figure 1 M) is useful for suggesting the intensity that can be expected at a locality during :t hvltr►illctical large earthquake (an earthquake risk map). The importance of the type r►I o,11111tl is easily .seen by comparing the microregionalization map (figure 18) with the I►Iec"'di lg figures which show "isoseismal" lines. A major difference between isoseisiiial Itlaps and the microregionalization diagram results from the non-directional II:IItII-e of the hypothetical shock in the latter. For actual earthquakes, however, it clisilles are con- trolled by the distance from the epicenter, as well as by geological stttictur:Il features and local ground conditions. Intensity maps show that effects of the 1 ring lic:tch earth- quake were essentially elliptical in plan, presumably a result II4►t 41111y of the distribution of the rocks and alluvium (figure 18) but also related it, file trend of the major structural features. The argument discussed earlier (page 67) that because the 111:Ii4►r damage, and hence the intensity, centered about a point near Signal Hill or Comptr►It at1d, therefore, that the epicenter as determined by seismologists was incorrectly loc;Iled offshore of KFa s� NN WIMP BEACH -BEACH ..- mSrs WIN PA CIFIC le . % AS • KILOMETERS �. ..\ �MN k 92 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR i w r Newport is invalid for several reasons. (1) The effect of ground: the materials un- derfoot have more influence on the intensity than the nearness of the epicenter within the region affected by a shock. An excellent Example of this fact crimes from the lists in "United States Earthquakes, 1933" (U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey). The intensity on alluvium at San Pedro was VII while that on rock at nearby Point Fermin lighthouse was reported as III or less. (2) As pointed out by Richter (1958, p. 142): There is evidence, which should be regarded less as established fact than as working hypothesis, that in the neighborhood of the epicenter the vertical component of motion is larger relative to the horizontal compbnents than elsewhere. Near the epicenter this effect would decrease the ordinary manifestations of intensity...and cause an underestimate of the actual shaking. (3) The intensity of the earthquake could not be assessed at the epicenter because it was at sea. (4) Within the first few hours after the principal shock, the aftershocks were almost evenly distributed throughout the length of the segment of the fault zone bet- ween Newport and Signal Hill. (5) Finally, as Benioff pointed out, knowing the location of the epicenter does not mean that the extent of faulting or the area from which the maximum destructive energy radiated are known. The implications of the Long Beach earthquake experience. especially for planners and engineers, should be clear. Within the limits of the data available to seismologists the effects of earthquakes centered on the Newport-Inglewood structural zone can be predicted with reasonable confidence. Conclusions based on the foregoing summary are given on page 98. Earthquake History, March 1933 to 1972 In t m w' March 10 1933 Long Beach earth- he months immediately following the o g quake, literally hundreds of aftershocks were felt in the Los Angeles-Long Beach- Newport area. The aftershock activity is discussed on page 70. A review of "Seismological Notes" in the Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America for the years 1933 to 1940 reveals that at least 250 earthquakes were repor- ted felt in the following localities (all of which could be affected by shocks originating along the Newport-Inglewood zone): Anaheim, Balboa, Bell, Beverly Hills, Compton, Costa Mesa, Culver City, Downey, Gardena, Hawthorne, Huntington Beach, Hunt- ington Park, Hynes (Los Angeles County), Inglewood, Laguna Beach, Lennox (Los Angeles County), Lomita, Long Beach, Los Angeles, Maywood, Newport Beach, Nor- walk, Pasadena, Redondo Beach, San Pedro, Santa Ana, Santa Monica, Seal Beach, Signal Hill, South Gate, Torrance, Venice, Vernon, Watts, West Los Angeles, Willowbrook (Los Angeles County), and Wilmington. It is not uncommon for the earthquakes felt in some areas to be reported as "two shocks" within a few seconds of each other; therefore, some of these reports may refer to the two perceptible movements which are actually the result of a single seismic event (Richter, 1958, p. 27). Table 9 lists the number of local earthquakes by year felt in the immediate vicinity of the Newport-Inglewood zone (but not necessarily originating thereon) for the in- terval between March 10, 1933, to December 31, 1939. The table shows that half of all the earthquakes felt in this area occurred in 1933 following both the Long Beach and Signal Hill earthquakes. Almost four-fifths of the earthquakes occurred before 1935. 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 93 Table 9. Number of reported earthquakes from March 10, 1933,to December 31, 7939. 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 123 68 8 9 12 18 12 Most of the earthquakes listed in table 9 were felt in Long Beach and Huntington Beach. Relatively few were felt in Laguna Beach, Inglewood, Culver City, and other points at similar distances front the Long Beach-Seal Beach-Huntington Beach area. Almost all of the shocks were described as "slight" or "light" and were assigned in- tensities in the III to VI range of the Modified Mercalli scale of 1931. The stronger local earthquakes occurring along the Newport-Inglewood zone and felt in the Los Angeles area since the Long Beach earthquake of March 1933 are listed in table 10. The December 27, 1939, shock was the strongest earthquake felt in the Long Beach-Compton-Watts areas since the 1933 shocks. It caused some damage in the Huntington Park-Long Beach area. During the 1940s, several dozen earthquakes, which had epicenters along the Newport-Inglewood zone, were reported from localities along the zone. Most of these earthquakes were described as "slight" or "light" and were felt in one or two towns. The earthquakes of October 21, 1941, and June 18, 1944, have special significance because each one was associated with subsurface movement on faults in oil fields resulting in damage to oil wells. Both of these events are discussed in detail on pages 88 thru 91;. ' Table 10. Stronger local shocks along the Newport-Inglewood zone, March 1933 through 1972. (Source: Seismological Notes,Bull.Seismol.Soc.America). Inunlity Epicenter Depth (Modified Magni- North IPert of Date Locality data Afercalli) tude latitude longitude focu!• 1933 Oct. 2 Signal Hill(Long Beach,Los Angeles,Compton, Bell) VI 5.4 33*47' 118*09, 1939 Dec.27 Long Beach(Huntington Park,and Long Beach damaged) VI 4.5 33047' 118012, ' 1941 Oct.21 Gardena (damage in west Dominguez oil field) VII 4.9 33'49' 1180 13' 1941 Oct.22 3.8 330 52' 1180 13' 1944 June 18 Dominguez Hills 16D3:33 PST VI 4.5 330 52' 118013, 1944 June 18 Dominguez Hills 19.06-07 PST "sharp 4.4 33°S2' 1180 13' jarring" 1949 Dec-26 Inglewood and Westchesta (El Segundo,Tor- rance,Hawthorne,Hollywood) "sharp" 1%1 Oct-4 Orange County 3.7 33.8° 117.8° 18 km 1961 Oct 20 3.9 33.7• 117.90 19 km 1961 Oct 20 Orange County 4 larger shocks out of 8 tremors 4.6 33.6° 118.0' 17 km 1961 Oct.20 4.2 33.7° 118.0° 20 km 1961 Oct 20 1 1 4.2 33.7° 1180 27 km 1961 Nov.20 Orange County(with 3 aftershocks) 4.0 33.r 117.90 17 km 1%5 Nov.12 Felt over 800 square miles of southwest Los Angeles County'most sharply in Santa Monica, Inglewood,Baldwin Hills 3.0 34.0° 118.3' 16 km 1966 Oct 2 Felt over southwest Los Angeles County, felt sharply in Los Angeles 3.8 34.OA 118.3' 11 km 1%7 May 12 Between South Gate and Lynwood,felt in Pasa- dena 2.9 33°55.8' 1180 13.2' 10 km 1%9 Oct 27 Laguna Beach(offshore) 4.S 33032.71 1Ir 48.4' 6 km 1970 Sept. 14 Felt in Inglewood, Culver City, and West Los Angeles area 3.0 34°3.7' 118°21.0' 8 1970 Sept.23 At least S shocks felt in Culver City,Hawthorne, Hermosa Beach, Inglewood, Torrance, Santa Monica, Hollywood, Baldwin Hills, West Los Angeles,Manhattan Beach V 4.2 34°00' 118°17' 10 km 1970 Sept.23 Felt in Inglewood-Torrance area 3.3 33°54' 118020, 10 km 1970 Sept 23 Felt in Inglewood-Torrance area 3.2 330 54' 1Is*20, 10 km 1970 Sept.23 Felt in Inglewood-Torrance area 3.2 33°50' 118"2l' 10 km 94 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF WINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 A number of apparent earthquakes (Richter, 1958, p. 155-156) which occurred in the Terminal Island area of the Wilmington ail field between 1947 and 1961 are not listed in table 10. Faulting, which accompanied these tremors, caused several million dollars worth of damage to oil wells. The seismograms (Richter, 1958, p. 155) for these events differ from those of "normal" earthquakes by having" a relatively large development of long-period motion...and a lack of sharpness in the beginning of motion." Richter (1958, p. 155) has explained these events as "slumping on an enormous scale, incidental to subsidence," which he attributed to the "removal of sup- , port by oil operations" in this field. One such event occurred on April 6, 1933, during the aftershock activity of the Long Beach earthquake and, as Richter points out, before oil development in the harbor area began. It appears, therefore, that the April 1933 event was triggered by true tectonic activity causing "slumping" to occur in the Wilmington area. EARTHQUAKE OF OCTOBER 21 , 1941 The epicenter of this shock was located west of the Long Beach (Signal Hill) oil field and south of the Dominguez oil field (figure 19). Two shocks were reported on October 21 , 1941 , followed by a minor aftershock on October 22, 1941. The epicenter of the minor aftershock (taken from Gutenberg, 1943, p. 508) has been added to figure 19. It should be pointed out that the epicenter for this minor shock was misplotted in figure 28-14 of Richter (1958, p. 497) (see figure 14 this paper). The October 21 , - 1941, earthquake was the strongest shock to be felt along the zone since the October 2, 1933, event, which was centered about 3 miles away, east of Signal Hill. As a result of this earthquake, subsurface displacement on a fault associated with one of the structures of the Newport-Inglewood zone was proven for the first time by damage to oil wells in the west Dominguez oil field. According to Bravinder (1942), two groups of wells were affected. Breaks in the southerly group of wells ranged in depth from 5,600 feet to 6,784 feet, but the damage , could not be correlated to movement along any known fault plane. In the northerly group, however, six wells were damaged at depths ranging from 5,320 to 6,130 feet. The damage points in each well correspond with the intersection of the well with a ' previously recognized south-dipping reverse fault that strikes approximately parallel to the axial trace of the Dominguez anticline. The fault on which displacement took place is one of a series of such faults that "increase in number and amount of throw with depth, but die out as they are traced up- ward in the section" (Bravinder, 1942, p. 390). The disappearance of these faults toward the surface explains the lack of damage at shallower levels in the wells. Richter (1958, p. 156), who has called this occurrence and the 1944 case "triggered slumps,' suggested that "the damaging displacements must have been triggered, either by the direct shaking of the earthquake or by the readjustment of the local strain pattern." 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 95 EARTHQUAKES OF JUNE 18, 1944 Two small earthquakes (magnitude 4.5 and 4.4) occurred in the Dominguez Hills and were followed by two smaller shocks (2.9 and 2.7 magnitude) on June 18, 1944. These events were followed on June 19, 1944, by three small shocks. The epicenters of the two larger shocks are shown in figure 19. Damage to 16 oil wells in the Rosecrans oil field, associated with the earthquakes, was attributed to movements along an east- west-trending, south-dipping reverse fault. ' Martner (1948) presented an account of the earthquakes and damage. The similarities to the October 21, 1941, event discussed above are remarkable. With the exception of two wells, damaged at depths of 2,726 and 3,306 feet, the damaged por- tions were in the range 4,806 to 6,533 feet. These depths are similar to those for damage during the 1941 event. Well damage was distributed along a south-dipping fault that "increases both in displacement and dip at depth and decreases toward the surface" (Martner, 1948, p. 110). The map (figure 19), which Mariner prepared to indicate the relationship bet- ween the 1941 and 1944 occurrences, shows that the well damage of both shocks oc- curred not "along the fault on which the epicenters lie, but was due to a secondary movement along another fault" (Martner, 1948, p. 1 1 7). Martner (1948, p. 1 18) con- cluded: ' A study of the compressions and dilations of first motion at the various stations...is in perfect agreement with the general movement of the region,namely,a differential movement in a northwest direction on the west side and southeast on the east side of the main Inglewood fault zone,as Gutenberg has shown by a study of many southern California earth- quakes (Gutenberg, 1941). There is no published record available on damage to oil wells in other fields of the Newport-Inglewood zone. In the cases of the 1941 and 1944 local earthquakes, discussed above, the relation between earthquakes and simultaneous displacement of subsurface faults resulting in the damage to numerous wells is easily demonstrated. Damage to oil wells in the Inglewood field occurred during distant earthquakes on two ' separate occasions (California Department of Water Resources, 1964, Investigation of failure--Baldwin Hills reservoir, p. 42). Two oil wells were damaged in the Vickers zone on February 18, 1963; and another oil well was damaged at a depth of 1 ,520 feet on March 10, 1963. Hudson and Scott (1965. p. 178) pointed out that the earthquakes involved had magnitudes of 3.4 and 3.0, respectively. It is possible that earthquakes of such low magnitudes can cause near-surface displacements partly because of the con- tributing factor of local subsidence, which in the Inglewood oil field totaled nearly 6 feet during the period 1924-1963 (Castle and Yerkes. 1969, p. 30). During the past 25 years, the number of earthquakes felt in the vicinity of the Newport-Inglewood zone has been much less than during the 25-year period before 1945. A check of"Seismological Notes" in the Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America indicates that an average of between two and three local earthquakes were felt at various localities along the zone since 1945. The most active year was 1961 (see table 10), when six earthquakes with magnitudes greater than 3.7 occurred. The epicenters of these earthquakes lie very near to the epicenter of the Long Beach earth- quake. However, whereas the focal depth of the 1933 shock was estimated to be 10 km (Wood, 1933), the focal depths for the 1961 shocks ranged from 17 to 27 km (table 10). The farthest south earthquake along the Newport-Inglewood zone to be in- strumentally recorded occurred on October 27, 1969, offshore from Laguna Beach. �o o ROSECRANS 11e'ts' ne'to' ANTICLINE ROSECRANS AVE. t ROSECRANS ^Tz" - +FAULT t \ COMPTON \ GARDENA D r W FAULT 'a FAULT W-I r"n • + DOMINGUEZ a y ANTICLINE v . y Cn O N Z' SHOCK NO.2 SHOCK NW sQ W 6-18-44 6-18-4410-22-41 z y Z m W Q to 3 a TORRANCE v CARSON ST. aa'so' n fn O LEGEND n MAIN FAULTS OF THE INGLEWOOD FAULT ZONE Q a LOCATED DEFINITELY FROM WELL DATA Q Cy LONG BEACH LOCATED APPROXIMATELY FROM WELL DATA • FiQ ANTICLINE i ——— LOCATED FROM TOPOGRAPHIC EXPRESSION 10-21-41 9 o ^^., MINOR THRUST FAULTS �y� MINOR VERTICAL OR VERY HIGH ANGLE FAULTS i ANTICLINES 0 I 2 � • EPICENTERS t (� SCALE IN MILES �T N Figure 19. Map of the Rosecrans-Dominguez-Sig_nal Hill area, Los Angeles County, California, showing the relation of subsurface thrust faulting to nanea.c of �ha .hina to 1Qdd and Octeher 21 and 22. 1941 e- n���n==�-=•-•- =� "= =`� "-�w' �'' Oh. - arthauakes. (After Mariner,1948,Se18R10- logical Society of America Bulletin, v. 38, fig. 6, p. 117). 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 97 Implications of this event with respect to an extension of the Newport-Inglewood struc- tural zone are discussed on page 57. The 1933, 1961, and 1969 shocks all occurred along a segment of the Newport-Inglewood zone that lies offshore from Newport Beach. An inferred location of this fault trace on the basement surface is shown by Yerkes et al. (1965, p. A4). Coincidently, Yerkes et al. (1965. p. A34) mention also that in the San Joaquin Hills"numerous long thin [Miocene dikes of phaneritic hyper- sthene andesite, which are emplaced along faults, radiate northward from a point near the offshore extension of the Newport-Inglewood zone." r CONCLUSIONS , The Newport-Inglewood structural zone is seismically active. Earthquakes strong enough to be felt along the zone are, not only numerous, but frequent. A review of felt earthquakes is perhaps a better index of the "'hazard potential" of activity than the of- ten compiled map of epicenters for all instrurnentally recorded tremors because "felt" earthquakes are those capable of causing damage. Although the historical record is brief, it does indicate that potentially damaging shocks have occurred several times each decade (except for the 1950s--see table 10). There is no reason to believe that this pattern will change in the near future. The effects of the larger earthquakes, particularly the 1933 Long Beach earth- quake, are well documented and provide an excellent guide of what to expect from similar events in this part of the Los Angeles basin. The historical record indicates that surface displacements on known faults along the zone have not occurred. However, subsurface movement on pre-existing faults in three of the oil fields along the zone has been associated with earthquake activity. It is generally conceded that the type of ground exerts a controlling influence on the intensity of shaking at any given locality during a local earthquake. Abundant examples of this are found in the records of historical earthquakes. Although ' preliminary estimates of the horizontal acceleration attained during the first few seconds of the Long Beach shock ranged between 0.3 g and 1.0 g (Heck, 1933) refinement of these estimates indicates that values up to 0.23 g for the horizontal ac- celeration are more likely (Heck and Heumann, 1933, p. 805). It is thus important to design structures to make them capable of withstanding high, especially horizontal, ac- celerations. Shaking of structures, however, may not represent the greatest hazard during future earthquakes, if building codes are realistic and enforced. Shaking of the ground and attendant disruption due to lurching remains a serious problem. Disruption of the ground surface, not necessarily along known faults, will probably , occur during any future local shock of the magnitude and duration of the Long Beach earthquake. The extensive cracking of the ground in the vicinity of the mouth of the Santa Ana River, in Sunset Gap, near Seal Beach, and around Compton as the result of inelastic response of unconsolidated materials to shaking may actually represent a major cause of damage during future shocks. Unless they are specifically designed to withstand ground-surface disruption--a solution which is considered economically in- feasible--single-family residences built on "bottomland" may sustain damage represen- ting a significant proportion of their total value. A necessary conclusion from study of the earthquake history is that damage is not restricted to a narrow zone coincident with the surface expression of the Newport- Inglewood structural zone. Artificially filled land is now much more widespread than in 1933. The possibility for large areas within the vicinity of the zone to react to strong shaking by "lurching" or disruption of the surface in an unpredictable manner makes it imperative to consider these areas carefully. For, although it is possible to predict that during the next moderately damaging earthquake non-fault surface breaks will form, it is not possible to delineate the location of the expected ruptures. Judging from the historical record, especially with respect to those earthquakes which originated beneath the ocean floor such as the Long Beach event, tsunamis are not to be expected from earthquakes along the Newport-Inglewood zone--at least for shocks below 6.5 magnitude. However, because numerous other nearby sub-ocean ,1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 99 faults are also active and because a seismic sea wave was associated with more than one historical shock (July 10, 1855, and August 10, 1879), those concerned with siting of structures on the nearshore, low-elevation areas in the vicinity of the Newport- Inglewood zone should consider the possibility of damage from this cause. One additional geologic effect of earthquakes is the probable relation between elevation changes and earthquakes. While it is clear that subsidence, centering over and extending beyond oil fields, can accompany the withdrawal of pore fluids as VNII as tectonic processes, it is likely that any absolute uplift along the Newport-Inglewood zone is an effect of continuing tectonism. The area east of Signal Hill, whose uplift was ' recorded by leveling surveys run before and after the Long Beach earthquake, probably rose as a result of the Long Beach earthquake (figure 12; Gilluly and Grant, 1949). A less well-bracketed case of uplift along Manchester Boulevard in Inglewood ' (Grant and Sheppard, 1939) may have been related to the 1920 Inglewood earth- quake. The possibility for elevation changes resulting from future earthquakes should be considered by those who design facilities whose operation may be affected by such changes. REFERENCES Albee,A.L.,and Smith,J.L. 1966, Earthquake charac- Bittinger.Charles,1933,Experiences over a submarine teristics and fault activity In southern California In epicenter: American Geophysical Union Tran- Lung, Richard, and Proctor, Richard, editors, sactions, v. 14, p. 260. Engineering geology In southern California: Bowes,G.H.,1943,Seal Beach oil field In Geologic for- Special Publication of the Los Angeles Section of mations and economic development of the oil and the Association of Engineering Geologists,p.933, gas fields of California: California Oivialon of Alexander.I.H.,1962,Horizontal earth movement in the Mines Bulletin 118.p. 325-M. Baldwin Hills, Los Angeles area: Jotimal of Bravinder,KJN.,1942,Los Angeles basin earthquake of Geophysical Research, v. 67, p. 2469.2475. October 21. 1941. and its effect on certain Allen, D.R.,and Hazenbush.G.C. 1957.Sunset Beach producing wells in Dominguez field, Los Angela oil field: California Division of Oil and Gas,Sum- County, Callfomla: American Association of mary of Operations, v. 43. no. 2, p, 4730. Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, v. 25, p. 388.389. Allen, D.R., and Joujon-Rochs, J.E., 1956, West Buwalda, J.P., 1933, What happened geologically: i Newport oil field in Higgins,J.W.,editor.A guide Science. August 18, 1933, v. 78, p. 148-149. to the geology and oil fields of the Los Angeles California Department of Water Resources, 1964. ln- , and Ventura regions: American Association of vestigation of failure—Baldwin Hills Reservoir,64 Petroleum Geologists, Annual Meeting, Los P. Angeles, 1958. p. 142-144. California Department of Water Resources,1966.Santa American Association of Petroleum Geologists,1966,A Ana gap salinity barrier, Orange County: Canfor- tour of the Coastal oil fields of the Los Angeles nia Department of Water Resources Bulletin 147-1. basin in and adjacent to San Pedro Bay, Califor- 178 p. nia. Guidebook for Pacific Section, joint annual California Department of Water Resources, 1968. Sea- field trip AAPG-SEG-SEPM, Long Beach, water intrusion; Bolsa-Sunset area, Orange California, March 26, 1966. County: California Department of Water Resour- Arnold, Ralph, 1920, The recent earthquakes at Los ces Bulletin 63-2. 167 p. Angeles, California: Science, v. 52, p. 121. California Division of Oil and Gas, 1961.California oil Atwater, Tanya, 1970. Implications of plate tectonics and gas fields, maps and data sheets: Part 2-Los for the Cenozoic tectonic evolution of western Angeles-Venture basins and central coastal North America: Geological Society of America regions, California Division of Oil and Gas. San Bulletin, v. 81, p. 35133535. Francisco, p. 495-913. Barbat, W.F., 1958, The Los Angeles basin area, California Division of Oil and Gas, 1969, California oil California In Higgins, J.W., editor, A guide to the and gas fields, supplemental maps and data geology and oil fields of the Los Angeles and Van- sheets: California Division of Oil and Gas, 183 p. lure region: American Association of Petroleum Castle,R.O.,1960a,Geologic map of the Baldwin Hills Geologists,Annual Meeting, Los Angeles, 1958,p. area, California: U.S. Geological Survey open fib000. , report, map scale 1:12:12 37-49.Also in Weeks, L.G.,editor,Habitat of oil—a Castle, R.O., 1960b, Su l geology of the Beverly symposium: American Association of Petroleum Geologists, Tulsa, Oklahoma, p. 62-77. Hills and Venice quadrangles, California: U.S. , Geological Survey open file report, map scale Barosh, P.J., 1969, Use of seismic intensity data to 1:24,000. predict the effects of earthquakes and un- Castle, R.O., 1966, Preliminary study of the geology at derground nuclear explosions in various geologic two proposed settings: U.S.Geological Survey Bulletin 1279.93 P Dosed sites for a nuclear-powered Pelican , desalting plant near Sunset Beach and Pelican p- Point, Orange County, California: U.S.Geological Bechtel Corporation, 1967, Detailed investigation of Survey open file report prepared for the U.S. Bolsa Island site: Unpublished report prepared for Atomic Energy Commission, 73 p. the Metropolitan Water District of Southern Castle, R.O., and Yerkes. R.F., 1968, Surface California, Southern California Edison Company, deformation associated with oil-field operations in Los Angeles Department of Water and Power.U.S. the Baldwin Hills, Los Angeles County,California Department of the Interior, U.S. Atomic Energy (abstract): Geological Society of America Annual Commission,6 chapters, 13 appendices. (Several Meeting, November 11-13, 1968, Mexico City, editions of phases exist.) Program, p. 49-50. BenioH,Hugo,19M,The determination of the extent of Castle. R.O., and Yerkes, R.F., 1969, Recent surface faulting with application to the Long Beach earth- movements in the Baldwin Hills. Los Angeles quake: Seismological Society of America Bulletin, County,California;A study of surface deformation v. 28, p. 77-84. associated with oil-field operations: U.S. Benioff, Hugo, 1951, Earthquakes and rock creep Part Geological Survey open file report, 300 p. 1: Creep characteristics of rocks and the origin of Castle,R.O.,Yerkes.R.F.,and Riley,F.S.,1969,A linear aftershocks: Seismological Society of America relationship between liquid production and oil- Bulletin, v. 41, p. 31-62. field subsidence: International Symposium on Binder, R.W., 1952, Engineering aspects of the 1933 Land Subsidence, UNESCO, Tokyo, September Long Beach earthquake in Proceedings of sym- 1969, Association International D'Hydrologie posium on earthquake and blast effects on strut- Scientifique. Publication 88, p. 162-173. tures: Earthquake Engineering Research Institute Clements,Thomas, 1933, Notes on the fall of columns and University of California, Los Angeles, p. 186- during the Long Beach earthquake:Science,v.78, 211. P. 100-101. ' 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE (p( Clements,Thomas,and Emery.K.O.,1947,Seismic ac- Ferguson,R.N.,and Willis,C.G.,1924,Dynamics of oil- tivity and topography of the sea floor off southern field structure In southern California: American California: Seismological Society of America Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin,v.8, Bulletin, v. 37, p. 307-313. P. 576-583. Corey,W.H., 1954,Tertiary basins of southern Califor- Foster,J.F., 1954, Rosecrans and South Rosecrans oil nia In Jahns, R.H., editor, Geology of southern field: California Division of Oil and Gas,Summary California: California Division of Mines Bulletin of Operations, v. 40, no. 2, p. 1-15. 170, p. 73.83. Gilluly,James, 1949. Distribution of mountain building Cortelyou. S.Y., 1933. Quake damage to highways in geologic time: Geological Society of America slight; Mostly confined to tideland fills:California Bulletin, v. W, p. 561-590. Highways and Public Works, v. 11, no. 4, (April, Gilluly, James, and Grant, U.S„ 1949, Subsidence in 1933). P. 2-3, 10, 24. the Long Beach harbor area, California: Crowder, R.E.. 1968, Cheviot Hills oil field: California Geological Society of America Bulletin, V. W. p. Division of Oil and Gas,Summary of Operations,v. 4614529. 54. no. 1, p. 17-M. Golze, AA., 1965, Land subsidence--why the State is Crowell, J.C., 1982, Displacement along the San An- concerned in Lsndstides and subsidence geologic dreas fault, California: Geological Society of hazards conference: California Resources America Special Paper 11, 61 p. Agency, Los Angeles, May 26-27. 1965, Crowell,J.C..1968,Movement histories of faults In the Proceedings, p. 97-105. Transverse Ranges and speculations on the tec- Goodyear. WA, 1887, Petroleum, asphaltum, and Ionic history of California In Dickinson,W,R.,and natural gas In Seventh Annual Report of the Grantz.Arthur,editors,Proceedings of conference California State Mineralogist: California State on geologic problems of San Andreas fault Mining Bureau, p. 65-114. ' system: Stanford University Publication, Grant,U.S.. 1944,Subsidence and elevation in the Los Geological Sciences, v. 11, p. 323-341. Angeles region in Science in the University: Davis, G.A., 1968. Westward thrust faulting in the University of California Press. Berkeley and Los south-central Klamath Mountains, California: Angeles, p. 129-157. Geological Society of America Bulletin: v. 79, p. Grant, U.S., 1954, Subsidence of the Wilmington oil 911-934. field,California,in Jahns,R.H.,editor,Geology of Dickinson. W.R., and Grantz, Arthur, 1968. Tectonic southern California: California Division of Mines setting of the San Andreas fault system in Dickin- Bulletin 170, p. 19-24. son,W.R.,and Grantz,Arthur,editors,Proceedings Grant, U.S., and Sheppard, W.E., 1939. Some recent of conference on geologic problems of San An- changes of elevation in the Los Angeles basin of dreas fault system: Stanford University southern California and their possible Publications,Geological Science,v.11,p.290-291. significance: Seismological Society of America Dietz, R.S., 1962, Ocean basin evolution by sea-floor Bulletin, v. 29. no. 2, P. 299-126. spreading: American Geophysical Union Graves,D.T.,1954,Geology of the Dominguez oil field, Geophysical Monograph Series, no. 6, p. 11-12. Los Angeles County, in Jahns. R.H., editor, Driver, H.L., 1943. Inglewood oil field In Geologic for- Geology of southern California:California Division mations and economic development of the oil and of Mines Bulletin 170, map sheet 32. gas fields of California: California Division of Green, N.B., 1933, Reinforced concrete in the Long ' F Mines Bulletin 118, p. 306-309. Beach earthquake: Engineering News-Record, Y. Dudley, P. H., 1954, Geology of the Long Beach oil 110, no. 18, p. 560-562. field, Los Angeles County, In Jahns, R.H.,editor, Grinsfelder, S., 1943, Dominguez oil field in Geologic Geology of southern California:California Division formations and economic.development of the oil ' of Mines Bulletin 170, map sheet 34. and gas fields of California: California Division of Eaton, J.E., 1923-24, Structure of Los.Angeles basin Mines Bulletin 118, p. 318-319. and environs:Oil Age,v.20,no.6,p_8-9,52(1923) Gutenberg, Beno, 1941, Mechanism of faulting in and v. 21, no. 1, p. 16-18,5t4.54 (1924). southern California Indicated by seismograms: Eaton,J.E., 1933, Long Beach, California,"earthquake Seismological Society of America Bulletin,v.31.p. of March 10. 1933: American Association of 263-=. Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, 1{. 17. p. 732-738. Gutenberg, Beno, 1943, Earthquakes and structure in Eckis, Rollin, 1934, South coastal basin Investigation; southern California: Geological Society of Geology and ground water storage capacity of America Bulletin, v. 54, p. 490-526. valley fill: California Department of Public Works, Gutenberg, Beno, 1957, Effects of ground on earth- Division of Water Resources Bulletin,v.45,279 p. quake motion: Seismological Society of America Eldridge, G.H., and Arnold, Ralph, 1907, The Santa Bulletin, v. 47, p. 221-250. Clara valley, Puente Hilts, and Los Angeles oil Hamilton,O.H.,and Meehan,R.L.,1971,Ground rupture ' districts,southern California:U.S.Geological Sur- in the Baldwin Hills: Science,v. 172. no. 3981, p. vey Bulletin 309, 266 p. 333-U4. Emery, K.O., 1960, The sea off southern California: Hamilton, R.M.,Yerkes, R.F., Brown, R.O.,Jr., Burford, 1 John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 366 p. R.O.,and De Noyer,J.M.,1969,Geology,petroleum ' Engineering News-Record, 1933, Destructive earth- development,and seismicity of the Santa Barbara quake centers on Long Beach, California: channel region,Califomia--Part D;Seismicity and Engineering News-Record; v. 110, no. 11 (March associated effects, Santa Barbara region: U.S. 16, 1933). P. 353-355. Geological Survey Professional Paper 679-D,p.47- Estabrook, G.R., 1962. General report Orange County n• datum: Office of Orange County Surveyor and Hamlin,Homer,1918,Earthquakes in southern Califor- Road Commissioner unpublished report,June 15, nia: Seismological Society of America Bulletin,v. 1962. 9 p. S. p. 20-24. 102 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR I1�• harding,T.P.IM,The Newport-Ingiewood trend-an Hunter, A.L., and Alien, D.R. 1956, West Newport oil example of the wrenching style: American field, recent developments: California Division of , Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, v. Oil and Gas,Summary of Operations,V.42,no.2, 57, no. 1, p. 97-116. p, 10-18. Harris,P.B., 1958,Long Beach Airport pool In Higgins, Ingram, W. L., 1966, Recreation Park area of Long J.W.,editor,A guide to the geology and oil fields Beach oil field:California Division of Oil and Gas, of the Los Angeles and Ventura regions:American Summary of Operations, v. 52, p. 67-72. Association of Petroleum Geologists, Annual Ingram, W.L.. 1968, Newport oil field: California Meeting, Los Angeles, 1958, p. 75-77. i Harrison, J.C., von Huene, R.E., and Corbato. C.E., 54.non of Oil and Gas,Summary of Operations,v. 1966. Bouguer gravity anomalies and magnetic � ^o• 2, part 2, p. 39r18. anomalies off the coast of southern California: Irwin. W P., 1984, Late Mesozoic orogenfes in the Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 71, p. 4921- ultramafic bells of northwestern California and 4941. southwestern Oregon: U.S. Geological Survey Hazenbush, G.C., and Allen. O.R., 1958, Huntington Professional Paper 501-C, p. CI-C9. Beach oil field: California Division of Oil and Gas, Isacks, Bryan, Oliver, Jack, and Sykes, L.R„ 1968, , Summary of Operations,California Oil Fields,v.44, Seismology and the new global tectonics:Journal no. 1, p. 13-23. of Geophysical Research, v. 73, p. 5855-5899. Healy, J.H., Raleigh, C.B., and Coakley. J.M., 1968. Jahns,R.H.,editor,1954,Geology of southern Califor- Earthquakes Weer Rengey, Colorado, may be nis: California Division of Mines Bulletin 170, 10 , related to fluid injection (abstract): Geological chapters, 5 guidebooks, 34 map sheets. Society of America, Cordilleran Section,64th An- Jahns,R.H.,Hill,M.L.LeConte,J.,Moore,O.G.,Scott, nual Meeting, Tucson, Arizona, 1968. Program, p. R.F., Smith, J.L., and Smith, S.W.. 1971. Geologic 64. structure of the continental shelf off San Onofre, Healy, J.H.. Rubey, W.W., Griggs, D.T., and Raleigh. Regional relationships and influence on , G.B.. 1968. The Denver earthquakes: Science, v. seismicity Report to Southern California Edison 161. no. 3848. p- 1301-1310. Co. and San Diego Gas and Electric Co. for con- Heck. N.H., 1933, Strong-motion records of Long sideration in earthquake-resistant design of Units Beach earthquake: Engineering News-Record, v. 2 and 3 of the San Onofre nuclear generating 110, no. 14, (April 6, 1933). p. 442-443. station, San Clemente, California, 55 p. Heck. N.H., and Neumann, Frank, 1933, Destructive Jennings,C.W.,1962,Geologic mapof California,Olaf earthquake motions measured for the first time: P. Jenkins edition, Long Beach sheet: California Engineering News-Record,v.110,no.25.(June 22, Division of Mines and Geology. 1933). P. 804-807. Jennings, C.W.,and Strand, R.G., 1969. Geologic map Heirtzler, J.R., Dickson, G.O., Herron, E.M., Pitman, of California,Olaf P.Jenkins edition,Los Angeles W.C.,III,and Le Pichon,X.,1968.Marine magnetic sheet: California Division of Mines and Geology. anomalies, geomagnetic field reversals, and Kew, W.S.W., 1923. Geologic evidence bearing on the motions of the ocean floor and continents:Journal Inglewood earthquake of June 21, 1920: of Geophysical Research, v. 73, p. 2119-2136. Seismological Society of America Bulletin,v.13,p. ' Hess, H.H., 1962, History of ocean basins in Engle, 155,158 A.E.J.,et at..editors,Petrologic studies: A volume King, P.B., compiler, 1969. Tectonic map of North in honor of A.F.Buddington:Geological Society of America: U.S. Geological Survey, scale America, p. 599-620. , Hill. M.L., 1954, Tectonics of faulting in southern an.1:5 M0.000. California in Jahns, R.H., editor, Geology of Kirwan,M.J.. 1 n 2n Los Angeles,Orange,and Ventura southern California: California Division of Mines Counties r f Annual Report of the Oat and Gas Bulletin 170, p. 5-13. Supervisor of California: California State Mining Hill, M.L., 1971. Newport-Inglewood zone and Bureau Bulletin Los p.Angeles a7. Mesozoic subduction, California: Geological Kirwan,n,M.J.,1 al R Los Angeles and Orange Counties Society of America Bulletin, v. 82, p. 2957-2962. of 3d Annual Report of the Oil and Gas Supervisor Hill, M.L., and Dibblee, T.W., Jr., 1953, San Andreas, B California: California State Mining Bureau Garlock, and Big Pine faults, California—a study Bulletin ., 9p. 1, Miocene of the character,history,and tectonic significance nia:Kleinpell, R.M.,American Miocene stratlgrof of PetCalroleum - of their displacements: Geological Society of Geologists, American Association of Petroleum America Bulletin, v. 64, p. 443-458 Geologists, ha p. Hill. M.L., and Hobson, H.D., 190. Possible post- Knapp, R.R., chairman, et al., 196e Cenozoic Cretaceous slip on the San Andreas fault zone in correlation section across Los Angeles basin from ' Dickinson, W.R., and Grantz. Arthur, editors, Association Hills to Newport,Geologists. California: American • Association of Petroleum Geologists,Pacific Sec- Proceedings of the conference on geologic tion, scale 1 inch to 1.000 feet vertical and 1 inch problems of San Andreas fault system: Stanford to 5,000 feet horizontal. University Publication,GeologIcal Sciences,v. 11. Lamar, D.L., 1960, Structural evolution of the northern p. 123-129• margin of the Los Angeles basin: Unpublished Hillis, Donuil, 1933, Cracks produced by Long Beach, Ph.D.thesis,University of California,Los Angeles, California, earthquake: American Association of 142 p. Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, v. 17, p. 739-740. La Rocque,G.A.,Jr.,1941,Fluctuation of water level in Holden, E.S., 1897, Catalog of earthquakes on the wells in the Los Angeles basin,California,during , Pacific coast, 1769 to 1897: Smithsonian five strong earthquakes 1933-1940: American Miscellaneous Collection, no. 1087 (v. 37. no. 5). Geophysical Union Transactions, p. 374-386. 253 p. Lawson,A.C.,at al.,1908,The California earthquake of Hudson, D.E., and Scott, R.R., 1965, Fault motions at April 18, 1906. Report of the State Earthquake In- the Baldwin Hills reservoir site: Seismological vestigation Committee: Carnegie Institution of Society of America Bulletin, v. 55, p. 165-180. Washington Publication 87, v. 1, parts 1-2, 451 p. { 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 103 Maher, T.J. 1933, Abstract of reports received regar- Preliminary Safety Analysis Report, 1972. San Onofre ' ding the earthquake which occurred in southern nuclear generating station,units 2 and 3,Southern California on March 10, 1933: U.S. Coast and California Edison Company and San Diego Gas Geodetic Survey, Reid Station, San Francisco, and Electric Company, Amendment 11. California, 64 p. Prutzman, P.W., 1913, Petroleum in southern Martel, R.R., 1936, A report on earthquake damage to California:California State Mining Bureau Bulletin Type III buildings in Long Beach in U.S.Coast and 63, 430 p. Geodetic Surrey, Special Publication 201, p. 143- Rand,W.W.,1931.Preliminary report of the geology of 162. Santa Cruz Island,Santa Barbara County:Califor- 1 Mariner, S.T„ 1948, The Dominguez Hills, California, nia Division of Mines, Twenty-seventh Report of earthquake of June 18, 1944: Seismological the State Mineralogist, P. 214.219. Society of America Bulletin, v. 38, p. 105-119. Reed, R.D., and Hollister, J.S., 1936, Structural Matthews, J.F., Jr., 1954, Howard Townsite oil field: evolution of southern California: American 1 California Division of Oil and Gas, Summary of Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, v. Operations, v. 40, no. 2, p. 16-22. 20. p. 1529-1704. Mayuga,M.N.,1965,How subsidence affects the city of Richter, C.F., 1935, An instrumental earthquake Long Beach In Landslides and subsidence magnitude r scale: Seismological Society of geologic hazards conference: California Resour- America Bulletin,v. 25. p. 1.32. ' ces Agency, Los Angeles, May 25-27, 1955, Richter, C.F., 1958. Elementary selsmology: W.H. Proceedings, p. 122-129. Freeman and Company, San Francisco, 766 p. Mayuga,M.N.,and Allen. O.R., 1966,Long Beach sub- Richter, C.F., 1959. Seismic regionalization: sidence in Lung, Richard and Proctor, Richard,. editors, Engineering geology in southern Califor- Seismological Society of America Bulletin,v.49,p. 123-162. nia:Association of Engineering Geologists,p.280- Richter, C.F., 1970a, Seismicity of the Inglewood fault 285' and adjacent areas (abstract): Geological Society McCulloh, T.H.. 1957. Simple Bouguer gravity and of America Abstracts,Cordilleran Section 661h An- generalized geologic map of the northwestern part of the Los Angeles basin, California: U.S. nual Meeting, Hayward, California, p. 136. Geological Survey Geophysical Investigations Richter, C.F., 1970b, Magnitude of the Inglewood, Map GP-149, scale 1:48,000. California, earthquake of June 21. 1920: McCulloh, T.H., 1960, Gravity variations and the Seismological Society of America Bulletin,v.60,p. geology of the Los Angeles basin of California in 647.649. Short papers in the geological sciences: U.S. Rodda, P.U.. 1957. Paleontology and stratigraphy of Geological Survey Professional Paper 400-8, p. some marine Pleistocene deposits in northwest B320-B325. Los Angeles basin, California: American McLaughlin, R.P., and Waring, C.A., 1914, Petroleum Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, v. industry of California: California State Mining 41. p. 2475-2492. Bureau Bulletin 69, 519 p. Rosenberg, Roy, 1938.History of Inglewood:Arthur H. Mendenhall, W.C., 1905, Development of underground Cowston, publisher, Inglewood, California, 215 p. waters in the western coastal plain region of Rogers,T.H., 1965.Geologic map of California,Olaf P. southern California: U.S. Geological Survey Jenkins edition, Santa Ana Sheet: California Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper 139, 105 p. Division of Mines and Geology. Milliken, R.A.,chairman, 1933, Earthquake hazard and Schoellhamer.J.E.,and Woodford.A.O., 1951,The floor earthquake protection: Joint Technical Committee of the Los Angeles basin, Los Angeles, Orange, on Earthquake Protection, June 1933, Los and San Bernardino Counties, California: U.S. ' Angeles, 13 p. Geological Survey Oil and Gas Investigations Map Minch, J.A., 1967, Stratigraphy and structure of the OM-117, 2 sheets. Tijuana-Rosarito Beach area, northwestern Baja Shepard, F.P., and Emery, K.O., 1941, Submarine California,Mexico:Geological Society of America topography off the California coast: Geological Bulletin, v. 78, p. 1155-1178.Moody, J.D., and Hill, M.J., 1958, Wrench-fault tec- Society of America Special Paper 31, 89 p. tonics: Geological Society of America Bulletin,v. Stolz, H.P., 1943, Long Beach oil field in Geologic for- 67, p. 1207-1246. mations and economic development of the oil and Mulholland, William, 1920.The earthquake problem in gas fields of California: California Division of southern California: Seismological Society of Mines Bulletin 118, p. 320.324. America Bulletin, v, 10. P. 289-297. Stone, Robert, 1961, Geologic and engineering Parker, F.S., 1971, Petroleum potential of southern significance of changes in elevation revealed by California offshore in Cram. I.H., editor, Future precise leveling, Los Angeles area (abstract): Petroleum provinces of the United States—Their Geological Society of America Special Paper 68, geology and potential: American Association of p. 57-58 (1962). Petroleum Geologists Memoir 15, p. 178-191. Suppe, John, 1970, Offset of late Mesozoic basement Poland.J.F., 1959, Hydrology of the Long Beach-Santa terrains by the San Andreas fault system: Ana area, California: U.S. Geological Survey Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 81, p. Water-Supply Paper 1471. 257 p. 323-32558 Poland, J.F., Garrett, A.A., and Sinnott, A., 1959, Taber, Stephen, 1920. The Inglewood earthquake in Geology, hydrology, and chemical character of ground water in the Torrance-Santa Monica area, southern California, June 21, 1920: Seismological California: U.S. Geological Survey Water-Supply Society of America Bulletin, v. 10, p. 129-145. Paper 1461. 425 p. Taber. Stephen, 1924, The Inglewood fault zone: Poland, J.F.,of at, 1956. Ground water geology of the Seismological Society of America Bulletin,v.14,p. coastal zone Long Beach-Santa Ana area,Califor- 197-199. nia: U.S. Geological Survey Water-Supply Paper Taber, Stephen, 1933, The location of earthquake 1109, 162 p. epicenters: Science, v. 78, p. 283. 104 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 1 .4 ieng, Ta-liang,and Real. C.R., 1972.Microearthquake Wood, H.O., 1916. California earthquakes: monitoring in the Los Angeles area: University of Seismological Society of America Bulletin,v.6,p. Southern California Geophysical Laboratory 55-180, Technical Report no. 72-1, 50 p. Wood. H.O., 1933, Preliminary report on the Long Tteie, A.J.. 1926. The Pliocene and Pleistocene history Beach earthquake: Seismological Society of of the Baldwin Hills. Los Angeles County, Califor- America Bulletin, v. 23, p. 43456. , nia: American Association of Petroleum Wood, H.O., 1934, Earthquake study in southern Geologists Bulletin, v. 10, p. 502-512. California: Scientific Monthly. v. 39. p. 323344. Townley, S.D., and Allen, M.W., 1939. Descriptive (Also reprinted in Carnegie Institution of catalog of earthquakes of the Pacific coast of the Washington Supplementary Publications no. 12• United States 1769 to 1928: Seismological Society February 15, 1935.) of America Bulletin, v. 29, p. 1-297. Wood. H.O., 1947. Earthquakes in southern California U.S. Geological Survey, 1964, Preliminary report on with geologic relations: Seismological Society of Recent surface movements through July 1962 in America Bulletin,v.37.p. 107-157 and p.217-256. the Baldwin Hills,Los Angeles County,California: Woodford, A.O.. 1925. The San Onofre breccia; its , U.S. Geological Survey open file report, January nature and origin: University of California 1964, 25 p. Publications, Bulletin of the Department of Vickery, F.P., 1928,Geology of the Los Angeles basin: Geological Sciences, v. 15. no. 7, p. 159-280. Gil Bulletin, v. 14. no. 4, p. 355-361. Woodford,A.O.,1960, Bedrock patterns and strike-alip Weber, F.H..Jr., 1963. Geology and mineral resources faulting in southwestern California: American , of San Diego County, California: California Journal of Science, v. 258-A (Bradley volume), p. Division of Mines and Geology County Report 3. 400-417. 309 p- Woodford. A.O.. Schoellhamer. J.E-. Vedder, J.G.,.and Wentworth. C M .Zrony_J I.,and Buchanan.J_M_. 1970. Yerkes. R_F_. 1954. Geology of the Los Angeles ' Preliminary geologic environmental map of the basin in Jahns. R_H_. editor. Geology of southern g:ea:er Los Angeles area California U S Atomic California California Division of Mines Bulletin Energy Commission. TI0-25363. 41 p. 170. p. 65-91 White.J L.. 1946.The schist surface of the western Los Yeats, R.S., 1968a. Rifting and rafting in the southern Angeles basin: California Division of Oil and Gas. California borderland in Dickinson, W.R., and , Summary of Operations, v. 32. no. 1, p. 3-11_ Grantz.Arthur,editors.Proceedings of conference Willis. Bailey 1923. A fault map of California on geologic problems of San Andreas fault Seismological Society of America Bulletin,v. 13.p. system Stanford University Publication, 1-12. Geological Sciences. v. 11. p. 307-322. Willis. Bailey. 1923-24. Earthquake risk in California Yeats. R S.. 1968b. Southern California structure, sea Seismological Society of America Bulletin,v_ 13,p. floor spreading, and history of the Pacific basin: 89-99 (1 The point of view) and p. 147-154 (4. Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 79. p. Seismicity or risk): v. 14. p. 150-164 (g. Foun- 1693-1702. dations) and p. 256-264 (10. Superstructures). Yerkes. RF.. McCulloh, T.H.. Schoellhamer, J.E., and Willis. Bailey. 1938. San Andreas rift in southwestern Vedder. J.G.. 1965. Geology of the Los Angeles California' Journal of Geology.v_46.P. 1017-1057_ basin of California--An introduction: U-S. Willis D G. 1954. Anahs s of deformation insedimen- Geological Survey Professional Paper 420-A. 57 p Yerkes. R.F_ and Wentworth. C M.. 1964. Geologic , :ary rocks with application to the Newport- report on the proposed Corral Canyon nuclear Inglewood uplift_ Unpublished Ph - thesis. Stan- power plant site. Los Angeles County. California ford University. 96 p. U_S_Geological Survey open file report.December Willis.Robin.and Ballamyne.R.S.Jr.. 1943.Potrero oil 1964 93 p field in Geologic formations and economic Yerkes. R.F., and Wentworth. C M.. 1965. Structure. development of the oil and gas fields of California: Quaternary history, and general geology of the California Division of Mines Bulletin 118. p. 310- Corral Canyon area. Los Angeles County. Caliifor- 317 nia: U.S Geological Survey open file report, July Willis. Robin 1958. Sunset Beach oil field in Higgins. 1965. 215 p. J.W editor. A guide to the geology and oil fields Zeilbauer. E.J.. Burnham. W.L.-and Keene. A.G., 1961. of the Los Angeles and Ventura regions:American Coastal basins barrier and replenishment in- Association of Petroleum Geologists. Annual vestigation: Alamitos barrier project geologic in- meeting. Los Angeles. 1958. p. 135-141. vestigation: Los Angeles County Flood Control Wissler. S.G.. 1943. Stratigraphic formations of the, District. Los Angeles. 28 p. producing zones of the Los Angeles basin oil Zeilbauer. E.J..Kues. H.A.. Burnham.W L.,and Keene. fields in Geologic formations and economic A G.. 1962. Coastal basins barrier and replenish- devel0pm3nt of the oil and gas fields of California: ment investigations. Dominguez Gap barrier California Division of Mines Bulletin 118. p- 209- project geologic investigation: Los Angeles 234. County Flood Control District, Los Angeles, 29 p. APPENDIX A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTS DEALING WITH EFFECTS ' OF LONG BEACH EARTHQUAKE This list is derived primarily from the extensive bibliography compiled by R. W. Binder (1952, Proceedings of Symposium on Earthquake and Blast Effects on Struc- tures, p. 205-21 1 ). A few references have been added and certain references dealing exclusively with seismological aspects have been deleted; the seismological and geological references are listed in Appendix B. ' Published Material ------California, past, present, and future: The Literary Digest, April 29, 1933, p. 18. ------California's quake protest: The Literary Digest, April 1 . 1933, p. 8. ------Discussion of lateral forces of earthquake and wind: Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers, v. 78. separate no. D-66. M'ay. 1952. ------Larthquake and municipal 'kater supplies: Board of 1=11-e under"riters of the Pacific, 1934. Includes: Experiences during the earthquake of March 10, 1933, C. P. Harnish; What happened to the Long Beach water system as a consequence of the earthquake of March 10. 1933, Fred S. Porter. ------Earthquake hazards: Architect and Engineer. January. 1935. p. 49. __- - Earthquakes in California: The Scientific Monthly. July. 1934, p. 329. Z - Earthquake phenomena in California: Architect and Engineer, April, 1936, p. 39. - ----Frame and stucco construction: The California Plasterer, v. IX, no. 1 1, p. 5. April, 1933. ---Lateral forces of earthquake and wind: Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers. v. 77, separate no. 66. April, 1951 . Long Beach masonry: Architect and Engineer. October. 1933. p. 35. Maintaining educational efficiency during an emergency: Department of Education Bulletin, State of California. Sacramento, California, March 1 . 1933. ------More earthquakes expected in southern California: Science News, March 23, 1933, p. 7. --- ---Needless damage caused by earthquake in Long Beach: Architectural Forum:, v. 58, no. 33. p. 337. ------New provisions for Section 231 1 : The Conference Bulletin, v. III, no. I ,January, 1934, Pacific Coast Building Officials Conference. Los Angeles, California. ------Ordinance No. 94.970. An ordinance amending section 91 .0103 of the Los Angeles Municipal Code (Parapet or appendage maintenance), June, 1949. ------Rebuilding underway in earthquake area: Western City, April, 1933. p. 7-10. ---Report on the city of Long Beach, California. No. 326: (Superseding that of 1934.) National`Board.of- Fire Underwriters, New York, December, 1944. ------Report on the southern California earthquake of March 10. 1933: National Board of Fire Underwriters, Committee on Fire Prevention and Engineering Standards, New York. ------Rules and regulations relating to the safety of design and construction of public school buildings: State of California, Department of Public Works, Division of Architecture, Sacramento, California, March 12, 1941 . ------Sturdy frame and stucco construction: The California Plasterer, v. IX, no. 12, p. 1 16-17, May, 1933. ------The earthquake of southern California, March 10, 1933: (Official report of Relief Operations), American National Red Cross, Washington, D.C., October, 1933. 106 CALIFORNIA DIVISION O1= MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 ^ ' ------The Long Beach earthquake: Science News, August 18. 1933, p. 147. ' ------The southern California earthquake: Science News. March 17, 1933. p. 8. ------The southern California earthquake as affecting automatic sprinkler fire protec- tion: Board of Fire Underwriters of the Pacific, Sprinklers Risk Department, April 12. 1933. ------Unnecessary earthquake damage: The Literary Digest, April 15. 1933. p. 17. ------When earthquakes come: Portland C_ment Association. Ballard, J. L. 1933, Appraisal made of southern California's damage: Construction Methods, April. Bittinger, Charles, 1933. Experiences over a submarine epicenter: Transactions of the American Geophysical Union, v. 14. p. 260. Chick, A. C.. 1933, The Long Beach earthquake of March 10. 1933. and its effect on industrial structures: Transactions of the American Geophysical Union, p. 273- 284. Coiling, R. C.. 1933. With the editor: The Conference Bulletin, v. 1 . no. 2, p. 12. , Pacific Coast Building Officials Conference, Los Angeles, California. Davis. R. E.. chairman, 1933. Effect of southern California earthquake upon buildings of unit masonry construction: Report to Members of Committee C-12 on Mortars ' ftlr Unit Masonry of the American S:►cietr for Testing and Materials. Berkeley. Cald0rn►a. jklay 31 . Davis, R. E., and Dewell, H. D.. 1935. Damage to reinforced concrete structures at- tending the southern California earthquake of March 10. 1933: National Board of Fire Underwriters. San Francisco. California. Davis. W. M.. 1934, The Long Beach earthquake: The Geographical Review. v. 24, p. -I 1 . Dirlam, C. N.. January. 1937, Earthquake resistive chimneys: Building Standards Monthly, p. 3. DURce. A. C.. 1941 . Fire department operations during the Long Beach earthquake of ' 1933: Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, v. 31 , p. 9-1 2. Engle. H. M.. and Shield. J. E.. 1950. Recommendations. earthquake resistant design of buildings. structures and tank tO%vers: Pacific Fire Rating Bureau. San Fran- cisco, California. Evans, L. T.. and Rossen. L.. 1933. Earthquake damage to masonry structures and their repairs: Journal of-the American Concrete Institute. November - December, p. 1 29-1 36. Franz. S. L. and Norris. A., 1934. Human reactions in the Long Beach earthquake: Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, v. 24, no. 2. April. Hadley, H. M.. The Long Beach earthquake and afterwards: Western Construction News and Highways Builder. Harmon, Burt, 1935, Disaster preparedness: Journal of the American Water Works Association, v. 27, no. 6, June. Kromer, C. H.. 1933, Earthquake-proof buildings possible with right construction and ' materials: California Highways and Public Works, July-August, p. 21 . State of California, Sacramento. Kromer, C. H.. 1934, Structural problems in connection with the design of earthquake resistive school buildings: Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, v. 24, no. 4, October. Maher, T. J.. Abstract of reports received regarding the earthquake which occurred in southern California on March 10. 1933: U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Field Station, San Francisco, California. 64 p. Martel, R. R., 1933, Earthquake resistance of stucco homes: The Conference Bulletin, v. 11, no. 1 . July, Pacific Coast Building Officials Conference, Los Angeles, California. 974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 1 107 ' McClure, E. B., 1933, Metal lath and plaster partitions: The California Plasterer, v. IX, no. 11, p. 6, April. McDougall, G. B., 1933, Safe school buildings assured by rigid control of construction: ' California Highways and Public Works, April, p. 8. Merrill, D. H., 1933, The effects of the earthquake: The Conference Bulletin, v. 1, no. 2, p. 3. April, 1933, Pacific Coast Building Officials Conference, Los Angeles, California. Millikan, R. A., chairman, Earthquake hazards and earthquake protection: Joint Technical Committee on Earthquake Protection, Los Angeles, California, June 1933. ' Moran, D. F., and Steinbrugge, K. V., compilers, Procedures for major interruptions: Pacific Fire Rating Bureau, San Francisco, California. Report composed of seven papers. Effects of earthquakes on gas holders and mechanical equipment, T. N. ' Kellett; Preparation against earthquakes, J. J. McCrory; Interruption of gas sup- ply due to earthquakes, A. F. Bridge; Earthquakes and distribution design, V. J. Robbins; Automatic devices for protection against tires and earthquakes, Henry Harris; Procedure for re-establishment of gas scr%ice. Henry Harris; The Lung Beach earthquake of March 10. 1933, E. S. Brant. Newmann, Frank. 1935. United States earthquakes. 1913 U' S Dcpm-imem of Cunt- nierce. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Washington. D. C.. serial no. 579. ' Philbrick, F. B., 1941 , The effect of earthquakes on fire alarm systems: Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, v. 31 . no. 1 . January. p. 1 -9. Porter. F. S.. 1934, Earthquake effects on water supplies: Journal of the American ' Water Works Association, v. 26. no. 6, June. Poulsen, M. C.. 1933, How to build masonry that resists quakes: Progressive Con- tractor, May, p. 16-19. Prussing. G. F.. 1933. Earthquake and fire protection: Proceedings, Third mid-year ' meeting, American Petroleum Institute. Tulsa. Oklahoma. May. Ruge, A. C., 1938, Earthquake resistance of elevated �%ater tanks: American Society of Civil Engineers Transactions, v. 103. p. 889. U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1936, Earthquake in�estigatiuns in California. 1934- 35 (Field parties and problems. by F. P. Ulrich: Strong-motion program and tilt- ntctcrs, by N. H. Heck. H. E. McComb, and F. P. U.1rich; The analysis of records, by F. Neumann; The questionnaire program tier collecting earthquake data, by P. Byerly and H. Dyk; Vibration observations, by D. S. Carder: Vibration studies, by W. W. Moore and R. S. McLean; The building and ground vibrator. by J. A. Blume: A report on earthquake damage to T\pc III buildings in Long Beach, by R. R. Martel; Periods of the ground in southern California earthquakes, by B. Gutenberg): U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey Special Publication 201 , 231 p. Wailes, Jr.. D. C.. 1934. Organization o� a building deparnment during a catastrophe: ' Building Standards Monthly, August, R. 20. Whinlesey, H. C.. 1928, Construction notes on Villa Riviera. Long Beach. California: Western Construction News, December 10. Williams, H. A., 1937. Dynamic distortions in structures subjected to sudden earth shock: American Society of Civil Engineers Transactions. v. 102. p. 838. Wood, H. A., and Neumann. Frank. 1931 . Modified Mercalli intensity scale of 1931 : Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America. \. 21 . no. 4. December. Wood, H. O., 1933. Note on the Long Beach earthquake. Sciencel, v. 79. no. 2022, p. 281 -282, September 29. Wuud, H. O.. and Heck, N. H., 1 95 1 , Earthquake history of the United States. Part 11 - Stronger earthquakes of California and western Nevada: U. S. Department of Commerce, U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Washington, D.C., serial no. 609. Wood, H. O., 1933, Preliminary report on the Long Beach earthquake: Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, v. 23. no. 2, April. (Q$ CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 1 ENGINEERING NEWS-RECORD ' ------A law for earthquake safety (editorial): June I , 1933. p. 721 . ------A note of caution (editorial): January 18, 1934, p. 92. ------A vote against earthquakes (editorial): March 29, 1934, p. 422. ------Better construction in earthquake zone recommended by jury: April 13. 1933. p. 480-481 . ------California practice in earthquake resistance design: Structural Engineer's Association of California, December 23, 1948. ------Destructive earthquake centers on L. B., California: March 16, 1933, p. 353-355. ------Earth quake-conscious? (editorial): July 5, 1934. p. 21 . ------Earthquakeproof tank towers (editorial): July 16, 1936, p. 97. ------Frame and wall resistance (editorial): April 20, 1933. p. 509. ------Masonry code at L. B. revised by inspector's order: May 4, 1933, p. 570. , ------New California building law makes lateral force design madatory: June 1 . 1933, p. 722. ------Reasonable preparedness (editorial): April 13. 1933. p. 478-479. ------Reservoir seepage traced to earthquake: September 23. 1937. p. 513. ' ------Schools. at least, should be safe (editorial): March 23. 1933. p. 387. ------U1111eccSsarN d%:struction (editorial): March 16. 1933. p. 357. Ballard, J. L. Building damage sustained in California earthquake: March 23. 1933, p. ' 378-381 . Bolin, H. "'.. Earthquake-resistant design ti:r new school buildings: March 18. 1937, p. 415-419. ' Boyers, N. A., California makes progress against earthquake hazard: July 5, 1934. p. 14-1 7. Brown, A. L., Changed elevated tank design required for safety against earthquakes: October 4, 1934, p. 424-426. Byers, J. E.. Repairing earthquake damage: March 11. 1937. p. 362-366. Creskoff, J. J.. Earthquake design (letter): February 27. 1936. p. 325. , Cape• E. L.. Earthquake-code requirements (letter): June 27. 1933. p. 1 13. Dloughy, F. N., Earthquake design (letter): April 30. 1936. p. 6.10-641 . Engle, H. M., Elevated tanks strengthened after earthquake hazard survey: June 4, 1936. p. 807-809. Green, N. B.. Reinforced concrete in the Long Beach earthquake: May 4, 1933, p. 560-562. ' Green, N. B., and Horner, A. C., Tests indicate design methods for earthquake-proof timber floors: June 20, 1935, p. 871 -875. Heck, N. H.. Strong-motion records of Long Beach earthquake: April 6, 1933, p. 442- ' 443. Heck, N. H., and Neumann, Frank, Destructive earthquake motions measured for first time: June 22. 1933, p. 804-807. Huber, John, Detective elevated-tank design revealed by earthquake: April 19. 1934. p. 496-498. Huber, W. L., Long Beach earthquake emphasizes known facts: April 13. 1933, p. 474-475. , Kromer, C. H., Earthquake-resistant construction applied to California schools: December 19. 1935, p. 856-860. Kromer, C. H., Frame structures in earthquake (letter): March 26, 1936. p. 462-463. ' Nibecker, Jr., A. S.. Safeguarding schools against earthquakes: March 11 . 1937, p. 359-362. Nishkian, L. H.. High seismic factors in recent earthquakes: April 13. 1933. p. 476. Sweet, H. A., Elevated tanks in earthquakes (letter): July 16, 1936, p. 94. 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 109 Wailes, Jr., C. D., and Horner, A. C., Earthquake damage analyzed by Long Beach of- ficials: May 25, 1933, p. 684-686. Wailes, Jr., C. D., Reconstruction in Long Beach following the earthquake: February 22, 1934. p. 263-267. SOUTHWEST BUILDER AND CONTRACTOR --Architects urge laws requiring 'quake resistant design in buildings: April 7, 1933, p. 12. - California legislature passes school safety law: April 7, 1933, p. 12. ---Construction to meet seismic hazard urged by technical group: June 30, 1933, p. 21 , 24, 25. ------Earthquake provisions of Los Angeles City building code adopted: August 25. 1933. p. 16-17. - ----Earthquake regulations for masonry construction: September 22. 1933. p. 14. ' ------Earthquake resistant construction is provided t()r in Bill: May 26, 1933, p. 8. --Earthquake resistance of plaster on walls: August 30. 1935. p. 19. ------Lone Reach adopts special code for inasonr\ in huildings: March 31 , 1933, p. 12. ' ------New building regulations to prevent damage by earthquakes: March 24. 1933. p. 14-15. ------New code previsions for dangerous or unsafe buildings adopted: April 5, 1935, p. -- 15-16. --New type brick wall construction for earthquake. April 28, 1933, p. 11 . ------Progress on reconstruction of school buildings in Los Angeles: March 29. 1935. p. -- 12-14. ---Reconstruction program for Los Angeles City school buildings outlined: tune 30, 1933. p. 25. ------Safety of high buildings in earthquakes seen: April 7, 1933. p. 13. 1 State Architect will pass on plans tor all school buildings in Calili,rnia: April 14, 1933, p. 8. ------Structural engineers \%anted by State to inspect public buildings: July 28. 1933, p. 17. Editorials. "Notes and Comment": March 17, 1933 (2): June 30, 1933; August 25, 1933, October 6. 1933, November 10. 1933, January 12. 1934, January 26, ' 1934, March 9, 1934, September 27, 1935, October 25, 1935, November 8. 1935, November 29. 1935. Freese, E. L. Patching of quake-damaged schools questioned by architect: October 27, 1933, Hill, L. M., Construction lessons of recent earthquake, March 31 . 1933. p. I I . Jacobs, l . R., Would hold architects and engineers responsible for buildings. May 5. 1933, p. 9-12. 1 Kromer, C. H., State asked to inspect more than one thousand school plants: August 3, 1934. p. 12-13. 16. Kromer, C. H., Problems of earthquake resistant designs for school buildings: April 27. 1934, p. 8-10. Martel, R. R., Destructiveness of earthquakes not gauged by any fixed rule: October 26. 1934, p. 18-19. McC. Beanfield, R.. Earthquake resistant regulations for building suggested by engineer: March 17, 1933, p. 9-12. Piper, Natt, New fields for architectural practice are disclosed by earthquake repairs: April 12, 1935, p. 17-18. 110 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 111 Pohl, Martin, Survey of earthquake damage and general recommendations for redesign and reconstruction of public school buildings: (8 installments), December 15. 1933, p. 19-21 ; December 22. 1933. Fo. 22-24. December 29. 1933, p. 24-27; January 12. 1934, p. I8-19; January 19. 1934. p. 22-25, January 26. 1934. p. , 22-24; February 2, 1934, p. 25-26; February 9, 1934. p. 20-21 . Pryor, A. L., Huntington Park rebuilding along safe lines (letter): April 7, 1933. p. 13. Wallace, William, Critical moment in earthquake when primary waves collide: April ' 28, 1933, p. 8-9. Unpublished Material ' ------Activities organized by Recreation Commission during the earthquake emergency - March 10 to 26, 1933. ' ------Discussion of proposed amendment to City of Los Angeles building ordinance: Letter to B. Noice, April 5, 1933, titcs of R. W. Binder. ------Earthquake data: City of South Gate, South Gate, California. ------Engineering report of damage to Long Beach harbor facilities resulting from the ' March 10. earthquake: Transmitted to Board of Harbor Commissioners by James F. Collins. I'()rt M.m.iger. Board oI IlarhM Cuninii,siuners, CitN of Lung 13ca.:h, October 23. 1933. , ------Fire and water department report-earthquake: Lynwood, California. March 31 . 1933. How and %%here the 52 victims of the earthquake in Long Beach died: From of- ficial police reports compiled from coroner's records. ------Investigation and report of damage to thirty-one tall buildings in Long Beach: Committee on Damage Appraisal, Structural Engineers Association of Southern California (R. W. Binder, F. J. Converse, J. H. Davies, R. R. Martel, J. E. Shield, J. Sweeney). ------Investigation and report on masonry construction and wood dwellings: Ear- , thquake Report Committee, Structural Engineers Association ol'Southern Califor- nia (R. W. Binder, F. J. Converse. J. H. Davies. C. J. Derrick, R. R. Martel. C. D. Wailes, Jr., H. C. Whittlesey). ------Ordinances passed by City of Long Beach following the earthquake of March 10. ' 1933: (March 17, 1933 to June 29, 1934). ------Preliminary report on Long Beach earthquake of March 10, 1933. with special reference to aqueduct distribution system. ------Procedure for major interruptions to gas service: Municipal Gas Department, Long Beach, California. ------Repairs by Gunite, Specification No. I : Building Department of City of Long Beach, May 4, 1933. ------Report on effects of southern Cahtornia earthquake on Lamella Roof Con- struction: Summerbell Roof Structures, Los Angeles,.California. ------Resume of observations and conclusions on structural damage and failures in , waterfront property and miscellaneous structures at Los Angeles Harbor - March 10. 1933: Harbor Department, City of Los Angeles, California. ------Schedule of number and intensity of earthquakes for 24 hours following March ' 10, 5:54 p.m., as shown by recording instrument in oil field. ------Summary of earthquake fatalities on March 10, 1931: Automobile Club of Southern California, Los Angeles, California, March 27, 1952. ------The work of the Municipal Gas Department employees during the earthquake ' crisis, March 10-28, 1933: Municpal Gas Department, Long Beach, California. ------Verdict of coroner's jury in earthquake inquisition: County of Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California, March 28, 1933. ' 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE I11 ' Bolin, H. W.. Administration of Title 21 , Public Works, California Administrative Code: An address before the Los Angeles Section of the American Society of Civil Engineers, June, 1950. ' Borrowdale, Howard, compiler, Development of building regulations in the unin- corporated area of Los Angeles County. April, 1952, 80 p. Buwalda, J. P., What happened geologically: Paper presented at the American Society ' of Mechanical Engineers Meeting, Los Angeles, California, April 12. 1933. Chadwick, W. L., compiler, Brief report of earthquake as it affected Southern Califor- nia Edison Company. March, 13. 1952. ' Collins, W. H., Earthquake data: City of Lynwood, Lynwood. California. June 26, 1933. Cortelyou, S. V., Long Beach earthquake causes only slight damage to state highways: State of California, Department of Public Works, Division of Highways, ' Sacramento, California. Davies, J. H., Twist and fall of grave stones: Letter to R. R. Martel. dePfyffer, Albert, Report of the effect of Long Beach earthquake on Pacific Electric ' bridges: Pacific Electric Railway Co., Los Angeles. California. Derrick, C. J., Earthquake resistant construction: Files of R. W. Binder. Doolittle, H. L.. and Philo. F. G.. Report of damage at the Long Reach Steam Plant by the earthquake of ,19areh 10. 1933. Southern C,0iti,rnia Edison Company. Los Angeles, California. Evans, J. M.. Earthquake report: Beverly Hills, March 31 , 1933. Evans, J. M., Earthquake report: Manhattan Beach. Redondo Beach. and Hermosa Beach, April 4, 1933. Firth, G. W.. Summary of estimates for repairs to city buildings damaged by ear- thquake. March 10, 1933: City of Long Beach, Long Beach, California. Green. N. B.. Field notebook on damage to buildings in Long Beach earthquake - 1933. Hull, J. K., Reconstruction and rehabilitation work: City of Long Beach, Long Beach, California, July 1 . 1933. Martel, R. R., Engineering lessons of the quake: Paper presented at the American Society of Mechanical Engineers Meeting. Los Angeles. California, April 12. 1933. ' Narver, D. L.. Notes on the effect of the earthquakes of March 10, 1933. at Santa Ana. California: June 5, 1933. loice, Blaine, Questionnaire: With answers by the Structural Engineers Association of Southern California Earthquake Code Committee. Olmsted, H., Effect of earthquake on elevated water tanks: June, 1933. Partridge, W. H., Brief report of action taken by gas department employees im- mediately after the earthquake of March IUth: Municipal Gas Department, Long Beach, California. Partridge, W. H.. Earthquake expense: Municipal Gas Department, City- of Long Beach, California, April 12, 1933. ' Partridge, W. W. The work done by the City Gas Department in restoring service from March 1 I to 26, inclusive: Municipal Gas Department, Long Beach, California. Pryor, A. L., Earthquake data: City of Huntington Park. Huntington Park, California, ' May 31 , 1933. Shield, J. E., Report of damage, earthquake of March 10, 1933: Report on thirty specific buildings. Taplin, R. B., Meeting the emergency: Unpublished report on relief and rehabilitation after the earthquake of March 10, 1933. Sponsored by J. H. Davies, Director, Employment Relief Projects, Long Beach, California. Wailes, Jr., C. D.. and Horner, A. C., Survey of earthquake damage at Long Beach. Wood, H. O., What happened seismologically: Paper presented at the American Society of Mechanical Engineers Meeting, Los Angeles, California, April 12, 1933. 1 APPENDIX B ' ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SEISMOLOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL REFERENCES , TO THE LONG BEACH EARTHQUAKE Benioff, Hugo, 1938,The determination of the extent of faulting with application to the ' Long Beach earthquake: Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, v. 28, p. 77-84. Using the data from the distribution of aftershocks and applying the concepts of the elastic rebound ' theory, Benioff determined that faulting extended from the focus to Signal Hill (27 km)at a faulting speed of approximately 4.2 kmisec. Also discussed Clements' (1933) paper, pointing out that trans- verse, rather than longitudinal, waves cause most of the damage. Benioff. Hugo, 1951 , Earthquakes and rock creep (Part 1: Creep characteristics of rocks and the origin of aftershocks): Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, v. 4 1 , p. 3 1 -62. ' Discusses aftershock sequence of the Long Beach earthquake attributing it to elastic afterworking of the fault rock. Also points out that the Signal Gull (October 2, 1933) earthquake was not an af- tershock of the Long Beach quake but was an independent event accompanied by its own sequence of aftershocks ' Buwalda, J. P.. 1933, What happened geologically: Unpublished paper presented at the American Society of Mechanical Engineers Meeting, Los Angeles, California, April 12, 1933. Abstract published in Science, v. 78, p. 148-149. California Department of Water Resources, 1968, Sea-water intrusion: Bolsa-Sunset area, Orange County: California Department of Water Resources Bulletin 63-2, ' 167 p. Refers to the surface effects of the Lung Beach earthquake in the Santa Ana Gap and Sunset Gap areas of Orange County. Clements, Thomas, 1933, Notes on the fall of columns during the Long Beach earth- quake: Science, v. 78, p. 100-101 . Noting the apparent convergence of lines indicating the direction of fall of tombstones in the vicinity ' of Compton. Clements inferred that the epicenter of the Long Beach earthquake was located there and not offshore at Newport. See Benioff (1938) for different interpretation of Clements' data. Clements, Thomas, 1936, Experiments on the fall of columns: Bulletin of the ' Seismological Society of America, v. -26, p. 229-234. An attempt to resolve the conflict of opinion regarding the interpretation of the significance of the fall of gravestones during the Long Beach earthquake. This paper was also commented upon by Benioff (1938). , Clements, Thomas, and Emery, K. O., 1947, Seismic activity and topography of the sea floor off southern California: Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, v. 37, p. 307-313. , Refers to the fact that the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey tide curves do not show any tsunamis but do show the actual earthquake. Dahm, C. G., 1 936, Velocities of P and S waves calculated from observed travel times , of the Long Beach earthquake: Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, v. 26, p. 159-171 . 1974 NEWP RT-INGLEWO D STRUCTURAL ZONE 113 Eaton, J. E., 1933, Long Beach, California, earthquake of March 10, 1933: Bulletin of the American Association of Petroleum Geologists, v. 17, p. 732-738. Mostly a discussion of the regional tectonics of the Newport-Inglewood zone. Notes that the very ' small amount of damage to oil wells along the zone indicates the near-surface faults did not move sympathetically with the deep-seated shear. Gilluly, James, and Grant, U. S., 1949, Subsidence in the Long Beach harbor area, California: Bulletin of the Geological Society of America, v. 60, p. 461-529. Present map of the Long Beach region on which are plotted the elevation changes detected by com- parison of leveling surveys run before and after the Long Beach earthquake. The changes include an area of maximum uplift of 0.610 foot northeast of Signal Hill. Gutenberg, Beno, 1941 , Mechanism of faulting in southern California indicated by seismograms: Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, v. 31, P. 263-302. ' Discusses the patterns of compressions and dilations produced by direct longitudinal waves during many local California earthquakes including the Long Beach and Signal Hill shocks. ' Gutenberg, Beno, 1943, Earthquakes and structure in southern California: Bulletin of the Geological Society of America, v. 54, p. 499-526. Discusses the relations beteecn depth of foci and crustal structure. Includes it map of the Lang Beach region on %%htch arc plotted the epicenter, and directions of compressions and dilations for ' seven shocks felt in the area before 1942. Heck, N. H., 1933. Strong-motion records of Long Beach earthquake: Engineering ' News-Record, v. 110, no. 14, (April 6, 1933). p. 442-443. Reproduces the seismograms recorded at three local accelerographs during the Long Beach earthquake and points out that unusual accelerations of 0.3 to 1.0 g occurred during the first few seconds of the earthquake. Heck, N. H., and Neumann, Frank, 1933, Destructive earthquake motions measured for the first time: Engineering News-Record, v. 1 10, no. 25, (June 22, 1933), p. ' 804-807. Points out that the strong-motion accelerograph records at three southern California stations %.ere the first time thi.t earthquake motion has been measured %%ithin 20 miles of the epicenter of it destructive earthquake and includes an analysis of the records. Hillis, Donut[, 1933, Cracks produced by Long Beach, California, earthquake: American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, v. 17, p. 739-740. ' Describes and illustrates a 6-foot long, 5-foot deep crack %%hich trended north 45° west on the eastern outskirts of Compton. Infers that the crack formed as a result of the inelastic response of un- consolidated deposits to the passing of earthquake shock eaves. La Rocque, G. A., Jr., 1 941 , Fluctuation of water level in wells in the Los Angeles basin, California, during five strong earthquakes 1933-1940: American Geophysical Union Transactions, p. 374-386. ' Discusses the earthquake-related surges in water levels and the changes in water levels following earthquakes. Points out that there was a semi-permanent rise in water level in 24 out of 25 wells monitored following the Long Beach earthquake and that the greatest change in level occurred northeast of Signal Hill. ' Maher, T. J., 1933, Abstract of reports received regarding the earthquake which oc- curred in southern California on March 10, 1933: U. S. Coast and Geodetic Sur- vey, Field Station, San Francisco, California, 64 p. (Report described in Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, v. 23, p. 131 .) Contains information from hundreds of reports from southern California localities, many of which ' describe surface effects of the major earthquake and aftershocks as well as the predominant ob- servations on damage to structures. 114 CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF MINES AND GEOLOGY SR 114 � 1 Martel, R. R., 1936, A report on earthquake damage to Type III buildings in Long ' Beach in U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey Special Publication 201 , p. 143-162. Attempted to determine the variation in intensity of the earthquake within Long Beach and the relation between building type and location to the amount of damage. Presents a map of Long Beach , on which is plotted the block-by-block percentage of damage to buildings. Also includes a map of southern California on which the limits to damage of chimneys (outer boundary of intensity VI) is shown. Millikan, R. A., chairman, 1933. Earthquake hazard and earthquake protection: Joint i Technical Committee on Earthquake Protection, June, 1933, Los Angeles, California, 13 p. Report published in cooperation with the Los Angeles Chamber of Commerce and prepared by a ' group of seismologists, geologists, engineers. contractors, and architects which briefly summarizes the regional structure, earthquake history, risks, and protection from earthquakes and the effects of the Long Beach earthquake. Also includes recommendations on design of structures and ' preparations for other seismic events. Neumann, Frank, 1935, United States earthquakes, 1933: U. S. Department of Com- merce, U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Washington. D. C., Serial No. 579. p. 9- , 35. G,ntain> a 1111ef >ununan "t the carihquakc% and include. a 11,1 .-1 reports subdi%lded according. to intensity. An isoscisnntl map of the entire region allected h% the eurthquakc can casil% he prepared Irom this list. The reports are essentially the saute as those abstracts by Maher (1933). Also quotes ' Wood's (1933) summary article and presents it discussion of the three accelerogrlph records which %%ere also discussed by Heck (1 933) and Heck and Neumann (1933). Nishkian, L. H., 1933, High seismic factors in recent earthquake: Engineering News- ' Record, v. 110, no. 15, p. 476. 13% calculating the fierce required to cause the observed damage to some cross-bracing members in several different structures Nishkian concluded that seismic factors (horicontal accelerations) of , 0.20 to 0.25 g must have been present. Richter, C. F.. 1935, An instrumental earthquake magnitude scale: Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, v. 25. p. 1 -32. , (ontains the first calculation of the magnitude of the Lent Beach earthquake (6.21- Also estimates the mean radii of the area of perceptibility (300 kin). isoseismal IV (250 knt). and isoseismal VII (25 km). Points out that the amount of energy of all the aftershocks \\as not it large Iraction of that of the main shuck and that, therefore. the sn•all shucks do not release much of the accumulated , strain. In other words. small shocks may not be "safety valves". but "symptoms", of accumulation of strain. Richter, C. F.. 1958, Elementary seismology: W. H. Freeman and Co., San Francisco, ' 768 p. Briefly summarizes the Lung Beach earthquak.: and includes it map ofthe Los Angeles region which depicts the "area of serious damage to weak masonry" (p 497•499). Discusses foreshocks (p. 67). aftershocks (p. 69).the reason for the common report of"two shocks"(p 27)(e.g..Clements, 1933). and Clements' (1933) application of Mallet's orocedurc tier the determination ofthe direction of an epicenter by measuring the direction of fall of tombstones. Richter, C. F., 1959, Seismic regionalization: Bulletin ofthe Seismological Society of , America, v. 49, p. 123-162. Discusses the distribution of intensities during; the Long Beach earthquake and the relation between damage and ground conditions. Points out that intensity of shaking varies primarily with the nature ' of the ground and secondarily with the location of the active faults. Presents a microregionalization map of the Los Angeles basin of which geology is related to the maximum probable intensity that might be felt during local earthquakes. Taber, Stephen, 1933, The location of earthquake epicenters: Science, v. 78, p. 283. ' Discusses the lack of a seismic sea wave following the Long Beach earthquake and comments that, although an epicenter can usually be located by study of the distribution of damage, the nature of the ground must also be considered. ' 1974 NEWPORT-INGLEWOOD STRUCTURAL ZONE 115 ' Wood, H. O., 1933a, Preliminary report on the Long Beach earthquake: Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, v. 23. p. 43-56. ' Primary basic reference on the various aspects of the Long Beach earthquake. Includes 22 excellent photographs of surface effects and damage resulting from the shock. Wood, H. O., 1933b, Note on the Long Beach earthquake: Science, v. 78, p. 281 -282. Brief note abstracted from Wood's 1933a report. Wood, H. O., 1947, Earthquakes in southern California with geologic relations: Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, v. 37, p. 107-157 (Part 1). p. 217-258 (Part 11). An attempt to correlate earthquake epicenters %%ith kno%%n faults in California and a discussion of the typical depths of earthquakes in southern California. (Superseded by Allen er al.. Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, 1965. v. 55. p. 753.797). Wood, H. O.. and Heck, N. H., 1961 , Earthquake history of the United States, Part 11-Stronger earthquakes of California and western Nevada: U. S. Department of Commerce, U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington, D. C. (revised 1960 edition). i '\r\ hncl sunnnarn of the effects of ih� Lent licach earthquake (1). 3X-39) r 1 1 1 1 1 1 . 1 1 r